Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Auto - Manufacturers / Volkswagen Group

Volkswagen Group

vwagy · OTC Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker vwagy
Exchange OTC
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Auto - Manufacturers
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Volkswagen Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Mobility for 
generations 
to come.

A N N UA L   R EP O R T   2019

  Key Figures 

V O L K SWA G E N   G R O U P  

Volume Data1 in thousands 

Deliveries to customers (units) 

Vehicle sales (units) 

Production (units) 

Employees at Dec. 31 

Financial Data (IFRSs), € million 

Sales revenue 

Operating result before special items 

Operating return on sales before special items (%) 

Special items 

Operating result 

Operating return on sales (%) 

Earnings before tax 

Return on sales before tax (%) 

Earnings after tax 

Automotive Division2 

Total research and development costs 

R&D ratio (%) 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Cash flows from investing activities attributable to operating activities3 

of which: capex 

capex/sales revenue (%) 

Net cash flow 

Net liquidity at Dec. 31 

Return on investment (ROI) in % 

Financial Services Division 

Return on equity before tax4 (%) 

V O L K SWA G E N   A G  

Volume Data in thousands 

Employees at Dec. 31 

Financial Data (HGB), € million 

Sales 

Net income for the fiscal year 

Dividends (€) 

per ordinary share 

per preferred share 

2019

2018

%

10,975

10,956

10,823

671.2

252,632

19,296

 7.6

– 2,336

16,960

 6.7

18,356

 7.3

14,029

14,306

 6.7

30,733

19,898

14,007

 6.6

10,835

21,276

11.2

10,834

10,900

11,018

664.5

235,849

17,104

 7.3

– 3,184

13,920

 5.9

15,643

 6.6

12,153

13,640

 6.8

18,531

18,837

13,218

 6.6

– 306

19,368

11.0

+ 1.3

+ 0.5

– 1.8

+ 1.0

+ 7.1

+ 12.8

– 26.6

+ 21.8

+ 17.3

+ 15.4

+ 4.9

+ 65.8

+ 5.6

+ 6.0

x

+ 9.9

10.8

9.9

2019

2018

%

119.2

119.4

– 0.2

80,621

4,958

6.50

6.56

78,001

4,620

4.80

4.86

+ 3.4

+ 7.3

1  Volume data including the unconsolidated Chinese joint ventures. These companies are accounted for using the equity method. Prior-year deliveries updated to reflect  

subsequent statistical trends.  

2  Including allocation of consolidation adjustments between the Automotive and Financial Services divisions. 
3  Excluding acquisition and disposal of equity investments: €19,182 (18,242) million. 
4  Earnings before tax as a percentage of average equity.  

This version of the annual report is a translation of the German original. The German takes precedence. All figures shown in the report are rounded, so minor discrepancies may arise from
addition of these amounts. The figures from the previous fiscal year are shown in parentheses directly after the figures for the current reporting period. 
Specified vehicle ranges correspond to results obtained through the Worldwide Harmonized Light vehicles Test Procedure (WLTP) on the chassis dynamometer. WLTP value ranges for 
series-produced vehicles may vary depending on the equipment. The actual range will deviate in practice depending on various other factors. 

 
1

2

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

DIVISIONS 

07 

10 

Letter to our Shareholders

The Board of Management of

   Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft 

12 

Report of the Supervisory Board

21 

24 

26 

28 

30 

32 

34 

36 

38 

40 

Brands and Business Fields

Volkswagen Passenger Cars

Audi

ŠKODA

SEAT

Bentley

Porsche

Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles 

TRATON GROUP

Scania

42  MAN

44 

46 

Volkswagen Group China

Volkswagen Financial Services

3

4

5

GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

51 

55 

57 

60 

70 

88 

92 

Goals and Strategies

Internal Management System and

195 

196 

Income Statement

Statement of Comprehensive Income

346 

347 

Five-Year Review

 Financial Key 

Key Performance Indicators

198  Balance Sheet

 Performance Indicators

Structure and Business Activities 

200 

Statement of Changes in Equity 

348  Glossary

Corporate Governance Report

202  Cash Flow Statement

Remuneration Report

Executive Bodies

 Disclosures Required  

Under Takeover Law 

203  Notes

336  Responsibility Statement

337  Auditor’s Report

350 

352 

Index

Scheduled Dates

94 

Business Development 

107 

Shares and Bonds

113  Results of Operations,

Financial Position and Net Assets 

129 

 Volkswagen AG (condensed,  

in accordance with the  

German Commercial Code)

133 

Sustainable Value Enhancement 

157  Report on Expected Developments 

164  Report on Risks and Opportunities 

190  Prospects for 2020

This annual report was published
on the occasion of the Annual Media 
Conference on March 17, 2020.

1
To our  
Shareholders

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

07 

10 

Letter to our Shareholders

The Board of Management of

   Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft 

12 

Report of the Supervisory Board

To our Shareholders 

Letter to our Shareholders

7

Letter to our Shareholders 

The  financial  markets  are  a  leading  indicator  of  the  far-
reaching social and technological upheaval of our times. Sustain-
ability and climate protection are rapidly gaining significance 
for  investors  around  the  world.  At  the  same  time,  large 
technology companies are outstripping traditional industrial 
groups  in  terms  of  market  capitalization,  with  valuations 
focusing on a company’s potential rather than its asset base.  

Volkswagen  is  the  wisest  choice  for  all  those  investors  who 
consciously embrace a combination of the two: potential and 
assets. We have the resources of a strong industrial group and 
are  making  good  use  of  these  in  our  efforts  to  become  a 
technology leader.  

Making  our  core  product  –  the  car  –  the  most  important 
internet device of the future is our big opportunity. In a data-
based  economy,  the  car  has  considerable  potential  to  create 
value. A modern Volkswagen model already boasts ten times 
more software than a smartphone. In just a few years, this will 
increase to a factor of 20 to 30. The fully connected car of the 
future  will  receive  data  for a  growing number  of  new  digital 
user  applications.  At  the  same  time,  it  will  transmit  very 
valuable  data  about  traffic  density,  air  quality,  hazardous 
situations  and  much  more.  This  will  open  up  new  lines  of 
business, which we intend to develop for ourselves.  

We  are  the  first  automaker  to  establish  a  separate  Board  of 
Management position for software and to combine all of the 
Group’s  digital  expertise  in  a  single  unit,  the  Car.Software 

organization, which started operating in 2019. The new orga-
nization  brings  together  some  3,000  IT  experts  from  the 
Group’s  interests  and  subsidiaries,  and  this  number  is 
expected to rise to more than 10,000 digital experts by 2025. 
They are developing “vw.os”, a uniform proprietary operating 
system that will be installed in all Group vehicles in the future.  

Volkswagen is also the first car manufacturer to commit to the 
targets of the Paris Agreement on climate change. By 2025 we 
aim  to  reduce  CO2  emissions  in  our  fleet  by  30 percent.  We 
intend to become climate neutral by 2050, which is why we are 
working  flat  out  to  drive  the  evolution  of  the  automobile 
toward  electric  mobility.  Electric  driving  is  the  only  viable 
alternative  to  combustion  engines,  large  numbers  of  which 
can  be  produced  at  reasonable  cost.  Electric  cars  offer  more 
utility  for  customers  along  with  lower  running  costs  and 
greater  driving  pleasure.  Volkswagen  has  developed  a  pro-
prietary platform exclusively for electric driving – the Modular 
Electric Drive Toolkit (MEB). The Volkswagen brand will bring 
out its first MEB models (the ID.3 and ID.4) in 2020 as part of 
its electric campaign. Last year, the Group brands Porsche and 
Audi  successfully  demonstrated  with  the  Taycan  and  the  
e-tron that electric mobility is able to excite customers in the 
premium segment too. Experience gained in markets such as 
the  Netherlands  and  Norway  shows  that  when  the  infra-
structure  and  the  control  system  are  right,  customers  will 
switch to electric cars. There can be no doubt that e-mobility 
will catch on. The question is when and where it will take off 
first. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8 

Letter to our Shareholders  

To our shareholders

Making our core product  
– the car – the most important
internet device of the future
is our big opportunity. 

– Herbert Diess –

To our shareholders 

Letter to our Shareholders

9

That the car has a bright future ahead of it is just as certain. 
Cars still fulfill the desire for individual mobility better than 
any  other  means  of  transport.  For  millions  of  people,  espe-
cially in emerging societies, their first car represents a longed 
for promise of  freedom and a symbol of prosperity. Last but 
not  least,  cars  are  losing  their  negative  qualities:  they  are 
becoming cleaner, safer, quieter and fully connected. 

This  is  precisely  what  the  Volkswagen  Group  and  its  brands 
work on every day. For this we are mobilizing massive financial 
resources.  In  the  next  five  years  alone,  €60 billion  will  be 
invested in topics of future relevance, €33 billion of which has 
been  earmarked  for  e-mobility  and  over  €14 billion  for  digi-
talization.  

What is special about Volkswagen is that we have the strength 
to finance the green and digital transformation from our own 
resources. We will safeguard the investments in our new tech-
nologies  through  our  successful  business  with  our  existing 
technologies. We will maintain this high level especially in the 
transformation  phase.  Customers  can  choose  from  highly 
efficient combustion engines, hybrids and completely battery-
electric drives. From the ŠKODA Kamiq to the Bentley Bentayga 
Hybrid, we have attractive and fascinating new models across 
all  segments  that  impress  customers  worldwide.  Another 
special highlight for us last year was the launch of the eighth 
generation of the Volkswagen Golf.  

2019 was an extremely successful year for our Group. Despite 
considerable  economic  uncertainty,  our  brands  performed 
exceedingly  well  around  the  world.  In  China,  we  lifted  our 
market  share  in  a  declining  market.  In  South  America,  we 
returned  to  profitability  for  the  first  time  in  many  years. 
Business in Russia is also profitable and continues to pick up 
speed.  And  in  North  America  we  significantly  improved  our 
earnings.  

rose  to  €252.6  billion.  Operating  profit  climbed  to  €17.0 bil-
lion,  and  before  special  items  to  €19.3  billion.  At  7.6%,  the 
operating  return  on  sales  before  special  items  was  slightly 
above  the  forecast  range.  Net  cash  flow  was  significantly 
higher  than  in  2018  at  €10.8  billion.  We  intend  to  maintain 
this course of qualitative growth, which is why we are aligning 
our  business  even  more  closely  with  our  financial  core  per-
formance indicators.  

2019  would  not  have  been  so  successful  without  the  huge 
commitment of our 670,000 employees, whom I would like to 
thank  very  warmly.  This  success  would  also  not  have  been 
possible without you, our shareholders. Of course you will also 
benefit  from  this  success.  The  Board  of  Management  and 
Supervisory  Board  are  therefore  proposing  a  significant 
increase in the dividend to €6.50 per ordinary share and €6.56 
per preferred share. 

In 2020, the main priority will be complying with the new CO2 
fleet limits in the European Union while maintaining the same 
level of profitability. We will leverage the synergies within the 
Group  much  more  consistently.  By  further  optimizing  our 
overall brand strategy, we will ensure that the Group as a whole 
can  exploit  the  profit  potential  of  the  market  even  more 
efficiently.  Further  productivity  gains  are  also  needed.  Cost-
cutting  programs  are  underway  in  all  brands.  There  is  con-
siderable potential at the German sites in particular. 

There is much to be done. Our industry is changing radically, 
with us in the driving seat. Volkswagen is on course to become 
a  climate-neutral  technology  group.  I  look  forward  to  your 
continued support on this journey. 

A strategic milestone in 2019 was the IPO of  TRATON. With this 
move, Volkswagen demonstrated that we are in a position to 
systematically  review  our  portfolio  and  take  decisive  action. 
This includes divesting ourselves of sections of our company 
to focus more squarely on our core automotive business.  

Sincerely, 

We are also improving the quality of our business. Sales Reve-
nue  and  profit  grew  faster  than  unit  sales.  Sales  Revenue 

Herbert Diess

10

The Board of Management

To our Shareholders

The Board of 
Management

of Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft

Hiltrud Dorothea Werner
Integrity & Legal Affairs

Dr.-Ing. Herbert Diess
Chairman of the Board of Management of Volkswagen 
Aktiengesellschaft and Chairman of the Brand Board of 
Management of Volkswagen Passenger Cars, 
Volume brand group, 
China

Andreas Renschler
Chairman of the Board of Management of TRATON SE, 
Truck & Bus brand group

To our Shareholders

The Board of Management

11

Oliver Blume
Chairman of the Board of Management  
of Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG, 
Sport & Luxury brand group

Gunnar Kilian
Human Resources

Frank Witter
Finance & IT

Bram Schot
Chairman of the Board of Management  
of AUDI AG, Premium brand group

Dr.-Ing. Stefan Sommer
Components & Procurement

12 

Report of the Supervisory Board  

To our shareholders

Report of the Supervisory Board 

(in accordance with section 171(2) of the AktG) 

Ladies and gentlemen, 

In  fiscal  year  2019,  the  work  of  the  Supervisory  Board  of 
Volkswagen AG  and  its  committees  focused  on  the  Volks-
wagen Group’s  strategic  direction.  The  Supervisory  Board 
regularly deliberated on the Company’s position and develop-
ment  in  the  reporting  period.  We  supervised  and  supported 
the Board of Management in its running of the business and 
advised  it  on  issues  relating  to  the  management  of  the 
Company  in  accordance  with  our  duties  under  the  law,  the 
Articles  of  Association  and  the  rules  of  procedure.  We  also 
observed  the  relevant  recommendations  and  suggestions  of 
the  German  Corporate  Governance  Code  (the  Code)  at  all 
times.  The  Supervisory  Board  was  directly  involved  in  all 
decisions  of  fundamental  importance  to  the  Group.  Addi-
tionally, we discussed strategic considerations with the Board 
of Management at regular intervals. 

The Board of Management complied with its disclosure obli-
gations  and  provided  us  with  information  as  promptly  and 
comprehensively  as  possible  both  in  writing  and  in  person, 
particularly  on  all  matters  of  relevance  to  the  Company 
relating  to  its  strategy,  business  development  and  the  Com-
pany’s  planning  and  position.  This  also  included  the  risk 
situation and risk management. In this respect, the Board of 
Management also informed the Supervisory Board of further 
improvements  to  the  risk  and  compliance  management 
system.  In  addition,  the  Supervisory  Board  received  infor-
mation  about  compliance  and  other  topical  issues  by  the 
Board  of Management  on an ongoing  basis. We  received  the 
documents  relevant  to  our  decisions  in  good  time  for  our 

meetings.  At  regular  intervals,  we  also  received  a  detailed 
report  from  the  Board  of  Management  on  the  current  busi-
ness  position  and  the  forecast  for  the  current  year.  Any 
deviations  in  performance  from  the  plans  and  targets  pre-
viously  drawn  up  were  explained  in  detail  by  the  Board  of 
Management,  either  in  person  or  in  writing.  Together  with 
the  Board  of  Management  we  analyzed  the  reasons  for  the 
deviations so as to enable countermeasures to be derived. At 
the meetings of the Special Committee on Diesel Engines, the 
Board  of  Management  presented  regular  reports  on  current 
developments in connection with the diesel issue. 

In addition, the Chairman of the Supervisory Board consulted 
with  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Management  at  regular 
intervals  between  meetings  to  discuss  important  current 
issues. Apart from the efforts to address the diesel issue, these 
included  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  strategy  and  planning,  its 
business  development,  and  the  risk  situation  and  risk  man-
agement,  including  integrity  and  compliance  issues  in  the 
Volkswagen Group. 

The Supervisory Board held a total of 8 meetings in fiscal year 
2019.  The  average  attendance  rate  was  94.3%.  In  addition, 
resolutions  on  particularly  urgent  matters  were  adopted  in 
writing or using electronic communications media. All of the 
members of the Supervisory Board attended over half of the 
meetings  of  the  Supervisory  Board  and  the  committees  of 
which they are members.  

 
To our shareholders 

Report of the Supervisory Board

13

C O M M I T T E E   A C T I V I T I E S  
In  order  to  discharge  the  duties  entrusted  to  it,  the  Super-
visory  Board  has  established  five  committees:  the  Executive 
Committee,  the  Nomination  Committee,  the  Mediation 
Committee  established  in  accordance  with  section  27(3)  of 
the  Mitbestimmungsgesetz  (MitbestG  –  German  Codeter-
mination Act), the Audit Committee and, since October 2015, 
the  Special  Committee  on  Diesel  Engines.  The  Executive 
Committee  and  the  Special  Committee  on  Diesel  Engines 
each  consist  of  three  shareholder  representatives  and  three 
employee  representatives.  The  shareholder  representatives 
on the Executive Committee make up the Nomination Com-
mittee. The remaining two committees are each composed of 
two  shareholder  representatives  and  two  employee  repre-
sentatives. The members of these committees as of December 
31, 2019 are given on page 91 of this annual report.  

The  Executive  Committee  met  14  times  in  the  reporting 
period.  At  its  meetings,  the  Executive  Committee  prepared 
the resolutions of the Supervisory Board in detail, dealt with 
the  composition  of  the  Board  of  Management  and  took 
decisions  on,  among  other  things,  contractual  issues  con-
cerning  the  Board  of  Management  other  than  remuneration 
and  on  consenting  to  ancillary  activities  by  members  of  the 
Board of Management.  

The  Nomination  Committee  is  responsible  for  proposing 
suitable candidates for the Supervisory Board to recommend 
for  election  to  the  Annual  General  Meeting.  This  committee 
met on one occasion in 2019. 

The Mediation Committee did not have to be convened in the 
reporting period. 

The  Audit  Committee  held  six  meetings  in  the  past  fiscal 
year.  It  focused  on  the  annual  and  consolidated  financial 
statements,  the  risk  management  system  including  the 
effectiveness  of  the  internal  control  system  and  the  internal 
audit  system,  and  the  work  performed  by  the  Company’s 
Compliance  organization.  In  addition,  the  Audit  Committee 
concerned  itself  with  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  quarterly 
reports  and  the  half-yearly  financial  report,  as  well  as  with 
current issues and the supervision of financial reporting and 
the financial reporting process, and the examination thereof 
by the auditors.  

The  Special  Committee  on  Diesel  Engines  is  responsible  for 
coordinating  all  activities  relating  to  the  diesel  issue  and 
preparing resolutions by the Supervisory Board. To this end, 
the  Special  Committee  on  Diesel  Engines  is  also  provided 
with regular information by the Board of Management. This 

Special  Committee  is  also  entrusted  with  examining  any 
consequences  of  the  findings.  The  Chairman  of  the  Special 
Committee on Diesel Engines reports regularly on its work to 
the  Supervisory  Board.  In  2019,  the  Special  Committee  on 
Diesel Engines met on two occasions to discuss, among other 
things, reports from the Board of Management on the state of 
affairs with respect to the diesel issue and the administrative 
fine proceedings conducted against Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG 
that  was  ended  by  the  administrative  fine  imposed  by  the 
Stuttgart Public Prosecutor.  

Furthermore, as a rule, the shareholder and employee repre-
sentatives  met  for  separate  preliminary  discussions  before 
each of the Supervisory Board meetings. 

In  connection  with  their  seat  on  the  Supervisory  Board, 
members of the Supervisory Board receive support from the 
Company upon induction as well as with respect to education 
and  training;  the  Company  particularly  supports  the  orga-
nization of seminars and bears the costs thereof. Supervisory 
Board members appointed for the first time are also provided 
with  a  detailed  introduction  to  topics  that  apply  specifically 
to the Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG. 

TO P I C S   D I S C U S S E D   B Y   T H E   S U P E RV I S O R Y   B O A R D  
The  first  Supervisory  Board  meeting  of  the  reporting  year 
took  place  on  January  11,  2019.  At  this  meeting,  we  focused 
on the IPO of TRATON SE (then TRATON AG).  

The  Supervisory  Board  next  met  on  February  22,  2019. 
Following  a  detailed  examination,  we  approved  the  consoli-
dated  financial  statements  and  the  annual  financial  state-
ments  of  Volkswagen  AG  for  2018  prepared  by  the  Board  of 
Management.  We  examined  the  combined  management 
report,  the  combined  separate  nonfinancial  report  for  2018 
and  the  Report  by  the  Board  of  Management  on  Relation-
ships  of  Volkswagen  AG  with  Affiliated  Companies  in  accor-
dance  with  section  312  of  the  AktG  (dependent  company 
report).  Upon  completion  of  our  examination  of  the 
dependent  company  report,  we  came  to  the  conclusion  that 
there  were  no  objections  to  be  raised  to  the  concluding 
declaration  by  the  Board  of  Management  in  the  dependent 
company  report.  Other  agenda  items  included  the  current 
state  of  affairs  with  respect  to  the  diesel  issue,  financing 
measures  at  the  Volkswagen  Group  and  the  agenda  for  the 
59th Annual General Meeting of Volkswagen AG, particularly 
the Supervisory Board’s proposed resolutions.  

At  the  Supervisory  Board  meeting  on  April  23,  2019,  we 
largely discussed strategic issues relating to the Group. 

 
14 

Report of the Supervisory Board  

To our shareholders

Hans Dieter Pötsch 

The Supervisory Board held another meeting on May 13, 2019. 
Alongside preparations for the 59th Annual General Meeting 
of  Volkswagen AG  on  May  14,  2019,  the  agenda  included, 
among others, the IPO of TRATON SE, the current state of affairs 
with respect to the diesel issue and monitor’s report. We also 
discussed with the Board of Management factors affecting the 
decision to build a new production site. 

The Supervisory Board meeting on July 11, 2019 centered on 
fundamental decisions concerning the construction of a new 
production site and the planned cooperation with Ford. 

On September 25, 2019, two meetings took place: In the first 
meeting, the Supervisory Board discussed the indictments by 
the  public  prosecutor’s  office  in  Braunschweig  against  the 
former chairman of the Volkswagen AG Board of Management 
Prof.  Dr.  Martin  Winterkorn,  the  Chairman  of  the  Super- 

visory Board Mr. Hans Dieter Pötsch and the Chairman of the 
Board  of  Management  Dr.  Herbert  Diess,  which  concerned 
alleged  market  manipulation.  It  was  decided  unanimously 
that  Dr.  Diess  and  Mr.  Pötsch  should  continue  in  post.  The 
main topics of the day’s second meeting were the creation of a 
software organization, the agreement of a syndicated line of 
credit and the current state of affairs with respect to the diesel 
issue. 

At the Supervisory Board meeting on November 15, 2019, we 
discussed  in  detail  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  investment  and 
financial  planning  for  the  period  from  2020  to  2024.  The 
meeting  also  focused  on  changes  in  the  composition  of  the 
Board  of  Management  and  the  creation  of  a  software  orga-
nization.  We  also  submitted  the  annual  declaration  of  con-
formity  with  the  Code  together  with  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment. 

 
To our shareholders 

Report of the Supervisory Board

15

In the reporting period, we voted in writing on matters such 
as  a  cooperation  with  Northvolt  AB  concerning  the  building 
of a battery cell factory. 

C O N F L I C T S   O F   I N T E R E ST  
Mr. Hans  Dieter  Pötsch  was  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Man-
agement  of  Volkswagen  AG  until  October  2015.  His  move  to 
the Supervisory Board had already been planned irrespective 
of  the  diesel  issue.  In  order  to  avoid  conceivable  conflicts  of 
interest,  Mr. Pötsch  always  left  the  meeting  room  prior  to 
discussions  and  resolutions  adopted  by  the  Supervisory 
Board that might relate to his conduct in connection with the 
diesel  issue.  In  particular,  Mr.  Pötsch  did  not  attend  the 
meeting of the Executive Committee on September 24, 2019, 
and the meeting of the Supervisory Board on September 25, 
2019, in which the Executive Committee and the Supervisory 
Board  addressed  the  indictments  by  the  public  prosecutor’s 
office  in  Braunschweig  against  the  former  chairman  of  
the  Volkswagen  AG  Board  of  Management  Prof.  Dr.  Martin 
Winterkorn, 
the  Supervisory  Board  
Mr.  Pötsch  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Management 
Dr.  Herbert  Diess,  which  concerned  alleged  market  manipu-

the  Chairman  of 

lation.  Moreover,  Mr.  Pötsch  did  not  participate  in  the 
Supervisory Board’s deliberations and decisions insofar as his 
personal interests were concerned, for example in connection 
with the reimbursement of his expenses as Chairman of the 
Supervisory Board. 

Starting  in  autumn  2016,  the  public  prosecutor’s  office  in 
Braunschweig  launched  criminal  investigations  against  a 
number  of  individuals  based  on  the  provisions  of  the 
Betriebsverfassungsgesetz  (BetrVG  –  German  Works  Consti-
tution  Act)  relating  to  possibly  excessive  remuneration 
granted  to  the  Chairman  of  the  General  and  Group  Works 
Councils  of  Volkswagen AG,  Mr.  Bernd  Osterloh,  and  other 
works  council  members.  In  order  to  avoid  conceivable  con-
flicts  of  interest,  Mr.  Osterloh  always  left  the  meeting  room 
prior  to  discussions  and  resolutions  adopted  by  the  Super-
visory  Board  that  relate  to  possibly  excessive  remuneration 
granted to him, based on the provisions of the German Works 
Constitution Act. 

No  other  conflicts  of  interest  were  reported or  were  discern-
ible in the reporting period. 

The following table shows the number of meetings of the Board and the committees as well as the individual participation of 
the members of the Supervisory Board in 2019: 

Hans Dieter Pötsch 

Jörg Hofmann 

Dr. Hussain Ali Al(cid:3)Abdulla 

Dr. Hessa Sultan Al(cid:3)Jaber 

Dr. Bernd Althusmann 

Birgit Dietze (until May 31, 2019) 

Dr. Hans-Peter Fischer 

Marianne Heiß  

Uwe Hück (until February 8, 2019) 

Johan Järvklo 

Ulrike Jakob 

Dr. Louise Kiesling 

Peter Mosch 

Bertina Murkovic 

Bernd Osterloh 

Dr. Hans Michel Piëch  

Dr. Ferdinand Oliver Porsche  

Dr. Wolfgang Porsche  

Conny Schönhardt (since June 21, 2019) 

Athanasios Stimoniaris  

Stephan Weil 

Werner Weresch (since February 21, 2019) 

Meetings of the full 

Supervisory Board Meetings of the Committees

7 out of 8

6 out of 8

5 out of 8

8 out of 8

8 out of 8

3 out of 4

8 out of 8

8 out of 8

1 out of 1

8 out of 8

7 out of 8

8 out of 8

8 out of 8

8 out of 8

8 out of 8

8 out of 8

8 out of 8

8 out of 8

4 out of 4

8 out of 8

7 out of 8

7 out of 7

13 out of 15

12 out of 14

–

–

2 out of 2

2 out of 2 

–

5 out of 6

–

–

–

–

15 out of 16

2 out of 2

22 out of 22

–

8 out of 8

15 out of 17

3 out of 4

–

13 out of 15

–

 
16 

Report of the Supervisory Board  

To our shareholders

C O R P O R AT E   G O V E R N A N C E   A N D   D E C L A R AT I O N   O F   C O N F O R M I T Y  

The Supervisory Board meeting on Friday, November 15, 2019 
focused on the implementation of the recommendations and 
suggestions  of  the  Code  in  the  Volkswagen  Group.  We  dis-
cussed  in  detail  the  currently  applicable  version  of  the  Code  
dated February 7, 2017, and issued the annual declaration of 
conformity with the recommendations of the Code in accor-
dance  with  section  161  of  the  Aktiengesetz  (AktG  –  German 
Stock  Corporation  Act)  together  with  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment.  In  addition,  we  addressed  the  recommenddations  in 
the  draft  amendment  of  the  Code,  which  was  published  by 
the  government  commission  on  May  9,  2019,  as  well  as 
measures pertaining to the implementation thereof. 

The  joint  declarations  of  conformity  by  the  Board  of  
Management  and  the  Supervisory  Board  are  permanently 
available  at  www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations/ 
corporate-governance/declaration-of-conformity.html.  Addi-
tional  information  on  the  implementation  of  the  recom-
mendations and suggestions of the Code can be found in the 
corporate  governance  report  starting  on  page  60  and  in  the 
notes to the consolidated financial statements on page 334 of 
this annual report. 

M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   S U P E RV I S O RY   B O A R D   A N D   B O A R D   O F  

M A N A G E M E N T  
Effective  February  8,  2019, Mr.  Uwe  Hück  stepped  down  as  a 
member  of  the  Volkswagen AG  Supervisory  Board.  At  the 
request  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Board  and  in 
accordance  with  section  104 of  the  AktG,  the  Braunschweig 
Registry Court appointed Mr. Werner Weresch to succeed him 
as  a  member  of  the  Volkswagen AG  Supervisory  Board  with 
effect from February 21, 2019. 

The  terms  of  office  of  Dr.  Hessa  Sultan  Al  Jaber,  Dr.  Hans 
Michel Piëch and Dr. Ferdinand Oliver Porsche on the Super-
visory Board of Volkswagen AG duly ended at the close of the 
59th  Annual  General  Meeting.  On  May 14,  2019,  the  Annual 
General Meeting re-elected all three for a further full term of 
office on the Supervisory Board. 

Effective  May  31,  2019,  Ms.  Birgit  Dietze  stepped  down  as  a 
member  of  the  Supervisory  Board  of  Volkswagen  AG.  At  the 
request  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Board  and  in 
accordance  with  section  104 of  the  AktG,  the  Braunschweig 
Registry  Court  appointed  Ms.  Conny  Schönhardt,  Union 
Secretary  to  the  board  of  IG  Metall,  to  succeed  her  as  a 
member of the Volkswagen AG Supervisory Board with effect 
from  June  21,  2019.  On  July  11,  2019,  the  Supervisory  Board 
elected Ms. Schönhardt as a member of the Audit Committee. 

China  division  was  transferred  to  Dr. Herbert  Diess  with 
effect from January 11, 2019. 

Mr.  Abraham  Schot  will  step  down  from  the  Board  of  Man-
agement of Volkswagen AG by mutual agreement with effect 
from March 31, 2020. On November 15, 2019, the Supervisory 
Board appointed Mr. Markus Duesmann to succeed Mr. Schot 
as  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Management  with  effect  from 
April 1, 2020. Mr. Duesmann will especially be responsible for 
the  Premium  brand  group  and  for  the  Group  Research  and 
Development  division  on  the  Board  of  Management  of 
Volkswagen AG.  Dr.  Herbert  Diess  will  take  over  the  Group 
Sales division with effect from April 1, 2020. 

Our sincere thanks go to all of the departing members of the 
Supervisory  Board  and  the  Board  of  Management  for  their 
work. 

On August 25, 2019, the long-time Chairman of the Board of 
Management and Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG, Prof. 
Dr.  Ferdinand  K.  Piëch,  died  at  the  age  of  82.  During  his 
career,  Prof.  Dr.  Piëch  was  instrumental  in  the  development 
of  the  automobile  and  of  the  automotive  industry,  and 
especially  in  the  growth  of  Volkswagen  to  become  a  global 
mobility group. The Company and everyone who works for it 
have enormous gratitude and respect for his services. We will 
always remember him and his life’s work. 

On January 3, 2020, Dr. Werner P. Schmidt, former member of 
the Volkswagen AG Board of Management, died at the age of 
87. Dr. Schmidt belonged to the Board of Management from
1975  to  1994  and  demonstrated  tireless  commitment
throughout this period, during which he made an important
contribution  to  shaping  our  company.  We  will  fondly
remember his accomplishments. 

AU D I T   O F   T H E   A N N UA L   A N D   C O N S O L I DAT E D   F I N A N C I A L  

STAT E M E N T S  
In  line  with  our  proposal,  the  Annual  General  Meeting  of 
Volkswagen  AG  on  May  14,  2019  elected  Pricewaterhouse-
Coopers  GmbH  Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft  (PwC)  as 
auditors for fiscal year 2019. The auditors audited the annual 
financial  statements  of  Volkswagen  AG,  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  and  the 
combined  management  report  and  issued  unqualified  audit 
reports in each case.  

The  Supervisory  Board  commissioned  PwC  to  conduct  an 
external content-related audit of the combined separate non-
financial report for 2019. 

Prof.  Jochem  Heizmann  retired  from  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment  of  Volkswagen AG  with  effect  from  January 10,  2019 
under a retirement program. His Board responsibility for the 

In addition, the auditors analyzed the risk management and 
internal  control  systems,  concluding  that  the  Board  of 
Management  had  taken  the  measures  required  by  section 

 
To our shareholders 

Report of the Supervisory Board

17

91(2)  of  the  AktG  to  ensure  early  detection  of  any  risks 
endangering  the  continued  existence  of  the  Company.  The 
Report  on  Relationships  of  Volkswagen  AG  with  Affiliated 
Companies  in  accordance  with  section  312  of  the  AktG  for 
the period from January 1 to December 31, 2019 (dependent 
company report) submitted by the Board of Management was 
also audited  by  the auditors,  who  issued  the  following  opin-
ion:  “In  our  opinion  and  in  accordance  with  our  statutory 
audit,  we  certify  that  the  factual  disclosures  provided  in  the 
report  are  correct  and  that  the  company’s  consideration 
concerning  legal  transactions  referred  to  in  the  report  was 
not unduly high.”  

The  members  of  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  members  of 
the  Supervisory  Board  were  provided  with  the  document-
tation  relating  to  the  annual  and  consolidated  financial 
statements,  including  the  dependent  company  report,  the 
documentation  relating  to  the  combined  management 
report,  and  also  the  audit  reports  prepared  by  the  auditors 
and  the  report  from  PwC  on  the  external  content-related 
audit of the combined separate nonfinancial report for 2019 
in good time for their meetings on February 27 and February 
28,  2020  respectively.  The  auditors  reported  extensively  at 
both  meetings  on  the  material  findings  of  their  audit  and 
were available to provide additional information. 

Taking  into  consideration  the  audit  reports  and  the  discus-
sion with the auditors, and based on its own conclusions, the 
Audit Committee prepared the documents for the  Supervisory 
Board’s examination of the consolidated financial statements, 
the  annual  financial  statements  of  Volkswagen  AG,  the 
combined  management  report,  the  dependent  company 
report  and  the  combined  separate  nonfinancial  report  for 
2019,  and  reported  on  these  at  the  Supervisory  Board 
meeting on February 28, 2020. Following this, the Audit Com-
mittee recommended that the Supervisory Board approve the 
annual and  consolidated  financial  statements.  We  examined 
the documents in depth in the knowledge and on the basis of 
the  report  by  the  Audit  Committee  and  the  audit  report,  as 
well as in talks and discussions with the auditors. We came to 
the  conclusion  that  the  documents  are  due  and  proper  and 
that the assessment of the position of the Company and the 
Group  presented  by  the  Board  of  Management  in  the 
combined  management  report  corresponds  to  the  assess-
ment by the Supervisory Board.  

financial  statements  are 

We  therefore  concurred  with  the  auditors’  findings  and 
approved  the  annual  financial  statements  and  the  consoli-
dated  financial  statements  prepared  by  the  Board  of 
Management at our meeting on February 28, 2020, which the 
auditors  also  attended  for  the  agenda  items  relating  to  the 
annual and consolidated financial statements, the dependent 
company report and the combined management report. The 
annual 
thus  adopted.  Upon 
completion  of  our  examination  of  the  dependent  company 
report, there are no objections to be raised to the concluding 
declaration  by  the  Board  of  Management  in  the  dependent 
company  report.  We  reviewed  the  proposal  on  the  appro-
priation of net profit submitted by the Board of Management, 
taking  into  account  in  particular  the  interests  of  the  Com-
pany  and  its  shareholders,  and  endorsed  the  proposal.  PwC 
conducted an external content-related audit of the combined 
separate  nonfinancial  report  for  2019  to  attain  limited 
assurance  and  issued  an  unqualified  report.  At  our  meeting 
on  February  28,  2020,  PwC  also  took  part  in  the  discussions 
on  the  agenda  items  relating  to  the  combined  separate 
nonfinancial  report  for  2019.  Upon  completion  of  its  own 
independent  examination  of 
the  combined  separate 
nonfinancial  report  for  2019,  the  Supervisory  Board  did  not 
have any objections. 

We  would  like  to  express  our  thanks  and  particular  appre-
ciation to the Board of Management, the Works Council, the 
management teams and all the employees of Volkswagen AG 
and its affiliated companies for their work in 2019. With their 
immense personal commitment, great loyalty and readiness 
to support the changes that have been introduced, they have 
all  made  a  decisive  contribution  in  helping  to  make  2019  a 
successful  year  for  the  Volkswagen  Group  in  spite  of  the 
many challenges presented.  

Wolfsburg, February 28, 2020 

Hans Dieter Pötsch 
Chairman of the Supervisory Board 

 
2
Divisions

DIVISIONS 

21 

24 

26 

28 

30 

32 

34 

36 

38 

40 

Brands and Business Fields

Volkswagen Passenger Cars

Audi

ŠKODA

SEAT

Bentley

Porsche

Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles 

TRATON GROUP

Scania

42  MAN

44 

46 

Volkswagen Group China

Volkswagen Financial Services

Divisions 

Brands and Business Fields

21

Brands and Business Fields 

The Volkswagen Group increased unit sales, sales revenue and profit in fiscal year 2019 
amid a persistently challenging market environment. The diesel issue resulted in special 
items that had an adverse effect on profit. 

G R O U P   ST R U C T U R E  
The Volkswagen Group consists of two divisions: the Automotive Division and the Financial Services Division. 
The Automotive Division comprises the Passenger Cars, Commercial Vehicles and Power Engineering business 
areas.  Activities  of  the  Automotive  Division  comprise  in  particular  the  development  of  vehicles  and  engines, 
the production and sale of passenger cars, light commercial vehicles, trucks, buses and motorcycles, as well as 
genuine  parts,  large-bore  diesel  engines,  turbomachinery,  special  gear  units,  propulsion  components  and 
testing  systems  businesses.  Mobility  solutions  are  gradually  being  added  to  the  range.  The  Ducati  brand  is 
allocated to the Audi brand and thus to the Passenger Cars Business Area. The activities of the Financial Services 
Division comprise dealer and customer financing, vehicle leasing, direct banking and insurance activities, fleet 
management and mobility offerings.  

V O L K S W A G E N   G R O U P   R E P O R T I N G   S T R U C T U R E

A U T O M O T I V E
D I V I S I O N

Commercial Vehicles Business Area(cid:3)(cid:3)
Scania Vehicles and Services(cid:3)
MAN Commercial Vehicles

Power Engineering Business Area(cid:3)

Power Engineering

F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S  
D I V I S I O N

(cid:26)(cid:305)(cid:279)(cid:357)(cid:305)(cid:387)(cid:3)(cid:279)(cid:364)(cid:300)(cid:3)(cid:294)(cid:405)(cid:391)(cid:399)(cid:371)(cid:362)(cid:305)(cid:387)(cid:3)(cid:321)(cid:364)(cid:279)(cid:364)(cid:294)(cid:340)(cid:364)(cid:331)
Leasing
Direct bank
Insurance
Fleet management
(cid:73)(cid:371)(cid:292)(cid:340)(cid:357)(cid:340)(cid:399)(cid:423)(cid:3)(cid:371)(cid:319)(cid:305)(cid:387)(cid:340)(cid:364)(cid:331)(cid:391)

Passenger Cars Business Area(cid:3)
Volkswagen Passenger Cars(cid:3)
Audi
ŠKODA
SEAT
Bentley
Porsche Automotive(cid:3)
(cid:126)(cid:371)(cid:357)(cid:354)(cid:391)(cid:417)(cid:279)(cid:331)(cid:305)(cid:364)(cid:3)(cid:20)(cid:371)(cid:362)(cid:362)(cid:305)(cid:387)(cid:294)(cid:340)(cid:279)(cid:357)(cid:3)(cid:126)(cid:305)(cid:337)(cid:340)(cid:294)(cid:357)(cid:305)(cid:391)(cid:3)(cid:3)
Other

22 

Brands and Business Fields 

Divisions

In this chapter, we present the key volume and financial data relating to the Group brands and to Volkswagen 
Financial Services. In light of the considerable importance of the development of business in the world’s largest 
single  market  for  the  Volkswagen  Group,  we  also  report  on  business  developments  and  the  results  of  our 
activities in China in this chapter.  

The  production  figures  and  deliveries  to  customers  are  differentiated  by  vehicle  brand  and  their  models 
that  carry  the  corresponding  brand  logo.  Unit  sales  figures  contain  vehicles  sold  by  respective  brand  com-
panies, including models of other Group brands. In some cases, there are marked differences between delivery 
figures and unit sales as a result of our business development in China. 

K E Y   F I G U R E S   B Y   M A R K E T  
The  Volkswagen  Group generated  an  operating  profit  before  special  items  of  €19.3  (17.1) billion  in  fiscal  year 
2019.  Special  items  which  resulted  from  the  diesel  issue  weighed  on  the  operating  profit  in  the  amount  of  
€–2.3 (–3.2) billion.  

Unit  sales  by  the  Volkswagen  Group  rose  to  11.0 (10.9) million  vehicles  in  2019  –  a  new  record  despite  a 

challenging and highly competitive market environment. Sales revenue rose by 7.1% to €252.6 billion. 

At  4.9  million  vehicles,  unit  sales  in  the  Europe/Other  markets  region  were  up  2.5%  compared  with  the 

previous year. Sales revenue increased to €154.0 (143.1) billion due to volume and mix effects.  

In  North  America,  we  increased  unit  sales  by  3.4%  to  1.0 million  vehicles.  Sales  revenue  amounted  to 

€43.4 (37.7) billion, primarily due to the increase in volumes as well as positive exchange rate effects. 

In the markets of the South America region, we sold 0.6 million vehicles in the reporting year. This was 1.9% 
more than in the previous year. Despite unfavorable exchange rate trends, sales revenue improved by 8.6% to 
€11.3 billion due to positive mix effects. 

In the Asia-Pacific region, the Volkswagen Group’s unit sales – including those of the Chinese joint ventures – 
amounted  to  a  total  of  4.5 (4.6) million  vehicles.  At  €44.0  (43.2) billion,  sales  revenue  exceeded  the  prior-year 
level  thanks  to  the  improved  mix  and  positive  exchange  rate  effects.  This  figure  does  not  include  the  sales 
revenue of our equity-accounted Chinese joint ventures. 

Hedging  transactions  relating  to  sales  revenue  in  foreign  currency  increased  the  sales  revenue  of  the 
Volkswagen Group by €11 million in the reporting year. In the previous year, they increased sales revenue by 
€1.5 billion. 

Divisions 

Brands and Business Fields

23

K E Y   F I G U R E S   B Y   B R A N D   A N D   B U S I N E S S   F I E L D  

Thousand vehicles/€ million 

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

V E H I C L E   S A L E S  

S A L E S   R E V E N U E  

O P E R A T I N G   R E S U L T  

Volkswagen Passenger Cars 
Audi1 
ŠKODA1 

SEAT 

Bentley 
Porsche Automotive2 

Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles 
Scania Vehicles and Services3 

MAN Commercial Vehicles 

Power Engineering 
VW China4 
Other5 

Volkswagen Financial Services 

Volkswagen Group before special items 

Special items 

Volkswagen Group 
Automotive Division6 

of which: Passenger Cars Business Area7 

Commercial Vehicles Business Area7 

Power Engineering Business Area 

Financial Services Division 

3,677

1,200

1,062

667

12

277

456

101

143

–

4,048

–685

–

–

–

10,956

10,956

10,713

243

–

–

3,715

1,467

957

608

10

253

469

97

137

–

4,101

–912

–

–

–

10,900

10,900

10,666

234

–

–

88,407

55,680

19,806

11,496

2,092

26,060

11,473

13,934

12,663

3,997

–

84,585

59,248

17,293

10,202

1,548

23,668

11,875

12,981

12,104

3,608

–

–30,931

37,957

–34,029

32,764

–

–

252,632

212,473

182,031

26,444

3,997

40,160

–

–

235,849

201,067

172,678

24,781

3,608

34,782

3,785

4,509

1,660

445

65

4,210

510

1,506

402

159

–

–917

2,960

19,296

–2,336

16,960

13,748

12,188

1,653

–93

3,212

3,239

4,705

1,377

254

–288

4,110

780

1,207

332

193

–

–1,418

2,612

17,104

–3,184

13,920

11,127

10,000

1,191

–64

2,793

1  2019 in line with the reallocation of companies; the prior-year figures have not been adjusted. 
2  Porsche (including Financial Services): sales revenue €28,518 (25,784) million, operating profit before special items €4,396 (4,291) million. 
3  Scania (including Financial Services): sales revenue €14,391 (13,360) million, operating profit €1,648 (1,346) million. 
4  The sales revenues and operating profits of the joint venture companies in China are not included in the figures for the Group.  

These Chinese companies are accounted for using the equity method and recorded a proportionate operating profit of €4,425 (4,627) million. 

5  In operating profit, mainly intragroup items recognized in profit or loss, in particular from the elimination of intercompany profits; the figure includes 

depreciation and amortization of identifiable assets as part of purchase price allocation, as well as companies not allocated to the brands. 

6  Including allocation of consolidation adjustments between the Automotive and Financial Services divisions. 
7  The Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand has been reported as part of the Passenger Cars Business Area since January 1, 2019. The prior-year figures have been 

adjusted. 

K E Y   F I G U R E S   B Y   M A R K E T  

Thousand vehicles/€ million 

2019

2018

2019

2018

V E H I C L E   S A L E S    

S A L E S   R E V E N U E  

Europe/Other markets 

North America 

South America 

Asia-Pacific1 

Hedges on sales revenue 
Volkswagen Group1 

4,856

956

607

4,538

–

10,956

4,739

925

596

4,640

–

10,900

153,999

143,089

43,351

11,297

43,974

11

37,656

10,405

43,166

1,535

252,632

235,849

1  The sales revenue of the joint venture companies in China is not included in the figures for the Group and the Asia-Pacific market.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 

Volkswagen Passenger Cars 

Divisions

Volkswagen Passenger Cars enters a new era and presents a more modern, more 
human and more authentic image. The eighth generation of the Golf launches 
and the all-electric ID.3 celebrates its world premiere. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
The Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand aims to move you. The TRANSFORM 2025+ strategy therefore centers on a 
global model initiative through which the brand aims to lead innovation, technology and quality in the volume 
segment.  

At the International Motor Show (IAA) in Frankfurt, the Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand unveiled its new 
brand design which creates a new global brand experience. This focuses on the new logo, which has a flat two-
dimensional design and is reduced to its essential elements for more flexible use in digital applications. With 
its new brand design, Volkswagen is presenting itself as more modern, more human and more authentic. This 
marks the start of a new era for Volkswagen, the product aspect of which is represented by the all-electric ID.3. 
As the first model in the ID. product line, this highly efficient and fully connected zero emissions car is based on 
the  Modular  Electric  Drive  Toolkit  (MEB)  and  will  be  on  the  road  from  2020.  Volkswagen  announced  in  2019 
that  it  wants  also  make  its  MEB  available  for  other  manufacturers.  The  lifestyle-oriented  T-Roc  Cabriolet 
expanded this popular crossover model range in the reporting year. For more than four decades, the Golf has 
been  the  most  successful  European  car.  The  eighth  generation  of  the  bestseller  launched  at  the  end  of  the 
reporting  year:  digitalized,  connected  and  intuitive  to  operate.  No  fewer  than  five  hybrid  versions  are  electri-
fying the compact class. Assisted driving is available up to a speed of 210 km/h.  

The Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand delivered 6.3 million (+0.5%) vehicles worldwide in fiscal year 2019. 
Delivery figures were up in Italy (+8.7%), France (+6.8%), Germany (+5.3%), the USA (+2.6%) and Brazil (+16.7%). 
The T-Cross, T-Roc, Tiguan, Touareg and Atlas models were particularly popular.  

The  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars  brand  sold  3.7 (3.7) million  vehicles  in  the  reporting  year.  The  difference 
between deliveries and unit sales is mainly due to the fact that the vehicle-producing joint ventures in China are 
not attributed to the companies in the Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand. 

The Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand produced 6.2 (6.3) million vehicles worldwide in 2019. At the Wolfs-
burg  plant,  the  five  millionth  Tiguan  rolled  off  the  assembly  line.  In  Emden,  the  thirty millionth  Passat  was 
manufactured; this makes it the Group’s most-produced mid-range model. 

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
At  €88.4 billion,  the  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars  brand’s  sales  revenue  in  2019  was  4.5%  higher  than  in  the 
previous year. Operating profit before special items increased to €3.8 (3.2) billion. Particularly improvements in 
the mix and price positioning compensated for lower sales of the models from Volkswagen Passenger Cars and 
for launch costs and negative exchange rate effects. The operating return on sales before special items increased 
to 4.3 (3.8)%. The diesel issue gave rise to special items of €–1.9 (–1.9) billion. 

30 million 

Passats manufactured 

 
 
 
 
Divisions 

Volkswagen Passenger Cars

25

P R O D U C T I O N  

V O L K SWA G E N   PA S S E N G E R   C A R S   B R A N D  

Units 

Tiguan 

Polo/Virtus 

Golf 

Jetta/Sagitar 

Passat/Magotan 

Lavida 

Bora 

T-Roc 

T-Cross 

Santana 

Atlas/Teramont 

Gol 

Tharu 

up! 

Lamando 

Touran 

Saveiro 

Touareg 

Arteon/CC 

Fox 

Sharan 

Beetle 

Phideon 

Suran 

ID.3 

%

+0.5

–1.0

–1.8

+4.5

+16.9

2019

2018

2019

2018

910,926

706,052

679,351

610,327

543,706

514,698

345,077

328,069

274,071

244,132

183,648

151,241

136,899

108,676

92,903

90,366

54,941

52,859

51,868

43,675

25,681

20,580

13,750

600

50

861,331

Deliveries (thousand units) 

855,179

Vehicle sales  

805,752

Production 

6,278

3,677

6,184

6,245

3,715

6,297

770,447

Sales revenue (€ million) 

88,407

84,585

Operating result before 
special items 

Operating return on sales (%) 

3,785

4.3

3,239

3.8

656,249

513,556

269,390

236,977

–

272,080

166,034

156,410

26,986

136,512

141,076

130,417

59,233

40,387

49,735

40,596

30,459

37,846

24,102

16,356

–

6,184,146

6,297,110

T-Cross 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

30.4 %
30.4 %
9.0 %
9.0 %
7.8 %
7.8 %
52.7 %
52.7 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.volkswagen.com
www.volkswagen.com

 
26 

Audi  

Divisions

Audi is following its strategic focus and consistently pursuing sustainable premium 
mobility. The electric-powered e-tron is the highlight of the 2019 product offensive. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
“Vorsprung” is Audi’s active brand promise that is delivered throughout the world and that is currently being 
redefined by the brand with the four rings, as it moves away from the narrow focus on technical feasibility and 
towards  a  new  approach,  where  the  customer  is  at  the  center.  In  2019,  Audi  expanded  its  vehicle  range  and 
celebrated over 20 market launches. The highlight of the year was the market introduction of the Audi e-tron. 
The  all-electric  SUV  was  rolled  out  in  Europe,  China  and  the  USA.  The  vehicle  stands  out  with  a  high-quality 
interior and is packed with technological highlights. The all-electric Q2L e-tron debuted on the Chinese market. 
With  concept  vehicles  such  as  the  e-tron  GT  concept,  Q4  e-tron  concept,  AI:TRAIL,  AI:ME  and  others,  Audi 
showcased further potential in e-mobility and artificial intelligence. By 2025, Audi plans to bring more than 30 
electrified models to market, including 20 with pure electric drive. Audi is thereby following its strategic focus 
and  consistently  pursuing  sustainable  premium  mobility.  Alongside  the  electrified  models,  the  vehicles  Audi 
presented in 2019 included the fourth generation of the bestselling A6 and the dynamic RS 7 Sportback.  

The difficult market environment and the WLTP test procedure posed challenges for Audi particularly in the 
first  half  of  2019.  Nevertheless,  the  Audi  brand  delivered  a  total  of  1.9 million  vehicles  to  customers  (+1.8%). 
Deliveries rose especially in Western Europe (+4.0%) and China (+4.1%). 

Audi sold 1.2 (1.5) million vehicles in the reporting year. Unit sales by the Chinese joint venture FAW-Volks-
wagen amounted to a further 620 (620) thousand Audi vehicles. The Q2, e-tron and Q8 models were in especially 
high demand. Unit sales at Automobili Lamborghini S.p.A. amounted to 8,290 (6,333) vehicles. The increase was 
mainly due to high demand for the Urus.  

In the reporting year, Audi produced 1.8 (1.9) million units worldwide. Lamborghini manufactured a total of 

8,664 (6,571) vehicles in 2019. 

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
As of 2019, the multibrand sales companies have been separated from the Audi brand and are reported in the 
Other category to increase overall transparency and comparability. As a result, the Audi brand’s sales revenue 
declined to €55.7 (59.2) billion in fiscal year 2019. The operating result (previous year’s figure excludes special 
items) stood at €4.5 (4.7) billion. Mix and product cost improvements offset negative effects from model start-
ups and phase-outs, higher upfront expenditure for new products and technologies, an unfavorable exchange 
rate trend and personnel cost increases. The operating return on sales (previous year’s figure excludes special 
items)  was  8.1  (7.9)%.  The  financial  key  performance  indicators  for  the  Lamborghini  and  Ducati  brands  are 
included in the financial figures for the Audi brand.  

1.9 million 

Vehicles delivered in 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
Divisions 

Audi

27

P R O D U C T I O N  

A U D I   B R A N D  

Units 

Audi 

A4 

Q5 

A3 

A6 

Q3 

Q2 

A5  

A1 

Q7 

Q8 

e-tron 

A8 

A7 

TT 

R8 

Lamborghini 

Urus 

Huracán Coupé 

Huracán Spyder 

Aventador Coupé 

Aventador Roadster 

2019

2018

2019

2018

%

1,854

1,846

8

1,200

1,802

55,680

4,509

8.1

1,818

1,812

6

1,467

1,871

59,248

4,705

7.9

+2.0

+1.8

+42.7

–18.2

–3.7

–6.0

–4.2

323,387

286,365

240,795

232,569

195,566

130,225

93,077

81,287

63,633

44,727

43,376

23,826

17,068

14,999

2,121

Deliveries (thousand units) 

344,623

298,645

Audi 

Lamborghini 

304,903

Vehicle sales  

254,705

Production 

167,707

Sales revenue (€ million) 

Operating result before 
special items 

Operating return on sales (%) 

108,386

111,544

80,387

110,593

22,414

2,425

24,541

20,058

12,118

1,764

1,793,021

1,864,813

5,233

1,495

931

786

219

8,664

2,565

1,669

1,121

578

638

6,571

Audi brand 

1,801,685

1,871,384

Ducati, motorcycles 

51,723

53,320

e-tron 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

43.5 %
43.5 %
14.7 %
14.7 %
0.9 %
0.9 %
40.9 %
40.9 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.audi.com
www.audi.com

 
28 

 ŠKODA 

Divisions

ŠKODA presented new vehicles with alternative drives in 2019, including the  
G-Tec CNG models. With the Citigoe iV, the first all-electric production model,  
ŠKODA is entering the era of e-mobility. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
The  ŠKODA  models  are  synonymous  with  smart  understatement,  featuring  a  superior  spacious  interior,  the 
highest standards of functionality, excellent value for money and a distinct design. Added to that are a number 
of “Simply Clever” ideas and new digital services, all aimed at making customers’ lives easier. ŠKODA presented 
the  CNG-powered  Scala  G-Tec  and  Kamiq  G-Tec  in  2019,  expanding  the  range  of  particularly  environmentally 
conscious and  efficient natural gas models.  ŠKODA also presented the  successor to the successful Octavia, and 
the Kamiq city SUV for the European market. In addition, ŠKODA entered the era of e-mobility in 2019. For the 
future,  ŠKODA  is  combining  the  establishment  of  its  electric  product  family  and  an  integrated  networked 
ecosystem  for  mobility  solutions  under  the  iV  sub-brand.  The  ŠKODA  Citigoe  iV  is  the  Czech  brand’s  first  all-
electric vehicle. Another electric car also celebrated its debut in 2019: the Superbe iV is ŠKODA’S first production 
model with plug-in hybrid drive. ŠKODA gave a foretaste of this in the reporting year with the presentation of 
the all-electric Vision iV concept study. With a sporty, emotive design, this is the first vehicle from ŠKODA to be 
based on the Modular Electric Drive Toolkit (MEB).  

The  ŠKODA  brand  delivered  1.2  (1.3) million  vehicles  worldwide  in  2019.  China  remained  the  largest 
individual market. However, deliveries there fell by 17.3%. Meanwhile, in Western Europe (+7.0%) and in Central 
and Eastern Europe (+4.1%), an increase in deliveries was achieved. 

ŠKODA  sold  1.1 (1.0) million  vehicles  in  the  reporting  period.  The  gain  was  due  particularly  to  the  initial 
consolidation following the assumption of regional responsibility for India. The Karoq and Kodiaq models were 
in particularly high demand. The difference between figures for deliveries and unit sales is mainly due to the 
fact that the vehicle-producing joint ventures in China are not attributed to ŠKODA brand companies. 

The ŠKODA brand produced 1.2 (1.3) million vehicles worldwide in 2019. The 22 millionth vehicle rolled off 
the assembly line in mid-April 2019. It was produced by the SAIC VOLKSWAGEN joint venture’s plant in Changsha.  

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
Sales  revenue  at  the  ŠKODA  brand increased  by  14.5%  in  2019  to  €19.8 billion, particularly  due  to  initial  con-
solidation  following  the  assumption  of  regional  responsibility  for  India.  The  operating  profit  improved  by 
€0.3 billion to €1.7 billion in the reporting period. Volume increases, mix optimizations and pricing measures 
more than compensated for negative effects resulting from cost increases and higher upfront expenditure for 
new products. The operating return on sales stood at 8.4%, compared to 8.0% in the previous year. 

22 million 

Vehicles produced by the ŠKODA brand 

 
 
 
Divisions 

ŠKODA

29

P R O D U C T I O N  

Š KO D A   B R A N D  

Units 

Octavia 

Rapid/Scala 

Karoq/Kamiq/Yeti 

Kodiaq 

Fabia 

Superb 

Citigo 

2019

2018

2019

2018

%

358,356

207,724

203,688

177,163

166,237

102,592

27,306

400,210

Deliveries (thousand units) 

195,270

Vehicle sales  

173,816

Production 

155,499

Sales revenue (€ million) 

186,213

Operating result 

136,985

Operating return on sales (%) 

37,095

1,243,066

1,285,088

1,243

1,062

1,243

19,806

1,660

8.4

1,254

957

1,285

17,293

1,377

8.0

–0.9

+11.0

–3.3

+14.5

+20.6

Scala G-Tec 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

74.8 %
74.8 %
0.0 %
0.0 %
0.1 %
0.1 %
25.1 %
25.1 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.skoda-auto.com
www.skoda-auto.com

 
30 

 SEAT 

Divisions

SEAT can look back on a successful year in which it presented its first all-electric 
production model, the Mii electric. A vehicle based on the MEB is already in the  
starting blocks. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
SEAT delivers solutions “Created in Barcelona” to make mobility easy. At SEAT, the year 2019 was all about the 
electrification  of  the  model  range:  the  Spanish  brand  brought  its  first  all-electric  production  model,  the  Mii 
electric, onto the market in the reporting period. Powered by a 61 kW (83 PS) electric motor, the model is ideally 
suited to city traffic with its dynamic performance and fresh design. The battery has a range of up to 260 km. 
SEAT gave a foretaste of another all-electric vehicle with its el-Born concept car. Based on the Modular Electric 
Drive Toolkit, this model impresses with a generous interior, offering both practicality and functionality, as well 
as a range of up to 420 km. The Tarraco FR, also presented in 2019, is the most powerful vehicle in the model 
range with a modern powertrain comprising a 1.4 TSI petrol engine producing 110 kW (150 PS) and an 85 kW 
(115 PS) electric motor. The system’s total output is 180 kW (245 PS). The body exudes confidence and is truly 
dynamic  thanks  to  wider  wheel  housings,  a  sporty  rear  spoiler,  a  front  FR  radiator  grille  and  19-inch  alloy 
wheels.  The  company’s  CUPRA  brand  presented  the  Formentor,  the  first  model  specially  developed  for  the 
brand, which is due to launch on the market in 2020.  CUPRA also presented the Tavascan, its vision of an all-
electric  SUV  coupé.  This  concept  car  combines  state-of-the-art  drive  technology  with  the  elegant,  sporty  and 
expressive design of a four-door crossover SUV.  

The SEAT brand’s deliveries to customers rose by 10.9% in fiscal year 2019 to 574 thousand vehicles. Almost 
all  markets  contributed  to  this  rise, with  the brand achieving  the  most  significant increases  in  Italy (+30.8%), 
France (+19.0%), Germany (+16.1%) and the United Kingdom (+9.5%). The company’s CUPRA brand recorded an 
increase of 71.8% to 25 thousand vehicles. 

At  667 thousand  units,  the  SEAT  brand’s  sales  in  the  reporting  period  were  up  by  9.8%  on  the  prior-year 
figure.  This  figure  includes  the  A1  manufactured  for  Audi.  The  A-SUV  models  Arona  and  Ateca  were  in  high 
demand.  

SEAT manufactured 592 thousand vehicles during the past fiscal year, an increase of 12.1% on 2018.  

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
SEAT continued its upward trend in the reporting year: sales revenue amounted to €11.5 billion, exceeding the 
previous year’s record figure by 12.7%. Operating profit rose to €445 (254) million, which was also a new record. 
Particularly volume and mix effects had a positive impact. The SEAT brand’s operating return on sales increased 
to 3.9 (2.5)%.  

€445 million 

Operating profit for 2019 

 
 
 
 
Divisions 

SEAT

31

P R O D U C T I O N  

S E AT   B R A N D  

Units 

Leon 

Arona 

Ibiza 

Ateca 

Tarraco 

Alhambra 

Mii 

Toledo 

2019

2018

2019

2018

%

153,837

134,611

130,243

98,397

38,721

23,015

11,479

1,506

591,809

159,486

Deliveries (thousand units) 

110,926

Vehicle sales  

120,287

Production 

574

667

592

518

608

528

90,824

Sales revenue (€ million) 

11,496

10,202

2,398

Operating result 

19,588

Operating return on sales (%) 

445

3.9

254

2.5

+10.9

+9.8

+12.1

+12.7

+74.7

14,369

10,151

528,029

Mii electric 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

95.4 %
95.4 %
4.2 %
4.2 %
0.3 %
0.3 %
0.1 %
0.1 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.seat.com
www.seat.com

 
32 

 Bentley 

Divisions

Bentley celebrated a special occasion in 2019: the brand’s 100th anniversary. The record 
deliveries achieved in the anniversary year were partly attributable to the popularity of 
the Bentayga. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
The  Bentley  brand  is  defined  by  exclusivity,  elegance  and  power.  For  Bentley,  2019  was  all  about  the  brand’s 
100th  anniversary.  Bentley  celebrated  this  special  occasion  with  a  range  of  special  models,  including  the 
Continental GT Number 9 Edition by Mulliner, of which only 100 vehicles were produced. Bentley also debuted 
the 467 kW (635 PS) powerful Continental GT Convertible in 2019, which sprints from 0 to 100 km/h in just 3.8 
seconds. Furthermore the Bentley brand also presented the new generation of the Flying Spur. This luxurious 
grand tourer has been completely revamped and sets new standards in innovation, connectivity, comfort and 
driving  pleasure.  It  impresses  with  both  the  maneuverability  of  a  sports  saloon  and  the  finesse  of  a  luxury 
vehicle. The Flying Spur is the first Bentley model to come with electronic all-wheel steering, which combined 
with the active all-wheel drive and the Bentley Dynamic Ride system provides for an agile handling and driving 
experience.  The  Bentayga  range  was  very  popular  with  customers  in  the  reporting  year.  The  467  kW  (635  PS) 
Bentayga Speed and a Bentayga hybrid were added in 2019. With combined CO2 emissions of just 75 g/km, the 
hybrid is making a powerful statement about efficiency in the luxury segment. 

Sales  by  the  Bentley  brand  in  2019  increased  to  11,006  (10,494)  vehicles,  thereby  hitting  a  new  record. 
Bentley recorded increased deliveries in almost all markets. However, there was a decline of 9.4% in Asia-Pacific.  
Bentley  sold  11,631  (9,559)  vehicles  globally  in  the  reporting  year.  The  increase  was  primarily  due  to  the 

availability of the new Continental GT and GTC models and the popularity of the Bentayga.  

In fiscal year 2019, the Bentley brand manufactured 12,430 vehicles. This was an increase of 36.4% year-on-

year. 

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
The Bentley brand generated sales revenue of €2.1 billion in 2019, exceeding the equivalent prior-year figure by 
35.1%. Operating profit increased to €65 (–288) million driven by higher volumes, as well as by cost savings in 
connection  with  the  ongoing  efficiency  program  together  with  mix  effects  and  exchange  rate  trends.  The 
operating return on sales rose to 3.1 (– 18.6)%.  

100 years 

Bentley brand 

Divisions 

Bentley

33

P R O D U C T I O N  

B E N T L E Y   B R A N D  

Units 

Bentayga 

Continental GT Coupé 

Mulsanne 

Flying Spur  

Continental GT Convertible 

2019

2018

2019

2018

%

5,232

3,903

443

102

2,750

12,430

4,072

2,841

Deliveries (units) 

Vehicle sales  

547

Production 

1,627

Sales revenue (€ million) 

28

Operating result 

9,115

Operating return on sales (%) 

11,006

11,631

12,430

2,092

65

3.1

10,494

9,559

9,115

1,548

–288

–18.6

+4.9

+21.7

+36.4

+35.1

x

Flying Spur 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

45.3 %
45.3 %
26.3 %
26.3 %
0.2 %
0.2 %
28.2 %
28.2 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.bentleymotors.com
www.bentleymotors.com

 
34 

 Porsche 

Divisions

Porsche is electrifying – the all-electric Taycan marks the beginning of a new era for  
the sports car manufacturer. With the new 911 Cabriolet, Porsche is celebrating  
open-top driving.  

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
Exclusivity  and  social  acceptance,  innovation  and  tradition,  performance  and  everyday  usability,  design  and 
functionality – these are the brand values of sports car manufacturer Porsche. The highlight in fiscal year 2019 
was  the  presentation  of  the  Taycan.  With  a  spectacular  world  premiere  taking  place  simultaneously  on  three 
continents,  Porsche  presented  its  first  all-electric  sports  car  to  the  audience.  The  four-door  sports  saloon 
impressively  combines  typical  Porsche  performance  and  connectivity  with  everyday  usability  and  is  setting 
new benchmarks for sustainability and digitalization. The vehicle is produced carbon-neutrally in Zuffenhausen. 
The Taycan Turbo S, Taycan Turbo and Taycan 4S models in the new series are at the cutting edge of Porsche  
E-Performance and are among the sports car manufacturer’s most powerful production models. The Taycan’s 
top version Turbo S can generate up to 560 kW (761 PS). It accelerates from 0 to 100 km/h in just 2.8 seconds 
and has a range of up to 412 km. Porsche also presented the new 911 Cabriolet in 2019, continuing the tradition 
of  open-top  driving.  The  331  kW  (450  PS)  twin-turbo  engine  delivers  top  speeds  of  over  300  km/h,  and 
acceleration of 0 to 100 km/h in less than 4 seconds. There was a new member of the Cayenne range in 2019: 
the  Cayenne  Coupé.  The  new  derivative  includes  all  the  technical  highlights  of  the  third  Cayenne  generation, 
but is more progressive, more athletic and more emotional thanks to its custom design elements with a roof 
line that falls away more dramatically to the rear. Other new products comprised the 718 Touring versions of 
the Boxster and Cayman as well as the Macan S and the Macan Turbo.  

Porsche increased its deliveries to customers by 9.6% in fiscal year 2019 to 281 thousand sports cars. China, 
where  Porsche  sold  87 thousand  vehicles  (+8.3%),  remained  the  largest  individual  market.  Deliveries  rose  by 
15.2% in Europe and 6.5% in North America. 

Porsche’s unit sales amounted to 277 thousand vehicles in 2019. This was 9.6% more than in the previous 

year. The Macan and Cayenne models in particular achieved considerable growth. 

Porsche produced 274 thousand vehicles in the reporting year, an increase by 2.2% year-on-year.  

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
Porsche  Automotive’s  sales  revenue  rose  by  10.1%  to  €26.1  (23.7) billion  in  fiscal  year  2019.  Operating  profit 
before  special  items  improved  by  2.4%  year-on-year  to  €4.2 billion.  Volume  and  mix  improvements  and 
product  cost  optimization  compensated  for  negative  exchange  rate  effects  and  cost  increases.  The  operating 
return on sales before special items was 16.2 (17.4)%. The diesel issue gave rise to special items of €–0.5 billion 
in the reporting period. 

9.6% 

Increase in unit sales in 2019 

 
 
 
Divisions 

Porsche

35

P R O D U C T I O N  

P O R S C H E   A U TO M OT I V E 1  

Units 

Cayenne 

Macan 

911 Coupé/Cabriolet 

Panamera 

718 Boxster/Cayman 

Taycan 

2019

2018

2019

2018

%

95,293

89,744

37,585

31,192

19,263

1,386

79,111

Deliveries (thousand units) 

93,953

Vehicle sales  

36,236

Production 

281

277

274

256

253

268

35,493

Sales revenue (€ million) 

26,060

23,668

23,658

–

Operating result before 
special items 

274,463

268,451

Operating return on sales (%) 

4,210

16.2

4,110

17.4

+9.6

+9.6

+2.2

+10.1

+2.4

1  Porsche (Automotive and Financial Services): sales revenue €28,518 (25,784) million, 

operating profit before special items €4,396 (4,291) million. 

Taycan 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

34.2 %
34.2 %
25.6 %
25.6 %
1.2 %
1.2 %
39.0 %
39.0 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.porsche.com
www.porsche.com

 
36 

Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles 

Divisions

The Transporter 6.1 – a technically redesigned version of the bestselling van – was 
launched on the market in 2019. Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles will be the Group’s 
leading brand for autonomous driving. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
As a leading manufacturer of light commercial vehicles, Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles is making fundamen-
tal  and sustainable changes to the way goods and services are distributed in cities in order to improve quality 
of life, especially in inner city areas. The brand is also the Volkswagen Group’s leader in autonomous driving as 
well  as  in  services  such  as  Mobility-as-a-Service  and  Transport-as-a-Service.  For  these  solutions,  Volkswagen 
Commercial  Vehicles  plans  to  develop  special-purpose  vehicles  such  as  robo-taxis  and  robo-vans  to  keep  the 
world of tomorrow moving with all its requirements for a clean, intelligent and sustainable mobility.  

In  the  reporting  year,  Volkswagen  Commercial  Vehicles  introduced  its  extensive  technically  redesigned 
bestselling van, the Multivan/Transporter 6.1. Thanks to the switch from hydraulic to electro-mechanical power 
steering,  the  Transporter  now  has  an  extended  range  of  driver  assist  systems,  which  significantly  increase 
safety  and  comfort.  The  new  assist  systems  include  technologies  such  as  Lane  Assist,  Park  Assist  and  Trailer 
Assist. In addition, the vehicle has been tailored to the requirements of the digital world: now available as an 
option is the third generation of the Modular Infotainment Toolkit, which enables the use of new applications 
and online services with an integrated SIM card. The popular Campervan California has also been upgraded. Like 
its predecessor, the California 6.1 is available in three equipment versions: Beach, Coast and Ocean. 

Deliveries  by  Volkswagen  Commercial  Vehicles  in  fiscal  year  2019  stood  at  492 thousand  units  and  were 
slightly  down  on  the  previous  year  (–1.6%).  While  sales  in  Europe  increased  by  1.4%,  they  declined  in  South 
America by 14.5%.  

Unit sales fell by 2.8% to 456 thousand vehicles in the reporting year. Increases were recorded for the Crafter.  
The Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand produced 477 thousand vehicles in the reporting period. This 
was 8.0% less than in the previous year. The decline was due to the model change in the T series and the WLTP 
test procedure applicable to light commercial vehicles since September 1, 2019. The two millionth Caddy rolled 
off the assembly line at Volkswagen Poznan in March. The main plant in Hanover celebrated a special anniver-
sary  in  2019:  the  ten  millionth  vehicle  rolled  off  its  assembly  line  in  early  March.  The  Hanover  plant  began 
producing the T series in 1956.  

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
Sales  revenue  by  Volkswagen  Commercial  Vehicles  in  2019  was  almost  on  a  level  with  the  previous  year,  at  
€11.5  (11.9) billion.  In  particular,  increased  fixed  and  development  costs  for  new  products  reduced  operating 
profit to €510 (780) million. Improved product costs had a positive effect. The operating return on sales amounted 
to 4.4 (6.6)%. 

10 million 

Vehicles produced in Hanover  

 
 
 
 
Divisions 

Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles

37

P R O D U C T I O N  

V O L K SWA G E N   C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S   B R A N D  

Units 

2019

2018

2019

2018

Caravelle/Multivan, Kombi 

Transporter 

Caddy Kombi 

Crafter 

Amarok 

Caddy 

96,533

91,585

81,466

72,906

68,010

66,780

115,525

Deliveries (thousand units) 

86,286

Vehicle sales  

89,154

Production 

492

456

477

500

469

519

67,151

Sales revenue (€ million) 

11,473

11,875

88,950

Operating result 

71,881

Operating return on sales (%) 

510

4.4

780

6.6

477,280

518,947

%

–1.6

–2.8

–8.0

–3.4

–34.6

Multivan 6.1 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

85.3 %
85.3 %
2.3 %
2.3 %
7.7 %
7.7 %
4.7 %
4.7 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.volkswagen-commercial-vehicles.com
www.volkswagen-commercial-vehicles.com

 
38 

TRATON GROUP 

Divisions

In 2019, the TRATON GROUP consistently pursued its goal of becoming a global 
champion of the commercial vehicle industry. In addition to the IPO, sales successes  
and strategic partnerships contributed to this. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
With  its  MAN,  Scania,  Volkswagen  Caminhões  e  Ônibus  and  RIO  brands,  TRATON SE  aims  to  become  a  global 
champion of the commercial vehicle industry and drive the transformation of the logistics sector. Its mission is 
to reinvent transport for future generations: “Transforming Transportation”.  

2019 was a year that set the direction of travel at the TRATON GROUP. The change in legal form in January 
from a German stock corporation (AG) to a European Company (Societas Europaea, SE) reinforced the Group’s 
international identity. The company now operates under the name TRATON SE. 

The  reporting  year  2019,  especially  the  first  half  of  the  year,  was  dominated  by  the  company’s  IPO.  It  is 
increasing the company’s financial flexibility and opening up direct access to the capital markets. June 28, 2019 
marked the first day of trading for TRATON shares and was an important milestone in its corporate history. The 
successful  dual  listing  on  the  Frankfurt  Stock  Exchange  in  Germany  and  Nasdaq  Stockholm  in  Sweden 
underscores the TRATON GROUP’s international orientation.  

At the Innovation Day in Södertälje, Sweden, in October, the TRATON GROUP presented itself as a forward-

looking company and announced investments in e-mobility and digitalization.  

As  part  of  the  strategic  partnership  with  the  Japanese  company  Hino  Motors,  Ltd.,  a  procurement  joint 
venture was created in October under the name HINO & TRATON Global Procurement GmbH. Cooperation on 
mining  vehicles  for  the  Canadian  market  was  agreed  between  Navistar  and  Scania  under  the  umbrella  of  the 
TRATON  alliance  with  Navistar.  In  2020,  Scania  will  deliver  heavy-duty  trucks  for  initial  tests  by  selected 
operators.  

 The  TRATON  GROUP  takes  sustainability  and  environmental  awareness  very  seriously.  In  the  first  half  of 
2019, to fulfill the Paris Climate Agreement, the institutions of the European Union set the first CO2 emission 
standards for heavy  trucks weighing over 16 tonnes. Heavy vehicle manufacturers must reduce the CO2 emis-
sions of their new vehicle fleet in the EU by 15% by 2025. By 2030, the new rules call for a reduction of 30%. The 
reference period for all reduction targets runs from July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2020. The TRATON GROUP is fully 
committed to further reducing the greenhouse gas emissions caused by commercial vehicles.  

June 28, 2019 

First day of trading for TRATON shares 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Divisions 

TRATON GROUP

39

P R O D U C T I O N    

D E L I V E R I E S    

Units 

Trucks 

Buses 

Light Commercial Vehicles 

2019

2018

Units 

2019

2018

201,115

21,387

15,903

238,405

207,235

Trucks 

23,141

Buses 

9,043

Light Commercial Vehicles 

239,419

205,936

21,496

14,789

242,221

202,494

22,629

7,871

232,994

Strong brands 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

69.9 %
69.9 %
1.3 %
1.3 %
23.5 %
23.5 %
5.3 %
5.3 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.traton.com
www.traton.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
40 

Scania 

Divisions

Scania presented innovative and sustainable solutions for public transport in 2019.  
The R 450 won the “Green Truck 2019” award. Sales revenue and earnings increased 
year-on-year. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
The  Swedish  brand  Scania  follows  its  values  “Customer  first”,  “Respect  for  the  individual”,  “Elimination  of 
waste”, “Determination”, “Team Spirit” and “Integrity”. In 2019, Scania’s R 450 truck won the “Green Truck 2019” 
award as the most fuel-efficient and environmentally friendly commercial vehicle in its class. At the UITP 2019 
Global  Public  Transport  Summit,  Scania  presented  sustainable  solutions  for  public  transport,  particularly  to 
address  the  future  challenges  in  major  cities.  It  revealed  initial  realizations  of  innovative  transport  solutions 
that included the use of autonomous shuttle buses in public spaces. In keeping with this, it also presented the 
new battery-electric, self-driving urban concept vehicle NXT. The  NXT offers a high degree of flexibility and is 
able to shift from delivering goods during the day to collecting refuse at night, for example. The autonomous 
concept vehicle AXL is another forward-looking solution for use in mines. In October, at the international trade 
fair FENATRAN in Brazil, Scania won the “Truck of the Year” prize for the Latin American market. The new Scania 
Citywide, the first all-electric urban bus in series production, won an award at Busworld.  

The key figures presented in this chapter encompass Scania’s truck and bus, industrial and marine engines 

businesses. 

Incoming  orders  at  the  Scania  brand  fell  by  8.2%  year-on-year  to  89  thousand  vehicles  due  to  a  cooling 
down the market for trucks in Europe during the course of the year in 2019. In 2019, the Scania brand increased 
its deliveries to 99 (96) thousand vehicles worldwide. Scania recorded increases especially in Europe and Brazil. 
The  number  of  buses  delivered  in  2019  stood  at  8  (8) thousand  units.  Demand  for  services  and  replacement 
parts as well as for Scania Financial Services was again higher in the reporting period than in the previous year. 

Scania  manufactured  97  (101) thousand  commercial  vehicles  in  fiscal  year  2019,  of  which  8  (9) thousand 
were  buses.  The  successful  introduction  of  the  new  generation  of  Scania  trucks  in  Latin  America  and  Asia  
completed the changeover of production to the new series. 

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
Scania Vehicles and Services generated sales revenue of €13.9 (13.0) billion in fiscal year 2019. Operating profit 
increased by 24.8% to €1.5 billion. In addition to higher vehicles sales and a stronger genuine parts and service 
business,  improvements  in  the  mix  as  well  as  exchange  rate  effects  had  a  positive  impact  on  profit.  The 
operating return on sales amounted to 10.8 (9.3)% in the reporting period.  

10.8% 

Operating return on sales in 2019 

 
 
 
Divisions 

Scania

41

P R O D U C T I O N  

S C A N I A   V E H I C L E S   A N D   S E R V I C E S 1  

Units 

Trucks 

Buses 

2019

2018

2019

2018

%

89,276

7,719

96,995

92,679

8,696

101,375

Orders received  
(thousand units) 

Deliveries 

Vehicle sales  

Production 

Sales revenue (€ million) 

Operating result 

Operating return on sales (%) 

89

99

101

97

13,934

1,506

10.8

97

96

97

101

12,981

1,207

9.3

–8.2

+3.1

+3.2

–4.3

+7.3

+24.8

1  Scania (including Financial Services): sales revenue €14,391 (13,360) million, operating 

profit €1,648 (1,346) million. 

R 450 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

72.7 %
72.7 %
1.0 %
1.0 %
17.4 %
17.4 %
8.8 %
8.8 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.scania.com
www.scania.com

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42 

 MAN 

Divisions

MAN continued to work intensively on digital solutions for the transport industry  
in 2019. In South America, further improving conditions led to a considerable increase 
in deliveries. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
Customer focus, enthusiasm for the product, and efficiency are the core values at MAN. MAN, DB Schenker and 
the Fresenius University of Applied Sciences presented the successful results of the platooning project in real 
logistics  operations  in  the  reporting  year.  The  findings:  operating  digitally  networked  trucks  on  German 
motorways is safe, technically reliable and easily applicable in the day-to-day operations of a logistics company. 
In addition, the technology also saves fuel. As part of a research project sponsored by the Federal Ministry of 
Transport  and  Digital  Infrastructure  (BMVI),  truck  drivers  praised  the  driving  comfort  and  general  feeling  of 
safety.  MAN  worked  intensively  in  2019  on  the  successful  launch  of  its  new  generation  of  trucks,  which  took 
place in February 2020. The MAN Lion’s City was the winner in the “Safety Label Bus” category at the Busworld 
Awards 2019. 

In South America, MAN Commercial Vehicles was recognized in 2019 as one of Brazil’s best employers with 
its Volkswagen Caminhões e Ônibus brand. Since the new Delivery range launched in 2017, over 25,000 vehicles 
have already been produced. Production of the Constellation truck passed the 240,000-vehicle mark in 2019. In 
bus production too, Volkswagen Caminhões e Ônibus is underscoring its strong position, with more than 3,400 
Volksbuses being delivered as part of the “Caminho da Escola” (route to school) program. A further 430 buses 
are being provided to support social projects. Following the successful introduction of our digital brand RIO in 
2019,  Volkswagen  Caminhões  e  Ônibus  has  already  connected  1,000  vehicles.  With  the  “e-Consortium”,  the 
company is also driving the introduction of electric trucks in Brazil. 

Due to the slowing European market for trucks in 2019, incoming orders at MAN fell by 5.3% in the reporting 
year to 139 thousand vehicles. A total of 143 (137) thousand commercial vehicles were delivered to customers, 
of  which  14  (14) thousand  were  buses.  In  South  America,  MAN  Commercial  Vehicles  recorded  rising  demand 
with its Volkswagen Caminhões e Ônibus brand as a result of the further improving economic environment in 
Brazil.  

In 2019, MAN produced a total of 141 (138) thousand commercial vehicles, including 14 (14) thousand buses.  

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
Driven  by  higher  volumes,  sales  revenue  at  MAN  Commercial  Vehicles  climbed  to  €12.7 billion  in  2019, 
exceeding the prior-year figure by 4.6%. Operating profit was up on the prior-year period at €402 (332) million, 
which was negatively impacted by expenses incurred in connection with the restructuring of activities in India. 
The operating return on sales was 3.2 (2.7)%.  

21.2% 

Increase in profit in 2019 

Divisions 

MAN

43

P R O D U C T I O N  

M A N   C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S  

Units 

Trucks 

Buses 

Light Commercial Vehicles 

2019

2018

2019

2018

%

111,839

13,668

15,903

141,410

114,556

14,445

9,043

138,044

Orders received  
(thousand units) 

Deliveries 

Vehicle sales 

Production 

139

143

143

141

146

137

137

138

Sales revenue (€ million) 

12,663

12,104

Operating result 

Operating return on sales (%) 

402

3.2

332

2.7

–5.3 

+4.6

+4.6

+2.4

+4.6

+21.2

Lion’s Coach 

D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent

Europe/Other markets
Europe/Other markets
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

68.0 %
68.0 %
1.6 %
1.6 %
27.7 %
27.7 %
2.8 %
2.8 %

i

F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N
F U R T H E R  I N F O R M A T I O N www.man.eu
www.man.eu

 
44 

Volkswagen Group China 

Divisions

Volkswagen Group China 

The Chinese automotive market is centrally important to Volkswagen’s electric 
campaign. With intensified local development work and expansion of the product 
portfolio, for example with the new JETTA brand from Volkswagen Passenger Cars,  
we want to confirm our strong position in the world’s largest individual market. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
In  China,  its  largest  individual  market,  Volkswagen  stood  its  ground  in  2019  amid  a  sluggish  overall  market. 
Together  with  our  joint  ventures,  we  held  deliveries  stable  and  gained  market  share.  This  was  particularly 
thanks  to  a  successful  SUV  campaign:  with  the  Teramont,  Tacqua,  Tayron  and  Tharu  models,  the  Volkswagen 
Passenger  Cars  brand  offers  a  large  selection  of  locally  produced  SUVs,  which  are  supplemented  by  imported 
SUV products such as the Touareg. Other vehicles such as the Audi Q2 L e-tron, Q5 and Q7 models as well as the 
ŠKODA Kamiq and Porsche Macan augmented the attractive SUV range.  

In 2019, Volkswagen established its sub-brand  JETTA in the Chinese market, thereby increasing its market 
coverage. JETTA has its own model family and dealer network. The JETTA brand is focusing particularly on young 
Chinese customers striving for individual mobility - their first own car. JETTA launched very successfully in the 
reporting year with the VS5 SUV and VA3 saloon.  

As  a  global  driver  of  mobility,  the  Chinese  automotive  market  is  centrally  important  to  Volkswagen’s 
electric  campaign. Pre-production  of an ID.  model  started  at  a  new  SAIC  VOLKSWAGEN  plant  in  Anting  in  the 
reporting  year.  This  plant  was  built  exclusively  to  produce  all-electric  vehicles  based  on  the  Modular  Electric 
Drive Toolkit  (MEB). Series production with an annual capacity of 300,000 vehicles is due to begin in October 
2020.  Together  with  the  FAW-Volkswagen  plant  in  Foshan,  this  will  take  future  production  capacity  to 
approximately 600,000 MEB-based all-electric vehicles a year. By 2025, it is planned to increase local production 
in  China  to  15  MEB  models  from  various  brands.  In  the  reporting  year,  Volkswagen  Group  China was  already 
able to offer its Chinese customers 14 electrified models.  

In 2019, we combined the Chinese research and development capacity of the Volkswagen and Audi brands 
and  of  the  Group  in  a  new  structure.  This  will  generate  synergy  effects,  intensify  cooperation  between  the 
brands and strengthen the local development of technologies. More than 4,500 employees in China are working 
in research and development on mobility solutions for the future.  

On the Chinese market, the Volkswagen Group offers more than 180 imported and locally produced models 
from  the  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars,  Audi,  ŠKODA,  Porsche,  Bentley,  Lamborghini,  Volkswagen  Commercial 
Vehicles, MAN, Scania and Ducati brands. We delivered 4.2 (4.2) million vehicles (including imports) to custom-
ers in China in the reporting period. The T-Cross, Tayron, T-Roc, Tharu, Bora, Passat, Audi Q2, Audi Q5, ŠKODA 
Kamiq, ŠKODA Karoq and Porsche Macan models were especially popular.  

4,500 

Engineers for future technologies 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Divisions 

 Volkswagen Group China

45

E A R N I N G S  

Thousand units 

2019

2018

%

€ million 

2019

2018

Deliveries 

Vehicle sales1 

Production 

1  Produced locally. 

4,234

4,048

3,948

4,207

4,101

4,116

+0.6

–1.3

–4.1

Operating result (100%) 

Operating result (proportionate) 

11,110

4,425

11,427

4,627

Our  joint  ventures  produced  a  total  of  3.9  (4.1) million  vehi-
cles  in  fiscal  year  2019.  The  joint  ventures  produce  both 
established  Group  models  and  those  specially  modified  for 
Chinese customers (e.g. with extended wheelbases), as well as 
vehicles  developed  exclusively  for  the  Chinese  market  (such 
as the Volkswagen Lamando, Lavida, New Bora, New Jetta, New 
Santana and Teramont).  

The  proportionate  operating  result  of  the  joint  ventures  in 
the reporting year stood at €4.4 billion. The negative impacts 
of more intense market competition and higher research and 
development  costs  were  offset  by  improvements  in  the  mix 
and product cost optimization. 

The  figures  of  the  Chinese  joint  venture  companies  are 
not included in the operating profit of the Group as they are 
accounted  for  using  the  equity  method.  Their  profits  are 
included  solely  in  the  Group’s  financial  result  on  a  propor-
tionate basis. 

JETTA VS5  

L O C A L   P R O D U C T I O N  

Units 

2019

2018

Volkswagen Passenger Cars 

3,066,807

3,145,141

Audi 

ŠKODA 

Total 

614,753

266,377

617,472

353,829

3,947,937

4,116,442

 
 
 
 
 
 
46 

Volkswagen Financial Services 

Divisions

Volkswagen Financial Services continued its successful course in 2019, achieving 
growth in contract volume and earnings. This was thanks to its international  
presence combined with a diverse product portfolio. 

ST R U C T U R E   O F   V O L K SWA G E N   F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S  
Volkswagen Financial Services comprises dealer and customer financing, leasing, direct banking and insurance 
activities, fleet management and mobility services in 48 countries. Volkswagen Financial Services AG is respon-
sible for global coordination of the Group’s financial services activities, the only exceptions being the financial 
services business of the Scania brand and of Porsche Holding Salzburg. In Europe, the principal companies are 
Volkswagen Bank GmbH, Volkswagen Leasing GmbH and Volkswagen Versicherungsdienst GmbH. VW CREDIT, INC. 
operates financial services activities in North America. 

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T  
In 2019, Volkswagen Financial Services and the Nature And Biodiversity Conservation Union (NABU) launched 
the “Blaue Flotte” (Blue Fleet), an e-mobility program for fleet customers. The initiative centers on investment 
in climate-relevant bog protection projects. One of the major focuses is on renaturation of the Sulinger Moor in 
Lower  Saxony.  In  future,  the  “Blaue  Flotte”  label  will  bring  together  all  e-mobility  offerings  from  Volkswagen 
Financial Services in Germany.  

The international fleet business has been further strengthened with a majority shareholding in FleetLogistics. 
The  other  shareholder  is  TÜV  SÜD  Auto  Service  GmbH.  This  strategic  partnership  will  combine  and  further 
develop mobility services for fleet customers. 

The online used vehicle platform heycar from Volkswagen Financial Services is expanding: after the positive 
performance in Germany, where heycar launched in October 2017, the platform is now also serving dealers and 
customers in the United Kingdom in the first step of its international expansion. Since the reporting year, they 
have been able to use the internet platform to find high-quality used vehicles with warranties.  

Volkswagen Financial Services is further expanding its involvement in the mobility business and acquired 
100% of the shares in LogPay Financial Services GmbH (LPFS) in the reporting year. LPFS owns LogPay Mobility 
Services, a leading payment services provider for local public transport in Germany. With the takeover of LPFS, 
Volkswagen Financial Services is able to centralize its fuel card business and become one of the leading fuel and 
road toll service providers in Europe. 

To  further  expand  the  strategic  business  area  related  to  parking,  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  acquired 
75.1% of the shares in PTV Truckparking B.V. from PTV Planung Transport Verkehr AG from Karlsruhe. Based in 
Utrecht (Netherlands), the company operates the web  platform and smartphone app Truck Parking Europe. A 
popular service aimed at truck drivers, this helps users find and reserve truck parking spaces along motorways.  
The  new  “Ubility”  hub  from  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  encourages  cooperation  between  business, 
researchers, universities and start-ups. The hub aims to develop brand-independent services and products from 
Volkswagen Financial Services and make them market-ready. 

21.5 million 

Total number of contracts at the end of 2019 

 
 
 
 
 
Divisions 

Volkswagen Financial Services

47

The main refinancing sources for Volkswagen Financial Services are money market and capital market instru-
ments,  asset-backed  securities  (ABS)  transactions,  customer  deposits  from  the  direct  banking  business  and 
bank credit lines. 

In April 2019, Volkswagen Financial Services AG issued three bonds with different terms and a total volume 
of €2.75 billion. In June 2019, Volkswagen Leasing GmbH placed two bonds with terms of three and seven years 
and a total volume of €1.75 billion. In January 2019, Volkswagen Bank GmbH placed four bonds with a broad range 
of maturities, incorporating a variable-interest tranche. The transaction had a total volume of €2.5 billion.  

Numerous notes transactions were conducted internationally too. In the US capital market, a bond with a 
total  volume  of  USD 3.0  billion  was  placed  with  investors  in  five  tranches.  Notes  with  a  volume  of  around 
CAD 1.5 billion were issued in the Canadian refinancing market. Other notes transactions were conducted in the 
UK, Australia, Brazil and Norway. In addition to this, private placements were issued in various currencies. 

Volkswagen  Leasing  GmbH  was  active  on  the  market  again  in  2019  with  its  ABS  transactions.  The  “Volks-
wagen Car Lease 28” transaction, consisting of securitized German leasing receivables, had a volume of approxi-
mately  €1.0 billion  and  was  the  first  European  securitization  transaction  under  the  STS  standard  for  high-
quality  securitizations.  Approximately  €1.0 billion  of  receivables  were  also  securitized  in  the  29th  ABS  trans-
action, “Volkswagen Car Lease 29”. 

Outside  Germany,  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  issued  a  total  of  seven  ABS  transactions  in  the  United 
States, China, Australia, Japan and Brazil. In Japan, the eighth ABS transaction was successfully placed in “Driver 
Japan”. The “Driver China nine” ABS transaction was the highest-volume issue to date by Volkswagen Financial 
Services in China.  

LogPay 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48 

Volkswagen Financial Services 

Divisions

The number of new financing, leasing, service and insurance contracts signed in fiscal year 2019 was 8.5 mil-
lion, making it 5.7% higher than in the previous year. As of December 31, 2019, the total number of contracts 
was  21.5 million,  up  5.9%  from  the  year  before.  The  number  of  contracts  in  the  Customer  Financing/Leasing 
area  rose  by  4.4%  to  11.2 million.  There  were  10.3 million  contracts  in  the  Service/Insurance  area,  7.7%  more 
than in the previous year. With credit eligibility criteria remaining unchanged, the penetration rate, expressed 
as  the  ratio  of  financed  or  leased  vehicles  to  relevant  Group  delivery  volumes  –  including  the  Chinese  joint 
ventures – was steady at 34.2 (33.9)%. 

As of the end of the reporting period, Volkswagen Bank GmbH managed 1.3 (1.4) million deposit accounts. 
As  of  year-end  2019,  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  employed  14,394  people  worldwide,  including  7,414  in 
Germany. 

S A L E S   R E V E N U E   A N D   E A R N I N G S  
The sales revenue of Volkswagen Financial Services in the reporting year amounted to €38.0 billion, an increase 
of  15.8%  on  the  previous  year.  The  operating  result  rose  by  13.3%  and  hit  a  new  record  of  €3.0 billion.  The 
increase was mainly attributable to business growth. 

V O L K SWA G E N   F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S    

Number of contracts1 

Customer financing 

Leasing 

Service/Insurance 

Lease assets 

Receivables from 

Customer financing 

Dealer financing 

Leasing agreements1 

Direct banking deposits 

Total assets 

Equity 

Liabilities2 

Equity ratio 

Return on equity before tax3 

Leverage4 

Operating result 

Earnings before tax 

Employees at Dec. 31 

2019

2018

%

thousands

€ million

€ million

€ million

€ million

€ million

€ million

%

%

€ million

€ million

21,498

6,585

4,616

10,297

47,222

68,517

23,093

46,276

31,330

223,536

28,428

187,092

12.7

10.8

6.6

2,960

2,968

14,394

20,291

6,387

4,341

9,563

40,317

63,690

20,529

41,838

28,926

207,629

26,298

174,255

12.7

10.0

6.6

2,612

2,600

14,048

+5.9

+3.1

+6.3

+7.7

+17.1

+7.6

+12.5

+10.6

+8.3

+7.7

+8.1

+7.4

+13.3

+14.2

+2.5

1   Includes our international joint ventures since January 1, 2019. Prior-year figures adjusted. 
2  Excluding provisions and deferred tax liabilities. 
3  Earnings before tax as a percentage of average equity (continuing operations). 
4   Liabilities as a percentage of equity. 

  A D D I T I O N A L   I N F O R M AT I O N  

www.vwfsag.com 

 
 
3
Group Management 
Report

(Combined Management Repo r t   o f   th e Vo l kswa gen   Gro u p  a nd Vol kswage n  AG )

GROUP MANAGEMENT REPORT

51 

55 

57 

60 

70 

88 

92 

Goals and Strategies

Internal Management System and

Key Performance Indicators

Structure and Business Activities 

Corporate Governance Report

Remuneration Report

Executive Bodies

 Disclosures Required  

Under Takeover Law 

94 

Business Development 

107 

Shares and Bonds

113  Results of Operations,

Financial Position and Net Assets 

129 

 Volkswagen AG (condensed,  

in accordance with the  

German Commercial Code)

133 

Sustainable Value Enhancement 

157  Report on Expected Developments 

164  Report on Risks and Opportunities 

190  Prospects for 2020

Group Management Report 

Goals and Strategies

51

Goals and Strategies 

With the enhanced TOGETHER 2025+ strategy, we aim to step up the pace, sharpen the focus of our 
strategic projects and follow through on implementation even more systematically. In so doing, we 
aim to make the future of mobility even more sustainable – for present and future generations. 

With the future-oriented program TOGETHER – Strategy 2025 
announced  in  2016,  we  are  seeking  to  make  the  Volkswagen 
Group more focused, efficient, innovative, customer-oriented 
and sustainable, and systematically geared toward generating 
profitable growth.  

We  at  the  Volkswagen  Group  have  set  ourselves  the  goal 
of continuing to excite our customers in future and meeting 
their  diverse  needs  with  an  appealing  product  portfolio  of 
impressive  vehicles  and  forward-looking,  tailor-made  mobil-
ity  solutions.  Every  day,  we  actively  assume  and  exercise 
responsibility  in  relation  to  the  environment,  safety  and 
society,  and  we  aim  to  be  a  role  model  in  these  areas.  Integ-
rity,  reliability,  quality  and  passion  thus  form  the  basis  for 
our  work.  Using  this  approach,  we  aim  for  technological 
leadership in the industry and competitive profitability while 
also striving to be an excellent employer. 

In  summer  2019,  we  further  enhanced  our  program  for 
the  future  with  TOGETHER  2025+.  We  are  increasing  the 
momentum  for  achieving  our  strategic  targets  and  sharp-
ening  our  focus.  To  this  end,  the  strategic  vision  of  the 
Volkswagen  Group  was  also  revised.  By  “Shaping  mobility  
– for generations to come”, we aim to more actively shape the
future  of  mobility  while  safeguarding  it  sustainably –  for
present and future generations.

With electric drives, digital connectivity and autonomous 
driving,  we  want  to  make  the  automobile  cleaner,  quieter, 
more intelligent and safer. At the same time, our core product 
will  become  more  emotive  and  offer  a  completely  new 
driving  experience.  In  this  way,  the  car  can  continue  to  be  a 
cornerstone of sustainable, individual and affordable mobility 
in  the  future.  In  addition,  we  are  committed  to  the  Paris 
Agreement  on  climate  protection  and  are  one  of  the  first 
companies  in  our  industry  to commit  ourselves  to  the  zero-
emissions target by 2050 at the latest.  

The  automotive  industry  is  being  shaped  particularly  by 
the transformation to e-mobility and digitalization. We have 
positioned ourselves to successfully tackle this radical change: 

the  strategies  of  our  brands  and  regions  as  well  as  those  of 
our  functional  areas  are  consistently  aligned  with  the 
TOGETHER 2025+ Group strategy. 

Under the umbrella of the TOGETHER 2025+ Group strat-
egy,  we  have  defined  five  central  modules  that  incorporate 
many of our existing Group initiatives. With this change, we 
are  putting  the  focus  on  corporate  governance,  improved 
performance, increased brand values, software and excellence 
in employee management.  

Our  Code  of  Collaboration,  along  with  our  integrity  and 
compliance  program  Together4Integrity  (T4I),  is  a  central 
pillar of the Group strategy. This Code describes how collabo-
ration is to take place within the Group and between individ-
uals in their day-to-day work. Its core values are encapsulated 
in the terms “genuine”, “straightforward”, “open-minded”, “as 
equals” and “united”. T4I brings together all activities relating 
to integrity, culture, compliance, risk management and human 
resources,  creating  a  common  path  toward  a  new  corporate 
culture. 

F I V E   M O D U L E S   O F   T H E   T O G E T H E R   2 0 2 5 +   ST R AT E G Y    
Our  enhanced  TOGETHER  2025+  Group  strategy  comprises 
consistent strategic decisions and specific modules aimed at 
safeguarding  the  long-term  future  of  the  Group  and  gener-
ating profitable growth.  

These modules are namely Best Governance, Best Perfor-
mance,  Best  Brand  Equity,  Software-enabled  Car  Company 
and Excellent Leadership. We continuously review the status 
and progress of these initiatives in order to analyze the target 
achievement,  importance  and  suitability  of  the  measures 
defined. This enables us to tailor these modules to the trans-
formation underway within our company. In the Best Gover-
nance  module,  we  are  working  to  create  a  focused,  stream-
lined  corporate  structure  to  manage  the  brands,  continually 
leverage synergies and accelerate decision-making processes. 
We  want  the  Group  to  be  perceived  as  efficiently  managed, 
trustworthy, sustainable and transparent. To this end, we are 

 
52 

Goals and Strategies  

Group Management Report

intensifying  the  dialog  with  our  key  stakeholders  and 
systematically reviewing  whether  we  are  still  the  best  owner 
for our various brands and companies. We also want our CO2 
targets  to  be  measurable  and  our  progress  toward  CO2 
neutrality in 2050 to be transparent.  

The  aim  of  the  Best  Performance  module  is  to  achieve  a 
sustainable  increase  in  our  enterprise  value  by  increasing 
efficiency, productivity and profitability. As a global company, 
our  size  enables  us  to  make  even  more  efficient  use  of 
economies  of  scale.  We  remain  firmly  committed  to  our 
ambitious  targets,  work  consistently  on  achieving  them  and 
strive  to  exceed  them.  This  will  lay  the  foundations  for 
extensive investment in our Company, in our employees and 
in mobility for present and future generations. 

In  the  Best  Brand  Equity  module,  the  focus  is  on 
realigning  and  refining  the  brand  portfolio,  making  a  sig-
nificant increase in the value of our Group brands possible by 
2025.  The  profile  and  mission  of  each  brand  are  being 
optimized and overlaps in market positioning reduced. Based 
on  these  optimizations,  we  will  decide  on  the  future  design, 

product  portfolio  and  services  of  each  Group  brand  –  using 
the needs of our customers as a starting point. 

In  the  Software-enabled  Car  Company  module,  we  are 
working  to  make  software  development  one  of  the  Volks-
wagen  Group’s  core  competencies.  To  achieve  this,  we  are 
pooling  existing  expertise,  substantially  strengthening  our 
resources  and  establishing  a  dedicated  organizational  unit. 
By 2025, all new vehicle models across the Group will be based 
on our own cross-brand software platform. This approach will 
enable us to leverage synergies between the individual brands 
and  vehicle  projects.  The  aim  is  that  the  Volkswagen  Group 
and its brands will stand not only for the best vehicles but in 
equal measure for exciting digital products and services.  

The Excellent Leadership module will accelerate the trans-
formation to a more open, more partnership-based and more 
value-based  leadership.  We  will  completely  restructure  man-
agement  development  and  training  and  take  an  even  more 
systematic  approach  to  succession  planning  so  that,  at  our 
Group,  the  right  talent  is  always  in  the  right  position  at  the 
right  time.  We  are  also  defining  clear  expectations  for  the  

 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Goals and Strategies

53

Group’s  managers.  These  involve  greater  customer  focus, 
more corporate responsibility, greater effectiveness and focus 
on  results  as  well  as  a  culture  of  constructive  dissent  and  a 
positive approach  in  dealing with  mistakes.  Volkswagen also 
wants to increase diversity at all levels of the company and is 
pursuing clear, measurable targets for raising the proportion 
of female and international managers. 

G O A L S   A N D   K E Y   P E R F O R M A N C E   I N D I C ATO R S   O F   T H E   G R O U P ’ S  

S T R AT E G Y    
The  five  strategic  modules  describe  how  we  want  to  achieve 
our  vision  of  sustainable  mobility  for  present  and  future 
generations.  We  are  managing  our  project  using  four  target 
dimensions, which are also reflected in the Volkswagen strat-
egy  rhombus.  The  four  target  dimensions  are  as  follows: 
excited customers, excellent employer, role model for environ-
ment,  safety  and  integrity,  and  competitive  profitability.  We 
want  to  grow  sustainably  by  consistently  pursuing  these 
objectives. 

The  target  dimensions  apply  throughout  the  whole 
Group. The strategic KPIs that we use to measure how well we 
have implemented our Group strategy are dependent on the 
respective  business  model.  After  all,  the  business  model  for 
our  passenger  car-producing  brands  is  different  from  the 
business model for trucks and buses and also differs from the 
business model for our Power Engineering Business Area and 
our services business. 

The  strategic  KPIs  of  the  competitive  profitability  target 
dimension have been defined and standardized. As the Group 
strategy is currently being revised and specified in detail, the 
content of some strategic KPIs in the other target dimensions 
is  still  being  determined.  The  relevance  of  the  KPIs  is 
reviewed  at  Group  level  and  their  focus  is  continuously 
monitored  and  adjusted  as  necessary.  We  report  on  the 
defined non-financial strategic KPIs in the “Corporate Gover-
nance Report” and “Sustainable Value Enhancement” sections.  

Target dimension: excited customers 
This  target  dimension  focuses  on  the  diverse  needs  of  our 
customers  and  on  tailor-made  mobility  solutions.  We  aspire 
to exceed our customers’ expectations, thus generating maxi-
mum customer benefit. This requires not only the best prod-
ucts,  the  most  efficient  solutions  and  the  best  service,  but 
also  flawless  quality  and  an  outstanding  image.  We  want  to 
excite  our  existing  customers,  win  over  new  ones  and  retain 
their loyalty in the long term – because only loyal and faithful 
customers will recommend us to others. 

The  strategic  KPIs  consist  of  the  conquest  rate  and  KPIs 

pertaining to loyalty, customer satisfaction and quality. 

Target dimension: excellent employer 
To achieve sustainable success, we need skilled and dedicated 
employees. We aim to foster their satisfaction and motivation 
by  means  of  equal  opportunities,  an  attractive  and  modern 
working environment, and a forward-looking organization of 
work.  An  exemplary  leadership  and  corporate  culture  forms 
the basis for this, allowing us to retain our core workforce and 
attract new talents. 

The strategic KPIs of this target dimension cover internal 
employer attractiveness determined by means of the opinion 
survey, external employer attractiveness, an external employer 
ranking as well as the diversity index. 

Target dimension: role model for environment, safety and integrity 
Every  day, we  at  the  Volkswagen  Group  assume  and  exercise 
responsibility  in  issues  relating  to  the  environment,  safety 
and society. This is reflected both in our thoughts and actions 
and  in  all  our  decisions.  We  pay  particular  attention  to  the 
use  of  resources  and  the  emissions  of  our  product  portfolio 
as  well  as  those  of  our  sites  and  plants,  with  the  goal  of 
continuously  improving  our  carbon  footprint  and  lowering 
pollutant  emissions.  Through  innovations  and  outstanding 
quality, we aim for maximum product safety.  

 
54 

Goals and Strategies  

Group Management Report

Our  primary  objectives  in  this  process  include  complying 
with laws and regulations, establishing secure processes and 
dealing openly with mistakes so that they can be avoided or 
rectified in the future. In terms of integrity, Volkswagen aims 
to  become  a  role  model  for  a  modern,  transparent  and  suc-
cessful enterprise. 

The strategic KPIs of this target dimension consist of the 
decarbonization index and fleet CO2 emissions figures, compli-
ance, a culture of dealing openly with mistakes, and integrity.  

Target dimension: competitive profitability 
Investors  judge  us  by  whether  we  are  able  to  meet  our  obli-
gations  as  regards  interest  payments  and  debt  repayments. 
As  equity  holders,  they  expect  appropriate  dividends  and  a 
long-term increase in the value of their shares. 

We make investments with a view to achieving profitable 
growth and strengthening our competitiveness, thus keeping 
the  Volkswagen  Group  on  a  firm  footing  in  the  future  and 
ensuring it remains an attractive investment option. 

The goals we have set ourselves are operational excellence 
in  all  business  processes  and  becoming  the  benchmark  for 
the entire industry. 

The  strategic  KPIs  are  operationalized  for  internal  manage-
ment purposes: target and actual data are derived from Volks-
wagen Group figures. 

ST R AT E G I C   K P I S :   C O M P E T I T I V E   P R O F I TA B I L I T Y  

Operating return on sales1 

Research and development ratio 
(R&D ratio) in the Automotive 
Division  

Capex/sales revenue in the 
Automotive Division 

Net cash flow in the  
Automotive Division 

Payout ratio 

2015

6.0%

7.4%

6.9%

2025

7 to 8%

(cid:97)6%

(cid:97)6%

€8,887 million

>€10 billion

negative

(cid:1052)30%

Net liquidity in the Automotive 
Division 

€24,522 million,
11.5%

(cid:97)10% of 
consolidated 
sales revenue 

Return on investment (ROI) in the 

Automotive Division 

1  2015 before special items.  
2  Taking into account the new IFRS 16.  

–0.2%

>14%2

 
Group Management Report 

Internal Management System and Key Performance Indicators

55

Internal Management System and 
Key Performance Indicators 

This chapter describes how the Volkswagen Group is managed on the basis of the Group strategy 
and the key performance indicators used for this purpose. In addition to financial measures, our 
management system also contains nonfinancial key performance indicators. 

The  Volkswagen  Group’s  performance  and  success  can  be 
measured  by  both  financial  and  nonfinancial  key  perfor-
mance indicators. With the Best Performance module of our 
enhanced  TOGETHER  2025+  Group  strategy,  we  want  to 
improve these indicators across all areas and along the entire 
value  chain.  In  so  doing,  we  aim  to  sustainably  increase  the 
Company’s  value  and  raise  our  efficiency,  productivity  and 
profitability.  

In  the  following,  we  first  describe  the  internal  manage-
ment process and then explain the Volkswagen Group’s core 
performance indicators.  

I N T E R N A L   M A N A G E M E N T   P R O C E S S   I N   T H E   V O L K S WA G E N   G R O U P  
Consistent,  close  integration  of  the  Group  and  brand  strate-
gies  with  the  operational  planning  process  ensures  trans-
parency at the Volkswagen Group when it comes to the finan-
cial  assessment  and  evaluation  of  strategic  decisions.  The 
operational medium-term planning that is conducted once a 
year  and  generally  covers  a  period  of  five  years  is  incorpo-
rated into the strategic planning as a key management element 
of the Group.  

Medium-term planning forms the core of our operational 
planning and is used to formulate and safeguard the require-
ments for realizing strategic projects designed to meet Group 
targets  in  both  technical  and  economic  terms  –  and  partic-
ularly in relation to earnings, cash flow and liquidity effects. 
In  addition,  it  is  used  to  coordinate  all  business  areas  with 
respect  to  the  strategic  action  areas  concerned:  functions/ 
processes, products and markets.  

When planning the Company’s future, the individual planning 
components  are  determined  on  the  basis  of  the  timescale 
involved: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) the  long-term  unit  sales  plan,  which  sets  out  market  and
segment growth and then derives the Volkswagen Group’s
delivery volumes from them, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) the  product  program  as  the  strategic,  long-term  factor

determining corporate policy, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) capacity and utilization planning for the individual sites. 
The  coordinated  results  of  the  upstream  planning  processes
are used as the basis for the medium-term financial planning: 
the  Group’s  financial  planning,  including  the  brands  and
business  fields,  comprises  the  income  statement,  cash  flow
and balance sheet planning, profitability and liquidity, as well 
as  the  upfront  investments  needed  for  alternative  products
and the implementation of strategic options. The first year of
the  medium-term  planning  period  is  fixed  and  a  budget
drawn up for the individual months. This is planned in detail
down to the level of the operating cost centers. 

The budget is reviewed  each month throughout the year 
to  establish  the  target  achievement  level.  Key  internal  man-
agement  instruments  comprise  target/actual  comparisons, 
prior-year  comparisons,  variance  analyses  and,  where neces-
sary,  action  plans  to  ensure  targets  are  met.  For  the  current 
fiscal year, detailed revolving monthly forecasts are prepared 
for  the  coming  three  months  and  the  full  year,  taking  into 
account  the  current  risks  and  opportunities.  The  focus  of 
intrayear  internal  management  is  therefore  on  adapting 
ongoing  operations.  At  the  same  time,  the  current  forecast 
serves as a potential, ongoing corrective to the medium-term 
and budget planning that follows on from it. 

 
56 

Internal Management System and Key Performance Indicators  

Group Management Report

C O R E   P E R F O R M A N C E   I N D I C AT O R S   I N   T H E   V O L K SWA G E N   G R O U P  
The Volkswagen Group’s internal management system is based 
on nine core performance indicators, which are derived from 
our strategic goals:  
(cid:33)(cid:3) Deliveries to customers 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Sales revenue 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Operating result 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Operating return on sales 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Research  and  development  ratio  (R&D  ratio)  in  the  Auto-

motive Division

(cid:33)(cid:3) Capex/sales revenue in the Automotive Division
(cid:33)(cid:3) Net cash flow in the Automotive Division 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Net liquidity in the Automotive Division
(cid:33)(cid:3) Return on investment (ROI) in the Automotive Division 
Deliveries  to  customers  are  defined  as  handovers  of  new
vehicles  to  the  end  customer.  This  figure  shows  the  popu-
larity of our products and is the measure we use to determine 
our  competitive  position  in  the  various  markets.  Deliveries
are  closely  related  to  our  targets  of  exciting  our  customers,
being a role model for environment, safety and integrity, and
being  an  excellent  employer.  One  of  the  most  important
prerequisites for the Company’s long-term success is a strong
brand  portfolio  that  –  on  the  basis  of  outstanding  quality  –
offers  tailor-made  mobility  solutions  with  safe,  resource-
efficient vehicles, thus meeting the diverse needs of custom-
ers. Demand for our products guarantees not only unit sales
and  production,  but  also  full  utilization  of  our  sites  and  the
jobs of our employees. The goals we are striving for cannot be
achieved  without  a  skilled,  dedicated  workforce  and  a  con-
sensus on shared values. 

Sales revenue, which does not include the figures for our 
equity-accounted Chinese joint ventures, reflects our market 
success in financial terms. Following adjustment for our use 
of  resources,  the  operating  result  reflects  the  Company’s 
actual business activity and documents the economic success 
of our core business. The operating return on sales is the ratio 
of the operating result to sales revenue.  

The  research  and  development  ratio  (R&D  ratio)  in  the 
Automotive  Division  shows  total  research  and  development 
costs in relation to sales revenue. Research and development 
costs comprise a range of expenses, from futurology through 
to the development of marketable products. Particular empha-
sis  is  placed  on  the  environmentally  friendly  orientation  of 
our  product  portfolio,  digitalization  and  new  technologies. 

The R&D ratio reflects our activities undertaken to safeguard 
the Company’s future viability. 

investment  property  and 

The  ratio  of  capex  (investments  in  property,  plant  and 
equipment, 
intangible  assets, 
excluding capitalized development costs) to sales revenue in 
the  Automotive  Division  reflects  both  our  innovative  power 
and  our  future  competitiveness.  It  shows  our  capital  expen-
diture – largely for modernizing, expanding, electrifying and 
digitalizing  our  product  range  and  for  environmentally 
friendly drivetrains, as well as for adjusting production capac-
ities and improving production processes – in relation to the 
Automotive Division’s sales revenue.  

Net  cash  flow  in  the  Automotive  Division  represents  the 
excess  funds from  operating activities  available  for  dividend 
payments,  for  example.  It  is  calculated  as  cash  flows  from 
operating  activities  less  cash  flows  from  investing  activities 
attributable to operating activities. 

Net  liquidity  in  the  Automotive  Division  is  the  total  of 
cash, cash equivalents, securities, loans and time deposits not 
financed  by  third-party  borrowings.  To  safeguard  our  busi-
ness  activities,  we  have  formulated  the  strategic  target  that 
net  liquidity  in  the  Automotive  Division  should  amount  to 
approximately 10% of the consolidated sales revenue. 

We  use  the  return  on  investment  (ROI)  to  calculate  the 
return on invested capital for a particular period in the Auto-
motive  Division,  including  the  Chinese  joint  ventures  on  a 
proportionate basis, by calculating the ratio of the operating 
result  after  tax  to  average  invested  capital.  If  the  return  on 
investment (ROI) exceeds the market cost of capital, the value 
of  the  Company  has  increased.  This  is  how  we  measure  the 
financial success of our brands, locations and vehicle projects. 
You can find information on and explanations of the sales 
figures and the Volkswagen Group’s financial key performance 
indicators  on  pages  100  to  106  and  on  pages  113  to  128, 
respectively. 

Detailed  descriptions  of  our  activities  and  additional 
nonfinancial key performance indicators in the areas of sus-
tainability,  research  and  development,  procurement,  pro-
duction,  sales  and  marketing,  quality  assurance,  employees, 
information  technology  and  the  environment  can  be  found 
in  the  chapter  entitled  “Sustainable  Value  Enhancement” 
beginning  on  page  133  of  this  annual  report.  Nonfinancial 
key  performance 
indicators  related  to  compliance  are 
described in the “Corporate Governance Report” on page 67.  

Group Management Report 

Structure and Business Activities

57

Structure and Business Activities 

This chapter describes the legal and organizational structure of the Volkswagen Group 
and explains the material changes in 2019 with respect to equity investments. 

O U T L I N E   O F   T H E   L E G A L   ST R U C T U R E   O F   T H E   G R O U P  
Volkswagen AG  is  the  parent  company  of  the  Volkswagen 
Group.  It  develops  vehicles  and  components  for  the  Group’s 
brands,  but  also  produces  and  sells  vehicles,  in  particular 
passenger  cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles  for  the  Volks-
wagen  Passenger  Cars  and  Volkswagen  Commercial  Vehicles 
brands.  In  its  capacity  as  parent  company,  Volkswagen AG 
holds  direct  or  indirect  interests  in  AUDI AG,  SEAT S.A.,  
ŠKODA AUTO a.s.,  Dr. Ing.  h.c.  F.  Porsche AG,  TRATON SE,  Volks-
wagen  Financial  Services  AG,  Volkswagen  Bank  GmbH  and  a 
large  number  of  other  companies  in  Germany  and  abroad. 
More  detailed  disclosures  are  contained  in  the  list  of  share-
holdings  in  accordance  with  sections  285  and  313  of  the 
Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB – German Commercial Code), which 
can  be  accessed  at  www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRela-
tions.html and is part of the annual financial statements. 

Volkswagen AG  is  a  vertically  integrated  energy  supply 
company  as  defined  by  section  3  no.  38  of  the  Energiewirt-
schaftsgesetz  (EnWG  –  German  Energy  Industry  Act)  and  is 
therefore  subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  EnWG.  In  the  elec-
tricity  sector,  Volkswagen AG  generates,  sells  and  distributes 
electricity together as a Group with subsidiaries. 

The Volkswagen AG Board of Management has sole respon-
sibility  for  managing  the  Company.  The  Supervisory  Board 
appoints, monitors and advises the Board of Management; it 
is  consulted  directly  on  decisions  that  are  of  fundamental 
significance for the Company. 

sions.  All  brands  within  the  Automotive  Division  –  with  the 
exception of the Volkswagen Passenger Cars and Volkswagen 
Commercial Vehicles brands – are independent legal entities. 
The  Automotive  Division  comprises  the  Passenger  Cars, 
Commercial  Vehicles  and  Power  Engineering  business  areas. 
The Passenger Cars Business Area essentially consolidates the 
Volkswagen  Group’s  passenger  car  brands  and  the  Volks-
wagen  Commercial  Vehicles  brand.  Activities  focus  on  the 
development of vehicles and engines, the production and sale 
of  passenger  cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles,  and  the 
genuine  parts  business.  The  product  portfolio  ranges  from 
compact cars to luxury vehicles and also includes motorcycles, 
and will gradually be supplemented by mobility solutions.  

The  Commercial  Vehicles  Business  Area  primarily  com-
prises  the  development,  production  and  sale  of  trucks  and 
buses  from  the  Scania  and  MAN  brands,  the  corresponding 
genuine parts business and related services. The commercial 
vehicles portfolio ranges from light vans to heavy trucks and 
buses. The collaboration between the two commercial vehicle 
brands is coordinated in TRATON SE, which has been listed on 
the stock exchange since mid-2019.  

The Power Engineering Business Area combines the large-
bore  diesel  engines,  turbomachinery,  special gear  units,  pro-
pulsion components and testing systems businesses.  

The activities of the Financial Services Division comprise 
dealer and customer financing, vehicle leasing, direct banking 
and  insurance  activities,  as  well  as  fleet  management  and 
mobility offerings.  

O R G A N I Z AT I O N A L   ST R U C T U R E   O F   T H E   G R O U P  
The  Volkswagen  Group  is  one  of  the  leading  multibrand 
groups  in  the automotive  industry.  The  Company’s  business 
activities comprise the Automotive and Financial Services divi- 

With  its  brands,  the  Volkswagen  Group  is  present  in  all 
relevant  markets  around  the  world.  The  key  sales  markets 
currently  include  Western  Europe,  China,  the  USA,  Brazil, 
Russia, Mexico and Poland.  

 
  
  
58 

Structure and Business Activities  

Group Management Report

Volkswagen AG  and  the  Volkswagen  Group  are  managed  by 
the Volkswagen AG Board of Management in accordance with 
the  Volkswagen AG  Articles  of  Association  and  the  rules  of 
procedure for Volkswagen AG’s Board of Management issued 
by the Supervisory Board. 

In  addition  to  the  Finance  &  IT,  Human  Resources  and 
Integrity  &  Legal  Affairs  divisions,  the  Volkswagen  Group 
collaborates across six operating units and the China region, 
these  being  the  “Volume”,  “Premium”,  “Sport  &  Luxury”, 
“Truck  &  Bus”  brand  groups,  as  well  as  the  Components & 
Procurement  and  Financial  Services  operating  units.  The 
“Volume”  brand  group  comprises  the  Volkswagen  Passenger 
Cars,  SEAT,  ŠKODA  and  Volkswagen  Commercial  Vehicles 
brands.  The  Audi,  Lamborghini  and  Ducati  brands  are 
brought  together  in  the  “Premium”  brand  group.  “Sport  & 
Luxury”  is  comprised  of  the  Porsche,  Bentley  and  Bugatti 
brands.  The  “Truck  &  Bus”  brand  group  is  the  umbrella  for 
the Scania and MAN brands. Components & Procurement will 
function  as  one  unit  spanning  all  of  the  brands  and  sup-
porting  them.  The  Financial  Services  business  has  been 
combined  into  a  single  unit.  We  are  convinced  that  this 
management  model  will  allow  better  use  of  existing  exper-
tise  and  economies  of  scale,  boost  synergy  effects  more 
systematically and accelerate decision making. In addition, it 
will prepare the Volkswagen Group for a management struc-
ture that is simpler, leaner and more effective, and strengthen 
the  brands,  giving  them  more  autonomy.  In  line  with  the 
principle of subsidiarity, decisions will be taken at the lowest 
competent level, close to business operations. 

At  the  same  time,  spreading  the  Group’s  management 
duties  more  broadly  means  that  responsibility  is  assigned 
more  clearly  and  definitively.  Every  member  of  the  Board  of 
Management  has  assumed  additional  higher-level  duties  for 
the  Group.  At  the  same  time,  the  members  of  the  Board  of 
Management of Volkswagen AG have responsibility for a brand 
group  or  operating  unit,  improving  collaboration  between 
the  brands  and  the  Group  as  a  whole  and  ensuring  that 
management of the Group is a shared undertaking.  

Each brand within the Volkswagen Group is managed by a 
brand  board  of  management,  which  ensures  the  brand's 
independent  and  self-contained  development  and  business 
operations. To the extent permitted by law, the board adheres 
to  the  Group  targets  and  requirements  laid  down  by  the 
Board of Management of Volkswagen AG, as well as with the 
agreements  in  the  brand  groups.  This  allows  Group-wide 
interests to be pursued, while at the same time safeguarding 
and  reinforcing  each  brand’s  specific  characteristics.  Matters 
that are of importance to the Group as a whole are submitted 
to the Group Board of Management to be agreed upon, to the 
extent  permitted  by  law.  The  rights  and  obligations  of  the 
statutory  bodies  of  the  relevant  brand  company  remain 
unaffected. 

The  Volkswagen  Group  companies  are  managed  solely  by 
their  respective  managements.  The  management  of  each 
individual company takes into account not only the interest 
of  its  own  company  but  also  the  interests  of  the  Group,  the 
relevant  brand  group  and  the  individual  brands  in  accor-
dance with the framework laid down by law.  

At  Group  level,  committees  also  address  key  strategic 
issues, for example relating to product planning, investments, 
risks  management  and  management  issues.  Some  of  the 
committees were optimized in the reporting year in order to 
improve  the  efficiency  of  their  decision  making.  This  has 
reduced  complexity  and  reinforced  governance  within  the 
Group.  

The  Best  Governance  module  of  our  future  program 
TOGETHER 2025+, which was enhanced over the course of the 
fiscal year, is fostering our Company’s transformation. One of 
its aims is to further improve manageability of the Group and 
to make even better use of synergy effects. 

M AT E R I A L   C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y   I N V E ST M E N T S  
The  control  and  profit  and  loss  transfer  agreement  between 
MAN SE,  as  the  controlled  company,  and  TRATON  SE  (at  that 
time  Truck & Bus  GmbH),  a  subsidiary  of  Volkswagen AG,  as 
the  controlling  company,  came  into  force  upon  its  entry  in 
the  commercial  register  on  July 16,  2013.  In  summer  2018, 
the Higher Regional Court in Munich made a final decision in 
the award proceedings on an increase in the cash settlement 
and the compensation rights per share for the noncontrolling 
interest  shareholders  of  MAN SE.  This  decision  resulted  in  a 
significant increase in the annual compensation to be paid to 
noncontrolling interest shareholders of MAN SE. In the opin-
ion  of  the  Board  of  Management  at  TRATON SE  (at  that  time 
TRATON AG),  this  was  no  longer  proportionate  to  the  profit 
transfer  from  MAN SE  and  other  benefits  stipulated  in  the 
control  and  profit  and  loss  transfer  agreement;  TRATON  SE 
therefore  exercised  its  right  to  extraordinary  termination  in 
accordance  with  section 304(4)  of  the  Aktiengesetz  (AktG  
–  German Stock  Corporation Act)  in  August  2018  and  termi-
nated  the  control  and  profit  and  loss  transfer  agreement 
effective January 1, 2019. Following the announcement of the 
termination  of  the  control  and  profit  and  loss  transfer 
agreement  and  the  recording  thereof  in  the  commercial 
register  on  January 3, 2019,  the  noncontrolling  shareholders 
of MAN SE once again had the right to tender their shares to 
TRATON SE,  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  control  and 
profit  and  loss  transfer  agreement,  within  a  two-month 
period  at  a  cash  settlement  price  of  €90.29.  As  of  year-end 
2019,  TRATON  SE  held  94.68 (87.04)%  of  the  ordinary  shares 
and 86.85 (83.05)% of the preferred shares in MAN SE.  

 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Structure and Business Activities

59

Since  the  end  of  June  2019,  shares  of  TRATON  SE  have  been 
traded  on  the  regulated  market  of  the  Frankfurt  Stock 
Exchange and the Nasdaq Stockholm exchange. These no-par 
value  bearer  shares  were  placed  with  investors  from  Volks-
wagen  AG's  shareholding.  Volkswagen  remains  an  involved 
majority shareholder and held 89.72% of the share capital in 
TRATON SE at the end of the reporting year. The control and 
profit  and  loss  transfer  agreement  between  Volkswagen  AG 
and TRATON SE ended in accordance with section 307 of the 
German Stock Corporation Act on December 31, 2019. 

L E G A L   F A C TO R S   I N F L U E N C I N G   B U S I N E S S  
Like  other  international  companies,  the  business  of  Volks-
wagen  companies  is  affected  by  numerous  laws  in  Germany 
and  abroad.  In  particular,  there  are  legal  requirements 
relating  to  development,  products,  production  and  distri-
bution, as well as supervisory, data protection, financial, com-
pany,  commercial,  capital  market,  anti-trust  and  tax  regu-
lations  and  regulations  relating  to  labor,  banking,  state  aid, 
energy, environmental and insurance law. 

  VO L KSWAG E N   AG   S H A R E H O L D I N G S  

www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations.html 

 
 
60 

Corporate Governance Report  

Group Management Report

Corporate Governance Report 

Corporate governance is defined as responsible, transparent corporate management and  
supervision that aim to add long-term value. For us, good corporate governance not only 
forms the basis for lasting success; it is also an important prerequisite for strengthening  
the trust of our stakeholders in our work. 

T H E   G E R M A N   C O R P O R AT E   G O V E R N A N C E   C O D E   –   A   B L U E P R I N T  

F O R   S U C C E S S F U L   C O R P O R AT E   G O V E R N A N C E  

Corporate governance provides the regulatory framework for 
corporate  management  and  supervision.  This  includes  a 
company’s  organization  and  values,  and  the  principles  and 
guidelines  for  its  business  policy.  The  German  Corporate 
Governance Code (the Code) contains recommendations and 
suggestions  for  sound,  responsible  corporate  management 
and supervision. It was prepared by a dedicated government 
commission  on  the  basis  of  the  material  provisions  and 
nationally  and  internationally  accepted  standards  of  corpo-
rate  governance.  The  government  commission  regularly 
reviews  the  Code  in  light  of  current  developments  and 
updates  it  as  necessary.  The  Board  of  Management  and  the 
Supervisory  Board  of  Volkswagen AG  base  their  work  on  the 
recommendations and suggestions of the German Corporate 
Governance  Code.  We  consider  good  corporate  governance  
to  be  a  key  prerequisite  for  achieving  a  lasting  increase  in  
the  Company’s  value.  It  helps  strengthen  the  trust  of  our  
shareholders,  customers,  employees,  business  partners  and 
investors  in  our  work  and  enables  us  to  meet  the  steadily 
increasing  demand  for  information  from  national  and 
international stakeholders. 

D E C L A R AT I O N S   O F   C O N F O R M I T Y    

( VA L I D   A S   O F   T H E   D AT E   O F   T H E   D E C L A R AT I O N )  

The  Board  of  Management  and  the  Supervisory  Board  of 
Volkswagen AG  issued  the  annual  declaration  of  conformity 
with the Code as required by section 161 of the Aktiengesetz 
(AktG  –  German  Stock  Corporation  Act)  on  November  15, 
2019 with the following wording: 
“The  Board  of  Management  and  the  Supervisory  Board 
declare the following:  
The  recommendations  of  the  Government  Commission  of 
the German Corporate Governance Code in the version dated 
7 February 2017 (the Code) that was published by the German 
Ministry  of  Justice  in  the  official  section  of  the  Federal 
Gazette (Bundesanzeiger) on 24 April 2017 was complied with 
in  the  period  from  the  last  Declaration  of  Conformity  dated 

16  November  2018  and  will  continue  to  be  complied  with, 
with  the  exception  of  the  numbers  listed  below  and  their 
stated reasons and periods listed below. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) a) 4.2.3(4) (severance payment cap) 

A severance payment cap will be included in new contracts
concluded with members of the Board of Management, but 
was  not  stipulated  in  contracts  concluded  with  Board  of
Management  members  entering  their  third  term  of  office
or  beyond  provided  a  cap  did  not  form  part  of  the  initial
contract.  Grandfather  rights  were  applied  in  this  respect.
This recommendation has been complied with in full since
June  2019,  because  there  are  no  longer  any  contracts
containing grandfather clauses. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) b)  5.3.2(3)  sentence  2  (independence  of  the  chair  of  the

Audit Committee) 
It  is  unclear  from  the  wording  of  this  recommendation
whether the Chairman of the Audit Committee is “indepen-
dent” within the meaning of number 5.3.2(3) sentence 2 of
the  Code.  Such  independence  could  be  considered  lacking
in  view  of  his  seat  on  the  Supervisory  Board  of  Porsche
Automobil Holding SE, kinship with other members of the
Supervisory  Board  of  the  company  and  of  Porsche  Auto-
mobil Holding SE, his indirect minority interest in Porsche
Automobil  Holding SE,  and  business  relations  with  other
members of the Porsche and Piëch families who also have
an  indirect  interest  in  Porsche  Automobil  Holding SE.
However,  it  is  our  opinion  that  these  relationships  do  not
constitute  a  conflict  of  interest  nor  do  they  interfere  with
his  duties  as  the  Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee.  This
deviation  is  therefore  being  declared  purely  as  a  precau-
tionary measure. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) c)  5.4.1(6 to  8)  (disclosure  regarding  election  recommen-

dations) 
With  regard  to  the  recommendation  in  number  5.4.1(6-8)
of the Code stating that certain circumstances disclosed by
the  Supervisory  Board  when  making  election  recommen-
dations to the Annual General Meeting, the stipulations of
the Code are vague and the definitions unclear. Purely as a
precautionary  measure,  we  therefore  declare  a  deviation

 
Group Management Report 

Corporate Governance Report

61

appointment  to  the  Board  of  Management  on  an  individual 
basis, taking the best interests of the Company into account. 
The  suggestion  made  in  number  2.3.2  sentence  2  (acces-
sibility  of  the  voting  proxy  during  the  Annual  General 
Meeting)  was  implemented  at  the  2019  Annual  General 
Meeting in such a manner that the shareholders were able to 
reach the voting proxies named by the Company to exercise 
their  voting  rights  until  1:00 pm,  also  by  electronic  means. 
The  suggestion  made  in  number  2.3.3  (broadcast  of  the 
Annual  General  Meeting)  was  implemented  at  the  2019 
Annual  General  Meeting  so  that  the  introductory  remarks 
and  the  speech  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Board 
and the speech of the Chairman of the Board of Management 
were broadcast. 

Our listed subsidiaries AUDI AG, TRATON SE, MAN SE and 
RENK AG  have  also  each  issued  declarations  of  conformity 
with  the  German  Corporate  Governance  Code.  The  declara-
tions of conformity by our listed subsidiaries can be accessed 
on the websites shown on this page. 

C O O P E R AT I O N   B E T W E E N   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   A N D   T H E  

S U P E R V I S O R Y   B O A R D  
The  Supervisory  Board  advises  and  monitors  the  Board  of 
Management  with  regard  to  the  management  of  the  Com-
pany  and  is  directly  involved  in  decisions  of  fundamental 
importance to the Company. The Board of Management and 
the  Supervisory  Board  of  Volkswagen AG  consult  closely  on 
the  strategic  orientation  of  the  Volkswagen  Group.  The  two 
bodies  jointly  assess,  at  regular  intervals,  the  progress  made 
in  implementing  the  corporate  strategy.  The  Board  of  Man-
agement reports to the Supervisory Board regularly, promptly 
and  comprehensively  in  both  written  and  oral  form  on  all 
issues  of  relevance  for  the  Company  with  regard  to  strategy, 
planning and the situation of the Company, the development 
of  the  business,  the  risk  situation,  risk  management  and 
compliance.  

More information on the cooperation between the Board 
of Management and the Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG 
and  on  the  work  and  structure  of  the  committees  of  the 
Supervisory  Board  can  be  found  in  the  Report  of  the  Super-
visory Board on pages 12 to 17 of this annual report. 

Information  on  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment  and  Supervisory  Board,  as  well  as  on  the  Supervisory 
Board committees, can be found on pages 88 to 91. 

from  the  Code  in  this  respect.  Notwithstanding  this,  the 
Supervisory  Board  will  make  every  effort  to  satisfy  the 
requirements of the recommendation. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) d) 5.4.5 sentence 2 (a maximum of three supervisory board
mandates in non-group listed corporations or comparable
companies) 
On 28 June 2019, TRATON SE shares commenced trading on 
the regulated market of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and
the Nasdaq in Stockholm. The Chairman of the Supervisory 
Board  has  been  on  the  supervisory  boards  of  three  listed
companies  since  that  date,  namely  VOLKSWAGEN AG, 
AUDI AG  and  TRATON SE,  as  well  as  on  the  Supervisory
Board of Bertelsmann SE & Co. KGaA. He is also Chairman
of  the  Executive  Board  of  Porsche  Automobil  Holding  SE.
Porsche  Automobil  Holding SE  is  not  part  of  the  same
group  as  AUDI AG,  VOLKSWAGEN AG  and  TRATON SE.  As  it
cannot be ruled out that the supervisory board mandate at
Bertelsmann SE  & Co.  KGaA  involves  similar  requirements
to those of a supervisory mandate in a listed company, and
as the precise method of counting the mandates is unclear,
we declare a deviation from section 5.4.5 sentence 2 of the
Code  as  a  precautionary  measure.  We  are,  however,  confi-
dent  that  the  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Board  of
VOLKSWAGEN  AG  has  sufficient  time  at  his  disposal  to
fulfill  the  duties  related  to  his  mandate  in  the  VOLKS-
WAGEN Group.” 

The current declaration of conformity is also published on our 
website  http://www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations/ 
corporate-governance/declaration-of-conformity.html. 

With  the  exception  of  number  4.2.3(2)  sentence  9  (no 
early  disbursements  of  variable  remuneration  components) 
and  number  5.1.2(2)  sentence  1  (duration  of  first-time 
appointments to the Board of Management), the suggestions 
in  the  version  of  the  Code  as  amended  on  February 7,  2017 
have been complied with. The general compensation clauses 
in the contracts with members of the Board of Management 
may,  if  applied  accordingly,  result  in  early  disbursement  of 
multi-year  variable  remuneration  components.  The  Super-
visory  Board  will  decide  the  duration  of  each  first-time  

  D E C L A R AT I O N   O F   CO N F O R M I T Y   O F   VO L K SWA G E N   AG  

www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations/corporate-governance/declaration-
of-conformity.html 

  D E C L A R AT I O N   O F   CO N F O R M I T Y   O F   AU D I   AG  

www.audi.com/cgk-declaration 

  D E C L A R AT I O N   O F   CO N F O R M I T Y   O F  T R ATO N   S E  

https://ir.traton.com/websites/traton/English/5000/corporate-governance.html 

  D E C L A R AT I O N   O F   CO N F O R M I T Y   O F   M A N   S E  

https://www.corporate.man.eu/en/investor-relations/corporate-
governance/corporate-governance-at-man/Corporate-Governance-at-MAN.html 

D E C L A R AT I O N   O F   CO N F O R M I T Y   O F   R E N K   AG  
https://www.renk-ag.com/en/investor-relations/financial-reports/ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
62 

Corporate Governance Report  

Group Management Report

O B J E C T I V E S   F O R   T H E   C O M P O S I T I O N   O F   T H E   S U P E R V I S O R Y   B O A R D  

A N D   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   A S   W E L L   A S   T H E   S E N I O R    

E X E C U T I V E   P O S I T I O N S  

In  view  of  the  Company’s  specific  situation,  its  purpose,  its 
size  and  the  extent  of  its  international  activities,  the  Super-
visory  Board  of  Volkswagen AG  strives  to  achieve  a  compo-
sition that takes the Company's ownership structure and the 
following aspects into account:  
(cid:33)(cid:3) At least three members of the Supervisory Board should be 
persons who embody the criterion of internationality to a 
particularly high degree.  

(cid:33)(cid:3) At least four members of the Supervisory Board should be 
shareholder  representatives  with  no  potential  conflicts  of 
interest,  particularly  conflicts  of  interest  that  could  arise 
from an advisory or board position at customers, suppliers, 
lenders, or other third parties. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) In addition, at least four of the shareholder representatives 
on  the  Supervisory  Board  must  be  persons  who  are 
independent as defined in number 5.4.2 of the Code. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) At least three of the seats on the Supervisory Board should 
be  held  by  people  who  make  a  special  contribution  to  the 
diversity of the Board. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Furthermore,  proposals  for  elections  should  not  normally 
include persons who will have reached the age of 75 on the 
date of the election or who will have been members of the 
Supervisory  Board  for  more  than  15  years  on  the  date  of 
the election.  

The  above  criteria  have  been  met.  After  thorough  deliber-
ation,  the  Supervisory  Board  decided  to  propose  Mr.  Hans 
Michel Piëch to the 2019 Annual General Meeting for re-elec-
tion  to  the  Supervisory  Board,  despite  him  exceeding  the 
regular  age  limit  of  75  (in  accordance  with  the  Supervisory 
Board  rules  of  procedure)  at  the  time  of  election.  Mr.  Hans 
Michel  Piëch  is  indirectly  the  largest  individual  shareholder 
in  Volkswagen AG and  –  thanks  in  part  to  his many  years  of 
work  for  numerous  other  companies  in  the  Volkswagen 
Group  –  has  a  particular  wealth  of  experience  and  expertise 
in  the  Company’s  business  areas.  The  Supervisory  Board  is 
confident  that  he  will  continue  to  contribute  this  in  the 
Company’s  best  interests  in  the  future.  The  independent 
members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  within  the  meaning  of 
number 5.4.2 of the Code are, at the present time in any case, 
Ms. Hessa Sultan Al-Jaber and Ms. Louise Kiesling, Mr. Hussain 
Ali Al-Abdulla, Mr. Bernd Althusmann and Mr. Stephan Weil. 

In  addition,  the  Supervisory  Board  has  decided  on  the 

following profile of skills and expertise for the full Board: 

The  Supervisory  Board as  a  whole  must  collectively  have 
the  knowledge,  skills  and  professional  expertise  required  to 
properly  perform  its  supervisory  function  and  assess  and 
monitor  the  business  conducted  by  the  company.  For  this, 
the  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  must  collectively  be  

familiar with the sector in which the Company operates. The 
key  skills  and  requirements  of  the  Supervisory  Board  as  a 
whole include, in particular: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Knowledge of or experience in the manufacture and sale of 
all types of vehicles and engines or other technical products, 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Knowledge of the automotive industry, the business model 

and the market, as well as product expertise, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Knowledge  in  the  field  of  research  and  development,  par-
ticularly of technologies with relevance for the Company, 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Experience  in  corporate  leadership  positions  or  in  the 

supervisory bodies of large companies, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Knowledge in the areas of governance, law or compliance, 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Detailed knowledge in the areas of finance, accounting, or 

auditing, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Knowledge of the capital markets, 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Knowledge  in  the  areas  of  controlling/risk  management 

and the internal control system, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Human resources expertise (particularly the search for and 
selection of members of the Board of Management, and the 
succession process) and knowledge of incentive and remune-
ration systems for the Board of Management, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Detailed  knowledge  or  experience  in  the  areas  of  codeter-
mination, employee matters and the working environment 
in the Company. 

The  current  composition  of  the  Supervisory  Board  is  
also in line with this profile of skills and expertise. The curric-
ulum  vitae  of  the  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  are 
available  online  at  www.volkswagenag.com/en/group/execu-
tive-bodies. html. 

The  statutory  quota  of  at  least  30%  women  and  at  least 
30%  men  has  applied  to  new  appointments  to  the  Super-
visory  Board  of  Volkswagen AG  since  January 1,  2016  as 
required by the Gesetz für die gleichberechtigte Teilhabe von 
Frauen  und  Männern  an  Führungspositionen  in  der  Privat-
wirtschaft und im öffentlichen Dienst (Führpos-GleichberG – 
German Act on the Equal Participation of Women and Men in 
Leadership  Positions  in  the  Private  and  Public  Sectors). 
Shareholder and employee representatives have resolved that 
each  side  will  meet  this  quota  separately.  The  shareholder 
representatives  have  met  the  quota  of  at  least  30%  women 
and at least 30% men since the 56th Annual General Meeting 
on June 22, 2016. The employee representatives have met the 
quota  since  the  end  of  the  57th  Annual  General  Meeting  on 
May 10, 2017. Both the shareholder and the employee repre-
sentatives fulfilled the quota on December 31, 2019. 

The Supervisory Board set a target quota of 11.1% for the 
period  after  December 31, 2016  for  the  proportion  of  female 
members  on  the  Board  of  Management  as  required  in 
accordance  with  the  FührposGleichberG.  The  new  deadline 
set  for  achievement  of  this  target  is  December 31, 2021.  The 
proportion of female members on the Board of Management 

 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Corporate Governance Report

63

T O G E T H E R 4 I N T E G R I T Y

2

Integrity and compliance risks are identified,
owned, managed and mitigated

4

We encourage, protect and value the reporting of 
concerns and suspected wrongdoing

1

Integrity and compliance are central
to our business strategy

Together4Integrity
We keep our word

3

Our leaders at all levels across our organization 
build and sustain a culture of integrity

5

We take action and hold ourselves accountable 
when wrongdoing occurs

of  Volkswagen AG  as  of  December  31,  2019  was  12.5%,  thus 
meeting the target quota. 

For  the  proportion  of  women  in  management  in  accor-
dance  with  the  FührposGleichberG,  Volkswagen AG  has  set 
itself  the  target  of  13.0%  women  in  the  first  level  of  man-
agement  and  16.9%  women  in  the  second  level  of  manage-
ment for the period up to the end of 2021. As of December 31, 
2019, the proportion of women in the active workforce at the 
first level of management was 11.4 (10.7)% and at the second 
level of management it was 16.4 (15.4)%. 

R E M U N E R AT I O N   R E P O R T  
Extensive  explanations  of  the  remuneration  system  and  the 
individual  remuneration  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of 
Management  and  Supervisory  Board  can  be  found  in  the 
Remuneration  Report  starting  on  page  70  of  the  combined 
management  report,  in  the  notes  to  Volkswagen’s  consoli-
dated financial statements on page 334, and on page 65 of the 
notes to the annual financial statements of Volkswagen AG. 

The Corporate Governance Report according to number 3.10 
of the Code in the version dated February 7, 2017 ends here. 

G R O U P   C O R P O R AT E   G O V E R N A N C E   D E C L A R AT I O N  
The  Group  corporate  governance  declaration  forms  part  of 
the combined management report and is permanently avail-
able  at  www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations/corpo-
rate-governance/declaration-of-conformity.html.  It  also  con-
tains  the  description  of  the  diversity  concepts  for  the  Board 
of  Management  and  Supervisory  Board  of  Volkswagen AG. 

   G R O U P   CO R P O R AT E   G OV E R N A N C E   D E C L A R AT I O N  

www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations/corporate-governance/declaration-
of-conformity.html 

I N T E G R I T Y  
With  the  Group  strategy  that  was  enhanced  in  2019  
–  TOGETHER 2025+  –  Volkswagen  has  made  becoming  a  role 
model in the areas of integrity and compliance one of its key 
objectives. 

With the Board of Management position for Integrity and 
Legal  Affairs,  the  Group  has  put  in  place  the  organizational 
prerequisites  for  centralized  integrity  management.  This 
Group  function  is  responsible  for  planning,  preparing  and 
implementing  programs  and  projects  aimed  at  raising 
awareness,  providing  information  and  reinforcing  a  shared 
awareness of integrity.  

Integrity  at  Volkswagen  is  defined  as  acting  out  of  con-
viction, with responsibility and steadfastness. Integrity is an 
inner  disposition  that acts  as an internal moral  compass  for 
doing the right thing in gray areas, in the absence of explicit 
rules  or  in  the  event  of  conflicting  objectives.  This  means 
complying  with  our  Group  principles  and  the  ethical 
principles  established  therein  and  behaving  correctly  in 
accordance  with  the  rules.  It  also  includes  the  steadfastness 
needed to adhere to these principles – regardless of economic 
and social pressure. 

 A  comprehensive  integrity  program  has  been  in  place 
since  2016  with  information  campaigns,  opportunities  for 
dialog  and  initiatives  aimed  at  all  employees.  This  encom-
passes  measures  such  as  international  get-togethers  for 
managers and so-called integrity workshops for team spokes-
people  in  production.  In  addition,  we  have  launched  an 
ambassador program that helps multipliers to make integrity 
a  visible  and  practical  part  of  everyday  working  life.  The 
reporting  year  also  saw  us  launch  the  integrity  index  as  a 
pilot  project  in  the  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars  and  Audi 
brands’  German  locations.  The  index  was  developed  in 
collaboration with the Technical University of Munich and is 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64 

Corporate Governance Report  

Group Management Report

designed to give a comprehensive picture of an organization’s 
integrity. In future, we will use it as a performance indicator 
to measure our progress toward our strategic goal of being a 
role  model  for  integrity.  With  the  integrity  index,  we  are 
setting  a  benchmark  for  measuring  integrity  at  an  inter-
national level. The index can be used across industries and is 
geared toward global use. It has strong scientific validity and 
incorporates  established  frameworks  such  as  the  Ethics  & 
Compliance  Initiative  (ECI)  and  Global  Reporting  Initiative 
(GRI).  Its  intention  is  to  reveal  possible  weaknesses  in 
integrity  and  compliance  matters  and  make  visible  the 
changing mindset and behavior of managers and employees.  

Together4Integrity: Establishing processes and engaging with people 
As  a  central  part  of  achieving  the  goal  of  becoming  a  role 
model for integrity and compliance, Volkswagen has launched 
Together4Integrity  (T4I)  –  one  of  the  largest  strategic  pro-
grams of transformation in the Group’s history. 

We  firmly  believe  that  only  with  lasting  and  dependable 
integrity will our Company be able to gain and boost the trust 
of  its  customers,  staff,  shareholders,  business  partners  and 
the  general  public.  With  T4I,  integrity  and  compliance  are 
given the same priority as other parameters such as economic 
targets,  sales  figures  and  product  quality.  T4I  strengthens 
corporate  governance  in  a  lasting way.  As  a  Group-wide  pro-
gram,  it  has  been  bringing  together  all  integrity-  and  com-
pliance-related  initiatives  from  15  different  departments 
under  a  common  umbrella  since  2018.  The  departments 
involved include Research and Development, Compliance, HR 
and Integrity. 

T4I  is  based  on  the  five  principles  of  the  internationally 
recognized  ECI,  which  relate  to  strategy,  risk  management,  a 
culture  of  integrity,  a  speak-up  environment  and  resolute 
accountability.  They  are  codified  as  the  Group’s  aspiration 
level  and  are  implemented  through  T4I.  The  Board  of 
Management  positions  for  Integrity  &  Legal  Affairs  and  for 
Human Resources are responsible for the program. The other 
Board  of  Management  positions  act  as  sponsors,  thus 
ensuring that T4I is successfully implemented in their area of 
responsibility. 

The  program  serves  to  implement  processes  and  struc-
tures  that  create  a  regulatory  framework  for  acting  with 
integrity  and  in  accordance  with  the  law.  Furthermore,  T4I 
aims to engage with people, creating a corporate culture that 
enables them to work together as equals, opens up space for 
creativity, allows diversity to flourish and encourages people 
to act in line with their values. 

The program will be rolled out to all Group companies by 
2025. Since launching in 2018, it has been introduced to over 

200  companies  (as  of  year-end  2019)  that  were  prioritized 
based  on  the  level  of  risk.  In  total,  these  employ  approxi-
mately  430,000  people  or  around  two-thirds  of  the  Group’s 
total workforce. From 2020, the program will be introduced to 
more and more of the smaller companies in the Group.  

There  are  over  100  packages  of  measures  that  make  up 
the core content of T4I, and  each Group company is respon-
sible  for  implementing  these  itself.  Every  functional  area 
must  put  comprehensive  and  robust  systems  and  processes 
into effect to mitigate compliance and integrity risks, thereby 
eliminating  the  factors  that  have  contributed  to  serious 
wrongdoing in the past. The packages of measures have been 
grouped  together  into  eleven  key  initiatives;  for  example, 
product  compliance,  HR  compliance  and  HR  processes,  the 
whistleblower  system,  and  business  partner  due  diligence. 
Both compliance and integrity are embedded in the processes 
for every key initiative. 

Employees and managers are engaged in T4I through the 
use of emotive and interactive formats, making them players 
in the process of change. They become aware of the fact that 
successful change relies first and foremost on their hard work 
and  that  Volkswagen  values  their  efforts.  Events  such  as  the 
T4I  kick-off  and  T4I  perception  workshops  bring  together 
employees  and  managers  regardless  of  the  different  hierar-
chies.  They  convey  a  sense  of  community  and  strengthen 
awareness of the role of each individual. They also provide an 
opportunity  to  openly  ask  critical  questions  and  address 
problems. Both events take place at every Group company in 
which T4I is rolled out. 

T4I not only has an internal impact; it is also felt outside 
the  Group.  New  processes,  for  example,  such  as  the  imple-
mentation  of  the  Business  Partner  Code  of  Conduct,  ensure 
that  our  suppliers  and  sales  partners  are  committed  to  the 
principles of integrity and compliance and are trained accord-
ingly. In addition, our increasing focus on integrity and com-
pliance shapes the manner in which employees interact with 
customers,  representatives  from  civil  society,  governments 
and other stakeholders, particularly as a result of the require-
ments  and  examples  set  out  in  the  Code  of  Conduct.  In  this 
way,  we  also  convey  our  understanding  of  integrity  and 
compliance  and  the  subsequent  necessary  changes  beyond 
the company. 

Through T4I, corporate governance will be geared towards 
comprehensive  and  sustainable  integrity  and  compliance 
across the entire Volkswagen Group. This will provide a stable 
framework  within  which  the  whole  workforce  can  act 
responsibly and with purpose and entrepreneurial spirit, and 
will help to establish Volkswagen as a reputable company that 
embodies integrity. 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Group Management Report 

Corporate Governance Report

65

C O M P L I A N C E  
Acting with integrity, compliance and honesty is an essential 
prerequisite for the success of the Volkswagen Group. For this 
reason, compliance with national and international laws and 
regulations,  internal  rules  and  voluntary  commitments  is 
among  our  Company’s  most  important  principles.  We  are 
striving  to  strengthen  the  trust  of  our  customers,  our  busi-
ness  partners  and  other  stakeholders  in  our  Group  by 
treating each other fairly. Compliant behavior is the basis for 
this and must be a matter of course for all Group employees. 
One  of  our  Company’s  main  tasks  is  to  further  enhance 
awareness of this. 

Commitment to compliance at the highest level 
In September 2019, Herbert Diess, Chairman of the Board of 
Management  of  Volkswagen AG,  wrote  in  the  social  network 
LinkedIn: “Ethics, integrity, and compliance are crucial to me 
and  the  entire  Board  of  Management  to  our  success.  This  is 
the foundation for our future business.”  

Compliance organization 
The  Group  Compliance  Committee  met  regularly  in  the 
reporting  year.  It  is  a  top-management  level  body  that  is 
chaired by the member of the Board of Management respon-
sible for Integrity & Legal Affairs. The committee ensures that 
compliance and integrity standards are uniformly developed, 
applied and communicated across the divisions and brands. 

The  Group  Chief  Compliance  Officer  reports  directly  to 
the  member  of  the  Board  of  Management  responsible  for 
Integrity  &  Legal  Affairs.  In  the  reporting  period,  there  was 
direct  communication  on  compliance  issues  at  meetings  of 
the Board of Management, the Audit Committee of the Super-
visory  Board  and  the  Works  Council,  particularly  by  the 
member  of  the  Board  of  Management  responsible  for  Integ-
rity & Legal Affairs and the Group Chief Compliance Officer. 

Central  divisions  within  the  Group  are  supported  and 
advised by their own compliance contacts. Additional centers 
of  competence  are  responsible  for  the  overall  direction  of 
compliance  work  and  develop  compliance  instruments  and 
program  components  with  which  the  companies  can  imple-
ment  the  compliance  requirements  themselves  across  the 
Group.  During  the  reporting  period,  additional  resources 
were set aside for these tasks. 

The  global  compliance  organization  at  the  Volkswagen 
Group comprises divisional and regional compliance offices. 
These  support  and  advise  the  compliance  officers  and 
managers of the respective Group and brand companies with 
an effective, risk-based, Group-wide compliance management 
system,  helping  them  to  conduct  their  business  activities  in 
accordance with the rules and to be consistent in adhering to 
relevant  laws  and  internal  regulations.  They  also  help  com- 

panies  to  identify,  evaluate,  manage  and  monitor  potential 
compliance  risks.  Additional  compliance  resources  were 
provided on a risk-oriented basis in the reporting year. Higher 
levels  of  the  compliance  organization  are  involved  in  the 
appointment  of  new  compliance  officers  and  conduct  a 
standardized training process.  

The  heads  of  the  centers  of  competence  report  to  the 
Group  Chief  Compliance  Officer  on  disciplinary  and  func-
tional  matters.  The  Divisional  Compliance  Officers  and  the 
Regional  Compliance  Officer  China  report  generally  to  the 
Group  Chief  Compliance  Officer  on  functional  matters. 
Meetings  and  conferences  ensure  that  those  responsible  for 
compliance  at  Group  and  brand  level  are  connected  and 
communicate regularly.  

Compliance management system 
Our compliance management system is aligned with national 
and  international  laws  and  standards.  Its  objective  is  to 
encourage,  reinforce  and  ensure  compliant  behavior  in  the 
Company  in  a  lasting  manner.  The  focus  of  our  compliance 
organization  is  on  preventing  corruption,  breaches  of  trust 
and  money  laundering  and  thereby  on  reducing  the  risk  of 
unlawful actions. In the reporting year, we also conducted an 
analysis  of  fraud  prevention  for  all  relevant  risks  at  the 
second  line  of  defense  in  the  risk  management  and  internal 
control system.  

Where  laws  and  regulations  have  been  violated,  our 
whistleblower system is a suitable tool for taking appropriate 
action. Members of management are obligated to report every 
indication of serious rule-breaking. Failure to do so is itself a 
serious  infringement.  The  accessibility  of  the  whistleblower 
system has been further improved with a 24-hour hotline. 

We place value on communication and training seminars 
to  permanently  anchor  compliance-related  content  among 
the workforce.  

Compliance work in the Volkswagen Group is based on a 
systematic  process  of  risk  identification  and  reporting  in 
accordance with the  IDW standard AsS 980. We used 2019 to 
conduct a Group-wide compliance risk analysis. The reporting 
year  also  saw  us  begin  the  global  roll-out  of  our  new  stan-
dardized,  IT-based  process  for  selecting  business  partners. 
This will be used to regularly review the integrity of existing 
and  new  business  partners  through  a  risk-based  approach 
and  will  be  conducted  every  one  to  six  years,  depending  on 
the  degree  of  risk  exposure.  The  objective  is  to  obtain  trans-
parency at Group level of the risk exposure of all Group com-
panies included in the compliance scope.  

However, we are also aware that even the best compliance 
management system can never entirely prevent the criminal 
actions of individuals. 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
66 

Corporate Governance Report  

Group Management Report

Code of Conduct and guidelines 
The  Volkswagen  Group’s  Code  of  Conduct  is  established 
throughout  the  Group.  It  is  the  main  tool  for  reinforcing 
awareness  of  good  conduct  among  the  workforce,  providing 
assistance  to  employees  and  finding  suitable  contacts  in 
cases  of  uncertainty.  The  framework  is  available  to  all 
employees  on  the  intranet  and  also  to  third  parties  on  the 
internet  and 
is  continually  communicated  within  the 
Company via digital and print media and at events. 

Employees  at  all  levels  of  the  hierarchy  receive  regular 
training on the Code of Conduct, and the Code is also a fixed 
part of our operational HR processes. New employees receive 
a copy of it as part of the recruitment process. A reference to 
the Code of Conduct and the obligation to comply with it are 
a  fixed  part  of  employment  contracts.  In  the  reporting  year, 
the  Code  of  Conduct  formed  part  of  the  employees’  annual 
reviews  and  was  thus  taken  into  account  when  calculating 
their variable, performance-related remuneration. As of 2019, 
employees  at  senior  management  levels  are  required  to 
undergo annual Code of Conduct certification process. 

In  addition  to  the  Volkswagen  Group  Code  of  Conduct, 
Group Compliance prepares Group policies and guidelines on 
specific  compliance  issues,  which  are  incorporated  into  the 
relevant rules of the brand and Group companies throughout 
the entire Group. In the reporting year, for example, uniform 
rules for dealing with gifts, avoiding corruption and conflicts 
of interest were set out in a Group policy for the first time. In 
addition,  a  revised  version  of  the  guidelines  on  whistle-
blowing reinforced the role of the Volkswagen whistleblower 
system  as  the  central  point  of  contact  for  cases  of  serious 
rule-breaking.  Group  policies  on  business  partner  due  dili-
gence, on prevention of money laundering and on mergers & 
acquisitions were also implemented. 

There was a new guideline on “Governance and Integrity, 
Risk  Management,  Compliance  and  Legal  Affairs”  which 
describes  the  organization,  structure  and  functions  relating 
to  the  Compliance,  Integrity,  Risk  Management  and  Legal 
departments. Employees have access to the compliance rules 
and regulations in particular via the compliance pages on the 
Company intranet. 

  CO D E   O F   CO N D U C T   O F  T H E   VO L KSWAG E N   G R O U P    

https://www.volkswagenag.com/presence/konzern/documents/Verhaltensgrundsätze_
Group_EN_V2019.pdf 

  CO D E   O F   CO N D U C T   F O R   B U S I N E S S   PA RT N E R S    

www. volkswagenag.com/presence/nachhaltigkeit/documents/policy-
intern/2019_Code_of_Conduct_for_Business_Partners-DE-EN.pdf 

The  Code  of  Conduct  for  Business  Partners  was  extensively 
revised  in  the  reporting  year  and  the  new  version  was 
enacted throughout the Group. The Code of Conduct for Busi-
ness  Partners  defines  our  minimum  standards  concerning 
the compliance matters described therein and is permanently 
available  to  third  parties  via  the  internet.  Business  partners 
can  also  take  part  in  online  training  that  covers  the  Code’s 
content. 

Whistleblower system 
The Volkswagen whistleblower system is the central point of 
contact for reporting potential cases of serious rule-breaking 
in the Volkswagen Group. It focuses on investigating serious 
infringements  that  could  cause  major  damage  to  the  Com-
pany’s reputation or financial interests or that involve major 
breaches of the Volkswagen Group’s ethical principles. Exam-
ples  of  matters  generally  involving  serious  rule-breaking 
include economic, corruption-related, tax and environmental 
offenses,  breaches  of  human  rights,  infringements  of  anti-
trust  and  competition  law,  money  laundering  and  terrorist 
financing,  infringements  of  rules  on  product  safety  and 
approval, and serious data protection breaches. 

The  aim  of  the  whistleblower  system  is  to  protect  Volks-
wagen  and  its  employees  through  the  use  of  binding  prin-
ciples and a clearly governed process. The experience gained 
from  reported  violations  of  regulations  helps  us  to  improve 
compliance  management  and  prevent  similar  incidents  in 
the  future.  The  whistleblower  system  is  designed  to  provide 
maximum protection for whistleblowers and affected parties. 
An  investigation  is  only  initiated  after  the  information 
received  has  undergone  a  thorough  examination  and  the 
latter  has  identified  concrete  indications  of  rule-breaking. 
The presumption of innocence applies to the parties affected 
until  rule-breaking  has  been  proven.  Strict  confidentiality 
and  secrecy  apply  throughout  the  investigation  process. 
Reports are investigated fairly, swiftly and sensitively. Whistle-
blowers  are  also  protected.  Their  statements  are  treated 
confidentially. If they wish, and provided the law allows, their 
identity  is  not  disclosed.  Discriminating  against  whistle-
blowers is a serious violation of the rules and is not tolerated. 
Appropriate  sanctions  are  applied  where  misconduct  is 
proven.  

Information  on  misconduct  by  Volkswagen  Group 
employees can be reported through a wide range of channels, 
including anonymously if preferred. Options for anonymous 
reporting  include  a  specially  protected  online  reporting 
channel, which allows  users  to communicate under  an alias, 
and  a  24-hour  telephone  hotline  through  which  reports  can 
be submitted in various languages. In addition to the staff in 
the  Investigation  Office,  there  are  two  external  lawyers 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Group Management Report 

Corporate Governance Report

67

(ombudspersons)  available  for  confidential  discussions.  The 
ombudspersons can receive reports and forward them to the 
Investigation Office. 

The  whistleblower  system  is  coordinated  by  the  Central 
Investigation  Office  in  Wolfsburg.  This  office  is  also  respon-
sible for dealing with reports concerning Volkswagen AG and 
its  subsidiaries.  AUDI  AG,  Dr.  Ing.  h.c.  F.  Porsche  AG  and 
TRATON  SE  each  operate  their  own  investigation  office  that 
also covers their subsidiaries. 

Group-wide,  3,174  reports 

(excluding  China)  were 
registered  at  the  four  Investigation  Offices  in  2019  (2018: 
1,560).  This  shows  that  staff  are  familiar  with  the  whistle-
blower  system  and  the  underlying  processes.  It  is  also  proof 
that  employees  are  motivated  by  a  speak-up  culture  to  take 
action against misconduct. 

Communication, training and advice 
We further expanded training and communication activities 
relating to compliance in the reporting year. Training on the 
Code  of  Conduct  is  mandatory  for  all  employee  groups  and 
forms  the  basis  for  the  understanding  of  compliance  in  the 
Group. It takes place in both face-to-face and online training 
sessions.  The  training  is  regularly  repeated  with  new  and 
expanded  content  and  documented  in  employees’  training 
history. 

In  addition,  Volkswagen  introduced  a  mandatory  anti-
corruption training in the reporting year, which is also being 
rolled out Group-wide. For the first time, training and raising 
awareness  on  this  issue  is  aimed  not  only  at  specific  groups 
within the Company, but also at business partners from sales 
and procurement departments based on the level of risk.  

Following the risk-based approach, compliance training – 
some  of  which  is  mandatory  –  continues  to  take  place  on 
topics  including  the  prevention  of  money  laundering.  Com-
pliance  content  is  also  communicated  through  personal 
development  programs,  in  various  dialog  formats  and  at 
presentations  and  events,  for  example  on  the  topic  of  anti-
corruption measures and the whistleblower system. 

Employees can also use special e-mail addresses to solicit 
advice  on  compliance  issues.  They  can also  contact  advisory 
services  within  the  compliance  organization,  such  as  the 
compliance Infopoint at Volkswagen. 

Compliance key performance indicator 
To  measure  the  level  of  target  achievement,  we  defined  a 
strategic  indicator  for  the  major  brands  that  manufacture 
passenger cars: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Compliance,  a  culture  of  error management and  behaving 
with integrity. This is based on an evaluation of the answers 
to three questions in the opinion survey relating to compli-
ance with regulations and processes, dealing with risks and 
errors  and  behaving  with  integrity.  In  the  case  of  negative 
deviations,  the  affected  departments  develop  and  imple-
ment measures. In the reporting year, the key performance 
indicator further improved on the previous good figure.  

Strengthening compliance in company processes 
The  act  implementing  the  Fourth  EU  Money  Laundering  
Directive  into  German  law  presented  new  requirements  for 
Volkswagen AG  as  a  company  that  is  bound  by  the  Gesetz 
über  das  Aufspüren  von  Gewinnen  aus  schweren  Straftaten 
(GWG – Law on Tracing Profits from Serious Criminal Offences). 
The  Group  policy  adopted  and  published  in  this  context  by 
the  Board  of  Management  in  2018  defines  the  minimum 
standard to be implemented by all Group companies. 

In  2018,  we  designed  and  developed  a  new  IT  tool  for  a 
risk-based  business  partner  selection  process  at  the  Volks-
wagen  Group.  We  began  pilot  testing  the  tool  at  the  end  of 
2018.  The  Group  has  been  gradually  introducing  this  busi-
ness  partner  selection  process  since  2019.  A  key  objective  of 
the  new  process  is  the  creation  of  transparency  within  the 
Volkswagen Group to prevent Group companies from entering 
into business relationships with business partners that other 
Group companies have previously classified as not acting with 
integrity.  

New business models are constantly being considered in 
the Volkswagen Group as part of the enhanced Group strategy 
TOGETHER  2025+.  These  business  models  focus  particularly 
on digitalization, automation and electrification, but also on 
the  development  of  and  involvement  in  mobility  concepts. 
The compliance organization helps the strategic business units 
to implement their forward-looking projects through individ-
ual risk assessments and recommendations based on these. 

In addition, compliance will become more firmly embed-

ded in mergers & acquisitions and real estate transactions. 

  W H I ST L E B LOW E R   SY ST E M  

www.volkswagenag.com/en/group/compliance-and-risk-management/whistle 
blowersystem.html 
Phone: + 49 5361 9 46300 
E-Mail: io@volkswagen.de 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68 

Corporate Governance Report  

Group Management Report

Effectiveness review 
Independent  reviews  by  Group  Internal  Audit  in  the  corpo-
rate  units  and  the  regular  exchange  of  information  with 
external bodies help ensure continuous improvement of the 
compliance  management  system.  There  are  no  indications 
that  our  current  compliance  management  system  was  inef-
fective in 2019. 

On  September  2,  2019,  Volkswagen  also  announced  that  the 
Company had concluded a settlement agreement with the US 
Environmental Protection Agency, which had been the reason 
for  commissioning  a  second  auditor  for  the  Volkswagen 
Group. This agreement was concluded by Volkswagen to pre-
vent it from being excluded from public contracts in the United 
States. This second auditorship is planned to last three years. 

June  2017, 

in  connection  with  the  diesel 

I N D E P E N D E N T   M O N I TO R  
issue,  
In 
Larry D. Thompson was appointed as the Independent Com-
pliance  Monitor  at  Volkswagen  under  the  terms  of  the  Plea 
Agreement  with  the  United  States  Department  of  Justice 
announced  on  January 11,  2017  and  confirmed  by  a  US 
federal court on April 21, 2017. He also works as Independent 
Compliance  Auditor  under  the  Third  Partial  Consent  Decree 
concluded  separately  with  the US Department  of  Justice  and 
the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Third 
California Partial Consent Decree agreed with the US State of 
California  and  the  environmental  authority  California  Air 
Resources  Board,  CARB  (for  more  information  on  these  
agreements,  please  see  the  Litigation  section  starting  on  
page  179).  Mr.  Thompson  will  perform  his  duties  under  the 
Plea  Agreement  and  Third  Partial  Consent  Decrees  for  a 
period of three years, which also includes taking measures to 
further  strengthen  the  Company’s  compliance  and 
its 
reporting  and  monitoring  mechanisms,  as  well  as  the 
implementation  of  an  enhanced  compliance  and  ethics 
program. 

In  his  capacity  as  the  Independent  Compliance  Monitor 
on the basis of the Plea Agreement, Mr. Thompson submitted 
three  reports:  on  March 30, 2018,  February 8, 2019,  and 
November 5, 2019;  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the 
Plea  Agreement,  the  reports  will  not  be  published.  In  addi-
tion, in his capacity as the Independent Compliance Auditor 
under  the  terms  of  the  Third  Partial  Consent  Decrees, 
Mr. Thompson  prepared  two  annual  reports,  published  on 
August 27, 2018, and September 4, 2019.  

Volkswagen  announced  on  October 17, 2019,  that  the  US 
Department of Justice and the monitor had granted a 90-day 
extension to the monitorship to be able to demonstrate that 
Volkswagen  had  fulfilled  its  obligations  pursuant  to  the  
Plea  Agreement.  Thanks  to  this  agreement,  Volkswagen  has 
90  more  days  to  fully  test  and,  where  necessary,  adjust  the 
measures  that  the  Group  and  its  brands  have  put  in  
place,  including  the  monitor’s  recommendations,  so  that 
Mr. Thompson  is  able  to  submit  his  certification  report  on 
the Company’s integrity and compliance programs. 

R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T,   A U D I T  
Carefully  managing  potential  risks  to  the  Company  is  a  key 
component  of  our  daily  work.  The  Volkswagen  Group’s  risk 
management  system  is  oriented  toward  identifying,  asses-
sing,  communicating  and  managing  risks  at  an  early  stage. 
This  system  is  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  adjusted  if 
and  when  conditions  change.  A  detailed  description  of  the 
risk management system and our accounting-related internal 
control system can be found in the Risk Report on pages 164 
to 167 of this annual report.  

The Supervisory Board has established an Audit Commit-
tee  that  in  particular  monitors  the  financial  accounting,  the 
financial accounting process, the effectiveness of the internal 
control system, the risk management system and the internal 
audit system, the audit of the financial statements and com-
pliance.  Furthermore,  the  Audit  Committee  makes  a  well-
founded  recommendation  for  the  election  of  the  auditor  to 
the Supervisory Board, obtains a declaration of independence 
from the auditor, supervises the additional services provided 
by the auditor and prepares the audit engagement resolution. 
It  also  discusses  the  annual  audit  planning,  the  determi-
nation of areas of emphasis for the audit, the agreed fee and 
the auditor’s obligation to provide information. 

C O M M U N I C AT I O N   A N D   T R A N S PA R E N C Y  
The  Volkswagen  Group  publishes  a  financial  calendar  listing 
all  the  relevant  dates  for  its  shareholders  in  its  annual  
report  and  interim  reports  as  well  as  on  its  website  at 
www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations.html.  Among 
other things, invitations to the shareholders’ meetings as well 
as agendas for these meetings and any motions to be added 
to  the  agenda  or  countermotions  received  are  also  available 
on  this  website.  At  the  shareholders’  meetings,  shareholders 
may  exercise  their  voting  rights  themselves,  have  this  right 
exercised  on  their  behalf  by  a  third-party  proxy  whom  they 
have  appointed,  or  use  a  proxy  designated  by  the  Company 
who  votes  on  their  behalf  in  accordance  with  their  voting 
instructions.  We  also  give  our  shareholders  the  opportunity 
to  watch  the  introductory  remarks  and  the  speeches  of  the 
Chairman of the Supervisory Board and the Chairman of the 
Board of Management on the internet.  

 
Group Management Report 

Corporate Governance Report

69

In addition, news and information on the Volkswagen Group 
are  available  on  this  website.  The  press  releases  and  other 
information are published in both English and German.  

Immediately  after  their  publication  in  accordance  with 
legal  requirements,  the  Company’s  ad-hoc  releases  are  also 
published on the same website under the heading “Financial 
News, Ad-hoc Releases & Publications”.  

We publish managers’ transactions pursuant to Article 19 
of  the  Market  Abuse  Regulation  (Marktmissbrauchsverord-
nung)  or  –  for  previous  fiscal  years  –  in  accordance  with 
section 15a of the Wertpapierhandelsgesetz (WpHG – German 
Securities  Trading  Act)  (old  version)  under  the  heading 
“Corporate  Governance”,  menu 
item  “Managers’  Trans-
actions”. On the same web page – under the heading “Finan-
cial News, Ad-hoc Releases & Publications”, menu item “Voting  

Rights” – you can also access details of the notifications filed 
in the reporting period in compliance with sections 33 ff. of 
the  WpHG  as  well  as  notifications  relating  to  other  legal 
issues. 

The  supervisory  body  appointments  held  by  Board  of 
Management members and Supervisory Board members can 
be found on pages 88 to 91 of this annual report. The share-
holder structure is presented on page 109. 

   M A N DATO RY   P U B L I C AT I O N S   O F   VO L KSWAG E N   AG    

www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations/news-and-publications.html 

 
 
70 

Remuneration Report  

Group Management Report

Remuneration Report 

This chapter describes the main elements of the remuneration system for the Board of 
Management. In addition, the Remuneration Report details the individualized remuneration  
of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG, broken down into 
components, as well as individualized pension provision disclosures for the members of the  
Board of Management.  

P R I N C I P L E S   O F   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   R E M U N E R AT I O N  
Matters  involving  the  remuneration  system  and  the  total 
remuneration of each individual member of the Volkswagen AG 
Board  of  Management  are  decided  on  by  the  Supervisory 
Board  on  the  basis  of  the  Executive  Committee’s  recom-
mendations. The remuneration system implements the require-
ments of the Aktiengesetz (AktG – German Stock Corporation 
Act)  and  the  recommendations  of  the  German  Corporate 
Governance Code (the Code) in the version dated February 7, 
2017. In particular, the remuneration structure is focused on 
ensuring  sustainable  business  development  in  accordance 
with the Gesetz zur Angemessenheit der Vorstandsvergütung 
(VorstAG  –  German  Act  on  the  Appropriateness  of  Executive 
Board Remuneration) and section 87(1) of the AktG. 

At the beginning of 2017, the Supervisory Board of Volks-
wagen AG resolved to adjust the remuneration system of the 
Board  of  Management  with  effect  from  January  1,  2017.  The 
system  for  remuneration  of  the  Board  of  Management  was 
approved  by  the  Annual  General  Meeting  on  May 10,  2017 
with  80.96%  of  the  votes  cast.  The  adjustment,  in  which  the 
Supervisory  Board  was  assisted  by  renowned,  independent 
external  remuneration  and  legal  consultants,  resulted  in  an 
alignment with the Group strategy. 

The  level  of  the  Board  of  Management  remuneration 
should be appropriate and attractive in the context of the Com-
pany’s national and international peer group. Criteria include 
the  tasks  of  the  individual  Board  of  Management  member, 
their personal performance, the economic situation, and the 
performance of and outlook for the Company, as well as how 
customary  the  remuneration  is  when  measured  against  the 
peer  group  and  the  remuneration  structure  that  applies  to 
other  areas  of  Volkswagen.  In  this  context,  comparative 
studies on remuneration are conducted on a regular basis.  

C O M P O N E N T S   O F   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   R E M U N E R AT I O N  
In this section, we provide an overview of the Board of Man-
agement’s  remuneration  system  before  going  into  the  com-
ponents of the remuneration for the reporting period.  

Overview of the remuneration system 
The remuneration system of the Board of Management com-
prises  non-performance-related  and  performance-related 
components. The performance-related remuneration consists 
of an annual bonus with a one-year assessment period and a 
long-term incentive (LTI) in the form of a performance share 
plan  with  a  forward-looking  three-year  term.  The  perfor-
mance  share  plan  is  linked  to  business  development  in  the 
next  three  years  and  is  thus  based  on  a  multiyear,  forward-
looking  assessment  that  reflects  both  positive  and  negative 
developments.  The  non-performance-related  component 
creates  an  incentive  for  individual  members  of  the  Board  of 
Management  to  perform  their  duties  in  the  best  interests  of 
the Company and to fulfill their obligation to act with proper 
business prudence without needing to focus on merely short-
term  performance  targets.  The  performance-related  compo-
nents,  dependent  among  other  criteria  on  the  financial 
performance  of  the  Company,  serve  to  ensure  the  long-term 
impact of behavioral incentives. 

If 100% of the targets agreed with each of the members of 
the  Board  of  Management  are  achieved,  the  annual  target 
remuneration  for  each  member  will  amount  to  a  total  of 
€4,500,000  (corresponding  to  a  fixed  remuneration  of 
€1,350,000,  a  target  amount  from  the  annual  bonus  of 
€1,350,000 and a target amount from the performance share 
plan  of  €1,800,000).  The  annual  target  remuneration  for  the  

 
 
 
 
 
  
Group Management Report 

Remuneration Report

71

Chairman of the Board of Management amounts to a total of 
€9,000,000 (fixed remuneration of €2,125,000, a target amount 
from  the  annual  bonus  of  €3,045,000,  and  a  target  amount 
from the performance share plan of €3,830,000).  

Annual  minimum  remuneration  of  €3.5 million  (sum  of 
fixed  remuneration,  annual  bonus,  LTI  and  any  special  pay-
ments) was contractually agreed with Mr. Sommer.  

Non-performance-related remuneration 
The  non-performance-related  remuneration  comprises  fixed 
remuneration and fringe benefits. Since 2018, separate remu-
neration is no longer provided for appointments assumed at 
Group companies, but is covered by the fixed remuneration. 
The fringe benefits result from noncash benefits and include 
in particular the use of operating assets such as company cars 
and the payment of insurance premiums. Taxes due on these 
noncash benefits are mainly borne by Volkswagen AG.  

The fixed level of remuneration is reviewed regularly and 

adjusted if necessary.  

Performance-related remuneration 
The  performance-related/variable  remuneration  consists  of 
an annual performance-related bonus with a one-year assess-
ment period and a long-term incentive (LTI) in the form of a 
performance  share  plan  with  a  forward-looking  three-year 
term 
incentive  components)  and  phantom 
preferred  shares.  The  components  of  performance-related/ 

(long-term 

variable  remuneration  reflect  both  positive  and  negative 
developments.  

The Supervisory Board may cap the performance-related/ 
variable remuneration components in the event of extraordi-
nary developments. 

Annual bonus 
The annual bonus is based upon the result for the respective 
fiscal  year.  Operating  profit  achieved  by  the  Volkswagen 
Group plus the proportionate operating profit of the Chinese 
joint  ventures  form  half  of  the  basis  for  the  annual  bonus, 
with  operating  return  on  sales  achieved  by  the  Volkswagen 
Group  making  up  the  second  half.  Each  of  the  two  com-
ponents  of  the  annual  bonus  are  only  payable  if  certain 
thresholds are reached or exceeded.  

The  calculated  payment  amount  may  be  individually 
reduced by up to 20% (multiplier of 0.8) or increased by up to 
20% (multiplier of 1.2) by the Supervisory Board, taking into 
account the degree of achievement of individual targets agreed 
between the Supervisory Board and the respective member of 
the  Board  of  Management,  as  well  as  the  success  of  the  full 
Board  of  Management  in  transforming  the  Volkswagen 
Group by transferring employees to new areas of activity. 

The  payment  amount  for  the  annual  bonus  is  capped  at 
180%  of  the  target  amount  for  the  annual  bonus.  The  cap 
arises  from  150%  of  the  maximum  financial  target  achieve-
ment and a performance factor of a maximum of 1.2. 

 
72 

Remuneration Report  

Group Management Report

C A L C U L A T I O N   O F   T H E   P A Y M E N T   A M O U N T   F O R   T H E   A N N U A L   B O N U S

T A R G E T

×

T A R G E T   A C H I E V E M E N T

=

A N N U A L   B O N U S

Company bonus

Performance factor

Operational KPIs
(0 – 150% target achievement)

×

Multiplier 
(0.8 – 1.2)

Payment amount

5 0   P E R C E N T   C O M P O N E N T   1

Target achievement in percent

5 0   P E R C E N T   C O M P O N E N T   2

Target achievement in percent

150

100

50

150

100

50

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Operating result including Chinese joint 
ventures (proportionate) in € billion

Operating return on sales in percent

C O M P O N E N T   1 :   O P E R AT I N G   R E S U LT   I N C L U D I N G    

C H I N E S E   J O I N T   V E N T U R E S   ( P R O P O R T I O N AT E )  

C O M P O N E N T   2 :   O P E R AT I N G   R E T U R N   O N   S A L E S  

€ billion 

2018

2019

% 

2018

2019

Maximum threshold 

100% level of target 

Minimum threshold 

Actual 

Target achievement (in %) 

25.0

17.0

9.0

18.5

110

25.0

17.0

Maximum threshold 

100% level of target 

9.0

Minimum threshold 

21.4

127

Actual 

Target achievement (in %) 

8.0

6.0

4.0

5.9

98

8.0

6.0

4.0

6.7

118

 
Group Management Report 

Remuneration Report

73

Performance share plan – long-term incentive (LTI) 
The  LTI  is  granted  to  the  Board  of  Management  annually  in 
the  form  of  a  performance  share  plan.  Each  performance 
period  of  the  performance  share  plan  has  a  term  of  three 
years.  At  the  time  the  LTI  is  granted,  the  annual  target 
amount under the LTI is converted on the basis of the initial 
reference  price  of  Volkswagen’s  preferred  shares  into  perfor-
mance  shares  of  Volkswagen  AG,  which  are  allocated  to  the 
respective  member  of  the  Board  of  Management  purely  for 
calculation  purposes.  The  conversion  is  performed  based  on 
the unweighted average of the closing prices of Volkswagen’s 
preferred  shares  for  the  last  30  trading  days  preceding 
January  1  of  a  given  fiscal  year.  At  the  end  of  each  year,  the 
number of performance shares is determined definitively for 
one-third of the three-year performance period based on the 
degree  of  target  achievement  for  the  annual  earnings  per 
Volkswagen  preferred  share  (EPS  –  earnings  per  share  per 
preferred share in €). A prerequisite for this is that a threshold 
is reached. 

P E R F O R M A N C E   P E R I O D   2 0 1 7 – 2 0 1 9  

€ 

2017

2018

2019 

Maximum threshold 

100% level of target 

Minimum threshold 

Actual 

Target achievement (in %) 

30.0

20.0

10.0

22.69

113

30.0

20.0

10.0

23.63

118

P E R F O R M A N C E   P E R I O D   2 0 1 8 – 2 0 2 0  

€ 

Maximum threshold 

100% level of target 

Minimum threshold 

Actual 

Target achievement (in %) 

P E R F O R M A N C E   P E R I O D   2 0 1 9 – 2 0 2 1  

2018

30.0

20.0

10.0

23.63

118

€ 

Maximum threshold 

100% level of target 

Minimum threshold 

Actual 

Target achievement (in %) 

30.0 

20.0 

10.0 

26.66 

133 

2019

30.0

20.0

10.0

26.66

133

2019

30.0

20.0

10.0

26.66

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74 

Remuneration Report  

Group Management Report

After the end of the three-year term of the performance share 
plan,  a  cash  settlement  takes  place.  The  payment  amount 
corresponds to the final number of determined performance 
shares, multiplied by the closing reference price at the end of 
the  three-year  period  plus  a  dividend  equivalent  for  the 
relevant  term.  The  closing  reference  price  is  the  unweighted 
average  of  the  closing  prices  for  Volkswagen’s  preferred 
shares  for  the  30  trading  days  preceding  the  last  day  of  the 
three-year  performance  period.  The  dividend  equivalent 
corresponds to the dividends distributed during the holding 
period on a genuine Volkswagen preferred share. 

P E R F O R M A N C E   P E R I O D  

2017–2019

2018–2020

2019–2021

Initial reference price 

Closing reference price 

Dividend equivalent 

2017 

2018 

2019 

127.84

177.44

2.06

3.96

4.86

169.42

– 1

–

3.96

4.86

147.08

– 1

–

–

4.86

1  Determined at the end of the performance period. 

The  payment  amount  under  the  performance  share  plan  is 
limited  to  200%  of  the  target amount.  The payment amount 
is reduced by 20% if  the  average  ratio  of  capex  to  sales  reve-
nue  or  the  R&D  ratio  in  the  Automotive  Division  of  the  last 
three years is smaller than 5%.  

If  the  employment  contract  of  a  member  of  the  Board  of 
Management concludes prior to the end of the performance 
period  due  to  extraordinary  termination  based  on  good 
cause,  or  if  the  member  of  the  Board  of  Management  starts 
working  for  a  competitor  (also  referred  to  as  “bad-leaver 
cases”), the unpaid performance shares will expire. For mem-
bers  of  the  Board  of  Management  who  held  their  seat  as  of 
December 31,  2016,  this  rule  only  applies  in  the  event  of  a 
reappointment or new appointment.  

In  connection  with  the  appointment  of  the  Chairman  of 
the  Board  of  Management,  the  employment  contract  of  
Mr. Diess was terminated by mutual agreement in 2018 and a 
new  employment  contract  was  entered  into,  whereby  the 
expiry  rule  described  above  applies  from  the  2018 –2020 
performance period onwards. 

Ms.  Werner  was  appointed  as  a  member  of  the  Board  of 
Management in 2017. Mr. Blume, Mr. Kilian and Mr. Sommer 
were  newly appointed  to  the  Board  of  Management  in  2018, 
followed by Mr. Schot in 2019. 

In the introductory phase of the performance share plan 
(2017–2018), the members of the Board of Management who 
were  Board  members  as  of  December 31,  2016  will  generally 
receive  advances  of  80%  of  their  target  amount.  Mr.  Blume 
will  receive  corresponding  advances  for  the  performance 
periods  2018–2020  (proportionate)  and  2019–2021.  The  two 
advances  will  each  be  paid  after  the  first  year  of  the  per-
formance period. Final settlement is based on actual achieve-
ment  of  targets  at  the  end  of  the  relevant  three-year  perfor-
mance period. 

 
Group Management Report 

Remuneration Report

75

C A L C U L A T I O N   O F   T H E   P A Y M E N T   A M O U N T   F R O M   T H E   P E R F O R M A N C E   S H A R E   P L A N

T A R G E T

÷
Initial 
reference price

P E R F O R M A N C E   M E A S U R E M E N T

P R I C E   P E R F O R M A N C E  
A N D   D I V I D E N D S

L T I

Provisional
performance shares
(number)

Final number determined for 1/3 
of provisional performance shares 
multiplied by annual target achievement EPS 
per preferred share 

Final 
performance shares
(number)

×

Closing reference price  
plus dividend 
over term

=

Payment
amount

⅓
×

⅓
×
Target achievement EPS per preferred share 
Fiscal year 2

⅓
×

Fiscal year 3

Fiscal year 1

I N F O R M AT I O N   O N   T H E   P E R F O R M A N C E   S H A R E S  

P E R F O R M A N C E   P E R I O D  
2 0 1 7 – 2 0 1 9  

P E R F O R M A N C E   P E R I O D  
2 0 1 8 – 2 0 2 0  

P E R F O R M A N C E   P E R I O D  
2 0 1 9 – 2 0 2 1  

Number of
performance
shares allocated

at the grant date

Fair value
at the grant date

Number of 
performance 
shares allocated 

at the grant date

Fair value
at the grant date

Number of 
performance 
shares allocated 

at the grant date

Fair value
at the grant date

€ 

Herbert Diess 

Oliver Blume (since April 13, 2018) 

14,080

2,048,640

–

–

Jochem Heizmann (until January 10, 2019) 

14,080

2,031,040

Gunnar Kilian (since April 13, 2018) 

Andreas Renschler 

Abraham Schot (since January 1, 2019) 

Stefan Sommer (since September 1, 2018) 

Hiltrud Dorothea Werner 

Frank Witter 

Total 

–

–

14,080

1,891,648

–

–

12,907

14,080

69,227

–

–

1,856,672

2,025,408

9,853,408

19,212

7,614

10,624

7,614

10,624

–

3,541

10,624

10,624

80,477

2,840,468

1,349,810

1,799,918

1,349,810

1,799,918

–

488,446

1,799,918

1,799,918

26,040

12,238

335

12,238

12,238

12,238

12,238

12,238

12,238

3,350,046

1,574,419

43,098

1,574,419

1,574,419

1,574,419

1,574,419

1,574,419

1,574,419

13,228,206

112,041

14,414,075

€ 

Herbert Diess 

Oliver Blume (since April 13, 2018) 

Jochem Heizmann (until January 10, 2019) 

Gunnar Kilian (since April 13, 2018) 

Andreas Renschler 

Abraham Schot (since January 1, 2019) 

Stefan Sommer (since September 1, 2018) 

Hiltrud Dorothea Werner 

Frank Witter 

Total 

1  Adjusted 

Provision as of
Dec. 31, 2019

Intrinsic value as of
Dec. 31, 2019

3,504,374

984,260

2,934,421

2,016,260

5,572,774

3,925,694

1,415,440

5,019,403

6,981,087

3,687,200

–

1,767,329

–

3,879,394

–

–

2,782,969

3,879,394

Comprehensive 
income 2019 
arising from 
performance 
shares

3,490,713

1,614,937

951,793

1,614,937

1,713,961

3,925,694

1,317,674

2,852,956

2,054,256

Provision as of 
Dec. 31, 2018

Intrinsic value as of 
Dec. 31, 20181

Comprehensive 
income 2018 
arising from 
performance 
shares

2,617,527

401,323

3,422,628

401,323

5,298,813

–

97,766

2,166,448

6,366,831

1,616,319

1,547,771

–

2,362,898

–

401,323

759,638

401,323

2,362,898

1,991,565

–

–

–

2,362,898

8,705,012

–

97,766

1,542,922

2,678,125

9,420,432

32,353,713

15,996,286

19,536,920

20,772,660

 
76 

Remuneration Report  

Group Management Report

The  number  of  performance  shares  equals  the  provisional 
performance shares allocated at the grant date of the perfor-
mance  share  plan.  The  fair  value  as  at  the  grant  date  was 
determined using a recognized valuation technique.  

To  determine  their  amount,  the  performance  shares 
expected  for  future  performance  periods  were  taken  into 
account  in  addition  to  the  provisional  performance  shares 
determined  or  allocated  for  the  performance  periods  2017–
2019,  2018–2020  and  2019–2021.  The  amount  therefore 
depends  on  the  individual  contract  term  and  the  relevant 
vesting  arrangements  for  the  performance  shares.  The 
intrinsic  value  was  calculated  in  accordance  with  IFRS 2  and 
corresponds to the amount that the members of the Board of 
Management  would  have  received  if  they  had  stepped  down 
on  December  31,  2019.  Only  the  nonforfeitable  (vested) 
performance shares at the reporting date are included in the 
calculation.  The  intrinsic  value  was  calculated  based  on  the 
unweighted  average  share  price  for  the  last  30  trading  days 
(Xetra  closing  prices  of  Volkswagen’s  preferred  shares) 
preceding  December  31,  2019,  taking  the  dividends  paid  per 
preferred share during the performance period into account. 
The  net  value  of  all  amounts  recognized  in  income  for  the 
performance  shares  in  fiscal  year  2019  is  recorded  in  “Com-
prehensive  income  2019  arising  from  performance  shares” 
according to the IFRSs. 

Phantom preferred shares 
The phantom preferred shares for the remuneration withheld 
for  2015  formed  part  of  the  Board  of  Management  remu-
neration until they were paid out in 2019. 

Total remuneration cap 
In addition to the cap on the individual variable components 
of  the  remuneration  for  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Man-
agement, the annual benefits received according to the Code, 
consisting  of  fixed  remuneration  and  the  variable  remune-
ration components (i.e. annual bonus and performance share 
plan)  for  one  fiscal  year  may  not  exceed  an  amount  of 
€10,000,000  for  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Management 
and  €5,500,000  for  each  member  of  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment. If the total remuneration cap is exceeded, the variable 
components will be reduced proportionately. 

Regular review and adjustment 
The  Supervisory  Board  regularly  reviews  and,  if  necessary, 
adjusts  the  level  of  the  total remuneration  cap  and  the  indi-
vidual targets. 

Other agreements 
Members of the Board of Management with contracts entered 
into  on  or  after  January  1,  2010  are  entitled  to  payment  of 
their  normal  remuneration  for  six  to  twelve  months  in  the 
event of illness. Contracts entered into before that date grant 
remuneration for six months. In the event of disability, they 
are entitled to the retirement pension.  

Surviving  dependents  receive  a  widow’s  pension  of 
66 (cid:1022)% and orphans’ benefits of 20% of the former member of 
the  Board  of  Management’s  pension.  Contracts  with  mem-
bers  of  the  Board  of  Management  whose  first  term  of  office 
began after April 1, 2015, provide for an entitlement – in line 
with  the  principles  of  the  works  agreement  that also applies 
to  employees  of  Volkswagen AG  covered  by  collective  agree-
ments – to a widow’s pension of 60%, an orphan’s benefit of 
10% for half-orphans and an orphan’s benefit of 20% for full 
orphans,  based  in  each  case  on  the  former  member  of  the 
Board of Management’s pension. 

 
Group Management Report 

Remuneration Report

77

B E N E F I T S   B A S E D   O N   P H A N TO M   P R E F E R R E D   S H A R E S   F R O M   T H E  

R E M U N E R AT I O N   W I T H H E L D   F O R   F I S C A L   Y E A R   2 0 1 5  
At  its  meeting  on  April 22,  2016,  Volkswagen  AG’s  Super-
visory Board accepted the offer made by the members of the 
Board of Management to withhold 30% of the variable remu-
neration  for  fiscal  year  2015  for  the  Board  of  Management 
members active on the date of the resolution and to make its 
disposal subject to future share price performance.  

This was effected by first converting the amount withheld 
based on the average share price for the 30 trading days pre-
ceding  April 22,  2016  (initial  reference  price)  into  phantom 
preferred shares of Volkswagen AG with a three-year holding 
period and, at the same time, defining a target reference price 
corresponding  to  125%  of  the  initial  reference  price.  During 
the holding period, the holders of phantom preferred shares 
were  entitled  to  dividend  equivalents  in  the  amount  of  the 
dividends paid on real preferred shares.  

The shares were generally reconverted and paid out when 
the three-year holding period had expired or – in the event that 
members retired from office early – at the time they did so.  

To  determine  the  payment  amount,  the  average  share 
price  for  the  30  trading  days  preceding  the  last  day  of  the 

holding period, i.e. April 22, 2019, or the date on which mem-
bers left the company, was calculated (closing reference price). 
The  difference  between  the  target  reference  price  and  the 
initial  reference  price  was  deducted  from  the  closing  refer-
ence  price,  and  the  dividends  distributed  on  one  real  Volks-
wagen  preferred  share  during  the  holding  period  (dividend 
equivalent)  were  added  to  the  closing  reference  price.  The 
figure thus calculated was multiplied by the number of phan-
tom preferred shares so as to calculate the amount to be paid 
to  each  Board  of  Management  member.  This  ensured  that  
– excluding  the  dividend  equivalents  accrued  –  the  amount
withheld was only paid out in full if the initial reference price
of the preferred share increased by at least 25%. 

In January of fiscal year 2019, Mr. Heizmann retired from 

the Board of Management as per contract. 

The  number  of  phantom  preferred  shares  granted  on 
April 22, 2016 to members of the Board of Management who 
were  in  office  at  the  time  did  not  change  in  fiscal  year  2019 
(as of settlement in April 2019). In the year under review, the 
change  in fair  value  of  the  phantom  shares  led  to  the  recog-
nition  of  an  expense  of  €0.1 million  (previous  year:  total 
income of €0.6 million). 

I N F O R M AT I O N   O N   T H E   P H A N TO M   P R E F E R R E D   S H A R E S   H E L D   I N   2 0 1 9  

€ 

Herbert Diess 

Jochem Heizmann 
(until January 10, 2019) 

Andreas Renschler 

Frank Witter 

Total 

Number of 
phantom shares

Provision
Dec. 31, 2019

Provision
Dec. 31, 2018

Intrinsic value
Dec. 31, 2019

Intrinsic value
Dec. 31, 2018

Comprehensive 
income 2019 
arising from 
phantom 
preferred shares

Comprehensive 
income 2018 
arising from 
phantom 
preferred shares

4,317

8,633

7,914

1,990

22,854

–

–

–

–

–

512,740

1,025,361

939,964

236,357

2,714,422

–

–

–

–

–

540,704

27,705

– 83,688

1,081,283

991,229

249,248

43,232

50,791

12,771

2,862,464

134,499

– 167,356

– 153,418

– 38,577

– 443,040

 
78 

Remuneration Report  

Group Management Report

R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   I N   A C C O R D A N C E   W I T H   T H E   G E R M A N   C O M M E R C I A L   C O D E  

€ 

Herbert Diess 

Oliver Blume (since April 13, 2018) 

Jochem Heizmann (until January 10, 2019) 

Gunnar Kilian (since April 13, 2018) 

Andreas Renschler 

Abraham Schot (since January 1, 2019) 

Stefan Sommer (since September 1, 2018) 

Hiltrud Dorothea Werner  

Frank Witter 

2 0 1 9  

2 0 1 8  

Non-performance-

Performance- 

related

related 

Long-term

incentive

Total

Total 

component

component 

component

remuneration

remuneration

2,212,694

1,418,936

71,391

1,462,701

1,609,755

1,810,079

1,869,019

1,465,159

1,412,781

4,288,002 

1,901,085 

52,085 

1,901,085 

1,901,085 

1,901,085 

1,901,085 

1,901,085 

1,901,085 

3,350,046

1,574,419

43,098

1,574,419

1,574,419

1,574,419

1,574,419

1,574,419

1,574,419

9,850,742

4,894,440

166,574

4,938,205

5,085,259

5,285,583

5,344,523

4,940,663

4,888,285

7,877,832

3,515,815

5,013,141

3,529,523

5,004,370

 –

1,603,515

4,930,160

4,821,428

14,040,526

50,336,310

Members of the Board of Management who left in the 
previous year 

Total 

–

– 

–

–

13,332,515

17,647,682 

14,414,075

45,394,271

R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F  

M A N A G E M E N T   I N   A C C O R D A N C E   W I T H   T H E   G E R M A N   C O R P O R AT E  

G O V E R N A N C E   C O D E  
The amounts shown as benefits received in the Board of Man-
agement  remuneration  tables  in  accordance  with  the  Code 
correspond, in principle, to the amounts paid out for the fis-
cal year in question. 

In the introductory phase of the performance share plan 
(2017  to  2018),  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  who 
were  Board  members  as  of  December 31,  2016  generally 
received advances on the target amount, which in accordance 

with  the Code  are  reported  in the  tables  as  benefits  received 
for the fiscal year in which the performance shares under the 
plan  were  allocated.  Mr.  Blume  will  receive  corresponding 
advances  for  the  performance  period  2018–2020  (propor-
tionate) and 2019–2021. 

The amounts shown as “Benefits granted” in the Board of 
Management  remuneration  tables  in  accordance  with  the 
Code  are  based  on  100%  of  the  targets  for  the annual  bonus 
and  on  the  fair  value  at  the  grant  date  for  the  performance 
share plan.  

 
Group Management Report 

Remuneration Report

79

R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   ( B E N E F I T S   R E C E I V E D   A N D   B E N E F I T S   G R A N T E D )   I N   A C C O R D A N C E  

W I T H   T H E   G E R M A N   C O R P O R AT E   G O V E R N A N C E   C O D E  

H E R B E R T   D I E S S  

Chairman of the Board of Management of Volkswagen AG,  
Chairman of the Brand Board of Management of Volkswagen Passenger Cars,  
Volume brand group, 

China 

€ 

Fixed remuneration 

Fringe benefits 

Total 

One-year performance-related remuneration 

Multiyear performance-related remuneration 

LTI (performance share plan 2017–2019) 

LTI (performance share plan 2018–2020) 

LTI (performance share plan 2019–2021) 

Phanton shares 

Total1 

Pension expense 

Total remuneration 

Benefits received 

Benefits granted 

2019

2018

2018

2019

2019 (minimum)

2019 (maximum)

2,125,000

1,905,414

1,905,414

2,125,000

2,125,000

2,125,000

87,694

2,212,694

4,288,002

540,445

–

–

–

540,445

7,041,141

1,354,053

8,395,194

76,768

1,982,182

3,055,182

2,603,867

–

76,768

1,982,182

2,564,750

2,840,468

–

2,603,867

2,840,468

–

–

–

(cid:177)

7,641,230

7,387,400

850,620

850,620

8,491,850

8,238,020

87,694

2,212,694

3,045,000

3,350,046

–

–

3,350,046

–

8,607,740

1,354,053

9,961,793

87,694

2,212,694

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,212,694

1,354,053

3,566,747

87,694

2,212,694

5,481,000

7,660,000

–

–

7,660,000

–

15,353,694

1,354,053

16,707,747

1  The fixed remuneration agreed with Mr. Diess for fiscal year 2018 is €1,905,414 (prorated for the term of office as a full member of the Board of Management up until April 12, 2018 

and for the term of office as Chairman of the Board of Management starting April 13, 2018). 

O L I V E R   B L U M E  

Chairman of the Board of Management of Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG,  
Sport & Luxury brand group 

Joined: April 13, 2018 

€ 

Fixed remuneration 

Fringe benefits 

Total 

One-year performance-related remuneration 

Multiyear performance-related remuneration 

LTI (performance share plan 2018–2020) 

LTI (performance share plan 2019–2021) 

Total 

Pension expense 

Total remuneration 

Benefits received 

Benefits granted 

2019

2018

2018

2019

2019 (minimum)

2019 (maximum)

1,350,000

68,936

1,418,936

1,901,085

1,440,000

–

1,440,000

4,760,021

808,544

967,500

45,999

1,013,499

1,152,506

1,032,000

1,032,000

–

967,500

45,999

1,013,499

967,500

1,349,810

1,349,810

–

3,198,005

3,330,809

588,354

588,354

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

68,936

1,418,936

1,500,0001

1,574,419

–

1,574,419

4,493,355

808,544

68,936

1,418,936

–

–

–

–

1,418,936

808,544

68,936

1,418,936

2,580,000

3,600,000

–

3,600,000

7,598,936

808,544

5,568,565

3,786,359

3,919,163

5,301,899

2,227,480

8,407,480

1  In 2019, Mr. Blume was granted a maximum performance-related bonus payment by Porsche AG in the amount of €150,000 which is not taken into consideration in the remuneration 

from Volkswagen AG. 

 
80 

Remuneration Report  

Group Management Report

R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   ( B E N E F I T S   R E C E I V E D   A N D   B E N E F I T S   G R A N T E D )   I N   A C C O R D A N C E  

W I T H   T H E   G E R M A N   C O R P O R AT E   G O V E R N A N C E   C O D E  

Multiyear performance-related remuneration 

1,068,593

€ 

Fixed remuneration 

Fringe benefits 

Total 

One-year performance-related remuneration 

LTI (performance share plan 2017–2019) 

LTI (performance share plan 2018–2020) 

LTI (performance share plan 2019–2021) 

Phantom shares 

Total 

Pension expense 

Total remuneration 

J O C H E M   H E I Z M A N N  

China 

Left: January 10, 2019 

Benefits received 

Benefits granted 

2019

2018

2018

2019

2019 (minimum)

2019 (maximum)

36,986

34,405

71,391

52,085

–

–

–

1,068,593

1,192,069

–

1,350,000

1,350,000

255,076

1,605,076

1,608,147

1,440,000

–

255,076

1,605,076

1,350,000

1,799,918

–

1,440,000

1,799,918

–

–

–

–

36,986

34,405

71,391

36,986

43,098

–

–

43,098

–

36,986

34,405

71,391

–

–

–

–

–

–

36,986

34,405

71,391

66,575

98,630

–

–

98,630

–

4,653,223

4,754,994

151,475

71,391

236,597

–

–

–

–

–

1,192,069

4,653,223

4,754,994

151,475

71,391

236,597

G U N N A R   K I L I A N  

Human Resources 

Joined: April 13, 2018 

€ 

Fixed remuneration 

Fringe benefits 

Total 

One-year performance-related remuneration 

Multiyear performance-related remuneration 

LTI (performance share plan 2018–2020) 

LTI (performance share plan 2019–2021) 

Total 

Pension expense 

Total remuneration 

Benefits received 

Benefits granted 

2019

2018

2018

2019

2019 (minimum)

2019 (maximum)

1,350,000

112,701

1,462,701

1,901,085

–

–

–

967,500

59,707

1,027,207

1,152,506

–

–

–

967,500

59,707

1,027,207

967,500

1,349,810

1,349,810

–

3,363,786

2,179,713

3,344,517

886,559

703,228

703,228

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

112,701

1,462,701

1,350,000

1,574,419

–

1,574,419

4,387,120

886,559

112,701

1,462,701

–

–

–

–

1,462,701

886,559

112,701

1,462,701

2,430,000

3,600,000

–

3,600,000

7,492,701

886,559

4,250,345

2,882,941

4,047,745

5,273,679

2,349,260

8,379,260

 
Group Management Report 

Remuneration Report

81

R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   ( B E N E F I T S   R E C E I V E D   A N D   B E N E F I T S   G R A N T E D )   I N   A C C O R D A N C E  

W I T H   T H E   G E R M A N   C O R P O R AT E   G O V E R N A N C E   C O D E  

A N D R E A S   R E N S C H L E R  

Chairman of the Board of Management of TRATON SE, 
Truck & Bus brand group 

€ 

Fixed remuneration 

Fringe benefits 

Total 

One-year performance-related remuneration 

Multiyear performance-related remuneration 

LTI (performance share plan 2017–2019) 

LTI (performance share plan 2018–2020) 

LTI (performance share plan 2019–2021) 

Phanton shares 

Total 

Pension expense 

Total remuneration 

Benefits received 

Benefits granted 

2019

2018

2018

2019

2019 (minimum)

2019 (maximum)

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

259,755

1,609,755

1,901,085

990,754

–

–

–

990,754

4,501,594

5,025,570

9,527,164

246,305

1,596,305

1,608,147

1,440,000

–

246,305

1,596,305

1,350,000

1,799,918

–

1,440,000

1,799,918

–

–

4,644,452

5,249,526

9,893,978

–

–

4,746,223

5,249,526

9,995,749

259,755

1,609,755

1,350,000

1,574,419

–

–

1,574,419

–

4,534,174

5,025,570

9,559,744

259,755

1,609,755

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,609,755

5,025,570

6,635,325

259,755

1,609,755

2,430,000

3,600,000

–

–

3,600,000

–

7,639,755

5,025,570

12,665,325

A B R A H A M   S C H O T  

Chairman of the Board of Management of AUDI AG, 
Premium brand group 

Joined: January 1, 2019  

€ 

Fixed remuneration 

Fringe benefits 

Total 

One-year performance-related remuneration 

Multiyear performance-related remuneration 

LTI (performance share plan 2019–2021) 

Total 

Pension expense 

Total remuneration 

Benefits received 

Benefits granted 

2019

2018

2018

2019

2019 (minimum)

2019 (maximum)

1,350,000

460,079

1,810,079

1,901,085

–

–

3,711,164

2,222,572

5,933,736

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

460,079

1,810,079

1,350,000

1,574,419

1,574,419

4,734,498

2,222,572

6,957,070

460,079

1,810,079

–

–

–

1,810,079

2,222,572

4,032,651

460,079

1,810,079

2,430,000

3,600,000

3,600,000

7,840,079

2,222,572

10,062,651

 
82 

Remuneration Report  

Group Management Report

R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   ( B E N E F I T S   R E C E I V E D   A N D   B E N E F I T S   G R A N T E D )   I N   A C C O R D A N C E  

W I T H   T H E   G E R M A N   C O R P O R AT E   G O V E R N A N C E   C O D E  

S T E F A N   S O M M E R  

Components & Procurement 

Joined: September 1, 2018 

€ 

Fixed remuneration 

Fringe benefits 

Total 

One-year performance-related remuneration 

Multiyear performance-related remuneration 

LTI (performance share plan 2018–2020) 

LTI (performance share plan 2019–2021) 

Total1 

Pension expense 

Total remuneration 

Benefits received 

Benefits granted 

2019

2018

2018

2019

2019 (minimum)

2019 (maximum)

1,350,000

519,019

1,869,019

1,901,085

–

–

–

450,000

129,020

579,020

536,049

–

–

–

450,000

129,020

579,020

450,000

488,446

488,446

–

4,019,019

1,295,687

1,517,466

761,437

270,997

270,997

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

519,019

1,869,019

1,350,000

1,574,419

–

1,574,419

4,793,438

761,437

519,019

1,869,019

–

–

–

–

4,019,019

761,437

519,019

1,869,019

2,430,000

3,600,000

–

3,600,000

7,899,019

761,437

4,780,456

1,566,684

1,788,463

5,554,875

4,780,456

8,660,456

1  Benefits received and the minimum amount for 2019 and benefits received for 2018 (prorated) include a top-up amount on the minimum remuneration of €3.5 million. 

H I L T R U D   D O R O T H E A   W E R N E R  

Integrity & Legal Affairs 

€ 

Fixed remuneration 

Fringe benefits 

Total 

One-year performance-related remuneration 

Multiyear performance-related remuneration 

LTI (performance share plan 2017–2019) 

LTI (performance share plan 2018–2020) 

LTI (performance share plan 2019–2021) 

Total 

Pension expense 

Total remuneration 

Benefits received 

Benefits granted 

2019

2018

2018

2019

2019 (minimum)

2019 (maximum)

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

115,159

1,465,159

1,901,085

172,095

1,522,095

1,608,147

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

172,095

1,522,095

1,350,000

1,799,918

–

1,799,918

–

3,366,244

3,130,242

4,672,013

956,364

953,404

953,404

115,159

1,465,159

1,350,000

1,574,419

–

–

1,574,419

4,389,578

956,364

115,159

1,465,159

–

–

–

–

–

1,465,159

956,364

115,159

1,465,159

2,430,000

3,600,000

–

–

3,600,000

7,495,159

956,364

4,322,608

4,083,646

5,625,417

5,345,942

2,421,523

8,451,523

 
Group Management Report 

Remuneration Report

83

R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   ( B E N E F I T S   R E C E I V E D   A N D   B E N E F I T S   G R A N T E D )   I N   A C C O R D A N C E  

W I T H   T H E   G E R M A N   C O R P O R AT E   G O V E R N A N C E   C O D E  

F R A N K   W I T T E R  

Finance & IT 

€ 

Fixed remuneration 

Fringe benefits 

Total 

One-year performance-related remuneration 

Multiyear performance-related remuneration 

LTI (performance share plan 2017–2019) 

LTI (performance share plan 2018–2020) 

LTI (performance share plan 2019–2021) 

Phanton shares 

Total 

Pension expense 

Total remuneration 

Benefits received 

Benefits granted 

2019

2018

2018

2019

2019 (minimum)

2019 (maximum)

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

1,350,000

62,781

1,412,781

1,901,085

249,128

–

–

–

249,128

63,363

1,413,363

1,608,147

1,440,000

–

63,363

1,413,363

1,350,000

1,799,918

–

1,440,000

1,799,918

62,781

1,412,781

1,350,000

1,574,419

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,574,419

–

62,781

1,412,781

–

–

–

–

–

–

62,781

1,412,781

2,430,000

3,600,000

–

–

3,600,000

–

3,562,994

4,461,510

4,563,281

4,337,200

1,412,781

7,442,781

886,120

849,556

849,556

886,120

886,120

886,120

4,449,114

5,311,066

5,412,837

5,223,320

2,298,901

8,328,901

 
84 

Remuneration Report  

Group Management Report

P O ST - E M P L OYM E N T   B E N E F I T S  
In  the  event  of  regular  termination  of  their  service  on  the 
Board  of  Management,  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Man-
agement  are  entitled  to  a  pension,  including  a  surviving 
dependents’  pension,  as  well  as  the  use  of  company  cars  for 
the  period  in  which  they  receive  their  pension.  The  agreed 
benefits  are  paid  or  made  available  when  the  Board  of  Man-
agement member reaches the age of 63. As a departure from 
this  principle,  Mr. Renschler  is  able  to  start  drawing  his 
pension when he reaches the age of 62. 

The  retirement  provision  for  members  of  the  Board  of 
Management  with  a  pension  commitment  based  on  final 
remuneration  is  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  fixed 
remuneration,  starting  from  50%.  For  Mr.  Heizmann  and  
Mr. Renschler the individual percentages rise by two percent-
age points for every year of service. In specific cases, credit is 
given  for  previous  employment  periods  and  retirement 
pensions  earned.  In  a  departure  from  this  rule,  a  retirement 
pension  entitlement  of  62%  of  the  fixed  level  of  remu-
neration  was  set  for  Mr.  Renschler  on  his  appointment.  The 
Supervisory  Board  has  capped  the  percentage  at  70%.  These 
benefits are not broken down any further into performance-
related  components  and  long-term  incentive  components. 
Mr.  Renschler  reached  a  retirement  pension  entitlement  of 
70% of his fixed level of remuneration at the end of 2019. The 
increase  in  the  fixed  remuneration  as  a  consequence  of  the 
remuneration  system  in  place  from  fiscal  year  2017  is 
therefore  not  taken  into  account  for  Mr.  Heizmann  and  
Mr. Renschler because their final salary pension commitment 
is based on a previous pension scheme. Current pensions are 
index-linked  in  accordance  with  the  index-linking  of  the 
highest collectively agreed salary insofar as the application of 
section  16  of  the  Gesetz  zur  Verbesserung  der  betrieblichen 
Altersversorgung  (BetrAVG  –  German  Company  Pension  Act) 
does not lead to a larger increase. 

For  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  of  Volks-
wagen AG appointed before February 24, 2017 with a defined 
contribution  pension  scheme,  a  contribution  rate  of  50%  of 
the  fixed  remuneration  applies.  For  the  members  of  the 
Board  of  Management  of  Volkswagen  AG  appointed  after 
February 24, 2017 with a defined contribution pension scheme, 
a contribution rate of 40% of the fixed remuneration applies. 
The resulting amount will be credited to the pension account. 
Ms.  Werner,  Mr.  Blume,  Mr.  Diess,  Mr.  Kilian,  Mr.  Schot, 
Mr.  Sommer  and  Mr.  Witter  received  a  defined  contribution  

plan,  which  is  based  in  principle  on  a  works  agreement  that 
also  applies  to  the  employees  of  Volkswagen  AG  covered  by 
collective agreements and includes retirement, invalidity and 
surviving  dependents’  benefits.  A  pension  contribution  in 
the  amount  of  50%  of  the  fixed  level  of  remuneration  for  
Ms.  Werner,  Mr.  Diess  and  Mr.  Witter  and  in  the  amount  of 
40%  of  the  fixed  level  of  remuneration  for  Mr.  Blume,  
Mr. Kilian, Mr. Schott and Mr. Sommer is paid to Volkswagen 
Pension Trust e.V. at the end of the calendar year for each year 
they are appointed to the Board of Management. The annual 
pension contributions result in modules of what is, in princi-
ple, a lifelong pension in line with the arrangements that also 
apply  to  employees  covered  by  collective  agreements.  The 
individual pension modules vest immediately upon payment 
to Volkswagen Pension Trust e.V. Instead of a lifelong pension, 
benefits  can  optionally  be  paid  out  as  a  lump  sum  or  in 
installments  when  the  beneficiary  reaches  retirement  age  
– currently  63  at  the  earliest.  Volkswagen AG  has  assumed
responsibility  for  pension  entitlements  due  to  Mr.  Witter
from the time before his service with the Company, although
these cannot be claimed before he reaches the age of 60. 

On December 31, 2019, the pension obligations for mem-
bers  of  the  Board  of  Management  in  accordance  with  IAS 19 
amounted  to  €60.5  (55.8) million.  €13.7 (11.9)  million  was 
added to the provision in the reporting period in accordance 
with  IAS  19.  Other  benefits  such  as  surviving  dependents’ 
pensions and the use of company cars are also factored into 
the  measurement  of  pension  provisions.  The  pension  obli-
gations  measured 
in  accordance  with  German  GAAP 
amounted  to  €44.8  (45.9) million.  Measured  in  accordance 
with German GAAP, €14.5 (9.5) million was added to the pro-
vision in the reporting period.  

Retired  members  of  the  Board of  Management  and  their 
surviving  dependents  received  €32.7  (44.0)  million,  or  €32.7 
(44.0) million measured in accordance with German GAAP, in 
the  past  year.  Obligations  for  pensions  for  this  group  of 
persons  measured  in  accordance  with  IAS  19  amounted  to 
€373.7 (324.0) million, or €300.5 (276.2) million measured in 
accordance with German GAAP. 

The following general rule applies to contracts for the first 
term  of  office  of  members  of  the  Board  of  Management 
entered  into  after  August  5,  2009:  the  retirement  pension  to 
be  granted  after  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Management 
leaves the Company is payable when the member reaches the 
age of 63. 

 
Group Management Report 

Remuneration Report

85

E A R LY   T E R M I N AT I O N   B E N E F I T S  
If  the  appointment  to  the  Board  of  Management  is  termi-
nated for cause through no fault of the Board of Management 
member,  the  claims  under  Board  of  Management  contracts 
entered into since November 20, 2009 are limited to a maxi-
mum  of  two  years’  remuneration,  in  accordance  with  the 
recommendation  in  section  4.2.3(4)  of  the  Code  (severance 
payment cap).  

No severance payment is made if the appointment to the 
Board  of  Management  is  terminated  for  good  reason  for 
which  the  Board  of  Management  member  is  responsible. 

The  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  are  also  entitled 
to  a  pension and  to a  surviving  dependents’ pension as  well 
as  the  use  of  company  cars  for  the  period  in  which  they 
receive  their  pension  in  the  event  of  early  termination  of 
their service on the Board of Management.  

Please refer to notes 43 and 46 to the consolidated finan-
cial  statements  and  the  notes  to  the  annual  financial 
statements  of  Volkswagen  AG  for  more  detailed  individual 
disclosures relating to members of the Board of Management 
who left the Company in fiscal year 2019. 

P E N S I O N S   O F   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   I N   2 0 1 9   ( P R I O R - Y E A R   F I G U R E S   I N   B R A C K E T S )  

€ 

Herbert Diess 

Oliver Blume (since April 13, 2018) 

Jochem Heizmann (until January 10, 2019) 

Gunnar Kilian (since April 13, 2018) 

Andreas Renschler 

Abraham Schot (since January 1, 2019) 

Stefan Sommer (since September 1, 2018) 

Hiltrud Dorothea Werner  

Frank Witter 

Members of the Board of Management who left in the previous year 

Total 

Pension expense

Present values as of 
December 311

1,354,053

(850,620)

808,544

(588,354)

–

–

886,559

(703,228)

5,025,570

(5,249,526)

2,222,572

–

761,437

(270,997)

956,364

(953,404)

886,120

(849,556)

–

(1,053,684)

12,901,219

(10,519,369)

5,592,969

(3,410,933)

1,743,034

(588,354)

–

(18,098,438)

2,102,717

(703,228)

29,609,167

(20,109,236)

2,222,572

–

1,228,940

(270,997)

3,482,194

(1,872,035)

14,474,204

(10,765,942)

–

–

60,455,797

(55,819,163)

1  The amount is reported in the total amount for defined benefit plans recognized in the balance sheet (see note 29 to the consolidated financial statements). 

 
86 

Remuneration Report  

Group Management Report

(cid:33)(cid:3) Committee chairpersons receive double this amount, while
deputy chairpersons receive one-and-a-half times the com-
mittee remuneration listed previously. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Membership of no more than two committees is taken into 
account, whereby the two functions with the highest remu-
is
neration  are  counted 
exceeded. 

if  this  maximum  number 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Supervisory  Board  members  who  belonged  to  the  Super-
visory Board or one of its committees for only part of the
fiscal year receive proportionate remuneration. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Supervisory  Board  members  receive  an  attendance  fee  of
€1,000 for attending a meeting of the Supervisory Board or
one of its committees; if several meetings are held on one
day, the attendance fee is paid only once. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) The  remuneration  and  attendance  fees  are  each  payable

after the end of the fiscal year. 

In  fiscal  year  2019,  the  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board 
received  €5,327,155  (4,538,986).  Of  this  figure,  €2,290,833 
related  to  the  work  of  the  Supervisory  Board  and  €944,444 
related to the work in the committees. 

S U P E R V I S O R Y   B O A R D   R E M U N E R AT I O N  
Following  its  regular  review  of  Supervisory  Board  remu-
neration, the Supervisory Board proposed a reorganization of 
the  system  of  Supervisory  Board  remuneration  to  the  2017 
Annual  General  Meeting,  which  was  approved  on  May  10, 
2017 with 99.98% of the votes cast. The remuneration of the 
members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  of  Volkswagen  AG  is 
comprised  entirely  of  non-performance-related  remunera-
tion components. Remuneration for supervisory board work 
at  subsidiaries  continues  in  part  to  comprise  a  mix  of  non-
performance-related and performance- related components. 

The  following  applies  to  members  of  the  Supervisory 

Board of Volkswagen AG with effect from January 1, 2017: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  receive  fixed  remu-

neration of €100,000 per fiscal year. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) The  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Board  receives  fixed
remuneration  of  €300,000,  while  the  Deputy  Chairman
receives remuneration of €200,000. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) For  their  work  in  the  Supervisory  Board  committees,  the
members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  also  receive  additional
fixed  remuneration  of  €50,000  per  committee  per  fiscal
year provided the committee met at least once per year for
the  performance  of  its  duties.  Memberships  of  the
Nomination  and  Mediation  Committees  established  in
accordance  with  section 27(3)  of  the  Mitbestimmungs-
gesetz  (MitbestG  –  German  Codetermination  Act)  are  not
taken into account. 

 
Group Management Report 

Remuneration Report

87

R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   T H E   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   S U P E R V I S O R Y   B O A R D  

€  

Hans Dieter Pötsch 

Jörg Hofmann2 

Hussain Ali Al Abdulla 

Hessa Sultan Al Jaber 

Bernd Althusmann3  

Birgit Dietze2 (until May 31, 2019) 

Hans-Peter Fischer2 

Marianne Heiß (since February 14, 2018) 
Uwe Hück2 (until February 8, 2019) 

Johan Järvklo2 

Ulrike Jakob2  

Louise Kiesling 

Peter Mosch2 

Bertina Murkovic2  
Bernd Osterloh2 

Hans Michel Piëch  

Ferdinand Oliver Porsche  

Wolfgang Porsche  

Conny Schönhardt2 (since June 21, 2019) 

Athanasios Stimoniaris2  
Stephan Weil3 

Werner Weresch2 (since February 21, 2019) 

Members of the Supervisory Board who left in the previous year 

  F I X E D  

R E M U N E R A -

W O R K   I N   T H E  

T I O N  

C O M M I T T E E S  

O T H E R 1  

T O T A L  

T O T A L  

2019

2018

300,000

200,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

41,667

100,000

100,000

10,278

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

52,778

100,000

100,000

86,111

9,444

100,000

75,000

–

–

50,000

20,833

–

525,500

14,000

5,000

7,000

7,000

5,000

7,000

50,000

100,500

–

–

–

–

100,000

50,000

125,000

–

150,000

150,000

23,611

–

50,000

–

–

4,596

7,000

6,000

7,000

190,500

7,000

162,000

189,000

185,000

183,500

5,000

382,040

13,000

79,241

–

925,500

289,000

105,000

107,000

157,000

67,500

107,000

250,500

14,874

107,000

106,000

107,000

390,500

157,000

387,000

289,000

435,000

433,500

81,389

482,040

163,000

165,352

–

584,500

294,000

108,000

111,000

155,194

167,000

114,000

198,300

184,500

114,000

112,000

111,000

346,589

164,000

264,233

272,000

412,500

422,500

–

230,225

164,000

–

9,444

Total 

2,290,833

944,444

2,091,877

5,327,155

4,538,985

1  Attendance fees, membership of other Group bodies (non-performance-related: €790,810; performance-related: €779,967). 
2  These employee representatives have stated that they will transfer their Supervisory Board remuneration to the Hans Böckler Foundation in accordance with the guidelines issued by 

the German Confederation of Trade Unions (DGB). 

3  Under section 5(3) of the Niedersächsisches Ministergesetz (German Act Governing Ministers of the State of Lower Saxony), these members of the Supervisory Board are obliged to 
transfer their Supervisory Board remuneration to the State of Lower Saxony as soon as and in so far as it exceeds €6,200 per annum. Remuneration is defined for this purpose as 
Supervisory Board remuneration and attendance fees exceeding the amount of €200.  

 
88 

Executive Bodies  

Group Management Report

Executive Bodies  

Members of the Board of Management and their appointments  

Appointments: as of December 31, 2019 or the leaving date from the Board of Management of Volkswagen AG 

DR.-ING. HERBERT DIESS (*1958) 

GUNNAR KILIAN (*1975) 

HILTRUD DOROTHEA WERNER (*1966) 

Chairman (since April 13, 2018), 

Human Resources 

Integrity & Legal Affairs  

Chairman of the Brand Board of Management 

April 13, 20181, appointed until 2023 

February 1, 20171, appointed until 2022 

of Volkswagen Passenger Cars, 

Volume brand group, 

China (since January 11, 2019) 

July 1, 20151, appointed until 2023 

Nationality: Austrian 

Appointments: 

Nationality: German 

APPOINTMENTS: 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Wolfsburg AG, Wolfsburg

Nationality: German 

FRANK WITTER (*1959) 

Finance & IT 

ANDREAS RENSCHLER (*1958) 

October 7, 20151, appointed until 2021 

Chairman of the Board of Management of 

Nationality: German 

(cid:123)(cid:3)FC Bayern München AG, Munich 

TRATON SE, Truck & Bus brand group 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Infineon Technologies AG, Neubiberg

February 1, 20151, appointed until 2024 

OLIVER BLUME (*1968) 

Nationality: German 

Appointments: 

Chairman of the Executive Board of  

(cid:123)(cid:3)Deutsche Messe AG, Hanover

Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG,  

Sport & Luxury brand group 

ABRAHAM SCHOT (*1961) 

April 13, 20181, appointed until 2023 

Chairman of the Board of Management of AUDI AG,  

Nationality: German 

Premium brand group 

January 1, 20191, appointed until 2020 

PROF. DR. RER. POL. DR.-ING. E.H. 

Nationality: Dutch 

JOCHEM HEIZMANN (*1952) 

China 

DR.-ING. STEFAN SOMMER (*1963) 

January 11, 2007 – January 10, 20191 

Components & Procurement 

Nationality: German 

Nationality: German 

Appointments (as of January 10, 2019): 

September 1, 20181, appointed until 2021 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Lufthansa Technik AG, Hamburg 

(cid:126)(cid:3)OBO Bettermann Holding GmbH Co. KG, Menden 

As part of their duty to manage and supervise the 

(cid:123) Membership of statutory supervisory boards in

1  Beginning or period of membership of the Board of 

Group’s business, the members of the Board of 

Germany. 

Management. 

Management hold other offices on the supervisory 

(cid:126) Comparable appointments in Germany and abroad.

boards of consolidated Group companies and other 

significant investees. 

 
Group Management Report 

Executive Bodies

89

Executive Bodies 

Members of the Supervisory Board and their appointments  

Appointments: as of December 31, 2019 or the leaving date from the Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG 

HANS DIETER PÖTSCH (*1951) 

DR. HUSSAIN ALI AL ABDULLA (*1957) 

DR. BERND ALTHUSMANN (*1966) 

Chairman (since October 7, 2015), 

Minister of State, Qatar 

Minister of Economic Affairs, Labor, Transport and 

Chairman of the Executive Board and  

April 22, 20101, elected until 2020 

Digitalization for the Federal State of Lower Saxony 

Chief Financial Officer of Porsche Automobil 

Nationality: Qatari 

December 14, 20171, delegated until 2022 

Holding SE 

Appointments: 

Nationality: German 

October 7, 20151, elected until 2021 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Gulf Investment Corporation, Safat/Kuwait  

Appointments: 

Nationality: Austrian 

Appointments: 

(cid:123)(cid:3)AUDI AG, Ingolstadt 

(Board member) 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Masraf Al Rayan, Doha  

(cid:123)(cid:3)Deutsche Messe AG, Hanover (Deputy Chairman) 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Container Terminal Wilhelmshaven JadeWeserPort-

(Chairman and Managing Director) 

Marketing GmbH & Co. KG, Wilhelmshaven 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Autostadt GmbH, Wolfsburg  

(cid:126)(cid:3)Qatar Investment Authority, Doha  

(Chairman) 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Bertelsmann Management SE, Gütersloh 

(Board member) 

(cid:126)(cid:3)JadeWeserPort Realisierungs GmbH & Co. KG, 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Bertelsmann SE & Co. KGaA, Gütersloh 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Qatar Supreme Council for Economic Affairs  

Wilhelmshaven (Chairman) 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG, Stuttgart 

(cid:123)(cid:3)TRATON SE, Munich (Chairman) 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Wolfsburg AG, Wolfsburg 

and Investment, Doha  

(Board member) 

(cid:126)(cid:3)JadeWeserPort Realisierungs-Beteiligungs GmbH, 

Wilhelmshaven (Chairman) 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Niedersachsen Ports GmbH & Co. KG, Oldenburg 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Austria Gesellschaft m.b.H., Salzburg 

DR. HESSA SULTAN AL JABER (*1959) 

(Chairman)  

(Chairman) 

Member of the Consultative Assembly 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Holding Gesellschaft m.b.H., Salzburg 

(Shura Council) of the state of Qatar, Doha 

BIRGIT DIETZE (*1973) 

(Chairman) 

Ex-Minister of Information and Communications 

First authorized representative of IG Metall Berlin 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Retail GmbH, Salzburg (Chairman) 

Technology, Qatar 

(cid:126)(cid:3)VfL Wolfsburg-Fußball GmbH, Wolfsburg  

June 22, 20161, elected until 2024 

(Deputy Chairman) 

Nationality: Qatari 

Appointments: 

JÖRG HOFMANN (*1955) 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Malomatia, Doha (Chairwoman) 

June 1, 2016 – May 31, 20191 

Nationality: German 

Appointments (as of May 31, 2019): 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Volkswagen Bank GmbH, Braunschweig 

Deputy Chairman (since November 20, 2015), 

(cid:126)(cid:3)MEEZA, Doha 

DR. JUR. HANS-PETER FISCHER (*1959) 

First Chairman of IG Metall 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Qatar Satellite Company (Es'hailSat), Doha 

Chairman of the Board of Management of  

November 20, 20151, appointed until 2022 

(Chairwoman) 

Volkswagen Management Association e.V. 

Nationality: German 

Appointments: 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Robert Bosch GmbH, Stuttgart 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Trio Investment, Doha (Chairwoman) 

January 1, 20131, appointed until 2022 

Nationality: German 

Appointments: 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Volkswagen Pension Trust e.V., Wolfsburg 

(cid:123) Membership of statutory supervisory boards in  

1  Beginning or period of membership of the 

Germany. 

Supervisory Board. 

(cid:126) Comparable appointments in Germany and abroad.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90 

Executive Bodies 

Group Management Report

MARIANNE HEIß (*1972) 

BERTINA MURKOVIC (*1957) 

DR. JUR. FERDINAND OLIVER PORSCHE (*1961) 

Chief Executive Officer of BBDO Group 

Chairwoman of the Works Council of  

Member of the Board of Management of Familie 

Germany GmbH, Düsseldorf 

Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles 

Porsche AG Beteiligungsgesellschaft 

February 14, 20181, elected until 2023 

May 10, 20171, appointed until 2022 

August 7, 20091, elected until 2024 

Nationality: Austrian 

Appointments: 

(cid:123)(cid:3)AUDI AG, Ingolstadt

(cid:123)(cid:3)Porsche Automobil Holding SE, Stuttgart

Nationality: German 

Appointments: 

(cid:126)(cid:3)MOIA GmbH, Berlin 

BERND OSTERLOH (*1956) 

Nationality: Austrian 

Appointments: 

(cid:123)(cid:3)AUDI AG, Ingolstadt

(cid:123)(cid:3)Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG, Stuttgart

(cid:123)(cid:3)Porsche Automobil Holding SE, Stuttgart

UWE HÜCK (*1962) 

Chairman of the General and Group Works Councils  

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Holding Gesellschaft m.b.H., Salzburg

Chairman of the General and Group Works Councils  

of Volkswagen AG 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Lizenz- und Handelsgesellschaft mbH & 

January 1, 20051, appointed until 2022 

Co. KG, Ludwigsburg 

of Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG 

July 1, 2015 – February 8, 20191 

Nationality: German 

Nationality: German 

Appointments: 

Appointments (as of February 8, 2019): 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Autostadt GmbH, Wolfsburg

(cid:123)(cid:3)Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG, Stuttgart

(cid:123)(cid:3)TRATON SE, Munich

(Deputy Chairman) 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Wolfsburg AG, Wolfsburg

DR. RER. COMM. WOLFGANG PORSCHE (*1943) 

Chairman of the Supervisory Board of  

Porsche Automobil Holding SE;  

Chairman of the Supervisory Board of  

(cid:126)(cid:3)Allianz für die Region GmbH, Braunschweig

Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG 

JOHAN JÄRVKLO (*1973) 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Holding Gesellschaft m.b.H., Salzburg

April 24, 20081, elected until 2023 

Secretary-General of the European and Global Group 

(cid:126)(cid:3)SEAT, S.A., Martorell 

Works Council of Volkswagen AG 

(cid:126)(cid:3)ŠKODA Auto a.s., Mladá Boleslav

Nationality: Austrian 

Appointments: 

November 22, 20151, appointed until 2022 

(cid:126)(cid:3)VfL Wolfsburg-Fußball GmbH, Wolfsburg 

(cid:123)(cid:3)AUDI AG, Ingolstadt

Nationality: Swedish 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Volkswagen Immobilien GmbH, Wolfsburg

(cid:123)(cid:3)Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG, Stuttgart (Chairman)

(cid:123)(cid:3)Porsche Automobil Holding SE, Stuttgart 

ULRIKE JAKOB (*1960) 

DR. JUR. HANS MICHEL PIËCH (*1942) 

(Chairman) 

Deputy Chairwoman of the Works Council of 

Lawyer in private practice 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Familie Porsche AG Beteiligungsgesellschaft,

Volkswagen AG, Kassel plant 

May 10, 20171, appointed until 2022 

Nationality: German 

August 7, 20091, elected until 2024 

Salzburg (Chairman) 

Nationality: Austrian 

Appointments: 

(cid:123)(cid:3)AUDI AG, Ingolstadt

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Cars Great Britain Ltd., Reading

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Cars North America Inc., Atlanta

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Greater China, consisting of: 

DR. LOUISE KIESLING (*1957) 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG, Stuttgart

Porsche (China) Motors Limited, Shanghai

Businesswoman 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Porsche Automobil Holding SE, Stuttgart 

Porsche Hong Kong Limited, Hong Kong 

April 30, 20151, elected until 2021 

(Deputy Chairman) 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Holding Gesellschaft m.b.H., Salzburg

Nationality: Austrian 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Cars Great Britain Ltd., Reading

(cid:126)(cid:3)Schmittenhöhebahn AG, Zell am See 

PETER MOSCH (*1972) 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Cars North America Inc., Atlanta

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Greater China, consisting of: 

Chairman of the General Works Council of AUDI AG 

Porsche (China) Motors Limited, Shanghai

January 18, 20061, appointed until 2022 

Porsche Hong Kong Limited, Hong Kong 

Nationality: German 

Appointments: 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Porsche Holding Gesellschaft m.b.H., Salzburg

(cid:126)(cid:3)Schmittenhöhebahn AG, Zell am See 

(cid:123)(cid:3)AUDI AG, Ingolstadt (Deputy Chairman)

(cid:126)(cid:3)Volksoper Wien GmbH, Vienna

(cid:123)(cid:3)Audi Pensionskasse – Altersversorgung der

AUTO UNION GmbH, VVaG, Ingolstadt 

(cid:126)(cid:3)Audi Stiftung für Umwelt GmbH, Ingolstadt

(cid:123) Membership of statutory supervisory boards in

1  Beginning or period of membership of the 

Germany. 

Supervisory Board. 

(cid:126) Comparable appointments in Germany and abroad.

 
Group Management Report 

Executive Bodies 

91

CONNY SCHÖNHARDT (*1978) 

COMMITTEES OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD  

Union Secretary to the board of IG Metall 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 

June 21, 20191, appointed until 2022 

Nationality: German 

Members of the Executive Committee 

ATHANASIOS STIMONIARIS (*1971) 

Jörg Hofmann (Deputy Chairman) 

Chairman of the Group Works Council of MAN SE  

Peter Mosch 

Hans Dieter Pötsch (Chairman) 

and of the SE Works Council 

May 10, 20171, appointed until 2022 

Nationality: German 

Appointments: 

(cid:123)(cid:3)MAN SE, Munich

Bernd Osterloh 

Dr. Wolfgang Porsche 

Stephan Weil 

Members of the Mediation Committee established  

(cid:123)(cid:3)MAN Truck & Bus SE, Munich 

in accordance with section 27(3) of the 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Rheinmetall MAN Military Vehicles GmbH, Munich

Mitbestimmungsgesetz (German  

(cid:123)(cid:3)TRATON SE, Munich (Deputy Chairman)

Codetermination Act) 

STEPHAN WEIL (*1958) 

Minister-President of the Federal State of  

Lower Saxony 

February 19, 20131, delegated until 2022 

Hans Dieter Pötsch (Chairman) 

Jörg Hofmann (Deputy Chairman) 

Bernd Osterloh 

Stephan Weil 

Nationality: German 

Members of the Audit Committee 

Dr. Ferdinand Oliver Porsche (Chairman) 

WERNER WERESCH (*1961) 

Bernd Osterloh (Deputy Chairman) 

Chairman of the General and Group Works Councils  

Marianne Heiß 

of Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG 

Conny Schönhardt 

February 21, 20191, appointed until 2022 

Nationality: German 

Appointments: 

(cid:123)(cid:3)Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG, Stuttgart

Members of the Nomination Committee 

Hans Dieter Pötsch (Chairman) 

Dr. Wolfgang Porsche 

Stephan Weil 

Special Committee on Diesel Engines 

Dr. Wolfgang Porsche (Chairman) 

Dr. Bernd Althusmann 

Peter Mosch 

Bertina Murkovic 

Bernd Osterloh 

Dr. Ferdinand Oliver Porsche 

(cid:123) Membership of statutory supervisory boards in

1  Beginning or period of membership of the 

Germany. 

Supervisory Board. 

(cid:126) Comparable appointments in Germany and abroad.

 
92 

Disclosures Required Under Takeover Law 

Group Management Report

Disclosures Required Under 
Takeover Law 

This section contains the Volkswagen Group’s disclosures relating to takeover law  
required by sections 289a(1) and 315a(1) of the HGB. 

C A P I TA L   ST R U C T U R E  
Volkswagen AG’s share capital amounted to €1,283,315,873.28 
(€1,283,315,873.28)  on  December  31,  2019.  It  was  composed 
of  295,089,818  ordinary  shares  and  206,205,445  preferred 
shares. Each share conveys a notional interest of €2.56 in the 
share capital. 

S H A R E H O L D E R   R I G H T S   A N D   O B L I G AT I O N S  
The  shares  convey  pecuniary  and  administrative  rights.  The 
pecuniary rights include in particular the shareholders’ right 
to  participate  in  profits  (section  58(4)  of  the  Aktiengesetz 
(AktG  –  German  Stock  Corporation  Act)),  the  right  to 
participate  in  liquidation  proceeds  (section  271  of  the  AktG) 
and  preemptive  rights  to  shares  in  the  event  of  capital 
increases (section 186 of the AktG) that can be disapplied by 
the Annual General Meeting with the approval of the Special 
Meeting  of  Preferred  Shareholders,  where  appropriate. 
Administrative rights include the right to attend the Annual 
General Meeting to speak there, to ask questions, to propose 
motions  and  to  exercise  voting  rights.  Shareholders  can 
enforce  these  rights  in  particular  through  actions  seeking 
disclosure and actions for avoidance. 

Each  ordinary  share  grants  the  holder  one  vote  at  the 
Annual General Meeting. The Annual General Meeting elects 
shareholder  representatives  to  the  Supervisory  Board  and 
elects the auditors; in particular, it resolves on the appropri-
ation of net profit, formally approves the actions of the Board 
of  Management  and  the  Supervisory  Board,  and  resolves  on 
amendments to the Articles of Association of Volkswagen AG, 
capitalization  measures  and  authorizations  to  purchase 
treasury  shares;  if  required,  it  also  resolves  on  the  perfor-
mance of a special audit, the removal before the end of their 
term  of  office  of  Supervisory  Board  members  elected  at  the 
Annual General Meeting and the winding-up of the Company. 
Preferred  shareholders  generally  have  no  voting  rights. 
However, in the exceptional case that they are granted voting 
rights  by  law  (for  example,  when  preferred  share  dividends 
were not paid in one year and not compensated for in full in 
the  following  year),  each  preferred  share  also  grants  the 
holder one vote at the Annual General Meeting. Furthermore, 

preferred shares entitle the holder to a €0.06 higher dividend 
than ordinary shares (further details on this right to preferred 
and additional dividends are  specified  in  Article  27(2)  of  the 
Articles of Association of Volkswagen AG). 

The Gesetz über die Überführung der Anteilsrechte an der 
Volkswagenwerk  Gesellschaft  mit  beschränkter  Haftung  in 
private Hand (VW-Gesetz – Act on the Privatization of Shares 
of Volkswagenwerk Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung) of 
July  21,  1960, as  amended  on  July  30,  2009,  includes  various 
provisions  in  derogation  of  the  German  Stock  Corporation 
Act,  for  example  on  the  exercise  of  voting  rights  by  proxy 
(section 3 of the VW-Gesetz) and on majority voting require-
ments at the Annual General Meeting (section 4(3) of the VW-
Gesetz).  

In  accordance  with  the  Volkswagen  AG  Articles  of  Asso-
ciation (Article 11(1)), the State of Lower Saxony is entitled to 
appoint  two  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  of  Volks-
wagen AG for as long as it directly or indirectly holds at least 
15% of Volkswagen AG’s ordinary shares. In addition, resolu-
tions by the Annual General Meeting that are required by law 
to  be  adopted  by  a  qualified  majority  require  a  majority  of 
more  than  four-fifths  of  the  share  capital  of  the  Company 
represented  when  the  resolution  is  adopted  (Article  25(2)), 
regardless of the provisions of the VW-Gesetz. 

S H A R E H O L D I N G S   E XC E E D I N G   1 0 %   O F   V O T I N G   R I G H T S  
Shareholdings  in  Volkswagen  AG  that  exceed  10%  of  voting 
rights  are  shown  in  the  notes  to  the  annual  financial 
statements  of  Volkswagen  AG,  which  are  available  online  at 
https://www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations.html. 
The  current  notifications  regarding  changes  in  voting  rights 
in accordance with the Wertpapierhandelsgesetz (WpHG – Ger-
man Securities Trading Act) are also published on this website. 

C O M P O S I T I O N   O F   T H E   S U P E R V I S O R Y   B O A R D  
The Supervisory Board consists of 20 members, half of whom 
are  shareholder  representatives.  In  accordance  with  Article 
11(1)  of  the  Articles  of  Association  of  Volkswagen  AG,  the 
State  of  Lower  Saxony  is  entitled  to  appoint  two  of  these 
shareholder  representatives  for  as  long  as  it  directly  or  indi-

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Disclosures Required Under Takeover Law

93

rectly  holds  at  least  15%  of  the  Company’s  ordinary  shares. 
The  remaining  shareholder  representatives  on  the  Super-
visory Board are elected by the Annual General Meeting. 

The  other  half  of  the  Supervisory  Board  consists  of 
employee representatives elected by the employees in accor-
dance  with  the  Mitbestimmungsgesetz  (MitbestG  –  German 
Codetermination  Act).  A  total  of  seven  of  these  employee 
representatives  are  Company  employees  elected  by  the 
workforce; the other three employee representatives are trade 
union representatives elected by the workforce. 

The  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Board  is  generally  a 
shareholder  representative  elected  by  the  other  members  of 
the Supervisory Board. In the event that a Supervisory Board 
vote  is  tied,  the  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Board  has  a 
casting vote in accordance with the MitbestG. 

The  goals  for  the  composition  of  the  Supervisory  Board 
are described on page 62 of the Corporate Governance Report. 
Information about the composition of the Supervisory Board 
at the end of the reporting period can be found on pages 89 
to 91 of this annual report. 

STAT U TO R Y   R E Q U I R E M E N T S   A N D   R E Q U I R E M E N T S   O F   T H E   A R T I -

C L E S   O F   A S S O C I AT I O N   W I T H   R E G A R D   TO   T H E   A P P O I N T M E N T   A N D  

R E M O VA L   O F   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   M E M B E R S   A N D   TO  

A M E N D M E N T S   T O   T H E   A R T I C L E S   O F   A S S O C I AT I O N  

The  appointment  and  removal  of  members  of  the  Board  of 
Management are governed by sections 84 and 85 of the AktG, 
which specify that members of the Board of Management are 
appointed  by  the  Supervisory  Board  for  a  maximum  of  five 
years.  Board  of  Management  members  may  be  reappointed 
or have their term of office extended for a maximum of five 
years  in  each  case.  In  addition,  Article  6  of  the  Articles  of 
Association  of  Volkswagen  AG  states  that  the  number  of 
Board  of  Management  members  is  stipulated  by  the  Super-
visory Board and that the Board of Management must consist 
of at least three persons. 

The Annual General Meeting resolves amendments to the 
Articles  of  Association  (section  119(1)  of  the  AktG).  In 
accordance  with  section  4(3)  of  the  VW-Gesetz  as  amended 
on  July  30,  2009  and  Article  25(2)  of  the  Articles  of  Asso-
ciation  of  Volkswagen  AG,  Annual  General  Meeting  resolu-
tions to amend the Articles of Association require a majority 
of more than four-fifths of the share capital represented. 

P O W E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T,   I N   PA R T I C U L A R   C O N -

C E R N I N G   T H E   I S S U E   O F   N E W   S H A R E S   A N D   T H E   R E P U R C H A S E   O F  

T R E A S U R Y   S H A R E S  

According  to  German  stock  corporation  law,  the  Annual 
General Meeting can authorize the Board of Management, for 
a  maximum  period  of  five  years,  to  issue  new  shares.  It  can 
also  authorize  the  Board  of  Management,  for  a  maximum 
period of five years, to issue bonds on the basis of which new 
shares  are  to  be  issued.  The  Annual  General  Meeting  also 
decides  the  extent  to  which  shareholders  have  preemptive 

rights to the new shares or bonds. The maximum amount of 
authorized  share  capital  or  contingent  capital  available  for 
these  purposes  is  determined  by  Article  4  of  the  Articles  of 
Association of Volkswagen AG, as amended.  

At  the  Annual  General  Meeting  on  May  14,  2019,  a 
resolution was passed authorizing the Board of Management, 
with  the  consent  of  the  Supervisory  Board,  to  increase  the 
Company’s  share  capital  by  a  total  of  up  to  €179.2  million 
(corresponding  to  70  million  shares)  on  one  or  more 
occasions  up  to  May  13,  2024  by  issuing  new  nonvoting 
preferred shares against cash contributions. This replaced the 
authorization dating from 2015. 

Further  details  of  the  authorization  to  issue  new  shares 
and  their  permitted  uses  may  be  found  in  the  notes  to  the 
consolidated financial statements on page 259.  

M AT E R I A L   A G R E E M E N T S   O F   T H E   PA R E N T   C O M PA N Y   I N   T H E   E V E N T  

O F   A   C H A N G E   O F   C O N T R O L   F O L L O W I N G   A   TA K E O V E R   B I D  

At  the  end  of  fiscal  year  2019,  a  banking  syndicate  granted 
Volkswagen  AG  a  syndicated  line  of  credit  amounting  to 
€10.0 billion  that  initially  runs  until  December  2024.  It 
replaces the previous line of credit amounting to €5.0 billion 
that  would  have  expired  in  April  2020.  With  the  new  line  of 
credit  the  syndicate  members  were  granted  the  right  to  call 
their  portion  of  the  syndicated  line  of  credit  in  two  cases.  A 
call right exists if one individual or several individuals acting 
jointly who as of the date of this agreement exercise control 
over  the  Company  have  legal  or  economic  ownership  of 
shares  that  together  make  up  more  than  90%  of  the  voting 
rights of the Company. However, a call right also exists if one 
individual or several individuals acting jointly who as of the 
date  of  this  agreement  do  not  exercise  control  over  the 
Company obtain control over the Company. Such a call right 
does  not  exist,  however,  if  one  shareholder  or  several 
shareholders  of  Porsche  Automobil  Holding  SE  or  one  or 
several legal entities from the Porsche or Piëch family directly 
or indirectly obtains control over the Company.  

The  Volkswagen  AG  and  Ford  Motor  Company  entered 
into  a Master  Collaboration  Agreement  on  January  14,  2019. 
This  agreement  sets  out  a  framework  of  obligations,  which 
are to apply to each and every co-operation agreement to be 
entered  into  between  the  Volkswagen  AG  and  Ford  Motor 
Company,  including  the  Development  Agreement  entered 
into  in  January  2019  for  the  development  of  the  next 
generation  Amarok.  The  Master  Collaboration  Agreement 
provides  for  a  right  of  termination  with  immediate  effect  in 
the  event  of  a  Change  of  Control.  A  Change  of  Control  has 
been  defined  to  mean  a  change  affecting  more  than  50%  of 
the voting rights of one of the companies or a change in the 
ability  to  directly  or  indirectly  control  the  management  of 
one  company  through  its  decision  making  bodies.  The  right 
of  termination  must  be  exercised  within  90  days  of  the 
company becoming aware of a Change of Control. 

 
 
94 

 Business Development  

Group Management Report

Business Development 

The robust growth of the global economy continued in fiscal year 2019 with a decrease 
in momentum. Global demand for vehicles was lower than in the previous year. 
 Amid persistently challenging market conditions, the Volkswagen Group 
delivered 10.97 million vehicles to customers. 

D E V E L O P M E N T S   I N   T H E   G L O B A L   E C O N O MY    
The global economy sustained its robust growth in 2019 with 
a  decrease  in  momentum:  global  gross  domestic  product 
(GDP)  rose  by  2.6 (3.2)%.  Economic  momentum  weakened 
compared  with  the  previous  year,  both  in  advanced  econ-
omies  and  emerging  markets.  With  interest  rates  remaining 
comparatively low and prices for energy and other commod-
ities falling year-on-year on the whole, consumer prices also 
declined  worldwide.  Growing  upheaval  in  trade  policy  at 
international  level  and  continuing  geopolitical  tensions  led 
to much greater economic uncertainty and resulted in a wane 
in the international trade of goods. 

individual  countries  from  this  region  that  export  raw  mate-
rials.  At  1.1 (2.2)%,  the  growth  of  the  Russian  economy,  the 
region’s largest economy, halved compared with the previous 
year.  

The  Turkish  economy  showed  a  slightly  positive  rate  of 
change of 0.5 (2.9)%. Increased tariffs along with the depreci-
ation  of  the  Turkish  lira,  which  was  accompanied  by  very 
high  inflation,  led  to  a  decline  in  purchasing  power.  South 
Africa’s  GDP  rose  by  just  0.2 (0.8)%  in  the  reporting  period, 
down  further  on  the  already  low  figure  for  the  prior  period. 
Ongoing  structural  deficits,  social  unrest  and  political  chal-
lenges weighed on the economy. 

Europe/Other Markets 
GDP  growth  in  Western  Europe  slowed  to  1.2 (1.8)%  as  the 
year  went  on.  The  rate  of  change  in  nearly  all  countries  in 
northern  and  southern  Europe  declined  compared  with  the 
previous  year.  The  uncertain  outcome  of  the  Brexit  negoti-
ations between the United Kingdom and the European Union 
(EU)  continued  to  generate  uncertainty,  as  did  the  related 
question  of  what  form  this  relationship  would  take  in  the 
future. The unemployment rate in the eurozone continued to 
decrease,  falling  to  an  average  of  7.5 (8.1)%,  though  rates 
remained  considerably  higher  –  albeit  declining  –  in  Greece 
and Spain.  

At  2.3 (3.3)%,  the  Central  and  Eastern  Europe  region  also 
recorded a slower growth rate in the reporting period than in 
the previous year. In Central Europe, GDP growth tapered off 
at a relatively high level. Economic growth in Eastern Europe 
was also weaker. Lower prices for energy and other commod-
ities  led  to  a  deterioration  in  the  economic  situation  of  the 

Germany  
Germany’s  GDP  continued  to  grow  in  2019  on  the  back  of  
the  strong  labor  market,  though  momentum  diminished 
markedly  year-on-year  to  0.5 (1.5)%.  Both  business  and  con-
sumer sentiment darkened further as the year progressed. 

North America 
Economic growth in the USA declined in the reporting period, 
reaching  2.3 (2.9)%.  The  economy  was  supported  mainly  by 
domestic consumer demand. The unemployment rate in the 
United  States  was  at  3.7 (3.9)%.  Given  the  global  uncertainty, 
the  US  Federal  Reserve  lowered  its  key  rate  amid  relatively 
steady  inflation,  thus  reversing  the  tightening  of  monetary 
policy it had initiated in the meantime. The US dollar gained 
strength against the euro in the course of the year. Growth in 
Canada  decreased  to  1.6 (2.0)%,  while  the  Mexican  economy 
stagnated at a rate of 0.1 (2.1)%. 

Group Management Report 

Business Development

95

E C O N O M I C  G R O W T H
Percentage change in GDP

8
8

7
7

6
6

5
5

4
4

3
3

2
2

1
1

0
0

Global economy
Western Europe 
Germany
USA
China

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

South America 
Brazil’s  economy  once  again  recorded  only  slight  growth,  at 
1.1 (1.3)%. The situation in South America’s largest economy 
remained  tense  due  to  political  uncertainty,  among  other 
factors. The economic situation in Argentina deteriorated fur-
ther as the year went on. Amid continuing high inflation and 
at  the  same  time  considerable  devaluation  of  the  local  cur-
rency, the country remained in recession, with GDP falling by 
2.6 (–2.5)%.  

Sector-specific environment 
The sector-specific environment was influenced significantly 
by fiscal policy measures, which contributed considerably to 
the  mixed  trends  in  sales  volumes  in  the  markets  last  year. 
These  measures  included  tax  cuts  or  increases,  incentive 
programs and sales incentives, as well as import duties. 

In addition, non-tariff trade barriers to protect the respec-
tive  domestic  automotive  industry  made  the  movement  of 
vehicles, parts and components more difficult.  

Asia-Pacific 
At  6.2 (6.6)%,  China’s  economy  recorded  a  growth  rate  at  a 
high level in 2019, but its rate of expansion was slightly lower 
than  in  the  previous  year.  Government  support  provided  in 
response  to  the  trade  policy  dispute  between  China  and  the 
US continued in the course of 2019. The Indian economy saw 
growth of 4.8 (6.8)% in the reporting period. Japan’s GDP grew 
by only 1.1 (0.3)%. 

T R E N D S   I N   T H E   M A R K E T S   F O R   PA S S E N G E R   C A R S   A N D    

L I G H T   C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S  
In  fiscal  year  2019,  the  global  market  volume  of  passenger 
cars  fell  below  the  prior-year  level  for  the  second  year  in  a 
row,  decreasing  to  79.6 million  vehicles  (–4.0%).  While  new 
registrations  in  Western  Europe  and  in  Central  and  Eastern 
Europe exceeded the prior-year figure, the overall markets in 
the  Middle  East,  North  America,  South  America  and  espe-
cially Asia-Pacific recorded a dip in demand. 

Global  demand  for  light  commercial  vehicles  in  the 

reporting period was down moderately on the previous year. 

Europe/Other Markets 
In  Western  Europe,  the  number  of  new  passenger  car  regis-
trations in the reporting period was up 0.6% on the prior-year 
figure,  at  14.4 million.  New  vehicle  registrations  were  mixed 
in the largest single markets. France (+1.6%) slightly exceeded 
the  previous  year’s  figure.  While  Italy  stagnated  (+0.3%), 
Spain recorded a moderate (–4.7%) decline. The UK passenger 
car  market  saw  a  weaker  continuation  of  the  negative  trend 
from  the  previous  years  (–2.4%).  This  was  due,  among  other 
things,  to  the  uncertain  outcome  of  the  Brexit  negotiations 
with  the  EU.  The  share  of  diesel  vehicles  (passenger  cars)  in 
Western Europe slipped to 32.0 (36.4)% in the reporting year. 

Despite the uncertain outcome of the Brexit negotiations 
between  the  EU  and UK, new  light  commercial  vehicle  regis-
trations  in  Western  Europe  in  the  reporting  period  slightly 
exceeded  the  prior-year  level;  WLTP-related  pull-forward 
effects provided a degree of stimulus. 

 
96 

 Business Development  

Group Management Report

E X C H A N G E  R A T E   M O V E M E N T S   F R O M   D E C E M B E R  2 0 1 8  T O  D E C E M B E R  2 0 1 9
Index based on month-end prices: as of December 31, 2018 = 100

EUR to GBP
EUR to USD
EUR to CNY
EUR to JPY

105
105

100
100

95
95

90
90

D

J

F

M

A

M

J

J

A

S

O

N

D

In the Central and Eastern Europe region, the market volume 
of  passenger  cars  in  fiscal  year  2019  rose  slightly  by  2.7% 
year-on-year to 3.6 million vehicles. New passenger car regis-
trations in the EU member states of Central Europe increased 
further  by  5.8%  to  1.5 million  units.  In  Eastern  Europe,  pas-
senger  car  sales  matched  the  level  of  the  previous  year 
(+0.2%). Following a solid start in spite of the value-added tax 
increase  as  of  January 1,  2019,  the  Russian  passenger  car 
market  weakened  as  the  year  went  on  and was  down  on  the 
prior-year figure at the end of the reporting period (–2.2%).  

Registration  volumes  of  light  commercial  vehicles  in 
Central  and  Eastern  Europe  were  at  the  same  level  as  the 
previous year, while the number of vehicles sold in Russia in 
the  reporting  period  was  distinctly  lower  than  in  the  prior 
year. 

The  Turkish  passenger  car  market  recorded  a  substantial 
drop  in  demand  of  20.4%,  largely  due  to  the  deteriorating 
macroeconomic  situation.  In  South  Africa  (–2.7%),  the 
number  of  new  passenger  car  registrations  in  the  reporting 
period  was  below  the  comparatively  low  level  seen  in  recent 
years, also due to slow macroeconomic momentum.  

Germany 
New passenger car registrations in Germany in the reporting 
period  exceeded  the  previous  year’s  high  level,  rising  to 
3.6 million  units  (+5.0%).  In  addition  to  the  strong  labor 
market and the rise in commercial demand, sales incentives, 
particularly  in  the  form  of  an  environmental  bonus,  under-
pinned the positive trend. 

However,  domestic  production  and  exports  once  again  fell 
short of the comparable prior-year figures in 2019: passenger 
car  production  decreased  by  9.0%  to  4.7 million  vehicles, 
mainly  due  to  the  12.8%  drop  in  passenger  car  exports  to 
3.5 million units. This was primarily a result of the slowdown 
in global market growth and markedly lower exports of pas-
senger cars fitted with diesel engines. 

Demand for light commercial vehicles in Germany in the 

reporting period was perceptibly higher than in 2018. 

North America 
At  20.2 million  vehicles,  sales  of  passenger  cars  and  light 
commercial vehicles (up to 6.35 tonnes) in the North America 
region  in  fiscal  year  2019  were  down  slightly  on  the  prior-
year  figure  (–2.3%).  The  market  volume  in  the  USA  also  fell 
somewhat  short  of  the  level  in  2018  at  17.0 million  units  
(–1.6%). The shift in demand from traditional passenger cars  
(–10.1%)  to  light  commercial  vehicles  such  as  SUVs  and 
pickup  models  (+2.6%)  also  continued  in  the  reporting 
period.  In  the  Canadian  automotive  market,  the  downward 
trend that had begun in the previous year continued during 
the  reporting  period  (–4.3%).  In  Mexico,  sales  of  passenger 
cars and light commercial vehicles fell short of the prior-year 
figure (–8.2%) for the third year in a row. 

South America 
In the markets of the South America region, new registrations 
for  passenger  cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles  decreased 
on  the  whole  in  2019  to  4.3 million  units  (–5.0%).  While  in 
Brazil the recovery in the demand for automobiles continued, 

Group Management Report 

Business Development

97

providing  for  a  growth  rate  of  7.7%,  new  registrations,  at 
2.7 million,  remained  much  lower  than  the  record  level 
achieved in 2012. Exports of vehicles manufactured in Brazil 
continued to decline, falling by 31.9% to 428 thousand units. 
In  the  Argentinian  market,  the  deterioration  in  the  macro-
economic  situation  once  again  had  a  negative  impact  on 
demand  for  passenger  cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles, 
with sales figures declining drastically by 43.0%. 

Asia-Pacific 
Following  slight  decreases  in  2018,  the  market  volume  of 
passenger cars in the Asia-Pacific region weakened further to 
stand at 34.0 million units at the end of the reporting period 
(–6.0%). This was largely due to falling demand in China and 
India.  The  trade  dispute  with  the  United  States  weighed  on 
the  Chinese  market,  leading  to  a  distinct  reduction  (–6.4%). 
On  the  Indian  market,  passenger  car  sales  dropped  11.9%  in 
total  compared  with  the  previous  year.  The  Japanese  pas-
senger car market fell 2.4% short of the prior-year volume.  

Demand for light commercial vehicles in the Asia-Pacific 
region declined distinctly as against the previous year. Regis-
tration volumes in China, the region’s dominant market and 
the largest market worldwide, fell markedly year-on-year. The 
number of new vehicle registrations in India saw a noticeable 
decrease versus the prior year, while in Thailand the number 
was on a level with the previous year.  

T R E N D S   I N   T H E   M A R K E T S   F O R   C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S  
Global  demand  for  mid-sized  and  heavy  trucks  with  a  gross 
weight of more than six tonnes in the markets that are rele-
vant for the Volkswagen Group was higher in fiscal year 2019 
than  in  the  previous  year,  with  609 thousand  new  vehicle 
registrations (+2.8%).  

In Western Europe, the number of new truck registrations 
was up 3.1% on the prior-year figure at a total of 306 thousand 
vehicles.  In  Germany,  Western  Europe’s  largest  market,  the 
previous year’s level was exceeded moderately. While demand 
in  the  United  Kingdom  rose  markedly  due  to  pull-forward 
effects  caused  by  the  uncertain  outcome  of  the  Brexit  nego-
tiations with the EU, demand in Italy decreased perceptibly. 

The Central and Eastern Europe region saw demand recede 
by  6.7% to  159 thousand  units  owing  to  the  deterioration in 
the economic climate. The Russian market contracted further 
as  the  year  progressed,  recording  a  distinct  year-on-year 
decrease. New registrations there were down 6.9% to 73 thou-
sand vehicles. 

In fiscal year 2019, the market volume in South America 
rose  markedly  compared  with  the  previous  year,  with  the 
number  of  new  vehicle  registrations  climbing  15.1%  to 

145 thousand  units.  In  Brazil,  the  region’s  largest  market, 
demand  for  trucks  grew  very  sharply  compared  with  the 
relatively low figure for the prior-year period as a consequence 
of  the  economic  recovery.  By  contrast,  Argentina  saw  new 
registrations fall substantially. This was due to weak economic 
performance with a related weakening of the peso and rising 
interest rates.  

Demand for buses in the markets that are relevant for the 
Volkswagen Group was much higher than in the previous year. 
The markets in Brazil as well as in Western Europe contributed 
in  particular  to  this  growth.  Demand  in  Central  and  Eastern 
Europe was moderately higher year-on-year.  

T R E N D S   I N   T H E   M A R K E T S   F O R   P O W E R   E N G I N E E R I N G  
The  markets  for  power  engineering  are  subject  to  differing 
regional  and  economic  factors.  Consequently,  their  business 
growth trends are mostly independent of each other.  

In  2019,  the  marine  market  contracted  to  a  much  lower 
level than in the previous year. Demand in merchant shipping 
fell,  mainly  due  to  economic  uncertainty  such  as  the  trade 
dispute between China and the United States and to environ-
mental  requirements,  for  example  a  reduction  of  the  sulfur 
content  in  marine  fuel  that  became  effective  on  January 1, 
2020.  Demand  for  cruise  ships,  passenger  ferries,  fishing 
vessels and dredgers remained steady. The special market for 
government vessels also continued on a stable trajectory. The 
existing  overcapacity  in  the  market  curbed  investment  in 
offshore oil production and thus in new ship construction in 
this segment. Plans for tighter emission standards resulted in 
a  positive  trend  toward  gas-powered  or  dual-fuel-engined 
ships. China, South Korea and Japan remained the dominant 
shipbuilding countries, accounting for a global market share 
of  85%  measured  in  terms  of  the  number  of  ships.  Because 
market  volumes  are  still  low,  all  segments  in  the  marine 
market were continuing to experience significant competition 
and strong pricing pressure as a result. 

The  market  for  power  generation  continued  the  positive 
trend seen in 2018. Higher demand was registered in all areas 
of  application,  in  particular  for  gas.  This  confirms  the  shift 
away  from  oil-fired  power  plants  towards  dual-fuel  and  gas-
fired  power  plants.  Demand  for  energy  solutions  remained 
high,  with  a  strong  trend  towards  greater  flexibility  and 
decentralized  availability.  The  economies  of  key  emerging 
markets  developed  positively.  However,  continued  strong 
pressure from competition and pricing was discernible in all 
projects, having a negative impact on the earnings quality of 
orders. Furthermore, order placement was often delayed due 
to  persistently  difficult  financing  conditions  for  customers, 
particularly in emerging markets.  

 
98 

 Business Development  

Group Management Report

In 2019, the market for turbomachinery showed a pronounced 
improvement year-on-year. Demand for turbo compressors in 
the raw materials, oil, gas and processing industries recovered 
steadily over the year, buoyed by pent-up demand following 
several years of muted investment. The steam and gas turbine 
business  continued  to  be  dominated  by  overcapacity  on  the 
part  of  electricity  producers  and  recorded  only  a  slight 
improvement compared with the previous year. Pressure from 
competition  and  pricing  eased  somewhat  year-on-year,  and 
there were signs of a recovery as a result of improved use of 
market participants’ engineering and manufacturing capacity. 
The  marine  after-sales  business  for  diesel  engines  per-
formed positively and benefited from a continued increase in 
interest in long-term maintenance contracts and retrofitting 
solutions. The power plant after-sales business was negatively 
impacted by shifts in the energy mix and regulatory changes 
in key sales markets. The global after-sales market for turbo-
machinery  registered  a  marked  improvement  year-on-year 
and,  like  new  construction,  benefited  from  pent-up  demand 
from previous years.  

T R E N D S   I N   T H E   M A R K E T   F O R   F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S  
Amid  a  contraction  in  the  overall  market,  demand  for  auto-
motive financial services was again on a high level in 2019 due, 
among other reasons, to the persistently low key interest rates 
in  the  main  currency  areas.  Service  products  such  as  main-
tenance  and  servicing  agreements  or  insurance  were  espe-
cially  popular,  as  customers  in  more  advanced  automotive 
financial services markets are putting their focus on reducing 
total cost of ownership. In the fleet segment, more customers 
elicited the support of automotive financial service providers 
in  order  to  optimize  their  entire  mobility  management 
beyond  mere  fleet  operation.  There  was  also  increased 
demand  from  both  private  and  business  customers  for 
mobility  services  centered  on  vehicle  usage  rather  than  on 
ownership. 

Overall,  a  small  increase  in  the  demand  for  new  vehicles 
was  recorded  in  the  European  market  in  2019.  As  a  conse-
quence,  the  number  of  new  lease  and  financing  contracts 
signed  also  increased  slightly.  The  share  of  loan-financed  or 
leased  new  vehicles  remained  stable  in  France  and  Spain, 
while  Italy  saw  significant  volume  growth.  Sales  of  used 
vehicles in Europe rose somewhat, while a minor decrease was 
recorded  in  lease  and  financing  contracts  for  used  vehicles. 
There was increased demand for after-sales products such as 
servicing,  maintenance  and  spare  parts  agreements  in  2019. 
The number of automotive-related insurances grew modestly. 

In Germany, the share of loan-financed or leased new vehicles 
was  lifted  further  in  the  reporting  period.  There  was  also 
greater demand for after-sales products and integrated mobil-
ity solutions in the business customer segment.  

In  South  Africa,  demand  for  financing  and  insurance 

products fell slightly. 

In the markets of the  USA and Mexico, demand for auto-
motive financial services remained at a high level in 2019. In 
the USA, demand for leasing through captive financial services 
products in particular was consistently high. 

In Brazil, the consumer credit business was in line with the 
restrained positive trend seen in 2018. However, the country- 
specific  financial  services  product  Consorcio,  a  lottery-style 
savings plan, saw falling sales. Nearly half of the new vehicle 
sales  were  covered  by  financial  services  products  in  the 
reporting period. In the Argentinian market, the sharp rise in 
interest rates resulting from the most recent economic crisis 
posed a challenge for sales of financing and leasing products. 
Demand for automotive financial services across the Asia-
Pacific  region  was  mixed  in  2019.  In  China,  new  contract 
growth slowed as a result of the downturn in vehicle sales. The 
relaxation  of  existing  restrictions  on  registrations  in  metro-
politan areas, in addition to the situation in the interior of the 
country  and  for  the  used  vehicles  market,  offers  great 
potential in terms of acquiring new customers for automotive-
related financial services. Demand for financial services prod-
ucts was slightly weaker in India and in Japan. 

The  demand  for  financial  services  in  the  Commercial 
Vehicles  Business  Area  also  varied  from  region  to  region.  In 
Europe,  financial  services  including  after-sales  registered  a 
slight increase compared to 2018. In Brazil, the truck and bus 
business  and  the  related  financial  services  market  recorded 
strong growth.  

N E W   G R O U P   M O D E L S   I N   2 0 1 9  
We launched a large number of attractive new models in fiscal 
year  2019  with  which  we  aim  to  excite  our  customers.  Our 
extensive  product  portfolio  covers  almost  all  key  segments 
and body types, with offerings from small cars to super sports 
cars in the passenger car segment, and from pickups to heavy 
trucks and buses in the commercial vehicles segment, as well 
as motorcycles.  

The Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand continued its global 
product  initiative  in  the  past  year,  rounding  out  its  SUV 
portfolio with the new T-Cross. The T-Cross wins over custom-
ers with its colorful individualization options for the vehicle’s 
interior  and  exterior  along  with  considerable  versatility  in 

Group Management Report 

Business Development

99

the interior. The new T-Roc R stands out in particular due to 
its  striking  dynamics  for  its  vehicle  class.  The  Passat  –  a 
classic in the model range – was given a fresh look and many 
new  technical  features  and  is  the  first  Volkswagen  to  be 
equipped  with  the  latest  generation  of  the  infotainment 
system  that  is  now  permanently  connected  to  the  internet. 
Innovative  driver  assistance  systems  such  as  Travel  Assist 
have also been included. In addition to the Passat GTE, which 
has  also  been  updated,  Volkswagen  is  pushing  the  electrifi-
cation of its model range with the new e-up!, which now has a 
range of up to 260 km. The e-Golf and electric versions of the 
popular Bora and Lavida saloons were launched in China. The 
Magotan received a sweeping model update. Volkswagen met 
the  steadily  growing  demand  for  SUV  models  with  the 
Teramont X SUV coupé and a version of the T-Cross that has 
been adapted to meet the needs of local customers. Successor 
models to the Bora, Polo and Sagitar were unveiled. To tap the 
full  potential  of  the  Chinese  market,  Volkswagen  Passenger 
Cars  launched  the  JETTA  brand  there,  closing  a  gap  between 
the  volume  segment  and  entry-level  mobility  with  its  VA3 
and  VS5  models.  JETTA  appeals  in  particular  to  first-time 
buyers  by  offering  a  fresh  design,  a  high  level  of  safety  and 
good  value  for  money.  In  the  United  States,  a  completely 
updated  version  of  the  Passat  was  unveiled  in  2019.  South 
America  saw  the  premiere  of  the  T-Cross,  which  has  been 
tailored to the needs of local customers. 

The Audi brand brought out the versatile Q3 Sportback in 
2019. In showcasing the RS Q3 and RS Q4 models, the brand is 
demonstrating  its  expertise  as  a  manufacturer  of  high-
performance  vehicles.  This  was  also  impressively  evident 
elsewhere:  the  Audi  e-tron  SUV  with  its  all-electric  drive 
system was launched in Europe, China and the United States. 
A high-quality interior and a plethora of technical highlights 
make  this  a  compelling  vehicle;  for  example,  thin  cameras 
and  displays  in  the  door  trims  take  over  the  function  of  the 
exterior  mirrors.  With  extensive  product  updates  in  the  A4 
and  Q7  series,  the  successful  models  not  only  have  a  fresh 
look  but  are  also  made  more  efficient  by  mild  hybrid 
versions. In China, the best-selling A6 saloon and the Q3 were 
modernized from the ground up in 2019. 

ŠKODA  rolled  out  the  new  Scala  in  the  reporting  period. 
The  hatchback  impresses  with  a  spacious  interior,  the  latest 
technology  based  on  the  Modular Transverse  Toolkit and  an 
attractive price-performance ratio. With the new Kamiq SUV, 
ŠKODA  is  meeting  the high  demand  for  compact  SUVs.  Both 

the Superb saloon and the Superb estate have been revamped 
and provide the latest connectivity solutions.  

The  SEAT  brand  continued  its  SUV  product  initiative  in 
2019 with the Tarraco. The model joins the smaller Arona and 
Ateca  models  in  the  offroader  series  and  stands  out  with  its 
assertive, emotional design language. SEAT launched its first 
model with an all-electric drive, the Mii electric.  

In  2019,  Porsche  impressed  its  customers  with  the  all-
electric Taycan featuring a puristic design, an all-digital inte-
rior and dynamic performance. In addition, different versions 
of the reinterpreted iconic car, the 911, were rolled out; this is 
distinguished by many Porsche Connect functions as well as 
by  vehicle  components  that  can  be  adjusted  to  the  driving 
situation, such as the chassis and transmission. The Cayenne 
Coupé  also  boasts  a  variety  of  features  ranging  from  its 
carbon roof to an E-Hybrid version.  

After  launching  the  third  generation  of  the  Continental 
GT in the preceding year, Bentley rolled out the open-top GTC 
version  in  the  reporting  period.  In  addition,  the  brand 
expanded its successful Bentayga series by adding the power-
ful  yet  low-emission  Bentayga  Hybrid  and  the  dynamic 
Bentayga  Speed.  The  new  Flying  Spur  once  again  claims  the 
apex  of  the  automotive  premium  class  for  itself  with 
expressive lines and technical innovations. 

In  2019,  Lamborghini  upgraded  its  Huracán  EVO  Coupé 
and Spyder super sports cars and brought out the Aventador 
SVJ Roadster. 

Bugatti  celebrated  its  110th  birthday  in  2019  with  a 
special  edition  of  the  Chiron  Sport.  The  one-off  Bugatti  La 
Voiture  Noire  pays  homage  to  the  golden  era  of  Ettore  and 
Jean Bugatti in the 1930s. 

Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles has extensively updated 
all  versions  of  the  T6.  The  T6.1  impressively  offers  a  new 
instrument  cluster  and  center  console,  including  the  latest 
generation  of  the  infotainment  system,  as  well  as  a  com-
pletely redesigned front end. 

In  2019,  Scania  unveiled  the  new  generation  of  Citywide 
buses, which will be offered with a wide variety of drive con-
cepts including an all-electric version.  

MAN  presented  the  latest  generation  of  its  Lion’s  City 
series  of  city  buses  in  fiscal  year  2019;  these  can  be  ordered 
with a diesel, gas or electric drive. 

The models Ducati launched in 2019 include the Panigale 
V4 R, the Monster 821 Stealth, two versions of the Multistrada 
and four upgraded members of the Scrambler family.  

 
 
  
 
100 

 Business Development  

Group Management Report

V O L K SWA G E N   G R O U P   D E L I V E R I E S  
The  Volkswagen  Group  delivered  10,974,636  vehicles  to  cus-
tomers worldwide in 2019. This exceeded the previous year’s 
figure by 1.3% and set a new record. The Volkswagen Commer-
cial Vehicles brand has been reported as part of the Passenger 
Cars  Business  Area  since  January  1,  2019.  The  prior-year 
figures have been adjusted accordingly. The chart on the next 
page  shows  how  deliveries  changed  from  month  to  month 
and compares each monthly figure to the same month of the 
previous  year.  Deliveries  of  passenger  cars  and  commercial 
vehicles are reported separately in the following.  

V O L K SWA G E N   G R O U P   D E L I V E R I E S 1  

2019

2018

Passenger Cars 

10,732,415

10,601,014

Commercial Vehicles 

242,221

232,994

Total 

10,974,636

10,834,008

%

+1.2

+4.0

+1.3

1  Prior-year deliveries have been updated or amended to reflect subsequent statistical 

trends and the changed reporting structure.  
The figures include the Chinese joint ventures. 

G L O B A L   D E L I V E R I E S   B Y   T H E   PA S S E N G E R   C A R S   B U S I N E S S   A R E A  
With its passenger car brands, the Volkswagen Group is pres-
ent in all relevant automotive markets around the world. The 
key  sales  markets  currently  include  Western  Europe,  China, 
the  USA,  Brazil,  Russia,  Mexico  and  Poland.  The  Group 
recorded encouraging growth in many key markets. 

During  the  reporting  period,  deliveries  of  passenger  cars 
to Volkswagen Group customers worldwide rose to 10,732,415 
units  amid  difficult  conditions  resulting  primarily  from 
mainly declining overall markets. Year-on-year, the number of 
deliveries  increased  by  131,401  vehicles  or  1.2%.  The  Group’s 
new  SUV  models  made  a  particular  contribution  to  this 
increase. As the passenger car market as a whole declined by 
4.0% over the same period, the Volkswagen Group’s share of 
the global market rose to 12.9 (12.2)%. The largest increases in 
volume  in  absolute  terms  were  seen  in  Germany  and  Brazil. 
In Argentina and Turkey, among other countries, sales figures 
were  down  on  the  previous  year.  The  Volkswagen  Passenger 
Cars,  SEAT,  Porsche  and  Lamborghini  brands  each  exceeded 
their  record  figures  from  the  previous  year.  The  brands  that 
achieved  the  largest  growth  in  absolute  terms  were  SEAT, 
Volkswagen Passenger Cars and Audi; ŠKODA and Volkswagen 
Commercial  Vehicles  both  fell  slightly  short  of  the  previous 
year’s high figures.  

The  table  on  page  103  gives  an  overview  of  passenger  car 
deliveries  to  customers  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  in  the 
regions  and  the  key  individual  markets.  The  trends  in 
demand  for  Group  models  in  these  markets  and  regions  are 
described in the following sections. 

Deliveries in Europe/Other markets 
In Western Europe, the Volkswagen Group delivered 3,627,693 
passenger  cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles  to  customers, 
exceeding  the  previous  year’s  figure  by  4.4%.  Our  deliveries 
rose in France, Italy and the United Kingdom, but registered a 
slight  decline  in  Spain.  As  the  overall  market  grew  by  0.6% 
over the same period, the Group’s share of the passenger car 
market in Western Europe increased to 22.8 (21.9)%. Negative 
effects arose from the public debate on driving bans for diesel 
vehicles  and  restricted  capacity  for  petrol  engines,  among 
other  things.  The  successful  launch  of  new  models  had  a 
positive  effect.  Encouraging  increases  in  deliveries  were 
recorded  by  the  T-Roc  and  Tiguan  Allspace  models  from 
Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars,  the  Karoq  and  Kodiaq  from 
ŠKODA,  the  Arona  and  Ateca  from  the  SEAT  brand,  the 
Porsche Macan, and the Crafter from Volkswagen Commercial 
Vehicles. Additionally, new or successor models introduced in 
the  previous  year  were  very  popular  with  customers,  these 
being  the  Touareg  from  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars  and 
Audi’s  A1  Sportback,  Q3,  A6  Avant  and  Q8.  The  T-Cross  and 
Passat from the Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand, the e-tron 
(Audi’s  first  all-electric  production  model),  the  Scala  and 
Kamiq  from  the  ŠKODA  brand,  the  SEAT  Tarraco  and  the 
Porsche  Cayenne  Coupé  were  successfully  launched  on  the 
market as new or successor models. 

In the Central and Eastern Europe region, the number of 
deliveries of passenger cars and light commercial vehicles to 
Volkswagen Group customers increased by 1.6% year-on-year 
during  the  reporting  period.  Demand  for  Group  models 
increased in Russia and Poland, while it declined in the Czech 
Republic.  Demand  developed  encouragingly  for  the  T-Roc, 
Tiguan  and  Touareg  models  from  the  Volkswagen  Passenger 
Cars brand, for ŠKODA’s Scala, Karoq and Kodiaq models, and 
for the SEAT Arona and Tarraco. The Volkswagen Group’s share 
of  the  passenger  car  market  in  Central  and  Eastern  Europe 
was 20.3 (20.6)%. 

In  Turkey,  the  Volkswagen  Group  delivered  29.4%  fewer 
vehicles  than  in  the  previous  year  in  a  substantially  weaker 
overall  market.  In  South  Africa’s  declining  passenger  car 
market, demand for Volkswagen Group vehicles fell by 0.4%. 
The  Polo  from  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars  continued  to  be 
the most frequently sold Group model there.  

Group Management Report 

Business Development

101

V O L K S W A G E N   G R O U P  D E L I V E R I E S  B Y   M O N T H
Vehicles in thousands

2019
2019
2018
2018

1,100
1,100

1,000
1,000

900
900

800
800

700
700

J

F

M

A

M

J

J

A

S

O

N

D

Deliveries in Germany 
In  the  reporting  period,  the  German  passenger  car  market 
exceeded  the  high  prior-year  level  (+5.0%).  The  Volkswagen 
Group delivered 1,324,942 vehicles to customers in its home 
market, 6.1% more than in the previous year, which had been 
positively  influenced  by  the  environmental  bonus  among 
other things. Negative effects caused by the public debate on 
driving  bans  for  diesel  vehicles  and  restricted  capacity  for 
petrol engines were compensated by the successful introduc-
tion  of  new  models,  for  example.  The  Golf  continued  to  top 
the  list  of  the  most  popular  passenger  cars  in  Germany  in 
terms  of  registrations.  The  most  popular  Group  models  also 
included  the  T-Roc  and  Tiguan  from  Volkswagen  Passenger 
Cars,  the  Karoq,  Kodiaq  and  Superb  from  the  ŠKODA  brand, 
the  Arona  and  Ateca  from  the  SEAT  brand  and  the  Porsche 
Macan.  The  Touareg  from  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars,  the 
Audi A1 Sportback, Q3, Q3 Sportback, A6 Avant and Q8 as well 
as the ŠKODA Fabia, all of which had been introduced as new 
or  successor  models  over  the  course  of  the  previous  year, 
were  also  in  high  demand  from  customers.  The  T-Cross  and 
the  Passat  from  the  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars  brand,  the  
e-tron  (the  Audi  brand’s  first  all-electric  production  model),
the  ŠKODA  Scala  and  Kamiq,  the  SEAT  Tarraco  and  the
Porsche  Cayenne  Coupé  were  successfully  launched  on  the
market  as  new  or  successor  models  during  the  reporting
period.  Eight  Group  models  led  the  Kraftfahrt-Bundesamt
(KBA  –  German  Federal  Motor  Transport  Authority)  registra-
tion  statistics  in  their  respective  segments:  the  Polo,  Golf,
T-Roc,  Tiguan,  Touran,  Audi A6,  Porsche 911  and  Multivan/
Transporter. 

Deliveries in North America 
Demand  for  Volkswagen  Group  models  in  North  America  in 
the  reporting  period was  0.5% lower  at  948,309  vehicles  in a 
slightly declining overall passenger car and light commercial 
vehicle market. The Group’s market share was 4.7 (4.6)%. The 
Jetta and the Tiguan Allspace from the Volkswagen Passenger 
Cars brand were the most in-demand Group models in North 
America. 

In  the weaker US market,  demand  for Volkswagen  Group 
models  rose  by  2.5%  year-on-year  in  2019.  The  biggest 
increases  of  all  Group  models  were  recorded  by  the  Jetta, 
Tiguan  Allspace  and  Atlas  from  the  Volkswagen  Passenger 
Cars  brand,  the  Audi  A6  and  Q8,  and  the  Porsche  Cayenne. 
The  Audi  e-tron  and  the  new  Porsche  Macan  were  success-
fully launched on the market.  

In  Canada,  demand  for  Group  models  in  the  reporting 
period fell by 5.3% year-on-year in a shrinking overall market. 
The Golf, Jetta and Audi Q5 models as well as the new Tiguan 
Allspace and Atlas SUVs from the Volkswagen Passenger Cars 
brand were particularly popular. 

In the Mexican market, which was declining on the whole, 
the  Volkswagen  Group  delivered  7.4%  fewer  vehicles  to  cus-
tomers compared with the previous year. The Group models 
with  the  highest  level  of  demand  were  the  Vento,  Jetta  and 
Tiguan Allspace from the Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand. 

 
102 

 Business Development  

Group Management Report

W O R L D W I D E  D E L I V E R I E S  O F  T H E   M O S T   S U C C E S S F U L  G R O U P  M O D E L  R A N G E S   I N   2 0 1 9
Vehicles in thousands

Tiguan

Polo

Golf

Jetta

Passat

Lavida

ŠKODA Octavia

Audi A4

778

724

702

610

567

505

364

327

Deliveries in South America 
The  South  American  market  for  passenger  cars  and  light 
commercial vehicles declined overall in the reporting year. In 
this  region we delivered  551,734  vehicles  to  customers,  1.8% 
more  than  a  year  before.  The  Gol  and  Polo  from  the  Volks-
wagen  Passenger  Cars  brand  were  in  the  greatest  demand 
among  the  Group  models.  The  T-Cross  from  Volkswagen 
Passenger  Cars  was  successfully  introduced  to  the  market. 
The Volkswagen Group’s share of the passenger car market in 
South America rose to 12.8 (11.9)%.  

The  Brazilian  market  continued  its  recovery  path  in  the 
reporting  year.  The  Volkswagen  Group  benefited  from  this 
development and delivered 15.7% more vehicles to customers 
there than in the previous year. This was due primarily to the 
market  launch of  the  new T-Cross  from  the  Volkswagen Pas-
senger  Cars  brand,  as  well  as  the  success  of  the  Virtus,  Jetta 
and  Tiguan  Allspace  which  the  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars 
brand  had  introduced  to  the  market  in  the  previous  year  as 
new or successor models. Demand was also very encouraging 
for  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars’  Polo  and  Gol  models  as  well 
as for the Amarok from Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles. 

In Argentina, the Group recorded a 38.9% decline in sales 
year-on-year amid a dramatically weaker overall market. The 
Gol and Polo from Volkswagen Passenger Cars and the Amarok 
from Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles saw the highest demand 
of  all  Group  models.  The  T-Cross,  newly  introduced  by  the 

Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars  brand,  was  also  well  received  by 
customers. 

Deliveries in the Asia-Pacific region 
The market volume of passenger cars in the Asia-Pacific region 
weakened further in the reporting year. The Volkswagen Group 
delivered 4,517,375 units to customers in this region. This was 
0.3%  fewer  vehicles  than  in  the  previous  year.  The  Group’s 
market share in the Asia-Pacific region rose to 13.2 (12.4)%. 

China,  the  world’s  largest  single  market  and  the  main 
growth  driver  of  the  Asia-Pacific  region  for  many  years, 
recorded a distinct downturn in the reporting period. However, 
the  Volkswagen  Group  slightly  increased  sales  here  and 
delivered 0.6% more vehicles to customers in China than in the 
prior  year.  The  T-Roc,  Tayron,  Tharu,  Bora,  Passat  and  Lavida 
models  from  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars,  the  Audi  Q2L e-tron 
and  Q5L,  the  ŠKODA  Karoq  and  Kamiq,  as  well  as  the  Porsche 
Macan and Cayenne, all of which had been introduced as new 
or successor models over the course of the previous year, were 
in  especially  high  demand.  The  T-Cross,  Polo,  Sagitar  and 
Teramont  X  models  from  the  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars 
brand, the Audi Q3, A6L and Q8, and the ŠKODA Kodiaq GT and 
Porsche Cayenne Coupé were successfully launched on the mar-
ket as new or successor models during the reporting period. In 
addition,  the  Volkswagen  sub-brand  JETTA  celebrated  its  suc-
cessful launch in China with the VS5 SUV and the VA3 saloon. 

Group Management Report 

Business Development

103

The  volume  of  the  Indian  passenger  car  market  declined  in 
the reporting year. Demand for models from the Volkswagen 
Group  fell  by  15.9%  in  this  period  compared  with  the  pre-
vious  year.  The  Polo  from  the  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars 
brand was the Group’s most sought-after model in India.  

In  Japan,  the  number  of  passenger  cars  delivered  to  Volks-
wagen Group customers in 2019 was down 8.2% year-on-year 
amid  a  declining  overall  market  volume.  The  Tiguan  from  
the  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars  brand,  the  Audi  Q5  and  the 
Porsche 911 all recorded encouraging growth in demand. 

PA S S E N G E R   C A R   D E L I V E R I E S   TO   C U ST O M E R S   B Y   M A R K E T 1  

D E L I V E R I E S   ( U N I T S )  

C H A N G E  

Europe/Other markets 

Western Europe 

of which: Germany 

United Kingdom 

Italy 

France 

Spain 

Central and Eastern Europe 

of which: Russia 

Poland 

Czech Republic 

Other markets 

of which: South Africa 

Turkey 

North America 

of which: USA 

Mexico 

Canada 

South America 

of which: Brazil 

Argentina 

Asia-Pacific 

of which: China 

Japan 

India 

Worldwide 

Volkswagen Passenger Cars 

Audi 

ŠKODA 

SEAT 

Bentley 

Lamborghini 

Porsche 

Bugatti 

2019

2018

4,714,997

3,627,693

1,324,942

4,575,023

3,475,401

1,248,952

544,117

310,944

307,847

305,494

769,681

223,452

165,530

136,377

317,623

90,969

78,251

948,309

654,152

181,910

112,247

551,734

420,880

70,496

540,817

286,980

280,533

309,907

757,575

216,950

164,480

138,922

342,047

91,311

110,785

953,188

638,274

196,431

118,483

542,239

363,766

115,426

4,517,375

4,228,840

79,268

51,541

4,530,564

4,202,398

86,356

61,277

10,732,415

10,601,014

6,278,345

1,845,573

1,242,767

574,078

11,006

8,205

280,800

82

6,244,888

1,812,485

1,253,741

517,627

10,494

5,750

256,255

76

Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles 

491,559

499,698

1  Prior-year deliveries have been updated or amended to reflect subsequent statistical trends and the changed reporting structure.  

The figures include the Chinese joint ventures.  

(%)

+3.1

+4.4

+6.1

+0.6

+8.4

+9.7

 –1.4

+1.6

+3.0

+0.6

 –1.8

–7.1

 –0.4

 –29.4

–0.5

+2.5

 –7.4

 –5.3

+1.8

+15.7

 –38.9

–0.3

+0.6

 –8.2

 –15.9

+1.2

+0.5

+1.8

 –0.9

+10.9

+4.9

+42.7

+9.6

+7.9

 –1.6

 
104 

 Business Development  

Group Management Report

C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E   D E L I V E R I E S  
Worldwide, the Volkswagen Group delivered a total of 242,221 
mid-sized  and  heavy  trucks,  buses  and  commercial  vehicles 
from the MAN TGE van series in 2019 (+4.0%). Trucks accounted 
for  205,936 units  (+1.7%),  buses  for  21,496 units  (–5.0%) and 
the TGE from MAN for 14,789 (7,871) deliveries.  

In Western Europe, total deliveries stood at 119,284 units, 
up 10.3% on the previous year’s figure. The growth was mainly 
driven by the German, French and UK markets. Of this figure, 
100,362  were  trucks  and  6,042  buses;  commercial  vehicles 
from the MAN TGE van series amounted to 12,880 units. 

In  the  period  from  January  to  December 2019,  deliveries 
in  the  markets  of  the  Central  and  Eastern  Europe  region  fell 
by  8.7%  to  36,130  vehicles;  trucks  accounted  for  33,312  and 
buses for 1,311; light commercial vehicles from the MAN brand 
came  to  1,507  units.  In  Russia,  the  region’s  largest  market, 
sales declined year-on-year by 21.4% to 10,123 units.  

In the Other markets, particularly in Turkey, deliveries of 
Volkswagen  Group  commercial  vehicles  decreased  by  23.5% 

year-on-year  to  a  total  of  13,995  units;  of  this  figure  11,280 
were trucks and 2,326 were buses.  

Deliveries  in  North  America  in  the  reporting  period 
declined by 8.5% to 3,219 vehicles; this included 1,794 trucks 
and 1,425 buses. The vehicles were handed over almost exclu-
sively to customers in Mexico.  

In  South  America,  the  Volkswagen  Group  sold  a  total  of 
56,826  units  (+19.0%);  of  this  figure  48,350  were  trucks  and 
8,476 were buses. In Brazil, deliveries rose by 30.5% following 
continued  improvement  in  the  economic  climate.  Of  the 
units  delivered,  43,438  were  trucks  and  6,113  were  buses. 
Marked  declines  in  deliveries  were  recorded  in  the  other 
South  American  markets,  especially  Argentina,  due  to  the 
development of the general economic environment. 

In the Asia-Pacific region, the Volkswagen Group delivered 
12,767  commercial  vehicles  to  customers  in  the  reporting 
period;  among  these  10,838  were  trucks  and  1,916  were 
buses. Overall, this was 18.9% less than in the previous year. 
In  China,  sales  increased  by  1.7%  to  4,737  vehicles,  of  which 
4,514 were trucks and 219 were buses.  

C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E   D E L I V E R I E S   TO   C U STO M E R S   B Y   M A R K E T 1  

Europe/Other markets 

Western Europe 

Central and Eastern Europe 

Other markets 

North America 

South America 

of which: Brazil 

Asia-Pacific 

of which: China 

Worldwide 

Scania 

MAN 

D E L I V E R I E S   ( U N I T S )  

C H A N G E  

2019

2018

(%)

169,409

119,284

36,130

13,995

3,219

56,826

49,551

12,767

4,737

242,221

99,457

142,764

165,998

108,122

39,590

18,286

3,517

47,734

37,984

15,745

4,658

232,994

96,477

136,517

+2.1

+10.3

–8.7

–23.5

–8.5

+19.0

+30.5

–18.9

+1.7

+4.0

+3.1

+4.6

1  Prior-year deliveries have been updated or amended to reflect subsequent statistical trends and the changed reporting structure.  

Group Management Report 

Business Development

105

D E L I V E R I E S   I N   T H E   P O W E R   E N G I N E E R I N G   S E G M E N T  
Orders in the Power Engineering segment are usually part of 
major  investment  projects.  Lead  times  typically  range  from 
just under one year to several years, and partial deliveries as 
construction progresses are common. Accordingly, there is a 
time lag between incoming orders and sales revenue from the 
new construction business.  

Sales  revenue  in  the  Power  Engineering  segment  was 
largely  driven  by  Engines & Marine Systems  and  Turboma-
chinery, which together generated around two-thirds of over-
all sales revenue.  

O R D E R S   R E C E I V E D   I N   T H E   PA S S E N G E R   C A R S   S E G M E N T   I N  

W E ST E R N   E U R O P E    
In  the  reporting  period  orders  received  in  Western  Europe 
recorded  a  slight  increase  of  2.4%  compared  to  the  previous 
year, which had seen a decline due to the introduction of the 
WLTP test procedure. Developments in the key markets were 
mixed: while Germany, France and Italy registered increases, 
incoming orders fell in the United Kingdom and Spain. 

O R D E R S   R E C E I V E D   F O R   C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S  
Orders received for mid-sized and heavy trucks and buses as 
well as for commercial vehicles from the MAN TGE van series 
decreased  by  6.8%  year-on-year  to  227,240  vehicles  in  2019. 
In  Western  Europe,  our  main  sales  market,  the  deteriorating 
economic situation, especially in Germany, and the uncertain 
outcome  of  the  United  Kingdom’s  exit  from  the  EU  led  to  a 
marked  decline  in  orders  received.  Orders  received  in  South 
America  were  up  as  a  consequence  of  the  economic  stabili-
zation in Brazil.  

O R D E R S   R E C E I V E D   I N   T H E   P O W E R   E N G I N E E R I N G   S E G M E N T  
The  long-term  performance  of  the  Power  Engineering  busi-
ness  is  determined  by  the  macroeconomic  environment. 
Individual  major  orders  lead  to  fluctuations  in  incoming 
orders during the year that do not correlate with these long-
term trends. 

Orders received in the Power Engineering segment in 2019 
amounted to €4.3 (4.0) billion. Engines & Marine Systems and 
Turbomachinery  generated  more  than  two-thirds  of  the 
order volume in a persistently difficult market environment.  
In the marine business, for example, hybrid drive systems 
each consisting of dual fuel engines, a MAN Cryo gas system 
including an LNG tank, a battery system and an energy man-
agement  system,  were  commissioned  for  two  new  ferries. 
Orders were won in Germany for 22 gas-powered engines with 
an aggregate output  of  270 MW  in  the  power plant  business. 
For turbomachinery, we received several orders for compres-  

sor  trains,  which  will  be  used  in  the  world’s  largest  tere-
phthalic  acid  (PTA)  plant,  as  well  as  an  engineering  contract 
for  several  underwater  compressor  stations,  which  will  be 
deployed at a depth of 1,350 meters at a gas production facil-
ity in the waters off the coast of Australia.  

V O L K SWA G E N   G R O U P   F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S  
The  Financial  Services  Division  includes  the  Volkswagen 
Group’s dealer and customer financing, leasing, banking and 
insurance activities, fleet management and mobility offerings. 
The  division  comprises  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  and 
the financial services activities of Scania and Porsche Holding 
Salzburg. As of January 1, 2019, contracts signed by our inter-
national  joint  ventures  are  also  included;  the  comparison 
figures have been adjusted accordingly. 

The  Financial  Services  Division’s  products  and  services 
remained very popular in the 2019 fiscal year. The number of 
new financing, leasing, service and insurance contracts signed 
was  higher  than  in  the  previous  year  at  9.3 (8.8) million 
worldwide.  In  the  reporting  period,  the  ratio  of  leased  or 
financed vehicles to Group deliveries (penetration rate) in the 
Financial  Services  Division’s  markets  was  34.5 (34.2)%.  As  of 
December  31,  2019,  the  total  number  of  contracts  was 
23.7 million,  which  is  5.7%  higher  than  at  the  end  of  2018. 
The  number  of  contracts  in  the  customer  financing/leasing 
area climbed 4.7% to 11.8 million, while it increased by 6.7% 
to 11.9 million in the service/insurance area. 

In  the  Europe/Other  markets  region,  the  number  of  new 
contracts  signed  between  January  and  December  2019 
increased  by  8.0%  to  6.9 million.  The  penetration  rate  was 
48.5 (47.9)%. At the end of the reporting year, the total number 
of  contracts  was  17.5  million,  thus  exceeding  the  figure  for 
2018 by 6.1%. The customer financing/leasing area accounted 
for  7.7 million  of  these  contracts  (+6.1%),  while  9.8 million 
(+6.2%) related to the service/insurance area. 

In North America, the number of contracts on December 
31, 2019 was 3.1 million, an increase of 0.8% compared to the 
previous year. The customer financing/leasing area accounted 
for  1.8 million  contracts  (–1.3%)  and  1.2 million  contracts 
(+4.0%) were owing to the service/insurance area. At 956 thou-
sand contracts, the number of new contracts signed was 8.3% 
lower  than  the  year  before.  The  ratio  of  leased  or  financed 
vehicles to Group deliveries in North America was 59.3 (65.9)%. 
The initial consolidation of Porsche Volkswagen Servicios 
Financieros Chile S.p.A. led to a marked boost in the number 
of  contracts  in  South  America.  386 (295) thousand  new 
contracts were signed in the reporting year. The penetration 
rate  increased  to  38.4 (32.0)%. The  total number  of  contracts 
as of December 31, 2019 increased by 19.4% year- on-year to 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
106 

 Business Development  

Group Management Report

703 thousand.  The  contracts  mainly  related  to  the  customer 
financing/leasing area.  

In  the  Asia-Pacific  region,  the  number  of  new  contracts 
signed rose by 3.3% to 1.0 million in 2019. The ratio of leased 
or financed vehicles to Group deliveries was 15.5 (15.1)%. The 
total number of contracts at the end of the past financial year 
was  2.4 million.  This  was  5.7%  more  than  on  December  31, 
2018.  The  customer  financing/leasing  area  accounted  for 
1.7 million contracts (+3.7%), the number of contracts in the 
service/insurance area increased by 11.4% to 0.7 million con-
tracts.  

S A L E S   T O   T H E   D E A L E R   O R G A N I Z AT I O N  
The  Volkswagen  Group’s  sales  to  the  dealer  organization 
increased by 0.5% to 10,956,499 units (including the Chinese 
joint  ventures) in  the  reporting year.  This was  primarily  due 
to higher demand in its home market of Germany as well as 
continually  rising  demand  in  Brazil  and  an  upward  trend  in 
the United States. Overall, the unit sales volumes fell by 0.6% 
outside  Germany  and  unit  sales  rose  by  9.0%  in  Germany.  
At  12.3 (11.3)%,  the  proportion  of  the  Group’s  total  sales 
accounted for by Germany was higher than in 2018. 

The  Tiguan,  Polo,  Golf,  Jetta  and  Passat  were  our  biggest 
sellers last year. The largest increases in sales were recorded by 
the T-Roc, Tharu, Tiguan and T-Cross models from the Volks-
wagen  Passenger  Cars  brand,  the  Audi  Q8,  Q2  and  the  new  
e-tron,  as  well  as  the  ŠKODA  Karoq/Yeti  and  Kodiaq  and  the
SEAT  Arona  and  the  new  Tarraco.  Both  the  Porsche  Cayenne
and  the  Crafter  from  the  Volkswagen  Commercial  Vehicles
brand also achieved a strong growth rate. 

P R O D U C T I O N  
The  Volkswagen  Group  produced  10,823,378  vehicles  world-
wide in fiscal year 2019, 1.8% less than in the previous year. In 
total,  our  Chinese  joint  ventures  manufactured  4.1%  fewer 
units  than  in  the  year  before.  In  Germany,  the  production 
declined by 8.3%, mainly due to numerous new vehicle start-
ups  as  well  as  the  transition  to  electric  vehicles.  The 
percentage of the Group’s total production accounted for by 
Germany was lower than in 2018, at 19.5 (20.9)%.  

I N V E N T O R I E S  
Global  inventories  at  Group  companies  and  in  the  dealer 
organization  were  lower  at  the  end  of  the  reporting  period 
than at year-end 2018.  

E M P L OY E E S  
Including  the  Chinese  joint  ventures,  the  Volkswagen  Group 
employed an average of 667,748 people in fiscal year 2019, an 
increase  of  1.8%  year-on-year.  In  Germany,  we  employed 
294,779 people on average in 2019; at 44.1 (44.3)%, their share 
of  the  total  headcount  was  slightly  below  the  level  of  the 
previous year. 

The  Volkswagen  Group  had  641,838  active  employees 
(+0.9%) as of December 31, 2019. In addition, 9,968 employees 
were  in  the  passive  phase  of  their  partial  retirement  and 
19,399  young  people  were  in  vocational  traineeships.  The 
Volkswagen Group’s headcount was 671,205 employees (+1.0%) 
at the end of the reporting period. This was primarily due to 
recruitments  in  the  areas  of  electric  mobility,  digitalization 
and  new  mobility  offerings.  A  total  of  297,433  people  were 
employed in Germany (+1.6%), while 373,772 were employed 
abroad (+0.5%). 

E M P L O Y E E S  B Y   D I V I S I O N / B U S I N E S S  A R E A

as of December 31, 2019

Passenger Cars
Passenger Cars
Commercial Vehicles
Commercial Vehicles
Power Engineering
Power Engineering
Financial Services
Financial Services

550,122
550,122
86,358
86,358
17,767
17,767
16,958
16,958

Group Management Report 

Shares and Bonds

107

Shares and Bonds 

Volkswagen AG’s ordinary and preferred shares were trading higher than at  
year-end 2018 amid a volatile market environment in 2019. A strong cash flow  
reduced the refinancing volume. 

E Q U I T Y   M A R K E T S   A N D   P E R F O R M A N C E   O F   T H E   P R I C E   O F  

V O L K SWA G E N ’ S   S H A R E S  

In  the  period  from  January  to  December  2019,  prices  on  the 
international  equity  markets  rose  overall  amid  volatile 
trading.  

The  DAX recorded an increase compared with the end of 
2018.  The  more  expansionary  monetary  policy  pursued  by 
the US Federal Reserve and the European Central Bank had a 
positive effect. Uncertainty regarding the economic policy of 
the  US  government,  the  continuing  Brexit  negotiations 
between  the  United  Kingdom  and  the  EU  and  the  growth  of 
the global economy had a negative impact on share prices. 

The  prices  of  Volkswagen AG’s  preferred  and  ordinary 
shares also exceeded the 2018 year-end level in 2019. Healthy 
business  figures  were  the  main  drivers  of  the  uptrend.  In 
particular,  uncertainty  regarding  the  future  regulatory 
framework for diesel and electric vehicles, the US tariff policy, 
the  continuing  Brexit  negotiations  between  the  United 
Kingdom  and  the  EU,  the  slowdown  of  the  Chinese  market 
and  the  WLTP  (Worldwide  Harmonized  Light-Duty  Vehicles 
Test  Procedure),  which  is  a  test  procedure  for  determining 

pollutant  and  CO2  emissions  and  fuel  consumption  for 
passenger  cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles,  led  to  volatile 
share prices. 

V O L K SWA G E N   K E Y   S H A R E   F I G U R E S   A N D   M A R K E T   I N D I C E S    

F R O M   J A N U A R Y   1   TO   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

High

Low

Closing 

Ordinary share 

Price (€) 

Date 

Preferred share 

Price (€) 

DAX 

Date 

Points 

Date 

ESTX Auto & Parts 

Points 

Date 

182.50

Nov. 7

184.24

Nov. 7

13,408

Dec. 16

527

Apr. 18

135.60

Jan. 3

134.76

Jan. 3

10,417

Jan. 3

412

Jan. 3

173.25 

Dec. 30 

176.24 

Dec. 30 

13,249 

Dec. 30 

486 

Dec. 30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
108 

Shares and Bonds  

Group Management Report

P R I C E  D E V E L O P M E N T  F R O M   D E C E M B E R  2 0 1 8  T O  D E C E M B E R   2 0 1 9
Index based on month-end prices: December 31, 2018 = 100

Volkswagen ordinary share     +24.6%
Volkswagen preferred share        +26.9%
DAX        +25.5%
EURO STOXX Automobiles & Parts     +15.2%

130
130

120
120

110
110

100
100

90
90

D

J

F

M

A

M

J

J

A

S

O

N

D

D I V I D E N D   Y I E L D  
Based on the dividend proposal for the reporting period, the 
dividend  yield  on  Volkswagen  ordinary  shares  is  3.8  (3.5)%, 
measured by the closing price on the last trading day in 2019. 
The dividend yield on preferred shares is 3.7 (3.5)%. 

E A R N I N G S   P E R   S H A R E    
Basic  earnings per  ordinary  share were  €26.60  (23.57)  in  fis-
cal year 2019. Basic earnings per preferred share were €26.66 
(23.63). In accordance with IAS 33, the calculation is based on 
the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  and  preferred 
shares  outstanding  in  the  reporting  period.  Since  the  num-
ber of basic and diluted shares is identical, basic earnings per 
share correspond to diluted earnings per share.  

See also note 11 to the Volkswagen consolidated financial 

statements for the calculation of earnings per share. 

D I V I D E N D   P O L I C Y  
Our  dividend  policy  matches  our  financial  strategy.  In  the 
interests of all stakeholders, we aim for continuous dividend 
growth  so  that  our  shareholders  can  participate  appropri-
ately  with  our  business  success.  The  proposed  dividend 
therefore  reflects  our  financial  management  objectives  –  in 
particular,  ensuring  a  solid  financial  foundation  as  part  of 
the implementation of our strategy. 

The  current  dividend  proposal  can  be  found  in  the 
chapter  entitled  “Volkswagen  AG  (condensed  in  accordance 
with  the  German  Commercial  Code)”,  on  page  130  of  this 
annual  report.  The  Board  of  Management  and  Supervisory 
Board  of  Volkswagen  AG  are  proposing  a  dividend  of  €6.50 
per  ordinary  share  and  €6.56  per  preferred  share  for  fiscal 
year  2019.  On  this  basis,  the  total  dividend  amounts  to  
€3.3  (2.4) billion.  The  payout  ratio  is  based  on  the  Group’s 
earnings  after  tax  attributable  to  Volkswagen  AG  share-
holders. This amounts to 24.5% for the reporting period and 
stood at 20.4% in the previous year. In our Group strategy, we 
aim to achieve a payout ratio of at least 30%. 

  F U RT H E R   I N F O R M AT I O N   O N   VO L KSWA G E N   S H A R E S  

www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations.html 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Shares and Bonds

109

S H A R E H O L D E R  S T R U C T U R E  A S   O F  D E C E M B E R  3 1 ,  2 0 1 9

V O L K S WA G E N   S H A R E   D ATA  

as a percentage of subscribed capital

Porsche Automobil Holding SE
Porsche Automobil Holding SE
Foreign institutional investors
Foreign institutional investors
Qatar Holding LLC
Qatar Holding LLC
State of Lower Saxony
State of Lower Saxony
Private shareholders/Others
Private shareholders/Others
German institutional investors
German institutional investors

31.3
31.3
26.4
26.4
14.6
14.6
11.8
11.8
12.9
12.9
3.1
3.1

 Ordinary shares

Preferred shares

ISIN 

WKN 

Deutsche Börse/Bloomberg 

DE0007664005

DE0007664039

766400

VOW

766403

VOW3

Reuters 

VOWG.DE

VOWG_p.DE

DAX, CDAX, 
EURO STOXX, 
EURO STOXX 50, 
EURO STOXX 
Automobiles & Parts,
Prime All Share, 
MSCI Euro

CDAX, Prime All 
Share, MSCI Euro, 
S&P Global 100 Index

Berlin, Dusseldorf, Frankfurt, Hamburg, 
Hanover, Munich, Stuttgart, Xetra,
SIX Swiss Exchange

Primary market indices 

Exchanges 

S H A R E H O L D E R   ST R U C T U R E   A S   O F   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  
At  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  Volkswagen  AG’s  sub-
scribed  capital  amounted  to  €1,283,315,873.28.  The  share-
holder structure of Volkswagen AG as of December 31, 2019 
is shown in the chart on this page. 

The distribution of voting rights for the 295,089,818 ordi-
nary  shares  was  as  follows  at  the  reporting  date:  Porsche 
Automobil  Holding SE,  Stuttgart,  held  53.1%  of  the  voting 
rights. The second-largest shareholder was the State of Lower 
Saxony, which held 20.0% of the voting rights. Qatar Holding 
LLC  was  the  third-largest  shareholder  with  17.0%.  The 
remaining 9.9% of ordinary shares were attributable to other 
shareholders.  

Notifications  of  changes  in  voting  rights  in  accordance 
with the Wertpapierhandelsgesetz (WpHG – German Securities 
Trading  Act)  are  published  on  our  website  at  www.volkswa-
genag.com/en/InvestorRelations/news-and-publications.html. 

  O U R   I N V E STO R   R E L AT I O N S  T E A M   I S   AVA I L A B L E   F O R   Q U E R I E S   A N D  
CO M M E N T S :  

W O L F S B U R G   O F F I C E   ( VO L KSWAG E N   AG )  
Phone 
Fax  
E-mail
Internet

+49 (0) 5361 9-00 
+49 (0) 5361 9-30411 
investor.relations@volkswagen.de 
www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations.html 

 
 
 
110 

 Shares and Bonds  

Group Management Report

V O L K SWA G E N   S H A R E   K E Y   F I G U R E S  

Dividend development 

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

Number of no-par value shares at Dec. 31 

Ordinary shares 

Preferred shares 

Dividend1

per ordinary share 

per preferred share 

Dividend paid1

on ordinary shares 

on preferred shares 

thousands

thousands

295,090

206,205

295,090

206,205

295,090

206,205

295,090

206,205

295,090

206,205

€

€

€ million

€ million

€ million

6.50

6.56

3,271

1,918

1,353

4.80

4.86

2,419

1,416

1,002

3.90

3.96

1,967

1,151

817

2.00

2.06

1,015

590

425

Share price development2 

2019

2018

2017

2016

Ordinary share

Closing

Price performance 

Annual high 

Annual low 

Preferred share

Closing

Price performance 

Annual high 

Annual low 

Beta factor3
Market capitalization at Dec. 31 

Equity attributable to Volkswagen AG share-
holders and hybrid capital investors at Dec. 31 

Ratio of market capitalization to equity 

Key figures per share 

Earnings per ordinary share4

basic

diluted

Equity attributable to Volkswagen AG share-
holders and hybrid capital investors at Dec. 31 
Price/earnings ratio5
Ordinary share 

Preferred share 

Dividend yield6

Ordinary share 

Preferred share 

Stock exchange turnover7 

€

%

€

€

€

%

€

€

factor

€ billion

€ billion

factor

€

€

€

factor

factor

%

%

Turnover of Volkswagen ordinary shares 

Turnover of Volkswagen preferred shares 

Volkswagen share of total DAX turnover 

€ billion

million shares

€ billion

million shares

%

1  Figures for the years 2015 to 2018 relate to dividends paid in the following year. For 

2019, the figures relate to the proposed dividend. 

2  Xetra prices. 
3  See page 126 for the calculation. 
4  See note 11 to the consolidated financial statements (Earnings per share) for the 

calculation. 2017 figure adjusted (IFRS 9).  

173.25

+ 24.6

182.50

135.60

176.24

+ 26.9

184.24

134.76

1.17

87.5

121.8

0.72

139.10

– 17.5

188.00

131.10

138.92

– 16.5

188.50

133.70

1.17

69.7

117.1

0.60

168.70

+ 23.4

173.95

128.70

166.45

+ 24.8

178.10

125.35

1.12

84.1

108.8

0.77

2019

2018

2017

26.60

26.60

23.57

23.57

22.28

22.28

136.75

– 3.9

144.20

108.95

133.35

– 0.3

138.80

94.00

1.22

67.9

92.7

0.73

2016

10.24

10.24

242.93

233.63

217.13

184.90

175.67

6.5

6.6

3.8

3.7

2019

3.3

20.9

41.0

266.0

4.6

5.9

5.9

3.5

3.5

2018

4.3

28.0

54.1

346.6

5.4

7.5

7.3

2.3

2.4

2017

3.5

23.6

45.1

312.3

5.4

13.4

13.0

1.5

1.5

2016

3.3

25.4

41.1

347.0

5.0

x

x

0.1

0.1

2015

6.9

45.4

72.4

444.4

7.1

5  Ratio of year-end-closing price to earnings per share. 
6  Dividend per share based on the year-end-closing price.  
7  Order book turnover on the Xetra electronic trading platform (Deutsche Börse).  

0.11

0.17

68

32

35

2015

142.30

– 21.0

247.55

101.15

133.75

– 27.6

255.20

92.36

1.28

69.6

88.1

0.79

2015

– 3.20

– 3.20

Group Management Report 

Shares and Bonds

111

R E F I N A N C I N G  S T R U C T U R E  O F  T H E   V O L K S W A G E N  G R O U P
as of December 31, 2019

Commercial paper 
Commercial paper 
6%
6%

Bonds 
Bonds 
64%
64%

Asset-backed securities 
Asset-backed securities 
30%
30%

Money and capital 
market instruments

Maturities

Currencies

(cid:1051) 1 year 
(cid:1051) 1 year 
28%
28%

> 1 to < 5 years 
> 1 to < 5 years 
53%
53%

EUR
EUR
61%
61%

USD
USD
16%
16%

(cid:1052) 5 years 
(cid:1052) 5 years 
19%
19%

Others
Others
23%
23%

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

R E F I N A N C I N G    
Refinancing of the Volkswagen Group is important to ensure 
that the Group remains solvent at all times. Cash flows from 
operating  activities  contributed  to  the  positive  development 
of  net  liquidity  in  2019.  Consequently,  the  refinancing  vol-
ume  through  bonds  on  the  money  and  capital  markets  for 
the Automotive Division declined year-on-year.  

Benchmark bonds with an aggregate volume of €7.0 billion 
were  issued  for  the  Financial  Services  Division.  In  addition  
to  this,  private  placements  were  issued  in  various  currencies. 
In  the  US  capital  market  a  bond  with  a  total  volume  of 
USD 3.0 billion  was  placed  with  investors  in  five  tranches. 
Notes  with  a  volume  of  CAD 1.5 billion  were  issued  in  the 
Canadian refinancing market.  

Alongside  the  placement  of  senior,  unsecured  bonds, 
(ABS)  transactions  were  another 
asset-backed  securities 
element of our refinancing activities. ABS transactions in the 
amount  of  €2.0 billion  were  placed  in  Europe.  In  addition, 
ABS  transactions  were  issued  in  USA,  China  and  Australia 
among other countries.  

The  Volkswagen  Group  was  also  actively  involved  in  the 

commercial paper market with several issuing companies. 

Furthermore,  Dr.  Ing.  h.c.  F.  Porsche  AG  issued  a  green  pro-
missory note loan in the amount of €1.0 billion. The proceeds 
of  this  transaction  will  be  used  to  finance  the  all-electric 
Porsche Taycan vehicle project. 

The proportion of fixed-rate instruments in the past year 
was roughly four times as high as the proportion of floating 
rate instruments.  

In  our  refinancing  arrangements,  we  generally  aim  to 
exclude interest rate and currency risk as far as possible with 
the simultaneous use of derivatives.  

The  table  below  shows  how  our  money  and  capital 
market programs were utilized as of December 31, 2019 and 
illustrates the financial flexibility of the Volkswagen Group: 

PROGRAMS 

Commercial paper 

Bonds 

of which hybrid issues 

Asset-backed securities 

Authorized 
volume 
€ billion

Amount utilized 
on Dec. 31, 2019
€ billion

42.0

162.0

92.6

9.0

88.5

12.5

41.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112 

 Shares and Bonds  

Group Management Report

R AT I N G S  

Standard & Poor’s 

short-term 

long-term  

outlook 

Moody’s Investors Service 

short-term 

long-term 

outlook 

V O L K S W A G E N   A G  

V O L K S W A G E N   F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S   A G  

V O L K S W A G E N   B A N K   G M B H  

2019

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

2019

2018

2017

A – 2

BBB+ 

stable

P – 2

A3

A – 2

BBB+ 

stable

P – 2

A3

A – 2

BBB+

stable

P – 2

A3

stable

stable

negative

A – 2

BBB+

stable

P – 2

A3

stable

A – 2

BBB+

stable

P – 2

A3

A – 2

BBB+

A – 2

A –

A – 2

A –

A – 2

A –

stable

negative

negative

negative

P – 2

A3

P – 1

A1

P – 1

A1

P – 1

A3

stable

negative

stable

stable

negative

Volkswagen AG’s syndicated credit line of €5.0 billion agreed 
in July 2011 was replaced in December 2019 by a new syndi-
cated  credit  line  of  €10.0  billion.  The  new  credit  line  has  a 
term  of  five  years,  with  the  option  to  extend  the  term  twice 
after obtaining approval from the respective banks, each for a 
period of one year, until 2026 at the latest. This credit facility 
was unused as of the end of 2019. 

was  left  at  “stable”  and  that  for  Volkswagen  Bank  GmbH  at 
“negative”.  

In  July  and  August,  Moody’s  Investors  Service  left  its 
short-term  and  long-term  ratings  for  Volkswagen  AG  and 
Volkswagen  Financial  Services  AG  unchanged  at  P–2  and  A3 
and  those  for  Volkswagen  Bank  GmbH  at  P–1  and  A1.  The 
outlook for each company was left at “stable”.  

Of  the  syndicated  credit  lines  worth  a  total  of  €10.1 bil-
lion  at  other  Group  companies,  €1.4 billion  has  been  drawn 
down.  In  addition,  Group  companies  had  arranged  bilateral, 
confirmed credit lines with national and international banks 
in various other countries for a total of €6.9 billion, of which 
€2.4 billion was drawn down. 

R AT I N G S  
In  2019,  the  rating  agencies  Standard & Poor’s  and  Moody’s 
Investors Service conducted the regular update of their credit 
ratings for Volkswagen AG, Volkswagen Financial Services AG 
and Volkswagen Bank GmbH.  

In  November  and  December,  Standard & Poor’s  con-
firmed its short-term and long-term ratings of A–2 and BBB+ 
for  Volkswagen AG  and  Volkswagen  Financial  Services AG, 
and of A–2 and A– for Volkswagen Bank GmbH. The outlook 
for  Volkswagen  AG  and  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  AG  

S U STA I N A B I L I T Y   R AT I N G S  
Analysts and investors are referring increasingly to company 
sustainability  profiles  when  making  their  recommendations 
and  decisions.  They  draw  primarily  on  sustainability  ratings 
to  evaluate  a  company’s  environmental,  social  and  gover-
nance  performance.  At  the  same  time,  sustainability  ratings 
are instrumental in determining whether we are meeting our 
goal,  and  they  provide  the  basis  for  implementing  internal 
measures. 

After the diesel issue became public knowledge, the Volks-
wagen  Group  was  downgraded  significantly  in  the  MSCI, 
RobecoSAM,  Sustainalytics,  oekomISS,  VigeoEiris,  EcoVadis 
and  RepRisk  sustainability 
indices  and  consequently 
removed  from  sustainability  indices  such  as  the  Dow  Jones 
Sustainability  Index  and  the  FTSE4Good  Index.  In  fiscal year 
2019, Volkswagen continued to have a score of A– in the CDP 
and a rating of A in the Water Disclosure Project (WDP). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets

113

Results of Operations, Financial 
Position and Net Assets 

The Volkswagen Group’s sales revenue increased in fiscal year 2019 compared with the previous 
year. Despite further charges and cash outflows in connection with the diesel issue, operating 
profit and net liquidity in the Automotive Division were above the respective prior-year figure. 

The  Volkswagen  Group’s  segment  reporting  comprises  the 
four  reportable  segments  of  Passenger  Cars  and  Light  Com-
mercial  Vehicles,  Commercial  Vehicles,  Power  Engineering 
and Financial Services, in compliance with IFRS 8 and in line 
with  the  Group’s  internal  management  and  reporting  struc-
tures. As a result of enhancements to the management struc-
ture  of  the  Volkswagen Group,  we  allocate  the  Volkswagen 
Commercial Vehicles brand to the Passenger Cars segment as 
of January 1, 2019, renaming this segment the Passenger Cars 
and  Light  Commercial  Vehicles  segment.  The  Commercial 
Vehicles segment continues to correspond to the Commercial 
Vehicles  Business  Area,  but  now  excludes  the  Volkswagen 
Commercial Vehicles brand. The prior-year figures have been 
adjusted accordingly. 

At Volkswagen, segment profit or loss is measured on the 

basis of the operating result. 

The  reconciliation  contains  activities  and  other  oper-
ations that do not, by definition, constitute segments. These 
include  the  unallocated  Group  financing  activities.  Consoli-
dation  adjustments  between  the  segments  (including  the 
holding company functions) are also contained in the recon-
ciliation.  The  purchase  price  allocations  for  Porsche  Holding 
Salzburg and Porsche, Scania and  MAN  are allocated  to  their 
corresponding segments.  

The  Automotive  Division  comprises  the  Passenger  Cars  and 
Light Commercial Vehicles segment, the Commercial Vehicles 
segment  and  the  Power  Engineering  segment,  as  well  as  the 
figures from the reconciliation. The Passenger Cars and Light 
Commercial  Vehicles  segment  is  combined  with  the  recon-
ciliation to form the Passenger Cars Business Area, while the 
Commercial  Vehicles  and  Power  Engineering  segments  are 
identical  to  the  corresponding  business  areas.  The  reorga-
nization  of  the  Volkswagen  Commercial  Vehicles  brand  has 
not  led  to  any  changes  in  the  Automotive  Division.  The 
Financial  Services  Division  corresponds  to  the  Financial 
Services segment. 

A P P L I C AT I O N   O F   N E W   I N T E R N AT I O N A L   F I N A N C I A L   R E P O R T I N G  

STA N D A R D S  
The new accounting standard IFRS 16, which came into effect 
on  January 1,  2019,  amends  the  previous  lease  accounting 
rules  with  the  central  aim  of  recognizing  all  leases  in  the 
balance  sheet.  Accordingly,  it  establishes  that  lessees  are  no 
longer required to classify their leases as either finance leases 
or operating leases. They will instead generally be required to 
recognize  a  right-of-use  asset  and  a  lease  liability  in  the 
balance  sheet  for  every  lease.  The  right-of-use  assets  are 
recognized  in  the  balance  sheet  under  those  items  in  which 

K E Y   F I G U R E S   F O R   2 0 1 9   B Y   S E G M E N T  

€ million 

Sales revenue 

Segment result (operating result) 

as a percentage of sales revenue 

Capex, including capitalized 
development costs 

Passenger Cars 
and Light Com-
mercial Vehicles

Commercial
Vehicles

Power 
Engineering

Financial Services

Total segments

Reconciliation

202,273

15,610

7.7

26,444

1,653

6.3

17,098

1,460

3,997

– 93

– 2.3

197

40,160

3,212

8.0

223

272,875

20,381

– 20,242

– 3,422

18,977

423

Volkswagen 
Group

252,632

16,960

6.7

19,401

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
114 

 Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets  

Group Management Report

the  assets  underlying  the  lease  would  have  been  reported  if 
they were owned by the Volkswagen Group.  

disclosure  of  the  Automotive  Division’s  net  liquidity  as  of 
January 1, 2019. 

Using the modified retrospective method (adjustments to 
the  opening  balance  sheet),  right-of-use  assets  were  recog-
nized  under  noncurrent  assets  and  lease  liabilities  as  finan-
cial liabilities for the first time as of January 1, 2019. This led 
to an increase in total assets but did not affect equity.  

The  new  approach  resulted  in  a  slight  increase  in  oper-
ating  profit  in  2019,  because  the  only  items  allocated  to 
operating profit as of January 1, 2019 are depreciation charges 
on right-of-use assets. Interest expenses on lease liabilities in 
the  Automotive  Division  are  recognized  in  the  financial 
result, with a corresponding negative impact.  

Gross  and  net  cash  flow  increased  by  €0.9 billion  in  the 
reporting  period  because  of  the  modified  presentation  of 
leases  in  the  statement  of  income  as  a  result  of  the  new 
IFRS 16  (depreciation  is a  non-cash  expense). Repayments  of 
the  principal  portion  of  the  lease  liability  had  a  correspond-
ing negative impact on cash flows from financing activities.  

The initial recognition of lease liabilities as financial liabil-
ities  in  the  balance  sheet  led  to  a  marked  increase  in  third-
party  borrowings  in  the  cash  flow  statement,  which  in  turn 
resulted  in  a  negative  one-off  effect  of  €–4.8 billion  on  the 

The prior-year figures have not been adjusted. 

S P E C I A L   I T E M S  
Special  items  consist  of  certain  items  in  the  financial  state-
ments  whose  separate  disclosure  the  Board  of  Management 
believes can enable a better assessment of our economic per-
formance.  

In  the  reporting  period,  negative  special  items  in  connec-
tion  with  the  diesel  issue  amounting  to  €– 2.3 (– 3.2) billion 
affected  operating  profit  in  the  Passenger  Cars  Business  Area. 
They are attributable to the final administrative fine of €0.5 bil-
lion  imposed  by  the  Stuttgart  Public  Prosecutor,  which  ended 
the  ongoing  regulatory  offense  proceeding  against  Dr. Ing. 
h.c. F. Porsche AG, as well as higher expenses for legal risks and 
legal  defense  costs  (€2.1 billion).  The  reversal  of  provisions  for 
technical measures had an offsetting effect (€0.3 billion). 

C O M P E N S AT I O N   PA I D   T O   T H E   N O N C O N T R O L L I N G   I N T E R E ST  

S H A R E H O L D E R S   O F   M A N   S E  
In  August  2018,  the  control  and  profit  and  loss  transfer 
agreement  with  MAN  SE  was  terminated  by  extraordinary  

I N C O M E   STAT E M E N T   B Y   D I V I S I O N  

€ million 

Sales revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Distribution expenses 

Administrative expenses 

Net other operating result 

Operating result 

Operating return on sales (%) 

Share of the result of equity-accounted 
investments 

Interest result and Other financial result 

Financial result 

Earnings before tax 

Income tax expense 

Earnings after tax 

Noncontrolling interests 

Earnings attributable to Volkswagen AG 
hybrid capital investors 

Earnings attributable to Volkswagen AG 
shareholders  

V O L K S W A G E N   G R O U P  

A U T O M O T I V E 1  

F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S  

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

252,632

– 203,490

49,142

– 20,978

235,849

– 189,500

46,350

– 20,510

212,473

– 170,477

41,996

– 19,712

201,067

– 161,298

39,769

– 19,039

– 9,767

– 1,437

16,960

6.7

3,349

– 1,953

1,396

18,356

– 4,326

14,029

143

540

– 8,819

– 3,100

13,920

5.9

3,369

– 1,646

1,723

15,643

– 3,489

12,153

17

309

– 7,522

– 1,014

13,748

6.5

3,278

– 1,889

1,389

15,137

– 3,491

11,646

79

540

– 7,105

– 2,497

11,127

5.5

3,310

– 1,576

1,734

12,861

– 2,657

10,203

– 32

309

40,160

– 33,014

7,146

– 1,266

– 2,245

– 423

3,212

8.0

71

– 64

7

3,219

– 836

2,383

64

–

34,782

– 28,201

6,581

– 1,471

– 1,714

– 603

2,793

8.0

58

– 70

– 12

2,782

– 832

1,950

49

–

13,346

11,827

11,027

9,926

2,319

1,900

1  Including allocation of consolidation adjustments between the Automotive and Financial Services divisions.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets

115

S H A R E   O F  S A L E S  R E V E N U E  B Y   M A R K E T   2 0 1 9

S H A R E   O F  S A L E S  R E V E N U E  B Y   D I V I S I O N / B U S I N E S S  A R E A   2 0 1 9

in percent

in percent

Europe (excluding Germany)/
Europe (excluding Germany)/
Other markets
Other markets
Germany
Germany
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

42 %
42 %

19 %
19 %
17 %
17 %
4 %
4 %
17 %
17 %

Passenger Cars 
Passenger Cars 
Commercial Vehicles
Commercial Vehicles
Power Engineering
Power Engineering
Financial Services
Financial Services

72 %
72 %
10 %
10 %
2 %
2 %
16 %
16 %

notice  as  of  January  1,  2019.  Following  the  announcement 
that  the  termination  of  the  control  and  profit  and  loss 
transfer  agreement  had  been  recorded  in  the  commercial 
register,  the  noncontrolling  shareholders  of  MAN  SE  were 
entitled  under  the  provisions  of  the  control  and  profit  and 
loss transfer agreement to tender their shares to Volkswagen 
within a two-month period. This resulted in cash outflows of 
€1.1 billion in 2019 for the acquisition of shares tendered and 
for  compensation  payments.  The  “Put  options  and  compen-
sation  rights  granted  to  noncontrolling  interest  sharehold-
ers”  item  reported  in  the  balance  sheet  was  reduced  accord-
ingly.  The  put  options  granted  to  noncontrolling  interest 
shareholders  of  MAN  SE  expired  on  March  4,  2019.  The 
remaining amount of €0.7 billion was reclassified directly to 
equity; €0.3 billion of this amount is attributable to noncon-
trolling interests. 

I P O   O F   T R ATO N   S E  
Since  June  2019,  shares  of  TRATON  SE  have  been  traded  on 
the regulated market of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange and the 
NASDAQ  Stockholm  Exchange.  The  offer  price  was  set  at 
€27.00 per share. This led to an increase of €1.4 billion in the 
Volkswagen  Group’s  equity,  of  which  €1.2 billion  is  reported 
as  noncontrolling  interests.  The  cash  inflow  occurred  at  the 
beginning of the third quarter of 2019. 

C O N T R I B U T I O N   O F   A U TO N O M O U S   I N T E L L I G E N T   D R I V I N G  
In July 2019, Volkswagen announced that, together with Ford 
Motor Company, it would be investing in Argo AI, a company 
that  is  working  on  the  development  of  a  system  for  autono-
mous driving.  

Volkswagen  will  contribute  its  consolidated  subsidiary 
Autonomous  Intelligent  Driving  (AID)  to  this  venture.  The 
contribution  of  AID  is  planned  for  the  first  half  of  2020, 
subject to the required regulatory approvals and other condi-
tions precedent. 

S A L E   O F   I N T E R E ST   I N   R E N K   A G  
In  January  2020,  the  Board  of  Management  and  Supervisory 
Board  of  Volkswagen AG  resolved  to  sell  the  Volkswagen  
Group’s  76%  interest  in  RENK AG.  The  sale  is  expected  to  be 
completed  in  the  second  half  of  2020,  subject  to  regulatory 
approval. 

R E S U LT S   O F   O P E R AT I O N S  

Results of operations of the Group 
Between January and December 2019, the Volkswagen Group 
generated sales revenue of €252.6 billion, exceeding the prior-
year  figure  by  7.1%.  Particularly  mix  improvements,  higher 
sales  volumes  and  the  healthy  business  performance  of  the 
Financial  Services  Division  had  a  positive  impact;  whereas 
the  negative  exchange  rate  trend  had  an  offsetting  effect.  At 
80.6 (81.4)%, most of the sales revenue was generated abroad.  
Gross profit rose by €2.8 billion to €49.1 billion. The gross 
margin stood at 19.5 (19.7)%. Adjusted for special items recog-
nized  here  in  both  periods  (positive  in  the  reporting  period 
due  to  the  reversal  of  provisions  for  technical  measures  in 
connection  with  the  diesel  issue),  gross  profit  amounted  to 
€48.8 (46.6) billion.  Excluding  special  items,  the  gross  margin 
was 19.3 (19.8)% in fiscal year 2019. 

The  Volkswagen Group’s  operating  profit  before  special 
items improved by €2.2 billion to €19.3 billion in the reporting 
period.  The  operating  return  on  sales  before  special  items 
amounted to 7.6 (7.3)%. The increase was mainly attributable 
to  positive  mix  effects,  higher  volumes,  the  reversal  of 
impairment  losses  following  the  remeasurement  of  devel-
opment costs, product cost optimizations, and the fair value 
measurement of certain derivatives. A rise in fixed costs had 
a negative impact. Special items in connection with the diesel 
issue  weighed  on  operating  profit,  reducing  this  item  by  
€– 2.3 (– 3.2) billion. The Volkswagen Group’s operating profit 
increased  to  €17.0 (13.9) billion,  while  the  operating  return 
on sales rose to 6.7 (5.9)%. 

 
116 

 Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets  

Group Management Report

The  financial  result  was  down  by  €0.3 billion  to  €1.4 billion. 
The  interest  expenses  included  in  this  item  rose  markedly, 
driven  by  the  rise  in  the  refinancing  volume,  the  interest 
expense  on  provisions  and  application  of  the  new  IFRS 16. 
The share of the result of equity-accounted investments was 
at  the  same  level  as  in  2018.  Measurement  effects  on  the 
reporting  date,  especially  resulting  from  net  income  from 
securities and funds, were positive compared with the prior-
year  period.  The  previous  year’s  figure  had  also  been 
negatively  impacted  by  the  remeasurement  of  put  options 
and compensation rights in connection with the control and 
profit and loss transfer agreement with MAN SE. 

The  Volkswagen Group’s  profit  before  tax  improved  by 
17.3% to €18.4 billion in fiscal year 2019. The return on sales 
before  tax  rose  to  7.3 (6.6)%.  Income  taxes  resulted  in  an 
expense of €4.3 (3.5) billion, which in turn led to a tax rate of 
23.6 (22.3)%.  Profit  after  tax  increased  by  €1.9 billion  to 
€14.0 billion.  

Results of operations in the Automotive Division 
The  Automotive  Division’s  sales  revenue  amounted  to 
€212.5 billion in the reporting period, 5.7% more than in the 
previous  year.  Primarily,  improvements  in  the  mix  and 
higher  vehicle  sales  offset  negative  exchange  rate  effects.  As 
our Chinese joint ventures are accounted for using the equity 
method,  the  Group’s  business  performance  in  the  Chinese 
passenger  car  market  is  reflected  in  consolidated  sales  reve-
nue primarily by deliveries of vehicles and vehicle parts.  

Cost of sales was up, driven primarily by higher volumes 
and a rise in depreciation and amortization charges due to the 
large  capex  volume,  as  well  as  by  a  year-on-year  increase  in 
research and  development  costs  recognized in  profit  or  loss. 
The reversal of provisions for items related to the diesel issue 
led here to positive special items in the fiscal year. The ratio 
of  cost  of  sales  to  sales  revenue  rose  somewhat  compared 
with  the  prior-year  period.  Total  research  and  development 
costs, expressed as a percentage of the Automotive Division’s 
sales revenue (research and development ratio or R&D ratio), 
stood  at  6.7 (6.8)%  in  fiscal  year  2019.  In  addition  to  new 
models, our activities focused above all on the electrification 
of  our  vehicle  portfolio,  a  more  efficient  range  of  engines, 
digitalization and new technologies.  

Distribution and administrative expenses were both higher 
in the reporting period. The ratio of distribution expenses to 
sales  revenue  was  down  on  the  prior-year  period,  while  the 
ratio  of  administrative  expenses  was  virtually  unchanged 
year-on-year.  The  other  operating  result  amounted  to  
€– 1.0 (– 2.5) billion.  The  year-on-year  improvement  resulted 
from the reversal of impairment losses following the remea-
surement of development costs, positive exchange rate effects 
and lower expenses arising from the fair value measurement 
of derivatives to which hedge accounting is not applied, as well 
as from a decline in special items related to the diesel issue.  

At  €13.7 billion,  the  Automotive  Division’s  operating  profit 
was  €2.6 billion  higher  than  the  prior  year.  The  main  con-
tributing  factors  were  improvements  in  the  mix  as  well  as 
higher  vehicle  sales,  the  reversal  of  impairment  losses  fol-
lowing  the  remeasurement  of  development  costs,  product 
cost  optimization,  the  measurement  of  certain  derivatives 
and  a  decline  in  negative  special  items.  Higher  depreciation 
and  amortization  charges  and  a  rise  in  research  and  devel-
opment  costs  had  an  offsetting  effect.  The  operating  return 
on  sales  increased  to  6.5 (5.5)%.  The  negative  special  items 
included  in  operating  profit  totaled  €– 2.3 (– 3.2) billion. 
Excluding the special items, the Automotive Division’s oper-
ating  profit  rose  to  €16.1 (14.3) billion.  The  operating  return 
on  sales  before  special  items  improved  to 7.6  (7.1)%.  Our 
operating  profit  largely  benefits  from  the  business  perfor-
mance of our Chinese joint ventures only through deliveries 
of  vehicles  and  vehicle  parts  and  of  license  income,  as  the 
joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method and 
therefore included in the financial result.  

R E S U LT S   O F   O P E R AT I O N S   I N   T H E   PA S S E N G E R   C A R S  

B U S I N E S S   A R E A 1    

€ million 

Sales revenue 

Operating result 

Operating return on sales (%) 

2019

2018

182,031

12,188

6.7

172,678

10,000

5.8

1  The Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand has been reported in the Passenger Cars 

Business Area since January 1, 2019. The prior-year figures have been adjusted. 

The  Passenger  Cars  Business  Area  recorded  sales  revenue  of 
€182.0 billion in the period from January to December 2019, 
5.4%  more  than  in  the  prior-year  period.  The  growth  was 
mainly  attributable  to  positive  mix  effects  and  the  higher 
sales  volume.  This  was  set  against  a  negative  exchange  rate 
trend.  The  operating  profit  of  the  Passenger  Cars  Business 
Area  totaled  €12.2 billion,  up  €2.2 billion  on  the  prior  year. 
The  rise  in  profit  was  primarily  due  to  mix  and  volume 
improvements,  the  reversal  of  impairment  losses  following 
the  remeasurement  of  development  costs  as well  as  positive 
effects  stemming  from  product  costs  and  the  measurement 
of certain derivatives and a decline in negative special items 
to  €– 2.3 (– 3.2) billion  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue. 
Higher  depreciation  and  amortization  charges  and  a  rise  in 
research  and  development  costs  were  among  the  main 
factors  reducing  profit.  The  operating  return  on  sales 
increased to 6.7 (5.8) %.  

Group Management Report 

Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets

117

R E S U LT S   O F   O P E R AT I O N S   I N   T H E   C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S    

B U S I N E S S   A R E A 1  

€ million 

Sales revenue 

Operating result 

Operating return on sales (%) 

2019

2018

26,444

1,653

6.3

24,781

1,191

4.8

1  The Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand has been reported in the Passenger Cars 

Business Area since January 1, 2019. The prior-year figures have been adjusted. 

At  €26.4 billion,  sales  revenue  in  the  Commercial  Vehicles 
Business Area exceeded the prior-year figure by 6.7% in fiscal 
year  2019.  The  operating  profit  of  the  Commercial  Vehicles 
Business  Area  improved  by  €0.5 billion  to  €1.7 billion;  the 
operating  return  on  sales  stood  at  6.3 (4.8)%.  Positive  effects 
arising  from  higher  volumes,  mix  and  price  improvements 
more than offset cost increases. 

R E S U LT S   O F   O P E R AT I O N S   I N   T H E   P O W E R   E N G I N E E R I N G    

B U S I N E S S   A R E A  

€ million 

Sales revenue 

Operating result 

Operating return on sales (%) 

2019

2018

3,997

– 93

– 2.3

3,608

– 64

– 1.8

The Power Engineering Business Area recorded sales revenue 
of €4.0 billion in fiscal year 2019, 10.8% more than in the prior 
year. The operating loss amounted to €– 0.1 (– 0.1) billion. Vol-
umes  improved  while  fixed  costs  rose.  The  operating  return 
on sales amounted to – 2.3 (– 1.8)%. 

Results of operations in the Financial Services Division 
In fiscal year 2019, the Financial Services Division generated 
sales revenue of €40.2 billion; the 15.5% rise year-on-year was 
due mainly to the higher business volume.  

The  cost  of  sales  expanded  by  17.1%  to  €33.0 billion, 
growing  slightly  faster  than  sales  revenue.  Distribution 
expenses  and  the  other  operating  result  declined,  while 
administrative  expenses  rose.  Costs  increased  on  the  whole 
due  to  volume-related  factors.  Overall,  the  ratio  of  costs  to 
sales revenue was down slightly.  

Higher  volumes  and  exchange  rate  effects  boosted  the 
Financial Services Division’s operating profit to €3.2 billion, a 
15.0%  increase  on  the  previous  year,  again  representing  a 
considerable  contribution  to  consolidated  net  profit.  The 
operating  return  on  sales  was  unchanged  at  8.0 (8.0)%.  The 
return on equity before tax rose to 10.8 (9.9)%. 

Principles and goals of financial management 
Financial  management  in  the  Volkswagen  Group  covers  liq-
uidity  management,  the  management  of  currency,  interest 
rate and commodity price risks, as well as credit and country 
risk management. It is performed centrally for all Group com-
panies  by  Group  Treasury,  based  on  internal  guidelines  and 
risk  parameters.  Some  functions  of  the  Scania,  MAN  and 
Porsche  Holding  Salzburg  subgroups  are  integrated  into  the 
financial  management.  Additionally,  these  subgroups  have 
their own financial management structures. 

The  goal  of  financial  management  is  to  ensure  that  the 
Volkswagen  Group  remains  solvent  at  all  times  and  at  the 
same  time  to  generate  an  adequate  return  from  the  invest-
ment  of  surplus  funds. We  use  cash  pooling  to  optimize  the 
use  of  existing  liquidity  between  the  significant  companies. 
In  this  system,  the  balances,  either  positive  or  negative, 
accumulating in the cash pooling accounts are swept daily to 
a  regional  target  account  and  thus  pooled.  The  aim  of 
currency, interest rate and commodity risk management is to 
hedge the prices on which investment, production and sales 
plans  are  based  using  derivative  financial  instruments  and 
commodity  forwards,  and  to  mitigate  interest  rate  risks 
incurred  in  financing  transactions.  In  the  management  of 
credit  and  country  risk,  diversification  is  used  to  limit  the 
Volkswagen  Group’s  exposure  to  counterparty  risk.  To 
achieve this, counterparty risk management imposes internal 
limits  on  the  volume  of  business  allowed  per  counterparty 
when  financial  transactions  are  entered  into.  Various  credit 
rating  criteria  are  applied  in  this  process.  These  focus 
primarily on the capital resources of potential counterparties, 
as well  as  the  ratings  awarded by  independent  agencies.  The 
relevant risk limits and the authorized financial instruments, 
hedging methods and hedging horizons are approved by the 
Group  Board  of  Management  Committee  for  Risk  Manage-
ment. For additional information on the principles and goals 
of financial management, please refer to page 187 and to the 
notes to the 2019 consolidated financial statements on pages 
293 to 314. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
118 

 Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets  

Group Management Report

A U T O M O T I V E  D I V I S I O N  N E T   C A S H  F L O W  2 0 1 9
€ billion

29.1

1.6

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

–14.0

–5.2

–0.7

Gross cash flow

Change in
working capital

Capex

Capitalized
development costs

Other

Net cash flow

10.8

F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N  

Financial position of the Group 
In  the  period  from  January  to  December  2019,  the  Volks-
wagen Group generated gross cash flow of €39.9 (35.6) billion. 
The change in working capital amounted to €– 22.0 (– 28.3) bil-
lion. The administrative fine imposed after regulatory offense 
proceedings, which was recognized in the reporting period as 
a  special  item  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue,  led  to  an 
immediate cash outflow. Cash flows from operating activities 
were up by €10.7 billion to €18.0 billion.  

At  €20.1 billion,  investing  activities  attributable  to  oper-
ating activities were 3.6% higher in the reporting period than 
in the previous year.  

Cash  outflow  from  financing  activities  amounted  to  
€– 0.9 billion,  compared  with  cash  inflow  of  €24.6 billion  in 
the  previous  year.  Financing  activities  include  the  dividend 
paid to the shareholders of Volkswagen AG, the acquisition of 
MAN  shares  tendered  as  a  result  of  the  termination  of  the 
control and profit and loss transfer agreement, the cash inflow 
resulting from the IPO of TRATON and, most particularly, the 
issuance  and  redemption  of  bonds  and  changes  in  other 
financial  liabilities.  Following  the  application  of  the  new 
IFRS 16,  payments  for  the  principal  portion  of  the  lease 
liability have to be recognized under financing activities since 
January 1, 2019.  

The  Volkswagen  Group’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents  as 
reported  in  the  cash  flow  statement  were  lower  than  in  the 
prior-year period, at €24.3 (28.1) billion.  

At the end of the reporting period, the Volkswagen Group’s 
net liquidity was €– 148.0 billion, compared with €– 134.7 bil-
lion at the end of 2018.  

Financial position of the Automotive Division 
The  Automotive  Division’s  gross  cash  flow  was  €29.1 billion 
in fiscal year 2019, an increase of €3.1 billion compared with 
the prior-year figure. This was driven particularly by healthy 
earnings  growth,  lower  tax  payments  than  in  the  previous 
year,  and  positive  effects  from  the  application  of  the  
new  IFRS 16.  The  change  in  working  capital  amounted  to 
€+1.6 (– 7.4) billion.  Year-on-year,  above  all  a  significantly 
smaller  increase  in  inventories  and  markedly  lower  cash 
outflows  attributable to the diesel issue had a positive  effect. 
As  a  result,  cash  flows  from  operating  activities  rose  by 
€12.2 billion to €30.7 billion.  

Investing  activities  attributable  to  operating  activities 
amounted  to  €19.9 billion,  €1.1 billion  up  on  the  prior-year 
period. Investments in property, plant and equipment, invest-
ment  property  and  intangible  assets,  excluding  capitalized 
development  costs  (capex)  included  in  this  figure  stood  at 
€14.0 billion,  an  increase  of  6.0%  compared  with  2018.  The 
ratio  of  capex  to  sales  revenue  was  unchanged  at  6.6 (6.6)%. 
Capex was primarily allocated to our production facilities and 
to  models  that  we  launched  in  the  reporting  period  or  are 
planning to launch next year. These are primarily vehicles in 
the Golf, Atlas, ID.3, ID.4, Audi A3, Audi e-tron, Audi Q3, Audi 
A6/A7 family and Porsche Taycan model series as well as the 
Bentley  Continental  series.  Other 
investment  priorities 
included  the  ecological  focus  of  our  model  range,  product 
electrification  and  digitalization,  and  our  modular  toolkits. 
Additions  to  capitalized  development  costs  amounting  
to  €5.2 (5.2) billion  were  on  a  level  with  the  2018  figure.  
Strategic  investments  in  a  number  of  companies  led  to  

 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets

119

C A S H   F L O W   STAT E M E N T   B Y   D I V I S I O N  

€ million 

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

V O L K S W A G E N   G R O U P  

A U T O M O T I V E 1  

FINANCIAL SERVICES 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 

Earnings before tax 

Income taxes paid 
Depreciation and amortization expense2 

Change in pension provisions 

Share of the result of equity-accounted investments 
Other noncash income/expense and reclassifications3 

Gross cash flow 

Change in working capital 

Change in inventories 

Change in receivables 

Change in liabilities 

Change in other provisions 

Change in lease assets (excluding depreciation) 

Change in financial services receivables 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities attributable to  
operating activities 

of which: investments in property, plant and equipment, 

investment property and intangible assets, excluding 
capitalized development costs 

capitalized development costs 

acquisition and disposal of equity investments 

Net cash flow4 

Cash flows from investing activities  

Cash flows from financing activities 

of which: Capital transactions with noncontrolling interests 

Capital contributions/capital redemptions 

MAN noncontrolling interest shareholders: compensation 
payments and acquisition of shares tendered 

28,113

18,356

– 2,914

24,439

342

460

– 734

39,950

18,038

15,643

– 3,804

22,561

524

244

445

35,613

– 21,966

– 28,341

– 674

– 893

2,297

1,304

– 13,204

– 10,796

17,983

– 5,372

– 6,400

3,645

– 1,286

– 11,647

– 7,282

7,272

23,354

15,137

– 2,187

15,958

320

520

– 651

29,097

1,636

– 345

– 1,176

1,564

1,400

– 110

303

30,733

13,428

12,861

– 3,786

15,581

503

303

502

25,964

– 7,433

– 5,337

– 1,800

2,793

– 1,306

– 1,590

– 191

18,531

4,759

3,219

– 726

8,480

23

– 59

– 83

4,609

2,782

– 19

6,980

21

– 58

– 56

10,853

9,650

– 23,603

– 20,908

– 329

283

733

– 96

– 13,095

– 11,099

– 12,750

– 34

– 4,600

853

20

– 10,056

– 7,090

– 11,258

– 20,076

– 19,386

– 19,898

– 18,837

– 178

– 549

– 14,230

– 13,729

– 14,007

– 13,218

– 5,171

– 913

– 5,234

– 705

– 2,093 

– 12,113 

– 21,146

– 21,590

– 865

1,368

–

24,566

– 28

1,491

– 5,171

– 716

10,835 

– 5,018

– 24,916

– 11,278

1,368

– 970

– 1,109

– 2,117

– 1,109

– 2,117

– 306 

– 12,928 

– 11,807 

– 5,234

– 594

6,129

– 12,708

4,274

– 28

1,418

– 171

– 1

9,925

23,354

8,697

32,051

– 223

–

– 196

– 510

–

– 111

3,949

3,771

10,413

–

970

–

38

– 0

– 8,332

– 8,882

20,292

–

73

–

– 2

0

1,472

150

6,231

15,641

21,872

4,759

19,339

24,098

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

Change of loss allowance within cash & cash equivalents 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents 

243

1

– 173

– 1

205

1

– 3,784

10,075

– 5,256

Cash and cash equivalents at Dec. 315 

Securities, loans and time deposits 

Gross liquidity 

Total third-party borrowings 
Net liquidity6 

24,329

29,099

53,428

28,113

28,036

56,148

18,098

13,458

31,556

– 201,468

– 190,883

– 10,280

– 12,683

– 191,189

– 178,200

– 148,040

– 134,735

21,276

19,368

– 169,316

– 154,103

1  Including allocation of consolidation adjustments between the Automotive and Financial Services divisions. 
2  Net of impairment reversals. 
3  These relate mainly to the fair value measurement of financial instruments and the reclassification of gains/losses on disposal of noncurrent assets and equity investments to 

investing activities. 

4  Net cash flow: cash flows from operating activities, net of cash flows from investing activities attributable to operating activities (investing activities excluding change in investments 

in securities, loans and time deposits). 

5  Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks, checks, cash-in-hand and call deposits. 
6  The total of cash, cash equivalents, securities, loans to affiliates and joint ventures as well as time deposits net of third-party borrowings (noncurrent and current financial liabilities).

Change in investments in securities, loans and time deposits 

– 1,069

– 2,204

 
120 

 Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets  

Group Management Report

a  €0.1 billion  increase  in  the  “Acquisition  and  disposal  of 
equity investments” item to €0.7 billion.  

Compared with the low prior-year figure, the Automotive 
Division’s  net  cash  flow  improved  markedly  by  €11.1 billion 
to €10.8 billion. The main reasons were the increase in profit, 
a decline in cash outflows attributable to the diesel issue and 
a smaller increase in inventories. 

The  cash  outflow  from  financing  activities  amounted  to 
€– 11.3 billion  in  fiscal  year 2019;  in  the  previous  year,  there 
had  been  a  cash  inflow  of  €4.3 billion.  The  dividend  paid  to 
the shareholders of Volkswagen AG in May 2019 amounted to 
€2.4 billion, a rise of €0.5 billion compared with the previous 
year. The “Capital transactions with noncontrolling interests” 
item  includes  the  cash  inflow  of  €1.4 billion  resulting  from 
the  IPO  of  TRATON.  As  a  result  of  the  termination  of  the 
control and profit and loss transfer agreement with  MAN SE, 
financing  activities  also  include  the  acquisition  of  MAN 
shares  tendered,  and  most  particularly,  the  issuance  and 
redemption  of  bonds  and  changes  in  other  financial  liabil-
ities.  As  from  January 1,  2019,  payments  of  the  principal 
portion of the lease liability are also reported in this item, as 
required following the application of the new IFRS 16.  

As a result of the recognition of lease liabilities as finan-
cial liabilities required under IFRS 16, third-party borrowings 
in  the  Automotive  Division  were  €5.4 billion  higher  at  the 
end  of  the  reporting  period  than  at  the  end  of  the  previous 
fiscal  year.  Despite  this  non-cash  effect,  the  Automotive 
Division’s  net  liquidity  was  €21.3 billion  on  December  31, 
2019,  €1.9 billion  above  the  level  at  the  end  of  fiscal  year 
2018.  The  Automotive  Division’s  net  liquidity  accounted  for 
8.4 (8.2)%  of  consolidated  sales  revenue  in  the  reporting 
period. 

F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N   I N   T H E   PA S S E N G E R   C A R S   B U S I N E S S   A R E A 1    

In  fiscal  year 2019,  the  Passenger  Cars  Business  Area’s  gross 
cash  flow  was  €25.5 billion,  up  €2.6 billion  on  the  previous 
year due to earnings-related factors, lower tax payments and 
positive  effects  of  the  application  of  the  new  IFRS 16.  The 
change  in  working  capital  amounted  to  €3.1 (– 5.9) billion. 
The smaller increase in inventories than in the previous year 
and lower cash outflows attributable to the diesel issue had a 
positive  effect.  Consequently,  cash  flows  from  operating 
activities  went  up  by  €11.5 billion  to  €28.5 billion.  Investing 
activities attributable to operating activities in the Passenger 
Cars  Business  Area  increased  to  €20.3 (17.3) billion.  Capex 
was  higher,  while  capitalized  development  costs  declined 
slightly.  The  intragroup  sale  of  the  power  engineering  busi-
ness by the Commercial Vehicles Business Area to the Passen-
ger Cars Business Area and strategic investments in a number 
of  companies  led  to  a  marked  year-on-year  increase  in  the 
“Acquisition  and  disposal  of  equity  investments”  item. 
Compared with the low prior-year figure, the Passenger Cars 
Business  Area’s  net  cash  flow  improved  by  €8.6 billion  to 
€8.3 billion.  

F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N   I N   T H E   C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S  

B U S I N E S S   A R E A 1  

€ million 

2019

2018

Gross cash flow 

Change in working capital 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
attributable to operating activities 

Net cash flow 

3,357

– 1,249

2,108

603

2,711

2,745

– 1,257

1,488

– 1,372

116

1  The Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand has been reported as part of the Passenger 
Cars Business Area since January 1, 2019. The prior-year figures have been adjusted. 

€ million 

2019

2018

Gross cash flow 

Change in working capital 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
attributable to operating activities 

Net cash flow 

25,474

3,053

28,528

– 20,254

8,273

22,910

– 5,916

16,995

– 17,303

– 308

1  The Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand has been reported as part of the Passenger 
Cars Business Area since January 1, 2019. The prior-year figures have been adjusted. 

flow 

improved  by  €0.6 billion 

In  the  reporting  period,  the  Commercial  Vehicles  Business 
to 
Area’s  gross  cash 
€3.4 billion.  The  slight  year-on-year  increase  was  driven 
particularly  by higher  profits. The  change  in working  capital 
amounted 
to
€– 1.2 (– 1.3) billion. Cash flows from operating activities were 
up  by  €0.6 billion  to  €2.1 billion.  The  intragroup  sale  of  the 
power  engineering  business  led  to  a  cash  inflow  from 
investing  activities  attributable  to  operating  activities.  Net 
cash flow increased to €2.7 (0.1) billion.  

Group Management Report 

Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets

121

F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N   I N  T H E   P O W E R   E N G I N E E R I N G   B U S I N E S S   A R E A  

N E T   A S S E T S  

€ million 

Gross cash flow 

Change in working capital 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
attributable to operating activities 

Net cash flow 

2019

265

– 168

98

– 247

– 150

2018

309

– 260

49

– 162

– 113

In  fiscal  year  2019,  the  Power  Engineering  Business  Area 
recorded gross cash flow of €0.3 (0.3) billion. Due to a decrease 
in  funds  tied  up  in  working  capital,  the  change  in  working 
capital amounted to €– 0.2 (– 0.3) billion. Cash flows from oper-
ating activities were higher than in the previous year. Investing 
activities  attributable  to  operating  activities  increased  by 
€0.1 billion  to  €0.2 billion.  At  €– 0.1  (– 0.1) billion,  net  cash 
flow was virtually on a level with the previous year. 

Financial position in the Financial Services Division 
In  the  reporting  period,  the  Financial  Services  Division’s 
gross cash flow was €10.9 (9.6) billion. The change in working 
capital of €– 23.6 (– 20.9) billion was a result of an increase in 
funds tied up in working capital, mainly driven by the growth 
in  business  volume.  Cash  flows  from  operating  activities 
amounted to €– 12.7 (– 11.3) billion.  

Investing  activities  attributable  to  operating  activities 
declined  by  €0.4 billion  to  €0.2 billion  in  the  reporting 
period, mainly due to lower capex.  

In  the  Financial  Services  Division,  financing  activities 
resulted  in  a  cash  inflow  of  €10.4  (20.3) billion  in  fiscal 
year 2019  for  refinancing  the  business  volume.  This  figure 
primarily  included  the  issuance  and  redemption  of  bonds 
and other financial liabilities. 

At the end of the reporting period, the Financial Services 
Division’s  negative  net  liquidity,  which  is  common  in  the 
industry,  stood  at  €– 169.3 billion;  on  December  31,  2018,  it 
had amounted to €– 154.1 billion.  

Consolidated balance sheet structure 
At  the  end  of  the  reporting  period,  the  Volkswagen Group 
recorded  total  assets  of  €488.1 billion,  6.5%  more  than  on 
December 31, 2018. This increase was mainly the result of the 
higher  business  volume  in  the  Financial  Services  Division, 
the  application  of  the  new  IFRS 16  and  currency  translation 
effects. The structure of the consolidated balance sheet as on 
the  reporting  date  is  shown  in  the  chart  on  page  123.  The 
Volkswagen Group’s  equity  amounted  to  €123.7 billion, 
€6.3 billion more than at the previous balance sheet date. The 
equity ratio was 25.3 (25.6)%. The “Assets held for sale” item 
mainly comprises the asset carrying amounts expected to be 
derecognized  following  the  disposal  of  the  interest  in  Renk, 
which  was  resolved  in  January  2020.  The  item  also  includes 
the carrying amount of the shares in Autonomous Intelligent 
Driving,  which  is  to  be  used  as  a  contribution  to  the  equity 
investment in the joint venture with Ford, in addition to the 
provision of financial resources. The “Liabilities held for sale” 
item  comprises  the  carrying  amounts  of  the  respective 
liabilities expected to be derecognized.  

As  of  the  end  of  fiscal  year  2019,  the  Group  had  off-
balance-sheet  commitments  in  the  form  of  contingent  lia-
bilities in the amount of €8.5 (9.3) billion, financial guarantees 
in  the  amount  of  €0.4 (0.3) billion  and  other  financial  obli-
gations  in  the  amount  of  €19.4 (26.6) billion.  The  previous 
year’s  amount  of  other  financial  obligations  includes  obli-
gations  from  long-term  leasing  and  rental  contracts,  which 
IFRS 16 requires to be presented in the affected balance sheet 
items  as  from  January 1,  2019.  Contingent  liabilities  relate 
primarily to legal risks in connection with the diesel issue as 
well  as  potential  liabilities  from  tax  risks  in  the  Commercial 
Vehicles  Business  Area  in  Brazil.  Other  financial  obligations 
primarily  result  from  purchase  commitments  for  property, 
plant and equipment and irrevocable credit commitments to 
customers.  In  addition,  they  include  investments  to  which 
the Group has committed itself in the infrastructure for zero-
emission vehicles and in initiatives to promote access to and 
awareness  of  this  technology.  These  commitments  were 
made  as  part  of  the  settlement  agreements  in  the  USA  in 
connection  with  the  diesel  issue.  Other  financial  obligations 
include an amount of €1.2 billion for this purpose.  

 
122 

 Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets  

Group Management Report

C O N S O L I D AT E D   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   B Y   D I V I S I O N   A S   O F   D E C E M B E R   3 1  

€ million 

Assets 

Noncurrent assets 

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Lease assets  

Financial services receivables 

Investments, equity-accounted investments and 
other equity investments, other receivables and 
financial assets 

Current assets 

Inventories 

Financial services receivables 

Other receivables and financial assets 

Marketable securities 

Cash, cash equivalents and time deposits 

Assets held for sale 

Total assets 

Equity and liabilities 

Equity 

Equity attributable to Volkswagen AG 
shareholders 

Equity attributable to Volkswagen AG hybrid 
capital investors 

Equity attributable to Volkswagen AG 
shareholders and hybrid capital investors 

Noncontrolling interests 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Financial liabilities 

Provisions for pensions 

Other liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Put options and compensation rights granted to 
noncontrolling interest shareholders 

Financial liabilities 

Trade payables 

Other liabilities 

Liabilities held for sale 

Total equity and liabilities 

V O L K S W A G E N   G R O U P  

A U T O M O T I V E 1  

F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S  

2019

2018

2019

2018

2019

2018

300,608

274,620

153,736

143,153

146,873

131,467

66,214

66,152

48,938

86,973

32,331

187,463

46,742

58,615

38,620

16,769

25,923

795

64,613

57,630

43,545

78,692

30,140

183,536

45,745

54,216

37,557

17,080

28,938

–

66,010

65,043

2,084

– 390

20,989

93,081

41,898

– 640

17,803

13,546

19,679

795

64,404

54,619

5,297

9

18,824

91,371

41,302

– 510

13,033

13,376

24,169

–

204

1,110

46,853

87,363

11,342

94,382

4,844

59,255

20,817

3,223

6,243

–

209

3,010

38,249

78,684

11,315

92,165

4,443

54,726

24,524

3,703

4,769

–

488,071

458,156

246,816

234,524

241,255

223,632

123,651

117,342

92,774

88,850

30,877

28,492

109,117

104,522

78,872

76,624

30,246

27,898

12,663

12,596

12,663

12,596

–

–

121,781

1,870

196,497

113,556

41,389

41,551

167,924

–

87,912

22,745

56,896

370

117,117

225

172,846

101,126

33,097

38,623

167,968

1,853

89,757

23,607

52,750

–

91,535

1,239

90,822

17,592

40,631

32,600

63,220

–

– 7,312

19,603

50,559

370

89,219

– 369

77,692

14,187

32,535

30,970

67,982

1,853

– 1,504

20,962

46,671

–

30,246

631

105,675

95,965

759

8,951

104,703

–

95,224

3,142

6,337

–

27,898

594

95,154

86,939

563

7,652

99,986

–

91,261

2,645

6,079

–

488,071

458,156

246,816

234,524

241,255

223,632

1  Including allocation of consolidation adjustments between the Automotive and Financial Services divisions, primarily intragroup loans.  

Group Management Report 

Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets

123

C O N S O L I D A T E D  B A L A N C E  S H E E T  S T R U C T U R E  2 0 1 9
in percent

Noncurrent assets 
Noncurrent assets 
61.6 (59.9)
61.6 (59.9)

Current assets
Current assets
38.4 (40.1) 
38.4 (40.1) 

Equity 
Equity 
25.6 (25.6)
25.3 (25.6)

Noncurrent liabilities 
Noncurrent liabilities 
40.3 (37.7)
40.3 (37.7)

Current liabilites  
Current liabilites  
34.4 (36.7)
34.4 (36.7)

Total assets

Total equity
and liabilities

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

Automotive Division balance sheet structure 
At the end of the reporting period, intangible assets were up 
slightly  on  the  2018 fiscal  year.  The  marked  increase  in 
property,  plant  and  equipment  in  the  Automotive  Division 
was  attributable  to  the  new  IFRS 16.  The  high  volume  of 
investments  was  another  factor  driving  this  growth.  Shares 
accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  were  down  on  the 
prior-year  figure:  the  business  results  of  the  Chinese  joint 
ventures,  which  were  at  the  prior-year  level  were  offset  by 
higher  dividend  resolutions.  Noncurrent  assets  totaled 
€153.7  (143.2) billion,  thus  exceeding  the  figure  at  the  pre-
vious balance sheet date. 

Current  assets  rose  to  €93.1 (91.4) billion  compared  with 
the  end  of  2018.  Current  other  receivables  and  financial 
assets  increased.  The  Automotive  Division’s  cash  and  cash 
equivalents were €4.5 billion lower, at €19.7 billion.  

At the end of 2019, the Automotive Division’s equity was 
€92.8 billion,  4.4%  higher  than  on  December 31,  2018.  The 
good earnings development increased equity. Noncontrolling 
interests  were  up  by  €1.2 billion  due  to  the  issuance  of 
TRATON SE  shares.  As  a  result  of  the  termination  of  the 
control and profit and loss transfer agreement with MAN SE, 
the  amount  of  €0.7 billion  remaining  from  the  put  options 
and  compensation  rights  in  MAN SE  granted  to  noncon-
trolling  interest  shareholders  was  reclassified  directly  to 
equity; €0.3 billion of this amount led to an increase in non-
controlling  interests.  The  noncontrolling  interests  are  now 
primarily held by the noncontrolling interest shareholders of 
TRATON,  Renk  and  Audi.  Currency  translation  effects  addi-
tionally had a positive effect. Higher actuarial losses from the 
remeasurement  of  pension  plans,  the  dividend  paid  to  the 
shareholders of Volkswagen AG and negative effects from the 
measurement of derivatives recognized directly in equity had  

a  decreasing  effect  on  the  Automotive  Division’s  equity.  The 
fact  that  total  assets  rose  due  to,  among  other  factors,  the 
implementation  of  the new  IFRS 16  led  to  a  slight  decline  in 
the equity ratio to 37.6 (37.9)%, despite an increase in equity. 

At €90.8 (77.7) billion, noncurrent liabilities were markedly 
higher than a year earlier. The noncurrent financial liabilities 
included  in  this  item  rose,  mainly  as  a  result  of  the  appli-
cation of the new IFRS 16. Pension provisions were up signifi-
cantly on the 2018 balance sheet date, mainly because of the 
actuarial remeasurement following a change in the discount 
rate.  Noncurrent  other  liabilities  were  higher,  driven  by 
effects arising from the measurement of derivatives.  

Current  liabilities  declined  to  €63.2 billion,  down  7.0% 
compared  with  the  end  of  2018.  As  a  result  of  the  extra-
ordinary termination of the control and profit and loss trans-
fer  agreement  with  MAN SE,  the  “Put  options  and  compen-
sation  rights  granted  to  noncontrolling  interest  share-
holders”  item  was  settled:  the  tendered  MAN  shares  were 
acquired, the cash compensation was paid and the remaining 
amount  was  reclassified  directly  to  equity.  Current  financial 
liabilities  stood  at  €– 7.3 (– 1.5) billion.  The  figures  for  the 
Automotive  Division  also  contain  the  elimination  of  intra-
group  transactions  between  the  Automotive  and  Financial 
Services  divisions.  As  the  current  financial  liabilities  for  the 
primary  Automotive  Division  were  lower  than  the  loans 
granted to the Financial Services Division, a negative amount 
was  disclosed  in  both  periods.  Trade  liabilities  decreased. 
Current  other  liabilities  were  higher,  primarily  due  to  the 
effects  from  the  measurement  of  derivatives  and  was  attri-
butable to higher liabilities from buyback transactions.  

On  December 31,  2019,  the  Automotive  Division’s  total 
assets  amounted  to  €246.8 billion,  up  5.2%  compared  with 
the end of 2018. 

 
 
 
 
  
124 

 Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets  

Group Management Report

PA S S E N G E R   C A R S   B U S I N E S S   A R E A    

B A L A N C E   S H E E T   ST R U C T U R E 1    

C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S   B U S I N E S S   A R E A  

B A L A N C E   S H E E T   ST R U C T U R E 1  

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Noncurrent assets 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Equity 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Current liabilities 

126,387

75,459

201,846

75,773

78,679

47,394

116,537

Noncurrent assets 

70,408

Current assets 

186,945

Total assets 

72,110

Equity 

66,406

Noncurrent liabilities 

48,429

Current liabilities 

25,143

13,420

38,563

14,115

11,367

13,081

24,117

17,366

41,483

13,788

10,532

17,162

1  The Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand has been reported as part of the Passenger 
Cars Business Area since January 1, 2019. The prior-year figures have been adjusted. 

1  The Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand has been reported as part of the Passenger 
Cars Business Area since January 1, 2019. The prior-year figures have been adjusted. 

had 

On December 31, 2019, intangible assets in the Passenger Cars 
Business  Area  were  higher  than  at  the  2018  balance  sheet 
date.  The  new  IFRS 16  resulted  in  a  marked  rise  in  property, 
plant  and  equipment.  Noncurrent  assets  rose  by  a  total  of 
€9.8 billion  to  €126.4 billion.  Current  assets  increased  by  a 
total of €5.1 billion to €75.5 billion. Current other receivables 
and  financial  assets  were  above  the  prior-year  figure.  Total 
cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  securities  declined.  The 
“Assets  held  for  sale”  item  comprises  the  carrying  amount 
expected  to  be  derecognized  for  the  shares  in  Autonomous 
Intelligent  Driving.  At  the  end  of  2019,  the  Passenger  Cars 
Business  Area 
to 
total 
€201.8 (186.9) billion.  The  Passenger  Cars  Business  Area’s 
equity  rose  to  €75.8 (72.1) billion,  mainly  due  to  earnings-
related  factors.  At  €78.7 billion,  noncurrent  liabilities  were 
18.5%  higher  in  total  than  on  December 31,  2018.  The 
noncurrent 
item 
increased,  mainly  as  a  result  of  the  application  of  the  new 
IFRS 16.  Pension  provisions  rose  significantly,  mainly  due  to 
the  actuarial  remeasurement  following  a  change  in  the 
discount  rate.  Current  liabilities  declined  by  2.1%  in  total. 
Current  financial  liabilities  were  higher  than  at  the  end 
of 2018.  Current  other  liabilities  were  up  on  the  figure  as  of 
December 31,  2018,  primarily  due  to  the  effects  from  the 
measurement  of  derivatives  and  as  a  result  of  higher  liabili-
ties from buyback transactions. 

amounting 

liabilities 

financial 

included 

in  this 

assets 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  in  the  Commercial  Vehicles 
Business  Area  increased  year-on-year  because  of  the  appli-
cation  of  the  new  IFRS 16.  Noncurrent  other  receivables  and 
financial assets decreased. In total, noncurrent assets amounted 
to €25.1 (24.1) billion and were thus higher than at the end of 
2018. Current assets declined by €3.9 billion to €13.4 billion. 
Current  other  receivables  and  financial  assets  were  down 
markedly  because  of  the  intragroup  sale  of  the  power  engi-
neering  business.  Total  securities  were  markedly  up  on  the 
prior-year figure, while cash and cash equivalents were lower. 
Total assets stood at €38.6 (41.5) billion at the end of 2019. 

At  €14.1 (13.8) billion,  the  Commercial  Vehicles  Business 
Area’s  equity  was  slightly  up  on  the  previous  year.  The  7.9% 
rise  in noncurrent  liabilities  compared with  the  end  of  2018 
was  mainly  attributable  to  higher  liabilities  from  buyback 
transactions  and  an  increase  in  pension  provisions.  Current 
liabilities declined by 23.8% in total. As a result of the extra-
ordinary termination of the control and profit and loss trans-
fer  agreement  with  MAN SE,  the  “Put  options  and  compen-
sation rights granted to noncontrolling interest shareholders” 
item was settled: the tendered MAN shares were acquired, the 
cash compensation was paid and the remaining amount was 
reclassified  directly  to  equity.  Current  other  liabilities  were 
down compared with the previous year’s balance sheet date. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets

125

P O W E R   E N G I N E E R I N G   B U S I N E S S   A R E A   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   ST R U C T U R E  

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Noncurrent assets 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Equity 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Current liabilities 

2,206

4,202

6,408

2,885

777

2,746

2,499

3,597

6,097

2,953

754

2,391

The Power Engineering Business Area’s intangible assets and 
property, plant and equipment were lower than the respective 
prior-year  figures.  Noncurrent  assets  decreased  in  total. 
Current assets rose 16.8% compared with December 31, 2018. 
The  “Assets  held  for  sale”  item  included  in  current  assets 
mainly  comprises  the  asset  carrying  amount  expected  to  be 
derecognized  following  the  planned  disposal  of  Renk.  Total 
assets  in  the  Power  Engineering  Business  Area  stood  at 
€6.4 (6.1) billion at the end of 2019. 

On  December 31,  2019,  the  Power  Engineering  Business 
Area’s  equity  amounted  to  €2.9 (3.0) billion.  Noncurrent  lia-
bilities  were  at  the  prior-year  level.  Noncurrent  financial  lia-
bilities increased, while other noncurrent liabilities declined. 
Overall,  current  liabilities  were  higher  than  a  year  earlier. 
Contributing factors were a rise in current financial liabilities 
and  in  liabilities  held  for  sale,  which  include  the  carrying 
amount of the liabilities of Renk expected to be derecognized.  

Financial Services Division balance sheet structure 
At  the  end  of  2019,  the  Financial  Services  Division  had  total 
assets of €241.3 billion, 7.9% more than on December 31, 2018.  
Noncurrent assets were up by 11.7% in total. The property, 
plant and equipment included in this item decreased. Invest-
ment  property  and  lease  assets  rose  due  to  business  growth 
and  as  a  result  of  the  application  of  the  new  IFRS 16,  while 
other  receivables  and  financial  assets  declined  by  a  corre-
sponding  amount.  Noncurrent  financial  services  receivables 
rose, driven by higher volumes.  

Current  assets  amounted  to  €94.4 (92.2) billion.  While 
current financial services receivables increased, current other 
receivables and financial assets declined. As of December 31, 
2019,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  in  the  Financial  Services 
Division  stood  at  €6.2 billion,  up  €1.5 billion  on  the  prior-
year figure.  

The  Financial  Services  Division  accounted  for  around  
49.4 (48.8)% of the Volkswagen Group’s assets at the balance 
sheet date.  

At  €30.9 billion,  the  Financial  Services  Division’s  equity 
was 8.4% higher than the figure at the previous balance sheet 
date, driven mainly by healthy earnings. The equity ratio was 
12.8 (12.7)%.  

Noncurrent liabilities were up by 11.1% at the end of 2019, 
mainly because of a rise in noncurrent financial liabilities to 
refinance  the  business  volume.  Overall,  current  liabilities 
were  higher  than  a  year  earlier.  Especially  the  current  finan-
cial liabilities included in this item recorded an increase.  

Deposits  from  the  direct  banking  business  totaled 
€32.5 (29.9) billion,  thus  exceeding  the  figure  recorded  as  of 
December 31, 2018.

R E T U R N   O N   I N V E ST M E N T   ( R O I )   A N D   VA L U E   C O N T R I B U T I O N    
The  Volkswagen  Group’s  financial  target  system  centers  on 
continuously  and  sustainably  increasing  the  value  of  the 
Company. In order to ensure the efficient use of resources in 
the Automotive Division and to measure the success of this, 
we have been using a value-based management system for a 
number of years, with return on investment (ROI) as a relative 
indicator  and  value  contribution1,  a  key  performance  indi-
cator linked to the cost of capital, as an absolute performance 
measure.  

The return on investment serves as a consistent target in 
strategic and operational management. If the return on invest-
ment exceeds the market cost of capital, there is an increase 
in the value of the invested capital and a positive value contri-
bution.  The  concept  of  value-based  management  allows  the 
success  of  the  Automotive  Division  and  individual  business 
units to be evaluated. It also enables the earnings power of our 
products, product lines and projects – such as new plants – to 
be measured. 

Components of value contribution 
Value contribution1 is calculated on the basis of the operating 
result after tax and the opportunity cost of invested capital.  

The operating result shows the economic performance of 
the  Automotive  Division  and  is  initially  a  pre-tax  figure. 
Using  the  various  international  income  tax  rates  of  the 
relevant companies, we assume an overall average tax rate of 
30% when calculating the operating result after tax. 

1  The  value  contribution  corresponds  to  the  Economic  Value  Added  (EVA®).  EVA®  is  a 

registered trademark of Stern Stewart & Co. 

 
126 

 Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets  

Group Management Report

The  cost  of  capital  is  multiplied  by  the  average  invested 
capital to give the opportunity cost of capital. Invested capital 
is calculated as total operating assets reported in the balance 
sheet (property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, lease 
assets,  inventories  and  receivables)  less  non-interest-bearing 
liabilities (trade payables and payments on account received). 
Average  invested  capital  is  derived  from  the  balance  at  the 
beginning and the end of the reporting period. 

As  the  concept  of  value-based  management  only  com-
prises our operating activities, assets relating to investments 
in  subsidiaries  and  associates  and  the  investment  of  cash 
funds  are  not  included  when  calculating  invested  capital. 
Interest  charged  on  these  assets  is  reported  in  the  financial 
result. 

Determining the current cost of capital 
The  cost  of  capital  is  the  weighted  average  of  the  required 
rates of return on equity and debt.  

C O ST   O F   C A P I TA L   A F T E R   TA X   A U TO M OT I V E   D I V I S I O N  

% 

2019

2018

Risk-free rate 

Market risk premium 

Volkswagen-specific risk premium 

(Volkswagen beta factor) 

Cost of equity after tax 

Cost of debt 

Tax 

Cost of debt after tax 

Proportion of equity 

Proportion of debt 

Cost of capital after tax 

0.0

7.5

1.3

0.8

6.5

1.1

(1.17)

(1.17)

8.8

1.9

– 0.6

1.3

66.7

33.3

6.3

8.4

2.5

– 0.8

1.8

66.7

33.3

6.2

The  cost  of  equity  is  determined  using  the  Capital  Asset 

R E T U R N   O N   I N V E ST M E N T   ( R O I )   A N D   VA L U E   C O N T R I B U T I O N   I N  

Pricing Model (CAPM). 

This  model  uses  the  yield  on  long-term  risk-free  Bunds, 
increased  by  the  risk  premium  attaching  to  investments  in 
the  equity  market.  The  risk  premium  comprises  a  general 
market risk and a specific business risk.  

The general risk premium of 7.5% reflects the general risk 

of a capital investment in the equity market.  

The  specific  business  risk  –  price  fluctuations  in  Volks-
wagen preferred shares – has been modeled in comparison to 
the  MSCI  World  Index  when  calculating  the  beta  factor.  The 
MSCI  World  Index  is  a  global  capital  market  benchmark  for 
investors. 

The  analysis  period  for  the  beta  factor  calculation  spans 
five years with annual beta figures calculated on a daily basis 
followed by the subsequent calculation of the average. A beta 
factor of 1.17 (1.17) was determined for 2019. 

The  cost  of  debt  is  based  on  the  average  yield  for  long-
term debt. As borrowing costs are tax-deductible, the cost of 
debt is adjusted to account for the tax rate of 30%. 

A weighting on the basis of a fixed ratio for the fair values 
of  equity  and  debt  gives  an  effective  cost  of  capital  for  the 
Automotive Division of 6.3 (6.2)% for 2019. 

T H E   R E P O R T I N G   P E R I O D  
At  €13,019 (11,438) million,  the  Automotive  Division’s  oper-
ating  result  after  tax,  including  the  proportionate  operating 
result of the Chinese joint ventures, was up on the prior-year 
figure. Improvements in the mix and increased vehicle sales, 
reversals of impairment losses as part of the remeasurement 
of development costs, product cost optimization as well as the 
measurement of certain derivatives and a decline in negative 
special  items  had  a  positive  impact.  In  particular,  higher 
depreciation  and  amortization  charges  due  to  the  large 
volume of capital expenditure and a rise in research and devel-
opment costs had an offsetting effect. Effects on earnings and 
assets from purchase price allocation are not taken into account 
as they cannot be influenced operationally by management. 

In  the  reporting  year,  the  invested  capital  rose  to 
€116,016 (104,424) million. The increase was particularly due 
to  the  change  in  the  accounting  for  leases  (IFRS 16)  that 
entered into force on January 1, 2019, as well as additions to 
capex and capitalized development costs.  

The  return  on  investment  (ROI)  is  the  return  on  invested 
capital  for  a  particular  period  based  on  the  operating  result 
after tax. In spite of the additional adverse effects of the special 
items on earnings as well as the increase in the invested capital 
resulting from the new IFRS 16, the ROI improved as a result of 
the  higher  operating  profit  and  amounted  to  11.2 (11.0)%, 
which is above our minimum rate of return on invested capital 
of 9%. 

Group Management Report 

Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets

127

At  €7,328  (6,474) million,  the  opportunity  cost  of  capital 
(invested capital multiplied by cost of capital) was up on the 
prior-year  level  due  to  the  increase  in  the  invested  capital. 
After  deduction  of  the  opportunity  cost  of  invested  capital, 
operating  result  after  tax  –  which  was  negatively  impacted  
by  special  items  –  led  to  a  positive  value  contribution  of 
€5,691 (4,964) million. 

More information on value-based management is contained 
in  our  publication  entitled  “Financial  Control  System  of  the 
Volkswagen  Group”,  which  can  be  downloaded  from  our  In-
vestor Relations website: www.volkswagenag.com/en/Investor-
Relations/news-and-publications/More_Publications.html. 

R E T U R N   O N   I N V E ST M E N T   ( R O I )   A N D   VA L U E   C O N T R I B U T I O N   I N   T H E   A U TO M OT I V E   D I V I S I O N 1  

€ million 

Operating result after tax 

Invested capital (average)2 

Return on investment (ROI) in % 

Cost of capital in % 

Cost of invested capital 

Value contribution 

2019

2018

13,019

116,016

11.2

6.3

7,328

5,691

11,438

104,424

11.0

6.2

6,474

4,964

1  Including proportionate inclusion of the Chinese joint ventures (including the relevant sales and component companies) and allocation of consolidation adjustments between the 

Automotive and Financial Services Divisions. 

2  When calculating the average invested capital, the effect of the application of the new IFRS 16 for full year 2019 was taken into account.  

 
128 

 Results of Operations, Financial Position and Net Assets  

Group Management Report

S U M M A R Y   O F   B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T   A N D   E C O N O M I C  

P O S I T I O N  

The Board of Management of Volkswagen AG considers busi-
ness  development  and  the  economic  position  to  have  been 
positive overall.  

In  an  environment  dominated  by  persistently  difficult 
market  conditions,  fierce  competition,  technological  change 
in  our  industry  and  growing  environmental  awareness,  we 
achieved  a  new  sales  record  with  11.0 million  vehicles  deliv-
ered.  We  saw  growth  in  Europe  and  South  America.  The 
Group’s  sales  revenue  increased  by  7.1%,  which  was  slightly 
better  than  expected.  This  was  particularly  due  to  mix  and 
price improvements and the healthy business performance in 
the  Financial  Services  Division.  Consequently,  the  Volks-
wagen Group’s operating profit before special items improved 
to €19.3 billion. At 7.6%, the operating return on sales before 
special items was slightly above the forecast range of 6.5–7.5%. 

Including  special  items  related  to  the  diesel  issue,  the  oper-
ating  return  on  sales  rose  to  6.7%  and  was  therefore  within 
the originally forecast range. 

The research and development costs reflect our activities 
to safeguard the Company’s future viability; at 6.7%, the R&D 
ratio in the Automotive Division was within the expected range. 
At 6.6%, the Automotive Division’s ratio of capex to sales 
revenue was also within the expected range. At €10.8 billion, 
net  cash  flow  was,  as  forecast,  markedly  higher  than  in  the 
previous year due in particular to the improved profits, lower 
cash  outflows  attributable  to  the  diesel  issue  and  improve-
ments in working capital. As a consequence, net liquidity was 
higher than in the year before, at €21.3 billion. 

The  return  on  investment  (ROI)  in  the  Automotive  Divi-
sion of 11.2% was slightly higher than in the previous year and 
exceeded  the  minimum  required  rate  of  return  on  invested 
capital. 

F O R E C A ST   V E R S U S   A C T U A L   F I G U R E S  

Actual 2018

Original forecast
for 2019

Adjusted forecast
for 2019

Actual 2019

Deliveries to customers (units) 

10.8 million

slight increase

at prior-year level

11.0 million

Volkswagen Group 

Sales revenue 

€235.8 billion

increase of up to 5%

increase of up to 5%

€252.6 billion

Operating return on sales before special items 

Operating return on sales  

7.3%

5.9%

Operating result before special items 

€17.1 billion

6.5–7.5%

6.5–7.5%
(cid:97)6.5%
within the forecast range within the forecast range

6.5–7.5%

€13.9 billion

within the forecast range within the forecast range

7.6%

6.7%

€19.3 billion

€17.0 billion

Operating result 

Passenger Cars Business Area1 

Sales revenue 

€172.7 billion

increase of up to 5%

increase of up to 5%

€182.0 billion

Operating return on sales before special items 

Operating return on sales  

7.6%

5.8%

Operating result before special items 

€ 13.2 billion

6.5–7.5%

6.5–7.5%
(cid:97)6.5%
within the forecast range within the forecast range

6.5–7.5%

Operating result 

Commercial Vehicles Business Area1 

Sales revenue 

Operating return on sales 

Operating result 

Power Engineering Business Area 

Sales revenue 

Operating result 

Financial Services Division 

Sales revenue 

Operating result 

R&D ratio in the Automotive Division 

Capex/sales revenue in the Automotive Division 

Net cash flow in the Automotive Division 

Net liquidity in the Automotive Division 

Return on investment (ROI) in the  
Automotive Division 

€10.0 billion

within the forecast range within the forecast range

€24.8 billion

increase of up to 5%

increase of up to 5%

4.8%

6.0–7.0%

6.0–7.0%

€1.2 billion

within the forecast range within the forecast range

€3.6 billion

slight increase

slight increase

€–64 million

around the prior-year level

distinctly higher loss

€34.8 billion

€2.8 billion

6.8%

6.6%

€–0.3 billion

€19.4 billion

11.0%

moderate increase

moderate increase

at prior-year level

at prior-year level

6.5–7.0%

6.5–7.0%

6.5–7.0%

6.5–7.0%

significant increase, 
positive

significant increase, 
positive

considerable decline

considerable decline

slight increase,
>9%

slight increase,
>9%

8.0%

6.7%

 €14.5 billion

€12.2 billion

€26.4 billion

6.3%

€1.7 billion

€4.0 billion

€–93 million

€40.2 billion

€3.2 billion

6.7%

6.6%

€10.8 billion

€21.3 billion

11.2%

1  The Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand has been reported as part of the Passenger Cars Business Area since January 1, 2019. The prior-year figures have been adjusted.  

Group Management Report 

Volkswagen AG

129

Volkswagen AG 

(Condensed, in accordance with the German Commercial Code) 

Unit sales of Volkswagen AG were on a level with the previous year in 2019, 
while sales and profit increased. 

A N N U A L   R E S U LT  
Additional  special  items  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue 
amounting to €1.8 billion were recognized in fiscal year 2019. 
This  was  mainly  due  to  further  provisions  for  legal  risks. 
Special  items  had  an  impact  of  €–1.8 (–2.0) billion  on  other 
operating income.  

At  €80.6 billion,  sales  were  3.4%  higher  year-on-year  due 
to positive mix effects. Sales generated abroad accounted for 
a  share  of  €50.1 billion  or  62.1%.  Cost  of  sales  increased  by 
2.8% to €74.7 billion. 

At  €7.9 billion,  distribution,  general  and  administrative 
expenses were up €0.3 billion on the prior-year figure.  

The  net  other  operating  result  was  €0.5 billion  lower,  at 
€– 0.9 (–0.4) billion.  The  decrease  resulted  particularly  from 
lower income from the reversal of provisions. 

The €0.9 billion increase in the financial result to €9.1 bil-
lion resulted mainly from increased income from profit and 
loss transfer agreements. Impairments of equity investments 
(€1.5 billion) and a disposal loss recognized in connection with 
the IPO of TRATON SE (€0.8 billion) had an offsetting effect.  

Gross profit on sales rose accordingly to €5.9 (5.3) billion. 

Including  taxes  on  income  of  €–1.2 (–0.9) billion,  net 

income for fiscal year 2019 amounted to €5.0 (4.6) billion. 

I N C O M E   STAT E M E N T   O F   V O L K SWA G E N   A G  

B A L A N C E   S H E E T   O F   V O L K SWA G E N   A G   A S   O F   D E C E M B E R   3 1  

€ million 

Sales  

Cost of sales 

Gross profit on sales 

(cid:39)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:85)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:88)(cid:87)(cid:76)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:15) general and administrative 
expenses 

Net other operating result 

Financial result1 

Taxes on income 

Earnings after tax 

Net income for the fiscal year 

Retained profits brought forward 

Appropriations to revenue reserves 

Net retained profits 

1  Including write-downs of long-term financial assets. 

2019

2018

€ million 

2019

2018

80,621

– 74,700

5,921

– 7,948

– 914

9,115

– 1,215

4,958

4,958

0

– 1,685

3,273

78,001

Fixed assets 

– 72,700

Inventories 

5,301

Receivables1 

Cash-in-hand and bank balances 

– 7,624

Total assets 

– 415

8,264

– 907

4,620

4,620

3

– 2,204

2,419

Equity 

Special tax-allowable reserves 

Long-term debt 

Medium-term debt 

Short-term debt 

1  Including prepaid expenses. 

120,823

119,713

5,554

35,856

5,639

167,872

35,629

18

39,206

35,983

57,036

5,140

36,965

14,595

176,412

33,090

19

40,348

37,422

65,533

 
130 

Volkswagen AG  

Group Management Report

N E T   A S S E T S   A N D   F I N A N C I A L   P O S I T I O N  
Total assets amounted to €167.9 billion on December 31, 2019, 
down €8.5 billion on the prior-year figure. Property, plant and 
equipment  was  up  by  €0.6 billion,  with  capital  expenditure 
exceeding  depreciation  charges.  Financial  assets  were  on  a 
level with the prior year at €112.8 (112.8) billion.  

Fixed assets accounted for a share of 72.0 (67.9)% of total 

assets. 

Current assets (including prepaid expenses) amounted to 

€47.0 (56.6) billion on December 31, 2019.  

At the end of the reporting period, equity was at €35.6 bil-
lion;  the  increase  was  due  particularly  to  the  positive  net 
income for the year. The equity ratio was 21.2 (18.8)%. 

Other provisions increased by €1.3 billion to €21.4 (20.0) bil-
lion,  due  in  part  to  the  additional  provisions  in  connection 
with  the  diesel  issue.  Provisions  for  pensions  and  similar 
obligations rose by €1.7 billion to €17.8 billion, primarily as a 
result  of  a  change  in  measurement  inputs,  while  provisions 
for taxes increased by €0.1 billion to €3.8 billion.  

The  €14.2 billion  decrease  in  total  liabilities  (including 
deferred  income)  to  €89.2 billion  is  attributable  primarily  to 
lower liabilities to affiliated companies.  

Volkswagen AG’s cash funds, comprising cash instruments 
with a maturity of less than three months, less bank and cash 
pooling  liabilities  repayable  on  demand,  deteriorated  year-
on-year from €–0.2 billion to €–7.6 billion. The interest-bear-
ing  portion  of  debt  amounted  to  €78.2  (87.9) billion.  In  our 
assessment,  the  economic  position  of  Volkswagen AG  is  just 
as positive overall as that of the Volkswagen Group. 

D I V I D E N D   P O L I C Y  
Our  dividend  policy  matches  our  financial  strategy.  In  the 
interests of all stakeholders, we aim for continuous dividend 
growth so that our shareholders can participate in a manner 
which  is  commensurate  with  our  business  success.  The  pro-
posed  dividend  therefore  reflects  our  financial  management 
objectives – in particular, ensuring a solid financial foundation 
as part of the implementation of our strategy.  

In our Group strategy, we aim to achieve a payout ratio of 
at least 30%. The payout ratio is based on the Group’s earnings 
after  tax  attributable  to  Volkswagen  AG  shareholders.  It 
amounts to 24.5% for the reporting period and stood at 20.4% 
in the previous year. 

D I V I D E N D   P R O P O S A L  
In fiscal year 2019, net retained profits amounted to €3.3 bil-
lion.  The  Board  of  Management  and  Supervisory  Board  are 
proposing to pay a total dividend of €3.3 billion, i.e. €6.50 per 
ordinary share and €6.56 per preferred share. 

P R O P O S A L   O N   T H E   A P P R O P R I AT I O N   O F   N E T   P R O F I T  

€ 

2019

Dividend payout on subscribed capital  
(€1,283 million) 

of which on: ordinary shares 

preferred shares 

Balance (carried forward to new account) 

Net retained profits 

3,270,791,536.20

1,918,083,817.00

1,352,707,719.20

2,572,003.60

3,273,363,539.80

E M P L OY E E   PAY   A N D   B E N E F I T S   AT   V O L K SWA G E N   A G  

€ million 

Direct pay including cash benefits 

Social security contributions 

Compensated absence 

Retirement benefits 

Total expense 

2019

8,421

1,502

1,310

682

%

70.7

12.6

11.0

5.7

2018

8,175

1,437

1,350

611

%

70.6

12.4

11.7

5.3

11,916

100.0

11,573

100.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Volkswagen AG

131

E X P E N D I T U R E   O N   E N V I R O N M E N TA L   P R OT E C T I O N  
When  measuring  expenditure  on  environmental  protection, 
a  distinction  is  made  between  investments  and  operating 
costs  for  production-related  environmental  protection  mea-
sures.  Of  our  total  investments,  only  those  that  are  spent 
exclusively  or  primarily  on  environmental  protection  are 
included in environmental protection investments. We distin-
guish  here  between  additive  and  integrated  investments. 
Additive  environmental  protection  measures  are  separate 
measures upstream or downstream of the production process. 
In  contrast  to  additive  environmental  protection  measures, 
integrated  measures  reduce  the  environmental 
impact 
already  during  the  production  process.  In  2019  we  invested 
primarily  in  air  pollution  control  and  in  soil  and  water 
pollution control. 

The  recognized  operating  costs  relate  to  measures  that 
protect the environment against harmful factors by avoiding, 
reducing, or eliminating emissions by the Company. Resources 
are  also  conserved.  For  example,  these  include  expenditures 
incurred to operate equipment that protects the environment, 
as  well  as  expenditures  for  measures  not  relating  to  such 
equipment.  As  in  previous  years,  the  emphasis  in  2019  was 
on sewage and waste management. 

V E H I C L E   S A L E S  
Volkswagen AG  sold  a  total  of  2,580,553 (2,597,126) vehicles 
in fiscal year 2019. Vehicles sold abroad accounted for a share 
of 67.6 (71.0)%. 

P R O D U C T I O N  
Volkswagen AG  produced  a  total  of  1,069,066 vehicles  at  its 
vehicle production plants in Wolfsburg, Hanover and Emden 
in the reporting period (–4.0%).  

E M P L OY E E S  
As  of  December  31,  2019,  a  total  of  119,204 (119,394) people 
were employed at the sites of Volkswagen AG, excluding staff 
employed  at  subsidiaries.  Of  this  figure,  5,029 (5,009)  were 
vocational trainees. 5,254 (4,785) employees were in the pas-
sive phase of their partial retirement.  

Female employees accounted for 17.6 (17.3)% of the work-
force.  Volkswagen  AG  employed  6,551  (5,883)  part-time 
workers. The percentage of foreign employees was 6.4 (6.3)%. 
In the reporting period, 83.2 (83.2)% of the employees in Volks-
wagen AG’s production area were in possession of vocational 
or  additional  training.  The  proportion  of  graduates  was  20.1 
(19.5)% in the same period. The average age of employees in 
fiscal year 2019 was 44.2 (43.9) years. 

R E S E A R C H   A N D   D E V E L O P M E N T  
Volkswagen AG’s  research  and  development  costs  as  defined 
in the German Commercial Code increased to €6.1 (5.6) billion 
in the reporting period. 13,378 (12,796) people were employed 
in this area at the end of the reporting period.  

V O L K SWA G E N   A G   E X P E N D I T U R E   O N   E N V I R O N M E N TA L   P R OT E C T I O N  

€ million 

Investments 

Operating costs 

2019

9

233

2018

13

230

2017

17

227

2016

11

223

2015

21

244

 
132 

Volkswagen AG  

Group Management Report

O P E R A T I N G  C O S T S  F O R  E N V I R O N M E N T A L   P R O T E C T I O N  A T   V O L K S W A G E N  A G   2 0 1 9
Share of environmental protection areas in percent

Sewage management

Waste management

Air pollution control
Soil and water
pollution control

Climate protection
Species and 
landscape conservation

Protection against 
noise and vibration

29.9

27.6

16.5

12.3

8.9

2.4

2.4

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

B U S I N E S S   D E V E L O P M E N T   R I S K S   A N D   O P P O R T U N I T I E S   AT  

V O L K SWA G E N   A G  

The business development of Volkswagen AG is exposed to 
essentially  the  same  risks  and  opportunities  as  the  Volks-
wagen  Group.  These  risks  and  opportunities  are  explained 
in  the  Report  on  Risks  and  Opportunities  on  pages  164  to 
189 of this annual report. 

R I S K S   A R I S I N G   F R O M   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S  
Risks  for  Volkswagen  AG  arising  from  the  use  of  financial 
instruments  are  generally  the  same  as  those  to  which  the 
Volkswagen  Group  is  exposed.  An  explanation  of  these  risks 
can be found on pages 187 to 188 of this annual report. 

D E P E N D E N T   C O M PA N Y   R E P O R T  
The  Board  of Management  of Volkswagen  AG  has  submitted 
to  the  Supervisory  Board  the  report  required  by  section  312 
of  the  Aktiengesetz  (AktG  –  German  Stock  Corporation  Act) 
and issued the following concluding declaration: 

“We declare that, based on the circumstances known to us at 
the  time  when  the  transactions  with  affiliated  companies 
within the meaning of section 312 of the German Stock Cor-
poration Act (AktG) were entered into, our Company received 
appropriate  consideration  for  each  transaction.  No  trans-
actions  with  third  parties  or  measures  were  either  under-
taken or omitted on the instructions of or in the interests of 
Porsche or other affiliated companies in the reporting period.” 

The Annual Financial Statements of Volkswagen AG (in accordance with the German 
Commercial Code) can be accessed from the electronic company register at 
www.unternehmensregister.de. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

133

Sustainable Value Enhancement 

Our goal is to run our business responsibly along the entire value chain. Everyone should benefit 
from this – our customers, our employees, the environment and society. Our enhanced Group 
strategy TOGETHER 2025+ describes this transformation in the Company. With our new vision 
“Shaping mobility – for generations to come” we aim to make mobility 
sustainable for present and future generations. 

The main financial key performance indicators for the Volks-
wagen  Group  are  described  in  the  “Results  of  Operations, 
Financial Position and Net Assets” chapter. Nonfinancial key 
performance  indicators  also  provide  information  on  the 
efficiency  of  our  Company’s  value  drivers.  These  include  the 
processes in the areas of research and development, procure-
ment, production, marketing and sales, information technol-
ogy  and  quality  assurance.  In  all  of  these  processes,  we  are 
aware  of  our  responsibility  towards  our  customers,  our 
employees,  the  environment  and  society.  In  this  chapter  we 
provide examples of how we want to increase the value of our 
Company in a sustainable way. 

S U STA I N A B I L I T Y  
For us, sustainability means simultaneously striving for eco-
nomic,  social  and  environmental  goals  in  a  way  that  gives 
them  equal  priority.  As  one  of  the  largest  industrial  com-
panies,  we  wish  to  put  our  creative  powers  to  good  use 
worldwide for the benefit of people and the environment. We 
have thus developed a sustainable style of company manage-
ment and put in place the necessary management structures.  
We have anchored our goal to sustainably shape mobility 
for  present  and  future  generations  in  our  Group  strategy 
TOGETHER  2025+.  In  addition,  we  want  to  be  an  excellent 
employer  and  a  role  model  for  the  environment,  safety  and 
integrity. Sustainability is thus at the center of our corporate 
actions. 

A  particular  challenge  when  implementing  our  strategic 
goals on all levels of the value chain is the complexity of our 
Company,  with  its  twelve  brands,  more  than  670  thousand 
employees and 124 production sites. At the same time, we are 
guiding  our  Group  through  the  furthest-reaching  process  of 
change in its history. The transformation sweeping our entire 
industry is dominated especially by the transition to e-mobil-
ity,  digitalization  and  new  mobility  services.  We  want  to 

master  these  challenges  and  become  a  leading  company  for 
individual mobility in this electric and connected age. 

Protecting  the  climate  is  currently  the  greatest  global 
challenge  affecting  all  three  sustainability  dimensions.  We 
want  to  provide  our  own  highly  unique  answer  to  this  and 
have decided on an ambitious decarbonization program. With 
the implementation of this program we want to be a carbon-
neutral company by 2050. We are assuming a pioneering role 
by  making  this  voluntary  commitment  based  on  the  Paris 
Climate  Agreement.  To  this  end,  we  are  guided  by  the  speci-
fications  of  the  Task  Force  on  Climate-Related  Financial 
Disclosures  (TCFD);  for  more  information,  please  see  our 
Sustainability Report for fiscal year 2019. 

In  the  field  of  digitalization  we  also  want  to  help  shape 
the  transformation  and  are  pressing  ahead  with  develop-
ments in our vehicles and mobility services on the one hand 
and  in  our  operating  processes  and  management  on  the 
other.  The  digital  transformation  requires  us  not  just  to 
develop  new  technologies  and  be  able  to  harness  them,  but 
also  to  come  up  with  a  forward-looking  human  resources 
strategy  that  takes  our  employees  along  this  path  of  change 
and  ensures  that  they  are  trained  and  that  their  jobs  are 
secured. 

Parameters and guiding principles 
Our actions are determined by the Volkswagen Group Essen-
tials as the foundation of values and the basis for our shared 
corporate  culture.  The  Volkswagen  Group  Essentials  support 
managers  and  employees  in  overcoming  legal  and  ethical 
challenges that arise in their daily work. At the same time, we 
are  guided  in  our  activities  by  a  large  number  of  internal 
guidelines  on  sustainability.  These  include  the  Volkswagen 
Social Charter, the Charter on Labor Relations, the Charter on 
Vocational Education and Training, and the Charter on Tem-
porary Work.  

 
134 

Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

On this basis, our objective is to ensure that the Volkswagen 
Group’s actions are in line with international agreements and 
frameworks  such  as  the  Sustainable  Development  Goals 
(SDGs)  of  the  United  Nations  (UN),  the  declarations  of  the 
International  Labor  Organization  (ILO),  the  principles  and 
conventions  of  the  Organization  for  Economic  Co-operation 
and  Development  (OECD)  and  the  UN  covenants  on  basic 
rights and freedoms.  

We  have  developed  our  own  guiding  principles  for  the 
different aspects of sustainability in conjunction with the so 
called  mission  statements.  These  pithy,  focused  statements 
underscore  our  goals,  programs  and  measures.  In  this  con-
text,  we  created  the  Group’s  new  “goTOzero”  environmental 
mission  statement  in  2019  which  represents  our  goal  to 
achieve  net  carbon  neutrality  with  a  business  approach  that 
is  as  environmentally  friendly  as  possible.  In  the  implemen-
tation of its environmental mission statement, Volkswagen is 
primarily  focusing  on  the  four  areas  of  climate  change, 
resources, air quality and environmental compliance. 

We  take  a  similar  approach  in  the  area  of  social  sustain-
ability,  where  we  aspire  to  act  responsibly  and  fairly  to  all 
stakeholders as a good corporate citizen. Within the Company, 
the  cornerstones  of  this  mission  statement  are  the  charac-
teristics  of  an  attractive  employer  such  as  employee  profit 
participation  plans,  job  security,  career  development  oppor-
tunities  and  equal  opportunities.  Externally,  we  seek  dialog 
with society, initiate and support social projects and encour-
age our staff to take responsibility for the community. 

Management and coordination  
The structure and workflows of core processes in Group-wide 
sustainability  management  were  refined  in  the  reporting 
period.  The  related  specifications,  structures  and  processes 
will subsequently be codified in a separate Group policy. The 
core  elements  include  assumption  of  overall  responsibility 
for  sustainability  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment  of  Volkswagen  AG,  specification  of  the  competence  of 
the  responsible  Board  members  for  specific  sustainability 
management  concepts  and  development  of  rules  of  proce-
dure  by  the  Group  Sustainability  Steering  Committee.  The 
members of this steering committee include managers from 
central  Board  of  Management  business  areas  and  repre-
sentatives  of  the  brands  and  the  Group  Works  Council.  The 
steering  committee  defines  concrete  strategic  goals  and 
programs, establishes measures for uniform further develop-
ment of sustainability management across divisions, brands 
and  regions  and  decides  on  fundamental  sustainability 
issues.  It  also  handles  the  enhancement  of  Group-wide  sus-
tainability  management.  The  offices  of  the  Group  Sustain-
ability  Steering  Committee  are  part  of  the  Group’s  Sustain-
ability function.  

T H E   V O L K S W A G E N   G R O U P ’ S   S T A K E H O L D E R S

M E D I A

R E S I D E N T S   &
L O C A L
A U T H O R I T I E S

O
 C
Y
T
I
L
I
B
A
N

I

A

T

S

N G O S   &
C H A R I T A B L E
A S S O C I A T I O N S

M O N ITOR

E M P L O Y E E S

N CIL

U

V O L K S W A G E N
G R O U P

S

U

C U S T O M E R S
PERVISO R Y   B O A

U

S

P O L I T I C S   &
A S S O C I A T I O N S

A C A D E M I A   &
E D U C A T I O N

C O M P E T I T O R S

W

O

R

K
S

C
O
U
N
C
IL

D

R

B U S I N E S S  
P A R T N E R S   &
S U P P L I E R S

I N V E S T O R S   &
A N A L Y S T S

Strategic stakeholder management  
Our  stakeholders  are  individuals,  groups,  or  organizations 
who have a material influence on or are materially influenced  
by  the  course  or  the  result  of  corporate  decisions.  Our  cus-
tomers  and  employees  are  at  the  center  of  our  stakeholder 
network. Based on our annual stakeholder assessment we have 
identified  eight  more  external  stakeholder  groups  of  equal 
value around this core. The Group’s supervisory and advisory 
bodies such as the Supervisory Board and the Works Council, 
the Sustainability Council and the Monitor appointed by the 
US  Department  of  Justice,  act  as  a  special  interface  between 
internal and external stakeholders.  

We  understand  stakeholder  management  as  systematic, 
continuous  interaction  with  key  stakeholder  groups  in  line 
with our  TOGETHER 2025+ Group strategy. Stakeholder man-
agement aims to systematically record expectations and use 
feedback  from  our  stakeholders  to  critically  reflect  on  stra-
tegic planning processes. 

To be able to systematically incorporate our stakeholders’ 
suggestions and recommendations, we have given our stake-
holder management an organizational structure in the form 
of external committees. At Group level these are the Sustain-
ability Council and  the Stakeholder  Panel.  The  Panel  is  com-
prised  of  300  national  and  international  opinion  leaders.  In 
addition,  we  offer  our  stakeholders  a  broad  range  of  oppor-
tunities  for  interaction  and  feedback  channels  including 
regular  discussion  panels  with  stakeholders,  stakeholder 
surveys and international cooperative projects.  

 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

135

T H E   V O L K S W A G E N   G R O U P ’ S   K E Y   A C T I O N   A R E A S

T R A T E G Y   &   M ANAGEMENT

S

S U P P L I E R   M A N A G E M E N T

C U S T O M E R   M A T T E R S

H U M A N   R I G H T S

I N T E G R I T Y ,   C O M P L I A N C E ,
G O V E R N A N C E

D I G I T A L I Z A T I O N

M O B I L I T Y   C O N C E P T S

D I V E R S I T Y   A N D
E Q U A L I T Y

A T T R A C T I V E N E S S
A S   A N   E M P L O Y E R

T R A I N I N G

C O R P O R A T E
R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y

S H A P I N G   M O B I L I T Y   –
F O R   G E N E R A T I O N S
T O   C O M E .

C L I M A T E   C H A N G E

R E S O U R C E S

P

E

O

P

L

E

P A R T I C I P A T I O N   A N D
C O D E T E R M I N A T I O N

H E A L T H   A N D
O C C U P A T I O N A L  
S A F E T Y

A I R   Q U A L I T Y

E N V I R O N M E N T A L
C O M P L I A N C E

T
N
E

M

N

E N VIR O

Sustainability Council 
The Volkswagen Group appointed a Sustainability Council in 
September 2016, initially for the period until 2020, to provide 
assistance  with  sustainability  issues.  This  is  made  up  of 
internationally  renowned  experts  from  the  academic  world, 
politics and society. The Council establishes its own working 
methods  and  areas  of  focus  independently,  has  far-reaching 
rights  for  the  purposes  of  exchanging  information,  consul-
tation  and  initiating  action,  and  consults  regularly  with  the 
Board  of  Management,  top  management  and  the  employee 
representatives. 

The projects initiated in 2018 started to deliver results in 

2019:  
(cid:33)(cid:3) The  Open  Source  Lab  on  Sustainable  Mobility  organized, 
among other things, dialog events on the use of open data 
in the field of mobility and drew up position papers on this 
topic. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) The  international  program  for  forecast-based  civil  protec-

tion financing implemented initial mechanisms. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) The  research  project  on  traffic  policy  instruments  for 
reaching  international  climate  targets  published  initial 
brief studies. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Visiting professors at the open labs began their work. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) The project for the strategic focus of sustainability at Volks-

wagen reached its first milestones.  

In  addition,  the  Council  decided  on  three  new  initiatives:  a 
research  project  on  distribution  effects  and  acceptance  of 

climate-friendly  fiscal  policy,  a  study  on  the  effects  of 
digitalization and e-mobility on employment, and a commit-
ment  to  a  sustainable  cobalt  supply  chain.  Furthermore,  the 
Sustainability  Council  formulated  further  recommendations 
for how technological, political and cultural change should be 
organized  to  win  back  trust  and  lay  the  foundations  for 
future success.  

Materiality analysis 
The  development  of  our  new  corporate  vision  “Shaping 
mobility – for generations to come” in 2019 played a key role 
in identifying the topics that are material for the Volkswagen 
Group. We seek to provide answers to the challenges of today 
and tomorrow with our enhanced Group strategy TOGETHER 
2025+. Our goal is to make mobility sustainable for our own 
and  for  future  generations.  With  electric  drives,  digital 
connectivity and  autonomous  driving, we  want  to  make  the 
automobile cleaner, quieter, more intelligent and safer. 

As  the  starting  point  for  our  materiality  analysis,  we  are 
oriented towards the SDGs formulated by the United Nations, 
which describe the social challenges facing companies. Based 
on  the  results  of  the  analysis  we  conducted  in  the  reporting 
year,  we  have  defined  16  key  action  areas.  Key  action  areas 
were revised, restructured and grouped together in the fiscal 
year.  In  order  to  identify  key  topics,  we  took  into  account 
external  studies,  sector  and  media  analyses,  ratings,  stake-
holder  surveys,  internal  and  external  guidelines  and  codes, 
the  TOGETHER  2025+  Group  strategy  and  the  individual 
departmental strategies. 

As  the  details  of  our  Group  strategy  have  not  yet  been 
finalized, we are still in the process of specifying the content 
of the key action areas based on values, targets and KPIs.  

Corporate citizenship  
As a good corporate citizen, we aim to be a constant source of 
economic  impetus  for  local  structural  development  and 
equal  opportunities.  We  have  always  believed  in  the  impor-
tance  of  recognizing  our  social  responsibilities  toward  our 
stakeholders. The main focus of our corporate social engage-
ment  activities  is  on  supporting  future,  educational  and 
community projects at many of our sites across the world. In 
2019, the brands and companies launched or continued over 
520 projects and initiatives worldwide.  

  C S R   P R O J E C T S    

https://csrprojects.volkswagenag.com/csr-projects.html#all 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
136 

Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

C O 2 E M I S S I O N S  O F  T H E   V O L K S W A G E N  G R O U P ’ S  E U R O P E A N  ( E U 2 8 )  N E W   P A S S E N G E R  C A R  F L E E T
in grams per kilometer

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

124

¹

¹

123

122

¹

120

121

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

1  Subject to official publication by the European Commission in the annual CO2 fleet monitoring report. 

R E S E A R C H   A N D   D E V E L O P M E N T  
Forward-looking  mobility  solutions  with  brand-defining 
products  and  services  would  be  unthinkable  without  inno-
vations.  This  makes  our  research  and  development  work 
essential for sustainably increasing the value of the Company.  
Together  with  our  Group  brands,  we  have  launched 
measures  based  on  our  future  program  TOGETHER  2025+  to 
link development activities across the Group. At the heart of 
this is an efficient, cross-brand development alliance charac-
terized by a close network of our experts, collaboration on an 
equal  footing,  an  innovative  working  environment  and  the 
pooling of development activities. The aim is to make use of 
synergy  effects  across  the  Group  and  act  as  a  role  model  for 
the  environment,  safety  and  integrity.  The  development 
alliance  is  playing  a  major  part  in  driving  the  Volkswagen 
Group’s transformation and helping to make the Group fit for 
the future.  

In  view  of  this  strategic  focus,  we  concentrated  in  the 
reporting  period  on  continuing  to  develop  forward-looking 
mobility  solutions,  establishing  technological  expertise  to 
strengthen  our  competitiveness,  expanding  our  range  of 
products  and  services  and  improving  the  functionality, 
quality, safety and environmental compatibility of our prod-
ucts and services. 

We  use  a  strategic  indicator  in  Europe  and  the  United 
States to measure the effectiveness of our measures to reduce 
emissions when driving: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) CO2  fleet  emissions.  The  Volkswagen  Group’s  new  passen-
ger car fleet in the EU (excluding Lamborghini and Bentley) 
emitted  an  average  of  124 g CO2/km1  in  the  reporting 
period,  a  value  that  is  below  the  2019  European  target 

of 130 g CO2/km. The low year-on-year increase was mainly 
attributable  to  rising  demand  for  SUVs.  As  small  volume 
manufacturers,  the  Lamborghini  and  Bentley  brands  each 
have an independent fleet for the purposes of the European 
CO2  legislation  and  were  both  above  their  individual 
targets.  In  the  United  States,  the  regulation  of  fleet  emis-
sions is different to that in Europe, for example in terms of 
the underlying test process, the period of evaluation, which 
corresponds  to  the  model  year  rather  than  the  fiscal  year, 
and  the  calculation  period,  which  comprises  three  model 
years. In fiscal year 2019, we complied with the regulations 
that  apply  to  our  greenhouse  gas  account  in  the  United 
States, subject to any notification by the authorities. 

Fuel and drivetrain strategy 
With  a  view  to  the  legal  regulations  on  emissions,  we  are 
currently developing a forward-looking vehicle and drivetrain 
portfolio:  we  have  set  ourselves  the  objective  of  increasing 
drive  system  efficiency  with  each  new  model  generation  
– irrespective of whether it is a combustion engine, a hybrid, 
a plug-in hybrid, or a purely electric drive system. The Volks-
wagen  Group  closely  coordinates  technology  and  product 
planning with its brands so as to avoid breaches of fleet fuel 
consumption limits, since these would entail severe financial 
penalties.  

We  anticipate  that  one  in  four  new  Volkswagen  Group 
vehicles worldwide will already have a purely electric drive by 
the year 2025; depending on market development, this could 
be up to three million electric vehicles a year. As part of our 
electrification offensive, we aim to offer our customers world- 
wide up to 75 completely battery electric vehicles and approx- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

137

imately  60  hybrid  models  by  2029.  By  2030,  the  Volkswagen 
Group  aims  to  have  electrified  its  entire  model  portfolio  
– from  high-volume  models  to  premium  vehicles.  This  will
mean  offering  at  least  one  electric  version  –  battery  electric,
hybrid or mild hybrid vehicles – of each of our passenger car
models  across  all  Group  brands.  To  this  end,  in  addition  to
the  Modular  Electric  Drive  Toolkit  (MEB),  we  are  also  devel-
oping  an  all-electric  platform  for  our  premium  and  sports
brands – the Premium Platform Electric (PPE).

The  Volkswagen  Group  is  committed  to  achieving  the 
goals  of  the  Paris  agreement  on  climate  change  and  is 
pursuing the objective of making its vehicle fleet completely 
carbon neutral by 2050. 

To  enable  sustainable,  affordable  mobility  in  the  future 
for  as  many  people  around  the  world  as  possible,  we  offer  a 
range  of  drivetrains  with  a  focus  on  electrification.  From 
today’s  perspective,  conventional  combustion  engines  look 
set  to  continue  to  make  up  the  lion’s  share  of  drive 
technology  in  the  coming  years.  In  the  interest  of  using 
resources  responsibly,  it  is  therefore  essential  to  further 
enhance this engine segment and systematically consolidate 
it  for  specific  markets.  Powertrain  measures  such  as 
significantly  more  sophisticated  exhaust  gas  purification  or 
mild  hybridization  of  our  vehicles,  as  well  as  vehicle 
measures such as optimized aerodynamics or reduced rolling 
resistance  will  be  necessary  to  fulfill  future  emissions 
standards. With the new Golf 8 we are placing a greater focus 
on efficient and sustainable mobility in the volume segment. 
The  Golf’s  new  petrol  mild  hybrid  drivetrain  significantly 
reduces fuel consumption. With its ability to shut the engine 
off when coasting and to give an electric boost when the car 
drives off, it provides attractive functions related to efficiency 
and driving comfort. 

It is more important to us than ever to rigorously pursue 
our  modular  approach.  We  are  reducing  the  number  of 
individual  modules  so  that  we  can  make  a  large  product 
portfolio  economically  viable.  For  example,  we  will  reduce 
the number of versions of conventional combustion engines 
in the Group by more than a third in the long term. This will 
create  capacity  for  the  development  and  production  of  new 
hybrid and electric drives. 

Life cycle engineering and recycling 
On  their  own,  technological  innovations  for  reducing  fuel 
consumption  are  not  enough  to  minimize  the  effect  of 
vehicles on the environment. We consider the environmental 
impacts  we  cause  throughout  the  entire  life  cycle  and  at  all 
stages  of  the  value  chain.  These  include  the  manufacturing 
process  with  the  associated  extraction  of  raw  materials,  the 

production  of  materials,  the  processes  at  our  suppliers  and 
our  own  production  operations  at  our  sites,  the  use  phase 
with the resulting vehicle emissions and the necessary supply 
of fuel, and ultimately the recycling of the vehicle at the end 
of its life cycle. We identify the stages of the life cycle at which 
improvements  will  have  the  greatest  effect  and  develop 
appropriate  solutions.  We  call  this  life  cycle  engineering. 
Recycling,  for  example,  is  an  important  means  of  reducing 
environmental  impact  and  conserving  resources.  We  there-
fore  already  take  the  recyclability  of  the  required  materials 
into  consideration  when  developing  new  vehicles,  use  high-
quality  recycled  material  and  avoid  pollutants.  Under  the 
European Directive on end-of-life vehicles, passenger cars and 
light  commercial  vehicles  must  be  85%  recyclable  and  95% 
recoverable.  Our  vehicles  registered  in  Europe  comply  with 
these standards. 

Leveraging synergies increases efficiency 
When  developing  vehicles,  we  cooperate  closely  with  our 
brands to leverage synergies. The joint strategy of our devel-
opment  alliance  involves,  for  example,  making  the  Group 
more  competitive  and  viable  in  the  long  term  by  deploying 
resources more effectively and efficiently in the research and 
development  of  new  mobility-related  technologies,  products 
and  services.  In  our  Group-wide  development  alliance,  the 
brands therefore not only work with each other, but also for 
each  other  on  key  technologies,  forming  cross-brand  net-
works  of  expertise  to  address  topics  of  importance  for  the 
future.  For  example,  we  have  consolidated  the  Group’s 
activities in and responsibility for the development, procure-
ment  and  quality  assurance  of  all  battery  cells  in  a  central 
Center  of  Excellence  under  the  umbrella  of  the  Volkswagen 
Passenger  Cars  brand.  In  the  Center,  a  pilot  line  for  cell 
production  was  put  into  operation  in  2019  to  build  up 
expertise  for  the  Group  in  the  area  of  cell  design  but  also 
throughout the entire value chain.  

We  also  manage  our  modules  centrally  to  reduce  costs, 
capital expenditure and complexity. We are seeking to reduce 
expenditure in the modular toolkits, while at the same time 
facilitating widespread electrification and a focus on autono-
mous  systems.  We  want  to  achieve  this  through  a  consid-
erable  reduction  in  complexity  using  streamlined  platforms 
that synergize but do not overlap. To this end, the individual 
Group  brands  draw  on  the  modular  toolkits,  thus  creating 
synergies  between  the  various  models  of  a  product  line,  as 
well as across product lines. By streamlining the toolkits, we 
are giving ourselves the financial leeway needed for develop-
ments in the future trends of digitalization and autonomous 
driving.  The  high-volume  passenger  car  brands  have  intro-  

 
 
 
 
138 

Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

duced  a  product  line  organization,  thus  strengthening  their 
responsibility  for  the  success  of  vehicle  projects,  improving 
project  work  across  different  cross-departmental  areas, 
accelerating  decision-making  and  intensifying  the  focus  on 
project results. 

Autonomous driving in complex urban environments places 
especially heavy demands on technology. We are dedicated to 
meeting  these  challenges.  Our  Autonomous  Intelligent 
Driving  GmbH  is  working  on  developing  a  Group-wide 
system for self-driving vehicles. 

We  are  also  leveraging  synergies  by  constantly  sharing 
best  practices,  for  instance  in  virtual  development  and 
testing.  Last  but  not  least,  the  centralized  development  and 
consolidation of our IT systems is also helping to strengthen 
cooperation  across  the  brands,  make  development  activities 
more comparable and reduce the Group’s IT costs. 

Sustainable mobility, connectivity and automated driving 
Mobility  is  a  basic  prerequisite  for  economic  growth.  How-
ever, while the need to be mobile at all times is rising, natural 
resources are dwindling. This calls for comprehensive mobil-
ity  concepts  to  minimize  the  environmental  impact.  Such 
solutions need to be efficient, sustainable, customer-oriented 
and accessible any time and anywhere. 

We  are  researching  and  developing  such  concepts  and 
solutions  in  our  Group-wide  alliance:  when  shaping  the 
future of mobility, we are looking not only at the automobile 
but at all modes of transport and transport infrastructures, at 
people’s  mobility  habits  and  at  other  relevant  factors.  Inno-
vations  such  as  digital  connectivity  and  automated  driving 
allow  for  new  approaches  to  solving  problems.  We  strive  to 
utilize  these  and  thus  to  play  our  part  in  a  comprehensive 
mobility  system  for  the  future  and  to  help  shape  our 
industry’s transformation.  

We  are  focusing  on  establishing  a  cross-brand  business 
area  for  mobility  solutions.  We  aim  to  make  our  mobility 
business MOIA a scalable and profitable business model.   

In  its  pursuit  of  autonomous  driving,  the  Volkswagen 
Group  further  improved  its  assistance  systems  and  auto-
mated  driving functions  and introduced  these  in  vehicles  in 
2019.  The  objective  is  to  market  highly  automated  driving 
functions  for  private  vehicles,  shared  mobility  systems  and 
commercial  mobility  providers  as  a  core  competency  of  the 
Group. The Volkswagen Group has presented its vision of an 
autonomous mobility system by unveiling the Sedric family, 
comprising  fully  autonomous  vehicles  for  short-  and  long-
distance mobility, as well as sports cars, self-driving delivery 
vehicles  and  heavy  trucks.  These  vehicles  will  enable  new 
forms  of  mobility  in  both  cities  and  rural  areas,  particularly 
for user groups that have so far been excluded from access to 
mobility.  

As  part  of  the  TOGETHER  2025+ strategy,  we  are  working 
with  the  Software-enabled  Car  Company  module  to  make 
software  one  of  the  core  competencies  of  the  Volkswagen 
Group. Starting on January 1, 2020, we brought together all of 
our  interests  and  subsidiaries  that  develop  software  for 
vehicles  and  digital  ecosystems  in  the  Car.Software  organi-
zation, an independent entity with Group responsibility. This 
first step involved around 3,000 employees. Up to the middle 
of 2020, experts from the various Group brands and regions 
will  also  work  together  under  the  umbrella  of  the  Car.Soft-
ware organization.  

The  Car.Software  organization  is  developing  software  
for  five  applications  within  the  Group:  a  uniform  vehicle 
operating system “vw.os” for all Group vehicles as well as its 
connectivity  with  the  Volkswagen  Automotive  Cloud;  a 
standardized  infotainment  platform;  all  assistance  systems 
including  highly  automated  driving  and  parking;  functions 
for  connecting  the  drivetrain,  chassis  and  charging  technol-
ogy; and ecosystems for all the brands’ mobility services and 
digital  business  models.  By  2025,  all  new  vehicle  models 
across  the  Group  will  be  based  on  uniform,  cross-brand 
software  solutions.  In  pursuing  this  approach,  we  intend  to 
generate economies of scale in the Group in order to reduce 
costs for software in the vehicle for all brands. 

Pooling strengths with strategic alliances  
The aim of our future program  TOGETHER 2025+ is to trans-
form  our  core  business  and  to  establish  a  new  mobility 
solutions business area at the same time. It is decisive to the 
success  of  this  plan  that  we  place  our  great  innovative 
strength on even broader foundations. 

Growth in the mobility sector is strongly defined through 
regional  innovation  activities.  Volkswagen  therefore  concen-
trates its strategic venture capital activities and partnerships 
in  the  Group’s  international  innovation  ecosystem  and 
provides  central  support  to  the  brands  in  the  identification 
and  implementation  of  technologies  that  will  safeguard  our 
competitive  position.  This  approach  helps  us  to  identify 
regional  customer  needs  more  precisely,  to  adjust  our  prod-
uct  range  accordingly  and  to  establish  competitive  cost 
structures.  We  therefore  rely  to  a  greater  extent  than  in  the 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

139

past on partnerships, acquisitions and venture capital invest-
ments.  We  manage  investment  selection  centrally  so  as  to 
generate  maximum  value  for  the  Group  and  its  brands.  It  is 
against  this  backdrop  that  we  have  formed  an  alliance  with 
the  Ford  Motor  Company.  This  involves  an  intended  col-
laboration regarding the development of vans and mid-sized 
pickups. In addition, we plan to invest with Ford in Argo AI, a 
company that is working on the development of a system for 
autonomous driving. This alliance allows both car companies 
to  integrate  Argo  AI’s  self-driving  system  into  their  own 
models independently of each other. The system is supposed 
to make fully automated driving possible and to open up new 
opportunities,  particularly  for  ride  sharing  providers  and 
delivery  services  in  urban  areas,  from  the  use  of  fully 
automated  vehicles.  In  addition,  Ford  intends  to  use  the 
Modular  Electric  Drive  Toolkit  (MEB)  developed  by  Volks-
wagen  for  a  zero-emissions  volume  model  that  should  be 
offered  in  Europe  starting  in  2023.  The  aim  of  the  coop-
eration  is  to  place  both  Volkswagen  and  Ford  in  a  position 
that  enables  them  to  improve  their  competitiveness,  tailor 
their  products  to  better  meet  the  needs  of  customers  world-
wide  and  at  the  same  time  to  leverage  synergies  related  to 
cost and investment. The completion of the Argo transaction 
is  subject  to  the  approval  of  various  official  authorities  and 
other conditions.  

The  strategic  partnership  with  Microsoft  enables  us  to 
accelerate our transformation into a mobility service provider  

with  a  fully  connected  vehicle  fleet  and  our  Volkswagen  We 
digital ecosystem. Together, we will press ahead with software 
development  for  the  automobile  of  tomorrow  and  new 
services  for  our  customers.  Our  IT  expertise  and  solutions 
will thereby be comprehensively strengthened and expanded. 
Battery technology is to become a core competency of the 
Volkswagen  Group.  The  battery  accounts  for  20%  to  30%  of 
the  cost  of  materials  in  electric  vehicles;  in  future,  it  will  be 
one of the most important components when differentiating 
between  products.  We  have  already  pooled  our  in-house 
expertise in battery cells in a Center of Excellence and at the 
same time intend to accelerate technological change and the 
development  of  expertise  through  intelligent  partnerships. 
We  anticipate  that  we  will  need  a  battery  capacity  of  more 
than 150 GWh a year in the period to 2025 just to equip our 
own  electric  fleet  with  lithium-ion  batteries.  To  cover  this 
enormous  demand,  we  have  defined  strategic  battery  cell 
suppliers for our most important markets and the first MEB 
models,  and  we  aim  to  initiate  further  long-term  strategic 
partnerships in China, Europe and the USA. The joint venture 
formed  with  Northvolt  AB  will  build  a  16 GWh  battery  cell 
factory in Salzgitter. Looking ahead, we are already preparing 
for  the  next  generation:  we  intend  to  bring  solid-state 
batteries  to  market  readiness  in  partnership  with  other 
companies. 

 
140 

 Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

Our  Group  brands  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars,  Audi  and 
Porsche  are  involved  in  the  pan-European  High-Power 
Charging (HPC) joint venture IONITY, under which a compre-
hensive  charging  infrastructure  is  being  built  to  safeguard 
long-distance  mobility:  after  building  200  fast-charging 
stations in 2019 and with 65 more in construction, we plan to 
have around 380 of a total of 400 stations in operation along 
major transport arteries in Europe by the end of 2020. 

We  support  the  design  of  the  framework  conditions  for 
the approval and introduction of our own self-driving system 
by our active involvement in public projects. The experience 
we are gathering here will benefit the Group brands and thus 
also our customers. 

Key R&D figures 
In  fiscal  year  2019, we  filed  7,614  (7,639)  patent  applications 
worldwide for employee inventions, the majority of them in 
Germany.  The  fact  that  an  ever  increasing  share  of  these 
patents  is  for  important  cutting-edge  fields  underscores  our 

Company’s  innovative  power.  These  fields  include  driver 
assistance systems and automation, connectivity, alternative 
drive systems and lightweight construction. 

The Automotive Division’s total research and development 
costs in the reporting period amounted to €14.3 (13.6) billion 
and  were  4.9%  higher  than  in  the  previous  year;  their 
percentage  of  the  Automotive  Division’s  sales  revenue  –  the 
R&D  ratio  –  came  to  6.7  (6.8)%.  Along  with  new  models,  the 
focus was primarily on the electrification of our vehicle port-
folio,  a  more  efficient  range  of  engines,  digitalization  and 
new  technologies.  The  capitalization  ratio  was  36.1 (38.4)%. 
Research  and  development  expenditure  recognized  in  profit 
or loss in accordance with IFRSs increased to €13.2 (12.1) bil-
lion. 

As of December 31, 2019, our Research and Development 
departments –  including  the  equity-accounted  Chinese  joint 
ventures –  employed  54,947  people  (+5.8%)  Group-wide, 
corresponding to 8.2% of the total workforce. 

R E S E A R C H   A N D   D E V E L O P M E N T   C O ST S   I N   T H E   A U TO M OT I V E   D I V I S I O N  

€ million 

Total research and development costs 

of which capitalized development costs 

Capitalization ratio in % 

Amortization of capitalized development costs 

Research and development costs recognized in profit or loss 

Sales revenue 

Total research and development costs 

R&D ratio 

2019

14,306

5,171

36.1

4,064

13,199

212,473

14,306

6.7

2018

13,640

5,234

38.4

3,710

12,116

201,067

13,640

6.8

Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

141

P R O C U R E M E N T  
In  fiscal  year  2019,  the  main  task  for  Procurement  was  once 
again  to  safeguard  supplies,  and  to  help  create  competitive, 
innovative  products  and  optimize  cost  structures. 
In 
addition,  we  continued  to  drive  digitalized  procurement 
processes forward.  

Procurement strategy 
The  enhanced  Group  strategy  TOGETHER  2025+  stands  for 
more  speed,  focus  and  stringency,  also  within  the  Procure-
ment division, and is driving faster change. The focus in 2019 
was on implementing the concepts developed in the procure-
ment  strategy.  Procurement’s  key  performance  indicators 
were  revised  as  part  of  a  combined  system  of  targets  for 
Group  Components  and  Procurement.  Alongside  the  targets 
for  material  and  investment  costs  and  the  timely  award  of 
contracts,  the  system  of  targets  now  gives  greater  weight  to 
sustainability  aspects  and  the  achievement  of  carbon 
neutrality in the supply chain.   

Target-costing  strategies  are  becoming 

increasingly 
important  in  Procurement.  They  allow  costs  to  be  made 
transparent and  concepts  to  be  influenced  in the  early  stage 
of  product  development  by  focusing  on  calculatory  poten-
tials.  They  also  provide  approaches  for  worldwide  bench-
marking and the exchange of best practices.  

A  cross-divisional  strategic  value  chain  management  has 
implemented  to  support  profitable  growth  and 
been 
safeguard  the  availability  of  hard-  and  software  that  is 
strategically  relevant  and/or  crucial  for  ensuring  supplies. 
Going  forward,  the  newly  formed  committee  for  “Strategic 
Value  Chain  Management”  will  be  responsible  for  taking 
strategically important “make”, “buy” or “partner” decisions. 

The  growing  volume  of  software  and  the  new  partners 
and  suppliers  this  entails  necessitate  adjustments  to  the 
process chain and Procurement’s award criteria. In future, the 
newly  formed  “Corporate  Sourcing  Committee  Digital  Car” 
will be in charge of the optimal award of contracts for vehicle 
and  vehicle-related  software.  It  will  thereby  create  a  key 
interface  to  the  board-level  management  function  with 
responsibility  for  Digital  Car  &  Services,  which  was  estab-
lished at the Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand in 2019. 

Volkswagen FAST – Supplier network as the basis for success 
With  the  FAST  (Future  Automotive  Supply  Tracks)  initiative, 
Group  Procurement  is  instrumental  in  advancing  the  Volks-
wagen Group and its supply network with a view to partner-
ships and future-viability. 

Thanks  to  the  program,  which  was  launched  in  2015, 
Volkswagen  was  able  to  expand  its  portfolio  of  strategically 

important  partners  again  in  the  reporting  period.  With  the 
partners  Microsoft,  Infineon,  Cree/Wolfspeed  and  AVL  List, 
the  priority  in  2019  was  above  all  on  strengthening  part-
nerships  in  the  area  of  zero-emission  and  autonomous 
mobility. 

FAST  facilitates  the  regular  exchange  of  information  so 
that  both  sides  are  strongly  positioned  to  cope  with  the 
future challenges facing the automotive industry. Based on a 
set  of  criteria,  a  comprehensive  assessment  of  the  previous 
year  is  disclosed  to  the  suppliers  so  that  improvements  can 
be  made  together.  Alongside  the  existing  supply  relation-
ships,  strategic  agreements  on  globalization  and  innovation 
are still core issues of this exchange. 

FAST  partners  are  prioritized  in  the  cross-divisional 
innovation process in that they are given the opportunity to 
present innovations to representatives from the Procurement 
and  Technical  development  divisions  at  upper  management 
level in strategy meetings. FAST partners are invited to attend 
relevant innovation events at which they can contribute their 
expertise. At the annual FAST Summit, talks were given on the 
strategic  direction  of  e-mobility  and  a  zero-emission  future. 
The program will continue to be updated and refined in order 
to  take  full  advantage  of  the  potential  from  the  FAST 
initiative.  

E-mobility
A  key  task  for  Procurement  is  to  safeguard  supplies  for  the
rapidly  growing  requirements  of  the  e-mobility  offensive
through  2025  with  a  view  to  sustainability  and  optimizing
cost structures in the process.

The  adjustments  to  our  organizational  structures  in 
Group  Procurement  are  designed  to  let  us  focus  on  high-
voltage  batteries  and  e-resources.  Through  benchmarking 
and  requirements-based  training,  we  are  increasing  the 
purchasing expertise of our procurement organization in the 
area of the e-mobility offensive. 

When  awarding  contracts  to  our  e-mobility  partners,  we 
provide  clear  requirements  in  relation  to  sustainable  supply 
sources,  transparent,  traceable  supply  streams,  and  energy- 
and carbon-optimized supply chains. We pool global demand 
from  the  European,  American  and  Asian  markets  and  award 
Group contracts with the goal of cost leadership for e-mobility 
solutions. To this end, we take steps to ensure diversification 
and  localization  of  the  supplier  portfolio  in  an  effort  to 
reduce economic and geopolitical risks. 

Digitalization of supply 
We  are  working  systematically  to  implement  a  completely 
digitalized supply chain. This is intended to help us to ensure  

 
142 

Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

supply and leverage synergies throughout the Group in order 
to take a leading position in terms of cost and innovation. We 
are therefore creating a shared database and using innovative 
technologies  to  enable  efficient,  networked  collaboration  in 
real time – both within the Group and with our partners. The 
objective of our functional area strategy for Procurement is to 
standardize transactions with our suppliers in the future and 
automate  them  where  possible.  This  will  not  only  reduce 
transaction  costs  but  will  also  accelerate  business  processes. 
Potential supply risks can be reported automatically in order 
to  identify  measures  and  alternatives  faster  together.  The 
cornerstone for the future of Procurement was laid in 2018 in 
the form of Group Procurement’s digitalization strategy. This 
strategy  aims  not  only  to  eliminate  the  weaknesses  of  Pro-
curement’s  IT  system  environment  but  also  to  increase  the 
organization’s effectiveness, efficiency and future viability.  

Structure of key procurement markets 
Our procurement  process  is  organized at global  level, with  a 
presence  in  the  key  markets  around  the  world.  This  ensures 
that production materials, investments in property, plant and 
equipment,  and  services  can  be  procured  worldwide  to  the 
quality  required  on  the  best  possible  terms.  Networking  of 
the brands’ procurement organizations enables us to leverage 
synergies  across  the  Group  in  the  various  procurement 
markets. 

In  addition  to  the  brands’  procurement  units,  the  Volks-
wagen Group operates eight regional offices. In growth mar-
kets,  we  identify  and  train  local  suppliers  to  generate  cost 
advantages for all Group production sites. We are also putting 
a  focus  on  start-ups  and  software  suppliers.  In  familiar  and 
established markets, the regional offices support access to the 
latest technologies and innovations.  

Supply situation for purchase parts and upstream materials 
Systematic  safeguarding  of  the  supply  of  purchase  parts  is 
one of Procurement’s goals. Adverse effects on production in 
the  Group  caused  by  unforeseeable  events  such  as  natural 
disasters were minimized to the best of our ability.   

Management of purchased parts and suppliers 
Today’s  market  environment  is  characterized  by  persistent 
segmentation,  diversification  and  globalization.  We  face 
these  challenges  with  our  purchased  parts  and  supplier 
management,  which  supports  and  supervises  the  supplier 
processes.  From  development  to  series  production,  we  focus 
on  safeguarding  the  industrialization  processes  of  the 
purchased  parts  at  the  individual  supplier  locations.  The 
complexity  of  the  components  requires  regular  monitoring 

of  manufacturing  capacity.  It  is  vital  that  we  identify  any 
disruptions at an early stage and take rapid action to remedy 
these.  Close  cooperation  with  the  quality  assurance  units  at 
the  production  sites  is  crucial  for  our  vehicle  projects  by 
ensuring  a  stable  supply  of  purchased  parts  to  start-up  and 
series production.  

Sustainability in supplier relationships 
Successful relationships with our business partners are based 
on  observance  of  human  rights,  compliance  with  occupa-
tional  health  and  safety  standards,  active  environmental 
protection  and  combating  corruption.  These  sustainability 
standards  are  defined  in  the  contractually  binding  Volks-
wagen  Group  requirements  for  sustainability  in  relations 
with  business  partners  (Code  of  Conduct  for  Business 
Partners).  At  the  same  time,  the  documents  signed  contain 
the  expectation  that  any  subsuppliers  will  be  subject  to  the 
same  obligation.  We  use  the  management  system  to  review 
compliance  with  the  requirements,  which  since  2019  has 
been an explicit condition for award of contract.  

In our recently introduced sustainability rating we deter-
mine suppliers’ sustainability performance by means of self-
disclosures  and  on-site  audits.  By  the  end  of  2019,  we  had 
received  12,646  self-disclosures  and  the  findings  of  1,331 
audits. As a rule, contracts are not awarded to suppliers who 
fail  to  comply  with  regulations  or  do  not  implement  these 
adequately. Tying award decisions to sustainability criteria is 
one  of  the  strongest  levers  for  enforcing  these.  We  address 
existing  sustainability  risks  and  violations  of  sustainability 
principles  by  systematically  implementing  measures;  this 
also  includes  the  upstream  supply  chain.  Depending  on  the 
severity,  these  may  entail  the  inclusion  of  stipulations  and 
measures in performance specifications for suppliers. In con-
nection with the introduction of the sustainability rating, we 
have  once  again  stepped  up  our  focus  on  advanced  training 
for  suppliers:  in  fiscal  year  2019,  around  1,100  suppliers  in 
seven countries took advantage of the training programs. 

Due  to  the  Group’s  transformation  into  a  provider  of 
sustainable  mobility  solutions,  decarbonization  and  respon-
sible  raw  material  sourcing  were  two  particularly  important 
topics in 2019. Here we significantly expanded our activities 
in  order  to  meet  our  own  and  external  requirements.  We 
systematically  anchored  the  use  of  renewable  energy  in  the 
specifications  for  battery  suppliers  and  agreed  measures  to 
reduce CO2 emissions in a series of workshops with strategic 
suppliers.  Our  commitment  to  sustainability  in  connection 
with  raw  materials  was  equally  emphatic.  By  focusing  on 
battery  raw  materials  and  their  potential  adverse  effects  on 
people  and  the  environment  in  the  upstream  chain,  we 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

143

significantly  expanded  our  activities  beyond  our  direct 
contractual partners. Key activities included the performance 
of audits, work with certified smelters and development of a 
sustainability standard for mines.  

The  basis  for  most  of  these  measures  is  supply  chain 
transparency.  To  increase  this,  we  implemented  a  series  of 
pilot  projects  in  2019  including  blockchain  projects  for 
tracking  individual  supply  chains  and  auditing  critical 
subsuppliers  at  neuralgic  points  of  high-risk  supply  chains. 
Worthy  of  note  is  the  Responsible  Sourcing  Blockchain  Net-
work  (RSBN),  in  which  we,  along  with  other  large  corpo-
rations,  aim  to  track  the  cobalt  supply  chain  and  make  it 
more sustainable.  

C O M P O N E N T S   B U S I N E S S  
A  realignment  of  the  Group-wide  components  business  was 
decided  on  as  part  of  the  enhanced  Group  strategy 
TOGETHER 2025+ and implemented as of January 1, 2019. The 
aim is further improvement of future viability and competi-
tiveness  through  cross-brand  management  of  component 
activities  and  a  value  creation  strategy  coordinated 
throughout  the  Group.  Synergies  will  be  leveraged  across 
both  traditional  technologies  and  topics  of  the  future  to 
advance the progressive transition to e-mobility. 

The  components  business  manages  some  75  thousand 
people worldwide. The focus of their expertise is the develop-
ment  and  manufacture  of  vehicle  components.  In  order  to 
realign  these  competencies  in  a  future-oriented  way,  it  was 
decided  as  part  of  the  Group  strategy  to  combine  compo-
nents activities around the world into an independent entity, 
Volkswagen Group Components, under the umbrella of Volks-
wagen AG.  

The entity has been re-organized into new business areas: 
Engine  and  Foundry,  Transmissions  and  Electric  Drive  Sys-
tems, Chassis, Seats and Battery Cells. In each of the business 
innovative  power  and  competitiveness  will  be 
areas, 
increased  through  an  economical  product  portfolio  that  is 
viable  for  the  future  with  a  continuously  optimized  product 
range  and  economies  of  scale  exploited  across  all  business 
areas.  Group  Components  in  the  Volkswagen  Group  will  be 
responsible  for  the  development  and  production  of  battery 
systems and electric drives for new electric vehicles as well as 
for the development and pilot production of battery cells and 
the management of production partners. There are also plans 
to reuse the battery cells in innovative reutilization concepts 
such  as  the  flexible  fast  charging  station  and  then  recycle 

them 
in  a  climate-friendly  manner.  Moreover,  further 
strategic  initiatives  will  be  implemented  in  Group  Compo-
nents’  central  strategy  program  “ONE  MISSION  2025”.  Using 
innovative  digitalization  strategies  such  as  robot-controlled 
process optimization, the transition process to new topics of 
future relevance will be accelerated.  

P R O D U C T I O N  
Our  global,  cross-brand  production  network  safeguards  the 
processes from the supplier to the factory and assembly line, 
and  from  the  factory  to  dealers  and  customers.  Enduring 
efficiency is a prerequisite for our competitiveness. We meet 
challenges of the future with holistic optimizations, forward-
looking  innovations,  flexible  supply  streams  and  structures, 
and  an  agile  team.  In  fiscal  year  2019,  the  global  vehicle 
production  volume  was  slightly  under  the  previous  year’s 
level,  reaching  10.8 million  units.  Productivity  increased  by 
around  4.0%  year-on-year,  despite  the  continuing  difficult 
conditions in many markets. 

its 

functional  area 

“Intelligently networked” production strategy 
Production  is  supporting  the  enhanced  Group  strategy 
TOGETHER  2025+  with 
strategy, 
“Intelligently Networked”. By intelligently connecting people, 
brands  and  machines,  we  aim  to  pool  the  strengths  and 
potential  of  our  global  production  and  logistics  and  take 
advantage  of  the  resulting  synergy  effects.  We  are  guided  in 
this by four strategic goals:  
(cid:33)(cid:3) Versatile production network  
(cid:33)(cid:3) Efficient production  
(cid:33)(cid:3) Intelligent production processes 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Future-ready production  
With  division-specific  initiatives  we  have  created  content 
clusters  in  which  expert  teams  work  on  the  strategic  topics 
relevant  for  production  in  the  Group.  Examples  include  the 
competitive  design  of  our  global  production  network,  the 
reduction  and  offsetting  of  environmental  impact  through-
out  the  production  process,  and  digitalization  with  its 
implications  for  production  and  working  processes  and  for 
collaboration. The overarching aim is to increase productivity 
and profitability. 

With  the  production  strategy,  we  have  laid  the  founda-
tions for the successful and sustainable enhancement of our 
production.  We  use  regular  reviews  to  ensure  that  we  con-
stantly align our activities to the current challenges.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
144 

 Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

Global production network 
With  twelve  brands  and  124  production  locations,  aspects 
such  as  consistent  standards  for  product  concepts,  plants, 
operating  equipment  and  production  processes  are  key  to 
forward-looking  production.  These  standards  enable  us  to 
achieve  synergy  effects,  respond  flexibly  to  market  chal-
lenges,  make  optimal  use  of  a  flexible  production  network 
and realize multibrand locations. Currently, almost half of the 
45  passenger  car  locations  are  already  multibrand  locations. 
The  Bratislava  site  continues  to  serve  as  a  prime  example  in 
the  Group,  producing  vehicles  for  the Volkswagen  Passenger 
Cars, Audi, Porsche, SEAT and ŠKODA brands.  

The Volkswagen Group has set itself the goal of becoming 
a world-leading provider of battery electric vehicles by 2025. 
The basis for this is the introduction of the Modular Electric 
Drive  Toolkit  (MEB),  which  we  are  using  to  complement  our 
range with additional battery-electric vehicles. We have been 
manufacturing battery-electric vehicles based on the  MEB in 
Zwickau,  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  first  electric  car  factory, 
since 2019.  

In order to design multibrand projects and electric mobil-
ity to be cost-effective in conjunction with existing concepts, 
it is important to make production highly flexible and efficient. 
Making  maximum  use  of  potential  synergy  effects  is  also  a 
decisive factor for the success of future vehicle projects. Using  

common  parts  and  concepts  as  well  as  identical  production 
processes  enables  reduced  capital  expenditure  and  provides 
the  opportunity  to  better  utilize  existing  capacities.  The 
future  will  also  see  electric  vehicle  projects  at  multibrand 
locations such as Zwickau, Germany and Anting, China.  

We  are  constantly  enhancing  our  production  concepts 
and  aligning  them  with  new  technologies.  The  targeting 
process  anchored  in  our  strategy  serves  to  realize  ambitious 
targets in individual projects. 

Production locations 
The Volkswagen Group’s production network is comprised of 
124  locations  in  which  passenger  cars,  commercial  vehicles 
and motorcycles, as well as powertrains and components are 
manufactured.

With  72  locations,  Europe  remains  our  most  important 
production region for vehicles and components. There are 28 
sites  in  Germany  alone.  The  Asia-Pacific  region  has  33  loca-
tions.  We  have  six  locations  in  North  America  and  nine  in 
South America. The Group operates four locations in Africa. 

2019  saw  89  production  start-ups:  29  for  new  products 
and  successor  products,  and  60  for  product  upgrades  and 
derivatives.  

Capacity  utilization  of  the  locations  in  the  Volkswagen 
Group’s  production  network  is  further  enhanced  by  sup- 

 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

145

plying the locations with complete knock-down (CKD) kits for 
local assembly.  

The Group’s production system 
The aim of the Group’s production system is to continuously 
and  sustainably  improve  production  workflows  at  all  the 
Group  brand  and  regional  sites.  The  Group´s  production 
system  is  the  key  component  for  achieving  excellence  in 
processes  in  production  and  production-related  environ-
ments;  we are  strengthening  this  on a  continuous  basis  and 
increasing the extent to which it is used. 

Leadership  and  individual  responsibility  are  indispens-
able factors; they are made visible by treating each other with 
respect and are part of our culture. 

Having our factories working at optimal capacity enables 
us to manufacture high-quality products that give customers 
maximum  benefits  at  competitive  prices.  This  is  made 
possible by the standardization of production processes and 
operating  equipment  early  on  in  the  line,  based  on  the 
principle  of  concept  consistency.  This  ensures  that  common 
design  principles,  joining  techniques  and  joining  sequences, 
but  also  installation  and  connection  concepts  are  applied  in 
the  development  and  production  areas  at  the  brands.  The 
principle of concept consistency establishes a foundation for 
creating efficient logistics and manufacturing processes. 

New technologies and digitalization roadmap  
3D  printing 
is  still  one  of  the  key  technologies  for 
Industry 4.0 and digitalizing the automotive value chain. It is 
successfully  used  in  select  sites  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  in 
the  manufacture  of  components  and  also  operating  equip-
ment. The process opens up wholly new opportunities in the 
areas  of  development,  design  and  production.  Due  to  the 
digital  nature  of  the  technology,  which  requires  no  tools 
whatsoever,  components  and  operating  equipment  can  be 
flexibly  implemented  directly  from  digital  drawings,  and 
completely  new  designs  and  component  geometries  can  be 
created.  

Developments  for  large-scale  automotive  production 
applications point to considerable potential for the future. To 
this  end,  Volkswagen  leverages  the  diversity  of  the  Group, 
achieved through close collaboration between its brands, and 
cooperates  with  leading  technology  providers  and  research 
institutions.  Alongside  new  technologies,  moving  the  IT 
architecture  over  to  a  cloud-based  platform  solution  will  be 
the main task in the coming years on the road to digitalized 
manufacturing.  This  will  bring  the  Volkswagen  Group  closer 
to  the  project  for  the  future  Industry 4.0.  The  cloud-based 
platform  with  its  simplified  data  exchange  is  a  vital 
prerequisite  for  making  innovations  available  rapidly  across  

all  sites.  Examples  include  intelligent  robotics  and  data 
analysis  functions  for  analyzing  and  comparing  cross-plant 
processes. The cloud-based platform can be used to scale new 
applications  directly  to  all  sites  so  that  specific  services  and 
functions can be put into operation in the area of production 
and logistics at the Volkswagen Group. The entire project will 
take several years to be implemented. Volkswagen is creating 
its  industrial  cloud  as  an  open  platform  with  the  goal  of 
incorporating companies from the entire value chain. In the 
long term, the Volkswagen Group aims to integrate its global 
supply  chain  with  over  30,000  sites  of  more  than  1,500 
suppliers  and  partner  companies  into  the  cloud,  creating  a 
constantly growing, worldwide ecosystem. 

Environmentally efficient production 
We  are  planning  the  production  of  tomorrow  with  our 
functional area strategy, “Intelligently Networked”. Emissions 
levels and the use of resources at Volkswagen Group locations 
require  particular  attention.  The  goTOzero  Impact  Factory 
program  is  developing  specific  steps  for  more  sustainable 
production,  with  a  vision  of  a  factory  that  has  no  adverse 
environmental  impact.  Decarbonization,  biodiversity  and 
zero  plastic  waste  in  production  are  key  elements  of  this 
program.  

We  are  encouraging  networking  and  communication 
between the brands worldwide in order to leverage synergies. 
Our  environmental  experts  meet  regularly  in  working 
groups. In addition, we provide training to our employees in 
environmental protection. 

We  record  and  catalog  environmental  measures  in  an  IT 
system  and make  these  available  for  a  Group-wide  exchange 
of  best  practices.  In  the  reporting  period,  around  1,240 
implemented  measures  in  the  area  of  environment  and 
energy  were  documented  in  this  system.  They  serve  to 
improve infrastructure and production processes for passen-
ger  cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles.  These  activities  are 
beneficial from an environmental and economic perspective. 
With a series of effective, innovative measures, we were once 
again  able  in  the  reporting  period  to  reduce  environmental 
indicator levels, such as those incorporated in the decarboni-
zation  index  (DCI),  while  at  the  same  time  improving  pro-
duction processes.  

GoTOzero Impact Logistics 
To  help  achieve  the  goals  of  the  Group’s  goTOzero  environ-
mental  mission  statement  in  the  area  of  logistics,  Group 
Logistics is collaborating with colleagues from the brands in 
the  goTOzero  Impact  Logistics  initiative.  This  builds  on  the 
preceding Green Logistics initiative. Emissions are reduced by 
continuously  optimizing  the  production  and  transport  

 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
146 

Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

network.  The  use  of  new  low-emissions  technologies  for 
transporting  production  materials  and  vehicles  will  also  be 
analyzed and accelerated. 

The measures the Volkswagen Group is taking to achieve 
carbon-neutral  logistics  include  moving  shipments  from 
road  to  rail  and  CO2  exemption  of  rail  transport  in  col-
laboration  with  Deutsche  Bahn  AG.  In  addition,  Group 
Logistics  is  putting  the  world’s  first  liquefied  natural  gas 
(LNG)  powered  roll-on/roll-off  (RoRo)  charter  ships  into 
service  for  transporting  vehicles  across  the  North  Atlantic 
and is promoting the use of LNG trucks by freight forwarders 
working for Volkswagen.  

S A L E S   A N D   M A R K E T I N G    
We  regard  ourselves  as  an  innovative  and  sustainable 
mobility  provider  for  all  commercial  and  private  customers 
worldwide  –  with  a  unique  product  portfolio  encompassing 
twelve successful brands and innovative financial services. 

Together  with  their  sales  partners  and  importers,  our 
passenger  car  brands  agreed  on  a  procedure  for  integrating 
innovative products and services into the sales network. The 
priority thereby is the safe handling of customer data and the 
way  in  which  this  is  processed  for  digital  products  and 
services or in connection with the vehicle purchase. The legal 
requirements  for  handling  customer  data  have  been  tight-
ened  in  many  countries.  At  the  same  time,  new  Group 
vehicles  that  are  permanently  connected  to  the  internet  are 
about  to  be  launched.  We  are  increasingly  investing  in 
distribution  systems  and  processes  with  the  goal  of  further 
digitalizing  and  improving  the  individual  customer  experi-
ence in all distribution channels. 

The  Volkswagen  Group’s  financial  strength  and  profit-
ability  is  attributable  to  an  extensive  portfolio  of  strong 
brands.  The  objective  of  our  Best  Brand  Equity  strategic 
module  is  to  continuously  sharpen  the  brand  profiles  and 
demarcate  the  respective  vehicle  segments  –  that  are  served 
by  the  brands  –  as  clearly  as  possible.  Our  aim  in  this 
endeavor  is  to  achieve  high  market  saturation  with  maxi-
mum  efficiency  and  a  low  level  of  cannibalization  of  the 
brands  in  question.  Market  positioning  is  an  important 
element  for  increasing  brand  values.  To  this  end,  we  are 
establishing  automobile-specific  customer  segmentation  to 
steer  the  positioning  of  our  brands.  It  will  be  continuously 
applied in the strategy and product process. 

connection  to  our  brands.  It  is  important  for  us  to  retain 
customers and win new ones. To measure our success in this 
area, we compile and analyze two strategic indicators for the 
passenger car-producing brands: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Loyalty rate. Proportion of customers of our passenger car 
brands who have bought another Group model. The loyalty 
of  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars,  Audi,  Porsche  and  ŠKODA 
customers  has  kept  these  brands  in  the  upper  rankings  in 
the  core  European  markets  in  comparison  with  competi-
tors  for  a  number  of  years  thanks  to  their  faithful  cus-
tomers, even though these Group brands have seen a slight 
decrease  in  the  loyalty  rate.  Compared  to  other  manufac-
turer  groups,  the  Volkswagen  Group  continues  to  hold  a 
top spot in the core European markets in terms of loyalty, 
with a considerable margin over the competition. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Conquest rate. Newly acquired passenger car customers as 
a proportion of all potential new customers. Here, too, the 
Volkswagen  Group  has  a  top  ranking  in  comparison  with 
competitors, primarily thanks to the good scores achieved 
by the Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand. 

In the core European markets, the figures of the Volkswagen 
Passenger Cars brand relating to brand image and confidence 
in  the  brand  stabilized  further  in  2019.  Porsche  remains  in 
top position in the image ranking.  

In  the  financial  services  business,  we  use  two  strategic 

indicators: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Customer satisfaction. Satisfaction of our customers results 
from  a  customer-oriented  product  range  and  the  service 
focus  of  our  staff.  In  the  annual  assessment,  these  two 
aspects  serve  as  suitable  indicators  for  the  critical  evalu-
ation  as  to  whether  we  will  achieve  our  customer  satis-
faction target of 90% in 2025. In 2019, we were within the 
expected  range  with  a  satisfaction  rate  of  83 (82)%.  Our 
goal is to satisfy our customers completely. To do so, we are 
developing suitable measures at country level. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Customer  loyalty.  Trust  in  and  loyalty  to  our  services  rely 
on  customer  satisfaction  with  our  product  range  and 
service. The re-entering contract rates (defined as financing 
and leasing agreements for repurchases of new Volkswagen 
Group  vehicles)  that  have  been  surveyed  up  to  now  based 
on product sales to our customers are being revised in the 
context of changing customer needs and the development 
of the product offering at our financial services companies.   

Customer satisfaction and customer loyalty  
The Volkswagen Group aims its sales activities at exciting its 
customers.  This  is  our  top  priority,  as  satisfied  customers 
remain loyal to our brands and recommend our products and 
services  to  others.  In  addition  to  satisfaction  with  our 
products  and  services,  we  value  our  customers’  emotional  

E-mobility and digitalization in Group Sales 
As  part  of  our  electrification  campaign,  we  aim  to  offer  our 
customers  worldwide  up  to  75  completely  battery-electric 
vehicles  and  approximately  60  hybrid  models  by  2029.  This 
campaign  will  be  complemented  by  vehicle-related,  cus-
tomer-focused  offerings,  such  as  customized  charging  infra- 
structure  solutions  and  mobile  online  services.  The  Volks- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

147

wagen  Group  is  thus  transforming  from  an  automotive 
manufacturer  into  a  mobility  service  provider,  posing  com-
pletely new challenges for sales. 

We are making highly targeted use of the opportunities of 
digitalization  in  sales,  which  include  an  improved  customer 
approach. Our actions are guided by a clearly defined strategy 
that  requires  extensive  cooperation  between  the  brands  to 
achieve  the  greatest  possible  synergies.  Our  aim  here  is  to 
create  a  completely  new  product  experience  for  the  custom-
ers  of  our  brand   –  one  which  impresses  with  a  seamless 
communication  process, 
in 
from 
purchasing a vehicle, to servicing and ultimately to the sale of 
the  used  car.  In  doing  so,  we  are  opening  up  new  business 
models relating to every aspect of the connected vehicle – in 
particular with regard to mobility and other services. Vehicles 
are becoming an integral part of the customer’s digital world 
of experience.  

interest 

initial 

the 

We also align our internal processes and structures to the 
methods  and  new  forms  of  working  created  by  digital 
innovation.  The  result  is  project  teams  operating  across  dif-
ferent  business  areas,  new  forms  of  cooperation,  a  more 
intensive relationship with the international start-up scene, a 
consolidation  of  venture  capital  expertise  –  as  a  form  of 
supporting innovative ideas and business models – and new 
lean systems and cloud-based IT solutions. 

Fleet customer business 
Business  relationships  with  fleet  customers  are  often  long-
term  partnerships.  In  a  volatile  environment,  this  customer 
group  guarantees  more  stable  vehicle  sales  than  the  private 
customer segment. 

The  Volkswagen  Group  has  an  established  base  of  busi-
ness  fleet  customers,  especially  in  Germany  and  the  rest  of 
Europe.  Our  extensive  product  range  enables  us  to  satisfy 
their individual mobility needs from a single source. 

In the German passenger car market, which expanded as 
a whole by 5.0% in 2019, the share of fleet customers in total 
registrations was 14.8 (13.6)%. The Volkswagen Group’s share 
of  this  customer  segment  increased  to  44.1  (44.0)%.  Outside 
Germany,  the  Group’s  share  of  registrations  by  fleet  cus-
tomers in Europe was up slightly at 25.6 (25.2)%. The upward 
trend  shows  that  fleet  customers’  confidence  in  the  Group 
remains on a high level.  

After Sales and Service 
In  addition  to  individual  service,  the  timely  provision  of 
genuine  parts  is  essential  to  ensure  passenger  car  customer 
satisfaction in After Sales. The genuine parts supplied by our 
passenger car brands and the expertise of the service centers 
stand for quality and ensure the safety and value retention of  

our  customers’  vehicles.  With  our  global  after  sales  network 
including more than 130 of our own warehouses, we ensure 
that  almost  all  our  authorized  service  facilities  around  the 
world  can  be  supplied  within  24  hours.  We  regard  ourselves 
as a complete provider of all products and services relevant to 
customers  in  the  after  sales  business.  Together  with  our 
partners, we ensure the worldwide mobility of our customers. 
The partner businesses offer the entire portfolio of services in 
all vehicle classes. We are continuously expanding our range 
of  tailored  services  in  order  to  improve  convenience  for  our 
customers and increase customer satisfaction. 

In  the  Digital  After  Sales  project,  we  are  modernizing 
processes  and  IT  systems  in  After  Sales.  By  adopting  an 
approach  that  focuses  product  and  service  development  on 
the  specific  needs  of  both  dealers  and  customers,  we  aim  to 
reduce the time needed for administrative tasks at the dealers 
through  automated,  interrelated  services  and  also  stabilize 
existing  IT  systems  and  boost  efficiency.  Innovative  digital 
after-sales  services  will  additionally  improve  the  customer 
experience. 

Around the world, our commercial vehicles business also 
prides  itself  on  products  of  quality  and  on  customer  focus. 
Our  range  of  trucks,  buses  and  engines  is  complemented  by 
services  that  guarantee  fuel  efficiency,  reliability  and  wide 
vehicle  availability.  The  workshop  service  and  service  con-
tracts offer customers a high degree of certainty, in addition 
to a high level of quality. We are reducing servicing times and 
costs  with  a  view  to  the  vehicles’  total  operating  costs  and 
helping to retain their value.  

In  the  Power  Engineering  segment,  we  help  our  custom-
ers ensure the availability of machinery with MAN PrimeServ. 
The  global  network  of  more  than  100  PrimeServ  locations 
guarantees excellent customer focus and offers, among other 
things,  replacement  parts  of  genuine-parts  quality,  qualified 
technical service and long-term maintenance contracts.  

Q U A L I T Y  
The  quality  of  our  products  and  services  plays  a  key  role  in 
maintaining  customer  satisfaction.  Customers  are  particu-
larly satisfied and loyal when their expectations of a product 
or  service  are  met  or  even  exceeded.  Appeal,  reliability  and 
service  determine  quality  as  it  is  perceived  by  the  customer 
throughout the entire product experience. Our objective is to 
positively surprise our customers and inspire enthusiasm in 
all  areas,  and  thus  to  win  them  over  with  our  outstanding 
quality.  

In  the  reporting  period,  we  transferred  operational  tasks 
such as damage analysis from the Group to individual brands 
and  rearranged  strategic  topics  at  Group  level.  This  will 
underpin  the  principle  “The  Group  manages  the  brands,  the  

 
148 

 Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

brands  manage  the  regions  and  the  regions  manage  the 
factories”  and  strengthen  networks  across  the  brands  at  the 
same time.  

(cid:33)(cid:3) We  will  become  an  excellent  employer  by  promoting  the
personal development of every single employee even more
intensively.

Strategy of Group Quality 
When  enhancing  our  future  program,  we  also  reviewed  our 
functional area strategy in depth and coordinated it with the 
brands.  We  continue  to  embody  outstanding  quality  and 
ensure reliable mobility for our customers worldwide. This is 
the strategic goal that guides our actions. Group Quality and 
the  brands’  quality  organizations  play  an  active  role  at  all 
stages  of  product  emergence  and  testing,  making  an  impor-
tant  contribution  to  successful  product  launches,  high 
customer satisfaction and low warranty and goodwill costs.  

Advancing  digitalization  continues  to  be  a  major  chal-
lenge for us: software is increasingly becoming a priority for 
the  Group  as  the  importance  of  smart  functions  in  our 
products  and  services  grows.  In  the  reporting  year,  we 
sharpened  the  focus  of  our  activities  on  the  “Automotive 
SPICE” process assessment model that we use to improve our 
processes,  in  order  to  ensure  future  viability  in  the  field  of 
software-based  system  development.  In  doing  so,  we  are 
staying abreast of the progressive regulation, for example of 
autonomous driving functions. 

for  Europe)  provides 

Furthermore, we are developing Group-wide standards on 
cybersecurity so as to protect the users of our vehicles against 
possible  attacks.  The  UNECE  (United  Nations  Economic 
Commission 
for  corresponding 
certification  and  homologation  in  the  future  to  ensure  that 
companies  can  guarantee  that  these  aspects  are  dealt  with 
properly. This gives rise to the need for Volkswagen to review 
its  organizational  structures  and  processes  and  adjust  these 
as required. In this context, we have begun to implement an 
Automotive  Cyber  Security  Management  System  (ACSMS) 
that  will  be  incorporated  into  the  quality  management 
system. 

The  strategy  of  Group  Quality  developed  in  this  context 

comprises the following four goals: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) We will excite our customers with our outstanding quality
by understanding what exactly they perceive as quality and 
implementing this in our products.

(cid:33)(cid:3) We  will  contribute  to  competitive  products  with  optimal
quality  costs  by  ensuring  robust  processes,  thereby
reducing the expense involved in testing each vehicle.

(cid:33)(cid:3) In  critical  business  processes,  we  will  reinforce  the  princi-
ple  of  multiple-party  verification  and  monitor  achieve-
ment of milestones even more closely. 

To  achieve  our  goals,  we  are  working  on  a  variety  of  quality 
initiatives.  All  are  focused  on  the  topics  that  are  decisive  to 
the  success  of  the  quality  organizations  in  the  Volkswagen 
Group.  

Contributing to the Group’s strategic indicators 
We  use  a  strategic  indicator  to  measure  the  contribution  of 
Group  Quality  in  the  major  passenger  car-producing  brands 
at the top level of consideration. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Tow-in 12 MIS. This indicator shows the number of vehicles 
that  need  to  be  towed  to  a  dealer  per  1,000  vehicles  after
12 months  in  service  (MIS).  It  includes  all  Group  vehicles
categorized as tow-ins by dealers in the German market. It
also  includes  vehicles  which,  after  being  taken  to  a  repair
workshop,  are  unable  to  continue  driving  without  restric-
tion.  The  number  of  Volkswagen  Group  tow-ins  in  the
German  market  has  fallen  fairly  steadily  in  the  last  five
years.  All  six  brands  featured  saw  their  performance
improve  year-on-year.  The  brands’  ratios  for  the  2018
production  year  are  within  or  slightly  above  the  target
corridor  in  each  case.  Quality  is  the  Volkswagen  Group’s
top priority. All of the Group brands are therefore striving
to continuously reduce the number of vehicles that need to 
be towed to a dealer. 

Legal and regulatory compliance 
The legal and regulatory compliance of our products is para-
mount in our work. In our processes we employ the principle 
of multiple-party verification, which involves mutual support 
and  control  between  the  divisions.  Software  development  is 
accompanied by quality milestones at all brands, whereby all 
systems,  components  and  parts  that  directly  influence  a 
vehicle’s safety, type approval and functioning and therefore 
require  particular  vigilance  are  safeguarded 
through 
multiple-party verification. At the series production stage, we 
are also ensuring even more stringently than before that the 
conformity  checks  on  our  products  are  carried  out  and 
assessed with the participation of all business units involved. 
This applies particularly to emissions and fuel consumption. 

We are also dedicating even more attention to our quality 
management  system  than  before,  reinforcing  the  process-
driven  approach  Group-wide  across  all  business  areas.  The 
quality  management  system  in  the  Volkswagen  Group  is 
based on the standard ISO 9001. This standard must be com-  

 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

149

plied with for us to obtain type approval for the manufacture 
and  sale  of  our  vehicles.  We  conducted  numerous  system 
audits in the reporting period to verify that our locations and 
brands  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  standard. 
Particular  focus  was  placed  on  assessing  the  risk  of  non-
compliance with defined processes. Our quality management 
consultants  pay  attention  to  ensuring  that  these  and  other 
new  requirements,  as  well  as  official  regulations,  are  imple-
mented  and  complied  with;  they  are  supported  in  this 
endeavor by a central office in Group Quality. 

With these and other measures, the quality organizations 
are  helping  to  ensure  that  we  as  a  manufacturer  and  our 
products meet the legal and official requirements. 

Observing regional requirements 
Our customers in the different regions of the world have very 
diverse  needs  as  far  as  new  vehicle  models  are  concerned. 
Another important task is therefore to identify and prioritize 
these  regional  factors  so  that  they  can  be  reflected  in  the 
development  of  new  products  and  the  production  of  estab-
lished  vehicle  models  –  together  with  other  important 
criteria  such  as  the  quality  of  locally  available  fuel,  road 
conditions,  traffic  density,  country-specific  usage  patterns 
and, last but not least, local legislation. We mainly use market 
studies  and  customer  surveys  to  determine  region-specific 
customer requirements.  

To ensure that the perceived quality of our vehicles is at a 
level  commensurate  with  that  of  our  competitors,  we  take 
regional  customer  needs  into  account  in  our  vehicle  audits. 
Every  brand  works  together  with  the  individual  regions  to 
decide how its product is to be positioned there. This enables 
us  to  strengthen  the  responsibility  of  the  brands  and  invest 
less  in  features  that  do  not  resonate  with  customers.  To 
ensure  that  the  audit  returns  comparable  results,  consistent 
quality  benchmarks  apply  across  all  brands  and  regions.  We 
are continually adapting these to changing requirements. For 
more  than  40  years  now,  we  have  been  deploying  auditors 
around the world to assess, from the customer’s perspective, 
those  vehicles  that  are  ready  for  delivery  and  to  ensure  that 
these vehicles comply with the benchmarks defined.  

E M P L OY E E S  
The Volkswagen Group is one of the world’s largest employers 
in  the  private  sector.  On  December  31,  2019,  we  employed  a 
total  of  671,205  people,  which  includes  the  Chinese  joint 
ventures.  This  figure  represents  a  1.0%  increase  compared 
with  the  end  of  2018.  The  ratio  of  Group  employees  in 
Germany  to  those  abroad  remained  largely  stable  over  the 
past  year;  at  the  end  of  2019,  44.3  (44.1)%  of  the  workforce 
worked in Germany. 

E M P L O Y E E S  B Y   M A R K E T
in percent, as of December 31, 2019

Europe (excluding Germany)/
Europe (excluding Germany)/
Other markets
Other markets
Germany
Germany
North America
North America
South America
South America
Asia-Pacific
Asia-Pacific

31 %
31 %

44 %
44 %
4 %
4 %
4 %
4 %
16 %
16 %

Human resources strategy and principles of the human resources policy 
With  the  functional  area  strategy  for  Human  Resources  
– “Empower to transform” – the Group is continuing with key 
and  successful  approaches  in  its  human  resources  policy. 
These  include  the  pronounced  stakeholder  focus  on  corpo-
rate  governance,  comprehensive  participation  rights  for 
employees, outstanding training opportunities, the principle 
of  long-term  service  through  systematic  employee  retention 
and the aspiration to appropriately balance performance and 
remuneration.  At  the  same  time,  the  new  human  resources 
strategy  is  setting  innovative  trends.  Hierarchies  are  being 
dismantled,  and  modern  forms  of  working  such  as  agile 
working – an approach whereby most of the responsibility for 
the work organization is transferred to the teams – are set to 
be expanded.  

In  the  Human  Resources  division,  we  are  guided  within 
the framework of our strategy by five overarching objectives:  
(cid:33)(cid:3) The Volkswagen Group, including all of its brands and com-

panies, aims to be an excellent employer worldwide. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Highly  competent  and  dedicated  employees  strive  for 
excellence  in  terms  of  innovation,  added  value  and 
customer focus. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) A  forward-looking  work  organization  ensures  optimal 

working conditions in factories and offices. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) An  exemplary  corporate  culture  creates  an  open  work 
environment  that  is  characterized  by  mutual  trust  and 
collaboration. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) The Company’s human resources work is highly employee-
oriented, strives for operational excellence, and yields stra-
tegic value-added contributions.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
150 

 Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

During the implementation of our enhanced future program 
TOGETHER  2025+,  we  paid  particular  attention  in  the 
reporting  period  to  the  level  of  achievement  regarding  the 
goals  set  by  the  applicable  strategic  KPIs.  For  the  passenger 
car-producing brands, we compile and analyze the following 
information: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Internal  employer  attractiveness.  This  indicator  is  deter-
mined  by  asking  respondents,  as  part  of  the  opinion
survey, whether they perceive the respective company as an 
attractive  employer.  The  target  for  2025  is  89.1  out  of  a
possible  total  of  100  index  points.  A  score  of  85.6  index
points  was  achieved  in  the  reporting  period,  contrasted
with  84.2  points  in  the  previous  year.  The  scope  of  this
survey  extends  beyond  the  brands  that  manufacture
passenger cars. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) External employer attractiveness. The ability to recruit top
talent is of decisive importance, particularly in view of the
Company’s transformation into one of the world's leading
providers  of  sustainable  mobility  solutions  and  the
associated development of new business fields. We use this
strategic  indicator  to  check  the  positioning  of  the  major
passenger car-producing brands on the labor markets once
a  year  with  regard  to  graduates  and  young  professionals.
Rankings  in  surveys  conducted  by  renowned  institutions,
in which we aim to achieve top scores for the Group brands
featured, serve as the basis for this. In fiscal year 2019, the
Audi,  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars  and  Volkswagen  Com-
mercial  Vehicles  brands  recorded  slight  improvements
year-on-year,  and  partly  achieved  the  targets  set,  while
Porsche, ŠKODA and SEAT fully reached and even exceeded
them in some cases. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Diversity  index.  Given  the  cultural  diversity  in  our  global
markets and the growing economic momentum, success in
a  highly  competitive  marketplace  requires  an  ever-wider
range of experience, world views, problem-solving solutions 
and product ideas. The diversity of our workforce provides
potential for innovation in this area, which we aim to make
better  use  of  in  future.  As  we  establish  diversity  manage-
ment across the Group, this strategic indicator is used as a
percentage of the active workforce worldwide to report the
development of the proportion of women in management
and the internationalization of top management. In partic-
ular,  it  underpins  the  objective  of  the  human  resources
strategy,  which  is  aimed  at  contributing  to  an  exemplary
leadership  and  corporate  culture.  The  proportion  of
women in management amounted to 14.3% in 2019, up on
the prior-year level; we aim to raise this figure to 20.2% by
2025. We aim to increase the level of internationalization in 
top  management,  the  uppermost  of  our  three  manage-
ment tiers, to 25.0% in 2025; in the past fiscal year this was
18.4 (19.2)%. 

One  strategic  indicator  has  been  defined  for  the  financial 
services business: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) External  employer  ranking.  This  involves  taking  part  in
external  benchmarking,  in  general  once  every  two  years.
The  aim  is  to  position  ourselves  as  an  attractive  employer
and  derive  appropriate  measures  to  achieve  a  ranking
among  the  top-20  employers  by  2025,  not  just  in  Europe,
but  globally.  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  AG  was
represented  in  various  national  and  international  best-
employer  rankings  the  last  time  it  participated  in  2019.
Coming  in  11th  place,  it  was  among  the  top  European
employers  in  the  “Great  Place  to  Work”  employer  compe-
tition.

implementation  of  our  enhanced  Group  strategy 
The 
TOGETHER  2025+  has  been  accompanied  by  a  work  package 
that we defined with the Excellent Leadership module under 
the  slogan  "versatility,  integrity,  strong  leadership”  to  drive 
the  change  toward  a  cooperative  management  culture  that 
places  even  more  focus  on  integrity.  Management  develop-
ment and training will undergo fundamental change and an 
even  more  systematic  approach  to  succession  planning  will 
be  taken  to  ensure  that  the  Group  has  the  right  people 
available for the right positions at the right time.  

We  continued  to  implement  our  new  system  for  staff 
development  across  the  Group  in  2019.  Going  forward,  the 
development  paths  that 
lead  to  management  will  be 
characterized  by  greater  individual  responsibility,  trans-
parency  and  practical  relevance,  and  will  include  employees 
from  different  levels  of  the  hierarchy  in  the  evaluation  of 
candidates. 

To  address  the  challenges  of  the  transformation  with 
success,  the  Group  and  the  employee  representatives  have 
signed  agreements  for  the  future  that  will  position  the 
Group’s individual brands more efficiently and also structure 
employee  career  prospects.  The  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars 
brand’s  roadmap  for  digital  transformation  is  one  example, 
as is the Audi brand’s Audi.Zukunft agreement, both of which 
were announced in fiscal year 2019.  

We are also driving large-scale cultural change to achieve 
greater openness and transparency in line with our corporate 
strategy.  The  seven  Volkswagen  Group  Essentials  define  the 
shared  underlying  values  and  the  foundation  for  cultural 
change across all of the brands and companies:  
(cid:33)(cid:3) We take on responsibility for the environment and society. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) We are honest and speak up when something is wrong. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) We break new ground. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) We live diversity. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) We are proud of the work we do. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) We not me. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) We keep our word. 

Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

151

Group-wide activities such as team dialog and the role model 
program  encourage  employees  to  analyze  the  Group  Essen-
tials and incorporate them into all work processes. In the role 
model  program,  managers  from  all  brands  improve  the 
corporate culture together with their staff.  

Training and professional development 
At Volkswagen, our capacity for innovation and our competi-
tive  position  largely  depends  on  the  commitment  and 
knowledge  of  our  employees,  particularly  during  the  trans-
formation.  

Staff  training  at  Volkswagen  is  organized  systematically 
and  according  to  vocational  groups.  These  comprise  all 
employees  whose  tasks  are  based  on  similar  technical  skills 
and  who  require  related  expertise  in  order  to  perform  their 
jobs.  A  skills  profile  lays  down  the  specialist  and  interdis-
ciplinary skills for each job and serves as a guide for training 
measures.  

Volkswagen Group employees have access to a wide range 
of  training  measures  –  from  further  training  in  general 
Company-related issues to specific training or personal devel-
opment  programs.  Thanks  to  these  opportunities,  Volks-
wagen  employees  are  able  to  further  develop  and  steadily 
deepen  their  knowledge  throughout  their  working  lives.  In 
this  process,  they  are  also  able  to  learn  from  more  experi-
enced colleagues, who pass on their knowledge as experts in 
the vocational group academies. Training measures are based 
on  the  dual  training  principle,  which  combines  theoretical 
content  with  practical  experience  on  the  job  by  means  of 
specific tasks.  

The  range  of  learning  opportunities  is  being  expanded 
continuously. In 2019, the Volkswagen Group Academy com-
menced initial partnerships with renowned external training 
portals  to  expand  online  learning,  for  example  on  IT  topics. 
The  Company will  set  aside  additional  funds  for  the  person-
nel  skills  transformation  brought  on  by  digitalization.  This 
will be used for special training for the groups of employees 
and departments affected by the transformation. In addition, 
Volkswagen  is  striking  out  in  new  directions  with  the 
Faculty 73  program  and  is  training  the  software  developers 
who are needed for the digital transformation internally. The 
first  academic  year  started  in  2019  with  about  100  partici-
pants.  The  program  is  designed  for  employees  and  also 
external  applicants  with  IT  affinity  and  an  interest  in  soft-
ware development. 

As  part  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  Academy,  the  AutoUni 
conveys  knowledge  to  the  Group  that  is  relevant  for  the 
future on the key issues of digitalization and IT by engaging 
external  and  in-house  senior  experts  in  addition  to  univer-
sities. 

Vocational training and cooperative education 
The  core  component  of  training  at  Volkswagen  is  vocational 
training  or,  for  young  people  eligible  to  enter  university, 
cooperative education (dual study programs combining uni-
versity  studies  with  on-the-job  training).  As  of  the  end  of 
2019, the Volkswagen Group trained 19,399 young people. We 
have  introduced  the  principle  of  dual  vocational  training  at 
many of the Group’s international locations over the past few 
years and are continuously working on improvements. Once 
a  year,  Volkswagen  honors  its  highest-achieving  vocational 
trainees in the Group with the Best Apprentice Award. 

Even  after  their  vocational  training  has  been  completed, 
young  people  at  the  start  of  their  careers  are  encouraged  to 
continue  their  professional  development  in  our  Company. 
This  is  why  we  promote  particularly  talented  young  special-
ists in talent groups. These two-year development and training 
programs accept the highest-achieving 10% of fully qualified 
vocational  trainees  at  Volkswagen AG  each  year.  In  addition, 
fully qualified vocational trainees have the option of working 
at  a  Group  company  outside  Germany  for  twelve  months  as 
part  of  the  “Wanderjahre”  (Year  Abroad)  program.  In  the 
reporting  period,  33  Volkswagen  Group  locations  in  16 
countries took part in this program.  

Last  but  not  least,  we  developed  the  AGEBI+  program, 
which  promotes  fully  qualified  vocational  trainees  who  are 
eligible for university and wish to combine a degree program 
in  subjects  that  are  crucial  for  Volkswagen’s  future  with 
closely related practical experience. 

Development of university graduates 
Volkswagen  offers  two  structured  entry  and  development 
programs  for  university  graduates  and  young  professionals. 
In the StartUp Direct trainee program, graduate trainees gain 
an overview of the Company over two years while working in 
their own department and take part in supplementary train-
ing  measures.  University  graduates  interested  in  working 
internationally can participate in the 18-month StartUp Cross 
program. The aim here is to get to know the Company in all 
its  diversity  and  to  build  up  a  broad  network.  During  their 
participation  in  the  program,  young  professionals  become 
familiarized  with  several  locations  in  Germany  and  other 
countries by working in various departments. Both programs 
also include several weeks’ experience working in production. 
In 2019, Volkswagen AG hired a total of 246 graduate trainees 
as part of these programs, 31.7% of whom were women.  

Young  people  can  also  take  part  in  graduate  trainee 
programs  at  the  other  Group  companies  as  well  as  at  the 
Group’s  international  locations,  such as  ŠKODA  in  the  Czech 
Republic, SEAT in Spain or Scania in Sweden.  

 
152 

Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

P R O P O R T I O N   O F   W O M E N    

as of December 31  

A G E   S T R U C T U R E  I N   Y E A R S  O F   V O L K S W A G E N  G R O U P  E M P L O Y E E S
as of December 31, 2019; in percent

% 

Employees  
Vocational trainees1 

Graduate recruits2 

Total management3 

Management3 

Senior management3 

Top management3 

1  Germany, excluding Scania. 
2  Volkswagen AG 
3  Germany 

2019

16.8

24.1

31.7

12.1

13.7

9.7

7.4

2018

16.5

25.6

28.7

11.5

13.1

9.1

6.1

Increasing attractiveness as an employer and development programs 

for specific target groups  
A  family-friendly  human  resources  policy  is  a  major  com-
ponent  of  Volkswagen’s  attractiveness  as  an  employer;  in 
particular,  it  contributes  to  greater  gender  equality.  We  are 
working  continuously  to  develop  family-friendly  models  for 
working time models and to increase the number of women 
in  management  positions.  In  line  with  German  law  on  the 
leadership 
equal  participation  of  women  and  men  in 
positions  (Führpos-GleichberG  –  German  Act  on  the  Equal 
Participation  of  Women  and  Men  in  Leadership  Positions  in 
the  Private  and  Public  Sectors),  Volkswagen AG  is  aiming  to 
have  a  13.0%  share  of  women  at  the  first  management  level 
and  16.9%  at  the  second  management  level  by  the  end  of 
2021. As of December 31, 2019, the proportion of women in 
the  active  workforce  at  the  first  level  of  management  was 
11.4 (10.7)%  and  at  the  second  level  of  management  it  was 
16.4 (15.4)%. 

We have set targets for every board-level division at Volks-
wagen  AG  regarding  the  development  of  the  proportion  of 
women  in  management  to  encourage  women  with  high 
potential  to  advance  within  the  Company.  This  approach  is 
supported  by  many  different  measures  ranging  from  cross-
brand  mentoring  programs  to  a  quota  system  for  the  man-
agement  selection  procedure  and  targets  for  the  share  of 
women among external hires. 

In  recent  years,  a  large  number  of  company  regulations 
have also come into effect in the Group to make it easier for 
employees  to  balance  the  demands  of  work  and  home  life 
and  allow  staff  to  arrange  their  own  individual  working 
model.  These  include  flexible  working  hours,  variable  part-
time  work  and  shift  models,  leave  of  absence  programs 
enabling  employees  to  care  for  family  members,  childcare 
services  that  are  associated  with  the  company  or  are 
company-owned, and mobile working.  

< 20
< 20
20–29
20–29
30–39
30–39
40–49
40–49
50–59
50–59
60 +
60 +

2 %
2 %
20 %
20 %
29 %
29 %
25 %
25 %
20 %
20 %
4 %
4 %

At  Volkswagen AG,  which  entered  into  its  works  agreement 
for  mobile  working  already  back  in  2016,  more  than  23 
thousand  employees  were  making  use  of  a  more  flexible 
working arrangement as of the end of the 2019 fiscal year. 

Preventive healthcare and occupational safety 
Preventive healthcare and occupational safety are key human 
resources  policy  topics  in  the  Volkswagen  Group.  In  fiscal 
year  2019,  we  underpinned  these  with  a  corresponding 
Group policy. This defines basic requirements and objectives 
relating to occupational health and safety, laying down rules 
for the organization thereof as well as the responsibilities of 
the Group, brands and companies.  

task  of 

individual  health.  Another 

In  addition  to  fulfilling  statutory  requirements,  Volks-
wagen’s  Health  department  places  strong  emphasis  on 
preventive  approaches  with  regard  to  health,  fitness  and 
performance.  Employees  are  given  the  opportunity  to  have 
regular  check-ups  followed  by  a  talk  in  which  they  receive 
offers  that  draw  on  recent  scientific  findings  for  improving 
their 
the  Health 
department  is  to  advise  the  Group  on  any  potential  impact 
from  new  production 
on  employee  health  resulting 
technologies  introduced  throughout  the  production  chain 
and  in  all  work  processes.  One  example  of  this  is  a  pilot 
project  conducted  in  2019  by  Audi  BKK  and  the  Hanover 
Medical  School  (MHH)  to  reduce  the  risk  factors  associated 
with  metabolic  syndrome,  such  as  high  levels  of  body  fat, 
blood  lipids  and  blood  pressure.  Telemonitoring  of  these 
levels,  exercise  programs,  nutritional  consultations  and 
individual support, combined with modern technology such 
as  wearables  (electronic  aids  worn  on  the  body),  have  led  to 
significant improvements, particularly among shift workers.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

153

Employee participation 
Codetermination  and  employee  participation  are  important 
pillars of our human resources strategy. Volkswagen aims to 
promote  high  levels  of  expertise  and  a  strong  sense  of  team 
spirit.  This  includes  employees’  opinions,  assessments  and 
criticisms being heard.  

We brief our employees extensively on upcoming changes 
so as to involve them in strategic decision-making as early as 
possible. In forming cooperative labor relations characterized 
by social peace, we are guided by universal human rights and 
the standards of the International Labour Organization (ILO). 
Building on these principles, we have agreed various charters 
and  declarations  with  the  European  and  the  World  Works 
Councils  which  set  out  the  principles  of  labor  policy  in  the 
Volkswagen Group as well as individual employee rights. 

With  the  opinion  survey,  a  poll  of  180  companies  of  the 
Group,  the  Company  not  only  regularly  gathers  information 
regarding  employee  satisfaction,  but  also  inquires  about  the 
shape of our corporate culture and the manner in which, for 
example,  compliance  requirements  are  implemented.  Based 
on the results, follow-up processes are implemented in which 
measures are developed and executed. Over 620,000 employ-
ees in 50 countries were invited to take part in the survey. The 
participation rate was 81%. The average result from all of the 
answers provided for the questions in the opinion survey – the 
sentiment  rating  –  is an  important  parameter of  the  survey; 
in  2019  it  stood  at  80.0  out  of  a  possible  total  of  100  index 
points. The score achieved in 2019 was thus higher than the 
previous year’s figure, which amounted to 78.9 points.  

In  addition,  we  also  encourage  our  employees’  involve-
ment  by  means  of  Idea  Management.  Employees  have  the 
opportunity  to  put  their  creativity  and  knowledge  to  use  in 
the  form  of  ideas  for  improvements,  thus  contributing  to 
streamlining  workflows,  further  enhancing  ergonomics  in 
the  workplace,  reducing  costs  and  continuously  increasing 
efficiency. Through Idea Management employees can actively 
participate  in  the  planning  and  design  of  their  work.  The 
system  also  provides  monetary  incentives  by  offering  set 
rewards. 

I N F O R M AT I O N   T E C H N O L O G Y   ( I T )  
Volkswagen  is  working  hard  on  strengthening  its  digital 
competencies  with  a  view  to  shaping  and  safeguarding  the 
Company’s  future  viability.  To  this  end  we  are  continuously 
upgrading our IT systems so that they are sustainable in the  

long  term  and  are  progressively  moving  our  systems  and 
applications  over  to  new  cloud  platforms.  Our  primary 
concern is further increasing the efficiency of the IT systems 
used throughout the Company and standardizing these as far 
as  possible.  We  are  also  concentrating  on  building  up  our 
expertise and specialist IT knowledge, especially in key digital 
technologies such as artificial intelligence and the use of new 
IT technologies in products, services and business processes.  
To  safeguard  the  development  of  core  competencies  in 
our  Company  in  the  fields  of  technology,  digitalization  and 
autonomous driving, we are building up IT resources that will 
help shape and push the Company’s digital transformation. 

The  Group  IT  Steering  Committee  was  formed  in  fiscal 
year  2019  for  this  purpose.  In  addition  to  managing  the 
Group’s  IT  portfolio,  this  steering  committee  will  enable 
synergies to be leveraged more efficiently and promote com-
munication  with  departments  on  IT  projects.  Group-wide 
planning  and  management  of  portfolios  will  ensure  coordi-
nated  use  of  budgets  and  resources  in  the  development, 
implementation and use of IT solutions within the Group. 

Volkswagen  is  embracing  digitalization  in  the  Company 
at its in-house IT labs, for example. The labs act as centers of 
innovation  and  expertise  that  conduct  research  and  experi-
ment  with  new  technologies.  Here,  Group  IT,  research  insti-
tutions,  technology  partners  and  policy-makers  are  working 
closely together on future trends in information technology. 
At the same time, the labs function as liaison offices for start-
ups.  This  allows  the  experience  and  strategic  expertise  of  a 
large  company  like  Volkswagen  to  be  combined  with  the 
pragmatism and speed of young start-ups. Highly specialized 
experts  at  the  IT  labs  in  San  Francisco  and  Munich,  for 
example, are working on exploiting the potential of quantum 
computers for areas that have a commercial application. The 
focus  here  is  on  optimization  of  flows  of  traffic  and  simu-
lation  of  materials  and  alloys.  Initial  experimental  projects 
are  also  investigating  opportunities  for  combining  the 
potential  of  quantum  computers  with  self-learning  systems 
(quantum machine learning). 

In  addition  to  topics  such  as  data  analytics  (process  for 
the  systematic  analysis  of  data  in  electronic  form)  and 
decentralized databases, which allow network participants to 
jointly  process  and  store  data  (distributed  ledger  technol-
ogies),  the  IT  labs  are  used  to  realize  knowledge  transfer 
throughout  the  entire  Company,  and  to  make  new  technol-
ogies  usable  for  the  Company. For  instance, numerous  “bot” 

 
154 

Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

projects  are  being  implemented  to  automate  business  pro-
cesses  (robotic  process  automation).  Self-learning  systems 
will  intelligently  analyze  data  to  assist  staff  in  recurring 
administrative work steps by preparing these activities inde-
pendently and giving them to staff for a decision. 

The  further  convergence  of  different  business  areas with 

IT is also opening up opportunities.  

In production, for example, big data processes help us to 
analyze  faulty  machinery  and  take  action  at  an  early  stage. 
Big  data  refers  to  data  volumes  that  are  too  vast  and  too 
complex to be analyzed and evaluated using manual or con-
ventional  methods.  Production  processes  are  also  safe-
guarded  by  artificial  intelligence  and  camera  systems  (com-
puter  vision).  The  systems  and  equipment  in the  factory are 
combined  into  an  integrated  overall  system.  This  will  allow 
efficiency  to  be  increased  and  digital  pilot  projects  to  be 
integrated  into  the  existing  architecture  much  more  easily 
than  before.  Applied  research  in  the  field  of  intelligent 
human-robot collaboration and IT systems to control mobile 
assistive  robotics  are  also  important  elements  of  the  digi-
talization of production at the Volkswagen Group.  

Group IT is likewise contributing its expertise in the field 
of  research  and  development  in  conjunction  with  the  dif-
ferent departments. For instance, digitalized work tools such 
as  the  “virtual  concept  vehicle”  make  the  product  develop-
ment process faster and more efficient.  

Value creation in sales is being increased with the help of 
advanced analytics (a process for systematic analysis of future 
events  and  behavior),  for  example  on  distribution  parking 
lots for vehicles and in sales planning. 

The “IT for everyone” initiative aims to give all employees 
at Volkswagen AG access to digital media and work tools. The 
objective  is  to  further  improve  communication  and  collabo-
ration  among  production  and  administrative  employees.  An 
important issue in this connection is the growing volume of 
official  work  being  performed  on  mobile  devices.  The 
Company’s 
internal  network  Group  Connect  promotes 
knowledge  transfer  and  networking  among  all  employees. 
The  platform  puts  experts  in  touch  with  one  another  across 
brands and internationally. In software development centers 
we  develop  cross-brand  software  for  digital  ecosystems  and 
for  new  business  processes  in  the  Group.  We  thereby 
maintain  in-house  expertise  in  the  rapid,  demand-oriented 
development of software and IT solutions. This capability will 
become  increasingly  important  as  the  Company’s  digital 
transformation evolves.  

At  the  new  software  development  center  established  in 
Lisbon in 2019, software architects, designers and developers 
are working together on IT projects in the areas of sales and 
marketing  and  on  the  connected  car,  among  other  things. 
The project work is flanked by a lean, agile development pro-
cess  based  on  the  simultaneous  work  of  teams  of  two  (pair 
programming). 

Cutting-edge  technologies  for  the  industrial  internet  of 
Things are being developed at the new software development 
center  in  Dresden.  In  collaboration  with  a  leading  cloud 
provider,  Amazon  Web  Services,  we  are  working  on  a  digital 
production  platform  that  will  enable  Volkswagen  to  signifi-
cantly reduce its production costs in the future. (cid:3)

Safeguarding  data  and  systems  at  the  Volkswagen  Group 
is  another  focus  of  our  IT.  In  order  to  also  protect  our  cus-
tomers  against  cyberattacks  and  ensure  that  our  solutions 
are in conformity with national and international legislation, 
we  are  continuing  to  implement  an  integrated,  cross-brand, 
cross-regional  Information  Security  Management  System 
(ISMS) as part of the Protected Customer program. The Group 
offers  documents,  templates  and  tools  to  all  Group  com-
panies  and  brands  in  the  form  of  an  ISMS  toolbox  to  help 
them  implement  their  own  ISMS.  Key  central  information 
security processes have been audited and certified within the 
international  ISO 27001  framework.  This  is  the  most  impor-
tant standard for information security and extends beyond IT 
to  also  cover  issues  such  as  human  resource  security,  com-
pliance, physical security and legal requirements. One of the 
aims of the program, which is set to run until 2021, is also to 
safeguard  the  complete  life  cycle  of  our  vehicles  and  the 
digital mobility services. 

In fiscal year 2019, another focus of IT was on continuing 
the systematic implementation of the European General Data 
Protection  Regulation  (GDPR),  which  was  combined  in  a 
Group  program  and  rolled  out  in  all  corporate  functions.  In 
the  course  of  the  sustainable  implementation  of  the  GDPR, 
the data protection processes and procedures in place in the 
brands  will  be  consolidated  and  standardized  further.  When 
new  IT  solutions  are  being  developed,  the  requirements  will 
be enforced from the outset. Transparency in the processing 
and  minimization  of  data  is  a  key  goal  on  which  we  will 
continue  to  work.  To  ensure  sustainable  observance  of  the 
GDPR,  we  will  systematically  press  ahead  with  the  establish-
ment  of  the  Company-wide  data  protection  management 
system begun in this reporting period as well as with the data 
protection organization. 

 
 
Group Management Report 

Sustainable Value Enhancement

155

In  2015,  Volkswagen AG  co-founded  Deutsche  Cyber-Sicher-
heitsorganisation  GmbH  (DCSO).  DCSO  is  accumulating  spe-
cialist  knowledge  on  cybersecurity  and  aims  to  become  the 
preferred service provider to European businesses in this field. 
DCSO is a competence center and a managed security service 
provider  for  protecting  companies  against  criminal  hackers, 
industrial espionage, government attacks and sabotage. 

E N V I R O N M E N TA L   ST R AT E G Y    
As one of the largest automobile manufacturers, Volkswagen 
takes responsibility for the environmental impact of its activ-
ities. Based on the  TOGETHER 2025+ Group strategy, we have 
set  ourselves  ambitious  environmental  targets  with  our 
environmental mission statement. With goTOzero, we aspire 
to  minimize  environmental  impacts  along  the  entire  life 
cycle – from raw material extraction until end-of-life – for all 
our  products  and  mobility  solutions  in  order  to  keep 
ecosystems  intact  and  to  ensure  that  we  have  a  positive 
impact  on  society.  Compliance  with  environmental  regula-
tions,  standards  and  voluntary  commitments  is  a  basic 
prerequisite of our actions.  
Our focus is on four prioritized action areas: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Climate change. We are committed to the 2°C target of the 
Paris  Climate  Agreement.  By  2025,  we  plan  to  reduce  the 
greenhouse  gas  emissions  of  our  passenger  cars  and  light 
commercial  vehicles  by  30%  over  the  total  life  cycle 
compared with 2015. We use the decarbonization index to 
document  our  progress.  We  intend  to  become  a  carbon-
neutral company by 2050. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Resources. We intend to reduce production-related environ-
mental impact, maximize our resource efficiency and pro-
mote  circular  economy  approaches  in  the  areas  of  mate-
rials, energy and water.  

(cid:33)(cid:3) Air  quality.  We  are  driving  e-mobility  forward  to  improve 
the  local  air  quality.  By  2025,  the  share  of  battery  electric 
vehicles  in  our  model  portfolio  shall  be  between  20%  and 
25%. The share of electric vehicles in our new vehicle fleet 
in Europe and China is set to rise to at least 40% by 2030. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Environmental  compliance.  Where  integrity  is  concerned, 
we aim to become a role model for a modern, transparent 
and  successful  enterprise  by  implementing  and  moni- 
toring effective management systems that cover the environ-
mental impacts of our mobility solutions over all life cycle 
stages. 

With our future program TOGETHER 2025+, we have defined a 
strategic  indicator  for  the  major  brands  that  manufacture 
passenger cars for the EU28, China and USA regions:  
(cid:33)(cid:3) Decarbonization  index  (DCI).  This  measures  the  average 
emissions of CO2 and CO2 equivalents (together CO2e) over 
the  entire  life  cycle  of  the  portfolio  of  passenger  cars  and 
light  commercial  vehicles  and  is  stated  in  tonnes  per 
vehicle. The DCI encompasses both direct and indirect CO2e 
emissions at the individual production sites (Scope 1 and 2) 
as  well  as  all  further  upstream  and  downstream  CO2e 
emissions over the life cycle of the vehicles sold – from the 
extraction  of  raw  materials  to  the  use  of  the  vehicle  and 
final  disposal  of  old  vehicles  (Scope  3).  As  a  strategic 
indicator,  the  DCI  enables  transparent,  comprehensive 
tracking  of  progress  toward  climate-friendly  mobility.  The 
average  value  was  43.0  t  CO2e/vehicle  in  the  reporting 
period; by 2025 the decarbonization index shall be reduced 
by around 30%. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
156 

 Sustainable Value Enhancement  

Group Management Report

Organization of environmental protection 
Volkswagen has created an environmental policy that sets out 
guidelines  for  environmental  decision-making,  for  the  man-
agement  of  projects  and  for  the  Group’s  environmental 
stewardship.  Thus,  parameters  are  set  for  the  conduct  and 
working  methods  of  management  and  staff  in  five  areas: 
management  behavior,  compliance,  environmental  protec-
tion, collaboration with stakeholders and continuous improve-
ment. 

The  Board  of  Management  of  Volkswagen  AG  is  the 
highest  internal  decision-making  level  for  environmental 
issues.  The  Volkswagen  AG’s  and  brand’s  boards  of  manage-
ment  take  business,  social  and  environmental  criteria  into 
account  when  making  key  company  decisions.  The  Group-
wide  management  of  environmental  protection  is  the 
responsibility  of  the  Group  Steering  Committee  for  the 
Environment and Energy. Other bodies take responsibility for 
steering key individual aspects in relation to products such as 
CO2 emissions and exhaust gas emissions. These include the 
Group  CO2  Steering  Committee,  the  Group  Steering  Com-
mittee for Fleet Compliance and Exhaust Gas, and the Group 
Sustainability Steering Committee. 

The  Volkswagen  Group  coordinates  the  activities  of  the 
brands, which in turn steer the measures in the regions. The 
brands and companies are responsible for their own environ-
mental  organization.  They  base  their  own  environmental 
protection activities on the targets, guidelines and principles 
that apply throughout the Group. 

We  are  dedicated  to  comply  with  legal  and  regulatory 
requirements.  Furthermore,  we  are  guided  by  company 
standards  and  targets.  Our  environmental  compliance  man- 

agement  systems  shall  ensure  that  environmental  aspects 
and  obligations  are  taken  into  account  in  our  business 
operations. Disregard for the rules, fraud and misconduct are 
treated as severe compliance violations. Compliance with our 
Environmental  Policy  Statement  and  with  other  Group 
environmental  requirements  is  evaluated  annually  and 
reported to the Board of Management of Volkswagen AG, the 
respective  boards  of  management  of  the  brands  or  the 
managing directors of the companies. 

S E PA R AT E   N O N - F I N A N C I A L   G R O U P   R E P O R T  
The  combined  separate  nonfinancial  report  of  Volks-
wagen AG  and  the  Volkswagen  Group  in  accordance  with 
sections  (cid:945)89b  and  315b  Handelsgesetzbuch  (HGB  –  German 
Commercial Code) for fiscal year (cid:945)019 will be available on the 
website  https://www.volkswagenag.com/presence/nachhaltig-
keit/documents/sustainability-report/(cid:945)019/Nichtfinanzieller_ 
Bericht_(cid:945)019_d.pdf  in  German  and  at  https://www.volks-
wagenag.com/presence/nachhaltigkeit/documents/sustain-
ability-report/(cid:945)019/Nonfinancial_Report_(cid:945)019_e.pdf  in  En-
glish by no later than April 30, (cid:945)0(cid:945)0. 

R E P O R T   O N   P O ST - B A L A N C E   S H E E T   D AT E   E V E N T S  
For  more  information  on  the  offer  for  the  acquisition  of  all 
outstanding  ordinary  shares  of  Navistar 
International 
Corporation by TRATON SE placed on January 30, (cid:945)0(cid:945)0, please 
refer  to  the  details  provided  in  the  “Events  after  the  balance 
sheet  date”  section  on  page  3(cid:945)8  of  the  notes  to  the  consoli-
dated financial statements. 

  
Group Management Report 

Report on Expected Developments

157

Report on Expected Developments 

Global economic growth in 2020 is expected to continue at the prior-year level. Global demand for 
passenger cars will probably vary from region to region and remain at the 2019 level on the whole. 
With our brand diversity, broad product range, technologies and services, we are well prepared for 
the future challenges in the mobility business. 

In  the  following,  we  describe  the  expected  development  of 
the  Volkswagen  Group  and  the  general  framework  for  its 
business  activities.  Risks  and  opportunities  that  could 
represent a departure from the forecast trends are presented 
in the Report on Risks and Opportunities. 

Our assumptions are based on current estimates by third-
party institutions. These include economic research institutes, 
banks, multinational organizations and consulting firms. 

lize, providing the conflict between Russia and Ukraine does 
not  worsen.  The  Russian  economy  is  expected  to  see  only 
muted growth. 

For Turkey, we anticipate a rising growth rate amid higher 
inflation.  The  South  African  economy  will  probably  be 
dominated by political uncertainty and social tensions again 
in  2020  resulting,  in  particular,  from  high  unemployment. 
Growth should therefore increase only slightly. 

D E V E L O P M E N T S   I N   T H E   G L O B A L   E C O N O MY  
Our  forecasts  are  based  on  the  assumption  that  global 
economic  growth  in  2020  will  be  at  the  same  level  as  in  the 
preceding  year.  We  still  believe  that  risks  will  arise  from 
protectionist tendencies, turbulence in the financial markets 
and  structural  deficits  in  individual  countries.  In  addition, 
growth  prospects  will  be  negatively  impacted  by  continuing 
geopolitical  tensions  and  conflicts  as  well  as  epidemics 
spanning countries and regions, such as the current spread of 
the  coronavirus.  We  anticipate  that  momentum  in  both  the 
advanced  economies  and  the  emerging  markets  will  be 
similar  to  that  seen  in  2019.  We  expect  to  see  the  strongest 
rates of expansion in Asia’s emerging economies. 

Furthermore,  we  anticipate  that  the  global  economy  will 

also continue to grow in the period from 2021 to 2024. 

Europe/Other Markets 
In  Western  Europe,  economic  growth  in  2020  is  likely  to 
decline  slightly  compared  to  the  reporting  year.  Resolving 
structural  problems  continues  to  pose  a  major  challenge,  as 
does the uncertain impact of the United Kingdom’s exit from 
the EU. 

In Central Europe, we estimate that growth rates in 2020 
will remain approximately level with those for the past fiscal 
year. The economic situation in Eastern Europe should stabi-  

Germany 
We expect that gross domestic product (GDP) in Germany will 
increase only at a low rate in 2020. The situation in the labor 
market  will  probably  remain  stable  and  bolster  consumer 
spending. 

North America 
We  assume  that  the  economic  situation  in  the  USA  will 
continue  to  be  stable  in  2020.  GDP  growth  should  be  lower 
than in the reporting period, however. The US Federal Reserve 
could  further  reduce  the  key  interest  rate  during  2020. 
Economic  growth  is  likely  to  remain  more  or  less  stable  in 
Canada. In Mexico, we expect it to increase slightly following 
stagnation in the previous year. 

South America 
The Brazilian economy will most likely stabilize in 2020 and 
record somewhat more dynamic growth than in the reporting 
period.  Amid  sustained  high 
inflation,  the  economic 
situation in Argentina is expected to stay very tense. 

Asia-Pacific 
In 2020, the Chinese economy is expected to continue growing 
at a relatively high level, but will lose some of its momentum 
compared  with  prior  years.  The  agreement  on  trade  matters  

 
  
158 

 Report on Expected Developments  

Group Management Report

with  the  United  States  and  fiscal  policy  by  the  government 
are  likely  to  have  a  stabilizing  impact,  whereas  a  further 
spread  of  the  coronavirus  may  have  a  dampening  effect  on 
the economic development. For India, we anticipate an expan-
sion  rate  on  a  similar  scale  to  the  previous  years.  In  Japan, 
growth is forecast to remain weak.  

Sales  of  passenger  cars  in  2020  are  expected  to  slightly  fall 
short  of  the  prior-year  figures  in  markets  in  Central  and 
Eastern Europe. In Russia, we anticipate a market volume that 
is  slightly  higher  than  in  the  previous  year.  The  number  of 
new registrations should recede in most of the other markets 
in this region.  

T R E N D S   I N   T H E   M A R K E T S   F O R   PA S S E N G E R   C A R S   A N D   L I G H T  

C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S  
We  expect  trends  in  the  markets  for  passenger  cars  in  the 
individual  regions  to  be  mixed  in  2020.  Overall,  the  volume 
of  global  demand  for  new  vehicles  will  probably  match  the 
2019 level. We are forecasting growing demand for passenger 
cars worldwide in the period from 2021 to 2024. 

Trends in the markets for light commercial vehicles in the 
individual  regions  will also  be  mixed  in  2020;  on  the whole, 
we  anticipate  a  slight  dip  in  demand  in  2020.  We  expect  a 
return to the growth trajectory for the years 2021 to 2024.  

The  Volkswagen  Group  is  well  prepared  for  the  future 
challenges  pertaining  to  the  automotive  mobility  business 
and  the  mixed  developments  in  regional  automotive  mar-
kets.  Our  brand  diversity,  our  presence  in  all  major  world 
markets,  our  broad  and  selectively  expanded  product  range, 
and our technologies and services put us in a good competi-
tive  position  worldwide.  With  electric  drives,  digital  connec-
tivity  and  autonomous  driving,  we  want  to  make  the  auto-
mobile  cleaner,  quieter,  more  intelligent  and  safer.  We  have 
set  ourselves  the  goal  of  continuing  to  excite  our  customers 
in future and meeting their diverse needs with an appealing 
product portfolio of impressive vehicles and forward-looking, 
tailor-made mobility solutions.  

Europe/Other Markets 
For 2020, we anticipate that the volume of new passenger car 
registrations  in  Western  Europe  will  be  distinctly  below  that 
recorded in the reporting period. The uncertain impact of the 
United  Kingdom’s  exit  from  the  EU  is  likely  to  further 
exacerbate the ongoing uncertainty among consumers, con-
tinuing to dampen demand. We expect a moderate decline on 
the British and Italian markets in 2020. In France and Spain, 
the  markets  are  likely  to  fall  perceptibly  short  of  the  level 
seen in the reporting year.  

For  light  commercial  vehicles,  we  expect  demand  in 
Western Europe in 2020 to be distinctly lower than the prior-
year  level,  owing  to  the  uncertain  impact  of  the  United 
Kingdom’s  exit  from  the  EU  and  the  pull-forward  effect  on 
sales of the WLTP in 2019. In France, the United Kingdom, Italy 
and Spain we are forecasting a marked drop in some cases.  

Registrations  of  light  commercial  vehicles  in  the  Central 
and  Eastern  European  markets  in  2020  will  probably  be 
noticeably  lower  than  in  the  previous  year.  We  expect  a 
distinct decline in market volume for Russia.  

The Turkish passenger car market is projected to record a 
sharp increase in 2020 in contrast to the weak preceding year. 
The  volume  of  new  registrations  in  South  Africa  in  2020  is 
likely to match the figure for the previous year. 

Germany 
After a positive performance overall in recent years, we assume 
that  demand  in  the  German  passenger  car  market  will  fall 
noticeably year-on-year in 2020. 

We anticipate that registrations of light commercial vehi-

cles will be up slightly on the previous year’s level. 

North America 
The volume of demand in the markets for passenger cars and 
light commercial vehicles (up to 6.35 tonnes) in North America 
as a whole and in the USA in 2020 is likely to fall slightly short 
of  the  previous  year.  Demand  will  probably  remain  highest 
for  models  in  the  SUV  and  pickup  segments.  In  Canada,  the 
number  of  new  registrations  is  also  projected  to  be  slightly 
lower than the previous year’s level. For Mexico, we expect a 
moderate fall in demand compared with the reporting year. 

South America 
Owing  to  their  dependence  on  demand  for  raw  materials 
worldwide,  the  South  American  markets  for  passenger  cars 
and  light  commercial  vehicles  are  heavily  influenced  by 
developments  in  the  global  economy.  We  expect  to  see  an 
overall  moderate  increase  in  new  registrations  in  the  South 
American markets in 2020 compared with the previous year. 
In  Brazil,  demand  volume  is  expected  to  rise  perceptibly 
again in 2020 following the increase in the reporting period. 
However,  we  anticipate  that  demand  in  Argentina  will  be 
slightly lower year-on-year. 

Asia-Pacific 
In 2020, the passenger car markets in the Asia-Pacific region 
are  expected  to  be  at  the  prior-year  level.  We  expect,  subject 
to a further spread of the coronavirus, demand in China to be  

Group Management Report 

Report on Expected Developments

159

slightly  up  on  the  previous  year’s  level.  Attractively  priced 
entry-level  models  in  the  SUV  segment  in  particular  should 
still see strong demand. For as long as there is no resolution in 
sight, the trade dispute between China and the United States 
will continue to weigh on business and consumer confidence. 
We  anticipate  a  slight  decrease  in  the  Indian  market  com-
pared  with  the  previous  year.  By  contrast,  Japan’s  market 
volume is forecast to record a distinct decrease in 2020.  

The market volume for light commercial vehicles in 2020 
will  probably  fall  moderately  short  of  the  previous  year’s 
figure. We are expecting demand in the Chinese market to be 
distinctly below that of the prior year. For India, we are fore-
casting  a  moderately  higher  volume  in  2020  than  in  the 
reporting period. In the Japanese market, demand is likely to 
be markedly lower than the previous year’s level.  

T R E N D S   I N   T H E   M A R K E T S   F O R   C O M M E R C I A L   V E H I C L E S  
Starting  in  fiscal  year  2020,  we  are  redefining  the  relevant 
markets of the Volkswagen Group for trucks and buses based 
on our core countries. Our relevant truck markets are the 27 
EU member states excluding Malta, but including the United 
Kingdom, Norway and Switzerland (EU27+3), as well as Brazil, 
Russia, Turkey and South Africa. The bus markets relevant for 
the Volkswagen Group are the EU27+3, Brazil and Mexico. 
For  2020,  we  expect  new  registrations  for  mid-sized  and 
heavy trucks with a gross weight of more than six tonnes to 
be  distinctly  lower  than  the  2019  level  in  markets  that  are 
relevant  for  the  Volkswagen  Group.  We  regard  the  declining 
incoming  orders  seen  in  2019  and  the  anticipated  drop  in 
transport  volumes  as  a  sign  of  a  downturn  in  the  European 
truck  market.  For  the  EU27+3  countries,  we  expect  a  10  to 
20%  downturn  in  the  market  in  2020.  Russia  will  probably 
witness  a  distinct  rebound  in  demand.  In  Turkey,  we  are 
forecasting a very sharp recovery of demand after a very low 
level  in  the  prior  year.  For  South  Africa,  we  are  forecasting  a 
moderate decrease. We estimate that demand in Brazil will be 
much higher than in the previous year.  

On  average,  we  anticipate  solid  growth  rates  in  the 

relevant truck markets for the years 2021 to 2024. 

A  slight  year-on-year  increase  in  overall  demand  for  2020  is 
likely in the bus markets relevant for the Volkswagen Group. 
We anticipate a moderate decline in the market in the EU27+3 
countries,  a  moderate  increase  in  Mexico  and  new  registra-
tions  in  Brazil  will  probably  be  much  higher  than  the  prior-
year level.  

Overall,  we  expect  a  noticeable  decrease  in  the  demand 
for buses on the relevant markets for the period from 2021 to 
2024.  

T R E N D S   I N   T H E   M A R K E T S   F O R   P O W E R   E N G I N E E R I N G  
We  expect  the  market  environment  in  power engineering  to 
remain  difficult  in  2020,  with  continuation  of  the  general 
tendencies seen in 2019. 

In  2020,  the  market  volume  for  two-stroke  engines  used 
in merchant shipping is likely to reach a higher level than in 
the reporting period. Calls for high energy efficiency and low 
pollutant emissions will continue to have a significant influ-
ence on ship designs in the future. We expect sustained stable 
demand in the market for four-stroke engines used in ferries, 
cruise ships, dredgers and government vessels. In the offshore 
sector, new order volumes of special applications look set to 
be  on  the  low  side  due  to  existing  overcapacity.  Overall,  we 
expect the marine market to be at a slightly higher level than 
that  seen  in  the  reporting  period.  The  competitive  pressure 
will continue unabated.  

Demand  for  energy  correlates  strongly  with  macroeco-
nomic and demographic trends, especially in emerging mar-
kets.  The  global  trend  toward  decentralized  power  stations 
and gas-based applications shows no sign of losing momen-
tum. For 2020, we expect demand to rise slightly for the gas 
sector in particular but to remain at a low level overall. On the 
whole,  this  low  level  of  demand  poses  a  major  challenge  for 
the new market with carbon-neutral technologies. 

In  turbomachinery,  we  expect  to  see  continued  strong 
demand  in  2020,  attributable  to  an  investment  backlog  and 
also to stable commodity prices. High capacity utilization of 
production  equipment  by  market  participants  can  be 
expected,  which  is  likely  to  bring  about  a  further  easing  of 
competition.  Energy  generation  is  still  marked  by  overca-
pacity  on  the  part  of  electricity  producers  in  industrialized 
countries,  but  due  to  the  increase  in  investments  for  power 
generation  using  biomass  and  the  use  of  natural  gas  as  a 
transition  source  of  energy,  we  expect  a  slight  increase  in 
demand  for  steam  and  gas  turbines.  Renewable  energy 
sources in particular are expected to generate growth because 
their  irregular  electricity  production  will  necessitate  greater 
storage  capacity.  This  is  the  reason  the  construction  of  pilot 
plants for thermal storage is being pushed, which in turn has 
led  a  build  out  of  the  market  for  turbocompressors  and 
turboexpanders. 

We  anticipate  a  stable  trend  in  the  marine  and  power 
plant after-sales business for diesel engines in 2020. In turbo-
machinery,  we  expect  a  slight  upward  trend  for  the  coming 
year.  Particularly  in  the  oil  and  gas  sector  we  are  seeing  a 
positive  trend  resulting  from  the  clearing  of  the  investment 
backlog from recent years.  

 
160 

 Report on Expected Developments  

Group Management Report

For the period 2021 to 2024, we expect to see growing demand 
in  the  power  engineering  markets.  However,  the  extent  and 
timing of this growth will vary in the individual business fields.  

will probably continue. However, there is still a general event 
risk  –  defined  as  the  risk  arising  from  unforeseen  market 
developments. 

T R E N D S   I N   T H E   M A R K E T S   F O R   F I N A N C I A L   S E R V I C E S  
We believe that automotive financial services will also be very 
important  for  vehicle  sales  worldwide  in  2020.  We  expect 
demand to continue rising in emerging markets where mar-
ket penetration has so far been low. Regions with established 
automotive financial services markets will see a continuation 
of the trend towards enabling mobility at the lowest possible 
total  cost.  Integrated  end-to-end  solutions,  which  include 
mobility-related  service  modules  such  as  insurance  and 
innovative  packages  of  services,  will  become  increasingly 
important  for  this.  Additionally,  we  expect  demand  to 
increase  for  new  forms  of  mobility,  such  as  rental  services, 
and  for  integrated  mobility  services,  for  example  parking, 
refueling  and  charging.  We  estimate  that  this  trend  will 
continue in the years 2021 to 2024. 

In the mid-sized and heavy commercial vehicles category, 
we anticipate rising demand for financial services products in 
emerging markets. In these countries in particular, financing 
solutions  support  vehicle  sales  and  are  thus  an  essential 
component of the sales process. In the developed markets, we 
expect  to  see  increased  demand  for  telematics  services  and 
services  aimed  at  reducing  total  cost  of  ownership  in  2020. 
This trend is also expected to continue in the period 2021 to 
2024.  

E XC H A N G E   R AT E   T R E N D S  
In  2019,  the  euro  lost  ground  against  the  US  dollar  on  an 
annual  average.  The  euro/sterling  exchange  rate  remained 
stable  overall,  despite  some  volatility  amid  continued  high 
uncertainty about the outcome of the Brexit negotiations with 
the EU and the related question of what form this relationship 
would  take  in  the  future.  The  currencies  of  Asian  emerging 
markets , the Russian ruble and the Mexican peso also posted 
gains against the euro in the reporting period, in contrast to 
the  Argentine  peso,  the  Brazilian  real  and  the  South  African 
rand which posted losses. For 2020, we are forecasting that the 
euro  will  strengthen  against  the  US  dollar,  sterling  and  the 
Chinese  renminbi.  The  expectation  is  that  the  Brazilian  real 
and  Indian  rupee  will  remain  relatively  weak.  The  Russian 
ruble will probably be unable to maintain the recent positive 
gains. For 2021 to 2024, we expect that the euro will be stable 
against the key currencies, but that the comparative weakness 
of the currencies in the above-mentioned emerging markets  

I N T E R E ST   R AT E   T R E N D S  
Interest  rates  remained  comparatively  low with  a  few  excep-
tions  in  fiscal  year  2019  due  to  the  continuation  of  expan-
sionary  monetary  policies  worldwide  and  the  challenging 
overall  economic  environment.  In  the  major  Western  indus-
trialized nations, key interest rates persisted at a low level on 
the  whole.  The  US  Federal  Reserve  changed  course  in  the 
summer in an effort to shore up the economy, cutting its key 
interest  rate  after  several  years  of  successive  increases.  The 
European Central Bank continued its expansionary monetary 
policy.  In  the  light  of  further  expansionary  monetary  policy 
measures, we currently therefore do not expect interest rates 
in  the  USA  and  the  eurozone  to  rise  in  2020.  For  the  years 
2021 to  2024,  however,  we  anticipate  a  rise  in  interest  rates, 
though the pace will vary from region to region. 

C O M M O D I T Y   P R I C E   T R E N D S  
Geopolitical  and  economic  uncertainty  in  different  forms 
caused the prices for many raw and input materials to vary in 
2019.  For  example,  average  prices  for  raw  materials  such  as 
crude oil, aluminum, lead, copper and coking coal fell, while 
prices  for  iron  ore,  rare  earths,  natural  rubber  and  the  pre-
cious  metals  palladium  and  rhodium,  among  others,  rose. 
Prices  for  the  raw  materials  that  are  relevant  for  e-mobility 
also  developed  unevenly:  average  prices  for  lithium  and 
cobalt fell, while nickel prices were up on the prior-year level. 
Based  on  analyses  of  factors  of  influence  and  trends  in  the 
commodity markets, we expect the prices of most commodi-
ties to rise in 2020. For the years 2021 to 2024, we continue to 
expect  volatility  in  the  commodity  markets  with  prices 
trending  upwards.  We  preventively  analyze  and  limit  these 
risks  using  system-based  procurement  methods.  Long-term, 
stable  supply  agreements  ensure  that  the  Group’s  needs  are 
satisfied and guarantee a high degree of supply reliability. 

N E W   M O D E L S   I N   2 0 2 0  
The Volkswagen Passenger Cars brand will launch the eighth 
generation  of  its  best-selling  Golf  model  in  2020  and  it  will 
again  claim  a  leading  position  in  the  compact  class  with  a 
sharper  design,  numerous  technical  highlights  and  an  all-
digital cockpit. The all-electric ID.3, the first vehicle to be based 
on  the  Modular  Electric  Drive  Toolkit,  aims  to  excite  its 
customers with a range suited to everyday usability, a forward-  

  
 
 
Group Management Report 

Report on Expected Developments

161

looking design and equipment such as the augmented reality 
head-up display. In 2020, the T-Roc will be available as a con-
vertible.  The  Arteon  will  receive  a  product  upgrade  and  the 
Arteon Shooting Brake will also be presented. The up! and the 
Tiguan  will  likewise  receive  a  model  update.  In  the  Chinese 
market,  Volkswagen  will  continue  its  electric  car  offensive 
with  the  electric  Tharu  and  the  Tayron  as  a  plug-in  hybrid. 
Alongside these, a multi-purpose vehicle, the coupé versions 
of the Tayron and Tiguan L and the updated Phideon will be 
launched.  Volkswagen  will  strengthen  its  presence  in  the 
United  States  with  the  upgrated  Atlas,  the  new  Atlas  Cross 
Sport and an electric SUV. South America will see the launch 
of  the  sporty  versions  of  the  Polo  and  Virtus  and  the  New 
Urban Coupé Nivus.  

In 2020, Audi will launch more versions of the e-tron and 
the  likewise  all-electric  e-tron  Sportback.  With  successor 
models  to  the  A3  and  A3  Sportback,  Audi  is  also  looking  to 
defend its lead in the premium segment of the compact class. 
The  A3  Sportback,  the  A6  saloon  and  the  Avant  will  all  be 
available as plug-in hybrids in 2020. The A5, Q2 and Q5 model 
series will be updated. 

ŠKODA  will  market  two  vehicles  with  all-electric  drives 
from  2020  –  the  Citigoe  IV  and  the  new  Enyaq  SUV.  Produc-
tion  of  the  successor  models  to  the  successful  Octavia  and 
Octavia  Combi  will  also  start.  In  addition,  a  plug-in  hybrid 
will  be  available  in  the  Octavia  and  Superb  series.  The  Chi-
nese,  Indian  and  Russian  markets  will  see  the  launch  of  the 
Rapid model tailored to the requirements of local customers.  
In 2020, SEAT will offer the el-Born, an all-electric vehicle 
with a sporty emotive design. The new Leon is waiting in the 
wings.  CUPRA  will  also  present  a  particularly  powerful 
version  of  the  Leon  and  expand  its  product  range  with  the 
addition of its first standalone model, the CUPRA Formentor. 
Following the launch of the Taycan in the United States at 
the  end  of  2019,  Porsche  will  gradually  introduce  the  all-
electric sports car to further markets in 2020. 

Bentley will present the luxurious spearhead of the model 

series with the Continental GT Mulliner Convertible.  

Lamborghini will bring out an upgrade of its Huracán RWD. 
Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles will present the succes-
sor  model  of  the  Caddy,  popular  with  families  and  trades-
people alike. 

Scania  and  MAN  will  also  work  steadily  on  introducing 

new products and services in 2020. 

Ducati  will  launch  the  Streetfighter  V4  and  the  Street-
fighter V4 S in addition to three new models from the Panigale 
family, among others. The Icon Dark model will also expand 
the Scrambler family.  

F U T U R E   O R G A N I Z AT I O N A L   ST R U C T U R E   O F   T H E   G R O U P  
Our plans are based on the Volkswagen Group’s current struc-
tures.  

They do not include a possible sale of RENK AG or the pos-
sible  acquisition  of  all  outstanding  ordinary  shares  of 
Navistar International Corporation. 

The  effects  of  such  transactions  on  the  results  of  oper-
ations,  financial  position  and  net  assets  are  not  taken  into 
account in the forecast of the Volkswagen Group.  

I N V E ST M E N T   A N D   F I N A N C I A L   P L A N N I N G  
To  ensure  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  future  viability,  we  will 
continue  to  mobilize  our  pronounced  strengths  in  inno-
vation  and  technology  and  push  the  Volkswagen  Group’s 
transformation  while  leveraging  our  economies  of  scale  and 
achieving the greatest possible synergies.  

In  our  current  planning  for  2020,  the  majority  of  capex 
(investments  in  property,  plant  and  equipment,  investment 
property and intangible assets, excluding capitalized develop-
ment costs) will be spent on new products and the continued 
rollout and further development of the modular toolkit. The 
focus  on  hybridization,  electrification  and  digitalization  of 
our vehicles has been stepped up again, particularly through 
the development of the Modular Electric Drive Toolkit (MEB) 
and  the  Premium  Platform  Electric  (PPE),  the  all-electric 
platform  for  our  premium  and  sports  brands.  We  are  also 
investing  in  the  modification  of  selected  locations  for  the 
production  of  electric  vehicles.  The  Automotive  Division’s 
ratio of capex to sales revenue will fluctuate around a level of 
6.0–6.5%.  

Besides  capex,  investing  activities  will  also  include  addi-
tions to capitalized development costs. Among other things, 
these  reflect  upfront  expenditures  in  connection  with  the 
electrification and updating of our model range. 

With the investments in our facilities and models, as well 
as in the development of electric drives and modular toolkits, 
we  are  laying  the  foundations  for  profitable,  sustainable 
growth  at  Volkswagen.  These  investments  also  include  com-
mitments  arising  from  decisions  taken  in  previous  fiscal 
years.  

We  aim  to  finance  the  investments  in  our  Automotive 
Division  from  our  own  capital  resources  and  expect  cash 
flows  from  operating  activities  to  exceed  the  Automotive 
Division’s  investment  requirements.  For  2020,  we  expect 
further  cash  outflows  resulting  from  the  diesel  issue  and 
significantly  higher  outflows  from  mergers  &  acquisitions. 
We  estimate  that  net  cash  flow  in  2020 will subsequently  be 
clearly positive albeit perceptibly below the prior-year figure. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
162 

 Report on Expected Developments  

Group Management Report

Nevertheless,  net  liquidity  in  the  Automotive  Division  will 
probably be distinctly higher than in the reporting period.  

These plans are based on the Volkswagen Group’s current 
structures.  A  possible  sale  of  RENK  AG  and  related  cash 
inflows  are  not  taken  into  account.  Our  planning  also  does 
not  include  cash  outflows  for  a  possible  acquisition  of  all 
outstanding ordinary shares of Navistar International Corpo-
ration.  

Our  joint  ventures  in  China  are  accounted  for  using  the 
equity  method and are  therefore  not  included  in  the  figures 
above.  For  2020,  the  joint  ventures  plan  to  invest  in  
e-mobility,  further  enhancement  of  the  model  portfolio,  the
development  of  new  mobility  solutions  and  smart  city
concepts.  Their  capex  will  exceed  the  2019  level  and  be
financed from the companies’ own funds. 

In the Financial Services Division, we are planning higher 
investments in 2020 than in the previous year. We expect the 
growth  in  lease  assets  and  in  receivables  from  leasing,  cus-
tomer  and  dealer  financing  to  lead  to  funds  tied  up  in 
working  capital,  of  which  around  half  will  be  financed  from 
the  gross  cash  flow.  As  is  common  in  the  sector,  the 
remaining  funds  needed  will  be  met  primarily  through 
unsecured  bonds  on  the  money  and  capital  markets,  the 
issuing  of  asset-backed  securities,  customer  deposits  from 
the  direct  banking  business,  and  through  the  use  of  inter-
national credit lines.  

TA R G E T S   F O R   VA L U E - B A S E D   M A N A G E M E N T  
Based  on  long-term  interest  rates  derived  from  the  capital 
market  and  the  target  capital  structure  (fair  value  of  equity  
to  debt  =  2:1),  the  minimum  required  rate  of  return  on 
invested  capital  defined  for  the  Automotive  Division  remains 
unchanged at 9%.  

In  spite  of  the  change  in  the  accounting  for  leases 
(IFRS 16),  which  entered  into  force  in  January  2019  and 
increased invested capital in fiscal year 2019, as well as other 
adverse effects of the special items on earnings, we exceeded 
both  the  prior-year  figure  and  our  minimum  rate  of  return 
on  invested  capital  in  the  reporting  period  with  a  return  on 
investment (ROI) of 11.2 (11.0)% (see also page 125). Invested 
capital will continue to increase further in 2020 as a result of 
investments  in  new  models,  in  the  development  of  alter-
native  drives  and  modular  toolkits  and  in  future  technol-
ogies.  The  return  on  investment  (ROI)  in  the  Automotive 
Division will probably exceed our minimum required rate of 
return  on  invested  capital and be  slightly higher  than  in  the 
previous year.  

S U M M A R Y   O F   E X P E C T E D   D E V E L O P M E N T S  
The  Volkswagen  Group’s  Board  of  Management  expects  the 
global  economy  to  continue  growing  in  2020  at  the  level  of 
the  previous  year.  We  still  believe  that  risks  will  arise  from 
protectionist tendencies, turbulence in the financial markets 
and  structural  deficits  in  individual  countries.  In  addition, 
growth  prospects  will  be  negatively  impacted  by  continuing 
geopolitical tensions and conflicts as well as epidemics span-
ning countries and regions, such as the current spread of the 
coronavirus.  We  anticipate  that  momentum  in  both  the 
advanced  economies  and  the  emerging  markets  will  be 
similar  to  that  seen  in  2019.  We  expect  to  see  the  strongest 
rates of expansion in Asia’s emerging economies. 

The  trend  in  the  automotive  industry  closely  follows 
global economic developments. We assume that competition 
in the international automotive markets will intensify further. 
We  predict  that  trends  in  the  markets  for  passenger  cars 
in  the  individual  regions  will  be  mixed  in  2020.  Overall,  the 
volume  of  global  demand  for  new  vehicles  will  probably 
match  that  of  2019.  For  2020, we  anticipate  that  the  volume 
of new passenger car registrations in Western Europe will be 
distinctly below that recorded in the reporting period. After a 
positive  performance  overall  in  recent  years,  we  expect 
demand  in  the  German  passenger  car  market  to  fall  notice-
ably  year-on-year  in  2020.  Sales  of  passenger  cars  are 
expected  to  fall  slightly  short  of  the  prior-year  figures  in 
markets  in  Central  and  Eastern  Europe  in  2020.  The  volume 
of  demand  in  the  markets  for  passenger  cars  and  light 
commercial vehicles (up to 6.35 tonnes) in North America in 
2020  is  likely  to  be  slightly  lower  than  in  the  prior  year.  We 
expect  to  see  an  overall  moderate  increase  in  new  registra-
tions for passenger cars and light commercial vehicles in the 
South American markets in 2020 compared with the previous 
year. The passenger car markets in the Asia-Pacific region are 
expected to be at the prior-year level in 2020. 

Trends in the markets for light commercial vehicles in the 
individual  regions  will also  be  mixed  in  2020;  on  the whole, 
we anticipate a slight dip in demand. 

We expect a distinct year-on-year fall in 2020 of new regis-
trations of mid-sized and heavy trucks with a gross weight of 
more  than  six  tonnes  in  the  markets  relevant  for  the  Com-
mercial  Vehicles  Business  Area.  In  the  bus  markets  that  are 
relevant  for  the  Volkswagen  Group, we  expect  to  see  a  slight 
increase  in  overall  demand  in  2020  compared  with  the  pre-
vious year. 

We  believe  that  automotive  financial  services  will  again 

be very important for vehicle sales worldwide in 2020. 

Group Management Report 

Report on Expected Developments

163

The  Volkswagen  Group  is  well  prepared  for  the  future  chal-
lenges pertaining to automobility business activities and for 
the mixed development of the regional automotive markets. 
Our brand diversity, our presence in all major world markets, 
our  broad  and  selectively  expanded  product  range,  and  our 
technologies and services put us in a good competitive posi-
tion  worldwide.  As  part  of  the  transformation  of  our  core 
business, we are positioning our Group brands with an even 
stronger  focus  on  their  individual  characteristics  and  are 
optimizing  the  vehicle  and  drive  portfolio.  The  focus  is  pri-
marily  on  our  vehicle  fleet’s  carbon  footprint  and  on  the 
most  attractive  and  fastest-growing  market  segments.  In 
addition,  we  are  working  to  leverage  the  advantages  of  our 
multibrand  Group  even  more  effectively  with  the  ongoing 
development  of  new  technologies  and  the  enhancement  of 
our  toolkits.  With  electric  drives,  digital  connectivity  and 
autonomous  driving,  we  want  to  make  the  automobile 
cleaner,  quieter,  more  intelligent  and  safer.  We  have  set 
ourselves  the  goal  of  continuing  to  excite  our  customers  in 
future  and  meeting  their  diverse  needs  with  an  appealing 
product portfolio of impressive vehicles and forward-looking, 
tailor-made mobility solutions. 

We  expect  deliveries  to  customers  of  the  Volkswagen 
Group  in  2020  to  be  in  line  with  the  previous  year  amid 
market conditions that continue to be demanding. 

Challenges will arise particularly from the economic situ-
ation,  the  increasing  intensity  of  competition,  volatile  com-
modity  and  foreign  exchange  markets  and  more  stringent 
emissions-related requirements. 

We  expect  the  sales  revenue  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  to 
grow by up to 4% in 2020 and the sales revenue of the Passen- 
ger  Cars  Business  Area  to  be  moderately  higher  than  in  the 

prior-year. In terms of operating profit for the Group and the 
Passenger Cars Business Area, we forecast an operating return 
on sales in the range of 6.5–7.5% in 2020. For the Commercial 
Vehicles Business Area, we anticipate an operating return on 
sales of 4.0–5.0% amid a moderate decrease in sales revenue. 
In the Power Engineering Business Area we expect that sales 
revenue  will  match  that  of  the  previous  year  and  that  the 
operating loss will become smaller. For the Financial Services 
Division  we  forecast  that  sales  revenue  and  the  operating 
result will be in line with the previous year. 

In the Automotive Division, the R&D ratio and the ratio of 
capex to sales revenue will probably fluctuate in the range of 
6.0–6.5%  in  2020.  We  anticipate  further  cash  outflows 
resulting  from  the  diesel  issue  and  significantly  higher 
outflows from mergers & acquisitions in 2020. Consequently, 
we  estimate  that  the  net  cash  flow  will  be  clearly  positive 
albeit perceptibly below the prior-year figure. Net liquidity in 
the  Automotive  Division  will  probably  distinctly  exceed  the 
prior-year  level.  We  expect  a  slight  increase  in  return  on 
investment  (ROI)  compared  with  the  previous  year.  Our 
unchanged  stated  goal  is  to  continue  our  solid  liquidity 
policy.  

To achieve sustainable success, we need skilled and dedi-
cated  employees.  We  aim  to  increase  their  satisfaction  and 
motivation  by  means  of  equal  opportunities,  an  attractive 
and  modern  working  environment,  and  a  forward-looking 
organization of work. Every day, we at the Volkswagen Group 
assume  and  exercise  responsibility  in  issues  relating  to  the 
environment, safety and society. In terms of integrity, Volks-
wagen  aims  to  become  a  role  model  for  a  modern,  trans-
parent  and  successful  enterprise.  We  are  also  aiming  for 
operational excellence in all business processes.  

 
164 

 Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

Report on Risks and Opportunities 

( C O N TA I N S   T H E   R E P O R T   I N   A C C O R D A N C E   W I T H   S E C T I O N   2 8 9 ( 4 )   O F   T H E   H G B )  

Promptly identifying the risks and opportunities arising from our operating activities and taking  
a forward-looking approach to managing them is crucial to our Company’s long-term success. 
A comprehensive risk management and an internal control system help the Volkswagen Group  
deal with risks in a responsible manner. 

In this section, we first explain the objective and structure of 
the Volkswagen Group’s risk management system (RMS) and 
internal control system (ICS) and describe these systems with 
regard to the financial reporting process. We then outline the 
main  risks  and  opportunities  arising  in  our  business  activi-
ties. 

O B J E C T I V E   O F   T H E   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T   SY ST E M   A N D   I N T E R N A L  

C O N T R O L   SY ST E M   AT   V O L K S WA G E N  

Only  by  promptly  identifying,  accurately  assessing  and 
effectively  and  efficiently  managing  the  risks  and  oppor-
tunities  arising  from  our  business  activities  can  we  ensure 
the  Volkswagen  Group’s  long-term  success.  The  aim  of  the 
RMS/ICS is to identify potential risks at an early stage so that 
suitable countermeasures can be taken to avert the threat of 
loss  to  the  Company,  and  any  risks  that  might  jeopardize its 
continued existence can be ruled out. 

Assessing  the  likelihood  of  occurrence  and  extent  of 
future  events  and  developments  is,  by  its  nature,  subject  to 
uncertainty.  We  are  therefore  aware  that  even  the  best  RMS 
cannot  foresee  all  potential  risks  and  even  the  best  ICS  can 
never completely prevent irregular acts. 

ST R U C T U R E   O F   T H E   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T   SY ST E M   A N D   I N T E R N A L  

C O N T R O L   SY ST E M   AT   V O L K S WA G E N  

The organizational design of the Volkswagen Group’s RMS/ICS 
is  based  on  the  internationally  recognized  COSO  framework 
for  enterprise  risk  management  (COSO:  Committee  of  Spon-
soring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission).  Struc-
turing  the  RMS/ICS  in  accordance  with  the  COSO  framework 
for  enterprise  risk  management  ensures  that  potential  risk 

T H E   T H R E E   L I N E S   O F   D E F E N S E   M O D E L

S U P E R V I S O R Y   B O A R D

B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T

1st

2nd

3rd

line of defense

line of defense

line of defense

Companies
and business units 

Group
Risk Management

Group
Internal Audit

areas  are  covered  in  full.  Uniform  Group  principles  are  used 
as  the  basis  for  managing  risks  in  a  standardized  manner. 
Opportunities are not recorded.  

Another key element of the RMS/ICS at Volkswagen is the 
three lines of defense model, a basic element required by the 
European  Confederation  of  Institutes  of  Internal  Auditing 
(ECIIA),  among  other  bodies.  In  line  with  this  model,  the 
Volkswagen  Group’s  RMS/ICS  has  three  lines  of  defense  that 
are  designed  to  protect  the  Company  from  significant  risks 
occurring. 

The  minimum  requirements  for  the  RMS/ICS,  including 
the  concept  of  the  three  lines  of  defense,  are  set  out  in 
guidelines for the entire Group. 

The RMS/ICS was further developed in the past fiscal year. 
A  new  risk  management  IT  system,  Risk  Radar,  was  intro-
duced  in  almost  all  brands.  In  this  way,  we  have  increased  

Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

165

process and data security and reduced our manual workload 
through  automated  workflows  and  end-to-end  system 
support  for  the  analysis  of  data.  At  the  same  time,  risk 
awareness  in  the  Company  is  further  intensified,  risk  trans-
parency  is  improved  and  risks  can  be  analyzed  with  end-to-
end system support. The ICS has been standardized for risky 
business  processes  in  significant  companies.  We  will  con-
tinue to develop our RMS/ICS in the future. 

introduced 

immediately, 

First line of defense: operational risk management 
The  primary  line  of  defense  comprises  the  operational  risk 
management  and  internal  control  systems  at  the  individual 
Group  companies  and  business  units.  The  RMS/ICS  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  structure  and  work-
flows.  Events  that  may  give  rise  to  risk  are  identified  and 
assessed locally in the divisions and at the investees. Counter-
measures  are 
the  remaining 
potential impacts assessed, and the information incorporated 
into  the  planning  in  a  timely  manner.  Material  risks  are 
reported to the relevant committees on an ad hoc basis. The 
results  of  the  operational  risk  management  process  are 
incorporated  into  budget  planning  and  financial  control  on 
an ongoing basis. The targets agreed in the budget planning 
rounds  are  continually  reviewed  in  revolving  planning 
updates. At the same time, the results of risk mitigation mea-
sures are incorporated in a timely manner into the monthly 
forecasts  regarding  further  business  development.  This 
means  that  the  Board  of  Management  also  has  access  to  an 
overall  picture  of  the  current  risk  situation  via  the  docu-
mented reporting channels during the year. 

The  risk  management  and  internal  control  system  in 
operation also includes compliance with the so called Golden 
Rules  in  the  areas  of  control  unit  software  development, 
emission  classification  and  escalation  management.  These 
rules  are  the  minimum  requirements  in  the  organization, 
processes and tools & systems categories.  

Second line of defense: identifying and reporting systemic and acute 

risks using Group-wide processes 
In addition to the ongoing operational risk management, the 
Group  Risk  Management  department  sends  standardized 
surveys each year on the risk situation and the effectiveness 
of the RMS/ICS to the significant Group companies and units 
worldwide  (regular  Governance,  Risk & Compliance  (GRC) 
process).  

financial  loss  (Mat)  and  reputational  damage  (Rep)  and 
criminal  relevance  (Penal).  A  score  between  0  and  10  is 
assigned  to  each  of  these  criteria.  The  measures  taken  to 
manage  and  control  risk  are  taken  into  account  in  the  risk 
assessment  (net  perspective).  The  result  is  a  risk  score  that 
expresses the risk.  

The score for a likelihood of occurrence of more than 50% 
in  the  analysis  period  is  classified  as  high;  for  a  medium 
classification the likelihood of occurrence is at least 25%. For 
the  criterion  of  financial  loss,  the  score  rises  with  an 
increasing scale; the highest score of 10 is reached upwards of 
€1  billion.  The  criterion  of  reputational  damage  can  have 
characteristics  ranging  from  local  erosion  of  confidence  and 
loss of trust at local level to loss of reputation at regional or 
international  level.  Criminal  relevance  is  classified  based  on 
the influence on the local company, the brand or the Group.  

In  addition  to  strategic,  operational  and  reporting  risks, 
risks  arising  from  potential  compliance  violations  are  also 
integrated  into  this  process.  Moreover,  the  effectiveness  of 
key risk management and control measures is tested and any 
weaknesses  identified  in  the  process  are  reported  and  recti-
fied.  

All Group companies and units selected from among the 
entities in the consolidated Group on the basis of materiality 
and  risk  criteria  were  subject  to  the  regular  GRC  process  in 
fiscal year 2019.  

As part of this process, each systemic risk inherent to the 
process  or  inherent  to  the  business  that  is  reported  is 
recorded  and  assessed  in  our  RICORS  IT  system.  The  risk 
assessment is made by multiplying the criterion of likelihood 
of occurrence (Prop) with the potential extent of the damage. 
The  extent  of  the  damage  is  calculated  from  the  criteria  of  

Quarterly  risk  reports  are  produced  in  addition  to  the 
annual risk assessment. These depict the Volkswagen Group’s 
acute  –  short  to  medium-term  –  risk  situation.  The  assess-
ment  of  risks  from  this  quarterly  risk  process  (QRP)  is 
conducted in the Risk Radar IT system similarly to that of the 
annual  regular  GRC  process.  All  Group  brands  as  well  as  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
166 

 Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

A N N U A L   S T A N D A R D   G O V E R N A N C E ,   R I S K   A N D   C O M P L I A N C E   P R O C E S S

Selection
of companies
and units

Follow-up activities
targeting weaknesses

Data identified/
assessed in the units

Reporting

Documentation
of effectiveness
in the units

Porsche Holding Salzburg, Volkswagen Financial Services AG 
and Volkswagen Bank GmbH are included in the QRP. 

In addition, significant changes to the risk situation that 
can  arise  in  the  short  term,  for  instance  from  unexpected 
external  events  –  such  as  the  current  spread  of  the  corona-
virus – are reported to the Board of Management as required. 
This is necessary if, among other things, the risk may lead to 
damages of over €1 billion.  

Based on the feedback from the annual standard GRC pro-
cess  and  quarterly  risk  surveys,  the  overall  picture  of  the 
potential  risk  situation  is  updated  and  the  system’s  effec-
tiveness assessed. 

A  separate  Group  Board  of  Management  Committee  for 
Risk  Management  examines  the  key  aspects  of  the  RMS/ICS 
every quarter. Its tasks are as follows: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) to  further  increase  transparency  in  relation  to  significant

risks to the Group and their management, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) to  explain  specific  issues  where  these  constitute  a  signifi-

cant risk to the Group, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) to make recommendations on the further development of

the RMS/ICS,

(cid:33)(cid:3) to  support  the  open  approach  to  dealing  with  risks  and

promote an open risk culture. 

Risk reporting to the committees of Volkswagen AG depends 
on materiality thresholds. Systemic risks from a risk score of 
20 and acute risks from a risk score of 40 or potential finan-
cial damages of €1 billion or more are regularly presented to 
the  Board  of  Management  and  the  Audit  Committee  of  the 
Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG.  

Third line of defense: Review by Group Internal Audit 
Group  Internal  Audit  helps  the  Board  of  Management  to 
monitor the various divisions and corporate units within the 
Group.  It  regularly  checks  the  risk  early warning system and 
the  structure  and  implementation  of  the  RMS/ICS  and  the 
compliance  management  system  (CMS)  as  part  of  its  inde-
pendent audit procedures. 

R I S K   E A R LY   WA R N I N G   SY ST E M   I N   L I N E   W I T H   T H E   KO N T R A G  
The  Company’s  risk  situation  is  ascertained,  assessed  and 
documented  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the 
Gesetz  zur  Kontrolle  und  Transparenz  im  Unternehmens-
bereich (KonTraG – German Act on Control and Transparency 
in  Business).  The  requirements  for  a  risk  early  warning 
system are met by means of the RMS/ICS elements described 
above  (first  and  second  lines  of  defense).  Independently  of 
this,  the  external  auditors  check  both  the  processes  and 
procedures implemented in this respect and the adequacy of 
the  documentation  on  an  annual  basis.  The  plausibility  and 
adequacy of the risk reports are examined on a random basis 
in  detailed  interviews  with  the  divisions  and  companies 
concerned  together  with  the  external  auditors.  The  latter 
assessed our risk early warning system based on this volume 
of  data  and  ascertained  that  the  risks  identified  were 
presented  and  communicated  accurately.  The  risk  early 
warning system meets the requirements of the KonTraG.  

In  addition,  scheduled  examinations as  part  of  the  audit 
of  the  annual  financial  statements  are  conducted  at  com-
panies  in  the  Financial  Services  Division.  As  a  credit  institu-
tion,  Volkswagen  Bank  GmbH,  including  its  subsidiaries,  is 
subject  to  supervision  by  the  European  Central  Bank,  while 
Volkswagen Leasing GmbH as a financial services institution 
and  Volkswagen  Versicherung  AG  as  an  insurance  company 
are  subject  to  supervision  by  the  relevant  division  of  the 
Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (BaFin – the 
German  Federal  Financial  Supervisory  Authority).  As  part  of 
the  scheduled  supervisory  process  and  unscheduled  audits, 
the  competent  supervisory  authority  assesses  whether  the 
requirements,  strategies,  processes  and  mechanisms  ensure 
solid risk management and solid risk cover. Furthermore, the 
Prüfungsverband deutscher Banken (Auditing Association of 
German Banks) audits Volkswagen Bank GmbH from time to 
time. 

Volkswagen  Financial  Services  AG  operates  a  risk  early 
warning  and  management  system.  This  system  ensures  that 
the locally applicable regulatory requirements are adhered to 
and  at  the  same  time  enables  appropriate  and  effective  risk 
management at Group level. Important components of it are 
regularly reviewed as part of the audit of the annual financial 
statements. 

Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

167

Monitoring the effectiveness of the risk management system and the 

internal control system 
To ensure the effectiveness of the RMS/ICS, we regularly opti-
mize  it  as  part  of  our  continuous  monitoring  and  improve-
ment  processes.  In  the  process,  we  give  equal  consideration 
to both internal and external requirements. On a case-by-case 
basis, external experts assist in the continuous enhancement 
of  our  RMS/ICS.  The  results  culminate  in  both  regular  and 
event-driven  reporting  to  the  Board  of  Management  and 
Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG. 

T H E   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T   A N D   I N T E G R AT E D   I N T E R N A L   C O N T R O L  

SY ST E M   I N   T H E   C O N T E X T   O F   T H E   F I N A N C I A L   R E P O R T I N G   P R O C E S S  

The  accounting-related  part  of  the  RMS/ICS  that  is  relevant 
for the financial statements of Volkswagen AG and the Volks-
wagen  Group  as  well  as  its  subsidiaries  comprises  measures 
intended  to  ensure  that  the  information  required  for  the 
preparation  of  the  financial  statements  of  Volkswagen AG, 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  combined 
management  report  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  and  Volks-
wagen AG  is  complete,  accurate  and  transmitted  in  a  timely 
manner. These measures are designed to minimize the risk of 
material  misstatement  in  the  accounts  and  in  the  external 
reporting. 

Main features of the risk management and integrated internal control 

system in the context of the financial reporting process 
The  Volkswagen  Group’s  accounting  is  essentially  organized 
along  decentralized  lines.  For  the  most  part,  accounting 
duties  are  performed  by  the  consolidated  companies  them-
selves  or  entrusted  to  the  Group’s  shared  service  centers.  In 
principle, the audited financial statements of Volkswagen AG 
and  its  subsidiaries  prepared  in  accordance  with  IFRSs  and 
the  Volkswagen  IFRS  Accounting  Manual  are  transmitted  to 
the  Group  in  encrypted  form.  A  standard  market  product  is 
used for encryption. 

The Volkswagen IFRS Accounting Manual, which has been 
prepared  in  line  with  external  expert  opinions  in  certain 
cases,  ensures  the  application  and  assessment  of  uniform 
accounting  policies  based  on  the  requirements  applicable  to 
the  parent.  In  particular,  it  includes  more  detailed  guidance 
on  the  application  of  legal  requirements  and  industry-
specific  issues.  Components  of  the  reporting  packages  that 
are required to be prepared by the Group companies are also 
set  out  in  detail  there,  and  requirements  have  been  estab-
lished  for  the  presentation  and  settlement  of  intragroup 
transactions  and  the  balance  reconciliation  process  that 
builds on this.  

Control  activities  at  Group  level  include  analyzing  and,  if 
necessary,  adjusting  the  data  reported  in  the  financial 
statements presented by the subsidiaries, taking into account 
the reports submitted by the auditors and the outcome of the 
meetings on the financial statements with representatives of 
the individual companies. These discussions address both the 
plausibility  of  the  single-entity  financial  statements  and 
specific  significant  issues  at  the  subsidiaries.  Alongside 
plausibility checks, other control mechanisms applied during 
the  preparation  of  the  single-entity  and  consolidated  finan-
cial  statements  of  Volkswagen AG  include  the  clear  delin- 
eation  of  areas  of  responsibility  and  the  application  of  the 
dual control principle. 

The  combined  management  report  of  the  Volkswagen 
Group  and  Volkswagen AG  is  prepared  –  in  accordance  with 
the  applicable  requirements  and  regulations  –  centrally  but 
with the involvement of and in consultation with the Group 
units and companies. 

In  addition,  the  accounting-related 

internal  control 
system is independently reviewed by Group Internal Audit in 
Germany and abroad.  

Integrated consolidation and planning system 
The  Volkswagen  consolidation  and  corporate  management 
system (VoKUs) enables the Volkswagen Group to consolidate 
and  analyze  both  Financial  Reporting’s  backward-looking 
data  and  Controlling’s  budget  data.  VoKUs  offers  centralized 
master  data  management,  uniform  reporting,  an  authori-
zation  concept  and  maximum  flexibility  with  regard  to 
changes  to  the  legal  environment,  providing  a  future-proof 
technical  platform  that  benefits  Group  Financial  Reporting 
and  Group  Controlling  in  equal  measure.  To  verify  data 
consistency,  VoKUs  has  a  multi-level  validation  system  that 
primarily  checks  content  plausibility  between  the  balance 
sheet, the income statement and the notes.  

R I S K S   A N D   O P P O R T U N I T I E S  
In  this  section,  we  outline  the  main  risks  and  opportunities 
arising in our business activities. In order to provide a better 
overview,  we  have  grouped  the  risks  and  opportunities  into 
categories. At the beginning of each risk category, we state the 
most  significant  risks  in  order  of  their  importance  as 
identified  using  the  risk  score  from  the  regular  GRC  process 
and  the  quarterly  risk  process  (QRP).  We  then  describe  the 
individual  risks  in  no  particular  order.  Unless  explicitly 
mentioned,  there  were  no  material  changes  to  the  specific 
risks  and  opportunities  compared  with  the  previous  year 
even  though  the  weighting  of  individual  risks  has  increased 
with the transformation of the industry.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
168 

 Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

A V E R A G E   S C O R E S   O F   T H E   R I S K   C A T E G O R I E S

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

high
> 50%

d
o
o
h

i
l
e
k
i
L

e
c
n
e
r
r
u
c
c
o

f
o

medium
> 25%

low
< 25%

66

33

22

44

11

77

55

Risks from the 
macroeconomy, 
the sector, markets 
and sales

Research and 
development risks

Operational risks

Environmental 
and social risks

11

22

33

44

55

Legal risks

66

77

Financial risks

Risks from mergers & 
acquisitions and/or 
other strategic 
partnerships/ 
investments

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

low

medium

high

P o t e n t i a l   e x t e n t   o f   d a m a g e

(weighted score of financial loss, reputational damage and criminal relevance)

The risks from the regular GRC process and the QRP reported 
to  the  Board  of  Management  and  the  Audit  Committee  are 
incorporated into the assessment of the Volkswagen Group’s 
risk  categories.  The  risk  categories  are  plotted  based  on  the 
average scores. 

We  use  analyses  of  the  competition  and  the  competitive 
environment  in  addition  to  market  studies  to  identify  not 
only risks but also opportunities that have a positive impact 
on the design of our products, the efficiency with which they 
are  produced,  their  success  in  the  market  and  our  cost 
structure.  Where  they  can  be  assessed,  risks  and  opportuni-
ties  that  we  expect  to  occur  are  already  reflected  in  our 
medium-term  planning  and  our  forecast.  The  following 
therefore  reports  on  internal  and  external  developments  as 
risks  and  opportunities  that,  based  on  existing  information, 
may  result  in  a  negative  or  positive  deviation  from  our 
forecast or targets.  

Risks and opportunities from the macroeconomy, the sector, markets 

and sales 
The most significant risks from the regular GRC process and 
the  QRP  lie  in  restrictions  on  trade  and  increasingly  pro-
tectionist tendencies resulting in a negative trend in markets 
and unit sales.  

Macroeconomic risks and opportunities 
We  believe  that  risks  to  continued  global  economic  growth 
arise  primarily  from  turbulence  in  the  financial  and  com-
modity  markets,  increasingly  protectionist  tendencies,  and 
structural deficits, which pose a threat to the performance of 
individual  advanced  economies  and  emerging  markets.  In 
addition, there are increasing environmental challenges that 
affect  individual  countries  and  regions  to  varying  degrees. 
The  possible  worldwide  transition  from  an  expansionary 
monetary policy to a more restrictive one also presents risks 

 
Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

169

for  the  macroeconomic  environment.  Persistently  high 
private- and public-sector debt in many places is clouding the 
outlook  for  growth  and  may  likewise  cause  markets  to 
respond  negatively.  Declines  in  growth  in  key  countries  and 
regions  often  have  an  immediate  impact  on  the  state  of  the 
global  economy  and  therefore  pose  a  central  risk.  In  partic-
ular, the Volkswagen Group would be adversely affected by a 
disorderly Brexit and by other trade policy measures such as 
tariffs or non-tariff trade barriers. 

The economic development of some emerging economies 
is  being  hampered  primarily  by  dependence  on  energy  and 
commodity  prices  and  capital  inflows,  but  also  by  socio-
political tensions. Corruption, inadequate government struc-
tures and a lack of legal certainty also pose risks. 

Geopolitical  tensions  and  conflicts,  along  with  signs  of 
fragmentation in the global economy, are a further major risk 
factor to the performance of individual countries and regions. 
In  light  of  the  existing,  strong  global  interdependence,  local 
developments  could  have  adverse  effects  on  the  world 
economy.  Any  escalation  of  the  conflicts  in  Eastern  Europe, 
the Middle East, or Africa, for example, could cause upheaval 
on the global energy and commodity markets and exacerbate 
migration trends. An aggravation of the situation in East Asia 
could  put  further  strain  on  the  global  economy.  The  same 
applies  to  violent  conflicts,  terrorist  activities,  cyber  attacks 
and  the  spread  of  infectious  diseases,  which  may  prompt 
unexpected, short-term responses from the markets. 

On the whole, we do not anticipate a global recession for 
the year 2020. However, due to the risk factors mentioned, as 
well  as  cyclical  and  structural  aspects,  a  decline  in  global 
economic growth or a period of below-average growth rates is 
possible. 

The  macroeconomic  environment  may  also  give  rise  to 
opportunities  for  the  Volkswagen  Group  if  actual  develop-
ments differ in a positive way from expected developments.  

Sector-specific risks and market opportunities/potential 
Western Europe, especially Germany, and China are our main 
sales markets. A drop in demand in these regions due to the 
economic climate would have a particularly strong impact on 
the  Company’s  earnings  including  financial  services.  We 
counter  this  risk  with  a  clear,  customer-oriented  and  inno-
vative product and pricing policy.  

Outside Western Europe and China, delivery volumes are 
spread  widely  across  the  key  regions:  Central  and  Eastern 
Europe,  North  America  and  South  America.  In  addition,  we 
either  already  have  a  strong  presence  in  numerous  existing  

and  developing  markets  or  are  working  systematically 
towards this goal. Particularly in smaller markets with growth 
potential,  we  are  increasing  our  presence  with  the  help  of 
strategic partnerships in order to cater to local requirements.  
Price pressure in established automotive markets for new 
and  used  vehicles  as  a  result  of  high  market  saturation  is  a 
particular  challenge  for  the  Volkswagen  Group  as  a  supplier 
of  volume  and  premium  models.  Competitive  pressures  are 
likely to remain high in the future. Individual manufacturers 
may  respond  by  offering  incentives  in  order  to  meet  their 
sales  targets,  putting  the  entire  sector  under  additional 
pressure.  

Excess  capacity  in  global  automotive  production  may 
lead  to  a  rise  in  inventories  and  therefore  an  increase  in  the 
amount of capital tied up. With a decline in demand for vehi-
cles and genuine parts, automotive manufacturers may adjust 
their  capacities  or  intensify  measures  to  promote  sales.  This 
would lead to additional costs and greater price pressure.  

The growth markets of Central and Eastern Europe, South 
America  and  Asia  are  particularly  important  to  the  Volks-
wagen  Group.  These  markets  harbor  considerable  potential; 
however,  the  underlying  conditions  in  some  countries  in 
these  regions  make  it  difficult  to  increase  unit  sales  figures 
there.  Some  have  high  customs  barriers  or  minimum  local 
content  requirements  for  production,  for  example.  At  the 
same  time,  wherever  the  economic  and  regulatory  situation 
permits,  there  are  opportunities  above  and  beyond  current 
projections.  These  arise  from  faster  growth  in  the  emerging 
markets where vehicle densities are currently still low.  

In  Europe,  there  is  a  risk  that  further  municipalities  and 
cities will impose a driving ban on diesel vehicles in order to 
comply with emission limits. In China, restrictions on vehicle 
registrations  could  enter  into  force  in  further  metropolitan 
areas  in  the  future.  Furthermore,  China  imposed  a  so-called 
“new  energy  vehicle  quota”  in  2019,  which  means  that 
battery-electric vehicles, plug-in hybrids and fuel cell vehicles 
will  have  to  account  for  a  certain  proportion  of  a  manufac-
turer’s  new  passenger  car  fleet.  To  ensure  compliance  with 
emissions  standards,  we  continuously  tailor  our  range  of 
vehicle models and engines to the conditions in the relevant 
markets.  These  requirements  may  lead  to  higher  costs  and 
consequently to price increases and declines in volumes. 

The demand that built up in individual established markets 
in times of crisis could result in a more marked recovery if the 
economic environment eases more quickly than expected. 

Economic performance varied in individual regions in fis-
cal  year  2019.  The  resulting  challenges  for  our  trading  and  

 
170 

 Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

sales  companies,  such  as  efficient  inventory  management 
and  a  profitable  dealer  network,  are  considerable  and  are 
being  met  by  appropriate  measures  on  their  part.  However, 
financing  business  activities  through  bank  loans  remains 
difficult. Our financial services companies offer dealers finan-
cing on attractive terms with the aim of strengthening their 
business  models  and  reducing  operational  risk.  We  have 
installed a comprehensive liquidity risk management system 
so that we can promptly counteract any liquidity bottlenecks 
at the dealers’ end that could hinder smooth business opera-
tions.  

We  continue  to  approve  loans  for  vehicle  finance  on  the 
basis of the same cautious principles applied in the past, for 
example by taking into account the regulatory requirements 
of  section  25a(1)  of  the  Kreditwesengesetz  (KWG  –  German 
Banking Act). 

Volkswagen may be exposed to increased competition in 
aftermarkets  for  regulatory  reasons.  This  is  due  to  the  pro-
visions  of  the  block  exemption  regulations,  which  have 
applied to after-sales services since June 2010, and also to the 
amendments  included  in  EU  Regulation  566/2011  of  June  8, 
2011 and EU Regulation 858/2018 applicable from September 
1, 2020, regarding access by independent market participants 
to technical information. 

In  Germany,  legislation  is  currently  being  prepared  to 
restrict or abolish design protection for repair parts through 
the introduction of a repair clause. In addition, the European 
Commission is evaluating the market with regard to existing 
design protection. A possible restriction or abolition of design 
protection  for  visible  replacement  parts  could  adversely 
affect the Volkswagen Group’s genuine parts business. 

The  automotive  industry  faces  a  process  of  transfor-
mation  with  far-reaching  changes.  Electric  drives,  connected 
vehicles  and  autonomous  driving  are  associated  with  both 
opportunities  and  risks  for  our  sales.  In  particular,  more 
rapidly  evolving  customer  requirements,  swift  implemen-
tation  of  legislative  initiatives  and  the  market  entry  of  new 
competitors  from  outside  the  industry  will  require  changed 
products,  a  faster  pace  of  innovation  and  adjustments  to 
business  models.  There  is  uncertainty  regarding  the  wide-
spread  use  of  electric  vehicles  and  the  availability  of  the 
necessary charging infrastructure. 

Furthermore,  we  cannot  entirely  rule  out  the  possibility 
of  freight  deliveries  worldwide  being  shifted  from  trucks  to 
other  means  of  transport,  and  demand  for  the  Group’s 
commercial vehicles falling as a result. 

Below,  we  outline  the  regions  and  markets  with  the 

greatest growth potential for the Volkswagen Group.  

China 
In  China,  the  largest  market  in  the  Asia-Pacific  region,  there 
was  a  noticeable  year-on-year  decline  in  the  passenger  car 
market in the reporting year. Demand for vehicles is expected 
to increase in the coming years due to the need for individual 
mobility.  However,  the  current  trade  dispute  with  the  USA 
will  slow  the  pace  of  this  growth.  It  is  also  expected  that 
demand  will  shift  from  the  coastal  metropolises  to  the 
interior.  In  order  to  leverage  the  considerable  opportunities 
offered by this market – also with regard to e-mobility – and 
to defend our strong market position in China over the long 
term,  we  are  continuously  expanding  our  product  range  to 
include  models  that  have  been  specially  developed  for  this 
market. We are further extending our production capacity in 
this growing market through additional production facilities. 

India 
Despite  political  stability,  India’s  economic  momentum 
slowed  in  2019.  The  passenger  car  market  was  unable  to 
continue  its  growth  path  and  declined  considerably.  We 
expect the market to fall slightly short of the prior-year level 
in 2020 but to return to growth in subsequent years. Against 
this  backdrop,  the  Group  is  currently  consolidating  its 
activities,  as  India  remains  an  important  strategic  future 
market for the Group. 

USA 
The  volume  of  the  US  vehicle  market  in  2019  was  slightly 
down  on  the  previous  year.  In  2020,  the  market  volume  is 
again  expected  to  be  slightly  down  on  the  reporting  period. 
In the USA, Volkswagen Group of America is consistently pur-
suing the strategy of becoming a full-fledged volume supplier. 
The  expansion  of  local  production  capacity  –  including  a 
production  facility  for  electric  vehicles  in  the  future –  will 
allow  the  Group  to  better  serve  the  market  in  the  North 
America  region.  We  are  also  working  intensively  on  offering 
additional products specifically tailored to the US market.  

Brazil 
The economic environment eased somewhat in the reporting 
year, while Brazil’s political path has been uncertain since the 
presidential  elections.  The  volume  of  demand  in  the  vehicle 
market  continued  to  recover  markedly  compared  with  the 
weak  prior  years.  We  anticipate  a  continued  upturn  in 
demand in 2020. The growing number of automobile manu-
facturers  with  local  production  has  resulted  in  a  sharp 
increase  in  price  pressure  and  competition.  The  Brazilian 
market  plays  a  key  role  for  the  Volkswagen  Group.  To 

Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

171

strengthen  our  competitive  position  here,  we  offer  vehicles 
that  have  been  specially  developed  for  this  market  and  are 
locally produced, such as the Gol and the Virtus. 

Russia 
The  volume  of  the  Russian  vehicle  market  in  2019  was 
slightly  down  on  the  previous  year  and  we  are  forecasting 
that  the  passenger  car  market  will  slightly  exceed  the 
reporting  year  in  2020.  However,  the  heavy  reliance  on  oil 
and  gas  income,  rising  taxes,  currency  volatility  resulting  at 
present  in  high  vehicle  prices,  the  political  crisis  and  the 
related sanctions imposed by the EU and the USA continue to 
impact  the  development  of  demand  negatively.  The  market 
remains  strategically  important  to  the  Volkswagen  Group, 
which  is  why  we  have  a  strong  focus  on  market  cultivation 
there. 

The Middle East 
Political  and  economic  uncertainty  is  weighing  on  the 
region’s  main  sales  markets,  particularly  Turkey.  Here,  the 
continued weakness of the Turkish lira and the resulting high 
inflation, among other things, led to a decline in purchasing 
power  and  therefore  weaker  demand  in  2019.  Despite  the 
instability, however, the Middle East region offers short-term 
and  long-term  growth  potential.  We  aim  to  leverage  the 
potential  for  growth  with  a  range  of  vehicles  that  has  been 
specifically tailored to this market, without as yet having our 
own production facilities there. 

Power Engineering 
Trends  in  the  global  economy,  such  as  increasing  interest  in 
technologies to reduce emissions and a greater international 
division  of  labor,  are  set  to  continue,  despite  increased 
geopolitical  and  macroeconomic  risks  compared  with  the 
previous  year.  This  also  applies  to  the  resulting  transport 
routes  and  volumes  and  to  the  demand  for  touristic  offers 
such  as  cruises.  Growing  global  energy  needs  call  for  inno-
vation  in  industry  and  a  growing  willingness  on  the  part  of 
governments to invest in line with the global climate policy. 

We are working systematically to leverage market oppor-
tunities  across  the  world,  for  example  by  positioning  our-
selves as a solution provider for reduced-carbon drive system 
and  energy  generation  technologies  as  well  as  for  storage 
technologies.  Moreover,  significant  potential  can  be  lever-
aged  in  the  medium  term  by  enhancing  our  after-sales 
business  through  the  introduction  of  new  products  and  the 
expansion  of  our  service  network.  The  requirements  for 
occupational  safety,  which  will  continue  to  increase  in  the 
future,  the  availability  of  the  plants  that  are  already  in 
operation,  the  increase  in  environmental  compatibility,  and 
efficient  operation,  together  with  the  large  number  of 
engines and plants, will provide the basis for growth. 

As part of the capital goods industry, the Power Engineering 
business is affected by fluctuations in the investment climate. 
Even  minor  changes  in  growth  rates  or  growth  forecasts, 
resulting  from  geopolitical  uncertainties  or  volatile  com-
modities  and  foreign  exchange  markets,  for  example,  can 
lead  to  significant  changes  in demand  or  the cancellation  of 
already  existing  orders.  The  measures  we  use  to  counter  the 
considerable  economic  risks  include  flexible  production 
concepts and cost flexibility by means of temporary employ-
ment,  working  time  accounts  and  short-time  work,  and  –  if 
necessary – structural adjustments.  

Sales risks 
As  a  result  of  the  diesel  issue,  the  Volkswagen  Group  may 
experience  decreases  in  demand,  possibly  exacerbated  by 
media  reports  or  insufficient  communication.  Other  poten-
tial consequences include lower margins in the new and used 
car  businesses  and  a  temporary  increase  in  funds  tied  up  in 
working  capital.  The  Volkswagen  Group  has  recognized 
provisions arising from the diesel issue, in particular for the 
service  measures,  recalls  and  customer-related  measures. 
Further  significant  financial  liabilities  may  emerge  due  to 
existing  estimation  risks  particularly  from  technical  solu-
tions, repurchase obligations, customer-related measures and 
possible official or statutory requirements for diesel vehicles. 
The Volkswagen Group’s multibrand strategy may weaken 
individual  Group  brands  if  there  are  overlaps  in  customer 
segments  or  the  product  portfolio.  This  effect  may  be  rein-
forced by the Volkswagen Group’s common-parts strategy, as 
this  strategy  means  that,  in  some  cases,  the  differences  in 
product  substance  between  the  brands  are  small.  This  could 
result in internal cannibalization between the Group brands, 
higher marketing costs, or repositioning expenses. By sharp-
ening  the  brand  identities  as  part  of  our  Best  Brand  Equity 
strategic module, we are working to minimize these risks.  

Viewed  over  an  extended  period,  the  fleet  customer 
business is more stable than the business with retail custom-
ers;  in  2019,  it  continued  to  be  characterized  by  increasing 
concentration and internationalization.  

The  Volkswagen  Group  is  well  positioned  with  its  broad 
portfolio of products and drive systems, as well as its target-
group-focused  customer  care.  There  is  no  concentration  of 
default  risks  at  individual  fleet  customers  or  markets.  The 
consistently  high  market  share  in  Europe  shows  that  fleet 
customers still have confidence in the Group.  

Consumer demand is shaped not only by real factors such 
as  disposable  income,  but  also  by  psychological  factors  that 
cannot  be  planned  for.  Unexpected  buyer  reluctance  could 
stem  from  households’  worries  about  the  future  economic 

 
172 

Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

situation,  for  example.  This  is  particularly  the  case  in 
saturated automotive markets such as Western Europe, where 
demand could drop as a result of owners holding on to their 
vehicles for longer. We are countering reluctance to buy with 
our  attractive  range  of  models  and  our  strict  policy  of  cus-
tomer orientation. 

A combination of buyer reluctance in some markets as a 
result of the crisis, and increases in some vehicle taxes based 
on  CO2  emissions  –  which  have  already  been  observed  in 
many  European  countries  –  may  shift  demand  towards 
smaller segments and engines. We counter the risk that such 
a  shift  will  negatively  impact  the  Volkswagen  Group’s 
financial  situation  by  constantly  developing  new,  fuel-
efficient vehicles and alternative drive technologies, based on 
our drivetrain and fuel strategy.  

Automotive  markets  around  the  world  are  exposed  to 
risks  from  government  intervention  such  as  tax  increases, 
which  curb  private  consumption,  restrictions  on  trade,  and 
protectionist  tendencies.  Sales  incentives  may  lead  to  shifts 
in the timing of demand. 

Commercial  vehicles  are  capital  goods:  even  minor 
changes in growth rates or growth forecasts may significantly 
affect  transport  requirements  and  thus  demand.  The  pro-
duction  fluctuations  occurring  as  a  result  require  a  high 
degree  of  flexibility  from  manufacturers.  Although  produc-
tion  volumes  are  significantly  lower,  the  complexity  of  the 
trucks  and  buses  range  does  in  fact  significantly  exceed  the 
already very high complexity of the passenger cars range. Key 
factors  for  commercial  vehicle  customers  are  total  cost  of 
ownership,  vehicle  reliability  and  the  service  provided. 
in 
Furthermore,  customers  are 
additional  services  such  as  freight  optimization  and  fleet 
utilization, which we offer in the commercial vehicle segment 
through the digital brand RIO, for example. 

increasingly 

interested 

Power  Engineering’s  two-stroke  engines  are  produced 
exclusively  by  licensees,  particularly  in  South  Korea,  China 
and  Japan.  On  account  of  volatile  demand  in  new  ship  con-
struction,  there  is  excess  capacity  in  the  market  for  marine 
engines,  which  may  result  in  a  decline  in  license  revenues 
and  bad  debt  losses.  Due  to  changes  in  the  competitive 
environment,  especially  in  China,  there  is  also  the  risk  of 
losing  market  share.  We  address  these  risks  by  constantly 
monitoring  the  markets,  working  closely  with  all  licensees 
and introducing new and improved technologies.  

Other factors 
Going  beyond  the  risks  outlined  in  the  individual  risk 
categories,  there  are  other  factors  that  cannot  be  predicted 
and  whose  repercussions  are  therefore  difficult  to  control.  

Should  these  transpire,  they  could  have an adverse  effect  on 
the further development of the Volkswagen Group. In partic-
ular,  such  occurrences  include  natural  disasters,  epidemics  
–  such  as  the  current  spread  of  the  coronavirus  –,  violent 
conflicts and terrorist attacks.  

The  spread  of  the  coronavirus could give  rise to  risks  for 
global  economic  growth  and  subsequently  risks  for  the 
Volkswagen  Group  particularly  with  regard  to  procurement, 
production and sales.  

Research and development risks 
The most significant risks from the regular GRC process and 
QRP  result  from  the  failure  to  develop  products  in  line  with 
demand and regulations, especially in view of e-mobility and 
digitalization. 

Research and development risks 
The  automotive  industry  is  undergoing  a  radical  transfor-
mation  process.  Multinational  corporations  like  Volkswagen 
are facing major challenges in the areas of customer/market, 
technological  advances  and  legislation.  Key  aspects  are  the 
implementation  of  increasingly  stringent  emission  and  fuel 
consumption  regulations,  taking  new  test  procedures  and 
test  cycles  (e.g.  WLTP)  into  account,  as  well  as  compliance 
with approval processes (homologation), which are becoming 
increasingly  more  complex  and  time-consuming  and  may 
vary  by  country.  On  a  national  and  international  level  there 
are numerous legal requirements regarding the use, handling 
and  storage  of  substances  and  mixtures  (including  restric-
tions  concerning  chemicals,  heavy  metals,  biocides,  persis-
tent  organic  pollutants),  which  apply  to  both  the  manufac-
turing of automobiles and the automobile itself. 

The  economic  success  and  competitiveness  of  the  Volks-
wagen  Group  depend  on  how  successful  we  are  in  promptly 
tailoring  our  portfolio  of  products  and  services  to  changing 
conditions. Given the intensity of competition and the speed 
of  technological  development,  for  example  in  the  fields  of 
digitalization  and automated  driving,  it  is  crucial  to  identify 
relevant trends at an early stage and respond accordingly.  

Among other things, we therefore conduct trend analyses 
and  customer  surveys  and  examine  the  relevance  of  the 
results for our customers. We counter the risk that it may not 
be  possible  to  develop  modules,  vehicles,  or  services  –  espe-
cially in relation to e-mobility and digitalization – within the 
specified  timeframe,  to  the  required  quality  standards,  or  in 
line  with  cost  specifications,  by  continuously  and  system-
atically  monitoring  the  progress  of  all  projects.  To  avoid 
patent  infringements,  we  intensively  analyze  third-party 
industrial  property  rights,  increasingly  in  relation  to  com- 

 
 
 
  
 
 
Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

173

munication technologies. We regularly compare the results of 
all  the  analyses  with  the  respective  project’s  targets;  in  the 
event  of  variances,  we  introduce  appropriate  countermea-
sures  in  good  time.  Our  end-to-end  project  organization 
supports  cooperation  among  all  areas  involved  in  the  pro-
cess,  ensuring  that  specific  requirements  are  incorporated 
into  the  development  process  as  early  as  possible  and  that 
their implementation is planned in good time. 

Risks and opportunities from the modular toolkit strategy 
We are continuously expanding our modular toolkits, focusing 
on  future  customer  requirements,  legal  requirements  and 
infrastructural requirements.  

Higher  volumes  will,  however,  increase  the  risk  that 
quality problems will affect an increasing number of vehicles. 
The  Modular  Transverse  Toolkit  (MQB)  has  created  an 
extremely  flexible  vehicle  architecture  that  permits  dimen-
sions  determined  by  the  concept  –  such  as  the  wheelbase, 
track width, wheel size and seat position – to be harmonized 
throughout  the  Group  and  utilized  flexibly.  Other  dimen-
sions,  for  example  the  distance  between  the  pedals  and  the 
middle  of  the  front  wheels,  are  always  the  same,  ensuring  a 
uniform system in the front of the car. Based on the synergy 
effects thereby achieved, we are able to cut both development 
costs and the necessary one-time expenses as well as manu-
facturing  times.  The  toolkits  also  allow  us  to  produce  differ-
ent models from different brands in various quantities, using 
the  same  equipment  in  a  single  plant.  This  means  that  our 
capacities can be used with greater flexibility throughout the 
entire Group, enabling us to achieve efficiency gains. 

We  transferred  this  principle  of  standardization  with 
maximum  flexibility  to  the  Modular  Electric  Drive  Toolkit 
(MEB), a concept developed for all-electric drives. The synergy 
effects  and  efficiency  gains  achieved  from  the  modular 
toolkit strategy will give us the opportunity to bring e-mobil-
ity into mass production worldwide with the introduction of 
the first MEB-based vehicle.  

Operational risks and opportunities 
The most significant risks from the regular GRC process and 
QRP  lie  particularly  in  the  area  of  cyber  security  and  new 
regulatory requirements for IT, in quality problems as well as 
in volatile commodity markets. 

Procurement risks and opportunities 
Current trends in the automotive industry such as e-mobility 
and automated driving are resulting in an increased need for 
financing among suppliers. The Volkswagen Group’s procure- 
ment risk management system assesses suppliers before they  

are commissioned to carry out projects. Among other things, 
Procurement takes into consideration the risk of insufficient 
competition  if  it  concentrates  on  a  few  financially  strong 
suppliers when awarding contracts.  

Weakening  growth  in  the  global  economy,  the  ongoing 
trade disputes and shifts in customer demand – especially the 
technological  shift  toward  e-mobility  –  along  with  the 
resulting  changes  in  call-offs  from  suppliers  are  posing  chal-
lenges for us.  

The  changed  circumstances  have  restricted  suppliers’ 
financing  opportunities  and  increased  general  uncertainty, 
particularly 
in  areas  where  existing  technologies  are 
becoming  obsolete  and  alternative  technologies  are  gaining 
in importance. The number of crises and insolvencies among 
suppliers worldwide increased in 2019. Specialists in restruc-
turing  and  supply  reliability  in  procurement  continuously 
monitor  the  financial  situation  of  our  suppliers  all  over  the 
world  and  take  targeted  measures  to  avoid  supply  bottle-
necks. Potential resource shortages, possible speculations on 
the  market  as  well  as  current  trends  in  the  automotive 
industry,  such  as  the  growing  share  of  electrified  vehicles, 
may  also  affect  the  availability  and  prices  of  certain  raw 
materials.  The  raw  material  and  demand  trend  was  contin-
uously  analyzed  and  assessed  on  an  interdisciplinary  basis 
over the reporting year to enable steps to be taken at an early 
stage in the event of potential bottlenecks. 

Quality  problems  may  necessitate  technical  intervention 
involving a considerable financial outlay where costs cannot 
be  passed  on  to  the  supplier  or  can  only  be  passed  on  to  a 
limited  extent.  It  is  not  possible  at  present  to  rule  out  the 
possibility  of  a  further  increase  in  recalls  of  various  models 
produced by different manufacturers in which certain airbags 
manufactured by Takata were installed. This could also affect 
Volkswagen Group models.  

In addition to financial difficulties, supply risks may arise, 
for example, as a result of fires or accidents at suppliers. Epi-
demics  such  as  the  current  spread  of  the  coronavirus  may 
also  cause  bottlenecks.  Supply  risks  are  identified  without 
delay in procurement through early warning systems and miti-
gated immediately by applying derived measures. Additional 
measures  were  taken  to  safeguard  supply  and  avert  future 
assembly line stoppages caused by suspensions of deliveries.  
Specialists  in  procurement  systematically  investigate 
risks resulting from antitrust violations by suppliers and file 
claims for any damages that arise.  

Production risks 
Volatile  developments  in  the  global  automotive  markets, 
accidents  at  suppliers  and  disruption  in  the  supply  chain  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
174 

Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

caused  production  volumes  of  some  vehicle  models  to 
fluctuate  at  some  plants.  In  specific  markets,  we  also  con-
tinued to record a trend away from orders for diesel vehicles 
and toward increased orders for vehicles with petrol engines. 
We  address  such  fluctuations  using  tried-and-tested  tools, 
such  as  flexible  working  time  models.  The  design  of  the 
production  network  enables  us  to  respond  dynamically  to 
varying changes in demand at the sites. “Turntable concepts” 
even out capacity utilization between production facilities. At 
multibrand  sites,  volatile  demand  can  also  be  smoothed 
across brands. 

Legal changes, for instance in the context of the change-
over to the WLTP test procedure, may impact production. For 
one thing, a temporary reduction in the range causes demand 
to focus on the available variants. Moreover, gaps in produc-
tion  can  occur  if  model  variants  have  not  been  approved. 
These  fluctuations  necessitate  measures  to  stabilize  produc-
tion,  such  as  the  temporary  storage  of  vehicles  until  official 
approval. 

Short-term  changes  in  customer  demand  for  specific 
equipment  features  in  our  products,  and  the  decreasing 
predictability of demand, may lead to supply bottlenecks. We 
minimize this risk, for example, by continuously comparing 
our  available  resources  against  future  demand  scenarios.  If 
bottlenecks  in  the  supply  of  materials  are  indicated,  we  can 
introduce countermeasures far enough in advance. 

Production  capacity  is  planned  several  years  in  advance 
for each vehicle project on the basis of expected sales trends. 
These  are  subject  to  market  changes  and  generally  entail  a 
degree of uncertainty. If forecasts are too optimistic, there is a 
risk that capacity will not be fully utilized. However, forecasts 
that  are  too  pessimistic  pose  a  risk  of  undercapacity,  as  a 
result  of  which,  it  may  not  be  possible  to  meet  customer 
demand. Volkswagen or its major suppliers may be unable to 
sufficiently  adjust  production  capacity  in  the  event  of 
increased  fluctuation  in  demand  that  goes  beyond  the 
available technical flexibility.  

The range of our models is growing, particularly with the 
upcoming  electrification  offensive,  while  at  the  same  time, 
product life cycles are becoming shorter; the number of new 
vehicle start-ups at our sites worldwide is therefore increasing. 
The  processes  and  technical  systems  we  use  for  this  are 
complex  and  there  is  thus  a  risk  that  vehicle  deliveries  may 
be delayed. We address this risk by drawing on experience of 
past start-ups and identifying weaknesses at an early stage so 
as  to  ensure  –  to  the  highest  degree  possible  –  that  produc- 

tion volumes and quality standards are met during our new 
vehicle start-ups throughout the Group. 

In  order  to  prevent  downtime,  lost  output,  rejects  and 
reworking in general, we use the TPM (Total Productive Main-
tenance) method at our production facilities. TPM is a contin-
uous  process  that  involves  the  entire  workforce.  Round-the-
clock maintenance of the technical facilities means that they 
are always operational and guaranteed to function reliably. 

Particular  events  beyond  our  control  such  as  natural 
disasters, epidemics – currently the spread of the coronavirus 
–  or  other  events  such  as  fires,  explosions,  or  the  leakage  of 
substances hazardous to health and/or the environment, may 
adversely  affect  production  to a  significant  extent.  As  a  con-
sequence,  bottlenecks  or  even  outages  may  occur,  thus 
preventing  the  planned  volume  of  production  from  being 
achieved.  We  address  such  risks  with,  among  other  things, 
fire protection measures and hazardous goods management, 
and, where financially viable, ensure that they are covered by 
insurance policies.  

Risks arising from long-term production 
In  the  case  of  large  projects  within  the  Power  Engineering 
Business  Area,  risks  may  arise  that  are  often  only  identified 
over  the  course  of  the  project.  They  may  result  in  particular 
from contract drafting errors, inaccurate or incomplete infor-
mation  used  in  costing,  post-contract  changes  in  economic 
and  technical  conditions,  weaknesses  in  project  manage-
ment, or poor performance by subcontractors. Most notably, 
omissions or errors made at the start of a project are usually 
difficult  to  compensate  for  or  correct,  and  often  entail 
substantial additional expenses.  

We  endeavor  to  identify  these  risks  at  an  even  earlier 
stage and to take appropriate measures to eliminate or mini-
mize  them  before  they  occur  by  constantly  optimizing  the 
project control process across all project phases and by using 
a lessons-learned process and regular project reviews. We can 
thus further reduce risk, particularly during the bidding and 
planning phase, for large upcoming projects.  

Quality risks 
Right from the product development stage, we aim to identify 
and  rectify  quality  problems  at  the  earliest  point,  so  as  to 
avoid  delays  to  the  start  of  production.  As  we  are  using  an 
increasing  number  of  modular  components  as  part  of  our 
modular  toolkit  strategy,  it  is  particularly  important  when 
malfunctions  do  occur  to  identify  the  cause  quickly  and 

 
 
  
  
 
 
Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

175

eliminate  the  malfunctions.  Nonconformity  of  internally  or 
externally  sourced  parts  or  components  may  necessitate 
time-consuming  and  cost-intensive  measures  and  lead  to 
recalls  and  therefore  to  damage  to  the  Volkswagen  Group’s 
image.  In  addition,  the  resulting  financial  impacts  may 
exceed provisions. To meet our customers’ expectations and 
minimize  warranty  and  ex  gratia  repair  costs,  we  contin-
uously  optimize  the  processes  at  our  brands  with  which  we 
can prevent these defects. 

Increasing technical complexity and the use of the toolkit 
system  in  the  Group  mean  that  the  need  for  high-grade 
supplier  components  and  software  of  impeccable  quality  is 
rising. For the future management of cyber security, which is 
becoming an increasingly important area, we are establishing 
an Automotive Cyber Security Management System (ACSMS) 
in  all  brands  and  integrating  it  into  the  existing  quality 
management  system.  This  will  allow  us  to  fulfill  the  legal 
requirements that will apply from 2021. 

Assuring quality is of fundamental importance especially 
in the US, Brazilian, Russian, Indian and Chinese markets, for 
which we develop vehicles specific to the countries and where 
local  manufacturers  and  suppliers  have  been  established, 
particularly as it may be very difficult to predict the impact of 
regulations or official measures. We continuously analyze the 
conditions specific to each market and adapt quality require-
ments to their individual needs. We counter the local risks we 
identify  by  continuously  developing  measures  and  imple-
menting  them  locally,  thereby  effectively  preventing  quality 
defects from arising.  

Vehicle registration and operation criteria are defined and 
monitored  by  national  and,  in  some  cases,  international 
authorities. Furthermore, several countries have special – and 
in  some  cases  new  –  rules  aimed  at  protecting  customers  in 
their  dealings  with  vehicle  manufacturers.  We  have  esta-
blished  quality  processes  to  ensure  that  the  Volkswagen 
Group  brands  and  their  products  fulfill  all  respective  appli-
cable  requirements  and  that  local  authorities  receive  timely 
notification of all issues requiring reporting. By doing so, we 
reduce  the  risk  of  customer  complaints  or  other  negative 
consequences.  

IT risks 
At  Volkswagen,  a  global  company  geared  towards  further 
growth, the information technology (IT) used in all divisions 
Group-wide  is  assuming  an  increasingly  important  role.  IT 
risks  exist  in  relation  to  the  three  protection  goals  of  confi-
dentiality,  integrity  and  availability,  and  comprise  in  partic-
ular  unauthorized  access  to,  modification  of  and  extraction 
of  sensitive  electronic  corporate  or  customer  data  as  well  as 
limited  systems  availability  as  a  consequence  of  downtime 
and disasters. Handling data with integrity ensures that data 
is  correct  and  uncorrupted,  and  that  systems  function 
without error.  

The high standards we set for the quality of our products also 
apply  to  the  way  in  which  we  handle  our  customers’  and 
employees’ data. In particular, the digital technology used for 
our  mobility  services  must  be  protected  against  cyber  
attacks.  New  legal  regulations  including  the  future  UNECE 
(United  Nations  Economic  Commission  for  Europe)  cyber 
security regulation (WP.29) are creating new requirements for 
our vehicle and software development. These have an equally 
large  impact  on  our  IT  systems.  We  therefore  work  on  an 
interdisciplinary basis to protect our connected vehicles and 
mobility  services.  Our  guiding  principles  are  data  security, 
transparency and informational self-determination. 

We  address  the  risk  of  unauthorized  access  to,  modifi-
cation of, or extraction of corporate and customer data with 
the use of IT security technologies (e.g. firewall and intrusion 
prevention systems) and a multiple-authentication procedure. 
Additionally,  we  increase  protection  by  restricting  the  allo-
cation  of  access  rights  to  systems  and  information  and  by 
keeping  backup  copies  of  critical  data  resources.  Redundant 
IT  infrastructures  protect  us  against  risks  that  occur  in  the 
event of a systems failure or natural or other disasters.  

We  use  commercially  available  technologies  to  protect 
our  IT  landscape,  adhering  to  standards  applicable  through-
out  the  Company.  We  future-proof  our  IT  through  continual 
standardization  and  updates.  Continuously  increasing  auto-
mation enhances process reliability and the quality of proces-
sing.  

The further development and Group-wide use of IT gover-
nance  processes,  particularly  the  further  standardization  of 
the  IT  risk  management  process,  also  help  to  identify  weak-
nesses  at  an  early  stage  and  to  reduce  or  avoid  risks  effec-
tively. 

Another focus is the continuous enhancement of Group-
wide security measures with modern technologies and tools, 
such  as  the  further  expansion  of  the  IT  security  command 
center  for  the  early  detection  of  and  defense  against  cyber 
attacks.  

Volkswagen  complements  these  technical  measures  by 
systematically  raising  awareness  and  providing  training  for 
employees.(cid:3)(cid:3)

Risks from media impact 
The image of the Volkswagen Group and its brands is one of 
the most important assets and forms the basis for long-term 
business  success.  Our  policy  and  strategic  orientation  on 
issues  such  as  integrity,  ethics  and  sustainability  is  in  the 
public  focus.  One  of  the  basic  principles  of  running  our 
business  is  therefore  to  pay  particular  attention  to  compli-
ance with legal requirements and ethical principles. However, 
we are aware that misconduct or criminal acts by individuals 
and  the  resulting  reputational  damage  can  never  be  fully 
prevented.  In  addition,  media  reactions  can  have  a  negative 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
176 

Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

effect on the image of the Volkswagen Group and its brands. 
This  impact  could  be  amplified  through  insufficient  crisis 
communication. 

Environmental and social risks 
The most significant risks from the regular GRC process and 
QRP arise from not meeting CO2-related regulations.  

Personnel risks 
We  counter  economic  risks  as  well  as  changes  in  the  market 
and  the  competitive  situation  with  a  range  of  instruments 
that help the Volkswagen Group to remain flexible in terms of 
staff  deployment  when  faced  with  a  fluctuating  order  situ-
ation –  whether  orders  are  in  decline,  or  there is  an  increase 
in demand for our products. These instruments include time 
accounts  to  which  hours  are  added  when  overtime  is  neces-
sary  and  from  which  hours  are  deducted  in  quiet  periods, 
enabling  our  factories  to  adjust  their  capacity  to  production 
volume with measures such as extra shifts, closure days and 
flexible  shift  models.  The  use  of  temporary  workers  also 
allows  us  to  be  more  flexible  in  our  planning.  All  of  these 
measures help the Volkswagen Group to generally maintain a 
stable permanent workforce, even when orders fluctuate. 

The  technical  expertise  and  individual  commitment  of 
employees  are  indispensable  prerequisites  for  the  success  of 
the Volkswagen Group. We counter the risk of not being able 
to  develop  sufficient  expertise  in  the  Company’s  different 
vocational groups with our strategically oriented and holistic 
human  resource  development,  which  gives  all  employees 
attractive 
training  and  development  opportunities.  By 
boosting  our  training  programs,  particularly  at  our  interna-
tional  locations,  we  are  able  to  adequately  address  the 
challenges of technological change. 

To  counter  the  potential  risk  of  a  shortage  of  skilled 
specialists  –  especially  in  the  areas  of  digitalization  and  IT  – 
we  continuously  expand  our  recruitment  tools.  Our  sys- 
tematic talent relationship management, for example, enables 
us  to  make  contact  with  talented  candidates  from  strate-
gically relevant target groups at an early stage and to build a 
long-term  relationship  between  them  and  the  Group.  In 
addition  to  the  standard  dual  vocational  training,  programs 
such  as  our  StIP  integrated  degree  and  traineeship  scheme 
and  our  Faculty 73  ensure  a  pipeline  of  highly  qualified  and 
increasing  our 
motivated  employees.  By  systematically 
attractiveness  as  an  employer,  we  are  able  to  gain  talented 
people in the areas of IT, design and social media, which are 
crucial  for  the  future.  With  tools  such  as  these,  we  want  to 

ensure  that  our  demand  for  qualified  new  staff  is  covered, 
even amid a shortage of skilled labor.  

We counter the risks associated with employee fluctuation 
and loss of knowledge as a result of retirement with intensive, 
department-specific  succession  planning  and  training.  We 
have  also  established  a  base  of  senior  experts  in  the  Group. 
With  this  instrument, we  use  the  valuable  knowledge  of  our 
experienced specialists who have retired from Volkswagen.  

The  advancing  digitalization  of  our  human  resources 
processes  entails  risks  arising  from  the  processing  of 
personal data. Volkswagen is aware of its responsibility in the 
processing of this data. We address these risks as part of our 
data protection management system by implementing a wide 
range of measures.  

One challenge posed by our collaboration with the Moni-
tor lies in the tension that sometimes arises from the conflict 
between  the  Monitor’s  requests  for  information  on  the  one 
hand,  and  both  German  and  international  data  protection 
requirements on the other. This is true particularly in view of 
the fact that these data protection requirements are open to a 
certain  degree  of  interpretation  and  assessment.  In  the 
interest  of  precluding  infringements  of  the  law  as  far  as 
possible,  despite  a  partially  unclear  legal  situation,  Volks-
wagen is advised by external law firms on these issues.  

Environmental protection regulations 
The  specific  emission  limits  for  all  new  passenger  car  and 
light  commercial  vehicle  fleets  for  brands  and  groups  in  the 
EU  for  the  period  up  to  2019  are  set  out  in  Regulation  (EC) 
No 443/2009  on  CO2  emissions  from  passenger  cars  and 
Regulation (EU) No 510/2011 on light commercial vehicles of 
up  to  3.5 tonnes,  which  came  into  effect  in  April  2009  and 
June  2011,  respectively.  These  regulations  are  important 
components  of  the  European  climate  protection  policy  and 
therefore  form  the  key  regulatory  framework  for  product 
design and marketing by all vehicle manufacturers selling in 
the European market. 

The average CO2 emissions of the new European passenger 
car fleet have not been allowed to exceed 130 g CO2/km since 
2012.  Compliance  with  this  requirement  was  introduced  in 
phases; since 2015 the entire fleet has had to meet this limit.  
The EU’s CO2 regulation for light commercial vehicles sets 
limits to be met from 2014 onwards, with targets having been 
phased in over the period to 2017. Under this regulation, the 
average  CO2  emissions  from  newly  registered  vehicles  in 
Europe must not exceed 175 g CO2/km.  

On  April  17,  2019,  the  EU  adopted  new  rules  for  the  CO2 
regime  from  2020  onward.  It  published  these  in  EU  Regu- 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

177

lation  2019/631  for  passenger  cars  and  light  commercial 
vehicles  on  April  25,  2019.  This  regulation  states  that,  from 
2021  onward,  the  average  emissions  from  the  European 
passenger  car  fleet  must  be  no  higher  than  95 g CO2/km;  in 
2020,  this  emissions  limit  will  already  apply  to  95%  of  the 
fleet. Up to and including 2020, European fleet legislation will 
be  complied  with  on  the  basis  of  the  New  European  Driving 
Cycle  (NEDC).  After  2021,  the  NEDC  target  value  will  be 
replaced by a WLTP target value through a process defined by 
lawmakers;  this  change  shall  not  lead  to  additional  tight-
ening  of  the  target  value.  A  similar  approach  will  apply  to 
light  commercial  vehicles,  where  a  target  of  147 g CO2/km 
will apply to the entire fleet in 2020.  

The  targets  will  be  further  tightened  as  from  2025:  for 
new European passenger car fleets, a reduction of 15% will be 
required from 2025 and a reduction of 37.5% from 2030. For 
new  light  commercial  vehicle  fleets,  the  required  reductions 
will be 15% from 2025 and 31% from 2030. In each case, the 
starting  point  is  the  fleet  value  in  2021.  These  targets  can 
only  be  achieved  through  a  high  proportion  of  electric 
vehicles.  Non-fulfillment  of  the  fleet-wide  targets  will  incur 
penalties of €95 per exceeded gram of CO2 per vehicle sold.    

At  the  same  time,  regulations  governing  fleet  fuel  con-
sumption are also being developed or introduced outside the 
EU28,  for  example  in  Brazil,  Canada,  China,  India,  Japan, 
Mexico,  Saudi  Arabia,  South  Korea,  Switzerland,  Taiwan  and 
the USA. Brazil has introduced a fleet efficiency target as part 
of  a  voluntary  program  which  grants  tax  advantages.  To 
receive  a  30%  tax  advantage,  manufacturers  must,  among 
other things, achieve a specified fleet efficiency. The fuel con-
sumption  regulations  in  China,  which  set  an  average  fleet 
target  of  6.9 liters/100 km  for  the  period  2012–2015,  were 
continued  into  the  period  2016–2020  with  a  target  of 
5.0 liters/100 km. Preparations for legislation up to 2025 have 
begun.  In  addition  to  this  legislation  on  fleet  fuel  con-
sumption,  a  so-called  “new  energy  vehicle  quota”  applies  in 
China. This requires every manufacturer to increase the share 
of  electric  vehicles  –  which  are  included  with  different 
weightings – in its total sales. The quota for 2020 is 12%, to be 
fulfilled through battery-electric vehicles, plug-in hybrids, or 
fuel  cell  vehicles.  Due  to  the  extension  of  greenhouse  gas 
legislation  in  the  USA  (the  law  was  signed  in  2012),  uniform 
fuel consumption and greenhouse gas standards apply in all 
US  states  in  the  period  from  2017  to  2025.  Here,  too,  law-
makers are debating amending the rules from 2021 onward. 

The increased regulation of fleet-based CO2 emissions and 
fuel consumption makes it necessary to use the latest mobil-
ity  technologies  in  all  key  markets  worldwide.  At  the  same 
time,  electrified  and  also  purely  electric  drives  will  become 

increasingly  common.  The  Volkswagen  Group  closely  coor-
dinates  technology  and  product  planning  with  its  brands  so 
as  to  avoid  breaches  of  fleet  fuel  consumption  limits,  since 
these  would  entail  severe  financial  penalties.  Volkswagen 
continues  to  regard  diesel  technology  as  an  important  ele-
ment in the fulfillment of CO2 emissions targets. 

EU  legislation  allows  excess  emissions  and  emission 
shortfalls  to  be  offset  between  vehicle  models  within  a  fleet 
of new vehicles. Furthermore, the EU permits some flexibility 
in fulfilling the emissions targets, for example: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Emission pools may be formed,
(cid:33)(cid:3) Relief  opportunities  may  be  provided  for  additional  inno-
vative  technologies  in  the  vehicle  that  apply  outside  the
test cycle (eco-innovations), 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Special  rules  are  in  place  for  small-series  producers  and

niche manufacturers, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Particularly efficient vehicles qualify for super-credits. 
Whether  the  Group  meets  its  fleet  targets  depends  crucially
on  its  technological  and  financial  capabilities,  which  are
reflected in, for example, our drivetrain and fuel strategy. 

In  the  EU,  a  new,  more  time-consuming  test  procedure 
has  applied  to  all  new  vehicles  with  WLTP  since  September 
2018.  Other  challenges  arise  in  connection with  stricter  pro-
cesses  and  requirements  regarding  WLTP,  such  as  from  test 
criteria and from homologation (achievement of approval).  

The  Real  Driving  Emissions  (RDE)  regulation  for  passen-
ger cars and light commercial vehicles is also one of the main 
European regulations. New, uniform limits for nitrogen oxide 
and particulate emissions in real road traffic have applied to 
new  vehicle  types  across  the  EU  since  September  2017.  This 
makes  the  RDE  test  procedure  fundamentally  different  from 
the  Euro  6  standard  still  in  force,  which  stipulates  that  the 
limits  on  the  chassis  dynamometer  are  authoritative.  The 
RDE regulation is intended primarily to improve air quality in 
urban  areas  and  areas  close  to  traffic,  leading  to  stricter 
requirements  for  exhaust  gas  aftertreatment  in  passenger 
cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles.  Stricter  RDE  processes 
and  requirements  have  resulted  in  certain  challenges,  for 
example relating to test criteria and homologation.  

The  other  main  EU  regulations  affecting  the  automotive 

industry include: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) EU  Directive  2007/46/EC  establishing  a  framework  for  the

type approval of motor vehicles, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) EU  Directive  2009/33/EC  on  the  promotion  of  clean  and
energy-efficient  road  transport  vehicles  (Green  Procure-
ment Directive), 

(cid:33)(cid:3) EU  Directive  2006/40/EC  relating  to  emissions  from  air-

conditioning systems in motor vehicles, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) The Car Labeling Directive 1999/94/EC, 

 
178 

 Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

(cid:33)(cid:3) The  Fuel  Quality  Directive  (FQD)  2009/30/EC  updating  the
fuel  quality  specifications  and  introducing  energy  effi-
ciency specifications for fuel production, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) The  Renewable  Energy  Directive  (RED)  (2009/28/EC)  intro-
ducing  sustainability  criteria;  the  follow-up  regulation
(RED2) contains higher quotas for advanced biofuels, 

(cid:33)(cid:3) The 

revised  Energy  Taxation  Directive  2003/96/EC
updating  the  minimum  tax  rates  for  all  energy  products
and power. 

The  implementation  of  the  above-mentioned  directives  by 
the  EU  member  states  serves  to  support  the  CO2  regulations 
in  Europe.  These  are  aimed  not  only  at  vehicle  manufac-
turers, but also at other sectors such as the mineral oil indus-
try. Vehicle taxes based on CO2 emissions are having a similar 
steering effect; many EU member states have already incorpo-
rated CO2 elements into their rules on vehicle taxation. 

There  is  particular  momentum  in  the  debate  on  driving 
bans for diesel vehicles in Germany. This was triggered by the 
failure  of  some  municipalities  and  cities  to  comply  with  the 
limits for nitrogen dioxide (NO2) immissions. In many places, 
lawsuits  have  been  filed  and  judgments  issued.  It  is  argued 
that only driving bans for diesel vehicles can bring about the 
necessary  short-term  reduction  in  NO2  immissions.  The 
discussion  may  result  in  sales  volumes  of  diesel  vehicles 
declining  further  and  financial 
liabilities  arising  from 
customer-related measures and potential official or statutory 
requirements. 

Local  driving  bans  are  already  in  place  in  a  number  of 
countries,  though  these  mainly  affect  older  vehicles.  Regu-
lations  in  Belgium  that  successively  bar  older  vehicles  from 
larger cities are one example. With a view to the future, large 
urban areas such as Paris and London are discussing banning 
vehicles with combustion engines. 

Commercial  vehicles  are  increasingly  subject  to  ever 
stricter environmental regulations all around the world, par-
ticularly to regulations relating to climate change and vehicle 
emissions. With Regulation (EU) 2019/1242 of June 20, 2019, 
which specifies CO2 emission standards for new heavy trucks 
with  a  permitted  gross  weight  of  over  16 tonnes,  the  EU  has 
set heavy commercial vehicle manufacturers very ambitious 
targets  for  reducing  CO2  emissions  within  the  next  decade. 
The  CO2  emissions  from  such  vehicles  must  be  reduced  by 
15% by 2025 and 30% by 2030 compared to a reference value 
for a monitoring period from July 2019 to June 2020. If they 
fail to meet these targets, vehicle manufacturers will be liable 
to substantial penalties for the excess emissions, amounting 
to  €4,250  per  excess  gram  of  CO2/tonne-kilometer  (tkm)  per 
vehicle  for  the  period  from  2025  to  2029  and  €6,800  per 
excess gram of CO2/tkm per vehicle for the period from 2030 
onward.  

Compliance  with  regulations  relating  to  climate  change 
and  vehicle  emissions  requires  considerable  investment  in  

new  technologies,  including  alternative  drive  systems  and 
vehicles powered by alternative fuels. Increasing connectivity 
within  transport  networks  can  help  to  reduce  inefficiencies 
such  as  unused  transport  capacity,  empty  runs  and  ineffi-
cient  routes  in  existing  transport  networks.  In  conjunction 
with  connected  traffic  management  systems,  this  can  result 
in  optimized  goods  transport  and  therefore  a  reduction  in 
CO2 emissions. 

In  the  Power  Engineering  segment,  the  International 
Maritime  Organization  (IMO)  has  introduced  the  Inter-
national  Convention  for  the  Prevention  of  Pollution  from 
Ships  (MARine  POLlution  –  MARPOL),  with  which  limits  on 
emissions from  marine  engines  will  be  lowered  in  phases.  A 
reduction  of  the  sulfur  content  in  marine  fuel  has  been 
confirmed  with  effect  from  January 1,  2020.  In  addition,  the 
IMO  has  decided  on  a  number  of  emission  control  areas  in 
Europe  and  the  USA/Canada  that  will  be  subject  to  special 
environmental  regulations.  Expansion  to  further  regions 
such as the Mediterranean or Japan is already being planned; 
other regions such as the Black Sea, Alaska, Australia or South 
Korea are also in discussion. Moreover, emission limits are in 
force  under  Regulation  (EU)  2016/1628  and  in  accordance 
with  the  regulations  of  the  US  Environmental  Protection 
Agency  (EPA),  for  example.  We  are  pushing  for  a  maritime 
energy  transition  in  specialist  bodies  and  also  promote  this 
to  the  general  public.  In  a  first  step,  we  are  supporting  the 
switch  to  liquefied  natural  gas  (LNG)  as  a  fuel  for  maritime 
applications and also offer dual fuel and gas-powered engines 
for  new  and  retrofitted  vessels.  For  the  long-term  and 
climate-neutral  operation  of  seagoing  vessels,  we  advocate 
sustainably 
power-to-X 
generated  electricity  is  converted  into  carbon-neutral  gas  or 
liquid fuel. 

in  which  excess 

technology, 

As  regards  stationary  equipment,  there  are  a  number  of 
national  rules  in  place  worldwide  that  limit  permitted 
emissions. On December 18, 2008, the World Bank Group set 
limits  for  gas  and  diesel  engines  in  its  “Environmental, 
Health,  and  Safety  Guidelines  for  Thermal  Power  Plants”, 
which  are  required  to  be  applied  in  countries  that  have 
adopted  no  national  requirements  of  their  own,  or 
requirements that are less strict than those of the World Bank 
Group.  These  guidelines  are  currently  being  revised.  In 
addition,  the  United  Nations  adopted  the  Convention  on 
Long-range  Transboundary  Air  Pollution  back  in  1979, 
setting limits on total emissions as well as nitrogen oxide for 
the  signatory  states  (including  all  EU  states,  other  countries 
in Eastern Europe, the USA and Canada). Enhancements to the 
product portfolio in the Power Engineering segment focus on 
improving the efficiency of equipment and systems. 

The allocation method for emissions certificates changed 
fundamentally  when  the  third  emissions  trading  period  

Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

179

(2013–2020) began. As a general rule, all emission allowances 
for  power  generators  have  been  sold  at  auction  since  2013. 
For  the  manufacturing  industry  and  certain  power  genera-
tion  installations  (e.g.  combined  heat  and  power  installa-
tions), a portion of the certificates is allocated free of charge 
on  the  basis  of  benchmarks  applicable  throughout  the  EU. 
This portion of free certificates will gradually decrease as the 
trading period progresses; the remaining quantities required 
will  have  to  be  bought  at  auction.  Furthermore,  installation 
operators  can  partly  fulfill  their  obligation  to  hold  emission 
allowances  using  certificates  from  climate  change  projects 
(Joint  Implementation  and  Clean  Development  Mechanism 
projects).  In  certain  (sub-)sectors  of  industry,  there  is  a  risk 
that  production  will  be  transferred  to  countries  outside 
Europe due to the amended provisions governing emissions 
trading,  a  phenomenon  referred  to  as  carbon  leakage.  A 
consistent  quantity  of  certificates  will  be  allocated  to  these 
sectors free of charge for the period from 2013 to 2020 on the 
basis  of  the  pan-EU  benchmarks.  The  automotive  industry 
was included in the carbon leakage list that came into effect 
in 2015. As a result, individual facilities at Volkswagen Group 
locations in Europe will receive additional certificates free of 
charge up to the end of the third trading period. Already back 
in  2013  the  European  Commission  decided  to  initially  with-
hold  a  portion of  the  certificates  to  be  auctioned  and  not  to 
release  them  for  auction  until  a  later  date  during  the  third 
trading period (backloading). The certificates will be directed 
into  a  market  stability  reserve  that  was  established  in  2018. 
The  reserve  will  serve  to  offset  any  imbalance  between  the 
supply of and demand for certificates in emissions trading in 
the  fourth  trading  period.  Furthermore,  the  European 
Commission  is  planning  further  modifications  in  emissions 
trading  when  the  fourth  trading  period  begins  (from  2021) 
that may lead to a tightening of the system and thus to price 
increases for the certificates. 

In  addition  to  the  EU  member  states,  other  countries  in 
which  the  Volkswagen  Group  has  production  sites  are  also 
considering  introducing  an  emissions  trading  system.  In 
China,  for  example,  seven  corresponding  pilot  projects  are 
underway.  These  do  not  affect  the  Volkswagen  Group.  The 
Chinese government officially implemented a national emis-
sions trading system at the end of 2017. Initially, this affects 
only  the  power  generation  sector;  a  gradual  expansion  is 
being planned.  

LEGAL RISKS 
The most significant risks from the regular GRC process and 
QRP are associated with the diesel issue. 

Litigation 
Volkswagen  AG  and  the  companies  in  which  it  is  directly  or 
indirectly  invested  are  involved  in  a  substantial  number  of  

legal  disputes  and  governmental  proceedings  in  Germany 
and abroad. Such legal disputes and other proceedings occur, 
among  other  things,  in  relation  to  or  in  connection  with 
employees, public authorities, services, dealers, investors, cus-
tomers, suppliers, products, or other contracting parties. For 
the  companies  in  question,  these  disputes  and  proceedings 
may result in payments such as fines or in other obligations 
or  consequences.  In  particular,  substantial  compensatory  or 
punitive  damages  may  have  to  be  paid  and  cost-intensive 
measures  may  have  to  be  implemented.  In  this  context, 
specific  estimation  of  the  objectively  likely  consequences  is 
often possible only to a very limited extent, if at all. 

Risks may also emerge in connection with the adherence 
to  regulatory  requirements.  This  particularly  applies  in  the 
case  of  regulatory  gray  areas  where  Volkswagen  and  the 
authorities  responsible  for  the  respective  regulations  may 
interpret  the  regulations  differently.  In  addition,  legal  risks 
can  arise  from  the  criminal  activities  of  individual  persons, 
which  even  the  best  compliance  management  system  can 
never completely prevent. 

Where  transparent  and  economically  viable,  adequate 
insurance  coverage  was  taken  out  for  these  risks.  For  the 
identifiable  and  measurable  risks,  provisions  considered 
appropriate  based  on  existing  information  were  recognized 
and  information  about  contingent  liabilities  disclosed.  As 
some  risks  cannot  be  assessed  or  can  only  be  assessed  to  a 
limited extent, the possibility of material loss or damage not 
covered  by  the  insured  amounts  and  provisions  cannot  be 
ruled  out.  This  applies  particularly  to  legal  risk  assessment 
regarding the diesel issue. 

Diesel issue 
On  September  18,  2015,  the  US  Environmental  Protection 
Agency  (EPA)  publicly  announced  in  a  “Notice  of  Violation” 
that  irregularities  in  relation  to  nitrogen  oxide  (NOx)  emis-
sions  had  been  discovered  in  emissions  tests  on  certain 
Volkswagen  Group  vehicles  with  type  2.0 l  diesel  engines  in 
the  USA.  In  this  context,  Volkswagen  AG  announced  that 
noticeable  discrepancies  between  the  figures  achieved  in 
testing and in actual road use had been identified in around 
eleven  million  vehicles  worldwide  with  type  EA 189  diesel 
engines.  On  November  2,  2015,  the  EPA  issued  a  “Notice  of 
Violation”  alleging 
irregularities  had  also  been 
discovered  in  the  software  installed  in US  vehicles  with  type 
V6 3.0 l diesel engines.  

that 

Numerous  court  and  governmental  proceedings  were 
subsequently  initiated  in  various  countries.  We  have  since 
succeeded  in  making  substantial  progress  and  ending  many 
of these proceedings. 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
180 

Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

In  the  USA,  Volkswagen  AG  and  certain  affiliates  reached 
settlement agreements with various government authorities 
and  private  plaintiffs,  the  latter  represented  by  a  Plaintiffs’ 
Steering Committee in a multidistrict litigation in the US state 
of  California.  These  agreements  resolved  certain  civil  claims 
as well as criminal charges under US federal law and the laws 
of  certain  US  states  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue.  As 
part of the agreements entered into with the US Department 
of  Justice  and  the  State  of  California  (Plea  Agreement  and 
Third  Partial  Consent  Decrees),  a  Compliance  Monitor  and 
Compliance  Auditor  was  appointed  for  Volkswagen  in  2017 
for  a  term  of  three  years.  Although  Volkswagen  AG  and  its 
subsidiaries  and  affiliates  are  firmly  committed  to  fulfilling 
the  obligations  arising  from  these  agreements,  a  breach  of 
these obligations cannot be completely ruled out. In the event 
of a violation, significant penalties could be imposed as stipu-
lated in the agreements, in addition to the possibility of fur-
ther monetary fines, criminal sanctions and injunctive relief. 
The diesel issue is rooted in a modification of parts of the 
software  of  the  relevant  engine  control  units  –  which, 
according to Volkswagen AG’s legal position, is only unlawful 
under US law – for the type EA 189 diesel engines that Volks-
wagen  AG  was  developing  at  that  time.  The  decision  to 
develop  and  install  this  software  function  was  taken  in  late 
2006  below  Board  of  Management  level.  None  of  the 
members of the Board of Management had, at that time and 
for several years to follow, knowledge of the development and 
implementation of this software function.  

In  the  months  following  publication  of  a  study  by  the 
International  Council  on  Clean  Transportation  in  May  2014, 
Volkswagen  AG’s  Powertrain  Development  department 
checked  the  test  set-ups  on  which  the  study  was  based  for 
plausibility,  confirming  the  unusually  high  NOx  emissions 
from certain US vehicles with type EA 189 2.0 l diesel engines. 
The  California  Air  Resources  Board  (CARB)  –  a  part  of  the 
environmental authority of California – was informed of this 
result, and, at the same time, an offer was made to recalibrate 
the  engine  control  unit  software  of  type  EA 189  diesel 
engines  in  the  USA  as  part  of  a  service  measure  that  was 
already planned in the USA. This measure was evaluated and 
adopted  by  the  Ausschuss  für  Produktsicherheit  (APS  – 
Product  Safety  Committee),  which  initiates  necessary  and 
appropriate measures to ensure the safety and conformity of 
Volkswagen AG products that have been placed in the market. 
There are no findings that an unlawful “defeat device” under 
US  law  was  disclosed  to  the  APS  as  the  cause  of  the 
discrepancies or to the persons responsible for preparing the 
2014  annual  and  consolidated  financial  statements.  Instead, 
at  the  time  the  2014  annual  and  consolidated  financial  

statements were being prepared, the persons responsible for 
preparing  the  2014  annual  and  consolidated  financial 
statements  remained  under  the  impression  that  the  issue 
could be solved with comparatively little effort.  

In the course of the summer of 2015, however, it became 
successively  apparent  to  individual  members  of  Volks- 
wagen  AG’s  Board  of  Management  that  the  cause  of  the 
discrepancies  in  the  USA  was  a  modification  of  parts  of  the 
software of the engine control unit, which was later identified 
as  an  unlawful  “defeat  device”  as  defined  by  US  law.  This 
culminated  in  the  disclosure  of  a  “defeat  device”  to  EPA  and 
CARB  on  September  3,  2015.  According  to  the  assessment  at 
that time of the responsible persons dealing with the matter, 
the  scope  of  the  costs  expected  by  the  Volkswagen  Group 
(recall costs, retrofitting costs and financial penalties) was not 
fundamentally dissimilar to  that  in  previous  cases  involving 
other  vehicle  manufacturers,  and,  therefore,  appeared  to  be 
controllable  overall  with  a  view  to  the  business  activities  of 
the  Volkswagen  Group.  This  assessment  by  the  Volkswagen 
Group was based, among other things, on the advice of a law 
firm  engaged  in  the  USA  for  approval  issues,  according  to 
which  similar  cases  in  the  past  were  resolved  amicably  with 
the  US  authorities.  The  EPA's  publication  of  the  “Notice  of 
Violation”  on  September 18,  2015,  which  the  Board  of  Man-
agement  had  not  expected,  especially  at  that  time,  then 
presented the situation in an entirely different light.  

The AUDI AG Board of Management members in office at 
the  time  in  question  have  likewise  stated  that  they  had  no 
knowledge  of  the  use  of  “defeat  device”  software  that  was 
prohibited by US law in the type V6 3.0 l TDI engines until the 
EPA issued its November 2015 “Notice of Violation.”  

Within the Volkswagen Group, Volkswagen AG has devel-
opment  responsibility  for  the  four-cylinder  diesel  engines 
such  as  the  type  EA 189,  and  AUDI AG  has  development 
responsibility  for  the  six-  and  eight-cylinder  diesel  engines 
such as the type V6 3.0 l and V8 4.2 l diesel engines. 

In agreement with the respective responsible authorities, 
the  Volkswagen  Group  is  making  technical  measures  avail-
able  worldwide  for  virtually  all  diesel  vehicles  with  type 
EA 189  engines.  Within  its  area  of  responsibility,  the  Kraft-
fahrt-Bundesamt  (KBA  –  German  Federal  Motor  Transport 
Authority) ascertained for all clusters (groups of vehicles) that 
implementation  of  the  technical  measures  would  not  bring 
about any adverse changes in fuel consumption figures, CO2 
emission figures, engine output, maximum torque, and noise 
emissions.  

Following the studies carried out by AUDI AG to check all 
relevant diesel concepts for possible irregularities and retrofit 
potentials,  measures  proposed  by  AUDI AG  have  been 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

181

adopted  and  mandated  by  the  KBA  in  various  recall  orders 
pertaining  to  vehicle  models  with  V6  and  V8 TDI  engines. 
Currently, AUDI AG assumes that the total cost, including the 
amount  based  on  recalls,  of  the  ongoing  largely  software-
based  retrofit  program  that  began  in  July  2017  will  be  man-
ageable and has recognized corresponding balance-sheet risk 
provisions. AUDI AG has in the meantime developed software 
updates  for  many  of  the  affected  powertrains  and,  after 
approval by the KBA, already installed these in the vehicles of 
a large number of affected customers. The approvals that are 
still outstanding are expected in the course of 2020. 

In  connection  with  the  diesel  issue,  potential  conse-
quences  for  Volkswagen’s  results  of  operations,  financial 
position  and  net  assets  could  emerge  primarily  in  the 
following legal areas: 

1.  Criminal  and  administrative  proceedings  worldwide 
(excluding the USA/Canada) 
investigations,  regulatory  offense  proceedings, 
Criminal 
and/or  administrative  proceedings  have  been  opened  in 
some  countries  (in  Germany  for  example  by  the  Bundes-
anstalt  für  Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht,  BaFin  –  Federal 
Financial  Supervisory  Authority).  The  public  prosecutor’s 
offices  in  Braunschweig  and  Munich  are  investigating  the 
core issues of the criminal investigations.  

In April 2019, the Braunschweig Office of the Public Prose-
cutor  issued  indictments,  including  one  against  a  former 
Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Management  of  Volkswagen  AG, 
charging,  among  other  things, fraud  relating  to  Type EA  189 
engines in connection with the diesel issue.  

In September 2019, the Braunschweig Office of the Public 
Prosecutor  furthermore  indicted  the  current  and  a  former 
Chairman of the Board of Management of Volkswagen AG as 
well  as  a  former  member  of  its  Board  of  Management 
(currently Chairman of the Supervisory Board) on charges of 
market  manipulation  relating  to  capital  market  disclosure 
obligations  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue.  The  Public 
Prosecutor’s  Office  also  requested  that  the  court  name 
Volkswagen AG as a collateral participant in the proceedings.  
In July 2019, the Munich II Office of the Public Prosecutor 
issued  indictments,  including  one  against  the  former  Chair-
man  of  the  Board  of  Management  of  AUDI AG,  charging, 
among  other  things,  fraud  relating  to  3.0 TDI  engines  in 
connection with the diesel issue. 

Based  on  the  information  available  at  the  present  time, 
no  change  in  the  risk  situation  of  the  Volkswagen  Group 
results from these indictments. 

The  Stuttgart  Office  of  the  Public  Prosecutor  is  con-
ducting  a  criminal  investigation  relating  to  the  diesel  issue 
on  suspicion  of  fraud  and  illegal  advertising  that  also 
involves  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Management  of  Dr. Ing. 
h.c. F. Porsche AG.  

The  respective  Group  companies  appointed  renowned  law 
firms  to  clarify  the  matters  underlying  the  public  prose-
cutor’s  accusations.  The  Board  of  Management  and  Super-
visory Board receive regular updates on the current status. 

In an administrative fine order issued on May 7, 2019, the 
Stuttgart  Office  of  the  Public  Prosecutor  terminated  the 
regulatory  offense  proceeding  conducted  against  Dr. Ing. 
h.c. F.  Porsche  AG  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue  by 
finding  a  negligent  breach  of  the  obligation  to  supervise 
occurring  in  the  organizational  unit  “Prüffeld  Entwicklung 
Gesamtfahrzeug/Qualität”  (Overall  Vehicle  Development/ 
Quality - Testing Facility). The administrative order imposes a 
total fine of €535 million, consisting of a penalty payment of 
€4  million  and  the  forfeiture  of  economic  benefits  in  the 
amount  of  €531  million.  After  thorough  examination, 
Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG has accepted the fine and paid it in 
full,  rendering  the  administrative  fine  order  legally  final. 
Further  sanctions  against  or  forfeitures  by  Dr. Ing.  h.c. F. 
Porsche  AG  are  therefore  not  to  be  expected  in  Europe  in 
connection with the unitary factual situation underlying the 
administrative fine order. 

As the type approval authority of proper jurisdiction, the 
KBA  moreover  continuously  tests  Audi,  VW,  and  Porsche 
brand vehicles for problematic functions. If certain functions 
are  deemed  impermissible  by  the  KBA,  the  affected  vehicles 
are  recalled  pursuant  to  a  recall  order  or  they  are  brought 
back  into  compliance  by  means  of  a  voluntary  service  mea-
sure.  

Furthermore,  additional  administrative  actions  relating 

to the diesel issue are ongoing in other jurisdictions.  

The  companies  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  continue  to 

cooperate with the government authorities. 

Whether the criminal and administrative proceedings will 
ultimately result in fines or other consequences for the Com-
pany,  and  if  so  what  amounts  these  may  entail,  is  currently 
subject  to  estimation  risks.  According  to  Volkswagen’s 
estimates,  the  likelihood  that  a  sanction  will  be  imposed  is 
50% or less in the majority of these proceedings. Contingent 
liabilities have therefore been disclosed where the amount of 
such  liabilities  could  be  measured  and  the  likelihood  of  a 
sanction being imposed was assessed at not lower than 10%. 
Provisions were recognized to a small extent. 

2.  Product-related  lawsuits  worldwide  (excluding  the  USA/ 
Canada) 
In  principle,  it  is  possible  that  customers  in  the  affected 
markets  will  file  civil  lawsuits  or  that  importers  and  dealers 
will assert recourse claims against Volkswagen AG and other 
Volkswagen  Group  companies.  Besides  individual  lawsuits, 
various forms of collective actions (i.e. assertion of individual 
claims  by  plaintiffs  acting  jointly  or  as  representatives  of  a 
class) are available in various jurisdictions. Furthermore, in a 

 
 
 
  
 
 
182 

Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

number  of  markets  it  is  possible  for  consumer  and/or 
environmental organizations to bring suit to enforce alleged 
rights to injunctive relief, declaratory judgment, or damages.  
Customer  class  action  lawsuits  and  actions  brought  by 
consumer  and/or  environmental  organizations  are  pending 
against  Volkswagen  AG  and  other  Volkswagen  Group  com-
panies in a number of countries including Australia, Belgium, 
Brazil, Germany, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, South Africa, 
and  the  United  Kingdom.  Alleged  rights  to  damages  and 
other relief are asserted in these actions. The pending actions 
include in particular the following: 

In  Australia,  various  class  action  lawsuits  with  opt-out 
provisions are currently pending against Volkswagen AG and 
other Volkswagen Group companies, including the Australian 
subsidiaries. Given the opt-out rule, the class actions have the 
potential to automatically cover all vehicles with type EA 189 
engines unless the right to opt out is actively exercised. In all, 
approximately  100  thousand  vehicles  in  the  Australian 
market  with  type  EA  189  engines  are  affected.  In  December 
2019 Volkswagen AG reached agreements with the Australian 
class action plaintiffs that would terminate the litigation. The 
court  must  still  approve  the  settlement.  Depending  on  the 
number  of  claims  filed  under  the  class  action  settlement, 
Volkswagen  AG  anticipates  payment  of  an  amount  of  up  to 
AUD 127.1  million  plus  litigation  costs  to  settle  the  class 
action  lawsuits.  Two  civil  suits  filed  against  Volkswagen  AG 
and  other  Group  companies  by  the  Australian  Competition 
and Consumer Commission (ACCC) were settled in the second 
half of 2019. The settlement is not yet legally final, however, as 
an  appellate  court  has  yet  to  rule  on  the  amount  of  the  fine. 
Depending  on  the  appellate  court  decision,  Volkswagen  AG 
anticipates  payment  of  a  fine  of  up  to  AUD 125  million  plus 
litigation costs.  

In  Belgium,  the  Belgian  consumer  organization  Test 
Aankoop  VZW  has  filed  a  class  action  to  which  an  opt-out 
mechanism has been held to apply. The class action pertains 
to  vehicles  purchased  by  consumers  on  the  Belgian  market 
after  September  1,  2014.  The  asserted  claims  are  based  on 
purported  violations  of  unfair  competition  and  consumer 
protection law as well as on alleged breach of contract.  

In  Brazil  two  class  actions  are  pending.  One  of  these 
pertains  to  approximately  17 thousand  vehicles.  In  this  liti-
gation, an appeals  judgment  was  rendered  in  May  2019  that 
only  partially  upheld  the  lower  court's  decision.  This  judg-
ment initially reduced the damage liability of Volkswagen do 
Brasil  considerably  to  around  BRL 172  million  plus  interest. 
This  amount  can  increase  as  a  result  of  the  adjudicated 
inflation  rate  and  the  assertion  of  individual claims alleging 
declines  in  the  value  of  affected  Amarok  vehicles.  The 
judgment  remains  non-final.  In  the  second  class  action,  

compensation claims are made based on purported breaches 
of environmental regulations.  

In  Germany,  the  Verbraucherzentrale  Bundesverband  e.V. 
(Federation  of  Consumer  Organizations)  filed  an  action  in 
November 2018 with the Braunschweig Higher Regional Court 
for  model  declaratory  judgment  against  Volkswagen AG.  The 
complaint  is  seeking  a  ruling  that  certain  preconditions  for 
potential  consumer  claims  against  Volkswagen AG  are  met; 
however,  no  specific  payment  obligations  would  result  from 
any  determinations  the  court  may  make.  Individual  claims 
would have to be established afterwards in subsequent sepa-
rate  proceedings.  Oral  argument  in  the  consumer  action  for 
model declaratory judgment began in September 2019. Volks-
wagen AG intends to offer individual settlements to consum-
ers who registered claims under the action for model declara-
tory judgment and meet the settlement criteria. The volume 
of such settlements amounts to approximately €830 million. 
In  addition,  various  actions  have  been  brought  against 
companies  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  in  several  German 
regional  courts  by  financialright  GmbH,  which  is  asserting 
rights assigned to it by a total of approximately 45 thousand 
customers in Germany, Slovenia, and Switzerland.  

In  England and  Wales,  suits  filed  in  court  by  various  law 
firms  have  been  joined  in  a  single  collective  action  (group 
litigation). Because of the opt-in mechanism, not all vehicles 
with  type  EA 189  engines  are  automatically  covered  by  the 
group litigation; potential claimants must instead take action 
in  order  to  join.  To  date,  some  90 thousand  plaintiffs  have 
registered  claims  under  the  group  litigation.  The  group 
litigation opt-in period has expired.  

In  Italy,  a  class  action  lawsuit  filed  by  the  consumer 
association  Altroconsumo  on  behalf  of  Italian  customers  is 
pending  before  the  Venice  Regional  Court.  This  litigation 
involves  damage  claims  based  on  alleged  breach  of  contract 
as  well  as  claims  based  on  purported  violations  of  Italian 
consumer protection law. Some 82 thousand customers have 
registered for the class action, whereby the validity of roughly 
half  of  the  registrations  is  still  unclear.  In  Italy,  the  court 
decision  dismissing  the  class  action  filed  by  the  consumer 
association  Codacons  as  inadmissible  also  became  legally 
final in the reporting year. 

In  the  Netherlands,  Stichting  Volkswagen  Car  Claim  has 
brought  an  opt-out  class  action  seeking  declaratory  rulings. 
Any  individual  claims  would  then  have  to  be  established 
afterwards  in  separate  proceedings.  In  November  2019,  the 
Regional  Court  in  Amsterdam  held  the  requests  for  relief  to 
be  inadmissible  in  part.  Oral  argument  on  the  merits  of  the 
class action will take place in 2020. 

A  Portuguese  consumer  organization  has  filed  a  class 
action with opt-out mechanism in Portugal. There are poten- 

 
 
  
  
 
Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

183

tially up  to approximately  139  thousand  vehicles  affected  in 
the  Portuguese  market.  The  complaint  seeks  vehicle  return 
and alleges damages as well.  

In South Africa, an opt-out class action seeking damages 
is pending that pertains to some 8 thousand vehicles with V6 
and  V8  TDI  engines  in  addition  to  approximately  72 thou-
sand vehicles with type EA 189 engines. 

Furthermore, individual lawsuits and similar proceedings 
are  pending  against  Volkswagen  AG  and  other  Volkswagen 
Group  companies  in  various  countries,  most  of  which  are 
seeking  damages  or  rescission  of  the  purchase  contract.  In 
Germany,  there  are  over  70  thousand  such  individual 
lawsuits.  

Volkswagen  estimates  the  likelihood  that  the  plaintiffs 
will  prevail  to  be  50%  or  less  in  the  great  majority  of  cus-
tomer  class  actions,  complaints  filed  by  consumer  and/or 
environmental  organizations,  and  individual  lawsuits.  Con-
tingent  liabilities  are  disclosed  for  these  proceedings  where 
the  amount  of  such  liabilities  can  be  measured  and  the 
chance  that  the  plaintiff  will  prevail  was  assessed  as  not 
implausible.  Since  most  of  these  proceedings  are  still  in  an 
early stage, it is in many cases not yet possible to quantify the 
realistic  risk  exposure.  In  addition,  provisions  were  recog-
nized  to  the  extent  necessary  based  on  the  current  assess-
ment.  

At this time it cannot be estimated how many customers 
will choose to file lawsuits in the future in addition to those 
already  pending,  given  the  consumer  action  for  model 
declaratory  judgment  in  Germany,  among  other  things,  and 
what their prospect of success will be.  

3.  Lawsuits  filed  by  investors  worldwide  (excluding  the  USA/ 
Canada) 
Investors  from  Germany  and  abroad  have  filed  claims  for 
damages  against  Volkswagen AG  –  in  some  cases  along  with 
Porsche  Automobil  Holding  SE  (Porsche  SE)  as  joint  and 
several  debtors  –  based  on  purported  losses  due  to  alleged 
misconduct in capital market communications in connection 
with the diesel issue.  

The vast majority of these investor lawsuits are currently 
pending  at  the  Regional  Court  in  Braunschweig.  In  August 
2016,  the  Regional  Court  in  Braunschweig  ordered  that 
common  questions  of  law  and  fact  relevant  to  the  lawsuits 
pending at the Regional Court in Braunschweig be referred to 
the  Higher  Regional  Court  in  Braunschweig  for  binding 
declaratory  rulings  pursuant  to  the  Kapitalanleger-Muster-
verfahrensgesetz  (KapMuG  –  German  Act  on  Model  Case 
Proceedings  in  Disputes  Regarding  Capital  Market  Infor-
mation).  In  this  proceeding,  common  questions  of  law  and 
fact  relevant  to  these  actions  are  to  be  adjudicated  in  a 
consolidated  manner  by  the  Higher  Regional  Court  in 
Braunschweig  (model  case  proceedings).  All  lawsuits  at  the  

Regional  Court  in  Braunschweig  will  be  stayed  pending 
resolution  of  the  common  issues,  unless  the  cases  can  be 
dismissed  for  reasons  independent  of  the  common  issues 
that are to be adjudicated in the model case proceedings. The 
resolution  in  the  model  case  proceedings  of  the  common 
questions of law and fact will be binding for all pending cases 
that  have  been  stayed  in  the  described  manner.  Oral 
argument  in  the  model  case  proceedings  before  the  Braun-
schweig Higher Regional Court began in September 2018 and 
will be continued at subsequent hearings.  

At  the  Regional  Court  in  Stuttgart,  further  investor  law-
suits  have  been  filed  against  Volkswagen  AG,  in  some  cases 
along with Porsche SE as joint and several debtor.  

Holding that the factual situation at issue is by and large 
already  covered  by  the  model  case  proceedings  being  heard 
by  the  Braunschweig  Higher  Regional  Court  and  that  these 
proceedings,  being  paramount  in  this  regard,  preclude 
further  such  actions,  the  Stuttgart  Higher  Regional  Court  in 
March  2019  refused  to  proceed  with  further  capital  investor 
model  case  proceedings  (which  include  Porsche SE)  that  had 
been  referred  to  it  by  the  Stuttgart  Regional  Court.  The 
plaintiff  side  has  appealed  one  of  these  decisions  to  the 
Federal Court of Justice. 

Further investor lawsuits have been filed at various courts 
in Germany and the Netherlands. Worldwide (excluding  USA 
and  Canada),  investor  lawsuits,  judicial  applications  for 
dunning  procedures  and  conciliation  proceedings,  and 
claims  under  the  KapMuG  are  currently  pending  against 
Volkswagen AG in connection with the diesel issue, with the 
claims totaling roughly €9.6 billion. Volkswagen AG remains 
of  the  opinion  that  it  duly  complied  with  its  capital  market 
obligations.  Therefore,  no  provisions  have  been  recognized 
for  these  investor  lawsuits.  Insofar  as  the  chance  of  success 
was  estimated  at  not  lower  than  10%,  contingent  liabilities 
have been disclosed. 

4. Proceedings in the USA/Canada 
In  the  USA  and  Canada,  the  matters  described  in  the  EPA’s 
“Notices  of  Violation”  are  the  subject  of  various  types  of 
lawsuits and requests for information that have been filed in 
particular by customers, investors, salespersons, and various 
government  agencies  in  Canada  and  the  United  States, 
including  the  attorneys  general  of  several  US  states,  against 
Volkswagen AG and other Volkswagen Group companies.  

In  the  fiscal  year,  Volkswagen AG  and  certain  affiliates 
settled  the  consumer  protection  claims  asserted  by  the 
Attorney  General  of  the  US  state  of  New  Mexico,  the  last 
remaining state asserting consumer protection claims.  

The attorneys general of five US states (Illinois, Montana, 
New  Hampshire,  Ohio,  and  Texas)  and  some  municipalities 
have  suits  pending  in  state  and  federal  courts  against 
Volkswagen  AG,  Volkswagen  Group  of  America,  Inc.  and  

 
 
 
 
 
184 

Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

certain  affiliates,  alleging  violations  of  environmental  laws. 
In  the  fiscal  year,  the  environmental  claims of  two US  states  
– Alabama and Tennessee – were dismissed in full by trial or 
appellate  courts  as  preempted  by  federal  law  with  no 
possibility  of  further  appeal,  and  the  New  Mexico  Attorney 
General  voluntarily  dismissed  its  environmental  claims.  The 
claims asserted by Illinois, Hillsborough County (Florida), and 
Salt  Lake  County  (Utah)  have  been  dismissed  in  full,  but  the 
dismissals  have  been  appealed.  Certain  claims  asserted  by 
Ohio,  Texas,  and  two  Texas  counties  have  also  been  dis-
missed,  but  these  suits  are  currently  proceeding  as  to  other 
claims. 

In March 2019, the US Securities and Exchange Commis-
sion filed a lawsuit against Volkswagen AG, Volkswagen Group 
of  America  Finance,  LLC,  VW  Credit,  Inc.  and  a  former 
Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Management  of  Volkswagen  AG, 
asserting claims under US federal securities law based among 
other  things  on  alleged  misstatements  and  omissions  in 
connection with the offer and sale of certain bonds and asset-
backed securities.  

Furthermore,  in  December  2019,  the  Canadian  federal 
environmental regulator filed charges against Volkswagen AG 
in  respect  of  2.0  l  and  3.0  l  Volkswagen  and  Audi  diesel 
vehicles at the conclusion of its criminal enforcement-related 
investigation into the diesel emissions issue. Volkswagen AG 
cooperated  with  the  investigation  and  agreed  to  a  plea 
resolution  addressing  all  of  the  charges.  In  January  2020, 
Volkswagen  AG  pleaded  guilty  to  the  charges  and  agreed  to 
pay  a  penalty  of  CAD 196.5  million,  which  was  approved  by 
the  court.  Following  this  approval,  the  Ontario  provincial 
environmental  regulator  withdrew  its  action  against  Volks-
wagen AG as to a quasi-criminal enforcement-related offense 
with  respect  to  certain  Volkswagen  and  Audi  2.0  l  diesel 
vehicles.  Additionally,  a  certified  environmental  class  action 
is pending on behalf of residents in Quebec. This action was 
authorized  on  the  sole  issue  of  whether  punitive  damages 
could  be  recovered.  The  appeals  filed  by  Volkswagen  were 
denied. The case remains in the early stages.  

To the extent a matter is not separately described above, 
an assessment  is  not  yet  possible  at  the  current  stage  of  the 
proceedings  or  has,  in  accordance  with  IAS 37.92,  not  been 
presented  so  as  not  to  compromise  the  results  of  the 
proceedings and the interests of the Company.  

5. Additional proceedings 
With  its  ruling  of  November  8,  2017,  the  Higher  Regional 
Court  of  Celle  ordered,  upon  the  request  of  three  US  funds, 
the appointment of a special auditor for Volkswagen AG. The 
special  auditor  is  to  examine  whether  there  was  a  breach  of 
duties  on  the  part  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Manage-
ment and Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG in connection 
with  the  diesel  issue  on  or  after  June  22,  2006  and,  if  so, 
whether  this  resulted  in  damages  for  Volkswagen  AG.  The 
ruling  by  the  Higher  Regional  Court  of  Celle  is  formally 
unappealable.  However,  Volkswagen  AG  has  filed  a  constitu-
tional  complaint  with  the  German  Federal  Constitutional 
Court  alleging  infringement  of  its  constitutionally  guaran-
is  currently  unclear  when  the  Federal 
teed  rights.  It 
Constitutional  Court  will  reach  a  decision  on  this  matter. 
Following  the  formally unappealable  ruling from  the  Higher 
Regional Court of Celle, the special auditor appointed by the 
court  indicated  that  he  was  not  available  to  conduct  the 
special  audit  on  grounds  of  age.  In  June  2019,  the  Hanover 
Regional  Court  denied  the  motion  filed  by  the  US  funds  to 
replace  the  special  auditor.  The  opposing  side  has  appealed 
this  denial  to  the  Celle  Higher  Regional  Court;  this  appeal  is 
still pending. 

In  addition,  a  second  motion  seeking  appointment  of  a 
special  auditor  for  Volkswagen  AG  to  examine  matters 
relating  to  the  diesel  issue  has  been  filed  with  the  Regional 
Court of Hanover. This proceeding has been stayed pending a 
decision  by  the  Federal  Constitutional  Court  in  the  initial 
special auditor litigation. 

6. Risk assessment regarding the diesel issue 
An  amount  of around  €2.9 (2.4)  billion  has  been  included  in 
the provisions for litigation and legal risks as of December 31, 
2019 to protect against the currently known legal risks related 
to the diesel issue based on existing information and current 
assessments. Insofar as these can be adequately measured at 
this  stage,  contingent  liabilities  relating  to  the  diesel  issue 
were  disclosed  in  the  notes  in  an  aggregate  amount  of 
€3.7 (5.4)  billion,  whereby  €3.4 (3.4)  billion  of  this  amount 
results  from  lawsuits  filed  by  investors  in  Germany.  The 
provisions recognized and the contingent liabilities disclosed 
as  well  as  the  other  latent  legal  risks  in  the  context  of  the 
diesel issue are in part subject to substantial estimation risks 
given  that  the  fact-finding  efforts  have  not  yet  been 
concluded,  the  complexity  of  the  individual  relevant  factors 
and  the  ongoing  coordination  with  the  authorities.  Should 
these legal or estimation risks materialize, this could result in 
further  substantial  financial  charges.  In  particular,  the 
possibility cannot be ruled out that the provisions recognized 
may  have  to  be  adjusted  in  light  of  knowledge  acquired  or 
future events. 

 
 
 
  
 
 
Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

185

Based  on  the  information  as  it  exists  and  has  been 
established,  there  continue  to  be  no  conclusive  findings  or 
assessments  available  to  the  Board  of  Management  of 
Volkswagen AG  regarding  the  described  facts  that  would 
suggest  that  a  different  assessment  of  the  associated  risks 
should have been made. 

overall with their view is laden with uncertainty. However, a 
positive  outcome  continues  to  be  expected  for  MAN  Latin 
America. Should the opposite occur, this could result in a risk 
of  about  €0.7  billion  for  the  contested  period  from  2009 
onwards,  which  has  been  stated  within  the  contingent  lia-
bilities in the notes. 

In  line  with  IAS  37.92,  no  further  statements  have  been 
made  concerning  estimates  of  financial  impact  or  about 
uncertainty regarding the amount or maturity of provisions 
and contingent liabilities in relation to the diesel issue. This is 
so as to not compromise the results of the proceedings or the 
interests of the Company.  

Additional important legal cases 
In  2011,  ARFB  Anlegerschutz  UG 
(haftungsbeschränkt) 
brought an action against Volkswagen AG and Porsche SE for 
claims for damages for allegedly violating disclosure require-
ments under capital market law in connection with the acqui-
sition of ordinary shares in Volkswagen AG by Porsche SE in 
2008. The damages currently being sought based on allegedly 
assigned  rights  amounted  to  approximately  €2.26  billion 
plus  interest.  In  April  2016,  the  Regional  Court  in  Hanover 
had  formulated  numerous  objects  of  declaratory  judgment 
that  the  cartel  senate  of  the  Higher  Regional  Court  in  Celle 
will decide on in model case proceedings under the KapMuG. 
In  the  first  hearing  in  October  2017,  the  court  already 
indicated  that  it  currently  does  not  see  claims  against 
Volkswagen  AG  as  justified,  both  for  want  of  sufficiently 
specific pleadings and for reasons of law. Volkswagen AG sees 
the statements of the court’s senate as confirmation that the 
claims made against the Company have absolutely no basis. 

At  the  time  in  question  (2010/2011),  other  investors  had 
also asserted claims – including claims against Volkswagen AG 
– arising  out  of  the  same  circumstances  in  an  approximate
total  amount  of  €4.6  billion  and  initiated  conciliation
proceedings.  Volkswagen  AG  always  refused  to  participate  in
these conciliation proceedings; since then, these claims have
not been pursued further. 

In  Brazil,  the  Brazilian  tax  authorities  commenced  tax  pro-
ceedings  against  MAN  Latin  America;  at  issue  in  these  pro-
ceedings  are  the  tax  consequences  of  the  acquisition  struc-
ture  chosen  for  MAN  Latin  America  in  2009.  In  December 
2017, a second instance judgment that was negative for MAN 
in  administrative  court 
Latin  America  was  rendered 
proceedings.  MAN  Latin  America 
initiated  proceedings 
against  this  judgment  before  the  regular  court  in  2018.  Due 
to  the  difference  in  the  penalties  plus  interest  which  could 
potentially  apply  under  Brazilian  law,  the  estimated  size  of 
the risk in the event that the tax authorities are able to prevail  

In  2011,  the  European  Commission  conducted  searches  at 
European  truck  manufacturers  on  suspicion  of  an  unlawful 
exchange  of  information  during  the  period  1997–2011  and 
issued  a  statement  of  objections  to  MAN,  Scania  and  the 
other  truck  manufacturers  concerned  in  November  2014. 
With its settlement decision in July 2016, the European Com-
mission fined five European truck manufacturers. MAN’s fine 
was  waived  in  full  as  the  company  had  informed  the  Euro-
pean Commission about the irregularities as a key witness.  

In  September  2017,  the  European  Commission  fined 
Scania  €0.88  billion.  Scania  has  appealed  to  the  European 
Court of Justice in Luxembourg and will use all means at its 
disposal  to  defend  itself.  Scania  had  already  recognized  a 
provision of €0.4 billion in 2016.  
Furthermore,  antitrust 

for  damages  were 
received  from  customers.  As  is  the  case  in  any  antitrust 
proceedings, this may result in further lawsuits for damages. 
Neither  provisions  nor  contingent  liabilities  were  stated 
because the early stage of proceedings makes an assessment 
currently impossible.  

lawsuits 

In  April  2019  the  European  Commission  issued  a  state-
ment  of  objections  to  Volkswagen  AG,  AUDI AG,  and  Dr. Ing. 
h.c. F.  Porsche  AG  in  connection  with  the  Commission's
antitrust  investigation  of  the  automobile  industry.  These
objections  state  the  European  Commission's  preliminary
evaluation  of  the  matter  and  afford  the  opportunity  to
comment. The subject matter of the proceedings is limited to
the  cooperation  of  German  automobile  manufacturers  on
technical questions in connection with the development and
introduction  of  SCR  systems  and  gasoline  particulate  filters
for  passenger  cars  that  were  sold  in  the  European  Economic
Area.  The  manufacturers  are  not  charged  with  any  other
misconduct  such  as  price  fixing  or  allocating  markets  and
customers.  After  receiving  access  to  the  investigation  files
starting  in July 2019,  Volkswagen  in December  2019  filed  its
reply to the European Commission's statement of objections.
In  the  same  matter,  the  Chinese  Competition  Authority  has
also issued information requests to Volkswagen AG, AUDI AG,
and  Dr. Ing.  h.c. F.  Porsche  AG,  and  commenced  an  admin-
istrative action. 

In  the  proceedings  against  a  number  of  captive  automobile 
finance  companies  regarding  potential  competition  law 

 
186 

 Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

infringements  (alleged  exchange  of  competitively  sensitive 
information),  the  Italian  Competition  Authority  assessed  a 
fine of €163 million against Volkswagen AG and Volkswagen 
Bank  GmbH  in  January  2019.  Provisions  were  recognized  by 
Volkswagen  Bank  GmbH.  Volkswagen  AG  and  Volkswagen 
Bank  GmbH  filed  an  appeal  against  this  decision  in  March 
2019.  In  the  same  context,  an  antitrust  class  action  lawsuit 
has  furthermore  been  filed  by  customers  in  Italy  against 
Volkswagen Bank GmbH, among others. 

In  June  2019,  the  US  District  Court  for  the  Northern 
District  of  California  dismissed  two  putative  class  action 
complaints brought by purchasers of German luxury vehicles 
alleging  that,  since  the  1990s,  several  automobile  manufac-
turers, including Volkswagen AG and other Group companies, 
conspired to unlawfully increase the prices of German luxury 
vehicles in violation of US antitrust and consumer protection 
law. The court held that the plaintiffs have not stated a claim 
for  relief  because  the  allegations  in  the  complaints  do  not 
plausibly  support  the  alleged  anticompetitive  agreements. 
Plaintiffs  filed  amended  complaints,  which  Volkswagen 
moved  to  dismiss.  Plaintiffs  in  Canada  filed  claims  with 
similar allegations on behalf of putative classes of purchasers 
of German luxury vehicles against several automobile manu-
facturers,  including  Volkswagen  Group  Canada  Inc.,  Audi 
Canada Inc., and other Group companies. Neither provisions 
nor contingent liabilities were stated because the early stage 
of proceedings makes an assessment currently impossible. 

In  addition,  a  few  national  and  international  authorities 
have initiated antitrust investigations. Volkswagen is cooper-
ating closely with the responsible authorities in these investi-
gations.  An  assessment  of  the  underlying  situation  is  not 
possible at this early stage.  

Volkswagen  has  been  responding  to  information  requests 
from  the  US  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA)  and 
CARB  related  to  automatic  transmissions  in  certain  vehicles 
with  gasoline  engines.  In  August  2019,  Volkswagen  agreed 
with  the  EPA  to  forfeit  approximately  220  thousand  Green-
house Gas Emission Credits in response to the EPA’s inquiry. 
Also  in  August  2019,  Volkswagen  and  the  Plaintiffs’  Steering 
Committee announced the settlement of civil claims relating 
to approximately 98 thousand Volkswagen, Audi, Porsche and 
Bentley  vehicles.  Volkswagen's  testing  of  these  vehicles  in 
connection with the information requests resulted in a 1 mile 
per  gallon  change,  when  rounded  according  to  EPA  rules,  in  

the fuel economy disclosed on the "Monroney label" required 
by  US  regulations.  In  October  2019,  the  Court  granted 
preliminary approval of the settlement. 

Provisions  were  recognized  by  Volkswagen  Bank  GmbH  and 
Volkswagen Leasing GmbH for possible claims in connection 
with financial services provided to consumers.  

In  February  2020,  Volkswagen  AG  and  another  defendant 
were served with a lawsuit filed by GT Gettaxi Ltd. The lawsuit 
in  particular  alleges  large  damage  claims.  Volkswagen  will 
evaluate the alleged claims and defend itself against them. 

In  addition,  various  proceedings  are  pending  worldwide, 
particularly  in  the  USA,  in  which  customers  are  asserting 
purported claims either individually or in class actions. These 
claims are as a rule based on alleged vehicle defects, including 
defects  alleged  in  vehicle  parts  supplied  to  the  Volkswagen 
Group (for instance, in the Takata case).  

Risks  may  also  result  from  actions  for  infringement  of 
intellectual property, including infringement of patents, trade-
marks  or  other  third-party  rights,  particularly  in  Germany 
and  the  USA.  These  actions  pertain  among  other  things  to 
patents  for  semiconductor  technology  used  in  vehicles,  but 
may  also  extend  to  control,  regulation  or  power-units,  and 
communications technology as well. If Volkswagen is alleged 
or determined to have violated third-party intellectual prop-
erty  rights,  it  may  have  to  pay  damages,  modify  manufac-
turing  processes,  or  redesign  products  and  may  be  barred 
from  selling  certain  products.  Volkswagen  could  also  face 
costly  litigation.  These  risks  could  lead  to  delivery  and 
production restrictions or interruptions.  

In line with IAS 37.92, no further statements have been made 
impact  or  about 
concerning  estimates  of 
uncertainty regarding the amount or maturity of provisions 
and contingent liabilities in relation to additional important 
legal cases. This is so as to not compromise the results of the 
proceedings or the interests of the Company.  

financial 

Tax risks 
Volkswagen AG  and  its  subsidiaries  have  operations  world-
wide  and are audited  by  local tax authorities  on  an  ongoing 
basis.  Amendments  to  tax  laws  as  well  as  changes  in  their 

Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

187

application by the courts and their interpretation by the tax 
authorities  in  the  respective  countries  may  lead  to  tax 
payments that differ from the estimates made in the financial 
statements. 

Risks arise particularly from tax assessment of the cross-
border  supply  of  intragroup  goods  and  services.  Through 
organizational  measures,  such  as  the  implementation  of  an 
advance  pricing  agreement  as  well  as  the  monitoring  of 
transfer  prices,  Volkswagen  is  constantly  monitoring  the 
development of tax risks as well as the impact thereof on the 
consolidated financial statements. 

Tax  provisions  were  recognized  for  potential  future 
retrospective  tax  payments,  while  other  provisions  were 
recognized for ancillary tax payments arising in this connec-
tion.  

Financial risks 
The most significant risks from the regular GRC process and 
QRP result from volatile foreign exchange markets.  

Strategies for hedging financial risks 
In  the  course  of  our  business  activities,  financial  risks  may 
arise  from  changes  in  interest  rates,  exchange  rates,  raw 
material  prices,  or  share  and  fund  prices.  Management  of 
these financial and liquidity risks is the central responsibility 
of the Group Treasury department, which reduces these risks 
using  nonderivative  and  derivative  financial  instruments. 
The  Board  of  Management  is  informed  of  the  current  risk 
situation at regular intervals. 

We hedge interest rate risk – where appropriate in combi-
nation  with  currency  risk  –  and  risks  arising  from  fluctu-
ations  in  the  value  of  financial  instruments  by  means  of 
interest  rate  swaps,  cross-currency  interest  rate  swaps  and 
other 
interest  rate  contracts  with  generally  matching 
amounts  and  maturities.  This  also  applies  to  financing 
arrangements within the Volkswagen Group. 

Foreign  currency  risk  is  reduced  in  particular  through 
natural  hedging,  i.e.  by  flexibly  adapting  our  production 
capacity at our locations around the world, establishing new 
production facilities in the most important currency regions 
and also procuring a large percentage of components locally. 
We  hedge  the  residual  foreign  currency  risk  using  hedging 
instruments.  These  mainly  comprise  currency  forwards  and 
currency  options.  We  use  these  transactions  to  limit  the 
currency  risk  associated  with  forecasted  cash  flows  from 
operating  activities, 
liquidity 
positions  in  currencies  other  than  the  respective  functional 
currency,  for  example  as  a  result  of  restrictions  on  capital 
movements. The currency forwards and currency options can 

intragroup  financing  and 

have  a  term  of  up  to  ten  years.  We  thus  hedge  our  principal 
foreign currency risks, mostly against the euro and primarily 
in  Australian  dollars,  Brazilian  real,  British  pound  sterling, 
Canadian  dollars,  Chinese  renminbi,  Czech  koruna,  Hong 
Kong dollars, Hungarian forints, Indian rupees, Japanese yen, 
Mexican  pesos,  Norwegian  kroner,  Polish  zloty,  Russian 
rubles,  Singapore  dollars,  South  African  rand,  South  Korean 
won,  Swedish  kronor,  Swiss  francs,  Taiwan  dollars  and  US 
dollars. 

The hedging of commodity prices entails risks relating to 
the  availability  of  raw  materials  and  price  trends.  We  con-
tinuously  analyze  potential  risks  arising  from  changes  in 
commodity  and  energy  prices  in  the  market  so  that 
immediate action can be taken whenever these arise. We limit 
these risks mainly by entering into forward transactions and 
swaps. We have used appropriate contracts to hedge some of 
our  requirements  for  commodities  such  as  aluminum,  lead, 
coal and copper over a period of up to six years, in the case of 
nickel  for  up  to  nine  years.  The  precious  metals  platinum, 
palladium  and  rhodium  have  shorter  hedging  periods, 
generally amounting to a maximum of up to three years. We 
have entered into similar transactions in order to supplement 
and improve allocations of CO2 emission certificates. 

Pages 293 to 314 of the notes to the consolidated financial 
statements explain our hedging policy, the hedging rules and 
the  default  and  liquidity  risks,  and  quantify  the  hedging 
transactions  mentioned.  Additionally,  we  disclose  informa-
tion on market risk within the meaning of IFRS 7.  

Risks arising from financial instruments 
Channeling  excess  liquidity  into  investments  and  entering 
into  derivatives  contracts  gives  rise  to  counterparty  risk. 
Partial  or  complete  failure  by  a  counterparty  to  perform  its 
obligation  to  pay  interest  and  repay  principal,  for  example, 
would  have  a  negative  impact  on  the  Volkswagen  Group’s 
earnings  and  liquidity.  We  counter  this  risk  through  our 
counterparty  risk  management,  which  we  describe  in  more 
detail  in  the  section  entitled  “Principles  and  Goals  of  Finan-
cial  Management”  starting  on  page  117.  The  financial 
instruments  held  for  hedging  purposes  give  rise  to  both 
counterparty  risks  and  balance  sheet  risks,  which  we  limit 
using hedge accounting. 

By  diversifying  when  selecting  business  partners,  we 
ensure  that  the  impact  of  a  default  is  limited  and  the  Volks-
wagen Group remains solvent at all times, even in the event 
of a default by individual counterparties. 

Risks  arising  from  trade  receivables  and  from  financial 
services  are  explained  in  more  detail  in  the  notes  to  the 
consolidated financial statements, starting on page 293. 

 
188 

Report on Risks and Opportunities  

Group Management Report

Liquidity risk 
Volkswagen  is  reliant  on  its  ability  to  ensure  that  there  is 
adequate  coverage  for  its  financing  needs.  A  liquidity  risk 
consists of potentially being unable to ensure existing capital 
requirements by raising funds or being unable to finance the 
Group on reasonable terms, which in turn can have substan-
tially  negative  impact  on  Volkswagen’s  business  position, 
assets, financial position and earnings. 

In  principle,  the  Automotive  Division  and  Financial 
Services Division refinance themselves independently of one 
another. However, they are subject to very similar refinancing 
risks. In the Automotive Division, the company’s solvency is 
ensured at all times mostly through retained, non-distributed 
earnings,  by  drawing  down  on  credit  lines  and  by  issuing 
financial instruments on the money and capital markets. The 
capital  requirements  of  the  financial  services  business  are 
covered  mainly  by  raising  funds  in  the  national  and  inter-
national  financial  markets,  as  well  as  through  customer 
deposits from the direct banking business. 

Volkswagen  finances  projects  with,  for  example,  loans 
provided  by  national  development  banks  such  as  Kredit-
anstalt  für  Wiederaufbau  (KfW)  or  Banco  Nacional  de 
Desenvolvimento  Econômico  e  Social  (BNDES)  or  by  supra-
national  development  banks  such  as  the  European  Invest-
ment Bank (EIB). 

In  addition  to  confirmed  credit  lines,  unconfirmed  lines 
of  credit  from  commercial  banks  supplement  our  broadly 
diversified refinancing structure. 

Financing  opportunities  can  be  hindered  by  worsening 
financial  and  general  market  conditions,  a  worsening  credit 
profile  and  outlook  or  a  downgrade  or  withdrawal  of  the 
credit  rating.  In  such  cases,  there  may  be  a  fall  in  demand 
from market participants for securities issued by Volkswagen, 
which  may  additionally  have  a  detrimental  effect  on  the 
interest rates payable and restrict access to the capital market.  
As  a  result  of  the  diesel  issue,  the  ability  to  use  refinan-
cing instruments may possibly be restricted or precluded for 
the Volkswagen Group. A downgrade of the Company’s rating 
could  adversely  affect  the  terms  associated  with  the 
Volkswagen Group’s borrowings. 

Information on the ratings of Volkswagen AG, Volkswagen 
Financial  Services  AG  and  Volkswagen  Bank  GmbH  can  be 
found on page 112 of this report.  

Risks in the financial services business 
In  the  course  of  our  financial  services  activities,  we  are 
exposed primarily to residual value risks and credit risks. 

A  residual  value  risk  arises  when  the  expected  fair  value  for 
the  disposal  of  the  lease  or  finance  asset  may  be  lower  than 
the residual value set at contract conclusion. However, there 
is  an  opportunity  that  disposal  of  the  asset  will  generate 
more income than calculated for the residual value.  

Referring to the bearer of residual value risk, a distinction 
is  made  between  direct  and  indirect  residual  value  risks.  A 
direct  residual  value  risk  means  that  our  financial  services 
companies directly bear this risk (as outlined in the contract). 
An  indirect  residual  value  risk  occurs  when,  based  on  a 
residual value guarantee, the residual value risk has passed to 
a  third  party,  such  as  a  dealer.  In  such  cases,  an  initial 
counterparty  default  risk  associated  with  this  third  party 
exists  (the  residual  value  guarantor).  If  the  guarantor 
defaults,  the  residual  value  risk  passes  to  our  financial 
services companies.  

Management  of  the  residual  value  risk  is  based  on  a 
defined  control  cycle,  which  ensures  that  risks  are  fully 
assessed,  monitored,  responded  to  and  communicated.  This 
process  structure  enables  us  to  manage  residual  risks 
professionally  and  also  to  systematically 
improve  and 
enhance the way we handle residual value risks. 

In  the  course  of  our  risk  management,  the  appropri-
ateness  of  the  risk  provision  is  assessed  regularly,  as  in  the 
residual  value  risk  potential.  In  the  process,  we  compare  the 
contractually  agreed  residual  values  with  the  obtainable  fair 
values.  These  are  determined  utilizing  data  from  external 
service  providers  and  our  own  marketing  data.  We  do  not 
take account of the possible gains on residual market values 
when recognizing loss allowances. 

Resulting from potential of residual value risks, a variety 
of measures are initiated in order to limit these risks. Current 
market circumstances and future influencing factors must be 
considered  when  making  a  residual  value  recommendation 
related to new business. 

Credit  risk  describes  the  risk  of  losses  due  to  defaults  in 
customer transactions, specifically by the borrower or lessee. 
Default  occurs  when  the  borrower  or  lessee  is  unable  or 
unwilling  to  make  the  payments  due.  This  includes  late  or 
partial  payment  of  interest  and  principal  on  the  part  of  the 
contracting party.  

Credit  checks  on  borrowers  are  the  primary  basis  for 
lending  decisions.  Rating  and  scoring  systems  are  used  to 
provide an objective decision-making basis for granting loans 
and leases. 

Risks are managed and monitored within the framework 
of  corresponding  processes  relating  to  economic  circum-  

 
 
 
 
Group Management Report 

Report on Risks and Opportunities

189

stances  and  collateral,  adherence  to  limits,  contractual 
obligations and conditions stipulated both by outside parties 
and the company itself. As such, commitments are managed 
according to the degree of risk involved (standard, intensified 
and problem loan management). 

More  information  on  risks  in  the  financial  services  busi-
ness can be found in the 2019 annual reports of Volkswagen 
Financial Services AG and Volkswagen Bank GmbH.  

Opportunities and risks from mergers & acquisitions and/or other 

strategic partnerships/investments 
The most significant risks from the regular GRC process and 
QRP are linked to the cooperation with other partners. 

Opportunities and risks from partnerships 
As  part  of  our  future  program  TOGETHER  2025+,  we  are 
stepping  up  our  efforts  to  forge  collaborations,  both  for  the 
transformation  of  our  core  business  and  for  the  establish-
ment of the new mobility solutions business.  

In the area of battery cells, possible risks could arise from 
potential  disagreement  with  our  partners,  possible  delays  in 
battery cell development, or delayed battery cell production.  
With the marketing of the Modular Electric Drive Toolkit 
to  third  parties,  as  is  conceivable  as  part  of  the  strategic 
alliance with Ford, for example, damage claims could arise in 
the  event  of  problems  with  procurement,  production  and 
quality.  

By  entering  into  partnerships  at  a  local  level,  we  aim  to 
identify  regional  customer  needs  more  precisely,  establish 
competitive  cost  structures  and  thus  develop  and  offer 
market-driven  products.  Going  forward,  we  will  concentrate 
to  a  greater  extent  than  previously  on  partnerships,  acqui-
sitions and venture capital investments. This will enable us to 
generate maximum value for the Group and its brands and to 
expand  our  expertise,  particularly  in  new  areas  of  business. 
At the same time, there is a risk that the interests of business 
partners  differ  from  our  own.  Volkswagen  owns  a  large 
number  of  patents  and  other  industrial  property  rights  and 
copyrights.  Partnerships  can  lead  to  patent  and  licensing  

infringements  and  thus  to  the  unauthorized  disclosure  of 
company-specific  expertise.  Volkswagen  monitors  the  sales 
markets and also protects its expertise with legal action.  

Risks arising from the recoverability of goodwill or 

brand names 
Volkswagen  tests  at  least  once  a  year  on  the  basis  of 
underlying cash-generating units, if the value of the goodwill 
or the brand names has been impaired. If there are objective 
indications  that  the  recoverable  amount  of  the  asset 
concerned  is  lower  than  the  carrying  amount,  then  Volks-
wagen recognizes this as a non-cash impairment. An impair-
ment  can  be  caused,  among  other  things,  by  an  increase  in 
interest rates or deteriorating business prospects.  

Risks from the disposal of equity investments 
An unexpected need for funding, for example in connection 
with the diesel issue, may lead to assets having to be sold for 
an amount not equivalent to their value.(cid:3)(cid:3)

O V E R A L L   A S S E S S M E N T   O F   T H E   R I S K   A N D   O P P O R T U N I T Y   P O S I T I O N    
The  Volkswagen  Group’s  overall  risk  and  opportunity 
position  results  from  the  specific  risks  and  opportunities 
shown  above.  We  have  put  in  place  a  comprehensive  risk 
management system to ensure that these risks are controlled. 
The most significant risks to the Volkswagen Group across all 
risk  categories  result  from  a  negative  trend  in  markets  and 
unit  sales,  quality  problems,  and  the  failure  to  develop 
products  in  line  with  demand  and  regulations,  especially  in 
view  of  e-mobility  and  digitalization.  We  have  added  cyber 
security  and  failure  to  meet  CO2-related  regulations  to  this 
list given their growing importance. The Volkswagen Group is 
still exposed to risks from the diesel issue. Depending on the 
course  of  events,  the  spread  of  the  coronavirus  could  have  a 
negative  impact  on  2020.  Taking  into  account  all  the  infor-
mation  known  to  us  at  present,  no  risks  exist  which  could 
pose a threat to the continued existence of significant Group 
companies or the Volkswagen Group. 

This  annual report  contains  forward-looking statements on  the business  development of 

markets, or any significant shifts in exchange rates relevant to the Volkswagen Group, will 

the  Volkswagen  Group.  These  statements  are  based  on  assumptions  relating  to  the 

have a corresponding effect on the development of our business. In addition, there may be 

development of the economic and legal environment in individual countries and economic 

departures  from  our  expected  business  development  if  the  assessments  of  the  factors 

regions, and in particular for the automotive industry, which we have made on the basis of 

influencing sustainable value enhancement, as well as risks and opportunities, presented 

the information available to us and which we consider to be realistic at the time of going 

in  this  annual  report  develop  in  a  way  other  than  we  are  currently  expecting,  or  if 

to press. The estimates given entail a degree of risk, and actual developments may differ 

additional risks and opportunities or other factors emerge that affect the development of 

from  those  forecast.  Any  changes  in  significant  parameters  relating  to  our  key  sales 

our business. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
190 

Prospects for 2020 

Group Management Report

Prospects for 2020 

We  believe  that  automotive  financial  services  will  again  be 
very important for vehicle sales worldwide in 2020. 

The  Volkswagen  Group  is  well  prepared  for  the  future 
challenges pertaining to automobility business activities and 
for the mixed development of the regional automotive mar-
kets.  Our  brand  diversity,  our  presence  in  all  major  world 
markets,  our  broad  and  selectively  expanded  product  range, 
and  our  technologies  and  services  put  us  in  a  good  com-
petitive position worldwide. As part of the transformation of 
our core business, we are positioning our Group brands with 
an even stronger focus on their individual characteristics, and 
are  optimizing  the  vehicle  and  drive  portfolio.  The  focus  is 
primarily  on  our  vehicle  fleet’s  carbon  footprint  and  on  the 
most  attractive  and  fastest-growing  market  segments.  In 
addition,  we  are  working  to  leverage  the  advantages  of  our 
multibrand  Group  even  more  effectively  with  the  ongoing 
development  of  new  technologies  and  the  enhancement  of 
our toolkits. 

We  expect  deliveries  to  customers  of  the  Volkswagen 
Group  in  2020  to  be  in  line  with  the  previous  year  amid 
market conditions that continue to be demanding. 

Challenges  will  arise  particularly  from  the  economic 
situation,  the  increasing  intensity  of  competition,  volatile 
commodity  and  foreign  exchange  markets,  and  more  strin-
gent emissions-related requirements. 

We  expect  the  sales  revenue  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  to 
grow  by  up  to  4%  in  2020  and  the  sales  revenue  of  the  
Passenger Cars Business Area to be moderately higher than in 
the prior year. In terms of operating profit for the Group and 
the  Passenger  Cars  Business  Area,  we  forecast  an  operating 
return  on  sales  in  the  range  of  6.5–7.5%  in  2020.  For  the  
Commercial  Vehicles  Business  Area,  we  anticipate  an  oper-
ating return on sales of 4.0–5.0% amid a moderate decrease in 
sales  revenue.  In  the  Power  Engineering  Business  Area  we 
expect that sales revenue will match that of the previous year 
and  that  the  operating  loss  will  become  smaller.  For  the 
Financial Services Division we forecast that sales revenue and 
the operating result will be in line with the previous year. 

The  Volkswagen  Group’s  Board  of  Management  expects  the 
global  economy  to  continue  growing  in  2020  at  the  level  of 
the  previous  year.  We  still  believe  that  risks  will  arise  from 
protectionist tendencies, turbulence in the financial markets 
and  structural  deficits  in  individual  countries.  In  addition, 
growth  prospects  will  be  negatively  impacted  by  continuing 
geopolitical  tensions  and  conflicts  as  well  as  epidemics 
spanning countries and regions, such as the current spread of 
the  coronavirus.  We  anticipate  that  momentum  in  both  the 
advanced  economies  and  the  emerging  markets  will  be 
similar  to  that  seen  in  2019.  We  expect  to  see  the  strongest 
rates of expansion in Asia’s emerging economies. 

We  predict  that  trends  in  the  markets  for  passenger  cars 
in  the  individual  regions  will  be  mixed  in  2020.  Overall,  the 
volume  of  global  demand  for  new  vehicles  will  probably 
match  that  of  2019.  For  2020, we  anticipate  that  the  volume 
of new passenger car registrations in Western Europe will be 
distinctly below that recorded in the reporting period. After a 
positive  performance  overall  in  recent  years,  we  expect 
demand  in  the  German  passenger  car  market  to  fall 
noticeably  year-on-year  in  2020.  Sales  of  passenger  cars  are 
expected  to  fall  slightly  short  of  the  prior-year  figures  in 
markets  in  Central  and  Eastern  Europe  in  2020.  The  volume 
of  demand  in  the  markets  for  passenger  cars  and  light 
commercial vehicles (up to 6.35 tonnes) in North America in 
2020  is  likely  to  be  slightly  lower  than  in  the  prior  year.  We 
expect  to  see  an  overall  moderate  increase  in  new  regis-
trations  for  passenger  cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles  in 
the  South  American  markets  in  2020  compared  with  the 
previous  year.  The  passenger  car  markets  in  the  Asia-Pacific 
region are expected to be at the prior-year level in 2020. 

Trends in the markets for light commercial vehicles in the 
individual  regions  will also  be  mixed  in  2020;  on  the whole, 
we anticipate a slight dip in demand. 

We  expect  a  distinct  year-on-year  fall  in  2020  of  new 
registrations  of  mid-sized  and  heavy  trucks  with  a  gross 
weight  of  more  than  six  tonnes  in  the  markets  relevant  for 
the  Commercial  Vehicles  Business  Area.  In  the  bus  markets 
that are relevant for the Volkswagen Group, we expect to see a 
slight increase in overall demand in 2020 compared with the 
previous year. 

Wolfsburg, February 18, 2020 
The Board of Management 
(cid:3)
(cid:3)

 
 
 
  
4
Consolidated Financial 
Statements

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

195   Income Statement

196   Statement of Comprehensive Income

198   Balance Sheet

200   Statement of Changes in Equity 

202   Cash flow Statement

203   NOTES

203   Basis of presentation

203   Effects of new and amended IFRSs

206   New and amended IFRSs not applied

206   Key events

208   Basis of consolidation

219   Consolidation methods

220   Currency translation

221   Accounting policies

233   Segment reporting

236   Income statement disclosures 

236     1. Sales revenue

237     2. Cost of sales

237     3. Distribution expenses

237     4. Administrative expenses

238     5. Other operating income

238     6. Other operating expenses

239     7. Share of the result of

  equity-accounted investments

239     8. Interest result

240     9. Other financial result

258     20. Inventories

258     21. Trade receivables

258     22. Marketable securities

259     23. Cash, cash equivalents and time deposits

259     24. Equity

261     25. Noncurrent and current financial liabilities

261     26. Noncurrent and current other financial liabilities 

262     27. Noncurrent and current other liabilities

263     28. Tax liabilities

264     29. Provisions for pensions and other

  post-employment benefits

272     30. Noncurrent and current other provisions

273     31. Put options and compensation rights granted to

  noncontrolling interest shareholders 

273     32. Trade payables

274   Other disclosures

274     33. IAS 23 (Borrowing Costs)

274     34. IFRS 16 (Leases)

278     35. IFRS 7 (Financial Instruments)

291     36. Cash flow statement

293     37. Financial risk management and

  financial instruments 

314     38. Capital management 

316     39. Contingent liabilities

317     40. Litigation

326     41. Other financial obligations

327     42. Total audit fees of the Group auditor

240     10. Income tax income/expense

327     43. Personnel expenses

244     11. Earnings per share

245   Balance Sheet disclosures

245     12. Intangible assets

328     44. Average number of employees during the year

328     45. Events after the balance sheet date

328 

  46. Remuneration based on performance shares and  

248     13. Property, plant and equipment

  phantom shares (share-based payment)

250     14. Lease assets and investment property 

330     47. Related party disclosures in accordance with IAS 24 

252     15. Equity-accounted investments and other

334     48. German Corporate Governance Code

  equity investments

334     49. Remuneration of the Board of Management

254     16. Noncurrent and current financial services receivables

  and the Supervisory Board 

255     17. Noncurrent and current other financial assets 

336  Responsibility Statement

256     18. Noncurrent and current other receivables

337   Independent Auditor’s Report

257     19. Tax assets

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Income Statement

195

Income Statement 

of the Volkswagen Group for the period January 1 to December 31, 2019 

€ million 

Sales revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross result 

Distribution expenses 

Administrative expenses 

Other operating income 

Other operating expenses 

Operating result 

Share of the result of equity-accounted investments 

Interest income 

Interest expenses 

Other financial result 

Financial result 

Earnings before tax 

Income tax income/expense 

   Current 

   Deferred 

Earnings after tax 

of which attributable to 

Noncontrolling interests 

Volkswagen AG hybrid capital investors 

Volkswagen AG shareholders 

Basic/diluted earnings per ordinary share in € 

Basic/diluted earnings per preferred share in € 

Note

2019

2018 

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

8

9

10

252,632

–203,490

49,142

–20,978

–9,767

11,453

–12,890

16,960

3,349

910

–2,524

–339

1,396

18,356

–4,326

–4,147

–180

14,029

143

540

235,849

–189,500

46,350

–20,510

–8,819

11,631

–14,731

13,920

3,369

967

–1,547

–1,066

1,723

15,643

–3,489

–3,533

43

12,153

17

309

13,346

11,827

11

11

26.60

26.66

23.57

23.63

 
196 

Statement of Comprehensive Income  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Changes in comprehensive income for the period January 1 to December 31, 2018 

€ million 

Earnings after tax 

Pension plan remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income 
Pension plan remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income, before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to pension plan remeasurements recognized in other 
comprehensive income 

Pension plan remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax 
Fair Value valuation of other participations and securities (equity instruments) that will not 
be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax 
Share of other comprehensive income of equity-accounted investments 
that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax 
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Gains/losses on currency translation recognized in other comprehensive income 
Transferred to profit or loss 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations, before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations, net of tax 

Hedging 
Fair value changes recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI I) 
Transferred to profit or loss (OCI I) 
Cash flow hedges (OCI I), before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to cash flow hedges (OCI I) 

Cash flow hedges (OCI I), net of tax 

Fair value changes recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI II) 
Transferred to profit or loss (OCI II) 
Cash flow hedges (OCI II), before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to cash flow hedges (OCI II) 

Cash flow hedges (OCI II), net of tax 

Fair value valuation of securities and receivables (debt instruments) that may be 
reclassified to profit or loss 
Fair value changes recognized in other comprehensive income 
Transferred to profit or loss 
Fair value valuation of securities and receivables (debt instruments) that may be 
reclassified to profit or loss, before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to fair value valuation of securities and receivables (debt 
instruments) recognized in other comprehensive income 

Fair value valuation of securities and receivables (debt instruments) that may be reclassified 
to profit or loss, net of tax 
Share of other comprehensive income of equity-accounted investments that 
may be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Other comprehensive income, before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to other comprehensive income 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income 

Equity
attributable to
Volkswagen AG
shareholders

Total

Equity 
attributable to 
Volkswagen AG 
hybrid capital 
investors 

Equity
attributable to
noncontrolling
interests

12,153

11,827

309 

144

–88
56

19

34
110

–406

61
–345
–8
–353

–568
–1,939
–2,506
715
–1,792
–1,360
377
–983
291
–692

–5
1

–4

1

–3

28
–2,811
–3,612
911
–2,701
9,452

145

–88
57

19

34
110

–406

61
–345
–8
–353

–568
–1,939
–2,506
715
–1,791
–1,360
377
–983
291
–692

–5
1

–4

1

–3

28
–2,812
–3,612
911
–2,701
9,126

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
309 

17

–1

0
–1

–

–
–1

1
0
1
–
1

0
0
0
0
0
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

0

0

–
0
0
0
0
17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Statement of Comprehensive Income

197

Changes in comprehensive income for the period January 1 to December 31, 2019 

€ million 

Earnings after tax 

Pension plan remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income 
Pension plan remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income, before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to pension plan remeasurements recognized in other 
comprehensive income 

Pension plan remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax 
Fair Value valuation of other participations and securities (equity instruments) that will not 
be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax 
Share of other comprehensive income of equity-accounted investments 
that will not be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax 
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 
Gains/losses on currency translation recognized in other comprehensive income 
Transferred to profit or loss 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations, before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations, net of tax 

Hedging 
Fair value changes recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI I) 
Transferred to profit or loss (OCI I) 
Cash flow hedges (OCI I), before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to cash flow hedges (OCI I) 

Cash flow hedges (OCI I), net of tax 

Fair value changes recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI II) 
Transferred to profit or loss (OCI II) 
Cash flow hedges (OCI II), before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to cash flow hedges (OCI II) 

Cash flow hedges (OCI II), net of tax 

Fair value valuation of securities and receivables (debt instruments) that may be 
reclassified to profit or loss 
Fair value changes recognized in other comprehensive income 
Transferred to profit or loss 
Fair value valuation of securities and receivables (debt instruments) that may be 
reclassified to profit or loss, before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to fair value valuation of securities and receivables (debt 
instruments) recognized in other comprehensive income 

Fair value valuation of securities and receivables (debt instruments) that may be reclassified 
to profit or loss, net of tax 
Share of other comprehensive income of equity-accounted investments that 
may be reclassified to profit or loss, net of tax 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Other comprehensive income, before tax 
Deferred taxes relating to other comprehensive income 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income 

Equity
attributable to
Volkswagen AG
shareholders

Total 

Equity
attributable to
Volkswagen AG
hybrid capital
investors

Equity 
attributable to 
noncontrolling 
interests 

14,029 

13,346

540

–8,011 

–7,993

2,429 
–5,582 

2,423
–5,570

–27 

–26

–3 
–5,612

–1
–5,597

572 
2 
574 
12 
586 

–1,622 
–782
–2,404 
708 
–1,697 
–1,490 
997 
–493
146 
–347

23 
1 

24 

–7 

17 

78 
–1,363
–10,263
3,288 
–6,974
7,055 

565
2
567
12
579

–1,618
–784
–2,402
707
–1,695
–1,490
996
–494
146
–348

23
1

24

–7

17

77
–1,370
–10,248
3,282
–6,967
6,379

–

–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
540

143 

–18 

6 
–11 

–1 

–2 
–15 

7 
0 
7 
– 
7 

–4 
2 
–2 
1 
–1 
0 
1 
1 
0 
1 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

1 
7 
–14 
7 
–8 
136 

 
 
 
198 

Balance Sheet  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Balance Sheet  

of the Volkswagen Group as of December 31, 2019 

€ million 

Assets 

Noncurrent assets 

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Lease assets 

Investment property 

Equity-accounted investments 

Other equity investments 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Other receivables 

Tax receivables 

Deferred tax assets 

Current assets 

Inventories 

Trade receivables 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Other receivables 

Tax receivables 

Marketable securities 

Cash, cash equivalents and time deposits 

Assets held for sale 

Total assets 

Note

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

12

13, 34

14, 34

14

15

15

16

17

18

19

19

20

21

16

17

18

19

22

23

66,214

66,152

48,938

538

8,169

1,902

86,973

5,553

2,722

341

13,106

300,608

46,742

17,941

58,615

12,216

7,272

1,190

16,769

25,923

795

187,463

488,071

64,613

57,630

43,545

496

8,434

1,474

78,692

6,521

2,608

476

10,131

274,620

45,745

17,888

54,216

11,586

6,203

1,879

17,080

28,938

–

183,536

458,156

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Balance Sheet

199

€ million 

Equity and Liabilities 

Equity 

  Subscribed capital 

  Capital reserve 

  Retained earnings 

  Other reserves 

Equity attributable to Volkswagen AG hybrid capital investors 

Equity attributable to Volkswagen AG shareholders and hybrid capital investors 

Noncontrolling interests 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Financial liabilities 

Other financial liabilities 

Other liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisions for pensions 

Provisions for taxes 

Other provisions 

Current liabilities 

Put options and compensation rights granted to noncontrolling interest shareholders 

Financial liabilities 

Trade payables 

Tax payables 

Other financial liabilities 

Other liabilities 

Provisions for taxes 

Other provisions 

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale 

Total equity and liabilities 

Note

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

24

25

26

27

28

29

28

30

31

25

32

28

26

27

28

30

1,283

14,551

96,929

–3,646

12,663

121,781

1,870

123,651

1,283

14,551

91,105

–2,417

12,596

117,117

225

117,342

113,556

101,126

4,499

7,271

5,007

41,389

2,991

21,783

3,219

6,448

5,030

33,097

3,047

20,879

196,497

172,846

–

87,912

22,745

408

10,858

19,320

1,876

24,434

370

167,924

488,071

1,853

89,757

23,607

456

9,416

17,593

1,412

23,874

–

167,968

458,156

 
200 

Statement of Changes in Equity  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Statement of Changes in Equity  

of the Volkswagen Group for the period January 1 to December 31, 2019 

€ million 

Unadjusted balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Changes in accounting policy to reflect IFRS 9 and 15 

Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Earnings after tax 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

Disposal of equity instruments 

Capital increases/Capital decreases¹ 

Dividends payment 

Capital transactions involving a change in ownership interest 

Other changes 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

Balance at Jan. 1, 2019 

Earnings after tax 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income 

Disposal of equity instruments 

Capital increases/Capital decreases 

Dividends payment 

Capital transactions involving a change in ownership interest² 

Other changes 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

O T H E R   R E S E R V E S  

Subscribed capital

Capital reserve

Retained earnings

Currency
translation reserve

1,283

–

1,283

14,551

–

14,551

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

81,367

–282

81,085

11,827

57

11,884

113

–

–1,967

–10

0

–3,223

–

–3,223

–

–353

–353

–

–

–

–

–

1,283

14,551

91,105

–3,576

1,283

14,551

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

91,105

13,346

–5,570

7,776

–4

–

–2,419

390

81

–3,576

–

579

579

–

–

–

173

–

1,283

14,551

96,929

–2,824

1  Volkswagen AG recorded an inflow of cash funds amounting to €2,750 million, less transaction costs of €19 million, from the hybrid capital issued in June 2018. Additionally, there were noncash 
effects from the deferral of taxes amounting to €6 million. The hybrid capital is required to be classified as equity instruments granted. The calling of the first tranche of the hybrid capital issued in 
September 2013 resulted in an outflow of cash funds of €1,250 million in September 2018. In addition, other effects of €14 million had to be recognized in equity. 

2  For the change in capital transactions involving a change in ownership interest see the section entitled “Key events”. 
3  As of fiscal year 2019, due to a change of IAS 12, attributable earnings and dividends payment related to hybrid capital are reported without tax effects. 

Explanatory notes on equity are presented in the note relating to equity. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Statement of Changes in Equity

201

H E D G I N G  

Cash flow hedges
(OCI I)

Deferred costs 
of hedging 
(OCI II)

Equity and debt
instruments

Equity- 
accounted 
investments 

Equity
attributable to
Volkswagen AG
hybrid capital
investors³

 Equity 
attributable to 
Volkswagen AG 
shareholders and 
hybrid capital 
investors 

Noncontrolling
interests

Total equity 

3,525

56

3,581

–

–1,791

–1,791

–

–

–

–

–

1,790

1,790

–

–1,695

–1,695

–

–

–

1

–

95

–

63

63

–

–692

–692

–

–

–

–

–

–629

–629

–

–348

–348

–

–

–

0

–

91

–225

–133

–

16

16

–113

–

–

–

–

–230

–230

–

–9

–9

4

–

–

–1

–

–977

–235

166 

– 

166 

– 

62 

62 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

228 

228 

– 

76 

76 

– 

– 

– 

–10 

1 

295 

11,088

–

11,088

309

–

309

–

1,501

–403

–

101

108,849 

–388

108,461 

12,136 

–2,701 

9,435 

– 

1,501 

–2,370 

–10 

101 

12,596

117,117 

12,596

117,117 

540

–

540

–

–

13,886 

–6,967 

6,920 

– 

– 

–472

–2,891 

–

–

553 

82 

12,663

121,781 

229

1

229

17

0

17

–

–

–4

–18

2

225

225

143

–8

136

–

–

–9

1,519

–1

1,870

109,077 

–387

108,690 

12,153 

–2,701 

9,452 

– 

1,501 

–2,375 

–28 

102 

117,342 

117,342 

14,029 

–6,974 

7,055 

– 

– 

–2,899 

2,071 

81 

123,651 

 
 
 
 
202 

Cash flow statement  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Cash flow statement  

of the Volkswagen Group for the period January 1 to December 31, 2019 

€ million 

2019

2018

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Earnings before tax 
Income taxes paid 
Depreciation and amortization of, and impairment losses on, intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, 
and investment property¹ 
Amortization of and impairment losses on capitalized development costs¹ 
Impairment losses on equity investments¹ 
Depreciation of and impairment losses on lease assets¹ 
Gain/loss on disposal of noncurrent assets and equity investments 
Share of the result of equity-accounted investments 
Other noncash expense/income 
Change in inventories 
Change in receivables (excluding financial services) 
Change in liabilities (excluding financial liabilities) 
Change in provisions 
Change in lease assets 
Change in financial services receivables 
Cash flows from operating activities 
Investments in intangible assets (excluding development costs), property, plant and equipment, and investment property 
Additions to capitalized development costs 
Acquisition of subsidiaries 
Acquisition of other equity investments 
Disposal of subsidiaries 
Disposal of other equity investments 
Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and investment property 
Change in investments in securities 
Change in loans and time deposits 
Cash flows from investing activities 
Capital contributions/capital redemptions 
Dividends paid 
Capital transactions with noncontrolling interest shareholders 
Proceeds from issuance of bonds 
Repayments of bonds 
Changes in other financial liabilities 
Repayments of lease liabilities 
Cash flows from financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Change of loss allowance within cash and cash equivalents 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 
Securities, loans and time deposits 
Gross liquidity 
Total third-party borrowings 
Net liquidity 

1  Net of impairment reversals. 

28,113
18,356
–2,914

12,046
3,665
300
8,428
–4
460
–730
–674
–893
2,297
1,646
–13,204
–10,796
17,983
–14,230
–5,171
–673
–420
3
177
237
387
–1,456
–21,146
–
–2,899
1,368
25,916
–19,784
–4,509
–957
–865
243
1
–3,784
24,329

18,038
15,643
–3,804

11,034
3,668
170
7,689
98
244
347
–5,372
–6,400
3,645
–762
–11,647
–7,282
7,272
–13,729
–5,234
–470
–420
–26
210
282
–1,378
–826
–21,590
1,491
–2,375
–28
35,308
–15,290
5,488
–29
24,566
–173
–1
10,075
28,113

24,329
29,099
53,428
–201,468
–148,040

28,113
28,036
56,148
–190,883
–134,735

Explanatory notes on the cash flow statement are presented in the section relating to the cash flow statement. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

203

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements  

of the Volkswagen Group as of December 31, 2019 

Basis of presentation 

Volkswagen AG  is  domiciled  in  Wolfsburg,  Germany,  and  entered  in  the  commercial  register  at  the 
Braunschweig Local Court under No. HRB 100484. The fiscal year corresponds to the calendar year. 

In  accordance  with  Regulation  No.  1606/2002  of  the  European  Parliament  and  of  the  Council, 
Volkswagen AG  prepared  its  consolidated  financial  statements  for  2019  in  compliance  with  the  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs), as adopted by the European Union. We have complied with all the IFRSs 
adopted by the EU and required to be applied.  

The accounting policies applied in the previous year were generally retained. The only changes required 
resulted  from  new  or  amended  standards  and  in  relation  to  the  definition  of  cash-generating  units  (see 
disclosure in the “Key Events” section). 

In addition, we have complied with all the provisions of German commercial law that we are also required 
to apply, as well as with the German Corporate Governance Code. For information on notices and disclosures of 
changes  regarding 
the 
Wertpapierhandelsgesetz  (WpHG  –  German Securities  Trading  Act),  please  refer  to  the  annual  financial 
statements of Volkswagen AG. 

the  ownership  of  voting  rights 

in  accordance  with 

in  Volkswagen AG 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  were  prepared  in  euros.  Unless  otherwise  stated,  all  amounts  are 

given in millions of euros (€ million). 

All figures shown are rounded, so minor discrepancies may arise from addition of these amounts. 
The income statement was prepared using the internationally accepted cost of sales method. 
Preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  the  above-mentioned  standards 
requires management to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of certain items in the consolidated 
balance sheet and in the consolidated income statement, as well as the related disclosure of contingent assets 
and liabilities. The consolidated financial statements present fairly the net assets, financial position and results 
of operations as well as the cash flows of the Volkswagen Group. 

The  Board  of  Management  completed  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  on  February  18, 

2020. On that date, the period ended in which adjusting events after the reporting period are recognized. 

Effects of new and amended IFRSs 

Volkswagen AG  has  applied  all  accounting  pronouncements  adopted  by  the  EU  and  effective  for  periods 
beginning in fiscal year 2019. 

A number of requirements entered into force on January 1, 2019 as part of the 2017 improvements to the 
International Financial Reporting Standards (2017 annual improvements project). They include clarifications to 
IAS 12,  IAS 23,  IFRS 3  and  IFRS 11.  Additions  were  made  to  IAS 12  (Income  Taxes)  to  clarify  that  the  way  any 
income tax consequences of dividend payments are recognized is based on the way the transactions have been 
recognized that made the dividend payment possible. Furthermore, guidance was added to IAS 23 (Borrowing 
Costs) to clarify how the weighted average of the borrowing costs is determined. Moreover, additional guidance 
in  IFRS 3  (Business  Combinations)  and  IFRS 11  (Joint  Arrangements)  explains  that,  on  obtaining  control  of 
equity investments formerly recognized as joint operations, the rules for a business combination achieved in 
stages must be applied.  

 
204 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The  amendments  to  IAS 28  (Investments  in  Associates  and  Joint  Ventures)  clarify  that,  with  effect  from 
January 1, 2019, long-term financial instruments representing a net investment in an associate or joint venture 
that  are  not  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  should  be  accounted  for  using  the  impairment  rules  of 
IFRS 9 (Financial Instruments).  

In addition, amendments to IFRS 9 (Financial Instruments) have applied since January 1, 2019, which clarify 
that  certain  financial  instruments  that  include  a  prepayment  feature  with  negative  compensation  can  be 
measured at amortized cost or at fair value directly in equity. 

IFRIC 23 (Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments) also applies: it requires that tax risks must be taken into 

account if it is probable that the tax authorities will not accept tax treatments in the income tax filing. 

Moreover, it was clarified in IAS 19 (Employee Benefits) that the actuarial assumptions must be updated at 

the time of a plan amendment, curtailment, or settlement. 

The  Volkswagen  Group  has  opted  for  early  application  of  the  amendments  to  IFRS 9,  IAS 39  and  IFRS 7 
Interest  Rate  Benchmark  Reform  (published  on  September 26,  2019).  Application  of  the  amendments  would 
only  have  been  mandatory  from  January 1,  2020.  This  affects  hedges  that  existed  at  the  beginning  of  the 
reporting period or have subsequently been designated. In application of the associated practical expedient, the 
Volkswagen Group assumes that the effectiveness of designated hedges will not be negatively impacted by the 
IBOR reform and that it will consequently not be necessary to terminate any hedges.  

The  amendments  referred  to  above  do  not  materially  affect  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  net  assets,  financial 

position and results of operations. 

I F R S   1 6   –   L E A S E S  
IFRS 16  amends  the  rules  for  lease  accounting  and  replaces  the  previous  IAS 17  standard  and  related 
interpretations. 

The main objective of IFRS 16 is to recognize all leases. It establishes that lessees are no longer required to 
classify  their  leases  as  either  finance  leases  or  operating  leases.  In  general,  they  are  instead  required  to 
recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for the leases in the balance sheet. In the Volkswagen Group 
the lease liability is measured on the basis of the present value of outstanding lease payments, while the right-
of-use  asset  is  generally  measured  at  the  amount  of  the  lease  liability  plus  any  direct  costs.  During  the  lease 
term,  the  right-of-use  asset  must  be  depreciated  and  the  lease  liability  adjusted  using  the  effective  interest 
method and taking the lease payments into account. IFRS 16 offers practical expedients for short-term and low-
value  leases;  the  Volkswagen  Group  makes  use  of  this  option  and  therefore  does  not  recognize  right-of-use 
assets or liabilities for these types of leases. In this respect, the lease payments are continued to be recognized 
in  the  income  statement  in  the  same  way  as  before.  At  the  initial  application  date,  leases  whose  term  ended 
before  January  1,  2020  were  reclassified  as  short-term  leases,  irrespective  of  the  start  date  of  the  lease.  In 
addition, existing leases were not reassessed at the initial application date to determine whether or not they are 
leases under the criteria of IFRS 16. Instead, contracts classified as leases under IAS 17 or IFRIC 4 are continued 
to be accounted for as leases. Contracts not classified as leases under IAS 17 or IFRIC 4 are continued not to be 
accounted for as leases. 

Lessor  accounting  essentially  follows  the  previous guidance of  IAS 17.  Lessors  are required to  continue  to 
classify  their  leases  as  finance  leases  or  operating  leases  on  the  basis  of  the  risks  and  rewards  incidental  to 
ownership of the leased asset. 

The  Volkswagen  Group  accounts  for  leases  in  accordance  with  IFRS 16,  using  the  modified  retrospective 
method (within the meaning of IFRS 16.C5(b)), for the first time as of January 1, 2019. Prior-year periods have 
not  been  restated.  According  to  this  method,  the  lease  liability  to  be  recognized  at  the  transition  date  is  the 
present value of the outstanding lease payments, which is determined using the incremental borrowing rates 
as of January 1, 2019. The weighted average interest rate applied in the Volkswagen Group was 3.7%.  

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

205

Applying the permitted exemption, the right-of-use asset is adjusted for the amounts that were recognized in 
the balance sheet as provisions for onerous operating leases as of December 31, 2018. The right-of-use assets 
were not tested for impairment in this context at the initial application date.  

The initial recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities had the following effects as of January 1, 2019:  

(cid:33)(cid:3) Right-of-use assets of €5.5 billion were recognized in the opening balance sheet (including €5.4 billion under
property,  plant  and  equipment  and  €0.1 billion  under  investment  property).  Prepayments  capitalized,
accrued  liabilities  and  provisions  for  onerous  operating  leases  were  offset  with  the  right-of-use  assets.  The
right-of-use  assets  recognized  included  an  amount  of  €0.4 billion  that  had  already  been  recognized  under
finance  leases  as  of  December 31,  2018.  In  connection  with  the  initial  application  of  IFRS 16  there  was  an
adjustment to the classification of noncurrent assets, resulting in the reclassification of property, plant and
equipment of €0.4 billion to lease assets and investment property. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Lease liabilities are recognized in the opening balance in an amount of €5.6 billion; they are reported under
noncurrent  and  current  financial  liabilities.  The  lease  liabilities  recognized  included  an  amount  of  €0.4
billion that had already been recognized under finance leases as of December 31, 2018. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Initial application did not have any effect on equity. 

The  difference  between  the  expected  payments  for  operating  leases  in  an  amount  of  €4.9 billion,  discounted 
using  the  incremental  borrowing  rate  as  of  December 31,  2018,  and  the  lease  liabilities  in  an  amount  of 
€5.6 billion recognized in the opening balance sheet is mainly the result of taking account of existing finance 
leases and a new estimate of expected lease payments, attributable to the capitalization of certain variable lease 
payments,  for  example.  The  lease  terms  taken  into  account  when  recognizing  lease  liabilities  were  also 
reassessed in accordance with the rules of IFRS 16. In this process, reasonably certain extension or termination 
options were taken into account in determining the lease payments to be recognized. Moreover, the opening 
balance sheet does not include lease payments for low-value or short-term leases. 

Unlike  the  previous  procedure,  under  which  all  operating  lease  expenses  were  reported  under  operating 
profit, the only items allocated to operating profit in the Automotive Division under IFRS 16 are depreciation 
charges  on  right-of-use  assets.  Interest  expense  from  adding  interest  on  lease  liabilities  in  the  Automotive 
Division is reported in the financial result. This had a positive impact of €0.2 billion on the operating result in 
fiscal year 2019. 

The change in the way expenses from operating leases are presented in the statement of cash flows resulted 
in an improvement of €1.0 billion in cash flows from operating activities and net cash flow in fiscal year 2019, 
of which €0.9 billion is attributable to the Automotive Division. Cash flows from financing activities declined 
accordingly.  The  increase  in  financial  liabilities  attributable  to  the  change  in  accounting  rules  had  a  negative 
impact of €5.8 billion on the Volkswagen Group’s net liquidity as of December 31, 2019, of which €5.4 billion is 
attributable to the Automotive Division. 

 
206 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

New and amended IFRSs not applied 

In  its  2019  consolidated  financial  statements,  Volkswagen AG  did  not  apply  the  following  accounting 
pronouncements that have already been adopted by the IASB, but were not yet required to be applied for the 
fiscal year. 

Standard/Interpretation 

Published  
by the IASB 

Application 
mandatory1 

Adopted by  
the EU 

Expected impact 

IFRS 3 

Business Combinations: 
Definition of a Business 

IFRS 17 

Insurance Contracts 

Presentation of Financial Statements 
and Accounting Policies, Changes in 
Accounting Estimates and Errors: 
Definition of Material 

IAS 1 and 
IAS 8 

Oct. 22, 2018 

Jan. 1, 2020 

May 18, 2017 

Jan. 1, 20212 

No 

No 

No material impact 

No material impact 

Oct. 31, 2018 

Jan. 1, 2020 

Yes 

No 

No material impact 

No material impact 

IAS 1 

Classification of liabilities 

Jan. 23, 2020 

Jan. 1, 2022 

1  Effective date from Volkswagen AG’s perspective. 
2  The IASB has proposed to defer the effective date to January 1, 2022. 

Key events 

On  September  18,  2015,  the  US  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA)  publicly  announced  in  a  “Notice  of 
Violation”  that  irregularities  in  relation  to  nitrogen  oxide  (NOx)  emissions  had  been  discovered  in  emissions 
tests on certain Volkswagen Group vehicles with type 2.0 l diesel engines in the USA. In this context, Volkswagen 
AG announced that noticeable discrepancies between the figures achieved in testing and in actual road use had 
been identified in around eleven million vehicles worldwide with type EA 189 diesel engines. On November 2, 
2015, the EPA issued a “Notice of Violation” alleging that irregularities had also been discovered in the software 
installed in US vehicles with type V6 3.0 l diesel engines.  

In  the  months  following  publication  of  a  study  by  the  International  Council  on  Clean  Transportation  in  
May 2014, Volkswagen AG’s Powertrain Development department checked the test set-ups on which the study 
was  based  for  plausibility,  confirming  the  unusually  high  NOx  emissions  from  certain  US  vehicles  with  type 
EA 189 2.0 l diesel engines. The California Air Resources Board (CARB) – a part of the environmental authority of 
California  –  was  informed  of  this  result,  and,  at  the  same  time,  an  offer  was  made  to  recalibrate  the  engine 
control unit software of type EA 189 diesel engines in the  USA as part of a service measure that was already 
planned  in  the  USA.  This  measure  was  evaluated  and  adopted  by  the  Ausschuss  für  Produktsicherheit  
(APS  –  Product  Safety  Committee),  which  initiates  necessary  and  appropriate  measures  to  ensure  the  safety 
and conformity of Volkswagen AG products that have been placed in the market. There are no findings that an 
unlawful  “defeat  device”  under  US  law  was  disclosed  to  the  APS  as  the  cause  of  the  discrepancies  or  to  the 
persons responsible for preparing the 2014 annual and consolidated financial statements. Instead, at the time 
the  2014  annual  and  consolidated  financial  statements  were  being  prepared,  the  persons  responsible  for 
preparing the 2014 annual and consolidated financial statements remained under the impression that the issue 
could be solved with comparatively little effort.  

In the course of the summer of 2015, however, it became successively apparent to individual members of 
Volkswagen  AG’s  Board  of  Management  that  the  cause  of  the  discrepancies  in  the  USA  was  a  modification  of 
parts  of  the  software  of  the  engine  control  unit,  which  was  later  identified  as  an  unlawful  “defeat  device”  as 
defined by US law. This culminated in the disclosure of a “defeat device” to EPA and CARB on September 3, 2015. 
According to the assessment at that time of the responsible persons dealing with the matter, the scope of the 
costs  expected  by  the  Volkswagen  Group  (recall  costs,  retrofitting  costs  and  financial  penalties)  was  not 
fundamentally  dissimilar  to  that  of  previous  cases  involving  other  vehicle  manufacturers,  and,  therefore, 
appeared  to  be  controllable  overall  with  a  view  to  the  business  activities  of  the  Volkswagen  Group.  This 
assessment by the Volkswagen Group was based, among other things, on the advice of a law firm engaged in the 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

207

USA  for  approval  issues,  according  to  which  similar  cases  in  the  past  were  resolved  amicably  with  the  US 
authorities.  The  EPA's  publication  of  the  “Notice  of  Violation”  on  September 18,  2015,  which  the  Board  of 
Management  had  not  expected,  especially  at  that  time,  then  presented  the  situation  in  an  entirely  different 
light. 

In  fiscal  year  2019,  additional  special  items  of  €2.3 billion  had  to  be  recognized  in  connection  with  the 
diesel  issue.  Charges  of  €2.6 billion  were  recognized  under  other  operating  expenses,  which  arose  from  the 
administrative fine order of €0.5 billion issued in May 2019 by the Stuttgart Public Prosecutor, which ended the 
ongoing regulatory offense proceeding against Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG, and higher provisions for legal risks. 
This was set against the reversal of reserves for technical measures of €0.3 billion, which reduced cost of sales. 

Furthermore,  based  on  the  information  as  it  exists  and  has  been  established,  there  continue  to  be  no 
conclusive  findings  or  assessments  available  to  the  Board  of  Management  of  Volkswagen AG  regarding  the 
described facts that would suggest that a different assessment of the associated risks should have been made. 

In  August  2018,  the  control  and  profit  and  loss  transfer  agreement  with  MAN SE  was  terminated  by 
extraordinary notice as of January 1, 2019. Following the announcement of the termination of the control and 
profit  and  loss  transfer  agreement  and  the  recording  thereof  in  the  commercial  register,  the  noncontrolling 
shareholders of MAN SE had the right to tender their shares to Volkswagen, pursuant to the provisions of the 
control  and profit  and  loss  transfer  agreement,  within a  two-month  period. This  resulted  in  cash  outflows of 
€1.1 billion  in  the  first  half  of  this  year  for  the  acquisition  of  shares  tendered  and  compensation  payments. 
There  was  a  corresponding  decline  in  the  amount  of  put  options  and  compensation  rights  granted  to 
noncontrolling interest shareholders reported in the balance sheet. The put options granted to noncontrolling 
interest  shareholders  of  MAN SE  expired  on  March 4,  2019.  The  remaining  liability  of  €0.7 billion  was 
reclassified directly to equity; €0.3 billion of this amount is attributable to noncontrolling interests. 

Since June 28, 2019, 51 million shares of TRATON SE have been traded on the regulated markets of the Frankfurt 
Stock Exchange and of the Nasdaq Stockholm. The offer price was set at €27.00 per share. This led to an increase 
of €1.4 billion in the Volkswagen Group’s equity, of which €1.2 billion is reported as noncontrolling interests.  

In the case of internally generated intangible assets with finite useful lives and the associated property, plant 
and  equipment  in  the Passenger  Cars  Business  Area,  the  individual  product or  product group  has  in  the  past 
represented the cash-generating unit. This had to be redefined for the Passenger Cars Business Area in the past 
fiscal  year,  because  the  cash  flows  generated  by  the  individual  products  are  not  largely  independent  of  each 
other any longer. In particular, the fact that emission regulations are being tightened worldwide means that the 
cash  flows  of  the  individual  products  influence  each  other  to  an  increasing  extent.  As  a  consequence  of  the 
change in circumstances, the brands have, since the fourth quarter of 2019, normally been designated as cash-
generating  units  in  the  Passenger  Cars  Business  Area,  thus  forming  the  basis  for  impairment  tests  and 
profitability  assessments  when  initially  recognizing  internally  generated  intangible  assets.  The  changed 
definition  of  cash-generating  units  led  to  a  non-recurring  reversal  of  write-downs,  which  had  an  effect  of 
€0.9 billion on other operating income in the fourth quarter of 2019 and will lead to increased depreciation and 
amortization  in  subsequent  periods.  Furthermore,  impairment  losses  of  €0.2 billion  recognized  in  the  first 
quarters  of  the  fiscal  year  had  to  be  reversed.  In  addition,  the  financial  result  benefited  in  an  amount  of 
€75 million from the reversal of impairment losses at the Chinese joint ventures. The revised definition of cash-
generating units will in future lead to a slight increase in the capitalization ratio. 

 
208 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Basis of consolidation 

In addition to Volkswagen AG, the consolidated financial statements comprise all significant German and non-
German subsidiaries, including structured entities that are controlled directly or indirectly by Volkswagen AG. 
This  is  the  case  if  Volkswagen AG  obtains  power  over  the  potential  subsidiaries  directly  or  indirectly  from 
voting  rights  or  similar  rights,  is  exposed,  or  has  rights  to,  positive  or  negative  variable  returns  from  its 
involvement with the subsidiaries, and is able to influence those returns. In the case of the structured entities 
consolidated in the Volkswagen Group, Volkswagen is able to direct the material relevant activities remaining 
after the change in the structure even if it is not invested in the structured entity concerned and is thus able to 
influence  the  variable  returns  from  its  involvement.  The  structured  entities  are  used  primarily  to  enter  into 
asset-backed securities transactions to refinance the financial services business and to invest surplus liquidity 
in  special  securities  funds.  Consolidation  of  subsidiaries  begins  at  the  first  date  on  which  control  exists,  and 
ends when such control no longer exists. 

Subsidiaries whose business is dormant or insignificant, both individually and in the aggregate, for the fair 
presentation  of  the  net  assets,  financial  position  and  results  of  operations  as  well  as  the  cash  flows  of  the 
Volkswagen Group are not consolidated. They were carried in the consolidated financial statements at cost net 
of any impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses required to be recognized. 

Significant  companies  where  Volkswagen AG  is  able,  directly  or  indirectly,  to  significantly  influence 
financial  and  operating  policy  decisions  (associates),  or  that  are  directly  or  indirectly  jointly  controlled  (joint 
ventures),  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method.  Joint  ventures  also  include  companies  in  which  the 
Volkswagen  Group  holds  the  majority  of  voting  rights,  but  whose  articles  of  association  or  partnership 
agreements stipulate that important decisions may only be resolved unanimously. Insignificant associates and 
joint ventures are carried at cost net of any impairment losses and reversals of impairment losses required to 
be recognized.  

The composition of the Volkswagen Group is shown in the following table: 

 Number 

2019

2018

Volkswagen AG and consolidated subsidiaries 

Germany 

Abroad 

Subsidiaries carried at cost 

Germany 

Abroad 

Associates, joint ventures and other equity investments 

Germany 

Abroad 

151

714

78

290

76

107

1,416

152

712

70

251

64

79

1,328

The list of all shareholdings  that forms part of the annual financial statements of Volkswagen AG can be down-
loaded  from  the  electronic  companies  register  at  www.unternehmensregister.de  and  from  www.volks-
wagenag.com/ir. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

209

The following consolidated German subsidiaries with the legal form of a corporation or partnership meet the 
criteria set out in section 264(3) or section 264b of the Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB – German Commercial Code) 
due to their inclusion in the consolidated financial statements and have as far as possible exercised the option 
not to publish annual financial statements: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Audi Berlin GmbH, Berlin 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Audi Electronics Venture GmbH, Gaimersheim 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Audi Frankfurt GmbH, Frankfurt am Main 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Audi Hamburg GmbH, Hamburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Audi Hannover GmbH, Hanover 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Audi Leipzig GmbH, Leipzig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Audi Stuttgart GmbH, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Autostadt GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Bugatti Engineering GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) GETAS Verwaltung GmbH & Co. Objekt Augsburg KG, Pullach i. Isartal 
(cid:33)(cid:3) GETAS Verwaltung GmbH & Co. Objekt Heinrich-von-Buz-Straße KG, Pullach i. Isartal 
(cid:33)(cid:3) HABAMO Verwaltung GmbH & Co. Objekt Sterkrade KG, Pullach i. Isartal 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Haberl Beteiligungs-GmbH, Munich 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Karosseriewerk Porsche GmbH & Co. KG, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) MAHAG GmbH, Munich 
(cid:33)(cid:3) MAN Energy Solutions SE, Augsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) MOIA GmbH, Berlin 
(cid:33)(cid:3) MOIA Operations Germany GmbH, Hamburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Consulting GmbH, Bietigheim-Bissingen 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Deutschland GmbH, Bietigheim-Bissingen 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Dienstleistungs GmbH, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Engineering Group GmbH, Weissach 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Engineering Services GmbH, Bietigheim-Bissingen 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Erste Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Financial Services GmbH & Co. KG, Bietigheim-Bissingen 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Financial Services GmbH, Bietigheim-Bissingen 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Holding Stuttgart GmbH, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Leipzig GmbH, Leipzig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Lizenz- und Handelsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG, Ludwigsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Logistik GmbH, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Niederlassung Berlin GmbH, Berlin 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Niederlassung Berlin-Potsdam GmbH, Kleinmachnow 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Niederlassung Hamburg GmbH, Hamburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Niederlassung Leipzig GmbH, Leipzig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Niederlassung Stuttgart GmbH, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Nordamerika Holding GmbH, Ludwigsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Siebte Vermögensverwaltung GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Smart Mobility GmbH, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche Zentrum Hoppegarten GmbH, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Raffay Versicherungsdienst GmbH, Hamburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) SEAT Deutschland Niederlassung GmbH, Frankfurt am Main 
(cid:33)(cid:3) SKODA AUTO Deutschland GmbH, Weiterstadt 
(cid:33)(cid:3) VfL Wolfsburg-Fußball GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) VGRD GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen AirService GmbH, Braunschweig
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Automobile Berlin GmbH, Berlin 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Automobile Chemnitz GmbH, Chemnitz 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Automobile Frankfurt GmbH, Frankfurt am Main 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Automobile Hamburg GmbH, Hamburg 

 
210 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Automobile Hannover GmbH, Hanover 
(cid:33)(cid:3) VOLKSWAGEN Automobile Leipzig GmbH, Leipzig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Automobile Region Hannover GmbH, Hanover 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Automobile Rhein-Neckar GmbH, Mannheim 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Automobile Stuttgart GmbH, Stuttgart 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Beteiligungsverwaltung GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Dritte Leasingobjekt GmbH, Braunschweig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Erste Leasingobjekt GmbH, Braunschweig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Fünfte Leasingobjekt GmbH, Braunschweig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Gebrauchtfahrzeughandels und Service GmbH, Langenhagen 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Group IT Services GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Group Real Estate GmbH & Co. KG, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Group Services GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Immobilien GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Konzernlogistik GmbH & Co. OHG, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Original Teile Logistik GmbH & Co. KG, Baunatal 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Osnabrück GmbH, Osnabrück 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen R GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Sachsen GmbH, Zwickau 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Sechste Leasingobjekt GmbH, Braunschweig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Siebte Leasingobjekt GmbH, Braunschweig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Software Asset Management GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Vermögensverwaltung GmbH, Wolfsburg 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Vertriebsbetreuungsgesellschaft mbH, Chemnitz 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Vierte Leasingobjekt GmbH, Braunschweig 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Zubehör GmbH, Dreieich 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen Zweite Leasingobjekt GmbH, Braunschweig 

 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

211

C O N S O L I D AT E D   S U B S I D I A R I E S  

The fiscal year’s changes in the consolidated Group are shown in the following table: 

Number 

Germany

Abroad

Initially consolidated 

Subsidiaries previously carried at cost 

Newly acquired subsidiaries 

Newly formed subsidiaries 

Deconsolidated 

Mergers 

Liquidations 

Sales/Other 

4

0

0

4

1

2

2

5

13

3

5

21

5

6

8

19

The  initial  consolidation  or  deconsolidation  of  these  subsidiaries,  either  individually  or  collectively,  did  not 
have a significant effect on the presentation of the net assets, financial position and results of operations. The 
unconsolidated structured entities are immaterial from a Group perspective. In particular, they do not give rise 
to any significant risks to the Group. 

I N V E ST M E N T S   I N   A S S O C I AT E S  
From a Group perspective, the associates Sinotruk (Hong Kong) Ltd., Hongkong, China (Sinotruk), Bertrandt AG, 
Ehningen (Bertrandt), There Holding B.V., Rijswijk, the Netherlands (There Holding), and Navistar International 
Corporation, Lisle, Illinois/USA (Navistar), were material at the reporting date. 

Sinotruk 
Sinotruk  is  one  of  the  largest  truck  manufacturers  in  the  Chinese  market.  There  is  an  agreement  in  place 
between  Group  companies  and  Sinotruk regarding  a long-term  strategic  partnership,  under  which  the  Group 
participates in the local market. In addition to the partnership with Sinotruk in the volume segment, exports of 
MAN vehicles to China are also helping to expand access to the small, but fast-growing premium truck market. 
Sinotruk’s principal place of business is in Hongkong, China. 

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  quoted  market  price  of  the  shares  in  Sinotruk  amounted  to  €1,312 million 

(previous year: €908 million). 

Bertrandt  
Bertrandt  is  an  engineering  partner  to  companies  in  the  automotive  and  aviation  industry.  Its  portfolio  of 
services  ranges  from  developing  individual  components  through  complex  modules  to  end-to-end  solutions. 
Bertrandt’s principal place of business is in Ehningen. 

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  quoted  market  price  of  the  shares  in  Bertrandt  amounted  to  €165 million 

(previous year: €201 million). 

 
212 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

There Holding 
Together  with  the  BMW Group,  Daimler AG  and  other  companies,  Volkswagen  holds  an  equity  investment  in 
There Holding B.V., Rijswijk (the Netherlands), an investment company. In turn, There Holding B.V. holds around 
85 % of the shares of HERE International B.V., Eindhoven (the Netherlands). HERE International B.V. is one of the 
world’s  largest  producers  of  digital  road  maps  for  navigation  systems.  Since  the  interest  held  does  not  grant 
control  in  accordance  with  IFRS 10,  HERE International B.V.  is  included  in  the  financial  statements  of 
There Holding B.V. as an associate using the equity method. 

Capital  increases  were  implemented  at  There Holding B.V.  in 2019,  in  which  Volkswagen  participated.  As  a 
result, the shares accounted for using the equity method increased by €69 million. The ownership interest in 
There Holding B.V. amounted to 29.7 % as of December 31, 2019. 

In  December  2019, 

in 
it  was  announced 
HERE International B.V.  Following  the  signing 
(MC)  and 
Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation of Japan (NTT) are aiming to jointly acquire 30 % of the shares of 
HERE International B.V.  in  the  first  half  of  2020,  subject  to  antitrust  approval.  The  interest  held  by 
There Holding B.V. in HERE International B.V. is expected to decline to around 60 % as a result.

that  additional 
in  December  2019,  Mitsubishi Corporation 

investors  would  acquire  shares 

Navistar 
Navistar International Corporation (Navistar) is a US manufacturer of commercial vehicles; it is based in Lisle, 
Illinois/USA.  Navistar  and  TRATON GROUP  companies  have  entered  into  master  agreements  for  strategic 
technology and supply cooperation as well as a procurement joint venture. 

 Since two members of TRATON SE’s Executive Board are represented on the Board of Directors of Navistar 
and  because  of  the  agreed  cooperations,  the  investment  in  Navistar  is  reported  as  an  equity-accounted 
investment in the consolidated financial statements. 

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  quoted  market  price  of  the  shares  in  Navistar  amounted  to  €429 million 

(December 31, 2018: €377 million). 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

213

S U M M A R I Z E D   F I N A N C I A L   I N F O R M AT I O N   O N   M AT E R I A L   A S S O C I AT E S   O N   A   1 0 0 %   B A S I S  

€ million 

2019 

Equity interest in % 

Noncurrent assets 

Current assets 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Net assets 

Sales revenue 

Earnings after tax from continuing operations  

Earnings after tax from discontinued operations  

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Dividends received(cid:996) 

2018 

Equity interest in % 

Noncurrent assets 

Current assets 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Net assets 

Sales revenue 

Earnings after tax from continuing operations  

Earnings after tax from discontinued operations  

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Dividends received(cid:996) 

Sinotruk1

Bertrandt2

There Holding

Navistar3

25

2,351

6,127

50

4,669

3,758

8,047

627

–

0

627

47

25

2,239

6,461

54

5,250

3,395

8,047

558

–

0

558

50

29

575

468

313

153

578

1,058

16

–

–1

15

6

29

586

469

306

167

583

1,020

25

–

0

25

7

30

1,131

467

–

0

17

1,762

4,441

6,336

3,206

1,597

–3,339

–

–390

–

1

–389

–

30

1,763

2

–

1

10,004

216

–

7

223

–

17

1,846

4,528

6,478

3,356

1,764

–3,461

–

–351

–

–7

–358

–

8,625

310

–

245

555

–

1  Balance sheet amounts refer to the June 30 reporting date and income statement amounts refer to the period from July 1 to June 30.  
2  Balance sheet amounts refer to the September 30 reporting date and income statement amounts refer to the period from October 1 to September 30. 
3  Balance sheet amounts refer to the October 31 reporting date and income statement amounts refer to the period from November 1 to October 31.  
4  Proportionate dividends are shown net of withholding tax. 

 
214 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

R E C O N C I L I AT I O N   O F   T H E   F I N A N C I A L   I N F O R M AT I O N   TO   T H E   C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T   O F   T H E   E Q U I T Y - A C C O U N T E D  

I N V E ST M E N T S  

€ million 

2019 

Net assets at January 1 

Profit or loss 

Other comprehensive income 

Changes in reserves 

Foreign exchange differences 

Dividends¹ 

Net assets at December 31 

Proportionate equity 

Consolidation/Goodwill/Others 

Carrying amount of equity-accounted investments 

2018 

Net assets at January 1 

Profit or loss 

Other comprehensive income 

Changes in reserves 

Foreign exchange differences 

Dividends¹ 

Net assets at December 31 

Proportionate equity 

Consolidation/Goodwill/Others 

Carrying amount of equity-accounted investments 

1  Dividends are shown before withholding tax. 

Sinotruk

Bertrandt

There Holding

Navistar

3,395

627

0

1

–46

–218

3,758

940

–388

552

3,060

558

0

–3

13

–232

3,395

849

–402

447

583

16

–1

–

–

–20

578

167

80

247

583

25

0

–

–

–25

583

168

163

331

1,764

–390

1

222

–

–

1,597

475

–

475

2,209

–351

–7

–87

–

–

1,764

522

–

522

–3,461

216

7

–21

–60

–20

–3,339

–560

1,007

447

–3,816

310

245

13

–191

–22

–3,461

–582

1,012

430

S U M M A R I Z E D   F I N A N C I A L   I N F O R M AT I O N   O N   I N D I V I D U A L LY   I M M AT E R I A L   A S S O C I AT E S   O N   T H E   B A S I S   O F   T H E  

V O L K SWA G E N   G R O U P ’ S   P R O P O R T I O N AT E   I N T E R E ST  

€ million 

2019

2018

Earnings after tax from continuing operations  

Earnings after tax from discontinued operations  

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Carrying amount of equity-accounted investments 

27

–

12

39

597

–20

–

1

–20

332

There were unrecognized losses of €54 million (previous year: €– million) relating to investments in associates. 
Furthermore, there were no contingent liabilities or financial guarantees relating to associates.  

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

215

I N T E R E ST S   I N   J O I N T   V E N T U R E S  
From  a  Group perspective,  the  joint  ventures  FAW-Volkswagen  Automotive  Company  Ltd., Changchun,  China, 
SAIC-Volkswagen  Automotive  Company  Ltd.,  Shanghai,  China,  and  SAIC-Volkswagen  Sales  Company  Ltd., 
Shanghai, China, were material at the reporting date due to their size. 

FAW-Volkswagen Automotive Company 
FAW-Volkswagen Automotive Company develops, produces and sells passenger cars. There is an agreement in 
place  between  Group  companies  and  the  joint  venture  partner  China  FAW  Corporation  Limited  regarding  a 
long-term strategic partnership. The principal place of business is in Changchun, China. 

SAIC-Volkswagen Automotive Company 
SAIC-Volkswagen Automotive Company develops and produces passenger cars. There is an agreement in place 
between Group companies and the joint venture partner Shanghai Automotive Industry Corporation regarding 
a long-term strategic partnership. The principal place of business is in Shanghai, China. 

SAIC-Volkswagen Sales Company 
SAIC-Volkswagen  Sales  Company  sells  passenger  cars  for  SAIC-Volkswagen  Automotive  Company.  There  is  an 
agreement  in  place  between  Group  companies  and  the  joint  venture  partner  Shanghai  Automotive  Industry 
Corporation regarding a long-term strategic partnership. The principal place of business is in Shanghai, China. 

 
216 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

S U M M A R I Z E D   F I N A N C I A L   I N F O R M AT I O N   O N   T H E   M AT E R I A L   J O I N T   V E N T U R E S   O N   A   1 0 0 %   B A S I S  

€ million 

2019 

Equity interest in % 

Noncurrent assets 

Current assets 

   of which cash and cash equivalents 

Noncurrent liabilities 

   of which financial liabilities² 

Current liabilities 

   of which financial liabilities² 

Net assets 

Sales revenue 

Depreciation and amortization 

Interest income 

Interest expenses 

Earnings before tax from continuing operations  

Income tax expense 

Earnings after tax from continuing operations  

Earnings after tax from discontinued operations  

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Dividends received³ 

2018 

Equity interest in % 

Noncurrent assets 

Current assets 

   of which cash and cash equivalents 

Noncurrent liabilities 

   of which financial liabilities² 

Current liabilities 

   of which financial liabilities² 

Net assets 

Sales revenue 

Depreciation and amortization 

Interest income 

Interest expenses 

Earnings before tax from continuing operations  

Income tax expense 

Earnings after tax from continuing operations  

Earnings after tax from discontinued operations  

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Dividends received³ 

FAW-Volkswagen 
Automotive 
Company

SAIC-Volkswagen 
Automotive 
Company1

SAIC-Volkswagen 
Sales Company

40

50

12,069

11,876

5,423

1,221

–

15,321

29

7,403

44,181

1,825

125

4

4,775

1,251

3,524

–

–49

3,475

1,332

40

10,651

10,903

3,764

1,260

–

12,936

–

7,358

41,607

1,335

123

–

4,851

1,186

3,665

–

47

3,712

1,209

9,355

8,251

6,513

1,130

–

11,674

1

4,802

26,922

2,190

53

2

3,594

845

2,749

–

3

2,752

1,732

50

8,580

6,689

4,412

1,205

–

8,526

4

5,538

28,863

1,479

64

1

4,588

1,040

3,548

–

1

3,549

1,626

30

896

4,477

210

160

–

4,665

–

548

32,115

21

5

–

659

166

493

–

–

493

153

30

671

3,680

206

110

–

3,692

–

549

33,212

8

5

–

665

167

498

–

–

498

148

1  SAIC-Volkswagen  Sales  Company  sells  passenger  cars  for  SAIC-Volkswagen  Automotive  Company.  Therefore,  the  sales  revenue  reported  for  SAIC-Volkswagen 

Automotive Company was mostly generated from its business with SAIC-Volkswagen Sales Company. 

2  Excluding trade liabilities. 
3  Proportionate dividends are shown net of withholding tax. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

217

R E C O N C I L I AT I O N   O F   T H E   F I N A N C I A L   I N F O R M AT I O N   TO   T H E   C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T   O F   T H E   E Q U I T Y - A C C O U N T E D  

I N V E ST M E N T S  

FAW-Volkswagen 
Automotive 
Company

SAIC-Volkswagen 
Automotive 
Company

SAIC-Volkswagen 
Sales Company

€ million 

2019 

Net assets at January 1 

Profit or loss 

Other comprehensive income 

Changes in share capital 

Changes in reserves 

Foreign exchange differences 

Dividends¹ 

Net assets at December 31 

Proportionate equity 

Consolidation/Goodwill/Others 

Carrying amount of equity-accounted investments 

2018 

Net assets at January 1 

Profit or loss 

Other comprehensive income 

Changes in share capital 

Changes in reserves 

Foreign exchange differences 

Dividends¹ 

Net assets at December 31 

Proportionate equity 

Consolidation/Goodwill/Others 

Carrying amount of equity-accounted investments 

1  Dividends are shown before withholding tax. 

7,358

3,524

–49

–

–

54

5,538

2,749

3

–

–

37

–3,483

–3,524

7,403

2,961

–760

2,201

6,851

3,665

47

–

–

68

–3,273

7,358

2,943

–593

2,350

4,802

2,401

–803

1,599

5,405

3,548

1

–

–

–23

–3,393

5,538

2,769

–851

1,918

549

493

–

–

–

16

–509

548

164

–

164

546

498

–

–

–

–1

–494

549

165

–

165

2018

319

–

–2

317

1,939

S U M M A R I Z E D   F I N A N C I A L   I N F O R M AT I O N   O N   I N D I V I D U A L LY   I M M AT E R I A L   J O I N T   V E N T U R E S   O N   T H E   B A S I S   O F   T H E  

V O L K SWA G E N   G R O U P ’ S   P R O P O R T I O N AT E   I N T E R E ST  

€ million 

Earnings after tax from continuing operations  

Earnings after tax from discontinued operations  

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Carrying amount of equity-accounted investments 

2019

434

–

3

436

1,887

There  were  unrecognized  losses  of  €29  million  (previous  year:  €– million)  relating  to  investments  in  joint 
ventures. Contingent liabilities to joint ventures amounted to €224 million (previous year: €183 million), while 
financial guarantees stood at €134 million (previous year: €146 million). Cash funds of €276 million (previous 
year:  €268 million)  are  deposited  as  collateral  for  asset-backed  securities  transactions  and  are  therefore  not 
available to the Volkswagen Group. 

 
218 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

I F R S   5   –   N O N - C U R R E N T   A S S E T S   H E L D   F O R   S A L E  
On July 12, 2019, Volkswagen announced that, together with Ford Motor Company (Ford), it would be investing 
in Argo AI, a company that is working on the development of a system for autonomous driving. The investment 
will  firstly  include  the  provision  of  financial  resources  totaling  USD 1.0 billion,  spread  over  several  years,  and 
secondly  Volkswagen  will  contribute  its  consolidated  subsidiary  Autonomous Intelligent Driving  (AID). 
Furthermore,  Volkswagen  will  acquire  existing  Argo  AI  shares  from  Ford  for  a  purchase  price  of 
USD 500 million,  payable  in  three  equal  annual  installments.  The  transaction,  including  the  contribution  of 
AID,  is  expected  to  be  completed  in  the  first  half  of  2020  –  subject  to  the  required  regulatory  approvals  and 
other conditions precedent. 

On  January 30, 2020,  the  Board  of  Management  and Supervisory  Board  of Volkswagen AG resolved  to  sell  the 
Volkswagen Group’s  76%  interest  in  RENK AG.  RENK AG  is  a  global  provider  of  high-quality  gear  units  and 
propulsion  systems  for  various  areas  of  application.  It  is  part  of  the  Power  Engineering  segment.  The  sale  is 
expected to be completed in the second half of 2020 – subject to approval by the regulatory authorities. 

In  accordance  with  IFRS 5,  the  RENK AG  subgroup  and  AID  are  reported  as  disposal  groups  held  for  sale  and 
measured at their carrying amounts.  

The assets and liabilities of the disposal groups are each reported in separate balance sheet accounts. The main 
categories of the assets and liabilities of the disposal groups are presented below: 

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment 

Inventories 

Cash and securities 

Tax assets 

Other assets 

Assets held for sale 

Financial liabilities 

Provisions 

Other liabilities 

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale 

110

261

230

4

2

190

795

9

72

289

370

Accumulated  income  and  expenses  in  connection  with  the  disposal  groups  classified  as  held  for  sale  and 
recognized in other comprehensive income amount to €4.6 million. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

219

Consolidation methods 

The  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  German  and  foreign  companies  included  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  are  recognized  in  accordance  with  the  uniform  accounting  policies  used  within  the  Volkswagen 
Group.  In  the  case  of  companies  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method,  the  same  accounting  policies  are 
applied to determine the proportionate equity, based on the most recent audited annual financial statements of 
each company. 

In  the  case  of  subsidiaries  consolidated  for  the  first  time,  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  at  their  fair 
value at the date of acquisition. Their carrying amounts are adjusted in subsequent years. Goodwill arises when 
the  purchase  price  of  the  investment  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  identifiable  net  assets.  Goodwill  is  tested  for 
impairment  once  a  year  to  determine  whether  its  carrying  amount  is  recoverable.  If  the  carrying  amount  of 
goodwill is higher than the recoverable amount, an impairment loss must be recognized. If this is not the case, 
there is no change in the carrying amount of goodwill compared with the previous year. If the purchase price of 
the investment is less than the identifiable net assets, the difference is recognized in the income statement in 
the  year  of  acquisition.  Goodwill  is  accounted  for  at  the  subsidiaries  in  the  functional  currency  of  those 
subsidiaries.  Any  difference  that  arises  from  the  acquisition  of  additional  shares  of  an  already  consolidated 
subsidiary is taken directly to equity. Unless otherwise stated, the proportionate equity directly attributable to 
noncontrolling  interests  is  determined  at  the  acquisition  date  as  the  share  of  the  fair  value  of  the  assets 
(excluding goodwill) and liabilities attributable to them. Contingent consideration is measured at fair value at 
the acquisition date. Subsequent changes in the fair value of contingent consideration do not generally result 
in  the  adjustment  of  the  acquisition-date  measurement.  Acquisition-related  costs  that  are  not  equity 
transaction costs are not added to the purchase price, but instead recognized as expenses in the period in which 
they are incurred. 

The  consolidation  process  involves  adjusting  the  items  in  the  separate  financial  statements  of  the  parent 
and its subsidiaries and presenting them as if they were those of a single economic entity. Intragroup assets, 
liabilities,  equity,  income,  expenses  and  cash  flows  are  eliminated  in  full.  Intercompany  profits  or  losses  are 
eliminated  in  Group  inventories  and  noncurrent  assets.  Deferred  taxes  are  recognized  for  consolidation  
adjustments, and deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where taxes are levied by the same tax authority 
and have the same maturity. 

 
220 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Currency translation 

Transactions  in  foreign  currencies  are  translated  in  the  single-entity  financial  statements  of  Volkswagen AG 
and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries  at  the  rates  prevailing  at  the  transaction  date.  Foreign  currency  monetary 
items are recorded in the balance sheet using the middle rate at the closing date. Foreign exchange gains and 
losses are recognized in the income statement. This does not apply to foreign exchange differences from loans 
receivable  that  represent  part  of  a  net  investment  in  a  foreign  operation.  The  financial  statements  of  foreign 
companies  are  translated  into  euros  using  the  functional  currency  concept,  under  which  asset  and  liability 
items  are  translated  at  the  closing  rate.  With  the  exception  of  income  and  expenses  recognized  directly  in 
equity, equity is translated at historical rates. The resulting foreign exchange differences are recognized in other 
comprehensive  income  until  disposal  of  the  subsidiary  concerned,  and  are  presented  as  a  separate  item  in 
equity. 

Income statement items are translated into euros at weighted average rates.  

The rates applied are presented in the following table: 

Argentina 

Australia 

Brazil 

Canada 

Czech Republic 

India 

Japan 

Mexico 

People’s Republic of China 

Poland 

Republic of Korea 

Russia 

South Africa 

Sweden 

United Kingdom 

USA 

B A L A N C E   S H E E T   M I D D L E   R A T E  

I N C O M E   S T A T E M E N T  

O N   D E C E M B E R   3 1  

A V E R A G E   R A T E  

2019

2018

2019

2018

67.23626

43.15687

53.78083

32.89363

1.60080

4.51350

1.46205

25.40650

80.15450

1.62240

4.44485

1.55930

25.72450

79.90650

1.61071

4.41485

1.48595

25.66983

78.86396

1.58021

4.30729

1.53032

25.64308

80.71466

121.89500

125.91000

122.08649

130.40158

21.24340

22.52035

21.56326

22.71496

7.81470

4.25970

7.87725

4.29780

7.73444

4.29784

7.80766

4.26098

1,296.35000

1,276.90000

1,304.89265

1,299.41384

69.84685

15.76470

10.44505

0.84995

1.12275

79.83765

16.46690

10.25070

0.89690

1.14525

72.46709

16.17716

10.58593

0.87744

1.11974

74.08214

15.62243

10.25830

0.88476

1.18156

€1 =

ARS

AUD

BRL

CAD

CZK

INR

JPY

MXN

CNY

PLN

KRW

RUB

ZAR

SEK

GBP

USD

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

221

Accounting policies 

M E A S U R E M E N T   P R I N C I P L E S  
With certain exceptions, such as financial instruments measured at fair value and provisions for pensions and 
other  post-employment  benefits,  items  in  the  Volkswagen  Group  are  accounted  for  under  the  historical  cost 
convention. The methods used to measure the individual items are explained in more detail below. 

I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S  
Purchased intangible assets are recognized at cost and amortized over their useful life using the straight-line 
method. This relates in particular to software, which is normally amortized over three years. 
In accordance with IAS 38, research costs are recognized as expenses when incurred. 
Since  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  development  costs  for  future  series  products  and  other  internally 
generated  intangible  assets  are  capitalized  at  cost,  provided  the  cash-generating  unit  to  which  the  respective 
intangible asset is attributable is not impaired. If the criteria for recognition as assets are not met, the expenses 
are recognized in the income statement in the year in which they are incurred. 

Capitalized  development  costs  include  all  direct  and  indirect  costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the 
development process. The costs are amortized using the straight-line method from the start of production over 
the expected life cycle of the models or powertrains developed – generally between two and ten years. 

Amortization  recognized  during  the  year  is  allocated  to  the  relevant  functional  areas  in  the  income 

statement. 

Brand  names  from  business  combinations  usually  have  an  indefinite  useful  life  and  are  therefore  not 

amortized. An indefinite useful life is usually the result of a brand’s further use and maintenance. 

Goodwill,  intangible  assets  with  indefinite  useful  lives  and  intangible  assets  that  are  not  yet  available  for 
use are tested for impairment at least once a year. Assets in use and other intangible assets with finite useful 
lives  are  tested  for  impairment  only  if  there  are  specific  indications  that  they  may  be  impaired.  The 
Volkswagen Group  generally  applies  the  higher  of  value  in  use  and  fair  value  less  costs  to  sell  of  the  relevant 
cash-generating  unit  to  determine  the  recoverable  amount  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  with  finite  and 
indefinite useful lives. Since the fourth quarter of 2019, normally the respective brand is the cash-generating 
unit that is used as the testing level. Measurement of value in use is based on management’s current planning. 
This planning is based on expectations regarding future global economic trends and on assumptions derived 
from  those  trends  about  the  markets  for  passenger  cars  and  commercial  vehicles,  market  shares  and  the 
profitability of the products. The planning for the Financial Services segment is likewise prepared on the basis 
of these expectations, and also reflects the relevant market penetration rates and regulatory requirements. The 
planning  for  the  Power  Engineering  segment  reflects  expectations  about  trends  in  the  various  individual 
markets. The planning includes reasonable assumptions about macroeconomic trends (exchange rate, interest 
rate and commodity price trends) and historical developments. The planning period generally covers five years. 
For  information  on  the  assumptions  applied  to  the  detailed  planning  period,  please  refer  to  the  Report  on 
Expected Developments, which is part of the Management Report. For subsequent years, plausible assumptions 
are  made  regarding  future  trends.  The  planning  assumptions  are  adapted  to  reflect  the  current  state  of 
knowledge.  

Estimation of cash flows is generally based on the expected growth trends for the markets concerned. The 
estimates for the cash flows following the end of the planning period are generally based on a growth rate of up 
to 1% p.a. (previous year: up to 1% p.a.) in the Passenger Cars segment, and on a growth rate of up to 1% p.a. 
(previous year: up to 1% p.a.) in the Power Engineering and Commercial Vehicles segments.  

 
 
222 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Value in use is determined for the purpose of impairment testing of goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets 
and finite-lived intangible assets – mainly capitalized development costs – using the following pretax weighted 
average cost of capital (WACC) rates, which are adjusted if necessary for country-specific discount factors: 

WACC 

Passenger Cars segment 

Commercial Vehicles segment 

Power Engineering segment 

2019

5.7%

7.7%

7.9%

2018

5.5%

6.8%

7.8%

The WACC rates are calculated based on the risk-free rate of interest, a market risk premium and the cost of debt. 
Additionally, specific peer group information on beta factors and leverage are taken into account; changes in 
the  leverage  as  a  result  of  the  initial  application  of  IFRS 16  are  taken  into  account  appropriately.  The 
composition  of  the  peer  groups  used  to  determine  beta  factors  is  continuously  reviewed  and  adjusted  if 
necessary. 

P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T  
Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  carried  at  cost  less  depreciation  and  –  where  necessary  –  write-downs  for 
impairment. Investment grants are generally deducted from cost. Cost is determined on the basis of the direct 
and  indirect  costs  that  are  directly  attributable.  Special  operational  equipment  is  reported  under  other 
equipment, operating and office equipment. Property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-
line  method  over  its  estimated  useful  life.  The  useful  lives  of  items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are 
reviewed on a regular basis and adjusted if required. 

Depreciation is based mainly on the following useful lives: 

Buildings 

Site improvements 

Technical equipment and machinery 

Other equipment, operating and office equipment, including special tools 

Useful life

20 to 50 years

10 to 20 years

6 to 12 years

3 to 15 years

Impairment  losses  on  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  recognized  in  accordance  with  IAS 36  where  the 
recoverable amount of the asset concerned has fallen below the  carrying amount. Recoverable amount is the 
higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is determined using the principles described 
for  intangible  assets.  The  discount  rates  for  product-specific  tools  and  other investments  are  the  same as  the 
discount rates for capitalized development costs given above for each segment. If the reasons for impairments 
recognized  in  previous  years  no  longer  apply,  the  impairment  losses  are  reversed  up  to  a  maximum  of  the 
amount that would have been determined if no impairment loss had been recognized (see also disclosures on 
adjustments to cash-generating units in the “Key Events” section).  

In accordance with the principle of substance over form, assets that have been formally transferred to third 
parties under a sale and leaseback transaction including a repurchase option also continue to be accounted for 
as separate assets. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

223

L E A S E S  
Until  December 31,  2018,  the  Volkswagen  Group  accounted  for  leases  in  accordance  with  IAS 17.  A  lease  was 
defined as a contract under which the lessor transfers to the lessee the right to use an asset for an agreed period 
of  time  in  return  for  a  series  of  payments.  The  accounting  treatment  of  the  lease  at  the  lessee  and  lessor 
depended on the distribution of the risks and rewards associated with the leased asset.  

If  the  material  risks  and  rewards  were  attributable  to  the  Volkswagen  Group  as  lessee,  the  leased  assets 
concerned were recognized at fair value or at the present value of the minimum lease payments (if lower) and 
depreciated using the straight-line method over the asset’s useful life, or over the term of the lease if this was 
shorter.  The  payment  obligations  arising  from  the  future  lease  payments  were  discounted  and  recorded  as  a 
liability in the balance sheet.  

Where  the  Volkswagen  Group  was  the  lessee  of  operating  lease  assets,  i.e.  if  not  all  material  risks  and 

rewards were transferred, lease and rental payments were recorded directly as expenses in profit or loss.  

Since  January 1,  2019,  the  Volkswagen  Group  has  accounted  for  leases  in  accordance  with  IFRS 16,  which 
defines a lease as a contract or part of a contract in which a lessor transfers to a lessee the right to use an asset 
for an agreed period of time in exchange for consideration.  

R I G H T - O F - U S E   A S S E T S / L E A S E   L I A B I L I T I E S  
If the Volkswagen Group is the lessee, it generally recognizes in its balance sheet a right-of-use asset and a lease 
liability for all leases. In the Volkswagen Group the lease liability is measured on the basis of the present value 
of  outstanding  lease  payments,  while  the  right-of-use  asset  is  always  measured  at  the  amount  of  the  lease 
liability plus any initial direct costs.  

During the lease term, the right-of-use asset is always depreciated on a straight-line basis over the term of 
the lease. The lease liability is adjusted using the effective interest method and taking the lease payments into 
account.  

The right-of-use assets are reported in the balance sheet under those items in which the assets underlying 
the lease would have been recognized if the Volkswagen Group had been their beneficial owner. For this reason, 
the right-of-use assets are presented under noncurrent assets, mostly in property, plant and equipment, as of 
the  balance  sheet  date  and  included  in  impairment  tests  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  conducted  in 
accordance with IAS 36. 

There are practical expedients for short-term and low-value leases; the Volkswagen Group makes use of this 
option and therefore does not recognize right-of-use assets or liabilities for these types of leases. In this respect, 
the lease payments will continue to be recognized in the income statement. Leases are accounted for as of low 
value  if  the  value  of  the  leased  asset  as  new  is  no  higher  than  €5,000.  Furthermore,  the  accounting  rules  of 
IFRS 16 are not applied to leases of intangible assets. 

A large number of leases contain extension and termination options. The determination of the lease terms 
considers all relevant facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise or not to exercise 
the  option.  Optional  periods  are  taken  into  account  in  determining  the  lease  term,  if  it  is  reasonably  certain 
that the option will or will not be exercised. 

L E A S E   A S S E T S  
The  accounting  treatment  of  leases  of  lease  assets  is  based  on  the  classification  into  operating  leases  and 
finance  leases.  The  classification  is  made  on  the  basis  of  the  distribution  of  risks  and  rewards  incidental  to 
ownership of the lease asset. 

If the lease is an operating lease, the Volkswagen Group is exposed to the  material risks and rewards. The 
lease  asset  is  recognized  at  amortized  cost  in  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  noncurrent  assets  and  the  lease 
installments collected in the period are recognized as income in the income statement. 

Vehicles leased out under operating leases are recognized at cost and depreciated to their estimated residual 
value using the straight-line method over the term of the lease. Impairment losses identified as a result of an 
impairment test in accordance with IAS 36 are recognized. The forecast residual values are adjusted to include 
constantly  updated  internal  and  external  information  on  residual  values,  depending  on  specific  local  factors 
and the experiences gained in the marketing of used cars. This requires management to make assumptions in 
particular  about  vehicle  supply  and  demand  in  the  future,  as  well  as  about  vehicle  price  trends.  Such 
assumptions  are  based  either  on  qualified  estimates  or  on  data  published  by  external  experts.  Qualified 

 
224 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

estimates  are  based  on  external  data  –  if  available  –  that  reflects  additional  information  that  is  available 
internally, such as historical experience and current sales data. 

Under  a  finance  lease,  the  material  risks  and  rewards  are  transferred  to  the  lessee.  The  lease  asset  is 
derecognized  from  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  noncurrent  assets,  and  instead  a  receivable  is  recognized  in  the 
amount of the net investment in the lease.  

I N V E ST M E N T   P R O P E R T Y  
Real estate and buildings held in order to obtain rental income (investment property) are carried at amortized 
cost;  the  useful  lives  applied  to  depreciation  generally  correspond  to  those  of  the  property,  plant  and 
equipment used by the Company itself. The fair value of investment property must be disclosed in the notes if 
it is carried at amortized cost. Fair value is generally estimated using an investment method based on internal 
calculations. This involves determining the income value for a specific building on the basis of gross income, 
taking  into  account  additional  factors  such  as  land  value,  remaining  useful  life  and  a  multiplier  specific  to 
property. 

C A P I TA L I Z AT I O N   O F   B O R R O W I N G   C O ST S  
Borrowing costs of qualifying assets are capitalized as part of the cost of these assets. A qualifying asset is an 
asset that necessarily takes at least a year to get ready for its intended use or sale.  

E Q U I T Y - A C C O U N T E D   I N V E ST M E N T S  
The cost of equity-accounted investments is adjusted to reflect the share of increases or reductions in equity at 
the associates and joint ventures after the acquisition that is attributable to the Volkswagen Group, as well as 
any  effects  from  purchase  price  allocation.  Additionally,  the  investment  is  tested  for  impairment  if  there  are 
indications  of  impairment  and  written  down  to  the  lower  recoverable  amount  if  necessary.  The  recoverable 
amount  is  determined  using  the  principles  described  for  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets.  If  the  reason  for 
impairment ceases to apply at a later date, the impairment loss is reversed to the carrying amount that would 
have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized. 

F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S  
Financial instruments are contracts that give rise to a financial asset of one company and a financial liability or 
an equity instrument of another. Regular way purchases or sales of financial instruments are accounted for at 
the settlement date – that is, at the date on which the asset is delivered. 

Financial assets are classified and measured on the basis of the entity’s business model and the characteristics 
of the financial asset’s cash flows.  

IFRS 9 classifies financial assets into the following categories: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) financial assets at fair value through profit or loss;
(cid:33)(cid:3) financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (debt instruments); 
(cid:33)(cid:3) financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (equity instruments); and 
(cid:33)(cid:3) financial assets at amortized cost. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

225

Financial liabilities are classified into the following categories: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss; and 
(cid:33)(cid:3) financial liabilities measured at amortized cost. 

In the Volkswagen Group, the categories presented above are allocated to the “at amortized cost” and “at fair 
value” classes. 

F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   A N D   L I A B I L I T I E S   AT   A M O R T I Z E D   C O ST  
Financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  are  held  under  a  business  model  that  is  aimed  at  collecting 
contractual  cash  flows  (“hold”  business  model).  The  cash  flows  of  these  assets  relate  solely  to  payments  of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. The amortized cost of a financial asset or liability 
is the amount: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) at which a financial asset or liability is measured at initial recognition; 
(cid:33)(cid:3) minus any principal repayments;  
(cid:33)(cid:3) taking account of any loss allowances, write-downs for impairment and uncollectibility relating to financial 

assets; and 

(cid:33)(cid:3) plus or minus the cumulative amortization of any difference between the original amount and the amount 
repayable at maturity (premium, discount), amortized using the effective interest method  over the term of 
the financial asset or liability. 

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method relate to liabilities to banks, 
bonds,  commercial  paper  and  notes,  loans  and  other  liabilities.  Gains  or  losses  resulting  from  changes  in 
amortized  cost,  including  the  effects  of  changes  in  exchange  rates,  are  recognized  through  profit  or  loss.  For 
reasons of materiality, discounting or unwinding of discounting is not applied to current liabilities (due within 
one year). 

Financial assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost are 
(cid:33)(cid:3) receivables from financing business; 
(cid:33)(cid:3) trade receivables and payables; 
(cid:33)(cid:3) other receivables and financial assets and liabilities; 
(cid:33)(cid:3) financial liabilities; and 
(cid:33)(cid:3) cash, cash equivalents and time deposits. 

F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   A N D   L I A B I L I T I E S   AT   F A I R   VA L U E    
Changes in the carrying amount of financial assets measured at fair value are recognized either through OCI or 
through profit or loss.  

The fair value through OCI (debt instruments) category comprises exclusively debt instruments. Changes in 
fair  value  are  always  recognized  directly  in  equity,  net  of  deferred  taxes.  Certain  changes  in  the  fair  value  of 
these  debt  instruments  (impairment  losses,  foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses,  interest  calculated  using  the 
effective interest method) are recognized immediately in profit or loss.  

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (debt instruments) are held 
under a business model aimed at both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets (“hold and 
sell” business model).  

Financial  assets  that  are  equity  instruments  are  also  measured  at  fair  value.  Here  Volkswagen  exercises  the 
option  to  recognize  changes  in  fair  value  always  through  other  comprehensive  income,  i.e.  gains  and  losses 
from  the  measurement  of  equity  investments  are  never  recycled  to  the  income  statement  and  instead 
reclassified to revenue reserves on disposal (no reclassification).  

 
 
 
 
 
 
226 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Any  financial  assets  not  measured  at  either  amortized  cost  or  through  other  comprehensive  income  are 
allocated to the fair value through profit or loss category. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are 
aimed in particular at generating cash flows by selling financial instruments (“sell” business model). 

At Volkswagen, this category primarily comprises  
(cid:33)(cid:3) hedging relationships to which hedge accounting is not applied and 
(cid:33)(cid:3) investment fund units. 

All financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss relate to derivatives to which hedge accounting is not 
applied. 

Fair value generally corresponds to the market or quoted market price. If no active market exists, fair value 
is determined using other observable inputs as far as possible. If no observable inputs are available, fair value is 
determined  using  valuation  techniques,  such  as  by  discounting  the  future  cash  flows  at  the  market  interest 
rate, or by using recognized option pricing models, and, as far as possible, verified by confirmations from the 
banks that handle the transactions. 

In  the  case  of  current  financial  receivables  and  liabilities,  amortized  cost  generally  corresponds  to  the 

principal or repayment amount. 

The fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities is not used in the Volkswagen Group. 
Financial assets and financial liabilities are generally presented at their gross amounts and only offset if the 
Volkswagen Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and intends to settle on a net 
basis. 

Subsidiaries,  associates  and  joint  ventures  that  are  not  consolidated  for  reasons  of  materiality  do  not  fall 

within the scope of IFRS 9 and IFRS 7.  

D E R I VAT I V E S   A N D   H E D G E   A C C O U N T I N G  
Volkswagen  Group  companies  use  derivatives  to  hedge  balance  sheet  items  and  future  cash  flows  (hedged 
items).  Appropriate  derivatives  such  as  swaps,  forward  transactions  and  options  are  used  as  hedging 
instruments. The criteria for the application of hedge accounting are that the hedging relationship between the 
hedged item and the hedging instrument is clearly documented and that the hedge is highly effective. 

The accounting treatment of changes in the fair value of hedging instruments depends on the nature of the 
hedging relationship. In the case of hedges against the risk of change  in the fair value of balance sheet items 
(fair value hedges), both the hedging instrument and the hedged risk portion of the hedged item are measured 
at fair value. Several risk portions of hedged items are grouped into a portfolio if appropriate. In the case of a 
fair value portfolio hedge, the changes in fair value are accounted for in the same way as for a fair value hedge 
of an individual underlying. Gains or losses from the measurement of hedging instruments and hedged items 
are  recognized  in  profit  or  loss.  In  the  Volkswagen Group,  IAS 39  is  applied  alongside  IFRS 9  to  account  for 
portfolio hedges of interest rate risk in the Financial Services Division. 

In the case of hedges of future cash flows (cash flow hedges), the hedging instruments are also measured at 
fair value. The designated effective portion of the hedging instrument is accounted for through OCI I and the 
non-designated  portion  through  OCI  II.  They  are  only  recognized  in  the  income  statement  when  the  hedged 
item is recognized in profit or loss. The ineffective portion of cash flow hedges is recognized through profit or 
loss immediately.  

Derivatives  used  by  the  Volkswagen  Group  for  financial  management  purposes  to  hedge  against  interest 
rate, foreign currency, commodity price, equity price, or fund price risks, but that do not meet the strict hedge 
accounting  criteria  of  IFRS 9,  are  classified  as  financial  assets  or  liabilities  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss 
(referred  to  below  as  derivatives  to  which  hedge  accounting  is  not  applied).  This  also  applies  to  options  on 
shares.  

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

227

External hedging instruments of intragroup hedged items that are subsequently eliminated in the consolidated 
financial statements are also assigned to this category as a general rule. Assets and liabilities measured at fair 
value through profit or loss consist of derivatives or components of derivatives that are not included in hedge 
accounting.  These  relate  for  example  to  the  non-designated  currency  forwards  used  to  hedge  sales  revenue, 
interest rate hedges, commodity futures and currency forwards relating to commodity futures. 

R E C E I VA B L E S   F R O M   F I N A N C E   L E A S E S  
Where a Group company is the lessor – generally of vehicles – a receivable in the amount of the net investment 
in  the  lease  is  recognized  in  the  case  of  finance  leases,  in  other  words  where  substantially  all  the  risks  and 
rewards are transferred to the lessee. 

I M PA I R M E N T   L O S S E S   O N   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S  
Financial  assets  are  exposed  to  default  risk,  which  is  taken  into  account  by  recognizing  loss  allowances  or,  if 
losses have already been incurred, by recognizing impairment losses. Default risk on loans and receivables in 
the financial services segment is accounted for by recognizing specific loss allowances and portfolio-based loss 
allowances.  

In particular, a loss allowance is recognized on these financial assets in the amount of the expected loss in 
accordance  with  Group-wide  standards.  The  actual  specific  loss  allowances  for  the  losses  incurred  are  then 
charged to this loss allowance. A potential impairment is assumed not only for a number of situations such as 
delayed  payment  over  a  certain  period,  the  institution  of  enforcement  measures,  the  threat  of  insolvency  or 
overindebtedness,  application  for  or  the  opening  of  bankruptcy  proceedings,  or  the  failure  of  reorganization 
measures, but also for receivables that are not past due. 

Portfolio-based  loss  allowances  are  recognized  by  grouping  together  insignificant  receivables  and 
significant individual receivables for which there is no indication of impairment into homogeneous portfolios 
on  the  basis  of  comparable  credit  risk  features  and  allocating  them  by  risk  class.  Average  historical  default 
probabilities are used in combination with forward-looking parameters for the portfolio concerned to calculate 
the amount of the impairment loss.  

Credit  risks  must  be  considered  for  all  financial  assets  measured  at  amortized  cost  or  fair  value  through 
profit or loss (debt instruments), as well as for contract assets in accordance with IFRS 15 and lease receivables 
within the scope of IFRS 16. The rules on impairment also apply to risks from irrevocable credit commitments 
not recognized in the balance sheet and to the measurement of financial guarantees. 

As  a  matter  of  principle,  a  simplified  process,  which  takes  historical  default  rates  and  forward-looking 
information into account, and specific loss allowances are used to account for impairment losses on receivables 
outside the Financial Services segment.  

D E F E R R E D   TA X E S  
Deferred tax assets are generally recognized for tax-deductible temporary differences between the tax base of 
assets  and  liabilities  and  their  carrying  amounts  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheet,  as  well  as  on  tax  loss 
carryforwards  and  tax  credits  provided  it  is  probable  that  they  can  be  used  in  future  periods.  Deferred  tax 
liabilities  are  generally  recognized  for  all  taxable  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  base  of  assets  and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated balance sheet. 

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are recognized in the amount of the expected tax liability or tax benefit, 
as appropriate, in subsequent fiscal years, based on the expected enacted tax rate at the time of realization. The 
tax  consequences  of  dividend  payments  are  generally  not  taken  into  account  until  the  resolution  on 
appropriation of earnings available for distribution has been adopted. 

Deferred  tax  assets  that  are  unlikely  to  be  realized  within  a  clearly  predictable  period  are  reduced  by  loss  

allowances. 

Deferred tax assets for tax loss carryforwards are usually measured on the basis of future taxable income 

over a planning period of five fiscal years. 

Deferred  tax  assets  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  are  offset  where  taxes  are  levied  by  the  same  taxation 

authority and relate to the same tax period. 

 
228 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

I N V E N T O R I E S  
Raw  materials,  consumables  and  supplies,  merchandise,  work  in  progress  and  self-produced  finished  goods 
reported in inventories are carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on the basis of 
the  direct  and  indirect  costs  that  are  directly  attributable.  Borrowing  costs  are  not  capitalized.  The 
measurement of same or similar inventories is generally based on the weighted average cost method. 

N O N C U R R E N T   A S S E T S   H E L D   F O R   S A L E   A N D   D I S C O N T I N U E D   O P E R AT I O N S  
Under IFRS 5, noncurrent assets or groups of assets and liabilities (disposal groups) are classified as held for sale 
if  their  carrying  amounts  will  be  recovered  principally  through  a  sale  transaction  rather  than  through 
continuing use. Such assets are carried at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, and 
are presented separately in current assets and liabilities in the balance sheet. 

Discontinued operations are components of an entity that have either been disposed of or are classified as 
held for sale. The assets and liabilities of operations that are held for sale represent disposal groups that must 
be  measured  and  reported  using  the  same  principles  as  noncurrent  assets  held  for  sale.  The  income  and 
expenses  from  discontinued  operations  are  presented  in  the  income  statement  as  profit  or  loss  from 
discontinued operations below the profit or loss from continuing operations. Corresponding disposal gains or 
losses  are  contained  in  the  profit  or  loss  from  discontinued  operations.  The  prior-year  figures  in  the  income 
statement are adjusted accordingly. 

P E N S I O N   P R O V I S I O N S  
The actuarial valuation of pension provisions is based on the projected unit credit method stipulated by IAS 19 
for defined benefit plans. The valuation is not only based on pension payments and vested entitlements known 
at  the  balance  sheet  date,  but  also  reflects  future  salary  and  pension  trends, as  well as  experience-based  staff 
turnover  rates.  Remeasurements  are  recognized  in  retained  earnings  in  other  comprehensive  income,  net  of 
deferred taxes. 

P R O V I S I O N S   F O R   I N C O M E   TA X E S  
Tax  provisions  contain  obligations  resulting  from  current  income  taxes.  Deferred  taxes  are  presented  in 
separate items of the balance sheet and income statement. Provisions are recognized for potential tax risks on 
the basis of the best estimate of the liability.  

S H A R E - B A S E D   PAYM E N T  
The share-based payment consists of phantom shares and performance shares. The obligations arising from the 
share-based payment are accounted for as cash-settled plans in accordance with IFRS 2. The cash-settled share-
based payments are measured at fair value until maturity. Fair value is determined using a recognized valuation 
technique. The compensation cost is allocated over the vesting period.  

OT H E R   P R O V I S I O N S  
In  accordance  with  IAS 37,  provisions  are  recognized  where  a  present  obligation  exists  to  third  parties  as  a 
result  of  a  past  event,  where  a  future  outflow  of  resources  is  probable  and  where  a  reliable  estimate  of  that 
outflow can be made. 

Provisions  not  resulting  in  an  outflow  of  resources  in  the  year  immediately  following  are  recognized  at 
their settlement value discounted to the balance sheet date. Discounting is based on market interest rates. An 
average  discount  rate  of  –0.10%  (previous  year:  0.20%)  was  used  in  the  Eurozone.  The  settlement  value  also 
reflects cost increases expected at the balance sheet date. 

Provisions are not offset against claims for reimbursement. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

229

Insurance  contracts  that  form  part  of  the  insurance  business  are  recognized  in  accordance  with  IFRS 4. 
Reinsurance acceptances are accounted for without any time delay in the year in which they arise. Provisions 
are  generally  recognized  based  on  the  cedant’s  contractual  duties.  Estimation  techniques  based  on 
assumptions  about  future  changes  in  claims  are  used  to  calculate  the  claims  provision.  Other  technical 
provisions relate to the provision for cancellations. 

The  share  of  the  provisions  attributable  to  reinsurers  is  calculated  in  accordance  with  the  contractual 

agreements with the retrocessionaries and reported under other assets. 

C O N T I N G E N T   L I A B I L I T I E S  
If the criteria for recognizing a provision are not met, but the outflow of financial resources is not remote, such 
obligations are disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (see the “Contingent liabilities” 
section).  Contingent  liabilities  are  only  recognized  if  the  obligations  are  more  certain,  i.e.  the  outflow  of 
financial resources has become probable and their amount can be reliably estimated. 

L I A B I L I T I E S  
Noncurrent liabilities are recorded at amortized cost in the balance sheet. Differences between historical cost 
and the repayment amount are amortized using the effective interest method. 

Liabilities to members of partnerships from puttable shares are recognized in the income statement at the 

present value of the redemption amount at the balance sheet date. 

Lease liabilities are carried at the present value of the lease payments. 
Current liabilities are recognized at their repayment or settlement value. 

R E V E N U E   A N D   E X P E N S E   R E C O G N I T I O N  
Sales  revenue,  interest  and  commission  income  from  financial  services  and  other  operating  income  are 
recognized  only  when  the  relevant  service  has  been  rendered  or  the  goods have  been  delivered,  i.e.  when the 
customer has obtained control of the good or service. Where new and used vehicles and original parts are sold, 
the  Company’s  performance  invariably  occurs  upon  delivery,  because  that  is  the  point  when  control  is 
transferred, and the inventory risk and, for deliveries to a dealer, invariably also the pricing decision pass to the 
customer.  Revenue  is  reported  net  of  sales  allowances  (discounts,  rebates,  or  customer  bonuses).  The 
Volkswagen Group measures sales allowances and other variable consideration on the basis of experience and 
by taking account of current circumstances. Vehicles are normally sold on payment terms. A trade receivable is 
recognized for the period between vehicle delivery and receipt of payment. Any financing component included 
in  the  transaction  is  only  recognized  if  the  period  between  the  transfer  of  the  goods  and  the  payment  of 
consideration is longer than one year and the amount to be accrued is significant. 

Sales  revenue  from  financing  and  finance  lease  agreements  is  recognized  using  the  effective  interest 
method.  If  non-interest-bearing  or  low-interest  vehicle  financing  arrangements  are  agreed,  sales  revenue  is 
reduced by the interest benefits granted. Sales revenue from operate leases is recognized over the term of the 
contract on a straight line basis.  

In contracts under which the goods or services are transferred over a period of time, revenue is recognized, 
depending on the type of goods or services provided, either according to the stage of completion or, to simplify, 
on a straight-line basis; the latter is only allowed, if revenue recognition on a straight-line basis does not differ 
materially  from  recognition  according  to  the  stage  of  completion.  As  a  rule,  the  stage  of  completion  is 
determined  as  the  proportion  that  contract  costs  incurred  by  the  end  of  the  reporting  period  bear  to  the 
estimated total contract costs (cost-to-cost method). Contract costs incurred invariably represent the best way 
to measure the stage of completion for the performance obligation. If the outcome of a performance obligation 
satisfied  over  time  is  not  sufficiently  certain,  but  the  company  expects,  as  a  minimum,  to  recover  its  costs, 
revenue  is  only  recognized  in  the  amount  of  contract  costs  incurred  (zero  profit  margin  method).  If  the 
expected costs exceed the expected revenue, the expected losses are recognized immediately in full as expenses 
by recognizing impairment losses on the associated contract assets recognized, and additionally by recognizing 
provisions  for  any  amounts  in  excess  of  the  impairment  losses.  Since  long-term  construction  contracts 
invariably give rise to contingent receivables from customers for the period to completion or payment by the 
customer,  contract  assets  are  recognized  for  the  corresponding  amounts.  A  trade  receivable  is  recognized  as 
soon as the Company has transferred the goods or services in full.  

 
230 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

If  a  contract  comprises  several  separately  identifiable  components  (multiple-element  arrangements),  these 
components are recognized separately in accordance with the principles outlined above.  

If  services  are  sold  to  the  customer  at  the  same  time  as  the  vehicle,  and  the  customer  pays  for  them  in 
advance,  the  Group  recognizes  a  corresponding  contract  liability  until  the  services  have  been  transferred. 
Examples  of  services  that  customers  pay  for  in  advance  are  servicing,  maintenance  and  certain  warranty 
contracts  as  well  as  mobile  online  services.  For  extended  warranties  granted  to  customers  for  a  particular 
model,  a  provision  is  normally  recognized  in  the  same  way  as  for  statutory  warranties.  If  the  warranty  is 
optional  for  the  customer  or  includes  an  additional  service  component,  the  sales  revenue  is  deferred  and 
recognized over the term of the warranty.  

Income  from  the  sale  of  assets  for  which  a  Group  company  has  a  buyback  obligation  is  recognized  only 
when the assets have definitively left the Group. If a fixed repurchase price was agreed when the contract was 
entered into, the difference between the selling price and the present value of the repurchase price is recognized 
as income ratably over the term of the contract. Prior to that time, the assets are carried as inventories in the 
case of short contract terms and as lease assets in the case of long contract terms.  

Sales revenue is always determined on the basis of the price stated in the contract. If variable consideration 
(e.g.  volume-based  bonus  payments)  has  been  agreed  in  a  contract,  the  large  number  of  contracts  involved 
means  that  revenue  has  to  be  estimated  using  the  expected  value  method.  In  exceptional  cases,  the  most 
probable amount method may also be used. Once the expected sales revenue has been estimated, an additional 
check is carried out to determine whether there is any uncertainty that necessitates the reversal of the revenue 
initially  recognized  so  that  it  can  be  virtually  ruled  out  that  sales  revenue  subsequently  has  to  be  adjusted 
downward. Provisions for reimbursements arise mainly from dealer bonuses. 

In  multiple  element  arrangements,  the  transaction  price  is  allocated  to  the  different  performance 
obligations of the contract on the basis of relative standalone selling prices. In the Automotive Division, non-
vehicle-related services are invariably measured at their standalone selling prices for reasons of materiality.  

Cost of sales includes the costs incurred to generate the sales revenue and the cost of goods purchased for 
resale. This item also includes the costs of additions to warranty provisions. Research and development costs 
not eligible for capitalization in the period and amortization of development costs are likewise carried under 
cost of sales. Reflecting the presentation of interest and commission income in sales revenue, the interest and 
commission expenses attributable to the financial services business are presented in cost of sales. 

Dividend income is recognized on the date when the dividend is legally approved. 

G O V E R N M E N T   G R A N T S  
Government  grants  related  to  assets  are  deducted  when  arriving  at  the  carrying  amount  of the  asset  and  are 
recognized in profit or loss over the life of the depreciable asset as a reduced depreciation expense. If the Group 
becomes entitled to a grant subsequently, the amount of the grant attributable to prior periods is recognized as 
profit or loss.  

Government grants related to income, i.e. that compensate the Group for expenses incurred, are recognized 
in profit or loss for the period in those items in which the expenses to be compensated by the grants are also 
recognized.  Grants  in  the  form  of  nonmonetary  assets  (e.g.  the  use  of  land  free  of  charge  or  the  transfer  of 
resources free of charge) are disclosed as a memo item. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

231

E ST I M AT E S   A N D   A S S U M P T I O N S   B Y   M A N A G E M E N T  
Preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make  certain  estimates  and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and income and expenses, as well as the 
related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities of the reporting period. The estimates  and assumptions 
relate largely to the following matters:  

The impairment testing of nonfinancial assets (especially goodwill, brand names, capitalized development 
costs and special operational equipment) and equity-accounted investments, or investments accounted at cost, 
and  the  measurement  of  options  on  shares  in  companies  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  require 
assumptions about the future cash flows during the planning period, and possibly beyond it, as well as about 
the  discount  rate  to  be  applied.  The  estimates  made  in  order  to  separate  cash  flows  mainly  relate  to  future 
market shares, the trend in the respective markets and the profitability of the Volkswagen Group’s products. In 
addition, the recoverability of the Group’s lease assets depends in particular on the residual value of the leased 
vehicles  after  expiration  of  the  lease  term,  because  this  represents  a  significant  portion  of  the  expected  cash 
flows. A change to the definition of cash-generating units in the Passenger Cars Business Area was required in 
the past fiscal year. More detailed information on impairment tests and the measurement parameters used for 
those tests can be found in the explanations on the accounting policies for intangible assets.  

If  there  are  no  observable  market  inputs,  the  fair  values  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  in  a 
business  combination  are  measured  using  recognized  valuation  techniques,  such  as  the  relief-from-royalty 
method or the residual method. 

Impairment testing of financial assets requires estimates about the extent and probability of occurrence of 
future events. As far as possible, estimates are derived from experience taking into account current market data 
as  well  as  rating  categories  and  scoring  information.  The  section  entitled  “IFRS  7  (Financial  Instruments)” 
contains further details on how to determine loss allowances.  

Accounting for provisions is also based on estimates of the extent and probability of occurrence of future 
events,  as  well  as  estimates  of  the  discount  rate.  As  far  as  possible,  these  are  also  based  on  experience  or 
external  opinions.  The  assumptions  applied  in  the  measurement  of  pension  provisions  are  described  in  the 
“Provisions  for  pensions  and  other  post-employment  benefits”  section.  Remeasurements  are  recognized  in 
other comprehensive income and do not affect profit or loss reported in the income statement. Any change in 
the  estimates  of  the  amount  of  other  provisions  is  always  recognized  in  profit  or  loss.  The  provisions  are 
regularly  adjusted  to  reflect  new  information  obtained.  The  use  of  expected  values  means  that  additional 
amounts  must  frequently  be  recognized  for  provisions,  or  that  unused  provisions  are  reversed.  Similarly  to 
expenses for the recognition of provisions, income from the reversal of provisions is allocated to the respective 
functions.  Warranty  claims  from  sales  transactions  are  calculated  on  the  basis  of  losses  to  date,  estimated 
future  losses  and  the  policy  on  ex  gratia  arrangements.  In  addition,  assumptions  must  be  made  about  the 
nature and extent of future warranty and ex gratia claims.  

For  the  provisions  recognized  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue,  assumptions  were  made  in  particular 
about working hours, material costs and hourly wage rates, depending on the series, model year and country 
concerned.  In  addition,  assumptions  are  made  about  future  resale  prices  of  repurchased  vehicles.  These 
assumptions  are  based  on  qualified  estimates,  which  are  based  in  turn  on  external  data,  and  also  reflect 
additional information available internally, such as values derived from experience. Further information on the 
legal proceedings and on the legal risks associated with the diesel issue can be found in the “Litigation” section. 
Tax  provisions  were  recognized  for  potential  future  tax  back  payments,  while  other  provisions  were 

recognized for ancillary tax payments arising in this connection.  

Volkswagen AG and its subsidiaries have operations worldwide and are audited by local tax authorities on 
an ongoing basis. Amendments to tax laws and changes in legal precedent and their interpretation by the tax 
authorities  in  the  respective  countries  may  lead  to  tax  payments  that  differ  from  the  estimates  made  in  the 
financial statements. 

 
232 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The  measurement  of  the  tax  provision  is  based  on  the  most  likely  exposure  resulting  from  this  risk 
materializing. Volkswagen decides whether to account for multiple tax uncertainties separately or in groups on 
the  merits  of  each  individual  case  considered,  depending  on  which  type  of  presentation  is  better  suited  to 
predicting the extent to which the tax risk will materialize. The pricing of individual products and services is 
complex,  especially  in  relation  to  contracts  for  the  cross-border  supply  of  intragroup  goods  and  services, 
because it is in many cases not possible to observe market prices for internally generated products, or the use of 
market  prices  for  similar  products  is  subject  to  uncertainty  because  they  are  not  comparable.  In  these  cases, 
prices – including for tax purposes – are determined on the basis of standardized, generally accepted valuation 
techniques. 

If  actual  developments  differ  from  the  assumptions  made  for  recognizing  the  provisions,  the  figures 

actually recorded may differ from the estimates expected originally. 

An overview of other provisions can be found in the “Noncurrent and current other provisions” section. 
Government grants are recognized based on an assessment as to whether there is reasonable assurance that 
the  Group  companies  will  fulfill  the  attached  conditions  and  the  grants  will  be  awarded.  This  assessment  is 
based on the nature of the legal entitlement and past experience.  

Estimates of the useful life of finite-lived assets are based on experience and are reviewed regularly. Where 

estimates are modified the residual useful life is adjusted and an impairment loss is recognized, if necessary.  

Estimates of lease terms under IFRS 16 are based on the non-cancelable period of a lease and an assessment 
of whether existing extension and termination options will be exercised.(cid:3)The determination of the lease term 
and  the  discount  rates  used  impacts  on  the  amounts  to  be  recognized  for  right-of-use  assets  and  lease 
liabilities.

Measuring deferred tax assets requires assumptions regarding future taxable income and the timing of the 

realization of deferred tax assets. 

The  estimates  and  assumptions  are  based  on  underlying  assumptions  that  reflect  the  current  state  of 
available knowledge. Specifically, the expected future development of business was based on the circumstances 
known at the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements and a realistic assessment of the 
future  development  of  the  global  and  sector-specific  environment.  Our  estimates  and  assumptions  remain 
subject to a high degree of uncertainty because future business developments are subject to uncertainties that 
in  part  cannot  be  influenced  by  the  Group.  This  applies  in  particular  to  short-  and  medium-term  cash  flow 
forecasts and to the discount rates used.  

Developments  in  this  environment  that  differ  from  the  assumptions  and  that  cannot  be  influenced  by 
management could result in amounts that differ from the original estimates. If actual developments differ from 
the expected developments, the underlying assumptions and, if necessary, the carrying amounts of the assets 
and liabilities affected are adjusted. 

Global gross domestic product (GDP) rose by 2.6% (previous year: 3.2%) in 2019.(cid:3)Our forecasts are based on 
the  assumption  that  global  economic  growth  will  slow  down  somewhat  in  2020.  As  a  result,  from  today's 
perspective, we are not expecting material adjustments in the following fiscal year in the carrying amounts of 
the assets and liabilities reported in the consolidated balance sheet. 

Estimates  and  assumptions  by  management  were  based  in  particular  on  assumptions  relating  to  the 
development of the general economic environment, the automotive markets and the legal environment. These 
and further assumptions are explained in detail in the Report on Expected Developments, which is part of the 
Group Management Report. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

233

Segment reporting 

Segments  are  identified  on  the  basis  of  the  Volkswagen  Group’s  internal  management  and  reporting.  In  line 
with the Group’s multibrand strategy, each of its brands (operating segments) is managed by its own Board of 
Management. The Group targets and requirements laid down by the Board of Management of Volkswagen AG 
must  be  complied  with.  Segment  reporting  comprises  four  reportable  segments:  Passenger  Cars  and  Light 
Commercial Vehicles, Commercial Vehicles, Power Engineering and Financial Services. As a result of an internal 
management  change  as  from  January 1,  2019,  light  commercial  vehicles  of  the  Volkswagen  Commercial 
Vehicles brand are no longer allocated to the Commercial Vehicles segment, but reported under the Passenger 
Cars and Light Commercial Vehicles segment. The prior-year figures have been adjusted accordingly. 

The  activities  of  the  Passenger  Cars  and  Light  Commercial  Vehicles  segment  cover  the  development  of 
vehicles  and  engines,  the  production  and  sale  of  passenger  cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles,  and  the 
corresponding  genuine  parts  business.  In  the  Passenger  Cars  and  Light  Commercial  Vehicles  reporting 
segment,  the  individual  brands  are  being  combined  into  a  single  reportable  segment,  in  particular  as  a 
response  to  the  high  degree  of  technological  and  economic  interlinking  in  the  production  network. 
Furthermore,  there  is  collaboration  within  key  areas  such  as  procurement,  research  and  development  or 
treasury.  

The Commercial Vehicles segment primarily comprises the development, production and sale of trucks and 
buses, the corresponding genuine parts business and related services. Just as in the case of the car brands, there 
is collaboration within the areas procurement, development and sales. The aim is to achieve further forms of 
interlinking. 

The activities of the Power Engineering segment consist of the development and production of large-bore 
diesel engines, turbo compressors, industrial turbines and chemical reactor systems, as well as the production 
of gear units, propulsion components and testing systems. 

The activities of the Financial Services segment comprise dealer and customer financing, leasing, banking 
and  insurance  activities,  fleet  management  and  mobility  services.  In  this  segment,  combinations  occur 
especially while taking into account the comparability of the type of services as well as the regulatory situation. 
Purchase price allocation for companies acquired is allocated directly to the corresponding segments.  
At Volkswagen, segment profit or loss is measured on the basis of the operating result. 
In the segment reporting, the share of the result of joint ventures is contained in the share of the result of 

equity-accounted investments in the corresponding segments.  

The reconciliation contains activities and other operations that by definition do not constitute segments.  
It  also  includes  the  unallocated  Group financing activities.  Consolidation  adjustments  between  the  segments 
are also contained in the reconciliation. 

Investments in intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, and investment property are reported net 

of investments in right-of-use assets from leases. 

As  a  matter  of  principle,  business  relationships  between  the  companies  within  the  segments  of  the 

Volkswagen Group are transacted at arm’s length prices. 

 
234 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

R E P O R T I N G   S E G M E N T S   2 0 1 8 1  

€ million 

Sales revenue from 
external customers 

Intersegment sales revenue 

Total sales revenue 

Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment losses 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Share of the result of  
equity-accounted investments 

Interest result and 
other financial result 

Equity-accounted investments 

Investments in intangible assets, 
property, plant and equipment,  
and investment property 

R E P O R T I N G   S E G M E N T S   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Sales revenue from 
external customers 

Intersegment sales revenue 

Total sales revenue 

Depreciation and amortization 

Impairment losses 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Share of the result of  
equity-accounted investments 

Interest result and 
other financial result 

Equity-accounted investments 

Investments in intangible assets, 
property, plant and equipment,  
and investment property 

Passenger Cars 
and Light 
Commercial 
Vehicles

Commercial
Vehicles

Power
Engineering

Financial
Services

Total
segments

Reconciliation

Volkswagen
Group

176,613

12,895

189,508

12,700

629

156

23,803

979

24,781

1,966

89

6

3,094

164

6,731

213

297

971

3,605

3

3,608

378

–

2

–64

3

2

18

31,592

3,190

34,782

6,523

469

98

2,793

58

–70

712

235,613

17,067

252,680

21,567

1,186

262

16,988

3,369

393

8,434

236

235,849

–17,067

–16,830

–56

110

–

–3,068

–

235,849

21,511

1,296

262

13,920

–

3,369

–2,039

–

–1,646

8,434

16,709

1,380

176

510

18,776

187

18,962

Segment result (operating result) 

13,068

1,191

1  The prior-year figures have been adjusted to reflect a change in the allocation of Light Commercial Vehicles of the Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand. 

Passenger Cars 
and Light 
Commercial 
Vehicles

Commercial
Vehicles

Power
Engineering

Financial
Services

Total
segments

Reconciliation

Volkswagen
Group

186,511

15,762

202,273

14,622

201

886

25,401

1,043

26,444

2,280

1

71

3,053

225

–1,582

6,232

–70

1,118

3,995

2

3,997

420

–

2

–93

–1

1

34

36,446

3,714

40,160

8,080

538

181

3,212

71

–64

784

252,353

20,522

272,875

25,402

740

1,140

20,381

280

252,632

–20,522

–20,242

–996

209

–15

–3,422

–

252,632

24,406

949

1,124

16,960

3,349

–

3,349

–1,715

8,169

–238

–

–1,953

8,169

17,098

1,460

197

223

18,977

423

19,401

Segment result (operating result) 

15,610

1,653

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

235

R E C O N C I L I AT I O N  

€ million 

Segment sales revenue 

Unallocated activities 

Group financing 

Consolidation 

Group sales revenue 

Segment result (operating result) 

Unallocated activities 

Group financing 

Consolidation 

Operating result 

Financial result 

Consolidated result before tax 

2019

2018¹

272,875

252,680

969

28

–21,239

252,632

981

24

–17,835

235,849

20,381

16,988

–72

–38

–3,312

16,960

1,396

18,356

–22

–17

–3,029

13,920

1,723

15,643

1  The prior-year figures have been adjusted to reflect a change in the allocation of Light Commercial Vehicles of the Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles brand. 

B Y   R E G I O N   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Sales revenue from 
external customers 

Intangible assets, property, plant 
and equipment, lease assets and 
investment property 

1  Excluding Germany. 

B Y   R E G I O N   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Sales revenue from 
external customers 

Intangible assets, property, plant 
and equipment, lease assets and 
investment property 

1  Excluding Germany. 

Germany

Europe/Other
markets¹

North 
America

South 
America

Asia-Pacific

Hedges 
sales revenue

Total

43,526

99,563

37,656

10,405

43,166

1,535

235,849

95,217

36,110

29,332

2,795

2,830

–

166,285

Germany

Europe/Other
markets¹

North
America

South
America

Asia-Pacific

Hedges 
sales revenue

Total

48,991

105,009

43,351

11,297

43,974

11

252,632

101,092

47,353

26,771

3,064

3,562

–

181,842

Allocation of sales revenue to the regions follows the destination principle. 

The  allocation  of  interregional  intragroup  transactions  has  been  unitary  presented  according  to  the 

economic ownership regarding the segment assets.  

 
236 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Income statement disclosures 

1.(cid:3)Sales revenue 

ST R U C T U R E   O F   G R O U P   S A L E S   R E V E N U E   2 0 1 8 1  

€ million 

Vehicles 

Genuine parts 

Used vehicles and 
third-party products 

Engines, powertrains 
and parts deliveries 

Power Engineering 

Motorcycles 

Leasing business 

Interest and similar 
income 

Hedges sales revenue 

Other sales revenue 

Passenger Cars 
and Light 
Commercial 
Vehicles

141,339

12,703

11,776

11,773

–

582

889

230

1,440

8,776

189,508

Commercial 
Vehicles

Power
Engineering

Financial
Services

Total Segments

Reconciliation

Volkswagen 
Group

16,035

3,316

1,387

676

–

–

1,651

6

12

1,699

24,781

–

–

–

–

3,608

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

26,667

7,302

–

814

3,608

34,782

157,374

16,019

–10,548

–100

146,826

15,919

13,163

–609

12,554

12,449

3,608

582

29,207

7,537

1,451

11,289

252,680

–9

–3

–

–4,200

–187

83

–1,258

–16,830

12,440

3,605

582

25,006

7,351

1,535

10,031

235,849

1  Since  January  1,  2019,  sales  revenue  from  the  sale  of  light  commercial  vehicles  of  the  Volkswagen  Commercial  Vehicles  brand  has  not  been  reported  in  the 

Commercial Vehicles segment. The prior-year figures have been adjusted accordingly. 

ST R U C T U R E   O F   G R O U P   S A L E S   R E V E N U E   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Vehicles 

Genuine parts 

Used vehicles and 
third-party products 

Engines, powertrains 
and parts deliveries 

Power Engineering 

Motorcycles 

Leasing business 

Interest and similar 
income 

Hedges sales revenue 

Other sales revenue 

Passenger Cars 
and Light 
Commercial 
Vehicles

154,377

13,329

12,583

11,496

–

603

986

235

–143

8,808

202,273

Commercial 
Vehicles

Power
Engineering

Financial
Services

Total Segments

Reconciliation

Volkswagen 
Group

17,387

3,464

1,415

641

–

–

1,735

5

–18

1,814

26,444

–

–

–

–

3,997

–

0

–

–

–

3,997

–

–

–

–

–

–

30,795

8,031

0

1,334

40,160

171,764

16,793

–14,552

–117

157,212

16,676

13,997

–549

13,449

12,137

3,997

603

33,517

8,271

–161

11,956

272,875

–21

–2

0

–4,370

–205

171

–597

–20,242

12,116

3,994

603

29,147

8,066

11

11,359

252,632

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

237

For segment reporting purposes, the sales revenue of the Group is presented by segment and market.  

Other sales revenue comprises revenue from workshop services and license revenue, among other things. 
Of the sales revenue recognized in the period under review, an amount of €6,333 million was included in 

contract liabilities as of January 1, 2019. 

€359 million  (previous  year:  €667 million)  of  the  sales  revenue  recognized  in  the  period  under  review  is 

attributable to performance obligations satisfied in a prior period. 

In  addition  to  existing  performance  obligations  of  €3,967 million  (previous  year:  €3,614 million)  in  the 
Power Engineering segment, most of which are expected to be satisfied or for which sales revenue is expected to 
be recognized by December 31, 2020, the vast majority of the Volkswagen Group’s performance obligations that 
are  unsatisfied  as  of  the  reporting  date  relate  to  vehicle  deliveries.  Most  of  these  deliveries  had  already  been 
made at the time this report was prepared, or will be made in the first quarter of 2020. The calculation of the 
amounts for the Power Engineering Business Area took account of both contracts with a term of more than one 
year  and  service  contracts  under  which  the  Volkswagen  Group  realizes  sales  revenue  in  exactly  the  same 
amount  as  the  customer  benefits  from  the  provision  of  services  by  the  Company.  In  the  case  of  variable 
consideration, sales revenue is only recognized to the extent that there is reasonable assurance that this sales 
revenue will not subsequently have to be reversed or adjusted downward. 

2. Cost of sales

Cost  of  sales  includes  interest  expenses  of  €2,705 million  (previous  year:  €2,270 million)  attributable  to  the 
financial services business.  

This  item  also  includes  impairment  losses  on  intangible  assets  (primarily  development  costs),  property, 
plant  and  equipment  (primarily  other  equipment,  operating  and  office  equipment),  and  lease  assets  in  the 
amount of €830 million (previous year: €1,165 million). The impairment losses totaling €295 million (previous 
year:  €631 million)  recognized  during  the  reporting  period  on  intangible  assets  and  items  of  property,  plant 
and equipment result in particular from lower values in use of various products in the Passenger Cars segment, 
from  market  and  exchange  rate  risks,  and  in  particular  from  expected  declines  in  volumes.  The  impairment 
losses  on  lease  assets  in  the  amount  of  €535 million  (previous  year:  €534 million)  are  predominantly 
attributable  to  the  Financial  Services  segment.  They  are  based  on  constantly  updated  internal  and  external 
information  that  is  factored  into  the  forecast  residual  values  of  the  vehicles.  Thereof,  €25 million  (previous 
year: €24 million) are reported in current lease assets.  

Government  grants  related  to  income  amounted  to  €657 million  in  the  fiscal  year  (previous  year: 

€466 million) and were generally allocated to the functional areas.  

3. Distribution expenses

Distribution expenses amounting to €21.0 billion (previous year: €20.5 billion) include nonstaff overheads and 
personnel costs, and depreciation and amortization applicable to the distribution function, as well as the costs 
of shipping, advertising and sales promotions.  

4. Administrative expenses

Administrative  expenses  of  €9.8 billion  (previous  year:  €8.8 billion)  mainly  include  nonstaff  overheads  and 
personnel costs, as well as depreciation and amortization charges applicable to the administrative function.  

 
238 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

5. Other operating income

€ million 

2019

2018

Income from reversal of loss allowances on receivables and other assets 

Income from reversal of provisions and accruals 

Income from foreign currency hedging derivatives within hedge accounting 

Income from foreign exchange gains 

Income from other hedges 

Income from sale of promotional material 

Income from cost allocations 

Income from investment property 

Gains on asset disposals and the reversal of impairment losses 

Miscellaneous other operating income 

1,482

969

686

2,346

1,177

498

985

12

1,182

2,116

11,453

1,586

1,144

822

2,530

1,138

483

1,139

14

390

2,383

11,631

Foreign  exchange  gains  mainly  comprise  gains  from  changes  in  exchange  rates  between  the  dates  of 
recognition and payment of receivables and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, as well as exchange 
rate  gains  resulting  from  measurement  at  the  closing  rate.  Foreign  exchange  losses  from  these  items  are 
included in other operating expenses.  

Income from other hedges includes primarily foreign exchange gains from the fair value measurement of 
financial  instruments  used  to  hedge  exchange  rates  and  commodity  prices  and  that  are  not  designated  in  a 
hedging relationship. Foreign exchange losses are included in other operating expenses.  

6. Other operating expenses

€ million 

2019

2018

Loss allowances on trade receivables including construction contracts 

Loss allowances on other receivables and other assets 

Losses from foreign currency hedging derivatives within hedge accounting 

Expenses from other hedges 

Foreign exchange losses 

Expenses from cost allocations 

Expenses for termination agreements 

Losses on disposal of noncurrent assets 

Miscellaneous other operating expenses 

317

1,783

997

1,332

2,013

563

54

119

5,712

12,890

315

1,833

856

1,592

2,800

650

36

161

6,488

14,731

Allowances  on  other  receivables  and  other  assets  include  allowances  on  receivables  from  long-term 
construction contracts amounting to €0.3 million (previous year: €1.0 million). 

Expenses from other hedges include primarily foreign exchange losses from the fair value measurement of 
financial  instruments  used  to  hedge  exchange  rates  and  commodity  prices  and  that  are  not  designated  in  a 
hedging relationship.  

Miscellaneous other operating expenses consist mainly of litigation expenses in connection with the diesel 

issue (see the “Key Events” section for more information). 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

239

7. Share of the result of equity-accounted investments

€ million 

2019

2018

Share of profits of equity-accounted investments 

of which from joint ventures 

of which from associates 

Share of losses of equity-accounted investments 

of which from joint ventures 

of which from associates 

8. Interest result

€ million 

Interest income 

Other interest and similar income 

Income from valuation of interest derivatives 

Interest expenses 

Other interest and similar expenses 

Expenses from valuation of interest derivatives 

Interest expenses included in lease payments 

Interest result from discounting/unwinding discount on other noncurrent liabilities 

Net interest on the net defined benefit liability 

Interest result 

3,501

3,257

244

152

10

142

3,551

3,320

231

182

23

159

3,349

3,369

2019

910

904

6

–2,524

–1,401

–6

–217

–238

–662

–1,614

2018

967

950

17

–1,547

–974

–1

–27

77

–623

–580

 
240 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

9. Other financial result

€ million 

Income from profit and loss transfer agreements 

Cost of loss absorption 

Other income from equity investments 

Other expenses from equity investments 

Income from marketable securities and loans   

Realized income of loan receivables and payables in foreign currency 

Realized expenses of loan receivables and payables in foreign currency 

Gains and losses from remeasurement and impairment of financial instruments  

Gains and losses from fair value changes of derivatives not included in hedge accounting 

Gains and losses from fair value changes of derivatives included in hedge accounting  

Other financial result  

10. Income tax income/expense

C O M P O N E N T S   O F   TA X   I N C O M E   A N D   E X P E N S E  

€ million 

Current tax expense, Germany 

Current tax expense, abroad 

Current income tax expense 

of which prior-period income (–)/expense (+) 

Deferred tax income (–)/expense (+), Germany 

Deferred tax income (–)/expense (+), abroad 

Deferred tax income (–)/expense (+) 

Income tax income/expense 

2019

19

–72

178

–374

27

877

–980

228

–240

0

–339

2018

77

–54

101

–360

–355

1,161

–1,130

–41

–453

–12

–1,066

2019

2018

1,473

2,673

4,147

32

115

65

180

4,326

1,131

2,401

3,533

79

429

–472

–43

3,489

The  statutory  corporation  tax  rate  in  Germany  for  the  2019  assessment  period  was  15%.  Including  trade  tax 
and the solidarity surcharge, this resulted in an aggregate tax rate of 29.8% (previous year: 29.9%).  

A tax rate of 29.8% (previous year: 29.8%) was used to measure deferred taxes in the German consolidated 

tax group. 

The local income tax rates applied for companies outside Germany vary between 0% and 45%. In the case of 

split tax rates, the tax rate applicable to undistributed profits is applied. 

The realization of tax benefits from tax loss carryforwards from previous years resulted in a reduction in 

current income taxes in 2019 of €692 million (previous year: €732 million). 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

241

The tax loss carryforwards and the expiry of loss carryforwards that could not be used changed as follows: 

€ million 

Indefinitely to be carried forward 

Carried forward within 10 years 

Carried forward from 10 to 20 years 

Total  

€ million 

Non-expiring tax loss carryforwards 

Expiry within 10 years 

Expiry from 10 to 20 years 

Expiry over 20 years 

Total  

P R E V I O U S L Y   U N U S E D   T A X   L O S S  

C A R R Y F O R W A R D S  

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

14,498

568

5,579

20,645

13,217

636

6,648

20,501

E X P I R Y   O F   U N U S A B L E   T A X   L O S S  

C A R R Y F O R W A R D S  

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

5,919

473

1,743

62

8,197

5,390

432

2,047

126

7,995

The  benefit  arising  from  previously  unrecognized  tax  losses  or  tax  credits  of  a  prior  period  that  is  used  to 
reduce  current  tax  expense  in  the  current  fiscal  year  amounts  to  €36 million  (previous  year:  €94 million). 
Deferred  tax  expense  was  reduced  by  €66 million  (previous  year:  €116 million)  because  of  a  benefit  arising 
from previously unrecognized tax losses and tax credits of a prior period. Deferred tax expense resulting from 
the  write-down  of  a  deferred  tax  asset  amounts  to  €58 million  (previous  year:  €95 million).  Deferred  tax 
income  resulting  from  the  reversal  of  a  write-down  of  deferred  tax  assets  amounts  to  €35 million  (previous 
year: €231 million). 

Tax credits granted by various countries amounted to €378 million (previous year: €385 million).  
No deferred tax assets were recognized for deductible temporary differences of €897 million (previous year: 
€1,123 million) and for tax credits of €138 million (previous year: €123 million) that would expire in the next 
20 years, or for tax credits of €0 million (previous year: €3 million) that will not expire. 

In  accordance  with  IAS 12.39,  deferred  tax  liabilities  of  €231 million  (previous  year:  €213 million)  for 
temporary  differences  and  undistributed  profits  of  Volkswagen AG  subsidiaries  were  not  recognized  because 
control exists. 

Deferred  tax  expense  resulting  from  changes  in  tax  rates  amounted  to  €116  million  at  Group  level 

(previous year: €79 million).  

Deferred  taxes  in  respect  of  temporary  differences  and  tax  loss  carryforwards  of  €1,006 million  (previous 
year:  €8,235 million)  were  recognized  without  being  offset  by  deferred  tax  liabilities  in  the  same  amount.  In 
fiscal  year  2018,  the  deferred  tax  assets  of  companies  within  the  German  tax  group  were  recognized  due  to 
positive results in the past and were included in this analysis. The companies concerned are expecting positive 
tax income in the future, following losses in the reporting period or the previous year. 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
242 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

€7,820 million  (previous  year:  €4,532 million)  of  the  deferred  taxes  recognized  in  the  balance  sheet  was 
credited  to  equity  and  relates  to  other  comprehensive  income.  €53 million  (previous  year:  €2 million)  of  this 
figure  is  attributable  to  noncontrolling  interests.  There  were  effects  from  capital  transactions  with 
noncontrolling  interest  shareholders  in  the  reporting  period.  In  fiscal  years  2019  and  2018,  there  were  only 
immaterial changes arising from items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss and were recognized directly 
in  equity.  The  first-time  application  of  IFRS  9  in  the  year  2018  resulted  in  adjustments  and  reclassifications 
totaling €33 million, which were accounted for as a deduction from equity. Changes in deferred taxes classified 
by balance sheet item are presented in the statement of comprehensive income.  

In  fiscal  year  2018,  tax  effects  of  €6 million  resulting  from  equity  transaction  costs  were  recognized  in 
equity. The calling of the first tranche of the hybrid capital issued in September 2013 resulted in a reduction of 
equity in the amount of €5 million in the year 2018. 

D E F E R R E D   TA X E S   C L A S S I F I E D   B Y   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   I T E M  
The following recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities were attributable to recognition and measurement 
differences in the individual balance sheet items and to tax loss carryforwards: 

€ million 

Intangible assets 

Property, plant and equipment, and lease assets 

Noncurrent financial assets 

Inventories 

Receivables and other assets  
(including Financial Services Division) 

Other current assets 

Pension provisions 

Liabilities and other provisions 

Loss allowances on deferred tax assets from  
temporary differences 

Temporary differences, net of loss allowances 

Tax loss carryforwards, net of loss allowances  

Tax credits, net of loss allowances  

Value before consolidation and offset 

of which noncurrent 

Offset 

Consolidation 

Amount recognized 

D E F E R R E D   T A X   A S S E T S  

D E F E R R E D   T A X   L I A B I L I T I E S  

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

267

5,576

18

2,348

2,270

3,768

9,013

13,358

–141

36,478

3,068

239

39,786

26,307

29,627

2,947

13,106

370

4,677

35

2,458

2,113

3,653

6,429

10,173

–151

29,758

3,246

259

33,262

21,530

26,038

2,906

10,131

10,555

8,493

43

821

9,670

7

52

4,167

–

33,809

–

–

33,809

26,736

29,627

826

5,007

10,402

6,996

179

838

7,990

5

33

3,581

–

30,024

–

–

30,024

23,147

26,038

1,044

5,030

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

243

In accordance with IAS 12, deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if, and only if, they relate to income taxes 
levied by the same taxation authority and relate to the same tax period. 

The  tax  expense  reported  for  2019  of  €4,326 million  (previous  year:  €3,489 million)  was  €1,144 million 
lower (previous year: €1,188 million) than the expected tax expense of €5,470 million that would have resulted 
from application of a tax rate for the Group of 29.8% (previous year: 29.9%) to the earnings before tax of the 
Group. 

R E C O N C I L I AT I O N   O F   E X P E C T E D   T O   E F F E C T I V E   I N C O M E   TA X  

€ million 

Profit before tax 

Expected income tax income (–)/expense (+) 
(tax rate 29.8%; previous year: 29.9%) 

Reconciliation: 

Effect of different tax rates outside Germany 

Proportion of taxation relating to: 

tax-exempt income 

expenses not deductible for tax purposes 

effects of loss carryforwards and tax credits 

permanent differences 

Tax credits 

Prior-period tax expense 

Effect of tax rate changes 

Nondeductible withholding tax 

Other taxation changes 

Effective income tax expense 

Effective tax rate in % 

2019

2018

18,356

15,643

5,470

4,677

–843

–684

–1,124

–1,152

509

163

51

–54

–151

116

359

–170

4,326

23.6

440

255

61

–69

–406

79

502

–214

3,489

22.3

 
244 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

11. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing earnings attributable to Volkswagen AG shareholders by the 
weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  and  preferred  shares  outstanding  during  the  reporting  period.  Since 
there were no transactions in 2019 and 2018 that had a dilutive effect on the number of shares, diluted earnings 
per share are equivalent to basic earnings per share.  

In accordance with Article 27(2) No. 3 of the Articles of Association of Volkswagen AG, the dividend paid for 

each preferred share is €0.06 higher than that paid for each ordinary share.  

Weighted average number of: 

Ordinary shares – basic/diluted 

Preferred shares – basic/diluted 

Earnings after tax 
Earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests 
Earnings attributable to Volkswagen AG hybrid capital investors 
Earnings attributable to Volkswagen AG shareholders 

of which basic/diluted earnings attributable to ordinary shares 
of which basic/diluted earnings attributable to preferred shares 

Earnings per ordinary share – basic/diluted 
Earnings per preferred share – basic/diluted 

2019

2018

Shares

Shares

295,089,818

295,089,818

206,205,445

206,205,445

€ million
€ million
€ million
€ million
€ million
€ million

€ 
€ 

14,029
143
540
13,346
7,849
5,497

26.60
26.66

12,153
17
309
11,827
6,955
4,872

23.57
23.63

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

245

Balance sheet disclosures 

12. Intangible assets

C H A N G E S   I N   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S   I N   T H E   P E R I O D   J A N U A R Y   1   TO   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

Capitalized
development costs
for products under
development

Capitalized
development 
costs for products
currently in use

Other
intangible assets

€ million 

Brand names

Goodwill

Cost 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in 
consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Disposals 

16,995

–43

23,443

–131

–

–

–

–

6

–

–

–

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

16,952

23,318

Amortization and impairment 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in 
consolidated Group 

Additions to cumulative 
amortization 

Additions to cumulative 
impairment losses 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Reversal of impairment 
losses 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

Carrying amount at 
Dec. 31, 2018 

83

–2

–

3

–

–

–

–

84

0

0

0

–

–

–

–

–

1

7,115

–20

–

4,192

–4,040

32

7,215

95

–1

0

–

3

–15

–

42

42

28,952

–125

0

1,042

4,040

1,890

32,020

14,999

–55

–

3,665

41

15

1,897

–

16,768

16,868

23,317

7,173

15,251

Total

85,093

–421

18

5,815

41

2,049

88,496

21,674

–137

–1

4,337

57

1

2,005

42

23,883

64,613

8,588

–103

12

581

41

127

8,992

6,496

–79

–1

669

13

1

109

0

6,989

2,003

 
246 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

C H A N G E S   I N   I N TA N G I B L E   A S S E T S   I N   T H E   P E R I O D   J A N U A R Y   1   TO   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

Capitalized
development costs
for products under
development

Capitalized
development
costs for products
currently in use

Other
intangible assets

€ million 

Brand names

Goodwill

Cost 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2019 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in 
consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Classified as held for sale 

Disposals 

16,952

–18

23,318

–57

5

–

–

61

–

17

–

–

15

16

7,215

32,020

33

–

3,251

–4,301

–

8

77

–

1,920

4,299

–

1,421

36,895

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

16,878

23,247

6,188

Amortization and impairment 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2019 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in 
consolidated Group 

Additions to cumulative 
amortization 

Additions to cumulative 
impairment losses 

Transfers 

Classified as held for sale 

Disposals 

Reversal of impairment 
losses 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Carrying amount at 
Dec. 31, 2019 

84

0

–

3

–

–

0

–

–

86

1

–

–

–

15

–

–

16

–

–

42

16,768

0

–

–

7

–1

–

–

3

45

45

–

4,049

8

1

–

1,422

396

19,053

16,793

23,247

6,143

17,842

Total

88,496

46

256

5,940

52

122

1,571

93,098

23,883

51

147

4,731

34

2

12

1,551

402

26,884

66,214

8,992

12

234

770

54

47

126

9,889

6,989

6

147

680

4

2

12

114

3

7,700

2,189

Other intangible assets comprise in particular concessions, purchased customer lists and dealer relationships, 
industrial and similar rights, and licenses in such rights and assets.  

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

247

The allocation of the brand names and goodwill to the operating segments is shown in the following table: 

€ million 

Brand names by operating segment 

Porsche  

Scania Vehicles and Services 

MAN Truck & Bus 

MAN Energy Solutions 

Ducati 

Other 

Goodwill by operating segment 

Porsche 

Scania Vehicles and Services 

MAN Truck & Bus 

MAN Energy Solutions 

Ducati 

ŠKODA 

Porsche Holding Salzburg 

Other 

2019

2018

13,823

932

1,127

415

404

93

13,823

949

1,127

415

404

150

16,793

16,868

18,825

2,699

18,825

2,755

587

265

290

160

151

271

587

267

290

158

156

280

23,247

23,317

The impairment test for recognized goodwill and brand names is based on value in use. Recoverability is not 
affected by a variation in the growth forecast with respect to the perpetual annuity or in the discount rate of 
+/–0.5 percentage points. 

Research and development costs developed as follows: 

€ million 

2019

2018

Total research and development costs 

of which capitalized development costs 

Capitalization ratio in % 

Amortization of capitalized development costs 

Research and development costs recognized in profit or loss 

14,306

5,171

36.1

4,064

13,199

13,640

5,234

38.4

3,710

12,116

%

4.9

–1.2

9.6

8.9

 
248 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

13. Property, plant and equipment

C H A N G E S   I N   P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T   I N   T H E   P E R I O D   J A N U A R Y   1   TO   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Cost 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

Depreciation and impairment 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions to cumulative depreciation 

Additions to cumulative impairment losses 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2018  

of which assets leased under finance leases 
Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2018 

Land, land rights
and buildings,
including
buildings on
third-party land

Technical
equipment and
machinery

Other
equipment,
operating and
office equipment

Payments on
account and
assets under
construction

Total

155,569

–452

189

13,112

–43

3,071

165,305

100,327

–232

18

9,876

574

–1

2,770

117

6,876

–59

6

6,452

–4,703

35

8,537

69

–5

–

–

258

–18

0

41

34,335

–98

168

597

858

117

45,450

–216

9

1,103

1,753

1,424

68,909

–79

6

4,960

2,048

1,495

35,743

46,676

74,350

32,286

–130

7

3,222

21

47

1,370

26

34,057

12,618

53,352

–59

1

5,593

273

–25

1,318

14

57,803

16,546

14,621

–39

10

1,062

22

–5

83

36

15,552

20,191

267

263

8,274

107,675

57,630

5

41

0

314

Future finance lease payments due, and their present values, are shown in the following table: 

€ million  

2019

2020 – 2023

from 2024

Finance lease payments 

Interest component of finance lease payments 

Carrying amount of liabilities 

68

18

51

231

73

158

360

119

241

Total

659

210

449

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

249

C H A N G E S   I N   P R O P E R T Y,   P L A N T   A N D   E Q U I P M E N T   I N   T H E   P E R I O D   J A N U A R Y   1   TO   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Cost 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2019¹ 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Classified as held for sale 

Disposals 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Depreciation and impairment 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2019¹ 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions to cumulative depreciation 

Additions to cumulative impairment losses 

Transfers 

Classified as held for sale 

Disposals 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2019 

Land, land rights
and buildings,
including
buildings on
third-party land

Technical 
equipment and
machinery

Other
equipment,
operating and
office equipment

Payments on
account and
assets under
construction

Total

39,976

46,684

74,702

8,536

169,898

198

56

1,862

1,867

124

303

181

16

1,716

2,776

206

1,077

43,531

50,090

15,418

48

0

1,927

53

151

26

149

32

17,389

26,142

34,052

131

3

3,407

2

20

88

1,014

14

36,498

13,592

303

28

5,403

2,946

54

1,331

81,997

57,821

218

15

6,237

63

38

30

1,169

331

62,862

19,135

36

8

6,104

–7,109

21

29

7,526

718

108

15,084

481

406

2,740

183,143

263

107,554

6

0

–

142

–59

–

–

109

242

7,284

402

18

11,572

260

149

145

2,332

487

116,991

66,152

1  Value in the opening balance adjusted (see disclosures on IFRS 16). 

In  the  previous  year,  payments  for  assets  leased  under  operating  leases  recognized  in  the  income  statement 
amounted  to  €1,690 million.  With  respect  to  internally  used  assets,  €  1,544 million  of  this  figure  was 
attributable to minimum lease payments and €13 million to contingent lease payments in the previous year. 
The payments of €133 million under subleases primarily related to minimum lease payments in the previous 
year. 

Government grants of €146 million (previous year: €207 million) were deducted from the cost of property, 
plant and equipment and as in the previous year noncash benefits received amounting to €0.4 million were not 
capitalized as the cost of assets. 

In connection with land and buildings, real property liens of €1,221 million (previous year: €1,062 million) 

are pledged as collateral for partial retirement obligations, financial liabilities and other liabilities. 

 
250 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

14. Lease assets and investment property

C H A N G E S   I N   L E A S E   A S S E T S   A N D   I N V E ST M E N T   P R O P E R T Y   I N   T H E   P E R I O D   J A N U A R Y   1   TO   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Lease assets

Investment property

Total

Cost 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

Depreciation and impairment 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions to cumulative depreciation 

Additions to cumulative impairment losses 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2018 

52,226

609

–138

21,256

–106

16,354

57,493

13,007

60

–57

7,282

510

–8

6,744

103

13,947

43,545

748

12

–

38

2

13

786

279

2

–

16

0

0

8

0

290

496

52,973

621

–138

21,294

–104

16,367

58,279

13,287

62

–57

7,298

511

–8

6,752

103

14,237

44,042

In the previous year, we had expected to receive the following payments from noncancelable leases and rental 
agreements: 

€ million 

Lease payments 

2019

2020 – 2023

from 2024

Total

4,108

5,187

17

9,312

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

251

C H A N G E S   I N   L E A S E   A S S E T S   A N D   I N V E ST M E N T   P R O P E R T Y   I N   T H E   P E R I O D   J A N U A R Y   1   TO   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Lease assets

Investment property

Total

Cost 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2019¹ 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Depreciation and impairment 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2019¹ 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions to cumulative depreciation 

Additions to cumulative impairment losses 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2019 

57,998

1,075

–46

24,906

–533

19,015

64,384

14,076

333

73

8,087

510

–151

7,314

169

15,446

48,938

803

5

–1

43

0

6

845

291

1

–

17

–

0

1

0

307

538

58,802

1,080

–48

24,949

–533

19,021

65,229

14,367

334

73

8,103

510

–151

7,315

169

15,753

49,476

1  Value in the opening balance adjusted (see disclosures on IFRS 16). 

Lease  assets  include  assets  leased  out  under  the  terms  of  operating  leases  and  assets  covered  by  long-term 
buyback agreements. 

Investment  property  includes  apartments  rented  out  and  leased  dealerships  with  a  fair  value  of 
€1,206 million  (previous  year:  €1,106 million).  Fair  value  is  estimated  using  an  investment  method  based  on 
internal  calculations  (Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy).  Operating  expenses  of  €56 million  (previous  year: 
€46 million)  were  incurred  for  the  maintenance  of  investment  property  in  use.  Expenses  of  €0.1 million 
(previous year: €0.6 million) were incurred for unused investment property. 

 
252 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

15. Equity-accounted investments and other equity investments

C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y - A C C O U N T E D   I N V E ST M E N T S   A N D   O T H E R   E Q U I T Y   I N V E ST M E N T S  

I N   T H E   P E R I O D   J A N U A R Y   1   TO   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Gross carrying amount  
Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Changes recognized in profit or loss 

Dividends¹ 

Other changes recognized in other comprehensive income 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

Impairment losses 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Disposals 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2018 

1  Dividends are shown before withholding tax. 

Equity-accounted
investments

Other equity investments

Total

8,431

–9

269

247

–

84

3,371

–3,460

62

8,826

238

–1

–

155

–

–

–

392

8,434

1,827

9

–368

693

0

19

–

–

1

2,142

507

–1

–4

172

0

5

1

668

1,474

10,259

0

–99

939

0

103

3,371

–3,460

62

10,968

745

–2

–4

326

0

5

1

1,060

9,908

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

253

C H A N G E S   I N   E Q U I T Y - A C C O U N T E D   I N V E ST M E N T S   A N D   O T H E R   E Q U I T Y   I N V E ST M E N T S  

I N   T H E   P E R I O D   J A N U A R Y   1 ,   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Gross carrying amount  
Balance at Jan. 1, 2019 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Classified as held for sale 

Disposals 

Changes recognized in profit or loss 

Dividends¹ 

Other changes recognized in other comprehensive income 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Impairment losses 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2019 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Classified as held for sale 

Disposals 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2019 

1  Dividends are shown before withholding tax. 

Equity-accounted 
investments

Other equity investments

Total

8,826

22

16

236

–

–

76

3,326

–3,786

75

8,639

392

1

–

143

–

–

–

67

470

8,169

2,142

6

–252

856

0

15

88

–

–

–34

2,616

668

0

–131

226

–

0

31

18

714

1,902

10,968

28

–236

1,093

0

15

164

3,326

–3,786

41

11,255

1,060

1

–131

369

–

0

31

85

1,183

10,071

Equity-accounted  investments  include  joint  ventures  in  the  amount  of  €5,851 million  (previous  year: 
€6,372 million) and associates in the amount of €2,318 million (previous year: €2,062 million). 

Of the other changes recognized in other comprehensive income, €53 million (previous year: €7 million) is 
attributable  to  joint  ventures  and  €22 million  (previous  year:  €55 million)  to  associates.  They  are  mainly  the 
result of foreign exchange differences in the  amount of €94 million (previous year: €9 million), pension plan 
remeasurements in the amount of €1 million (previous year: €31 million) and fair value measurement of cash 
flow hedges in the amount of €–27 million (previous year: €28 million). 

 
254 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

16. Noncurrent and current financial services receivables

€ million 

Current 

Noncurrent Dec. 31, 2019 Dec. 31, 2019 

Current

Noncurrent Dec. 31, 2018  Dec. 31, 2018

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

F A I R  
V A L U E  

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

F A I R  
V A L U E  

Receivables from 
financing business 

Customer financing 

Dealer financing 

Direct banking 

Receivables from 
operating leases 

Receivables from 
finance leases 

22,873 

16,781 

305 

49,175

2,512

5

72,048

19,293

310

73,248 

19,270 

310 

21,487

14,781

284

45,089

2,099

3

66,575 

16,879 

288 

67,500

16,839

288

39,958 

51,692

91,650

92,827 

36,551

47,191

83,742 

84,627

285 

–

285

285 

219

–

219 

219

18,371 

58,615 

35,281

86,973

53,652

54,742 

145,588

147,855 

17,446

54,216

31,501

78,692

48,948 

49,572

132,909 

134,418

The  receivables  from  customer  financing  and  finance  leases  contained  in  financial  services  receivables  of 
€145.6 billion (previous year: €132.9 billion) increased by €2 million (previous year: decreased by €26 million) 
as a result of a fair value adjustment from portfolio hedging. 

The  receivables  from  customer  and  dealer  financing  are  secured  by  vehicles  or  real  property  liens.  Of  the 
receivables,  €181 million  (previous  year:  €175 million)  was  furnished  as  collateral  for  financial  liabilities  and 
contingent liabilities. 

The  receivables  from  dealer  financing  include  €22 million  (previous  year:  €24 million)  receivable  from 

unconsolidated affiliated companies. 

 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

255

The  receivables  from  finance  leases  –  almost  all  of  them  for  vehicles  –  were  based  on  the  following  expected 
cash flows as of December 31, 2018: 

€ million 

2019

2020 – 2023

from 2024

Total

Future payments from finance lease receivables 

Unearned finance income from finance leases (discounting) 

Present value of minimum lease payments outstanding  
at the reporting date 

18,768

–1,321

33,611

–2,256

17,446

31,355

156

–9

146

52,534

–3,586

48,948

17. Noncurrent and current other financial assets

€ million 

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2019

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2018

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

Positive fair value 
of derivatives 

Receivables from loans, 
bonds, profit participation 
rights (excluding interest) 

Miscellaneous financial assets 

1,622

1,628

3,250

2,047

1,932

3,979

6,639

3,955

12,216

3,278

646

5,553

9,917

4,601

17,769

5,513

4,026

11,586

3,441

1,149

6,521

8,953

5,175

18,107

Other financial assets include receivables from related parties of €9.7 billion (previous year: €8.8 billion). Other 
financial  assets  amounting  to  €244 million  (previous  year:  €89 million)  were  furnished  as  collateral  for 
financial liabilities and contingent liabilities. There is no original right of disposal or pledge for the furnished 
collateral on the part of the collateral taker. 

In  addition,  the  miscellaneous  financial  assets  include  cash  and  cash  equivalents  that  serve  as  collateral 

(mainly under asset-backed securities transactions). 

 
256 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The positive fair values of derivatives relate to the following items: 

€ million 

Transactions for hedging 

foreign currency risk from assets using fair value hedges 

foreign currency risk from liabilities using fair value hedges 

interest rate risk using fair value hedges 

interest rate risk using cash flow hedges 

foreign currency and price risk from future cash flows (cash flow hedges) 

Hedging transactions Total 

Assets related to derivatives not included in hedging relationships 

Total 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

39

36

662

13

785

1,535

1,715

3,250

109

77

561

54

2,049

2,851

1,128

3,979

Positive  fair  values  of  €6 million  (previous  year:  €24 million)  were  recognized  from  transactions  for  hedging 
interest rate risk (fair value hedges) used in portfolio hedges. 

Further  details  on  derivative  financial  instruments  as  a  whole  are  given  in  the  section  entitled  “Financial 

risk management and financial instruments". 

18. Noncurrent and current other receivables

€ million 

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2019

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2018

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

Other recoverable income 
taxes 

Miscellaneous receivables 

4,244

3,028

7,272

806

1,916

2,722

5,050

4,945

9,995

4,189

2,015

6,203

773

1,835

2,608

4,962

3,849

8,811

Miscellaneous  receivables  include  assets  to  fund  post-employment  benefits  in  the  amount  of  €65 million 
(previous  year:  €76 million).  This  item  also  includes  the  share  of  the  technical  provisions  attributable  to 
reinsurers amounting to €58 million (previous year: €60 million). 

Current other receivables are predominantly non-interest-bearing. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

257

Other receivables include contingent receivables from long-term construction contracts recognized using the 
percentage of completion (PoC) method. They were reported under trade receivables in the previous year. They 
correspond to the contract assets recognized under contracts with customers and changed as follows: 

€ million 

Contingent construction contract receivables at Jan. 1 

Additions and disposals 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Change in valuation allowances 

Classified as held for sale 

Changes in estimates and assumptions as well as contract modifications 

Foreign exchange differences 

Contingent construction contract receivables at Dec. 31 

2019

352

–36

–

1

4

–

2

314

2018

338

4

–

10

–

–

0

352

Costs to fulfill contracts were not capitalized in the Volkswagen Group. The Volkswagen Group capitalizes costs 
to  obtain  a  contract  and  amortizes  them  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  life  of  the  contract  only  if  they  are 
material, the underlying contract has a term of at least one year, and these costs would not have been incurred, 
if  the  corresponding  contract  had  not  been  entered  into.  On  December 31,  2019,  costs  to  obtain  contracts 
amounting to €65 million (previous year: €– million) were recognized as assets. In 2019, amortization charges 
on  capitalized  costs  to  obtain  contracts  amounted  to  €13 million  (previous  year:  €– million).  No  impairment 
losses were recognized on capitalized costs to obtain contracts in 2019 and 2018. 

19. Tax assets

€ million 

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2019

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2018

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

Deferred tax assets 

Tax receivables 

(cid:1042)

1,190

1,190

13,106

341

13,447

13,106

1,531

14,637

(cid:1042)

1,879

1,879

10,131

476

10,606

10,131

2,355

12,486

€7,490 million (previous year: €6,036 million) of the deferred tax assets are due within one year. 

 
258 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

20. Inventories

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Raw materials, consumables and supplies 

Work in progress 

Finished goods and purchased merchandise 

Current lease assets 

Prepayments 

Hedges on inventories 

6,099

4,110

30,617

5,699

222

–6

5,543

4,382

30,553

5,107

168

–8

46,742

45,745

At the same time as the relevant revenue was recognized, inventories in the amount of €192 billion (previous 
year:  €179 billion)  were  included  in  cost  of  sales.  Loss  allowances  (excluding  lease  assets)  recognized  as 
expenses in the reporting period amounted to €672 million (previous year: €902 million). Vehicles amounting 
to €340 million (previous year: €316 million) were assigned as collateral for partial retirement obligations. 

21. Trade receivables

€ million 

Trade receivables from 

third parties 

unconsolidated subsidiaries 

joint ventures 

associates 

other investees and investors 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

13,445

180

4,283

32

1

13,356

206

3,958

51

317

17,941

17,888

In  the  previous  year  contingent  receivables  from  long-term  construction  contracts  recognized  using  the 
percentage of completion (PoC) method were reported under trade receivables, which are now included in other 
receivables.  

The fair values of the trade receivables correspond to the carrying amounts. 

22. Marketable securities

The marketable securities serve to safeguard liquidity. They are short-term fixed-income securities and shares. 
Most  securities  are  measured  at  fair  value.  Current  securities  amounting  to  €639 million  (previous  year: 
€997 million) were furnished as collateral for financial liabilities and contingent liabilities. There is no original 
right of disposal or pledge for the furnished collateral on the part of the collateral taker. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

259

23. Cash, cash equivalents and time deposits

€ million 

Bank balances 

Checks, cash-in-hand, bills and call deposits 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

25,264

659

25,923

28,522

416

28,938

Bank balances are held at various banks in different currencies and include time deposits, for example. 

24. Equity

The  subscribed  capital  of  Volkswagen AG  is  composed  of  no-par  value  bearer  shares  with  a  notional  value  of 
€2.56. As well as ordinary shares, there are preferred shares that entitle the bearer to a €0.06 higher dividend 
than ordinary shares, but do not carry voting rights. 

The Annual General Meeting on May 14, 2019 resolved to create authorized capital of up to €179 million, 

expiring on May 13, 2024, to issue new preferred bearer shares. 

In  June  2018,  Volkswagen AG  placed  unsecured  subordinated  hybrid  notes  with  an  aggregate  principal 
amount  of  €2.8 billion  via  a  subsidiary,  Volkswagen  International  Finance  N.V.,  Amsterdam,  the  Netherlands 
(VIF). The perpetual hybrid notes were issued in two tranches and can be called by VIF. The first call date for the 
first tranche (€1.3 billion and a coupon of 3.375%) is after 6 years, and the first call date for the second tranche 
(€1.5 billion and a coupon of 4.625%) is after 10 years.  

Interest  may  be  accumulated  depending  on  whether  a  dividend  is  paid  to  Volkswagen AG  shareholders. 
Under IAS 32, these hybrid notes must be classified in their entirety as equity. The capital raised was recognized 
in equity, less a discount and transaction costs and net of deferred taxes. The interest payments payable to the 
noteholders will be recognized directly in equity. IAS 32 only allows these hybrid notes to be classified as debt 
once the respective hybrid note was called.  

In July 2018, Volkswagen AG called the first tranche of hybrid notes with an aggregate principal amount of 
€1.3 billion  placed  in  2013  via  VIF  (issuer).  In  addition,  other  effects  of  €14 million  had  to  be  recognized  in 
equity.  

The expiry of the put options granted to noncontrolling interest shareholders of MAN SE on March 4, 2019 

resulted in an increase in equity of €0.7 billion. See the “Key Events” section for more information. 

C H A N G E   I N   O R D I N A R Y   A N D   P R E F E R R E D   S H A R E S   A N D   S U B S C R I B E D   C A P I TA L  

Balance at January 1 

Capital increase 

Balance at December 31 

S H A R E S  

2019

2018

€  

2019

2018

501,295,263

501,295,263

1,283,315,873

1,283,315,873

–

–

–

–

501,295,263

501,295,263

1,283,315,873

1,283,315,873

 
260 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The  capital  reserves  comprise  the  share  premium  totaling  €14,225 million  (previous  year:  €14,225 million) 
from  capital  increases,  the  share  premium  of  €219 million  from  the  issuance  of  bonds  with  warrants  and  an 
amount of €107 million appropriated on the basis of the capital reduction implemented in 2006. No amounts 
were withdrawn from the capital reserves. 

D I V I D E N D   P R O P O S A L  
In  accordance  with  section  58(2)  of  the  Aktiengesetz  (AktG  –  German  Stock  Corporation  Act),  the  dividend 
payment by Volkswagen AG is based on the net retained profits reported in the annual financial statements of 
Volkswagen AG  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  German  Commercial  Code.  Based  on  these  annual  financial 
statements of Volkswagen AG, net retained profits of €3,273 million are eligible for distribution following the 
transfer  of  €1,685 million  to  the  revenue  reserves.  The  Board  of  Management  and  Supervisory  Board  will 
propose to the Annual General Meeting that a total dividend of €3,271 million, i.e. €6.50 per ordinary share and 
€6.56 per  preferred  share,  be  paid  from  the  net  retained  profits.  Shareholders  are  not  entitled  to  a  dividend 
payment until it has been resolved by the Annual General Meeting. 

A dividend of €4.80 per ordinary share and €4.86 per preferred share was distributed in fiscal year 2019. 

N O N C O N T R O L L I N G   I N T E R E ST S  
As of December 31, 2019, noncontrolling interests amounted to €1,870 million (previous year: €225 million). 
Most of the noncontrolling interests in equity arose as a result of the IPO of the TRATON GROUP. See the “Key 
Events” section for further details.  

The  table  below  shows  summarized  financial  information  of  the  TRATON  GROUP,  including  goodwill and 

fair value adjustments at the acquisition date: 

€ million 

Equity interest in %¹ 

Equity interest  

Earnings after tax attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Noncurrent assets 

Current assets 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Sales revenue 

Earnings after tax 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Gross cash flow 

Change in working capital 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities  

Net cash flow 

1  The percentage only includes direct noncontrolling interests. 

TRATON GROUP

10.28

1,640

125

29,623

16,728

14,938

16,664

26,901

1,517

–316

3,433

–2,346

1,087

634

1,721

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

261

25. Noncurrent and current financial liabilities

€ million 

Bonds 

Commercial paper and notes 

Liabilities to banks 

Deposits business 

Loans and miscellaneous 
liabilities 

Lease liabilities 

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2019

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2018

19,789

18,103

17,337

30,252

1,429

1,002

87,912

68,839

20,147

15,337

2,395

1,629

5,208

88,629

38,250

32,674

32,647

3,058

6,210

113,556

201,468

19,132

22,381

18,455

28,555

1,183

51

89,757

62,416

18,975

15,447

1,455

2,433

399

81,549

41,356

33,903

30,010

3,617

449

101,126

190,883

26. Noncurrent and current other financial liabilities

€ million 

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2019

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2018

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

Negative fair values of 
derivative financial 
instruments 

Interest payable 

Miscellaneous financial 
liabilities 

2,245

691

7,922

10,858

1,950

116

2,434

4,499

4,195

807

10,356

15,358

1,439

661

7,316

9,416

1,134

113

1,972

3,219

2,573

774

9,288

12,635

 
262 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The negative fair values of derivatives relate to the following items: 

€ million 

Transactions for hedging 

foreign currency risk from assets using fair value hedges 

foreign currency risk from liabilities using fair value hedges 

interest rate risk using fair value hedges 

interest rate risk using cash flow hedges 

foreign currency and price risk from future cash flows (cash flow hedges) 

Hedging transactions Total 

Liabilities related to derivatives not included in hedging relationships 

Total 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

107

5

97

53

2,172

2,435

1,760

4,195

65

10

61

17

936

1,088

1,484

2,573

Negative fair values of €63 million (previous year: €22 million) were recognized from transactions for hedging 
interest rate risk (fair value hedges) used in portfolio hedges. 

Further  details  on  derivative  financial  instruments  as  a  whole  are  given  in  the  section  entitled  “Financial 

risk management and financial instruments". 

27. Noncurrent and current other liabilities

€ million 

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2019

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2018

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

Payments received on account 
of orders 

Liabilities relating to 

other taxes 

social security 

wages and salaries 

Miscellaneous liabilities 

7,474

5,202

12,676

6,936

4,300

11,235

2,812

610

5,848

2,576

19,320

133

162

1,008

766

7,271

2,946

772

6,856

3,342

2,273

546

5,299

2,539

26,591

17,593

112

43

947

1,046

6,448

2,384

589

6,247

3,585

24,041

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

263

The  liabilities  from  payments  on  account  received  under  contracts  with  customers  correspond  to  contract 
liabilities under contracts with customers. They changed as follows: 

C H A N G E S   I N   L I A B I L I T I E S   F R O M   PAYM E N T S   O N   A C C O U N T   R E C E I V E D   U N D E R   C O N T R A C T S   W I T H   C U ST O M E R S    

€ million 

2019

2018

Liabilities from advance payments received under contracts with customers at Jan. 1 

Additions and disposals 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Classified as held for sale 

Changes in estimates and assumptions as well as contract modifications 

Foreign exchange differences 

9,669

1,245

12

167

–

148

7,261

2,395

4

–

–

8

Liabilities from advance payments received under contracts with customers at Dec. 31 

10,907

9,669

28.(cid:3)Tax liabilities 

€ million 

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2019

Current

Noncurrent

Dec. 31, 2018

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T  

Deferred tax liabilities 

Provisions for taxes 

Tax payables 

(cid:1042)

1,876

408

2,283

5,007

2,991

–

7,998

5,007

4,867

408

10,282

(cid:1042)

1,412

456

1,867

5,030

3,047

–

8,077

5,030

4,458

456

9,944

€387 million (previous year: €407 million) of the deferred tax liabilities are due within one year. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
264 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

29. Provisions for pensions and other post-employment benefits

Provisions for pensions are recognized for commitments in the form of retirement, invalidity and dependents’ 
benefits payable under pension plans. The benefits provided by the Group vary according to the legal, tax and 
economic  circumstances  of  the  country  concerned,  and  usually  depend  on  the  length  of  service  and 
remuneration of the employees. 

Volkswagen Group companies provide occupational pensions under both defined contribution and defined 
benefit plans. In the case of defined contribution plans, the Company makes contributions to state or private 
pension schemes based on legal or contractual requirements, or on a voluntary basis. Once the contributions 
have  been  paid,  there  are  no  further  obligations  for  the  Volkswagen  Group.  Current  contributions  are 
recognized as pension expenses of the period concerned. In 2019, they amounted to a total of €2,565 million 
(previous year: €2,385 million) in the Volkswagen Group. Of this figure, contributions to the compulsory state 
pension system in Germany amounted to €1,796 million (previous year: €1,745 million). 

In  the  case  of  defined  benefit  plans,  a  distinction  is  made  between  pensions  funded  by  provisions  and 

externally funded plans. 

The  pension  provisions  for  defined  benefits  are  measured  by  independent  actuaries  using  the 
internationally  accepted  projected  unit  credit  method  in  accordance  with  IAS 19,  under  which  the  future 
obligations are measured on the basis of the ratable benefit entitlements earned as of the balance sheet date. 
Measurement reflects actuarial assumptions as to discount rates, salary and pension trends, employee turnover 
rates, longevity and increases in healthcare costs, which were determined for each Group company depending 
on  the  economic  environment.  Remeasurements  arise  from  differences  between  what  has  actually  occurred 
and  the  prior-year  assumptions  as  well  as  from  changes  in  assumptions.  They  are  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes, in the period in which they arise. 

Multi-employer pension plans exist in the Volkswagen Group in the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Sweden 
and  the  Netherlands.  These  plans  are  defined  benefit  plans.  A  small  proportion  of  them  are  accounted  for  as 
defined contribution plans, as the Volkswagen Group is not authorized to receive the information required in 
order  to  account  for  them  as  defined  benefit  plans.  Under  the  terms  of  the  multi-employer  plans,  the 
Volkswagen Group is not liable for the obligations of the other employers. In the event of its withdrawal from 
the plans or their winding-up, the proportionate share of the surplus of assets attributable to the Volkswagen 
Group will be credited or the proportionate share of the deficit attributable to the Volkswagen Group will have 
to  be  funded.  In  the  case  of  the  defined  benefit  plans  accounted  for  as  defined  contribution  plans,  the 
Volkswagen Group’s share of the obligations represents a small proportion of the total obligations. No probable 
significant risks arising from multi-employer defined benefit pension plans that are accounted for as defined 
contribution plans have been identified. The expected contributions to those plans will amount to €22 million 
for fiscal year 2020. 

Owing to their benefit character, the obligations of the US Group companies in respect of post-employment 
medical care in particular are also carried under provisions for pensions and other post-employment benefits. 
These  post-employment  benefit  provisions  take  into  account  the  expected  long-term  rise  in  the  cost  of 
healthcare.  In  fiscal  year  2019,  €18 million  (previous  year:  €14 million)  was  recognized  as  an  expense  for 
healthcare  costs.  The  related  carrying  amount  as  of  December  31,  2019  was  €266 million  (previous  year: 
€231 million). 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

265

The following amounts were recognized in the balance sheet for defined benefit plans: 

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Present value of funded obligations 

Fair value of plan assets 

Funded status (net) 

Present value of unfunded obligations 

Amount not recognized as an asset because of the ceiling in IAS 19 

Net liability recognized in the balance sheet 

of which provisions for pensions 

of which other assets 

21,090

12,478

8,613

32,710

2

41,324

41,389

65

15,606

10,920

4,686

28,312

23

33,022

33,097

76

S I G N I F I C A N T   P E N S I O N   A R R A N G E M E N T S   I N   T H E   V O L K SWA G E N   G R O U P  
For  the  period  after  their  active  working  life,  the  Volkswagen  Group  offers  its  employees  benefits  under 
attractive, modern occupational pension arrangements. Most of the arrangements in the Volkswagen Group are 
pension plans for employees in Germany classified as defined benefit plans under IAS 19. The majority of these 
obligations are funded solely by recognized provisions. These plans are now largely closed to new members. 
To  reduce  the  risks  associated  with  defined  benefit  plans,  in  particular  longevity,  salary  increases  and 
inflation, the Volkswagen Group has introduced new defined benefit plans in recent years whose benefits are 
funded  by  appropriate  external  plan  assets.  The  above-mentioned  risks  have  been  largely  reduced  in  these 
pension  plans.  The  proportion  of  the  total  defined  benefit  obligation  attributable  to  pension  obligations 
funded  by  plan  assets  will  continue  to  rise  in  the  future.  The  significant  pension  plans  are  described  in  the 
following. 

German pension plans funded solely by recognized provisions 
The  pension  plans  funded  solely  by  recognized  provisions  comprise  both  contribution-based  plans  with 
guarantees  and  final  salary  plans.  For  contribution-based  plans,  an  annual  pension  expense  dependent  on 
income and status is converted into a lifelong pension entitlement using annuity factors (guaranteed modular 
pension  entitlements).  The  annuity  factors  include  a  guaranteed  rate  of  interest.  At  retirement,  the  modular 
pension  entitlements  earned  annually  are  added  together.  For  final  salary  plans,  the  underlying  salary  is 
multiplied at retirement by a percentage that depends on the years of service up until the retirement date. 

The present value of the guaranteed obligation rises as interest rates fall and is therefore exposed to interest 

rate risk. 

The pension system provides for lifelong pension payments. The companies bear the longevity risk in this 
respect.  This  is  accounted  for  by  calculating  the  annuity  factors  and  the  present  value  of  the  guaranteed 
obligation  using  the  latest  generational  mortality  tables  –  the  “Heubeck  2018 G”  mortality  tables  –  which 
already reflect future increases in life expectancy. 

To reduce the inflation risk from adjusting the regular pension payments by the rate of inflation, a pension 

adjustment that is not indexed to inflation was introduced for pension plans where this is permitted by law. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
266 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

German pension plans funded by external plan assets 
The pension plans funded by external plan assets are contribution-based plans with guarantees. In this case, an 
annual  pension  expense  dependent  on  income  and  status  is  either  converted  into  a  lifelong  pension 
entitlement using annuity factors (guaranteed modular pension entitlement) or paid out in a single lump sum 
or  in  installments.  In  some  cases,  employees  also  have  the  opportunity  to  provide  for  their  own  retirement 
through  deferred  compensation.  The  annuity  factors  include  a  guaranteed  rate  of  interest.  At  retirement,  the 
modular pension entitlements earned annually are added together. The pension expense is contributed on an 
ongoing  basis  to  a  separate  pool  of  assets  that  is  administered  independently  of  the  Company  in  trust  and 
invested in the capital markets. If the plan assets exceed the present value of the obligations calculated using 
the guaranteed rate of interest, surpluses are allocated (modular pension bonuses). 

Since  the  assets  administered  in  trust  meet  the  IAS 19  criteria  for  classification  as  plan  assets,  they  are 

deducted from the obligations. 

The  amount  of  the  pension  assets  is  exposed  to  general  market  risk.  The  investment  strategy  and  its 
implementation  are  therefore  continuously  monitored  by  the  trusts’  governing  bodies,  on  which  the 
companies are also represented. For example, investment policies are stipulated in investment guidelines with 
the aim of limiting market risk and its impact on plan assets. In addition, asset-liability management studies 
are  conducted  if  required  so  as  to  ensure  that  investments  are  in  line  with  the  obligations  that  need  to  be 
covered.  The  pension assets  are  currently  invested  primarily  in  fixed-income  or  equity  funds.  The  main  risks 
are therefore interest rate and equity price risk. To mitigate market risk, the pension system also provides for 
cash funds to be set aside in an equalization reserve before any surplus is allocated. 

The  present  value  of  the  obligation  is  the  present  value  of  the  guaranteed  obligation  after  deducting  the 
plan  assets.  If  the  plan  assets  fall  below  the  present  value  of  the  guaranteed  obligation,  a  provision  must  be 
recognized  in  that  amount.  The  present  value  of  the  guaranteed  obligation  rises  as  interest  rates  fall  and  is 
therefore exposed to interest rate risk. 

In the case of lifelong pension payments, the Volkswagen Group bears the longevity risk. This is accounted 
for  by  calculating  the  annuity  factors  and  the  present  value  of  the  guaranteed  obligation  using  the  latest 
generational mortality tables – the “Heubeck 2018 G” mortality tables – which already reflect future increases 
in life expectancy. In addition, the independent actuaries carry out annual risk monitoring as part of the review 
of the assets administered by the trusts. 

To reduce the inflation risk from adjusting the regular pension payments by the rate of inflation, a pension 

adjustment that is not indexed to inflation was introduced for pension plans where this is permitted by law. 

Calculation of the pension provisions was based on the following actuarial assumptions: 

% 

Discount rate at December 31 

Payroll trend 

Pension trend 

Employee turnover rate 

Annual increase in healthcare costs 

G E R M A N Y  

A B R O A D  

2019

1.09

3.59

1.50

1.24

–

2018

1.97

3.48

1.50

1.17

–

2019

2.30

2.16

2.68

3.75

5.56

2018

3.16

2.66

2.41

3.93

5.50

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

267

These assumptions are averages that were weighted using the present value of the defined benefit obligation. 

With  regard  to  life  expectancy,  consideration  is  given  to  the  latest  mortality  tables  in  each  country.  
The  discount  rates  are  generally  defined  to  reflect  the  yields  on  prime-rated  corporate  bonds  with  matching 
maturities  and  currencies.  The  iBoxx  AA  10+  Corporates  index  was  taken  as  the  basis  for  the  obligations  of 
German Group companies. Similar indices were used for foreign pension obligations. 

The  payroll  trends  cover  expected  wage  and  salary  trends,  which  also  include  increases  attributable  to  

career development. 

The  pension  trends  either  reflect  the  contractually  guaranteed  pension  adjustments  or  are  based  on  the 

rules on pension adjustments in force in each country.  

The employee turnover rates are based on past experience and future expectations. 

The following table shows changes in the net defined benefit liability recognized in the balance sheet: 

€ million 

2019

2018

Net liability recognized in the balance sheet at January 1 

Current service cost 

Net interest expense 

Actuarial gains (–)/losses (+) arising from changes in demographic assumptions 

Actuarial gains (–)/losses (+) arising from changes in financial assumptions 

Actuarial gains (–)/losses (+) arising from experience adjustments 

Income/expenses from plan assets not included in interest income 

Change in amount not recognized as an asset because of the ceiling in IAS 19 

Employer contributions to plan assets 

Employee contributions to plan assets 

Pension payments from company assets 

Past service cost (including plan curtailments) 

Gains (–)/losses (+) arising from plan settlements 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Classified as held for sale 

Other changes 

Foreign exchange differences from foreign plans 

Net liability recognized in the balance sheet at December 31 

33,022

1,555

660

–67

8,689

27

654

21

969

–9

873

–25

2

–3

14

–8

–4

41,324

32,666

1,410

620

399

–957

–105

–530

3

708

–9

842

24

2

10

–

–5

–30

33,022

The  change  in  the  amount  not  recognized  as  an  asset  because  of  the  ceiling  in  IAS 19  contains  an  interest 
component,  part  of  which  was  recognized  in  the  financial  result  in  profit  or  loss,  and  part  of  which  was 
recognized outside profit or loss directly in equity. 

 
268 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation is attributable to the following factors: 

€ million 

2019

2018

Present value of obligations at January 1 

Current service cost 

Interest cost 

Actuarial gains (–)/losses (+) arising from changes in demographic assumptions 

Actuarial gains (–)/losses (+) arising from changes in financial assumptions 

Actuarial gains (–)/losses (+) arising from experience adjustments 

Employee contributions to plan assets 

Pension payments from company assets 

Pension payments from plan assets 

Past service cost (including plan curtailments) 

Gains (–)/losses (+) arising from plan settlements 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Classified as held for sale 

Other changes 

Foreign exchange differences from foreign plans 

Present value of obligations at December 31 

43,918

1,555

921

–67

8,689

27

19

873

300

–25

–8

–7

182

–2

135

53,800

43,829

1,410

901

399

–957

–105

19

842

237

24

0

10

–

–460

–73

43,918

In the previous year, actuarial gains/losses arising from changes in demographic assumptions were mainly the 
result of the first-time application of the “Heubeck 2018 G” mortality tables.  

Following the regular review of our pension plans, one plan used by South American subsidiaries had to be 
classified as a defined contribution plan in fiscal year 2018, and this led to a change in the pension obligation 
reported in the above table. The decrease in the present value of the defined benefit obligation in the amount of 
€460 million is shown under other changes.  

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

269

Changes  in  the  relevant  actuarial  assumptions  would  have  had  the  following  effects  on  the  defined  benefit 
obligation:  

Present value of defined benefit obligation if 

€ million

Change in percent

€ million

Change in percent

D E C .   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

D E C .   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

Discount rate 

Pension trend 

Payroll trend 

Longevity 

is 0.5
percentage
points higher

is 0.5
percentage
points lower

is 0.5 
percentage
points higher

is 0.5
percentage
points lower

is 0.5
percentage
points higher

is 0.5
percentage
points lower

increases by
one year

48,598

–9.67

40,048

–8.81

59,888

11.32

48,398

10.20

56,633

5.27

46,147

5.07

51,258

–4.73

41,892

–4.61

54,331

0.99

44,382

1.05

53,319

–0.89

43,507

55,719

3.57

45,311

–0.94

3.17

The  sensitivity  analysis  shown  above  considers  the  change  in  one  assumption  at  a  time,  leaving  the  other 
assumptions  unchanged  versus  the  original  calculation,  i.e.  any  correlation  effects  between  the  individual 
assumptions are ignored. 

To examine the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to a change in assumed longevity, the estimates 
of  mortality  were  reduced  as  part  of  a  comparative  calculation  to  the  extent  that  doing  so  increases  life 
expectancy by approximately one year. 

The average duration of the defined benefit obligation weighted by the present value of the defined benefit 

obligation (Macaulay duration) is 22 years (previous year: 19 years). 

 
270 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The present value of the defined benefit obligation is attributable as follows to the members of the plan: 

€ million 

Active members with pension entitlements 

Members with vested entitlements who have left the Company 

Pensioners 

2019

2018

33,027

3,136

17,637

53,800

25,783

2,580

15,555

43,918

The  maturity  profile  of  payments  attributable  to  the  defined  benefit  obligation  is  presented  in  the  following 
table, which classifies the present value of the obligation by the maturity of the underlying payments: 

€ million 

Payments due within the next fiscal year 

Payments due between two and five years 

Payments due in more than five years 

Changes in plan assets are shown in the following table: 

€ million 

Fair value of plan assets at January 1 

Interest income on plan assets determined using the discount rate 

Income (+)/expenses (–) from plan assets not included in interest income 

Employer contributions to plan assets 

Employee contributions to plan assets 

Pension payments from plan assets 

Gains (+)/losses (–) arising from plan settlements 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Classified as held for sale 

Other changes 

Foreign exchange differences from foreign plans 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31 

2019

2018

1,161

5,121

47,518

53,800

1,160

5,251

37,508

43,918

2019

2018

10,920

11,192

261

654

969

9

299

10

–5

167

7

139

12,478

281

–530

708

9

237

2

0

–

–455

–46

10,920

Other changes in the previous year were attributable to the change in the presentation of a plan used by South 
American subsidiaries.  

The  investment  of  the plan assets  to  cover future  pension  obligations  resulted  in  income  of  €915 million 

(previous year: expenses of €250 million). 

Employer contributions to plan assets are expected to amount to €927 million (previous year: €769 million) 

in the next fiscal year. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

271

Plan assets are invested in the following asset classes: 

€ million 

Quoted prices 
in active markets 

No quoted prices
in active markets

Quoted prices
in active markets

No quoted prices
in active markets

Total

D E C .   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

D E C .   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

Cash and cash equivalents  

Equity instruments 

Debt instruments 

Direct investments in  
real estate 

Derivatives 

Equity funds   

Bond funds 

Real estate funds 

Other funds 

Other instruments 

501

401

850

–

15

2,653

5,729

170

1,225

83

–

–

5

110

–28

20

128

–

22

594

501

401

855

110

–13

2,673

5,857

170

1,247

676

666

375

1,041

11

–21

1,433

5,443

193

890

80

2

–

4

100

–17

26

118

–

6

568

Total

669

375

1,044

112

–38

1,459

5,561

193

896

648

44.6% (previous year: 53.3%) of the plan assets are invested in German assets, 27.0% (previous year: 27.4%) in 
other European assets and 28.4% (previous year: 19.3%) in assets in other regions. 

Plan  assets  include  €14 million  (previous  year:  €3 million)  invested  in  Volkswagen  Group  assets  and 

€14 million (previous year: €12 million) in Volkswagen Group debt instruments. 

The following amounts were recognized in the income statement: 

€ million 

Current service cost 

Net interest on the net defined benefit liability 

Past service cost (including plan curtailments) 

Gains (–) or losses (+) arising from plan settlements 

Net income (–) and expenses (+) recognized in profit or loss 

2019

2018

1,555

662

–25

2

2,194

1,410

623

24

2

2,059

The  above  amounts  are  generally  included  in  the  personnel  costs  of  the  functional  areas  in  the  income 
statement. Net interest on the net defined benefit liability is reported in interest expenses. 

 
272 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

30. Noncurrent and current other provisions

€ million 

Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Utilization 

Additions/New provisions 

Unwinding of discount/effect of change in 
discount rate 

Reversals 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

of which current 

of which noncurrent 

Balance at Jan. 1, 2019¹ 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Classified as held for sale 

Utilization 

Additions/New provisions 

Unwinding of discount/effect of change in 
discount rate 

Reversals 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

of which current 

of which noncurrent 

Obligations
arising from sales

Employee
expenses

Litigation and
legal risks

Miscellaneous
provisions

27,867

39

–2

10,437

12,179

–108

2,503

27,035

13,986

13,050

27,035

199

–1

33

9,442

11,618

3

2,391

26,988

13,468

13,520

4,886

–17

–7

1,632

2,019

5

99

5,155

2,248

2,906

5,155

15

3

10

1,899

2,633

225

128

5,993

2,466

3,527

5,802

–88

–1

2,396

2,131

–19

516

4,913

2,349

2,563

4,913

–14

–1

–

1,913

2,835

–29

531

5,260

3,112

2,147

7,631

–21

–44

2,415

3,153

9

662

7,651

5,291

2,360

7,639

41

0

12

2,404

3,486

20

795

7,976

5,388

2,588

1  Value in the opening balance adjusted (see disclosures on IFRS 16). 

Total

46,185

–88

–53

16,880

19,483

–114

3,780

44,754

23,874

20,879

44,742

241

2

55

15,658

20,572

220

3,845

46,217

24,434

21,783

The  obligations  arising  from  sales  contain  provisions  covering  all  risks  relating  to  the  sale  of  vehicles, 
components  and  genuine  parts  through  to  the  disposal  of  end-of-life  vehicles.  They  primarily  comprise 
warranty  obligations,  calculated  on  the  basis  of  losses  to  date  and  estimated  future  losses.  They  also  include 
provisions for discounts, bonuses and similar allowances which are incurred after the balance sheet date, but 
for which there is a legal or constructive obligation attributable to sales revenue before the balance sheet date. 

Provisions  for  employee  expenses  are  recognized  for  long-service  awards,  time  credits,  partial  retirement 

arrangements, severance payments and similar obligations, among other things.  

In addition to residual provisions relating to the diesel issue, the provisions for litigation and legal risks 
contain  amounts  related  to  a  large  number  of  legal  disputes  and  official  proceedings  in  which  Volkswagen 
Group companies become involved in Germany and internationally in the course of their operating activities. 
In particular, such legal disputes and other proceedings may occur in relation to suppliers, dealers, customers, 
employees, or investors. Please refer to the “Litigation” section for a discussion of the legal risks. 

Miscellaneous  provisions  relate  to  a  wide  range  of  identifiable  specific  risks,  price  risks  and  uncertain 

obligations, which are measured in the amount of the expected settlement value. 

Miscellaneous  provisions  additionally  include  provisions  amounting  to  €568 million  (previous  year: 

€562 million) relating to the insurance business. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

273

31. Put options and compensation rights granted to noncontrolling interest shareholders

In the previous year, this balance sheet item consisted primarily of the present value of the cash settlement of 
€90.29  per  share  in  accordance  with  section 305  of  the  Aktiengesetz  (AktG  –  German  Stock  Corporation  Act) 
offered  to  MAN  shareholders  in  connection  with  the  control  and  profit  and  loss  transfer  agreement.  The  put 
options granted to noncontrolling interest shareholders expired in the fiscal year. The liability for shares not 
tendered  and  for  compensation  payments  remaining  after  these  rights  expired  was  reclassified  directly  to 
equity.  

Further information can be found in the “Key Events” section. 

32. Trade payables

€ million 

Trade payables to 

third parties 

unconsolidated subsidiaries 

joint ventures 

associates 

other investees and investors 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

21,948

22,928

222

375

195

5

235

327

113

4

22,745

23,607

 
274 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Other disclosures 

33. IAS 23 (Borrowing Costs)

Capitalized  borrowing  costs  amounted  to  €68 million  (previous  year:  €62 million)  and  related  mainly  to 
capitalized  development  costs.  An  average  cost  of  debt  of  1.6%  (previous  year:  1.5%)  was  used  as  a  basis  for 
capitalization in the Volkswagen Group. 

34. IFRS 16 (Leases)

1 . L E S S E E   A C C O U N T I N G
The Volkswagen Group is a lessee, mainly as a result of leasing office equipment, real estate and other means of
production.  The  leases  are  negotiated  individually  and  include  a  large  number  of  contract  terms  and
conditions.  The  following  amounts  for  right-of-use  assets  resulting  from  leases  are  included  in  the  balance
sheet items:

P R E S E N TAT I O N   O F   A N D   C H A N G E S   I N   R I G H T - O F - U S E   A S S E T S   F R O M   L E A S E S   F O R   T H E   P E R I O D  

F R O M   J A N U A R Y   1   TO   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Cost 

Balance at Jan. 1, 2019 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions 

Transfers 

Classified as held for sale 

Disposals 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Depreciation and impairment 
Balance at Jan. 1, 2019 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Additions to cumulative depreciation 

Additions to cumulative impairment losses 

Transfers 

Classified as held for sale 

Disposals 

Reversal of impairment losses 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2019 

Right of use on
land, land rights
and buildings incl.
buildings on third
party land

Right of use on 
technical 
equipment and 
machinery

Right of use on 
other equipment, 
operational and 
office equipment

5,139

82

13

1,201

–8

9

166

6,253

63

3

1

810

–

–8

1

19

–

848

5,404

77

0

–

5

–39

–

0

44

17

0

–

6

–

–

–

0

–

23

21

294

1

0

459

–5

1

11

738

4

0

–

126

–

0

0

4

0

126

611

Total

5,510

83

13

1,666

–52

10

177

7,034

84

4

1

942

–

–8

1

23

0

998

6,036

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

275

Subleases of right-of-use assets generated income of €20 million in the fiscal year. 

The  measurement  of  right-of-use  assets  from  leases  and  the  associated  lease  liabilities  is  based  on  a  best 
estimate  regarding  the  exercise  of  extension  and  termination  options.  If  there  are  material  changes  in 
circumstances or in the contract, this estimate is updated. 

The tables below show how the lease liabilities are assigned in the balance sheet and give an overview of their 
contractual maturities: 

A S S I G N M E N T   O F   L E A S E   L I A B I L I T I E S   TO   T H E   R E S P E C T I V E   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   I T E M S  

€ million 

Financial liabilities – Noncurrent 

Financial liabilities – Current 

Lease liabilities – Total 

M AT U R I T Y   A N A LY S I S   O F   L E A S E   L I A B I L I T I E S    

Dec. 31, 2019

5,208

1,002

6,210

€ million 

under one year

within one 
to five years

over five years

Total 

Lease liabilities at Dec. 31, 2019 

1,002

2,613

2,595

6,210 

R E M A I N I N G  

C O N T R A C T U A L   M A T U R I T I E S  

Interest expenses of €230 million were incurred for lease liabilities in the fiscal year. 

No  right-of-use  assets  are  recognized  for  low-value  or  short-term  leases.  Expenses  for  leasing  low-value 
assets totaled €270 million in the fiscal year. This figure does not include any expenses for short-term leases, 
which totaled €333 million in the fiscal year. Variable lease expenses not included in the measurement of lease 
liabilities accounted for €1 million in the fiscal year. 

Leases gave rise to cash outflows totaling €1,797 million in the fiscal year.  

The  table  below  shows  a  summary  of  potential  future  cash  outflows,  that  have  not  been  included  in  the 
measurement of the lease liabilities: 

€ million 

Future cash outflows to which the lessee is potentially exposed 

Variable lease payments 

Residual value guarantees 

Extension options 

Termination options 

Obligations under leases not yet commenced 

2019

1

0

3,575

3

359

3,938

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
276 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

2 .   L E S S O R   A C C O U N T I N G  
The  Volkswagen  Group  is  a  lessor  in  both  the  finance  lease  business  and  the  operating  lease  business.  The 
subject of these transactions is primarily motor vehicles and, to a small extent, land and buildings and items of 
equipment for dealerships.  

The  Volkswagen  Group  fully  accounts  for  the  default  risk  on  lease  receivables  by  recognizing  loss 
allowances,  which  are  recognized  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  IFRS 9.  As  lessor,  the  Volkswagen 
Group covers risks arising from the assets underlying the leases by, among other measures, taking account of 
residual  value  guarantees  received  for  parts  of  the  lease  portfolio  and  by  taking  account  of  forward-looking 
residual values forecast on the basis of internal and external information as part of residual value management. 
The forecast residual values are regularly reviewed. 

2 . 1   O P E R AT I N G   L E A S E S  
Assets  leased  under  long-term  operating  leases  amounted  to  €49,476 million  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year. 
While  €538 million  is  attributable  to  investment  property,  assets  separately  reported  as  lease  assets  in  the 
balance sheet amount to €48,938 million. They relate primarily to vehicles in an amount of €48,853 million 
as  well  as  land,  land  rights  and  buildings,  including  buildings  on  third-party  land,  in  an  amount  of 
€78 million. The remaining assets relate to technical equipment and machinery as well as other equipment, 
operating  and  office  equipment.  More  information  on  changes  in  value  of  investment  property  and  lease 
assets can be found in the section entitled “Lease assets and investment property”. 

The following cash inflows from expected outstanding, non-discounted operating lease payments are expected 
over the coming years: 

€ million 

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

From 2025

Total

Lease payments 

9,370

6,436

3,677

997

338

344

21,164

B R E A K D O W N   O F   I N C O M E   F R O M   O P E R AT I N G   L E A S E S  

€ million 

Lease income 

Income from variable lease payments 

Total 

2019

12,014

13

12,027

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

277

2 . 2   F I N A N C E   L E A S E S  
Interest  income  from  the  net  investment  in  the  leases  amounted  to  €2.4 billion  in  the  fiscal  year. 
Furthermore, a selling profit from the finance leases in the amount of €1.2 billion was recognized. 

The  following  table  shows  the  reconciliation  of  outstanding  lease  payments  under  finance  leases  to  the  net 
investment:(cid:3)

€ million 

Non-discounted lease payments 

Non-guaranteed residual value 

Unearned interest income 

Loss allowance on lease receivables 

Net investment 

Dec. 31, 2019

54,302

4,112

–3,789

–971

53,652

The  following  cash  inflows  from  expected  outstanding,  non-discounted  finance  lease  payments  are  expected 
over the coming years: 

€ million 

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

From 2025

Total

Lease payments 

19,428

14,590

12,179

6,883

847

373

54,302

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
278 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

35.(cid:3)IFRS 7 (Financial Instruments) 

The table below shows the carrying amounts of financial instruments by measurement category: 

C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T   O F   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S   B Y   I F R S   9   M E A S U R E M E N T   C AT E G O R Y    

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (debt instruments) 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (equity instruments) 

of which classified as held for sale 

Financial assets measured at amortized cost 

of which classified as held for sale 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 

of which classified as held for sale 

16,331

3,139

68

3

15,556

3,542

148

–

149,203

143,466

158

1,760

229,229

44

–

1,484

225,989

–

C L A S S E S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S  
Financial instruments are divided into the following classes at the Volkswagen Group: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) financial instruments measured at fair value;  
(cid:33)(cid:3) financial instruments measured at amortized cost;  
(cid:33)(cid:3) derivative financial instruments within hedge accounting;  
(cid:33)(cid:3) not allocated to any measurement category; and  
(cid:33)(cid:3) credit commitments and financial guarantees (off-balance sheet). 

R E C O N C I L I AT I O N   O F   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   I T E M S   TO   C L A S S E S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S  
The  following  table  shows  the  reconciliation  of  the  balance  sheet  items  to  the  relevant  classes  of  financial  
instruments, broken down by the carrying amount and fair value of the financial instruments.  

The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  measured  at  amortized  cost,  such  as  receivables  and  liabilities,  is 
calculated by discounting using a market rate of interest for a similar risk and matching maturity. For reasons 
of materiality, the fair value of current balance sheet items is generally deemed to be their carrying amount.  

For reconciliation to the carrying amounts, the “Not allocated to a measurement category” column in the table 
also includes items other than financial instruments.  

The risk variables governing the fair value of the receivables are risk-adjusted interest rates.  
“Financial instruments measured at fair value” also include shares in partnerships and corporations.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

279

R E C O N C I L I AT I O N   O F   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   I T E M S   TO   C L A S S E S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S   A S   O F   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

M E A S U R E D  

A T   F A I R  

V A L U E  

D E R I V A T I V E  

N O T  

F I N A N C I A L  

A L L O C A T E D    

I N S T R U M E N T S  

T O   A  

B A L A N C E  

M E A S U R E D   A T  

W I T H I N   H E D G E  

M E A S U R E M E N T  

S H E E T   I T E M   A T  

A M O R T I Z E D   C O S T  

A C C O U N T I N G  

C A T E G O R Y  

D E C .   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Carrying amount

Carrying amount

Fair value

Carrying amount

Carrying amount

Noncurrent assets 

Equity-accounted  
investments 

Other equity investments 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Tax receivables 

Current assets 

Trade receivables 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Tax receivables 

Marketable securities 

Cash, cash equivalents and 
time deposits 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Noncurrent financial 
liabilities 

Other noncurrent 
financial liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Put options and  
compensation rights  
granted to noncontrolling 
interest shareholders 

Current financial liabilities 

Trade payables 

Other current 
financial liabilities 

Tax payables 

–

134

286

772

–

–

22

1,094

–

16,940

–

–

–

–

46,905

4,240

–

17,537

36,529

9,150

29

140

–

–

47,789

4,252

–

17,537

36,529

9,150

29

140

28,938

28,938

100,727

100,964

–

–

–

1,510

–

–

–

1,341

–

–

–

–

767

2,085

2,087

368

–

–

–

718

–

1,853

89,707

23,607

7,977

33

1,853

89,707

23,607

7,977

33

–

–

–

721

–

8,434

1,340

31,501

–

476

352

17,665

1

1,850

–

–

399

–

–

51

–

–

423

8,434

1,474

78,692

6,521

476

17,888

54,216

11,586

1,879

17,080

28,938

101,126

3,219

1,853

89,757

23,607

9,416

456

 
280 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

R E C O N C I L I AT I O N   O F   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   I T E M S   TO   C L A S S E S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S   A S   O F   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

M E A S U R E D  

A T   F A I R  

V A L U E  

D E R I V A T I V E  

N O T    

F I N A N C I A L  

A L L O C A T E D    

I N S T R U M E N T S  

T O   A  

B A L A N C E    

M E A S U R E D   A T  

W I T H I N   H E D G E  

M E A S U R E M E N T  

S H E E T   I T E M   A T  

A M O R T I Z E D   C O S T  

A C C O U N T I N G  

C A T E G O R Y  

D E C .   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Carrying amount

Carrying amount

Fair value

Carrying amount

Carrying amount

Noncurrent assets 

Equity-accounted 
investments 

Other equity investments 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Tax receivables 

Current assets 

Trade receivables 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Tax receivables 

Marketable securities 

Cash, cash equivalents and 
time deposits 

Assets held for sale 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Noncurrent financial 
liabilities 

Other noncurrent 
financial liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Current financial liabilities 

Trade payables 

Other current 
financial liabilities 

Tax payables 

Liabilities associated with 
assets held for sale 

–

54

288

1,012

–

1

22

1,477

–

16,681

–

3

–

–

–

51,404

3,625

–

17,940

39,936

10,120

9

88

25,923

158

–

–

52,581

3,628

–

17,940

39,936

10,120

9

88

25,923

158

108,348

110,679

–

–

–

916

–

–

–

619

–

–

–

–

–

8,169

1,848

35,281

–

341

–

18,656

–

1,181

–

–

634

8,169

1,902

86,973

5,553

341

17,941

58,615

12,216

1,190

16,769

25,923

795

5,208

113,556

943

2,549

2,554

1,007

–

4,499

–

–

86,911

22,745

86,911

22,745

–

–

817

8,614

8,614

1,427

–

–

19

44

19

44

–

–

1,002

–

–

389

326

87,912

22,745

10,858

408

370

The  carrying  amount  of  lease  receivables  was  €53.9 billion  (previous  year:  €49.2 billion)  and  their  fair  value  
(fair value hierarchy level 3) was €55.0 billion (previous year: €49.8 billion). 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

281

Uniform  valuation  techniques  and  inputs  are  used  to  measure  fair  value.  The  fair  value  of  Level  2  and  3 
financial  instruments  is  measured  in  the  individual  divisions  on  the  basis  of  Group-wide  specifications.  The 
measurement  techniques  used  are  explained  in  the  section  entitled  “Accounting  policies”.  The  fair  value  of 
Level  3  receivables  was  measured  by  reference  to  individual  expectations  of  losses;  these  are  based  to  a 
significant  extent  on  the  Company’s  assumptions  about  counterparty  credit  quality.  The  inputs  used  are  not 
observable in an active market. 

The following tables contain an overview of the financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by level: 

F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   A N D   L I A B I L I T I E S   M E A S U R E D   AT   F A I R   VA L U E   B Y   L E V E L  

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2018

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Noncurrent assets 

Other equity investments 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Current assets 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Marketable securities 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Other noncurrent financial liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Other current financial liabilities 

134

286

772

22

1,094

16,940

767

718

56

–

–

–

–

16,940

–

–

25

–

357

–

880

–

250

419

53

286

415

22

214

–

516

299

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Noncurrent assets 

Other equity investments 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Current assets 

Other financial assets 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Marketable securities 

Assets held for sale 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Other noncurrent financial liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Other current financial liabilities 

54

288

1,012

1

22

1,477

16,681

3

943

817

43

–

–

–

–

–

16,681

–

–

–

0

–

595

–

–

1,304

–

–

425

570

11

288

417

1

22

173

–

3

518

247

 
282 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

F A I R   VA L U E   O F   F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   A N D   L I A B I L I T I E S   M E A S U R E D   AT   A M O R T I Z E D   C O S T   B Y   L E V E L  

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2018

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Fair value of financial assets measured at amortized cost 

Financial services receivables 

Trade receivables 

Other financial assets 

Tax receivables 

Cash, cash equivalents and time deposits 

Fair value of financial assets measured at amortized cost 

Fair value of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 

Put options and compensation rights granted to 
noncontrolling interest shareholders 

Trade payables 

Financial liabilities 

Other financial liabilities 

Tax payables 

Fair value of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 

84,319

17,537

13,403

29

28,938

144,226

1,853

23,607

190,671

10,064

33

226,228

–

–

378

–

28,115

28,493

–

–

59,089

1,297

–

–

17,537

5,004

29

823

84,319

–

8,020

–

–

23,394

92,339

–

23,607

131,316

8,535

33

1,853

–

266

233

–

60,386

163,491

2,352

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Fair value of financial assets measured at amortized cost 

Financial services receivables 

Trade receivables 

Other financial assets 

Tax receivables 

Cash, cash equivalents and time deposits 

Assets held for sale 

Fair value of financial assets measured at amortized cost 

Fair value of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 

Trade payables 

Financial liabilities 

Other financial liabilities 

Tax payables 

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale 

92,518

17,940

13,748

9

25,923

158

150,296

22,745

197,590

11,168

19

44

–

–

456

–

24,912

4

25,372

–

42,828

707

–

 –

–

17,940

4,534

9

1,010

154

23,648

22,745

152,329

10,069

19

44

92,518

–

8,758

–

–

 –

101,276

–

2,433

392

–

 –

Fair value of financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 

231,566

43,535

185,205

2,825

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

283

D E R I VAT I V E   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S   W I T H I N   H E D G E   A C C O U N T I N G   B Y   L E V E L  

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2018

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Noncurrent assets 

Other financial assets 

Current assets 

Other financial assets 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Other noncurrent financial liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Other current financial liabilities 

1,510

1,341

368

721

–

–

–

–

1,510

1,341

368

721

–

–

0

–

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Noncurrent assets 

Other financial assets 

Current assets 

Other financial assets 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Other noncurrent financial liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Other current financial liabilities 

916

619

1,007

1,427

–

–

–

–

916

619

1,007

1,427

–

–

–

–

The  allocation  of  fair  values  to  the  three  levels  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy  is  based  on  the  availability  of 
observable  market  prices.  Level 1  is  used  to  report  the  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  for  which  a  price  is 
directly  available  in  an  active  market.  Examples  include  marketable  securities  and  other  equity  investments 
measured  at  fair  value  that  are  listed  and  traded  on  a  public  market.  Fair  values  in  Level  2,  for  example  of 
derivatives, are measured on the basis of market inputs using market-based valuation techniques. In particular, 
the inputs used include exchange rates, yield curves and commodity prices that are observable in the relevant 
markets and obtained through pricing services. Fair Values in Level 3 are calculated using valuation techniques 
that incorporate inputs that are not directly observable in active markets. In the Volkswagen Group, long-term 
commodity futures are allocated to Level 3 because the prices available on the market must be extrapolated for 
measurement purposes. This is done on the basis of observable inputs obtained for the different commodities 
through pricing services. Options on equity instruments, residual value protection models, customer financing 
receivables,  receivables  from  vehicle  financing  programs  and  other  equity  investments  are  also  reported  in 
Level 3. In this process, the relevant corporate plans and company-specific discount rates in particular are used 
for measuring the equity instruments. The significant inputs used to measure fair value for the residual value 
protection models include forecasts and estimates of used vehicle residual values for the appropriate models. 
The  measurement  of  vehicle  financing  programs  requires  in  particular  the  use  of  the  corresponding  vehicle 
price. 

 
284 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The table below provides a summary of changes in Level 3 balance sheet items measured at fair value: 

C H A N G E S   I N   B A L A N C E   S H E E T   I T E M S   M E A S U R E D   AT   F A I R   VA L U E   B A S E D   O N   L E V E L   3  

€ million 

Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Total comprehensive income 

recognized in profit or loss 

recognized in other comprehensive income 

Additions (purchases) 

Sales and settlements 

Transfers into Level 2 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

Total gains or losses recognized in profit or loss 

Net other operating expense/income 

of which attributable to assets/liabilities held at the reporting date 

Financial result 

of which attributable to assets/liabilities held at the reporting date 

Financial assets
measured at fair value

Financial liabilities
measured at fair value

823

–33

–184

78

27

51

339

–2

–32

990

27

31

58

–4

–5

765

–3

–

204

204

–

28

–183

5

816

–204

–203

–235

0

–

€ million 

Balance at Jan. 1, 2019 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Total comprehensive income 

recognized in profit or loss 

recognized in other comprehensive income 

Additions (purchases) 

Sales and settlements 

Transfers into Level 2 

Classified as held for sale 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

Total gains or losses recognized in profit or loss 

Net other operating expense/income 

of which attributable to assets/liabilities held at the reporting date 

Financial result 

of which attributable to assets/liabilities held at the reporting date 

Financial assets
measured 
at fair value

Financial liabilities 
measured 
at fair value 

Financial assets 
held for sale

990

22

0

154

157

–3

13

–215

–46

–3

913

157

161

115

–4

–4

816 

9 

– 

293 

293 

– 

– 

–301

–51 

– 

765 

–293

–292

–238

–1 

– 

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

–

–

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

285

The transfers between the levels of the fair value hierarchy are reported at the respective reporting dates. The 
transfers out of Level 3 into Level 2 comprise commodity futures for which observable quoted prices are now 
available for measurement purposes due to the decline in their remaining maturities; consequently, no further 
extrapolation is required. There were no transfers between other levels of the fair value hierarchy. 

Commodity prices are the key risk variable for the fair value of commodity futures. Sensitivity analyses are 

used to present the effect of changes in commodity prices on earnings after tax and equity.  

If commodity prices for commodity futures classified as Level 3 had been 10% higher (lower) as of December 31, 
2019, earnings after tax would have been €168 million (previous year: €59 million) higher (lower). The equity is 
not affected. 

The  key  risk  variable  for  measuring  options  on  equity  instruments  held  by  the  Company  is  the  relevant 
enterprise value. Sensitivity analyses are used to present the effect of changes in risk variables on earnings after 
tax. 

If the assumed enterprise values at December 31, 2019 had been 10% higher, earnings after tax would have 
been €3 million (previous year: €3 million) higher. If the assumed enterprise values at December 31, 2019 had 
been 10% lower, earnings after tax would have been €3 million (previous year: €3 million) lower. 

Residual value risks result from hedging agreements with dealers under which earnings effects caused by 
market-related  fluctuations  in  residual  values  that  arise  from  buyback  obligations  under  leases  are  borne  in 
part by the Volkswagen Group.  

The  key  risk  variable  influencing  the  fair  value  of  the  options  relating  to  residual  value  risks  is  used  car 

prices. Sensitivity analyses are used to quantify the effects of changes in used car prices on earnings after tax. 

If  the  prices  of  the  used  cars  covered  by  the  residual  value  protection  model  had  been  10%  higher  as  of 
December 31, 2019, earnings after tax would have been €354 million (previous year: €325 million) higher. If the 
prices of the used cars covered by the residual value protection model had been 10% lower as of December 31, 
2019, earnings after tax would have been €374 million (previous year: €352 million) lower.  

If  the  risk-adjusted  interest  rates  applied  to  receivables  measured  at  fair  value  had  been  100  basis  points 
higher  as  of  December  31,  2019,  earnings  after  tax  would  have  been  €3 million  (previous  year:  €1 million) 
lower. If the risk-adjusted interest rates as of December 31, 2019 had been 100 basis points lower, earnings after 
tax would have been €3 million (previous year: €4 million) higher. 

If  the  corresponding  vehicle  prices  used  in  the  vehicle  financing  programs  had  been  10%  higher  as  of 
December  31,  2019,  earnings  after  tax  would  have  been  €5 million  (previous  year:  €8  million)  higher.  If  the 
corresponding vehicle prices used in the vehicle financing programs had been 10% lower as of December  31, 
2019, earnings after tax would have been €5 million (previous year: €8 million) lower.  

If the result of operations of equity investments measured at fair value had been 10% better as of December 31, 
2019, the equity would have been €0.2 million (previous year: €2.8 million) higher. If the result of operations 
had been 10% worse, the equity would have been €0.2 million (previous year: €2.8 million) lower. 

 
 
 
 
286 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

O F F S E T T I N G   O F   F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   A N D   L I A B I L I T I E S  
The following tables contain information about the effects of offsetting in the balance sheet and the potential 
financial effects of offsetting in the case of instruments that are subject to a legally enforceable master netting 
arrangement or a similar agreement. 

A M O U N T S   T H A T   A R E   N O T   S E T  

O F F   I N   T H E   B A L A N C E   S H E E T  

Gross amounts of 
recognized 
financial assets

Gross amounts of
recognized 
financial liabilities
set off in the
balance sheet

Net amounts of
financial assets
presented in the
balance sheet

Financial
instruments

Collateral received

Net amount at 
Dec. 31, 2018

3,979

132,909

17,537

17,080

28,938

14,307

0

–

0

–

–

–15

3,979

132,909

17,537

17,080

28,938

14,291

–1,819

–

0

–

–

–

–171

–77

–

–

–

–

1,989

132,831

17,536

17,080

28,938

14,291

€ million 

Derivatives 

Financial services receivables 

Trade receivables 

Marketable securities 

Cash, cash equivalents and 
time deposits 

Other financial assets 

A M O U N T S   T H A T   A R E   N O T   S E T  

O F F   I N   T H E   B A L A N C E   S H E E T  

Gross amounts of 
recognized 
financial assets

Gross amounts of
recognized 
financial liabilities
set off in the
balance sheet

Net amounts of
financial assets
presented in the
balance sheet

Financial
instruments

Collateral received

Net amount at 
Dec. 31, 2019

3,396

146,218

17,952

16,769

25,923

14,436

–146

–630

–11

–

–

146

3,250

145,588

17,941

16,769

25,923

14,581

–2,010

–

0

–

–

0

–45

–98

–

–

–

–

1,195

145,490

17,941

16,769

25,923

14,581

€ million 

Derivatives 

Financial services receivables 

Trade receivables 

Marketable securities 

Cash, cash equivalents and 
time deposits 

Other financial assets 

Other financial assets include receivables from tax allocations of €9 million (previous year: €29 million). 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

287

A M O U N T S   T H A T   A R E   N O T   S E T  

O F F   I N   T H E   B A L A N C E   S H E E T  

Gross amounts of
recognized
financial liabilities

Gross amounts of
recognized
financial assets
set off in the
balance sheet

Net amounts of 
financial liabilities 
presented in the 
balance sheet

Financial 
instruments

Collateral pledged

Net amount at 
Dec. 31, 2018

1,853

2,573

190,883

23,607

10,111

–

0

–

0

–15

1,853

2,573

190,883

23,607

10,095

–

–1,738

–

0

–

–

–1

–1,953

–

–

1,853

834

188,931

23,607

10,095

€ million 

Put options and 
compensation rights 
granted to noncontrolling 
interest shareholders 

Derivatives 

Financial liabilities 

Trade payables 

Other financial liabilities 

A M O U N T S   T H A T   A R E   N O T   S E T  

O F F   I N   T H E   B A L A N C E   S H E E T  

Gross amounts of
recognized
financial liabilities

Gross amounts of
recognized
financial assets
set off in the
balance sheet

Net amounts of 
financial liabilities 
presented in the 
balance sheet

Financial 
instruments

Collateral pledged

Net amount at 
Dec. 31, 2019

4,195

201,468

22,756

11,812

0

–

–11

–630

4,195

201,468

22,745

11,182

–1,900

–

0

–

–53

–1,729

–

–

2,241

199,740

22,745

11,182

€ million 

Derivatives 

Financial liabilities 

Trade payables 

Other financial liabilities 

The “Financial instruments” column shows the amounts that are subject to a master netting arrangement but 
were  not  set  off  because  they  do  not  meet  the  criteria  for  offsetting  in  the  balance  sheet.  The  “Collateral 
received” and “Collateral pledged” columns show the amounts of cash collateral and collateral in the form of 
financial instruments received and pledged for the total assets and liabilities that do not meet the criteria for 
offsetting in the balance sheet.  

Other financial liabilities include liabilities from tax allocations of €19 million (previous year: €33 million). 

 
288 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

A S S E T - B A C K E D   S E C U R I T I E S   T R A N S A C T I O N S  
Asset-backed  securities  transactions  with  financial  assets  amounting  to  €27.8 billion  (previous  year: 
€27.9 billion) entered into to refinance the financial services business are included in bonds, commercial paper 
and notes, and liabilities from loans. The corresponding carrying amount of the receivables from the customer 
and  dealer  financing  and  the  finance  lease  business  amounted  to  €34.1 billion  (previous  year:  €32.7 billion). 
Collateral of €47.9 billion (previous year: €47.9 billion) in total was furnished as part of asset-backed securities 
transactions.  The  expected  payments  were  assigned  to  structured  entities  and  the  equitable  liens  in  the 
financed vehicles were transferred. These asset-backed securities transactions did not result in the receivables 
from financial services business being derecognized, as the Group retains nonpayment and late payment risks. 
The  difference between  the  assigned  receivables  and  the  related  liabilities  is  the  result  of  different  terms  and 
conditions and the share of the securitized paper and notes held by the Volkswagen Group itself, as well as the 
proportion of vehicles financed within the Group. 

Most of the public and private asset-backed securities transactions of the Volkswagen Group can be repaid 
in  advance  (clean-up  call)  if  less  than  9%  or  10%,  as  appropriate,  of  the  original  transaction  volume  is 
outstanding. The assigned receivables cannot be assigned again or pledged elsewhere as collateral. The claims 
of  the  holders  of  commercial  paper  and  notes  are  limited  to  the  assigned  receivables  and  the  receipts  from 
those receivables are earmarked for the repayment of the corresponding liability. 

As of December 31, 2019, the fair value of the assigned receivables still recognized in the balance sheet was 
€34.8 billion  (previous  year:  €32.9 billion).  The  fair  value  of  the  related  liabilities  was  €30.1 billion  (previous 
year: €30.1 billion) at that reporting date.  

Companies  of  the  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  subgroup  are  contractually  obliged,  under  certain 
conditions, to transfer funds to the structured entities that are included in its financial statements. Since the 
receivables are transferred to the special purpose entity by way of undisclosed assignment, the situation may 
occur  in  which  the  receivable  has  already  been  reduced  in  a  legally  binding  manner  at  the  originator,  for 
example  if  the  obligor  effectively  offsets  it  against  receivables  owed  to  it  by  a  company  belonging  to  the 
Volkswagen Group. In this case, collateral must be furnished for the resulting compensation claims against the 
special purpose entity, for example if the rating of the Group company concerned declines to a contractually 
agreed reference value. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

289

A D D I T I O N A L   I N C O M E   STAT E M E N T   D I S C L O S U R E S   I N   A C C O R D A N C E   W I T H   I F R S   7   ( F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S )  
The  table  below  shows  net  gains  and  losses  on  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  by  measurement 
category, followed by a detailed explanation of key aspects: 

N E T   G A I N S   O R   L O S S E S   F R O M   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S   B Y   I F R S   9   M E A S U R E M E N T   C AT E G O R Y    

€ million 

Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss 

Financial assets measured at amortized cost 

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (debt instruments) 

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost 

2019

2018

–242

6,282

7

–4,420

1,628

–763

6,241

17

–4,963

531

Net  gains and  losses  in  the  category  at  "financial  instruments  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss"  are  mainly 
composed  of  the  fair  value  measurement  gains  and  losses  on  derivatives,  including  interest  and  gains  and 
losses on currency translation. 

Net  gains  and  losses  from  financial  assets  measured  at  fair  value  through  other  comprehensive  income 

(debt instruments) relate to interest income from fixed-income securities.  

Net  gains  and  losses  from  financial  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  amortized  cost  mainly  comprise 
interest income and expenses calculated according to the effective interest method pursuant to IFRS 9, currency 
translation effects, and the recognition of loss allowances. Interest also includes interest income and expenses 
from the lending business of the Financial Services Division. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
290 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The table below presents total interest income and expenses from financial assets and liabilities measured at 
amortized cost, separately from financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income:  

TOTA L   I N T E R E ST   I N C O M E   A N D   E X P E N S E S   AT T R I B U TA B L E   TO   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S   N OT   M E A S U R E D   AT   F A I R   VA L U E  

T H R O U G H   P R O F I T   O R   L O S S    

€ million 

2019

2018

Financial assets and liabilities measured at amortized cost 

Interest income 

Interest expenses 

Financial assets (debt instruments) and liabilities measured at fair value through other comprehensive 
income 

Interest income 

Interest expenses 

G A I N S   A N D   L O S S E S   O N   T H E   D I S P O S A L   O F   F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   M E A S U R E D   AT   A M O R T I Z E D   C O ST  

€ million 

Gains arising from the derecognition of financial assets measured at amortized cost 

Losses arising from the derecognition of financial assets measured at amortized cost 

7,563

4,120

8

–

2019

845

–978

–133

5,022

3,183

17

1

2018

1,001

–1,073

–72

In the fiscal year, €2 million (previous year: €2 million) was recognized as an expense and €44 million (previous 
year:  €51 million)  as  income  from  fees  and  commissions  for  trust  activities  and  from  financial  assets  and 
liabilities not measured at fair value that are not accounted for using the effective interest method. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

291

36. Cash flow statement

Cash  flows  are  presented  in  the  cash  flow  statement  classified  into  cash  flows  from  operating  activities, 
investing activities and financing activities, irrespective of the balance sheet classification. 

Cash flows from operating activities are derived indirectly from earnings before tax. Earnings before tax are 
adjusted  to  eliminate  noncash  expenditures  (mainly  depreciation,  amortization  and  impairment  losses)  and 
income.  Other  noncash  income  and  expense  results  mainly  from  measurement  effects  in  connection  with 
financial instruments and to fair value changes relating to hedging transactions. This results in cash flows from 
operating activities after accounting for changes in working capital, which also include changes in lease assets 
and in financial services receivables. 

Investing activities include additions to property, plant and equipment and equity investments, additions 

to capitalized development costs and investments in securities, loans and time deposits. 

Financing activities include outflows of funds from dividend payments and redemption of bonds, inflows 
from the capital increases and issuance of bonds, and changes in other financial liabilities. Please refer to the 
“Equity” section for information on the in-/outflows from the issuance/repayment of hybrid capital contained 
in the capital contributions. 

The changes in balance sheet items that are presented in the cash flow statement cannot be derived directly 
from  the  balance  sheet,  as  the  effects  of  currency  translation  and  changes  in  the  consolidated  Group  are 
noncash transactions and are therefore eliminated. 

In the fiscal year, cash flows from operating activities include interest received amounting to €7,640 million 
(previous year: €7,047 million) and interest paid amounting to €2,604 million (previous year: €1,857 million). 
Cash  flows  from  operating  activities  also  include  dividend  payments  (net  of  withholding  tax)  received  from 
joint ventures and associates of €3,679 million (previous year: €3,315 million). 

Dividends  amounting  to  €2,419 million  (previous  year:  €1,967 million)  were  paid  to  Volkswagen AG 

shareholders. 

€ million 

Cash, cash equivalents and time deposits as reported in the balance sheet 

Time deposits 

Cash and cash equivalents as reported in the cash flow statement 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

25,923

–1,593

24,329

28,938

–825

28,113

Time deposits are not classified as cash equivalents. Time deposits have a contractual maturity of more than 
three months. The maximum default risk corresponds to its carrying amount. 

 
292 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The  following  table  shows  the  classification  of  changes  in  financial  liabilities  into  cash  and  non-cash 
transactions: 

€ million 

Bonds 

Other total third-party 
borrowings 

Finance lease liabilities 

Total third-party borrowings 

Put options and 
compensation rights granted 
to noncontrolling interest 
shareholders 

Other financial assets and 
liabilities 

Financial assets and liabilities 
in financing activities 

Jan. 1, 2018

Cash-effective
changes

Foreign exchange
differences

Changes in
consolidated
Group

N O N - C A S H   C H A N G E S  

63,118

20,018

99,875

479

163,472

7,740

–29

27,730

3,795

–2,132

–160

–121

–193

–414

–1

–607

–

27

167,107

25,477

–581

–

11

–

11

–

–

11

Other changes

Dec. 31, 2018

–1,395

81,549

1,674

0

279

190

72

541

108,886

449

190,883

1,853

–182

192,555

Jan. 1, 2019

Cash-effective
changes

Foreign 
exchange 
differences 

Changes in
consolidated
Group

Classified as 
held for sale

N O N - C A S H   C H A N G E S  

€ million 

Bonds 

81,549

6,132

496 

Other total third-party 
borrowings 
Finance lease liabilities¹,² 

108,886

5,567

Total third-party borrowings 

196,001

–3,392

–957

1,783

Put options and 
compensation rights granted 
to noncontrolling interest 
shareholders³ 

Other financial assets and 
liabilities 

Financial assets and 
liabilities in financing 
activities 

1,853

–1,135

–182

18

–

–193

16

–177

–

–

1,616 

81 

2,193 

– 

–3 

197,672

666

2,189 

–177

Other changes

Dec. 31, 2019

452

88,629

–287

1,513

1,678

–718

87

106,630

6,210

201,468

–

–81

1,046

201,387

–

0

9

9

–

–

9

1  Value in the opening balance adjusted (see disclosures on IFRS 16). 
2  Other changes in lease liabilities largely contain noncash additions of lease liabilities. 
3  Other changes in put(cid:3031)options/compensation rights granted to noncontrolling interest shareholders largely contain the reclassification of the residual liability to 

equity after the put options granted expired in the fiscal year. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

293

37.(cid:3)Financial risk management and financial instruments 

1 .   H E D G I N G   G U I D E L I N E S   A N D   F I N A N C I A L   R I S K   M A N A G E M E N T   P R I N C I P L E S  
The  principles  and  responsibilities  for  managing  and  controlling  the  risks  that  could  arise  from  financial 
instruments are defined by the Board of Management and monitored by the Supervisory Board. General rules 
apply  to  the  Group-wide  risk  policy;  these  are  oriented  on  the  statutory  requirements  and  the  “Minimum 
Requirements for Risk Management by Credit Institutions”. 

Group  Treasury  is  responsible  for  operational  risk  management  and  control  of  risks  from  financial 
instruments. The Risk Management Group Executive Committee is regularly informed about current financial 
risks.  In  addition,  the  Group  Board  of  Management  and  the  Supervisory  Board  are  regularly  updated  on  the 
current risk situation. Some functions of the Scania, MAN and PHS subgroups are included in Group Treasury’s 
operational risk management and control for risks relating to financial instruments. Subgroups have their own 
risk management structures.  

For more information, please see the management report on pages 187 to 189.  

2 .   C R E D I T   A N D   D E F A U LT   R I S K  
The  credit  and  default  risk  arising  from  financial  assets  involves  the  risk  of  default  by  counterparties,  and 
therefore  comprises  at  a  maximum  the amount  of  the  claims  under  carrying amounts  receivable  from  them 
and  the  irrevocable  credit  commitments.  The  maximum  potential  credit  and  default  risk  is  reduced  by 
collateral held and other credit enhancements. Collateral is held predominantly for financial assets in the “at 
amortized cost” category. It relates primarily to collateral for financial services receivables and trade receivables. 
Collateral  comprises  vehicles  and  assets  transferred  as  security,  as  well  as  guarantees  and  real  property  liens. 
Cash collateral is also used in hedging transactions.  

For level 3 and level 4 financial assets with objective indications of impairment as of the reporting date, the 
collateral  provided  led  to  a  reduction  in  risk  by  €1.3 billion  (previous  year:  €1.3 billion).  Collateral  of 
€285 million (previous year: €15 million) has been accepted for assets measured at fair value through profit or 
loss. 

Significant  cash  and  capital  investments,  as  well  as  derivatives,  are  only  entered  into  with  national  and 
international  banks.  Risk  is  additionally  limited  by  a  limit  system  based  primarily  on  the  equity  base  of  the 
counterparties  concerned  and  on  credit  assessments  by  international  rating  agencies.  Financial  guarantees 
issued also give rise to credit and default risk. The maximum potential credit and default risk is calculated from 
the  amount  Volkswagen  would  have  to  pay  if  claims  were  to  be  asserted  under  the  guarantees.  The 
corresponding amounts are presented in the Liquidity risk section. 

There  were  no  material  concentrations  of  risk  at  individual  counterparties  or  counterparty  groups  in  the 
past fiscal year due to the global allocation of the Group’s business activities and the resulting diversification. 
There  was  a  slight  change  in  the  concentration  of  credit  and  default  risk  exposures  to  the  German  public 
banking sector as a whole that has arisen from Group-wide cash and capital investments as well as derivatives: 
the portion attributable to this sector was 5.2% at the end of 2019 compared with 9.7% at the end of 2018. Any 
existing  concentration  of  risk  is  assessed  and  monitored  both  at  the  level  of  individual  counterparties  or 
counterparty groups and with regard to the countries in which these are based, in each case using the share of 
all credit and default risk exposures accounted for by the risk exposure concerned. 

For China, credit and default risk exposures accounted for 34.2% at the end of 2019, as against 25.4% at the 

end of 2018. There were no other concentrations of credit and default risk exposures in individual countries. 

 
294 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

L O S S   A L L O WA N C E    
The  Volkswagen  Group  consistently  uses  the  expected  credit  loss  model  of  IFRS 9  for  all  financial  assets  and 
other risk exposures.  

The  expected  credit  loss  model  under  IFRS 9 takes  in  both  loss  allowances  for  financial  assets  for  which 
there  are  no  objective  indications  of  impairment  and  loss  allowances  for  financial  assets  that  are  already 
impaired. For the calculation of impairment losses, IFRS 9 distinguishes between the general approach and the 
simplified approach. 

Under the general approach, financial assets are allocated to one of three stages, plus an additional stage for 
financial assets  that  are  already  impaired  when  acquired  (stage  4). Stage  1  comprises  financial assets  that are 
recognized for the first time or for which the probability of default has not increased significantly. The expected 
credit losses for the next twelve months are calculated at this stage. Stage 2 comprises financial assets with a 
significantly  increased  probability  of  default,  while  financial  assets  with  objective  indications  of  default  are 
allocated to stage 3. The lifetime expected credit losses are calculated at these stages. Stage 4 financial assets, 
which are already impaired when acquired, are subsequently measured by recognizing a loss allowance on the 
basis of the accumulated lifetime expected losses. Financial assets classified as impaired on acquisition remain 
in this category until they are derecognized. 

The  Volkswagen  Group  applies  the  simplified  approach  to  trade  receivables  and  contract  assets  with  a 
significant financing component in accordance with IFRS 15. The same applies to receivables under operating 
or  finance  leases  accounted  for  under  IFRS 16.  Under  the  simplified  approach,  the  expected  losses  are 
consistently determined for the entire life of the asset. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

295

The  tables  below  show  the  reconciliation  of  the  loss  allowance  for  various  financial  assets  and  financial 
guarantees and credit commitments: 

C H A N G E S   I N   L O S S   A L L O WA N C E   F O R   F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   M E A S U R E D   AT   A M O R T I Z E D   C O ST  

€ million 

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3 

Simplified 
approach 

Stage 4

Total 

Carrying amount at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Newly extended/purchased financial assets (additions) 

Other changes within a stage 

Transfers to 

Stage 1  

Stage 2  

Stage 3  

Financial instruments derecognized during the period 
(disposals) 

Utilization 

Changes to models or risk parameters 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2018 

800

–2

4

253

–69

22

–102

–33

–120

–

–1

750

802

–7

6

–

132

–67

275

–51

–148

–

4

946

1,002 

–35 

15 

– 

195 

–13 

–39 

445 

–226

–459

10 

896 

622 

–15 

8 

176 

1 

– 

– 

– 

–127

–34 

3 

634 

138

3,364 

–4

0

30

16

–

–

–

–33

–1

–2

146

–63 

33 

459 

275 

–58 

134 

361 

–653

–493

13 

3,372 

C H A N G E S   I N   L O S S   A L L O WA N C E   F O R   F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   M E A S U R E D   AT   A M O R T I Z E D   C O ST  

€ million 

Stage 1

Stage 2

Stage 3 

Simplified 
approach 

Stage 4

Total 

946

896 

Carrying amount at Jan. 1, 2019 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Newly extended/purchased financial assets (additions) 

Other changes within a stage 

Transfers to 

Stage 1  

Stage 2  

Stage 3  

750

6

2

464

–64

39

–91

–45

4

–

–

–222

–75

206

–76

Financial instruments derecognized during the period 
(disposals) 

–146

–106

Utilization 

Changes to models or risk parameters 

Classified as held for sale 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2019 

–

–2

0

913

–

1

–

677

3 

0 

– 

157 

–12 

–16 

334 

–145

–322

0 

– 

893 

634 

3 

1 

255 

–3 

– 

– 

– 

47 

–177

2 

–2 

760 

146

3,372 

0

–

1

–32

–

–

–

–4

–16

–

–

94

16 

3 

719 

–165

–48 

98 

213 

–354

–516

1 

–2 

3,336 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
296 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

C H A N G E S   I N   L O S S   A L L O WA N C E   F O R   F I N A N C I A L   G U A R A N T E E S   A N D   C R E D I T   C O M M I T M E N T S  

€ million 

Stage 1 

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 4 

Total

Carrying amount at Jan. 1, 2018 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Newly extended/purchased financial assets (additions) 

Other changes within a stage 

Transfers to 

Stage 1  

Stage 2  

Stage 3  

Financial instruments derecognized during the period (disposals) 

Utilization 

Changes to models or risk parameters 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2018 

11 

0 

– 

11 

0 

0 

–1 

0 

–4 

– 

0 

18 

4

0

–

–

0

0

0

0

–4

–

0

1

1

0

–

–

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

0 

– 

– 

1 

0 

– 

– 

– 

–1 

– 

0 

0 

16

0

–

12

0

0

0

1

–9

0

0

19

C H A N G E S   I N   L O S S   A L L O WA N C E   F O R   F I N A N C I A L   G U A R A N T E E S   A N D   C R E D I T   C O M M I T M E N T S  

€ million 

Stage 1 

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 4 

Total

Carrying amount at Jan. 1, 2019 

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Newly extended/purchased financial assets (additions) 

Other changes within a stage 

Transfers to 

Stage 1  

Stage 2  

Stage 3  

Financial instruments derecognized during the period (disposals) 

Utilization 

Changes to models or risk parameters 

Classified as held for sale 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31, 2019 

18 

0 

0 

10 

0 

0 

–2 

0 

–9 

– 

0 

0 

17 

1

0

–

0

0

0

1

0

0

–

0

–

2

1

0

–

0

–1

–

–

–

–

0

–

–

0

0 

0 

– 

0 

0 

– 

– 

– 

0 

– 

– 

– 

0 

19

0

0

10

0

0

–1

0

–10

0

0

–

18

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

297

C H A N G E S   I N   L O S S   A L L O WA N C E   F O R   L E A S E   R E C E I VA B L E S   A N D   C O N T R A C T   A S S E T S  

€ million 

Carrying amount at Jan. 1  

Foreign exchange differences 

Changes in consolidated Group 

Newly extended/purchased financial assets (additions) 

Other changes  

Financial instruments derecognized during the period (disposals) 

Utilization 

Changes to models or risk parameters 

Classified as held for sale 

Carrying amount at Dec. 31  

S I M P L I F I E D   A P P R O A C H  

2019

2018

1,193

1,250

14

6

249

261

–282

–88

–42

0

1,312

–6

–

450

0

–465

–54

18

–

1,193

The loss allowance on assets measured at fair value in Stage 1 rose by €2 million in fiscal year 2019, resulting in 
a closing balance of €3 million. Of this amount, €2 million is attributable to Stage 1 (previous year: €2 million) 
and €1 million to Stage 2 (previous year €– million).  

The amount contractually outstanding for financial assets that have been derecognized in the current year 

and are still subject to enforcement proceedings is €331 million (previous year: €293 million). 

M O D I F I C AT I O N S  
There  were  contract  modifications  to  financial  assets  in  the  reporting  period  that  did  not  lead  to  the 
derecognition of the asset. They were primarily attributable to credit ratings and relate to financial assets for 
which  loss  allowances  were  measured  in  the  amount  of  the  lifetime  credit  losses.  For  trade  and  lease 
receivables,  the  treatment  is  simplified  by  considering  the  credit  rating-based  modifications  where  the 
receivables are more than 30 days past due. Before the modification, amortized cost amounted to €120 million 
(previous  year:  €147 million).  In  the  reporting  period,  contract  modifications  resulted  in  net  income/net 
expenses of €–0.2 million (previous year: €1.8 million).  

As of the reporting date, the gross carrying amounts of financial assets that have been modified since initial 
recognition and were simultaneously reclassified from stage 2 or 3 to stage 1 in the reporting period amounted 
to  €28 million  (previous  year:  €19 million).  As  a  result,  the  measurement  of  the  loss  allowance  for  these 
financial assets was changed from lifetime expected credit losses to 12-month expected credit losses. 

 
298 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

M A X I M U M   C R E D I T   R I S K    
The  table  below  shows  the  maximum  credit  risk  to  which  the  Volkswagen  Group  was  exposed  as  of  the 
reporting date, broken down by class to which the impairment model is applied: 

M A X I M U M   C R E D I T   R I S K   B Y   C L A S S  

€ million 

Financial instruments measured at fair value 

Financial instruments measured at amortized cost 

Financial guarantees and credit commitments 

not within the scope of IFRS 7 

Total 

Dec. 31, 2019

31.12.2018

3,139

149,045

5,988

53,938

212,109

3,542

143,466

4,640

49,518

201,166

R AT I N G   C AT E G O R I E S  
The  Volkswagen  Group  performs  a  credit  assessment  of  borrowers  in  all  loan  and  lease  agreements,  using 
scoring systems for the high-volume business and rating systems for corporate customers and receivables from 
dealer  financing.  Receivables  rated  as  good  are  contained  in  risk  class  1.  Receivables  from  customers  whose 
credit  rating  is  not  good  but  have  not  yet  defaulted  are  contained  in  risk  class  2.  Risk  class  3  comprises  all 
defaulted receivables. 

The table below presents the gross carrying amounts of financial assets by rating category: 

G R O S S   C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   B Y   R AT I N G   C AT E G O R Y   A S   O F   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Stage 1 

Stage 2

Stage 3

Simplified 
approach 

Stage 4

Credit risk rating grade 1  
(receivables with no credit risk – standard loans) 

Credit risk rating grade 2  
(receivables with credit risk – intensified loan management) 

Credit risk rating grade 3  
(cancelled receivables – non-performing loans) 

Total 

116,912 

8,007

2,243 

4,787

–

–

– 

–

119,155 

12,794

1,719

1,719

58,537 

5,687 

1,017 

65,241 

93

37

467

597

G R O S S   C A R R Y I N G   A M O U N T S   O F   F I N A N C I A L   A S S E T S   B Y   R AT I N G   C AT E G O R Y   A S   O F   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Stage 1 

Stage 2

Stage 3

Simplified 
approach 

Stage 4

Credit risk rating grade 1  
(receivables with no credit risk – standard loans) 

Credit risk rating grade 2  
(receivables with credit risk – intensified loan management) 

Credit risk rating grade 3  
(cancelled receivables – non-performing loans) 

Total 

120,926 

8,272

3,240 

5,031

–

–

– 

–

124,166 

13,303

2,514

2,514

66,344 

3,226 

901 

70,470 

89

43

359

490

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

299

Furthermore, the default risk exposure for financial guarantees and credit commitments is presented below: 

D E F A U LT   R I S K   F O R   F I N A N C I A L   G U A R A N T E E S   A N D   C R E D I T   C O M M I T M E N T S   A S   O F   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

Stage 3

Stage 4 

Credit risk rating grade 1  
(receivables with no credit risk – standard loans) 

Credit risk rating grade 2  
(receivables with credit risk – intensified loan management) 

Credit risk rating grade 3  
(cancelled receivables – non-performing loans) 

Total 

4,243 

76 

– 

4,318 

304 

15 

– 

319 

–

–

17

17

1 

0 

4 

5 

D E F A U LT   R I S K   F O R   F I N A N C I A L   G U A R A N T E E S   A N D   C R E D I T   C O M M I T M E N T S   A S   O F   D E C E M B E R   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Stage 1 

Stage 2 

Stage 3

Stage 4 

Credit risk rating grade 1  
(receivables with no credit risk – standard loans) 

Credit risk rating grade 2  
(receivables with credit risk – intensified loan management) 

Credit risk rating grade 3  
(cancelled receivables – non-performing loans) 

Total 

5,693 

100 

– 

5,793 

178 

25 

– 

203 

–

–

7

7

0 

0 

3 

4 

Collateral that was accepted for financial assets in the current fiscal year was recognized in the balance sheet in 
the amount of €149 million (previous year: €134 million). This mainly relates to vehicles. 

3 .   L I Q U I D I T Y   R I S K  
The  solvency  and  liquidity  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  are  ensured  at  all  times  by  rolling  liquidity  planning,  a 
liquidity reserve in the form of cash, confirmed credit lines and the issuance of securities on the international 
money and capital markets. The volume of confirmed bilateral and syndicated credit lines stood at €27.0 billion 
as  of  December  31,  2019  (previous  year:  €16.8 billion),  of  which  €3.8 billion  (previous  year:  €3.4 billion)  was 
drawn down. 

Local cash funds in certain countries (e.g. China, Brazil, Argentina, South Africa and India) are only available 
to  the  Group  for  cross-border  transactions  subject  to  exchange  controls.  There  are  no  significant  restrictions 
over and above these. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
300 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The following overview shows the contractual undiscounted cash flows from financial instruments: 

M AT U R I T Y   A N A LY S I S   O F   U N D I S C O U N T E D   C A S H   F L O W S   F R O M   F I N A N C I A L   I N ST R U M E N T S  

€ million 

Put options and 
compensation 
rights granted to 
noncontrolling 
interest 
shareholders 

Financial liabilities 

Trade payables 

Other financial 
liabilities 

Derivatives 

R E M A I N I N G  

R E M A I N I N G  

C O N T R A C T U A L   M A T U R I T I E S  

C O N T R A C T U A L   M A T U R I T I E S  

up to
one year

within one
to five years

more than 
five years

2019

up to 
one year

within one
to five years

more than 
five years

2018

–

90,137

22,745

8,633

70,932

–

–

–

96,135

25,542

211,814

0

–

22,745

2,355

57,182

176

11,164

5,912

134,027

1,853

91,891

23,607

8,010

63,059

–

–

1,853

84,965

23,380

200,235

0

–

23,607

1,916

42,984

154

3,036

10,080

109,078

344,854

192,447

155,672

31,630

379,750

188,419

129,865

26,570

The cash outflows on other financial liabilities include outflows on liabilities for tax allocations amounting to 
€19 million (previous year: €33 million). 

Derivatives  comprise  both  cash  flows  from  derivative  financial  instruments  with  negative  fair  values  and 
cash  flows  from  derivatives  with  positive  fair  values  for  which  gross  settlement  has  been  agreed.  Derivatives 
entered  into  through  offsetting  transactions are also accounted  for  as  cash outflows.  The  cash  outflows from 
derivatives for which gross settlement has been agreed are matched in part by cash inflows. These cash inflows 
are  not  reported  in  the  maturity  analysis.  If  these  cash  inflows  were  also  recognized,  the  cash  outflows 
presented  would  be  substantially  lower.  This  applies  in  particular  also  if  hedges  have  been  closed  with 
offsetting transactions. 

The cash outflows from irrevocable credit commitments are presented in section entitled "Other financial 

obligations”, classified by contractual maturities. 

As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  maximum  potential  liability  under  financial  guarantees  amounted  to 
€425 million  (previous  year:  €315 million).  Financial  guarantees  are  assumed  to  be  due  immediately  in  all 
cases.  

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

301

4 . M A R K E T   R I S K

4.1 Hedging policy and financial derivatives 
During  the  course  of  its  general  business  activities,  the  Volkswagen  Group  is  exposed  to  foreign  currency, 
interest rate, commodity price, equity price and fund price risk. Corporate policy is to limit such risk by means 
of hedging. Generally, all necessary hedging transactions, with the exception of the Scania, MAN and Porsche 
Holding GmbH (Salzburg) subgroups, are executed or coordinated centrally by Group Treasury. 

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   G A I N S   A N D   L O S S E S   F R O M   F A I R   VA L U E   H E D G E S  
Fair value hedges involve hedging against the risk of changes in the carrying amount of balance sheet items. 
As of the reporting date, both hedging instruments and hedged items are measured at fair value in relation 
to  the  hedged  risk,  and  the  resulting  changes  in  value  are  recognized  on  a  net  basis  in  the  corresponding 
income statement item.  

The following table shows the gains and losses from (fair value) hedges by risk type: 

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   G A I N S   A N D   L O S S E S   F R O M   F A I R   VA L U E   H E D G E S  

€ million 

Hedging interest rate risk 

Other financial result 

Other operating result 

Hedging currency risk 

Other financial result 

Other operating result 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

Other financial result 

Other operating result 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

–

–5

–

–39

–

2

–

34

–

–30

0

5

 
302 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   G A I N S   A N D   L O S S E S   F R O M   C A S H   F L O W   H E D G E S  
Cash flow hedges are used to hedge against risks of fluctuations in future cash flows. These cash flows may arise 
from a recognized asset or liability, or from a highly probable forecast transaction. The following table shows 
the gains and losses from (cash flow) hedges by risk type: 

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   G A I N S   A N D   L O S S E S   F R O M   C A S H   F L O W   H E D G E S  

€ million 

Hedging interest rate risk 

Gains or losses from changes in fair value of hedging instruments within hedge accounting 

Recognized in equity 

Recognized in profit or loss 

Reclassification from the cash flow hedge reserve to profit or loss  

Due to early discontinuation of the hedging relationships 

Due to realization of the hedged item 

Hedging currency risk 

Gains or losses from changes in fair value of hedging instruments within hedge accounting 

Recognized in equity 

Recognized in profit or loss 

Reclassification from the cash flow hedge reserve to profit or loss  

Due to early discontinuation of the hedging relationships 

Due to realization of the hedged item 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

Gains or losses from changes in fair value of hedging instruments within hedge accounting 

Recognized in equity 

Recognized in profit or loss 

Reclassification from the cash flow hedge reserve to profit or loss 

Due to early discontinuation of the hedging relationships 

Due to realization of the hedged item 

Hedging commodities price risk 

Gains or losses from changes in fair value of hedging instruments within hedge accounting 

Recognized in equity 

Recognized in profit or loss 

Reclassification from the cash flow hedge reserve to profit or loss  

Due to early discontinuation of the hedging relationships 

Due to realization of the hedged item 

2019

2018

–41

0

–

–1

–2,136

–1

4

137

–4

2

–

2

–

–

–

–4

–38

0

–

2

–1,367

–7

–1

–1,074

8

0

–

–8

–5

–

–

1

The table presents effects taken to equity, reduced by deferred taxes. 

The gain or loss from changes in the fair value of hedging instruments used in hedge accounting corresponds 
to the basis for determining hedge ineffectiveness. The ineffective portion of a cash flow hedge is the income or 
expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument that exceed the changes in the fair 
value  of  the  hedged  item.  This  hedge  ineffectiveness  is  attributable  to  parameter  differences  between  the 
hedging  instrument  and  the  hedged  item.  Such  income  and  expenses  are  recognized  in  other  operating 
income/expenses or in the financial result.  

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

303

The  Volkswagen  Group  uses  two  different  methods  to  present  market  risk  from  nonderivative  and  derivative 
financial instruments in accordance with  IFRS 7. For quantitative risk measurement, interest rate and foreign 
currency risk in the Volkswagen Financial Services subgroup are measured using a value-at-risk (VaR) model on 
the  basis  of  a  historical  simulation,  while  market  risk  in  the  other  Group  companies  is  determined  using  a 
sensitivity  analysis.  The  value-at-risk  calculation  indicates  the  size  of  the  maximum  potential  loss  on  the 
portfolio as  a  whole  within a  time  horizon  of 40  days, measured  at  a  confidence  level  of  99%.  To provide  the 
basis for this calculation, all cash flows from nonderivative and derivative financial instruments are aggregated 
into an interest rate gap analysis. The historical market data used in calculating value at risk covers a period of 
1,000 trading days. The sensitivity analysis calculates the effect on equity and profit or loss by modifying risk 
variables within the respective market risks. 

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G I N G   I N ST R U M E N T S   I N   H E D G E   A C C O U N T I N G  
The  Volkswagen  Group  regularly  enters  into  hedging  instruments  to  hedge  against  changes  in  the  carrying 
amount  of  balance  sheet  items.  The  summary  below  shows  the  notional  amounts,  fair  values  and  base 
variables for determining the ineffectiveness of hedging instruments entered into to hedge against the risk of 
changes in carrying amounts in fair value hedges:  

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G I N G   T R A N S A C T I O N S   I N   F A I R   VA L U E   H E D G E S   I N   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Notional amount

Other assets

Other liabilities

Fair value changes 
to determine 
hedge 
ineffectiveness 

Hedging interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps 

Hedging currency risk 

Currency forwards, currency options, cross-currency swaps 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

Interest rate/currency swaps 

48,609

6,811

901

467

222

58

61

75

0

309 

95 

108 

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G I N G   T R A N S A C T I O N S   I N   F A I R   VA L U E   H E D G E S   I N   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Notional amount

Other assets

Other liabilities

Fair value changes 
to determine 
hedge 
ineffectiveness 

Hedging interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps 

Hedging currency risk 

Currency forwards, currency options, cross-currency swaps 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps 

55,443

6,807

580

650

74

13

97

111

1

586 

–17 

12 

 
 
 
304 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

In addition, hedging instruments are entered into to hedge against the risk of fluctuations in future cash flows. 
The table below shows the notional amounts, fair values and base variables for determining the ineffectiveness 
of hedging instruments designated as cash flow hedges:  

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G I N G   T R A N S A C T I O N S   I N   C A S H   F L O W   H E D G E S   I N   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Notional amount

Other assets 

Other liabilities

Fair value changes 
to determine 
hedge 
ineffectiveness

Hedging interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps 

Hedging currency risk 

Currency forwards and cross-currency swaps 

Currency options 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

12,477

66,505

17,956

39 

1,834 

187 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps 

1,424

44 

15

836

91

11

17

2,794

69

35

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G I N G   T R A N S A C T I O N S   I N   C A S H   F L O W   H E D G E S   I N   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Notional amount

Other assets 

Other liabilities

Fair value changes 
to determine 
hedge 
ineffectiveness

Hedging interest rate risk 

Interest rate swaps 

Hedging currency risk 

Currency forwards and cross-currency swaps 

Currency options 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps 

14,017

87,271

15,198

1,648

6 

689 

73 

29 

48

–32

2,090

68

19

96

1

11

The  change  in  the  fair  value  to  determine  ineffectiveness  corresponds  to  the  change  in  fair  value  of  the 
designated component. 

 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

305

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G E D   I T E M S   I N   H E D G E   A C C O U N T I N G  
In addition to disclosures on hedging instruments, disclosures are also required on the hedged items, broken 
down  by  risk  category  and  type  of  designation  for  hedge  accounting.  Below  follows  a  list  of  hedged  items 
designated in fair value hedges, separately from those designated in cash flow hedges:  

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G E D   I T E M S   I N   F A I R   VA L U E   H E D G E S   I N   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Hedging interest rate risk 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Hedging currency risk 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Carrying amount 

Cumulative hedge
adjustments

Hedge adjustments 
current period/
fiscal year

Cumulative hedge 
adjustments from 
discontinued hedging 
relationships

19,311 

– 

31,670 

– 

640 

26 

– 

714 

166 

–10

17

220

–

28

36

4

–32

1

20

17

127

–

77

38

4

–4

1

–

–

–

3

–

–

–

–

–

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G E D   I T E M S   I N   F A I R   VA L U E   H E D G E S   I N   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Hedging interest rate risk 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Hedging currency risk 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

Financial services receivables 

Other financial assets 

Financial liabilities 

Carrying amount 

Cumulative hedge
adjustments

Hedge adjustments 
current period/
fiscal year

Cumulative hedge 
adjustments from 
discontinued hedging 
relationships

20,680 

194 

40,704 

– 

991 

1,595 

– 

209 

48 

17

24

519

–

–3

32

–

–26

3

32

7

278

–

–55

–4

–

2

3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 
 
 
306 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G E D   I T E M S   I N   C A S H   F L O W   H E D G E S   I N   2 0 1 8  

€ million 

Hedging interest rate risk 

Designated components 

Non-designated components 

Deferred taxes 

Total hedging interest rate risk 

Hedging currency risk 

Designated components 

Non-designated components 

Deferred taxes 

Total hedging currency risk 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

Designated components 

Non-designated components 

Deferred taxes 

Total hedging combined interest rate and currency risk 

Hedging commodity price risk 

Designated components 

Non-designated components 

Deferred taxes 

Total hedging commodity price risk 

R E S E R V E   F O R  

Changes in fair value to
determine hedge
ineffectiveness

Active cash flow hedges 

Discontinued cash flow 
hedges

26

–

–

26

2,526

–

–

2,526

27

–

–

27

–

–

–

–

19 

– 

–1 

19 

2,524 

–885 

–478 

1,162 

2 

– 

0 

1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

0

–

0

0

0

–9

1

–8

–26

–

8

–18

7

–

–2

5

 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

307

D I S C L O S U R E S   O N   H E D G E D   I T E M S   I N   C A S H   F L O W   H E D G E S   I N   2 0 1 9  

€ million 

Hedging interest rate risk 

Designated components 

Non-designated components 

Deferred taxes 

Total hedging interest rate risk 

Hedging currency risk 

Designated components 

Non-designated components 

Deferred taxes 

Total hedging currency risk 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

Designated components 

Non-designated components 

Deferred taxes 

Total hedging combined interest rate and currency risk 

Hedging commodity price risk 

Designated components 

Non-designated components 

Deferred taxes 

Total hedging commodity price risk 

R E S E R V E   F O R  

Changes in fair value to 
determine hedge 
ineffectiveness

Active cash flow hedges

Discontinued cash flow 
hedges

–29

–

–

–29

143

–

–

143

20

–

–

20

–

–

–

–

–30

–

7

–23

184

–1,380

366

–830

–2

–

1

–2

–

–

–

–

0

–

0

0

–5

–6

0

–11

–26

–

8

–18

1

–

0

1

C H A N G E S   I N   T H E   R E S E R V E  
When  accounting  for  cash  flow  hedges,  the  designated  effective  portions  of  a  hedging  relationship  are 
recognized  in  OCI I.  Any  changes  in  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  designated  component  are  recognized  as 
ineffectiveness through profit or loss.  

The tables below show a reconciliation to the reserve: 

C H A N G E S   I N   T H E   R E S E R V E   F O R   C A S H   F L O W   H E D G E S   ( O C I   I )  

€ million 

Interest rate risk

Currency risk

Interest rate/
currency risk

Commodity 
price risk

Balance at Jan. 1, 2018 

Gains or losses from effective hedging 
relationships 

Reclassifications due to changes in whether the 
hedged item is expected to occur 

Reclassifications due to realization of the 
hedged item 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2018 

55

–38

–

2

19

3,533

–414

–1

–1,335

1,783

–16

8

–

–8

–17

9

–5

–

1

5

Total

3,581

–450

–1

–1,341

1,790

 
308 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

C H A N G E S   I N   T H E   R E S E R V E   F O R   C A S H   F L O W   H E D G E S   ( O C I   I )  

€ million 

Interest rate risk

Currency risk

Interest rate/
currency risk

Commodity 
price risk

Balance at Jan. 1, 2019 

Gains or losses from effective hedging 
relationships 

Reclassifications due to changes in whether the 
hedged item is expected to occur 

Reclassifications due to realization of the 
hedged item 

Balance at Dec. 31, 2019 

19

–41

–

–1

–23

1,783

–1,092

1

–557

135

–17

–4

–

2

–20

5

–

–

–4

1

Total

1,790

–1,137

1

–561

93

If expectations about the occurrence of the hedged item change, the arrangement is reclassified by terminating 
the  hedging  relationship  prematurely.  Changed  expectations  are  primarily  caused  by  a  change  in  projections 
for hedging sales revenue. 

Changes  in  the  fair  values  of  non-designated  components  of  a  derivative  are  likewise  always  recognized 
immediately through profit or loss. An exception from this principle is any change in the fair value attributable 
to  non-designated  time  values  of  options,  to  the  extent  that  they  relate  to  the  hedged  item.  Moreover,  the 
Volkswagen  Group  initially  recognizes  in  equity  (hedging  costs)  changes  in  the  fair  values  of  non-designated 
forward components in currency forwards and currency hedges attributed to cash flow hedges. This means that 
the Volkswagen Group recognizes changes in the fair value of the non-designated component or parts thereof 
immediately through profit or loss only if there is ineffectiveness.  

The  tables  below  show  a  summary  of  changes  in  the  reserve  for  hedging  costs  resulting  from  the  non-
designated portions of options and currency hedges: 

C H A N G E S   I N   T H E   R E S E R V E   F O R   H E D G I N G   C O ST S   –   N O N - D E S I G N AT E D   T I M E   VA L U E S   O F   O P T I O N S  

€ million 

Balance at Jan. 1  

Gains and losses from non-designated time value of options 

Hedged item is recognized at a point in time 

Reclassifications due to changes in whether the hedged item is expected to occur 

Hedged item is recognized at a point in time 

Reclassification due to realization of the hedged item 

Hedged item is recognized at a point in time 

Balance at Dec. 31  

C U R R E N C Y   R I S K  

2019

–1

–71

0

38

–35

2018

63

–86

–

23

–1

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

309

C H A N G E S   I N   T H E   R E S E R V E   F O R   H E D G I N G   C O ST S   –   N O N - D E S I G N AT E D   F O R WA R D   C O M P O N E N T   A N D   C R O S S   C U R R E N C Y  

B A S I S   S P R E A D   ( C C B S )    

€ million 

Balance at Jan. 1  

Gains and losses from non-designated forward elements and CCBS 

Hedged item is recognized at a point in time 

Reclassification due to realization of the hedged item 

Hedged item is recognized at a point in time 

Reclassification due to changes in whether the hedged item is expected to occur 

Hedged item is recognized at a point in time 

Balance at Dec. 31  

C U R R E N C Y   R I S K  

2019

–628

–973

656

3

–942

2018

–

–866

238

0

–628

4.2 Market risk in the Volkswagen Group (excluding Volkswagen Financial Services subgroup) 

4.2.1 Foreign currency risk 
Foreign  currency  risk  in  the  Volkswagen  Group  (excluding  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  subgroup)  is 
attributable to investments, financing measures and operating activities. Currency forwards, currency options, 
currency  swaps  and  cross-currency  interest  rate  swaps  are  used  to  limit  foreign  currency  risk.  These 
transactions relate to the exchange rate hedging of all material payments covering general business activities 
that  are  not  made  in  the  functional  currency  of  the  respective  Group  companies.  The  principle  of  matching 
currencies applies to the Group’s financing activities. 

Hedging  transactions  entered  into  in  2019  as  part  of  foreign  currency  risk  management  were  amongst 
others  in  Australian  dollars,  Brazilian  real,  sterling,  Chinese  renminbi,  Hong  Kong  dollars,  Indian  rupees, 
Japanese yen, Canadian dollars, Mexican pesos, Norwegian kroner, Polish zloty, Russian rubles, Swedish kronor, 
Swiss  francs,  Singapore  dollars,  South  African  rand,  South  Korean  won,  Taiwan  dollars,  Czech  koruna, 
Hungarian forints and US dollars.  

All nonfunctional currencies in which the Volkswagen Group enters into financial instruments are included 

as relevant risk variables in the sensitivity analysis in accordance with IFRS 7. 

If the functional currencies concerned had appreciated or depreciated by 10% against the other currencies, 
the exchange rates shown below would have resulted in the following effects on the hedging reserve in equity 
and on earnings after tax. It is not appropriate to add  together the individual figures, since the results of the 
various functional currencies concerned are based on different scenarios.  

 
310 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table shows the sensitivities of the main currencies in the portfolio as of December 31, 2019: 

€ million 

Exchange rate 

EUR/GBP 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/USD 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/CNY 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/CHF 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/JPY 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/SEK 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/CAD 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/CZK 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/PLN 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

CZK/GBP 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/BRL 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/AUD 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

CZK/PLN 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/HUF 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

EUR/KRW 

Hedging reserve 

Earnings after tax 

D E C .   3 1 ,   2 0 1 9  

D E C .   3 1 ,   2 0 1 8  

+10%

–10%

+10%

–10%

1,472

–172

964

–473

739

–155

414

–1

342

–13

87

–122

190

–14

98

–62

–78

–58

136

0

6

–111

87

–25

105

1

0

–104

79

–19

–1,472

172

–979

473

–761

155

–396

1

–344

13

–85

122

–190

14

–98

62

78

58

–136

0

–6

111

–87

25

–105

–1

0

104

–78

19

960

–205

1,329

–449

729

–159

312

12

287

–18

94

–35

117

–30

65

–38

–54

–52

135

–1

8

–65

97

–32

34

1

0

–63

33

–15

–959

205

–1,272

449

–725

159

–298

–12

–285

18

–92

35

–113

30

–65

38

54

52

–135

1

–8

65

–97

32

–34

–1

0

63

–34

15

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

311

4.2.2 Interest rate risk 
Interest  rate  risk  in  the  Volkswagen  Group  (excluding  Volkswagen  Financial  Services  subgroup)  results  from 
changes  in  market  interest  rates,  primarily  for  medium-  and  long-term  variable  interest  receivables  and 
liabilities.  Interest  rate  swaps  and  cross-currency  interest  rate  swaps  are  sometimes  entered  into  to  hedge 
against  this  risk  primarily  under  fair  value  or  cash  flow  hedges,  and  depending  on  market  conditions. 
Intragroup  financing  arrangements  are  mainly  structured  to  match  the  maturities  of  their  refinancing. 
Departures from the Group standard are subject to centrally defined limits and monitored on an ongoing basis. 
Interest rate risk within the meaning of IFRS 7 is calculated for these companies using sensitivity analyses. 
The effects of the risk-variable market rates of interest on the financial result and on equity are presented, net 
of tax.  

If  market  interest  rates  had  been  100  bps  higher  as  of  December  31,  2019,  equity  would  have  been 
€98 million (previous year: €131 million) lower. If market interest rates had been 100 bps lower as of December 31, 
2019, equity would have been €90 million (previous year: €66 million) higher. 

If market interest rates had been 100 bps higher as of December 31, 2019, earnings after tax would have been 
€55 million (previous year: €24 million) higher. If market interest rates had been 100 bps lower as of December 31, 
2019, earnings after tax would have been €47 million (previous year: €26 million) lower. 

4.2.3 Commodity price risk 
Commodity price risk in the Volkswagen Group (excluding Volkswagen Financial Services subgroup) primarily 
results  from  price  fluctuations  and  the  availability  of  ferrous  and  non-ferrous  metals,  precious  metals, 
commodities  required  in  connection  with  the  Group’s  digitalization  and  electrification  strategy,  as  well  as  of 
coal, CO2 certificates and rubber.  

Commodity price risk is limited by entering into forward transactions and swaps. 
Commodity price risk within the meaning of IFRS 7 is presented using sensitivity analyses. These show the 

effect on earnings after tax of changes in the risk variable commodity prices.  

If the commodity prices of the hedged nonferrous metals, coal and rubber had been 10% higher (lower) as 
of  December  31,  2019,  earnings  after  tax  would  have  been  €415 million  (previous  year:  €197 million)  higher 
(lower). 

4.2.4 Equity and bond price risk 
The special funds launched using surplus liquidity and the equity interests measured at fair value are subject in 
particular to equity price and bond price risk, which can arise from fluctuations in quoted market prices, stock 
exchange  indices  and  market  rates  of  interest.  The  changes  in  bond  prices  resulting  from  variations  in  the 
market rates of interest are quantified in sections 4.2.1 and 4.2.2, as are the measurement of foreign currency 
and other interest rate risks arising from the special funds and the equity interests measured at fair value. As a 
rule, risks arising from the special funds are countered by ensuring a broad diversification of products, issuers 
and  regional  markets  when  investing  funds,  as  stipulated  by  the  Investment  Guidelines  of  the  Group.  In 
addition, exchange rates are hedged when market conditions are appropriate.  

As part of the presentation of market risk, IFRS 7 requires disclosures on how hypothetical changes in risk 
variables affect the price of financial instruments. Potential risk variables here are in particular quoted market 
prices or indices, as well as interest rate changes as bond price parameters.  

If  share  prices  had  been  10%  higher  as  of  December  31,  2019,  earnings  after  tax  would  have  been 
€118 million  (previous  year:  €16  million)  higher  and  equity  would  have  been  €3 million  (previous  year: 
€4 million) higher. If share prices had been 10% lower as of December 31, 2019, earnings after tax would have 
been €175 million (previous year: €25 million) lower and equity would have been €3 million (previous year: 
€4 million) lower. 

4.3 Market risk at Volkswagen Financial Services subgroup 
Exchange rate risk in the Volkswagen Financial Services subgroup is mainly attributable to assets that are not 
denominated  in  the  functional  currency  and  from  refinancing  within  operating  activities.  Interest  rate  risk 
relates  to  refinancing without matching  maturities  and  the  varying  interest  rate  elasticity  of  individual asset 
and liability items. The risks are limited by the use of currency and interest rate hedges. 

 
312 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Microhedges and portfolio hedges are used for interest rate hedging. Fixed-rate assets and liabilities included in 
the  hedging  strategy  are  recognized  at  fair  value,  as  opposed  to  their  original  subsequent  measurement  at 
amortized cost. The resulting effects in the income statement are offset by the corresponding gains and losses 
on  the  interest  rate  hedging  instruments  (swaps).  Currency  hedges  (currency  forwards  and  cross-currency  
interest rate swaps) are used to mitigate foreign currency risk. All cash flows in foreign currency are hedged.  

As of December 31, 2019, the value at risk was €147 million (previous year: €122 million) for interest rate 

risk and €172 million (previous year: €187 million) for foreign currency risk. 

The  entire  value  at  risk  for  interest  rate  and  foreign  currency  risk  at  the  Volkswagen  Financial  Services 

subgroup was €170 million (previous year: €214 million). 

5 . M E T H O D S   F O R   M O N I TO R I N G   H E D G E   E F F E C T I V E N E S S
Since  the  implementation  of  IFRS 9,  the  Volkswagen  Group  determines  hedge  effectiveness  mainly  on  a
prospective  basis  using  the  critical  terms  match  method.  Retrospective  analysis  of  effectiveness  uses
effectiveness tests in the form of the dollar offset method. Under the dollar offset method, the changes in value
of  the  hedged  item  expressed  in  monetary  units  are  compared  with  the  changes  in  value  of  the  hedging
instrument expressed in monetary units. 

To  this  end,  the  accumulated  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  the  designated  spot  component  of  the  hedging 
instrument and hedged item are compared. If the critical terms do not match, the same procedure is applied to 
the non-designated component. 

For hedges involving interest rate or cross-currency swaps, the Volkswagen Group is exposed to uncertainty 
resulting from the IBOR reform, which may affect the timing, the amount of the IBOR-based cash flows, or the 
hedged  risk  of  the  hedged  item  or  the  hedging  instrument.  The  Volkswagen  Group  applies  the  practical 
expedients  allowed  in  connection  with  the  amendments  to  the  standard,  irrespective  of  the  remaining 
maturity  of  the  hedged  items  and  hedging  instruments  included  in  the  hedges,  to  all  hedges  affected  by  the 
above-mentioned uncertainty arising from the IBOR reform.  

The  uncertainty  relates  to  the  following  interest  rate  benchmarks:  GBP  LIBOR,  AUD  BBSW,  NOK  OIBOR, 
USD LIBOR  and  CAD CDOR.  In  the  case  of  fair  value  hedges,  the  uncertainty  relates  to  the  identifiability  of 
the risk component which results from the change in the fair value used to hedge against risks of changes 
in the carrying amounts of financial assets and financial liabilities. In cash flow hedges used to hedge against 
risks arising from changes in future cash flows, the uncertainty relates to the highly probable requirement for 
hedged  future  variable  cash  flows.  The  expected  impact  of  the  IBOR  reform  is  being  assessed  on  an  ongoing 
basis and any measure required will be initiated promptly. By adapting systems and processes, the measures are 
intended to ensure that new interest rate benchmarks can be rolled out to replace the interest rate benchmarks 
discontinued as a result of the IBOR reform in a timely manner. The Volkswagen Group is currently focusing on 
the  SONIA  interest  rate  benchmark,  because  it  has  already  become  widely  accepted  and  affects  material 
transactions.  

N OT I O N A L   A M O U N T   O F   D E R I VAT I V E S    
The  notional  amounts  of  hedging  instruments  exposed  to  the  uncertainty  from  the  IBOR  reform  described 
above are €35,389 million in total. Of this total, €13,112 million is attributable to GBP LIBOR, €2,675 million to 
AUD BBSW, €1,432 million to NOK OIBOR, €12,847 million to USD LIBOR and €3,990 million to CAD CDOR.

The  summary  below  presents  the  remaining  maturities  profile  of  the  notional  amounts  of  the  hedging 
instruments, which are accounted for under the Volkswagen Group’s hedge accounting rules, and of derivatives 
to which hedge accounting is not applied: 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

313

N OT I O N A L   A M O U N T   O F   D E R I VAT I V E S    

€ million 

up to one year 

within one 
to five years

more than 
five years

Dec. 31, 2019 

Dec. 31, 2018 

R E M A I N I N G   T E R M  

T O T A L  

T O T A L  

N O T I O N A L  

N O T I O N A L  

A M O U N T  

A M O U N T  

Notional amount of hedging instruments  
within hedge accounting 

Hedging interest rate risk 

Interest rate swap 

Hedging currency risk 

Currency forwards/Cross-currency swaps 

Currency forwards/Cross-currency swaps in CNY 

Currency forwards/Cross-currency swaps in GBP 

Currency forwards/Cross-currency swaps in USD 

Currency forwards/Cross-currency swaps 
in other currencies 

Currency options 

Currency options in USD 

Currency options in CNY 

Currency options in other currencies 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

19,308 

44,123

6,029

69,460 

61,086 

6,886 

11,908 

8,458 

3,983

13,245

12,905

19,706 

14,384

3,857 

2,047 

1,692 

4,899

–

2,703

–

–

2,603

10,869 

25,153 

23,965 

9,412 

18,270 

18,863 

1

–

–

–

–

34,091 

26,770 

8,755 

2,047 

4,395 

9,683 

4,062 

4,210 

2,228 

2,325 

Cross-currency interest rate swaps  

1,698 

530

Notional amount of other derivatives  

Hedging Interest rate risk 

Interest rate swap 

Hedging Currency risk 

22,873 

27,918

20,060

70,852 

66,358 

Currency forwards/Cross-currency swaps 

Currency forwards/Cross-currency swaps in USD 

6,293 

Currency forwards/Cross-currency swaps  
in other currencies 

Currency options 

Currency options in USD 

Currency options in other currencies 

Combined interest rate and currency risk hedging 

19,740 

188 

487 

4,620

1,362

–

–

Cross-currency interest rate swaps  

6,008 

6,543

Hedging Commodity price risk 

Forward commodity contracts (aluminum) 

Forward commodity contracts (copper) 

Forward commodity contracts (nickel) 

Forward commodity contracts (other) 

1,148 

293 

157 

101 

1,894

663

1,335

87

585

11,498 

12,403 

4

–

–

949

–

–

584

–

21,105 

17,537 

188 

487 

– 

215 

13,499 

12,450 

3,041 

956 

2,075 

188 

2,131 

686 

235 

201 

Both derivatives closed with offsetting transactions and the offsetting transactions themselves are included in 
the  respective  notional  amount.  The  offsetting  transactions  cancel  out  the  effects  of  the  original  hedging 
transactions.  If  the  offsetting  transactions  were  not  included,  the  respective  notional  amount  would  be 
significantly lower. In addition to the derivatives used for hedging foreign currency, interest rate and price risk, 
the  Group  held  options  and  other  derivatives  on  equity  instruments  at  the  reporting  date,  mainly  in 
connection with fund investments, with a notional amount of €18.2 billion (previous year: €3.8 billion) whose 
remaining maturity is under one year. Also in connection with fund investments, the Group held credit default 
swaps with a notional amount of €30.6 billion (previous year: €21.0 billion). 

 
 
 
 
314 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Existing  cash  flow  hedges  in  the  notional  amount  of  €162 million  (previous  year:  €53 million)  were 
discontinued  because  of  a  reduction  in  the  projections.  In  addition,  hedges  were  to  be  terminated  due  to 
internal risk regulations.  

Items hedged under cash flow hedges are expected to be realized in accordance with the maturity buckets of 
the  hedges  reported  in  the  table.  For  cash  flow  hedges,  the  Volkswagen  Group  achieved  an  average  hedging 
interest  rate  of  1.68%  for  hedging  interest  rate  risk.  In  addition,  currency  risk  was  hedged  at  the  following 
hedging exchange rates for the major currency pairs: EUR/USD at 1.20; EUR/GBP at 0.88; EUR/CNY at 8.14.  

The  fair  values  of  the  derivatives  are  estimated  using  market  data  at  the  balance  sheet  date  as  well  as  by 

appropriate valuation techniques. The following term structures were used for the calculation: 

in % 

EUR

CAD

CHF

CNY

CZK

GBP

JPY

SEK

USD

Interest rate for 
six months 

Interest rate for 
one year 

Interest rate for 
five years 

Interest rate for 
ten years 

–0.3774

1.9480

–0.5622

2.9797

2.1445

0.7651

–0.1787

0.1852

1.8264

–0.3674

1.9659

–0.5146

2.9918

2.2949

0.7386

–0.0877

0.1970

1.7630

–0.1195

2.0300

–0.4360

3.4000

2.0600

0.8844

0.0250

0.3900

1.6866

0.2110

2.1150

–0.1120

4.1500

1.7250

1.0172

0.1263

0.6900

1.8350

38.(cid:3)Capital management 

The  Group’s  capital  management  ensures  that  its  goals  and  strategies  can  be  achieved  in  the  interests  of 
shareholders,  employees  and  other  stakeholders.  In  particular,  management  focuses  on  generating  the 
minimum return on invested assets in the Automotive Division that is required by the capital markets, and on 
increasing the return on equity in the Financial Services Division. In the process, it aims overall to achieve the 
highest  possible  growth  in  the  value  of  the  Group  and  its  divisions  for  the  benefit  of  all  the  Company’s 
stakeholder groups. 

In order to maximize the use of resources in the Automotive Division and to measure the success of this, we 
have  for  a  number  of  years  been  using  a  value-based  management  system,  with  value  contribution  as  an 
absolute performance measure and return on investment (ROI) as a relative indicator. 

Value contribution is defined as the difference between operating profit after tax and the opportunity cost 
of  invested  capital.  The  opportunity  cost  of  capital  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  market  cost  of  capital  by 
average  invested  capital.  Invested  capital  is  calculated  by  taking  the  operating  assets  reported  in  the  balance 
sheet (property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, lease assets, inventories and receivables) and deducting 
non-interest-bearing liabilities (trade payables and payments on account received). Average invested capital is 
derived from the balance at the beginning and the end of the reporting period. Despite the charges relating to 
the  special  items  recognized  in  the  operating  result,  the  Automotive  Division  disclosed  a  positive  value 
contribution of €5,691 million in the reporting period which, due to the improvement in the operating result 
before special items and an only slight increase in the cost of capital, was significantly higher than the prior-
year figure. 

The  return  on  investment  is  defined  as  the  return  on  invested  capital  for  a  particular  period  based  on  the 
operating result after tax. If the return on investment exceeds the market cost of capital, there is an increase in 
the value of the invested capital and a positive value contribution. In the Group, a minimum required rate of return 
on invested capital of 9% is defined, which applies to both the business units and the individual products and 
product lines. Our goal of generating a sustained return on investment of over 14% is anchored in Strategy 2025. 
The return on investment therefore serves as a consistent target in operational and strategic management and 
is used to measure target attainment for the Automotive Division, the individual business units, and projects 
and products. The return on investment achieved for the Automotive Division was 11.2%, which is above our 
minimum rate of return on invested capital of 9% and significantly exceeds the current cost of capital of 6.3%. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

315

Due to the specific features of the Financial Services Division, its management focuses on return on equity, a 
special target linked to invested capital. This measure is calculated as the ratio of earnings before tax to average 
equity. Average equity is calculated from the balance at the beginning and the end of the reporting period. In 
addition,  the  goals  of  the  Financial  Services  Division  are  to  meet  the  banking  supervisory  authorities’ 
regulatory  capital  requirements,  to  procure  equity  for  the  growth  planned  in  the  coming  fiscal  years  and  to 
support its external rating by ensuring capital adequacy. To ensure compliance with prudential requirements at 
all  times,  a  planning  procedure  integrated  into  internal  reporting  has  been  put  in  place  at  the  Volkswagen 
Bank,  allowing  the  required  equity  to  be  continuously  determined  on  the  basis  of  actual  and  expected 
business  performance.  In  the  reporting  period,  this  again  ensured  that  regulatory  minimum  capital 
requirements  were  always  met  both  at  Group  level  and  at  the  level  of  subordinate  companies’  individual, 
specific capital requirements.  

The  return  on  investment  and value  contribution in  the  Automotive Division  as well  as  the  return  on  equity 
and the equity ratio in the Financial Services Division are shown in the following table: 

€ million 

Automotive Division¹ 

Operating result after tax 

Invested capital (average) 

Return on investment (ROI) in % 

Cost of capital in % 

Opportunity cost of invested capital 

Value contribution² 

Financial Services Division 

Earnings before tax 

Average equity 

Return on equity before tax in % 

Equity ratio in % 

2019

2018

13,019

116,016

11.2

6.3

7,328

5,691

3,219

29,684

10.8

12.8

11,438

104,424

11.0

6.2

6,474

4,964

2,782

27,982

9.9

12.7

1  Including proportionate inclusion of the Chinese joint ventures and allocation of consolidation adjustments between the Automotive and Financial Services 

Divisions; excluding effects on earnings and assets from purchase price allocation. 

2  The value contribution corresponds to the Economic Value Added (EVA®). EVA® is a registered trademark of Stern Stewart & Co. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
316 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

39. Contingent liabilities

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Liabilities under guarantees 

Liabilities under warranty contracts 

Assets pledged as security for third-party liabilities 

Other contingent liabilities 

574

192

19

7,708

8,494

511

138

18

8,607

9,274

The  trust  assets  and  liabilities  of  the  savings and  trust  entities  belonging  to the  South  American  subsidiaries 
not included in the consolidated balance sheet amount to €419 million (previous year: €558 million). 

In the case of liabilities from guarantees, the Group is required to make specific payments if the debtors fail 

to meet their obligations. 

The  other  contingent  liabilities  primarily  comprise  potential  liabilities  arising  from  matters  relating  to 
taxes  and  customs  duties,  as  well  as  litigation  and  proceedings  relating  to  suppliers,  dealers,  customers, 
employees  and  investors.  The  contingent  liabilities  recognized  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue  totaled 
€3.7 billion  (previous  year:  €5.4 billion),  of  which  €3.4 billion  (previous  year:  €3.4 billion)  was  attributable  to 
investor lawsuits. Also included are certain elements of the class action lawsuits and proceedings/misdemeanor 
proceedings relating to the diesel issue as far as these can be quantified. As some of these proceedings are still 
at a very early stage, the plaintiffs have in a number of cases so far not specified the basis of their claims and/or 
there  is  insufficient  certainty  about  the  number  of  plaintiffs  or  the  amounts  being  claimed.  Where  these 
lawsuits meet the definition of a contingent liability, no disclosure was normally required because it had not 
been possible to measure the amount involved.  

In addition, other contingent liabilities include an amount of €0.7 billion for potential liabilities resulting 

from the risk of tax proceedings instituted by the Brazilian tax authorities against MAN Latin America.  

On May 5, 2016, the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) announced, jointly with 
the  Takata  company,  a  further  extension  of  the  recall  for  various  models  from  different  manufacturers 
containing certain airbags produced by the Takata company. Recalls were also ordered by the local authorities 
in individual countries. The recalls also included models manufactured by the Volkswagen Group. Appropriate 
provisions have been recognized. Currently, the possibility of further extensions to the recalls that could also 
affect  Volkswagen  Group  models  cannot  be  ruled  out.  It  is  not  possible  at  the  moment  to  provide  further 
disclosures  in  accordance  with  IAS  37.86  in  relation  to  this  matter  because  the  technical  investigations  and 
consultations with the authorities are still being carried out. 

As permitted by IAS 37.92, in order not to prejudice the outcomes of the proceedings and the interests of 
the  Company,  we  have  not  made  any  further  disclosures  about  estimates  in  connection  with  the  financial 
effects  of,  and  disclosures  about,  uncertainty  regarding  the  timing  or  amount  of  contingent  liabilities  in 
connection with the diesel issue and investigations by the European Commission. Further information can be 
found under the section entitled “Litigation”. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

317

40.(cid:3)Litigation 

Volkswagen  AG  and  the  companies  in  which  it  is  directly  or  indirectly  invested  are  involved  in  a  substantial 
number of legal disputes and governmental proceedings in Germany and abroad. Such legal disputes and other 
proceedings  occur,  among  other  things,  in  relation  to  or  in  connection  with  employees,  public  authorities, 
services, dealers, investors, customers, suppliers, products, or other contracting parties. For  the companies in 
question,  these  disputes  and  proceedings  may  result  in  payments  such  as  fines  or  in  other  obligations  or 
consequences.  In  particular,  substantial  compensatory  or  punitive  damages  may  have  to  be  paid  and  cost-
intensive  measures  may  have to  be  implemented.  In  this  context,  specific  estimation  of  the  objectively  likely 
consequences is often possible only to a very limited extent, if at all. 

Risks  may  also  emerge  in  connection  with  the  adherence  to  regulatory  requirements.  This  particularly 
applies in the case of regulatory gray areas where Volkswagen and the authorities responsible for the respective 
regulations  may  interpret  the  regulations  differently.  In  addition,  legal  risks  can  arise  from  the  criminal 
activities  of  individual  persons,  which  even  the  best  compliance  management  system  can  never  completely 
prevent. 

Where transparent and economically viable, adequate insurance coverage was taken out for these risks. For 
the  identifiable  and  measurable  risks,  provisions  considered  appropriate  based  on  existing  information  were 
recognized and information about contingent liabilities disclosed. As some risks cannot be assessed or can only 
be assessed to a limited extent, the possibility of material loss or damage not covered by the insured amounts 
and provisions cannot be ruled out. This applies particularly to legal risk assessment regarding the diesel issue. 

Diesel issue 
On  September  18,  2015,  the  US  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA)  publicly  announced  in  a  “Notice  of 
Violation”  that  irregularities  in  relation  to  nitrogen  oxide  (NOx)  emissions  had  been  discovered  in  emissions 
tests  on  certain  Volkswagen  Group  vehicles  with  type  2.0 l  diesel  engines  in  the  USA.  In  this  context, 
Volkswagen AG announced that noticeable discrepancies between the figures achieved in testing and in actual 
road use had been identified in around eleven million vehicles worldwide with type EA 189 diesel engines. On 
November 2, 2015, the EPA issued a “Notice of Violation” alleging that irregularities had also been discovered in 
the software installed in US vehicles with type V6 3.0 l diesel engines.  

Numerous court and governmental proceedings were subsequently initiated in various countries. We have 

since succeeded in making substantial progress and ending many of these proceedings. 

In the USA, Volkswagen AG and certain affiliates reached settlement agreements with various government 
authorities  and  private  plaintiffs,  the  latter  represented  by  a  Plaintiffs’  Steering  Committee  in  a  multidistrict 
litigation in the US state of California. These agreements resolved certain civil claims as well as criminal charges 
under  US  federal  law  and  the  laws  of  certain  US  states  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue.  As  part  of  the 
agreements  entered  into  with  the  US  Department  of  Justice  and  the  State  of  California  (Plea  Agreement  and 
Third Partial Consent Decrees), a Compliance Monitor and Compliance Auditor was appointed for Volkswagen 
in  2017  for  a  term  of  three  years.  Although  Volkswagen  AG  and  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  are  firmly 
committed to fulfilling the obligations arising from these agreements, a breach of these obligations cannot be 
completely  ruled  out.  In  the  event  of  a  violation,  significant  penalties  could  be  imposed  as  stipulated  in  the 
agreements, in addition to the possibility of further monetary fines, criminal sanctions and injunctive relief. 

The diesel issue is rooted in a modification of parts of the software of the relevant engine control units – 
which, according to Volkswagen AG’s legal position, is only unlawful under US law – for the type EA 189 diesel 
engines  that  Volkswagen  AG  was  developing  at  that  time.  The  decision  to  develop  and  install  this  software 
function  was  taken  in  late  2006  below  Board  of  Management  level.  None  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of 
Management  had,  at  that  time  and  for  several  years  to  follow,  knowledge  of  the  development  and 
implementation of this software function.  

 
318 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

In  the  months following  publication  of  a  study  by  the  International Council  on  Clean  Transportation in  May 
2014, Volkswagen AG’s Powertrain Development department checked the test set-ups on which the study was 
based for plausibility, confirming the unusually high NOx emissions from certain US vehicles with type EA 189 
2.0 l  diesel  engines.  The  California  Air  Resources  Board  (CARB)  –  a  part  of  the  environmental  authority  of 
California  –  was  informed  of  this  result,  and,  at  the  same  time,  an  offer  was  made  to  recalibrate  the  engine 
control  unit  software  of  type  EA 189  diesel  engines  in  the  USA  as  part  of  a  service  measure  that  was  already 
planned  in  the  USA.  This  measure  was  evaluated  and  adopted  by  the  Ausschuss  für  Produktsicherheit  (APS  – 
Product  Safety  Committee),  which  initiates  necessary  and  appropriate  measures  to  ensure  the  safety  and 
conformity  of  Volkswagen  AG  products  that  have  been  placed  in  the  market.  There  are  no  findings  that  an 
unlawful  “defeat  device”  under  US  law  was  disclosed  to  the  APS  as  the  cause  of  the  discrepancies  or  to  the 
persons responsible for preparing the 2014 annual and consolidated financial statements. Instead, at the time 
the  2014  annual  and  consolidated  financial  statements  were  being  prepared,  the  persons  responsible  for 
preparing the 2014 annual and consolidated financial statements remained under the impression that the issue 
could be solved with comparatively little effort.  

In the course of the summer of 2015, however, it became successively apparent to individual members of 
Volkswagen  AG’s  Board  of  Management  that  the  cause  of  the  discrepancies  in  the  USA  was  a  modification  of 
parts  of  the  software  of  the  engine  control  unit,  which  was  later  identified  as  an  unlawful  “defeat  device”  as 
defined by US law. This culminated in the disclosure of a “defeat device” to EPA and CARB on September 3, 2015. 
According to the assessment at that time of the responsible persons dealing with the matter, the scope of the 
costs  expected  by  the  Volkswagen  Group  (recall  costs,  retrofitting  costs  and  financial  penalties)  was  not 
fundamentally  dissimilar  to  that  in  previous  cases  involving  other  vehicle  manufacturers,  and,  therefore, 
appeared  to  be  controllable  overall  with  a  view  to  the  business  activities  of  the  Volkswagen  Group.  This 
assessment by the Volkswagen Group was based, among other things, on the advice of a law firm engaged in the 
USA  for  approval  issues,  according  to  which  similar  cases  in  the  past  were  resolved  amicably  with  the  US 
authorities.  The  EPA's  publication  of  the  “Notice  of  Violation”  on  September 18,  2015,  which  the  Board  of 
Management  had  not  expected,  especially  at  that  time,  then  presented  the  situation  in  an  entirely  different 
light.  

The AUDI AG Board of Management members in office at the time in question have likewise stated that they 
had no knowledge of the use of “defeat device” software that was prohibited by US law in the type V6 3.0 l TDI 
engines until the EPA issued its November 2015 “Notice of Violation.”  

Within the Volkswagen Group, Volkswagen AG has development responsibility for the four-cylinder diesel 
engines  such  as  the  type  EA 189,  and  AUDI AG  has  development  responsibility  for  the  six-  and  eight-cylinder 
diesel engines such as the type V6 3.0 l and V8 4.2 l diesel engines. 

In  agreement  with  the  respective  responsible  authorities,  the  Volkswagen  Group  is  making  technical 
measures  available  worldwide  for  virtually  all  diesel  vehicles  with  type  EA 189  engines.  Within  its  area  of 
responsibility, the Kraftfahrt-Bundesamt (KBA – German Federal Motor Transport Authority) ascertained for all 
clusters (groups of vehicles) that implementation of the technical measures would not bring about any adverse 
changes  in  fuel  consumption  figures,  CO2  emission  figures,  engine  output,  maximum  torque,  and  noise 
emissions.  

Following the studies carried out by AUDI AG to check all relevant diesel concepts for possible irregularities 
and retrofit potentials, measures proposed by AUDI AG have been adopted and mandated by the KBA in various 
recall  orders  pertaining  to  vehicle  models  with  V6  and  V8 TDI  engines.  Currently,  AUDI AG  assumes  that  the 
total cost, including the amount based on recalls, of the ongoing largely software-based retrofit program that 
began in July 2017 will be manageable and has recognized corresponding balance-sheet risk provisions. AUDI AG 
has in the meantime developed software updates for many of the affected powertrains and, after approval by 
the KBA, already installed these in the vehicles of a large number of affected customers. The approvals that are 
still outstanding are expected in the course of 2020. 

In connection with the diesel issue, potential consequences for Volkswagen’s results of operations, financial 

position and net assets could emerge primarily in the following legal areas: 

 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

319

1. Criminal and administrative proceedings worldwide (excluding the USA/Canada) 
Criminal investigations, regulatory offense proceedings, and/or administrative proceedings have been opened 
in  some  countries  (in  Germany  for  example  by  the  Bundesanstalt  für  Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht,  BaFin  – 
Federal  Financial  Supervisory  Authority).  The  public  prosecutor’s  offices  in  Braunschweig  and  Munich  are 
investigating the core issues of the criminal investigations.  

In April 2019, the Braunschweig Office of the Public Prosecutor issued indictments, including one against a 
former Chairman of the Board of Management of Volkswagen AG, charging, among other things, fraud relating 
to Type EA 189 engines in connection with the diesel issue.  

In September 2019, the Braunschweig Office of the Public Prosecutor furthermore indicted the current and 
a former Chairman of the Board of Management of Volkswagen AG as well as a former member of its Board of 
Management  (currently  Chairman  of  the  Supervisory  Board)  on  charges  of  market  manipulation  relating  to 
capital  market  disclosure  obligations  in  connection  with  the  diesel  issue.  The  Public  Prosecutor’s  Office  also 
requested that the court name Volkswagen AG as a collateral participant in the proceedings.  

In  July  2019,  the  Munich II  Office  of  the  Public  Prosecutor  issued  indictments,  including  one  against  the 
former  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Management  of  AUDI AG,  charging,  among  other  things,  fraud  relating  to 
3.0 TDI engines in connection with the diesel issue. 

Based on the information available at the present time, no change in the risk situation of the Volkswagen 

Group results from these indictments. 

The  Stuttgart  Office  of  the  Public  Prosecutor  is  conducting  a  criminal  investigation  relating  to  the  diesel 
issue on suspicion of fraud and illegal advertising that also involves a member of the Board of Management of 
Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG.  

The respective Group companies appointed renowned law firms to clarify the matters underlying the public 
prosecutor’s  accusations.  The  Board  of  Management  and  Supervisory  Board  receive  regular  updates  on  the 
current status. 

In  an  administrative  fine  order  issued  on  May  7,  2019,  the  Stuttgart  Office  of  the  Public  Prosecutor 
terminated the regulatory offense proceeding conducted against Dr. Ing. h.c. F. Porsche AG in connection with 
the  diesel  issue  by finding a negligent breach of the obligation to supervise occurring in the organizational unit 
“Prüffeld  Entwicklung  Gesamtfahrzeug/Qualität”  (Overall  Vehicle  Development/Quality  -  Testing  Facility).  The 
administrative order imposes a total fine of €535 million, consisting of a penalty payment of €4 million and the 
forfeiture  of  economic  benefits  in  the  amount  of  €531  million.  After  thorough  examination,  Dr. Ing.  h.c. F. 
Porsche AG has accepted the fine and paid it in full, rendering the administrative fine order legally final. Further 
sanctions  against  or  forfeitures  by  Dr. Ing.  h.c. F.  Porsche  AG  are  therefore  not  to  be  expected  in  Europe  in 
connection with the unitary factual situation underlying the administrative fine order. 

As the type approval authority of proper jurisdiction, the KBA moreover continuously tests Audi, VW, and 
Porsche  brand vehicles  for  problematic  functions.  If  certain  functions are  deemed  impermissible  by  the  KBA, 
the affected vehicles are recalled pursuant to a recall order or they are brought back into compliance by means 
of a voluntary service measure.  

Furthermore,  additional  administrative  actions  relating  to  the  diesel  issue  are  ongoing  in  other 

jurisdictions.  

The companies of the Volkswagen Group continue to cooperate with the government authorities. 
Whether the criminal and administrative proceedings will ultimately result in fines or other consequences 
for the Company, and if so what amounts these may entail, is currently subject to estimation risks. According to 
Volkswagen’s estimates, the likelihood that a sanction will be imposed is 50% or less in the majority of these 
proceedings. Contingent liabilities have therefore been disclosed where the amount of such liabilities could be 
measured and the likelihood of a sanction being imposed was assessed at not lower than 10%. Provisions were 
recognized to a small extent. 

2. Product-related lawsuits worldwide (excluding the USA/Canada) 
In  principle,  it is  possible  that customers  in  the  affected  markets  will  file  civil  lawsuits  or  that  importers  and 
dealers  will  assert  recourse  claims  against  Volkswagen  AG  and  other  Volkswagen  Group  companies.  Besides 
individual  lawsuits,  various  forms  of  collective  actions  (i.e.  assertion  of  individual  claims  by  plaintiffs  acting 
jointly  or  as  representatives  of  a  class)  are  available  in  various  jurisdictions.  Furthermore,  in  a  number  of 
markets it is possible for consumer and/or environmental organizations to bring suit to enforce alleged rights 
to injunctive relief, declaratory judgment, or damages.  

 
320 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Customer  class  action  lawsuits  and  actions  brought  by  consumer  and/or  environmental  organizations  are 
pending against Volkswagen AG and other Volkswagen Group companies in a number of countries including 
Australia,  Belgium,  Brazil,  Germany,  Italy,  the  Netherlands,  Portugal,  South  Africa,  and  the  United  Kingdom. 
Alleged  rights  to  damages  and  other  relief  are  asserted  in  these  actions.  The  pending  actions  include  in 
particular the following: 

In Australia, various class action lawsuits with  opt-out provisions are currently pending against  Volkswagen 
AG and other Volkswagen Group companies, including the Australian subsidiaries. Given the opt-out rule, the 
class actions have the potential to automatically cover all vehicles with type EA 189 engines unless the right to 
opt  out  is  actively  exercised.  In  all,  approximately  100 thousand  vehicles  in  the  Australian  market  with  type 
EA 189  engines  are  affected.  In  December  2019  Volkswagen  AG  reached  agreements  with  the  Australian  class 
action plaintiffs that would terminate the litigation. The court must still approve the settlement. Depending on 
the  number  of  claims  filed  under  the  class  action  settlement,  Volkswagen  AG  anticipates  payment  of  an 
amount of up to AUD 127.1 million plus litigation costs to settle the class action lawsuits. Two civil suits filed 
against Volkswagen AG and other Group companies by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission 
(ACCC) were settled in the second half of 2019. The settlement is not yet legally final, however, as an appellate 
court  has  yet  to  rule  on  the  amount  of  the  fine.  Depending  on  the  appellate  court  decision,  Volkswagen  AG 
anticipates payment of a fine of up to AUD 125 million plus litigation costs.  

In Belgium, the Belgian consumer organization Test Aankoop VZW has filed a class action to which an opt-
out  mechanism  has  been  held to apply.  The  class  action  pertains to  vehicles  purchased  by  consumers  on  the 
Belgian  market  after  September  1,  2014.  The  asserted  claims  are  based  on  purported  violations  of  unfair 
competition and consumer protection law as well as on alleged breach of contract.  

In  Brazil  two  class  actions  are  pending.  One  of  these  pertains  to  approximately  17 thousand  vehicles.  In  
this  litigation,  an  appeals  judgment  was  rendered  in  May  2019  that  only  partially  upheld  the  lower  court's 
decision. This judgment initially reduced the damage liability of Volkswagen do Brasil considerably to around 
BRL  172  million  plus  interest.  This  amount  can  increase  as  a  result  of  the  adjudicated  inflation  rate  and  the 
assertion of individual claims alleging declines in the value of affected Amarok vehicles. The judgment remains 
non-final.  In  the  second  class  action,  compensation  claims  are  made  based  on  purported  breaches  of 
environmental regulations.  

In Germany, the Verbraucherzentrale Bundesverband e.V. (Federation of Consumer Organizations) filed an 
action  in  November  2018  with  the  Braunschweig  Higher  Regional  Court  for  model  declaratory  judgment 
against  Volkswagen AG.  The  complaint  is  seeking  a  ruling  that  certain  preconditions  for  potential  consumer 
claims  against  Volkswagen AG  are  met;  however,  no  specific  payment  obligations  would  result  from  any 
determinations the court may make. Individual claims would have to be established afterwards in subsequent 
separate  proceedings.  Oral  argument  in  the  consumer  action  for  model  declaratory  judgment  began  in 
September  2019.  Volkswagen  AG  intends  to  offer  individual  settlements  to  consumers  who  registered  claims 
under  the  action  for  model  declaratory  judgment  and  meet  the  settlement  criteria.  The  volume  of  such 
settlements amounts to approximately €830 million. 

In  addition,  various  actions  have  been  brought  against  companies  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  in  several 
German  Regional  Courts  by  financialright  GmbH,  which  is  asserting  rights  assigned  to  it  by  a  total  of  approxi-
mately 45 thousand customers in Germany, Slovenia, and Switzerland.  

In England and Wales, suits filed in court by various law firms have been joined in a single collective action 
(group litigation). Because of the opt-in mechanism, not all vehicles with type EA 189 engines are automatically 
covered  by  the  group  litigation;  potential  claimants  must  instead  take  action  in  order  to  join.  To  date  some 
90 thousand plaintiffs have registered claims under the group litigation. The group litigation opt-in period has 
expired.  

 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

321

In Italy, a class action lawsuit filed by the consumer association Altroconsumo on behalf of Italian customers is 
pending  before  the  Venice  Regional  Court.  This  litigation  involves  damage  claims  based  on  alleged  breach  of 
contract as well as claims based on purported violations of Italian consumer protection law. Some 82 thousand 
customers have registered for the class action, whereby the validity of roughly half of the registrations is still 
unclear. In Italy, the court decision dismissing the class action filed by the consumer association Codacons as 
inadmissible also became legally final in the reporting year.  

In the Netherlands, Stichting Volkswagen Car Claim has brought an opt-out class action seeking declaratory 
rulings.  Any  individual  claims  would  then  have  to  be  established  afterwards  in  separate  proceedings.  In 
November  2019,  the  Regional  Court  in  Amsterdam  held  the  requests  for  relief  to  be  inadmissible  in  part.  Oral 
argument on the merits of the class action will take place in 2020. 

A Portuguese consumer organization has filed a class action with opt-out mechanism in Portugal. There are 
potentially up to approximately 139 thousand vehicles affected in the Portuguese market. The complaint seeks 
vehicle return and alleges damages as well.  

In  South  Africa,  an  opt-out  class  action  seeking  damages  is  pending  that  pertains  to  some  8 thousand 
vehicles  with  V6  and  V8  TDI  engines  in  addition  to  approximately  72 thousand  vehicles  with  type  EA 189 
engines. 

Furthermore,  individual  lawsuits  and  similar  proceedings  are  pending  against  Volkswagen  AG  and  other 
Volkswagen  Group  companies  in  various  countries,  most  of  which  are  seeking  damages  or  rescission  of  the 
purchase contract. In Germany, there are over 70 thousand such individual lawsuits.  

Volkswagen estimates the likelihood that the plaintiffs will prevail to be 50% or less in the great majority of 
customer  class  actions,  complaints  filed  by  consumer  and/or  environmental  organizations,  and  individual 
lawsuits. Contingent liabilities are disclosed for these proceedings where the amount of such liabilities can be 
measured  and  the  chance  that  the  plaintiff  will  prevail  was  assessed  as  not  implausible.  Since  most  of  these 
proceedings are still in an early stage, it is in many cases not yet possible to quantify the realistic risk exposure. 
In addition, provisions were recognized to the extent necessary based on the current assessment.  

At  this  time  it  cannot  be  estimated  how  many  customers  will  choose  to  file  lawsuits  in  the  future  in 
addition  to  those  already  pending,  given  the  consumer  action  for  model  declaratory  judgment  in  Germany, 
among other things, and what their prospect of success will be.  

3. Lawsuits filed by investors worldwide (excluding the USA/Canada) 
Investors  from  Germany  and  abroad  have  filed  claims  for  damages  against  Volkswagen  AG  –  in  some  cases 
along with Porsche Automobil Holding SE (Porsche SE) as joint and several debtors – based on purported losses 
due to alleged misconduct in capital market communications in connection with the diesel issue.  

The vast majority of these investor lawsuits are currently pending at the Regional Court in Braunschweig. In 
August 2016, the Regional Court in Braunschweig ordered that common questions of law and fact relevant to 
the  lawsuits  pending  at  the  Regional  Court  in  Braunschweig  be  referred  to  the  Higher  Regional  Court  in 
Braunschweig  for  binding  declaratory  rulings  pursuant  to  the  Kapitalanleger-Musterverfahrensgesetz  
(KapMuG – German Act on Model Case Proceedings in Disputes Regarding Capital Market Information). In this 
proceeding, common questions of law and fact relevant to these actions are to be adjudicated in a consolidated 
manner by the Higher Regional Court in Braunschweig (model case proceedings). All lawsuits at the Regional 
Court  in  Braunschweig  will  be  stayed  pending  resolution  of  the  common  issues,  unless  the  cases  can  be 
dismissed  for  reasons  independent  of  the  common  issues  that  are  to  be  adjudicated  in  the  model  case 
proceedings. The resolution in the model case proceedings of the common questions of law and fact will be 
binding for all pending cases that have been stayed in the described manner. Oral argument in the model case 
proceedings before the Braunschweig Higher Regional Court began in September 2018 and will be continued 
at subsequent hearings.  

At the Regional Court in Stuttgart, further investor lawsuits have been filed against Volkswagen AG, in some 

cases along with Porsche SE as joint and several debtor.  

 
322 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Holding that the factual situation at issue is by and large already covered by the model case proceedings being 
heard by the Braunschweig Higher Regional Court and that these proceedings, being paramount in this regard, 
preclude  further  such  actions,  the  Stuttgart  Higher  Regional  Court  in  March  2019  refused  to  proceed  with 
further capital investor model case proceedings (which include Porsche SE) that had been referred to it by the 
Stuttgart Regional Court. The plaintiff side has appealed one of these decisions to the Federal Court of Justice.  

Further  investor  lawsuits  have  been  filed  at  various  courts  in  Germany  and  the  Netherlands.  Worldwide 
(excluding  USA  and  Canada),  investor  lawsuits,  judicial  applications  for  dunning  procedures  and  conciliation 
proceedings, and claims under the KapMuG are currently pending against Volkswagen AG in connection with 
the diesel issue, with the claims totaling roughly €9.6 billion.  

Volkswagen AG remains of the opinion that it duly complied with its capital market obligations. Therefore, 
no provisions have been recognized for these investor lawsuits. Insofar as the chance of success was estimated 
at not lower than 10%, contingent liabilities have been disclosed. 

4. Proceedings in the USA/Canada 
In  the  USA  and  Canada,  the  matters  described  in  the  EPA’s  “Notices  of  Violation”  are  the  subject  of  various 
types  of  lawsuits  and  requests  for  information  that  have  been  filed  in  particular  by  customers,  investors, 
salespersons,  and  various  government  agencies  in  Canada  and  the  United  States,  including  the  attorneys 
general of several US states, against Volkswagen AG and other Volkswagen Group companies.  

In the fiscal year, Volkswagen AG and certain affiliates settled the consumer protection claims asserted by 
the  Attorney  General  of  the  US  state  of  New  Mexico,  the  last  remaining  state  asserting  consumer  protection 
claims.  

The  attorneys  general  of  five  US  states  (Illinois,  Montana,  New  Hampshire,  Ohio,  and  Texas)  and  some 
municipalities  have  suits  pending  in  state  and  federal  courts  against  Volkswagen  AG,  Volkswagen  Group  of 
America,  Inc.  and  certain  affiliates,  alleging  violations  of  environmental  laws.  In  the  fiscal  year,  the 
environmental claims of two US states – Alabama and Tennessee – were dismissed in full by trial or appellate 
courts as preempted by federal law with no possibility of further appeal and the New Mexico Attorney General 
voluntarily dismissed its environmental claims. The claims asserted by Illinois, Hillsborough County (Florida), 
and Salt Lake County (Utah) have been dismissed in full, but the dismissals have been appealed. Certain claims 
asserted  by  Ohio,  Texas,  and  two  Texas  counties  have  also  been  dismissed,  but  these  suits  are  currently 
proceeding as to other claims. 

In  March  2019,  the  US  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  filed  a  lawsuit  against  Volkswagen  AG, 
Volkswagen  Group  of  America  Finance,  LLC,  VW  Credit,  Inc.  and  a  former  Chairman  of  the  Board  of 
Management of Volkswagen AG, asserting claims under US federal securities law based among other things on 
alleged misstatements and omissions in connection with the offer and sale of certain bonds and asset-backed 
securities.  

Furthermore,  in  December  2019,  the  Canadian  federal  environmental  regulator  filed  charges  against 
Volkswagen AG in respect of 2.0 l and 3.0 l Volkswagen and Audi diesel vehicles at the conclusion of its criminal 
enforcement-related  investigation  into  the  diesel  emissions  issue.  Volkswagen  AG  cooperated  with  the 
investigation  and  agreed  to  a  plea  resolution  addressing  all  of  the  charges.  In  January  2020,  Volkswagen  AG 
pleaded  guilty  to  the  charges  and  agreed  to  pay  a  penalty  of  CAD 196.5  million,  which  was  approved  by  the 
court.  Following  this  approval,  the  Ontario  provincial  environmental  regulator  withdrew  its  action  against 
Volkswagen AG as to a quasi-criminal enforcement-related offense with respect to certain Volkswagen and Audi 
2.0  l  diesel  vehicles.  Additionally,  a  certified  environmental  class  action  is  pending  on  behalf  of  residents  in 
Quebec.  This  action  was  authorized  on  the  sole  issue  of  whether  punitive  damages  could  be  recovered.  The 
appeals filed by Volkswagen were denied. The case remains in the early stages.  

To  the  extent  a  matter  is not  separately  described  above,  an assessment  is  not  yet  possible  at  the  current 
stage of the proceedings or has, in accordance with IAS 37.92, not been presented so as not to compromise the 
results of the proceedings and the interests of the Company.  

 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

323

5. Additional proceedings 
With its ruling of November 8, 2017, the Higher Regional Court of Celle ordered, upon the request of three US 
funds,  the  appointment  of  a  special  auditor  for  Volkswagen  AG.  The  special  auditor  is  to  examine  whether 
there was a breach of duties on the part of the members of the Board of Management and Supervisory Board 
of Volkswagen AG in connection with the diesel issue on or after June 22, 2006 and, if so, whether this resulted 
in  damages  for  Volkswagen  AG.  The  ruling  by  the  Higher  Regional  Court  of  Celle  is  formally  unappealable. 
However,  Volkswagen  AG  has  filed  a  constitutional  complaint  with  the  German  Federal  Constitutional  Court 
alleging  infringement  of  its  constitutionally  guaranteed  rights.  It  is  currently  unclear  when  the  Federal 
Constitutional Court will reach a decision on this matter. Following the formally unappealable ruling from the 
Higher Regional Court of Celle, the special auditor appointed by the court indicated that he was not available to 
conduct the special audit on grounds of age. In June 2019, the Hanover Regional Court denied the motion filed 
by the US funds to replace the special auditor. The opposing side has appealed this denial to the Celle Higher 
Regional Court; this appeal is still pending. 

In  addition,  a  second  motion  seeking  appointment  of  a  special  auditor  for  Volkswagen  AG  to  examine 
matters relating to the diesel issue has been filed with the Regional Court of Hanover. This proceeding has been 
stayed pending a decision by the Federal Constitutional Court in the initial special auditor litigation. 

6. Risk assessment regarding the diesel issue 
An amount of around €2.9 billion (previous year: €2.4 billion) has been included in the provisions for litigation 
and legal risks as of December 31, 2019 to protect against the currently known legal risks related to the diesel 
issue based on existing information and current assessments. Insofar as these can be adequately measured at 
this stage, contingent liabilities relating to the diesel issue were disclosed in the notes in an aggregate amount 
of  €3.7 billion  (previous  year:  €5.4  billion),  whereby  €3.4 billion  (previous  year:  €3.4  billion)  of  this  amount 
results  from  lawsuits  filed  by  investors  in  Germany.  The  provisions  recognized  and  the  contingent  liabilities 
disclosed as well as the other latent legal risks in the context of the diesel issue are in part subject to substantial 
estimation  risks  given  that  the  fact-finding  efforts  have  not  yet  been  concluded,  the  complexity  of  the 
individual relevant factors and the ongoing coordination with the authorities. Should these legal or estimation 
risks materialize, this could result in further substantial financial charges. In particular, the possibility cannot 
be ruled out that the provisions recognized may have to be adjusted in light of knowledge acquired or future 
events. 

Based on the information as it exists and has been established, there continue to be no conclusive findings 
or  assessments  available  to  the  Board  of  Management  of  Volkswagen AG  regarding  the  described  facts  that 
would suggest that a different assessment of the associated risks should have been made. 

In line with IAS 37.92, no further statements have been made concerning estimates of financial impact or 
about uncertainty regarding the amount or maturity of provisions and contingent liabilities in relation to the 
diesel issue. This is so as to not compromise the results of the proceedings or the interests of the Company.  

Additional important legal cases 
In 2011, ARFB Anlegerschutz UG (haftungsbeschränkt) brought an action against Volkswagen AG and Porsche 
SE  for  claims  for  damages  for  allegedly  violating  disclosure  requirements  under  capital  market  law  in 
connection  with  the  acquisition  of  ordinary  shares  in  Volkswagen  AG  by  Porsche  SE  in  2008.  The  damages 
currently  being  sought  based  on  allegedly  assigned  rights  amounted  to  approximately  €2.26  billion  plus 
interest.  In  April  2016,  the  Regional  Court  in  Hanover  had  formulated  numerous  objects  of  declaratory 
judgment that the cartel senate of the Higher Regional Court in Celle will decide on in model case proceedings 
under the KapMuG. In the first hearing in October 2017 the court already indicated that it currently does not 
see claims against Volkswagen AG as justified, both for want of sufficiently specific pleadings and for reasons of 
law. Volkswagen AG sees the statements of the court’s senate as confirmation that the claims made against the 
Company have absolutely no basis.  

 
 
324 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

At  the  time  in  question  (2010/2011),  other  investors  had  also  asserted  claims  –  including  claims  against 
Volkswagen  AG  –  arising  out  of  the  same  circumstances  in  an  approximate  total  amount  of  €4.6  billion  and 
initiated  conciliation  proceedings.  Volkswagen  AG  always  refused  to  participate  in  these  conciliation 
proceedings; since then, these claims have not been pursued further.  

In  Brazil,  the  Brazilian  tax  authorities  commenced  tax  proceedings  against  MAN  Latin  America;  at  issue  in 
these  proceedings  are  the  tax  consequences  of  the  acquisition  structure  chosen  for  MAN  Latin  America  in 
2009. In December 2017, a second instance judgment that was negative for MAN Latin America was rendered 
in administrative court proceedings. MAN Latin America initiated proceedings against this judgment before 
the  regular  court  in  2018.  Due  to  the  difference  in  the  penalties  plus  interest  which  could  potentially  apply 
under Brazilian law, the estimated size of the risk in the event that the tax authorities are able to prevail overall 
with their view is laden with uncertainty. However, a positive outcome continues to be expected for MAN Latin 
America.  Should  the  opposite  occur,  this  could  result  in  a  risk  of  about  €0.7  billion  for  the  contested  period 
from 2009 onwards, which has been stated within the contingent liabilities in the notes. 

In  2011,  the  European  Commission  conducted  searches  at  European  truck  manufacturers  on  suspicion  of  an 
unlawful exchange of information during the period 1997–2011 and issued a statement  of objections to  MAN, 
Scania  and  the  other  truck  manufacturers  concerned  in  November  2014.  With  its  settlement  decision  in  July 
2016, the European Commission fined five European truck manufacturers. MAN’s fine was waived in full as the 
company had informed the European Commission about the irregularities as a key witness.   

In  September  2017,  the  European  Commission  fined  Scania  €0.88  billion.  Scania  has  appealed  to  the 
European  Court  of  Justice  in  Luxembourg  and  will  use  all  means  at  its  disposal  to  defend  itself.  Scania  had 
already recognized a provision of €0.4 billion in 2016. 

Furthermore, antitrust lawsuits for damages were received from customers. As is the case in any antitrust 
proceedings, this may result in further lawsuits for damages. Neither provisions nor contingent liabilities were 
stated because the early stage of proceedings makes an assessment currently impossible.  

In April 2019 the European Commission issued a statement of objections to Volkswagen AG, AUDI AG, and 
Dr. Ing.  h.c. F.  Porsche  AG  in  connection  with  the  Commission's  antitrust  investigation  of  the  automobile 
industry.  These  objections  state  the  European  Commission's  preliminary  evaluation  of  the  matter  and  afford 
the opportunity to comment. The subject matter of the proceedings is limited to the cooperation of German 
automobile  manufacturers  on  technical  questions  in  connection  with  the  development  and  introduction  of 
SCR systems and gasoline particulate filters for passenger cars that were sold in the European Economic Area. 
The manufacturers are not charged with any other misconduct such as price fixing or allocating markets and 
customers. After receiving access to the investigation files starting in July 2019, Volkswagen in December 2019 
filed  its  reply  to  the  European  Commission's  statement  of  objections.  In  the  same  matter,  the  Chinese 
Competition Authority has also issued information requests to Volkswagen AG, AUDI AG, and Dr. Ing. h.c. F. 
Porsche AG, and commenced an administrative action.  

In  the  proceedings  against  a  number  of  captive  automobile  finance  companies  regarding  potential 
competition  law  infringements  (alleged  exchange  of  competitively  sensitive  information),  the  Italian 
Competition Authority assessed a fine of €163 million against Volkswagen AG and Volkswagen Bank GmbH in 
January  2019.  Provisions  were  recognized  by  Volkswagen  Bank  GmbH.  Volkswagen  AG  and  Volkswagen  Bank 
GmbH filed an appeal against this decision in March 2019. In the same context, an antitrust class action lawsuit 
has furthermore been filed by customers in Italy against Volkswagen Bank GmbH, among others. 

In June 2019, the US District Court for the Northern District of California dismissed two putative class action 
complaints brought by purchasers of German luxury vehicles alleging that, since the 1990s, several automobile 
manufacturers,  including  Volkswagen  AG  and  other  Group  companies  conspired  to  unlawfully  increase  the 
prices of German luxury vehicles in violation of US antitrust and consumer protection law. The court held that 
the  plaintiffs  have  not  stated  a  claim  for  relief  because  the  allegations  in  the  complaints  do  not  plausibly 
support  the  alleged  anticompetitive  agreements.  Plaintiffs  filed  amended  complaints,  which  Volkswagen 
moved  to  dismiss.  Plaintiffs  in  Canada  filed  claims  with  similar  allegations  on  behalf  of  putative  classes  of 
purchasers of German luxury vehicles against several automobile manufacturers, including Volkswagen Group 
Canada Inc., Audi Canada Inc., and other Group companies. Neither provisions nor contingent liabilities were 
stated because the early stage of proceedings makes an assessment currently impossible. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

325

In addition, a few national and international authorities have initiated antitrust investigations. Volkswagen is 
cooperating closely with the responsible authorities in these investigations. An assessment of the underlying 
situation is not possible at this early stage. 

Volkswagen has been responding to information requests from the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) 
and  CARB  related  to  automatic  transmissions  in  certain  vehicles  with  gasoline  engines.  In  August  2019, 
Volkswagen  agreed  with  the  EPA  to  forfeit  approximately  220  thousand  Greenhouse  Gas  Emission  Credits  in 
response  to  the  EPA’s  inquiry.  Also  in  August  2019,  Volkswagen  and  the  Plaintiffs’  Steering  Committee 
announced the settlement of civil claims relating to approximately 98 thousand Volkswagen, Audi, Porsche and 
Bentley vehicles. Volkswagen's testing of these vehicles in connection with the information requests resulted in 
a  1 mile  per  gallon  change,  when  rounded  according  to  EPA  rules,  in  the  fuel  economy  disclosed  on  the 
"Monroney label" required by US regulations. In October 2019, the Court granted preliminary approval of the 
settlement. 

Provisions were recognized by Volkswagen Bank GmbH and Volkswagen Leasing GmbH for possible claims in 
connection with financial services provided to consumers.  

In February 2020, Volkswagen AG and another defendant were served with a lawsuit filed by GT Gettaxi Ltd. The 
lawsuit in particular alleges large damage claims. Volkswagen will evaluate the alleged claims and defend itself 
against them. 

In  addition,  various  proceedings  are  pending  worldwide,  particularly  in  the  USA,  in  which  customers  are 
asserting purported  claims  either  individually or  in  class actions.  These  claims  are  as a  rule based  on  alleged 
vehicle defects, including defects alleged in vehicle parts supplied to the Volkswagen Group (for instance, in the 
Takata case).  

Risks may also result from actions for infringement of intellectual property, including infringement of patents, 
trademarks  or  other  third-party  rights,  particularly  in  Germany  and  the  USA.  These  actions  pertain  among 
other  things  to  patents  for  semiconductor  technology  used  in  vehicles,  but  may  also  extend  to  control, 
regulation or power-units, and communications technology as well. If Volkswagen is alleged or determined to 
have  violated  third-party  intellectual  property  rights,  it  may  have  to  pay  damages,  modify  manufacturing 
processes,  or  redesign  products  and may  be  barred  from  selling  certain products.  Volkswagen  could also  face 
costly litigation. These risks could lead to delivery and production restrictions or interruptions.  

In line with IAS 37.92, no further statements have been made concerning estimates of financial impact or about 
uncertainty regarding the amount or maturity of provisions and contingent liabilities in relation to additional 
important  legal  cases.  This  is  so  as  to  not  compromise  the  results  of  the  proceedings  or  the  interests  of  the 
Company. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
326 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

41.(cid:3)Other financial obligations 

€ million 

2019

2020 – 2023

from 2024

Dec. 31, 2018

P A Y A B L E  

P A Y A B L E  

P A Y A B L E  

T O T A L  

Purchase commitments in respect of 

property, plant and equipment 

intangible assets 

investment property 

Obligations from 

loan commitments to unconsolidated subsidiaries 

irrevocable credit commitments to customers 

leasing and rental contracts 

8,362

1,022

39

326

3,010

1,190

1,621

85

–

–

70

0

–

–

–

5

2,847

2,334

9,983

1,107

39

326

3,085

6,372

Miscellaneous other financial obligations 

2,971

1,762

966

5,699

€ million 

2020

2021 – 2024

from 2025

Dec. 31, 2019

P A Y A B L E  

P A Y A B L E  

P A Y A B L E  

T O T A L  

Purchase commitments in respect of 

property, plant and equipment 

intangible assets 

investment property 

Obligations from 

loan commitments to unconsolidated subsidiaries 

irrevocable credit commitments to customers 

leasing and rental contracts 

7,257

913

24

313

2,605

329

1,347

275

–

1

53

172

Miscellaneous other financial obligations 

3,257

1,712

–

1

–

–

3

151

997

8,603

1,189

24

314

2,661

652

5,966

Other  financial  obligations  include  an  amount  of  €1.2  billion  for  investments  to  which  the  Group  has 
committed itself, both in the infrastructure for zero-emission vehicles and in initiatives to promote access to 
and awareness of these technologies. These commitments were made as part of the settlement agreements in 
the USA in connection with the diesel issue.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

327

42. Total audit fees of the Group auditor

Under the provisions of the Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB – German Commercial Code), Volkswagen AG is obliged to 
disclose 
the  Group  auditor,  PricewaterhouseCoopers  GmbH  Wirtschafts-
the 
prüfungsgesellschaft. 

total  audit 

fee  of 

€ million 

Financial statement audit services 

Other assurance services 

Tax advisory services 

Other services 

2019

2018

19

4

1

32

56

20

6

1

26

52

The financial statement audit services were attributable to the audit of the consolidated financial statements of 
Volkswagen AG  and  of  annual  financial  statements  of  German  Group  companies  as  well  as  to  reviews  of  the 
interim  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Volkswagen AG  and  of  interim  financial  statements  of  German 
Group  companies.  The  auditors  provided  assurance  services  and  tax  advice  only  to  a  small  extent.  Other 
services  provided  by  the  auditors  in  the  reporting  period  focused  on  advice  on  how  to  implement  new  legal 
standards and on support for measures in connection with the diesel issue. 

43. Personnel expenses

€ million 

Wages and salaries 

Social security, post-employment and other employee benefit costs 

2019

2018

34,683

8,231

42,913

33,368

7,791

41,158

 
328 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

44. Average number of employees during the year

Performance-related wage-earners 

Salaried staff 

of which in the passive phase of partial retirement 

Vocational trainees 

Employees of Chinese joint ventures 

2019

2018

265,092

304,174

569,266

9,554

18,180

587,446

80,302

667,748

256,684

302,554

559,238

8,791

17,905

577,143

78,579

655,722

45. Events after the balance sheet date

On  January  30,  2020,  TRATON  SE  submitted  an  offer  for  the  acquisition  of  all  outstanding  ordinary  shares  of 
Navistar that are not yet held by TRATON SE, at a price of USD 35.00 per share in cash. This corresponds to an 
offer price of around €2.6 billion. TRATON SE held around 16.8% of the outstanding ordinary shares of Navistar 
as of December 31, 2019.  

Continuing  restrictions  due  to  the  coronavirus  could  adversely  affect  the  results  of  operations,  financial 
position and net assets in 2020. In this context, please refer to our remarks found in the management report in 
the “Report on Expected Developments” and “Report on Risks and Opportunities” sections.

46. Remuneration based on performance shares and phantom shares (share-based
payment)

At the beginning of 2017, the Supervisory Board of Volkswagen AG resolved to adjust the remuneration system 
of  the  Board  of  Management  with  effect  from  January  1,  2017.  The  remuneration  system  of  the  Board  of 
Management  comprises  non-performance-related  and  performance-related  components.  The  performance-
related remuneration now consists of a performance-related annual bonus with a one-year assessment period 
and a long-term incentive (LTI) in the form of a performance share plan with a mostly forward-looking three-
year term (share-based payment). In addition, a bonus was converted into phantom preferred shares (phantom 
shares) in 2016; the payment was made in 2019. 

The  group  of  beneficiaries  of  the  performance  share  plan  was  expanded  at  the  end  of  2018  by  including 
members of top management and at the end of 2019 by adding all other members of management and selected 
participants below management level. Performance shares were first granted to members of top management 
at  the  beginning  of  2019.  All  other  beneficiaries  will  receive  performance  shares  for  the  first  time  at  the 
beginning of 2020. The function of the performance share plan for top management and other beneficiaries is 
largely identical to the performance share plan that was granted to the members of the Board of Management. 
When the performance share plan was launched, members of top management were guaranteed a minimum 
bonus amount for the first three years on the basis of the remuneration for 2018, while all other beneficiaries 
were given a guarantee for the first three years on the basis of the remuneration for 2019.   

P E R F O R M A N C E   S H A R E S  
Each performance period of the performance share plan has a term of three years. At the time the LTI is granted, 
the annual target amount under the LTI is converted, on the basis of the initial reference price of Volkswagen’s 
preferred shares, into performance shares of Volkswagen AG, which are allocated to the respective beneficiary as 
a pure calculation position.  

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

329

For  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  and  of  top  management,  the  number  of  performance  shares  is 
definitively determined on the basis of a three-year, forward-looking performance period based on the degree 
of target achievement for the annual earnings per Volkswagen preferred share. For all other beneficiaries, the 
number  is  definitively  determined  on  the  basis  of  a  three-year  performance  period  with  a  forward-looking 
horizon of one year. As a departure from this, in 2020 the number will be determined on the basis of a one-year 
forward-looking  performance  period,  and  in  2021  on  the  basis  of  a  two-year  performance  period  with  a 
forward-looking horizon of one year. After the end of the performance period, a cash settlement is made. The 
payment  amount  corresponds  to  the  number  of  determined  performance  shares,  multiplied  by  the  closing 
reference  price  at  the  end  of  the  period  plus  a  dividend  equivalent.  The  payment  amount  under  the 
performance share plan is limited to 200% of the target amount.  

B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T  

Total expense of the reporting period 

Carrying amount of the obligation 

Intrinsic value of the obligation 

Fair value on granting date 

Granted performance shares 

of which granted during the reporting period 

TO P   M A N A G E M E N T   T I E R  

Total expense of the reporting period 

Carrying amount of the obligation 

Intrinsic value of the obligation 

Fair value at grant date 

Granted performance shares 

of which granted during the reporting period 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

22

57

31

20

18

48

34

22

431,800

155,418

276,382

134,956

€ million

€ million

€ million

€ million

Shares

Shares

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

€ million

€ million

€ million

€ million

Shares

Shares

115

115

104

71

531,090

531,090

–

–

–

–

–

–

M E M B E R S   O F   M A N A G E M E N T   A N D   S E L E C T E D   PA R T I C I PA N T S   B E L O W   M A N A G E M E N T   L E V E L  
If 100% of the targets agreed in each case are reached, the total target amount for all other beneficiaries will total 
€629 million (previous year: €– million). 

P H A N T O M   S H A R E S  
At its meeting on April 22, 2016, Volkswagen AG’s Supervisory Board accepted the offer made by the members 
of the Board of Management to withhold 30% of the variable remuneration for fiscal year 2015 for the Board of 
Management  members  active  on  the  date  of  the  resolution  and  to  make  its  disposal  subject  to  future  share 
price performance by means of phantom shares. The amount withheld led to the creation of 50,703 phantom 
preferred  shares.  In  2018,  Mr.  Stadler  received  a  cash  payment  of  the  value  of  8,633  shares  in  an  amount  of 
€1.0 million  as  part  of  the  termination  of  his  contract  of  service.  The  other  phantom  shares  were  settled  as 
planned in fiscal year 2019. The payment amount totaled €5.3 million. In the fiscal year, changes in the value of 
the phantom shares led to the recognition of expenses of €0.3 million (previous year: income of €1.0 million). 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
330 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

47.(cid:3)Related party disclosures in accordance with IAS 24 

Related  parties  as  defined  by  IAS 24  are  natural  persons  and  entities  that  Volkswagen AG  has  the  ability  to 
control or on which it can exercise significant influence, or natural persons and entities that have the ability to 
control or exercise significant influence on Volkswagen AG, or that are influenced by another related party of 
Volkswagen AG.   

All transactions with related parties are regularly conducted on an arm’s length basis.  
Porsche SE held the majority of the voting rights in Volkswagen AG as of the reporting date. The creation of 
rights  of  appointment  for  the  State  of  Lower  Saxony  was  resolved  at  the  Extraordinary  General  Meeting  of 
Volkswagen AG on  December  3,  2009.  As  a  result,  Porsche SE cannot appoint  the  majority  of  the  members  of 
Volkswagen AG’s  Supervisory  Board  for  as  long  as  the  State  of  Lower  Saxony  holds  at  least  15%  of 
Volkswagen AG’s  ordinary  shares.  However,  Porsche SE  has  the  power  to  participate  in  the  operating  policy 
decisions of the Volkswagen Group and is therefore classified as a related party as defined by IAS 24.  

The contribution of Porsche SE’s holding company operating business to Volkswagen AG on August 1, 2012 
has the following effects on the agreements between Porsche SE, Volkswagen AG and companies of the Porsche 
Holding  Stuttgart  Group  that  existed  prior  to  the  contribution  and  were  entered  into  on  the  basis  of  the 
Comprehensive Agreement and its related implementation agreements: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) As  part  of  the  contribution  of  Porsche  SE’s  holding  company  operating  business  to  Volkswagen AG, 
Volkswagen AG  undertook  to  assume  standard  market  liability  compensation  effective  August 1,  2012  for 
guarantees issued to external creditors, whereby it is indemnified internally.  

(cid:33)(cid:3) Volkswagen AG continues to indemnify Porsche SE internally against claims by the Einlagensicherungsfonds 
(German deposit protection fund) after Porsche SE submitted an indemnification agreement required by the 
Bundesverband Deutscher Banken (Association of German Banks) to the Einlagensicherungsfonds in August 
2009.  Volkswagen AG  has  also  undertaken  to  indemnify  the  Einlagensicherungsfonds  against  any  losses 
caused by measures taken by the latter in favor of a bank in which Volkswagen AG holds a majority interest. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Under  certain  conditions,  Porsche  SE  continues  to  indemnify  Porsche  Holding  Stuttgart,  Porsche  AG  and 
their  legal  predecessors  against  tax  disadvantages  that  exceed  the  obligations  recognized  in  the  financial 
statements  of  those  companies  relating  to  periods  up  to  and  including  July  31,  2009.  In  return, 
Volkswagen AG has undertaken to reimburse Porsche SE for any tax advantages of Porsche Holding Stuttgart, 
Porsche  AG  and  their  legal  predecessors  and  subsidiaries  relating  to  tax  assessment  periods  up  to  July  31, 
2009. Based on the results of the external tax audit for the assessment periods 2006 to 2008, which has now 
been completed, and based on information for the 2009 assessment period available at the date of preparing 
these consolidated financial statements, a compensation obligation in the low triple-digit million euro range 
would  arise  for  Volkswagen AG.  New  information  emerging  in  the  future  from  the  external  tax  audit  that 
commenced at the end of 2015 for the 2009 assessment period could result in an increase or decrease in the 
potential compensation obligation. 

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

331

Under the terms of the Comprehensive Agreement, Porsche SE and Volkswagen AG had granted each other 
put  and  call  options  with  regard  to  the  remaining  50.1 %  interest  in  Porsche  Holding  Stuttgart  held  by 
Porsche  SE  until  the  contribution  of  its  holding  company  operating  business  to  Volkswagen AG.  Both 
Volkswagen AG  (if  it  had  exercised  its  call  option)  and  Porsche  SE  (if  it  had  exercised  its  put  option)  had 
undertaken to bear the tax burden resulting from the exercise of the options and any subsequent activities 
in relation to the equity investment in Porsche Holding Stuttgart (e.g. from recapture taxation on the spin-
off in 2007 and/or 2009). If tax benefits had accrued to Volkswagen AG, Porsche Holding Stuttgart, Porsche 
AG, or their respective subsidiaries as a result of recapture taxation on the spin-off in 2007 and/or 2009, the 
purchase price to be paid by Volkswagen AG for the transfer of the outstanding 50.1 % equity investment in 
Porsche Holding Stuttgart if the put option had been exercised by Porsche SE would have been increased by 
the present value of the tax benefit. This arrangement was taken over under the terms of the contribution 
agreement to the effect that Porsche SE has a claim against Volkswagen AG for payment in the amount of 
the  present  value  of  the  realizable  tax  benefits  from  any  recapture  taxation  of  the  spin-off  in  2007  as  a 
result  of  the  contribution.  It  was  also  agreed  under  the  terms  of  the  contribution  that  Porsche  SE  will 
indemnify Volkswagen AG, Porsche Holding Stuttgart and their subsidiaries against taxes if measures taken 
by or not  taken  by Porsche SE  result  in recapture  taxation for 2012 at these  companies in  the course of  or 
following  implementation  of  the  contribution.  In  this  case,  too,  Porsche  SE  is  entitled  to  assert  a  claim  for 
payment against Volkswagen AG in the amount of the present value of the realizable tax benefits that arise 
at the level of Volkswagen AG or one of its subsidiaries as a result of such a transaction.  

Further agreements were entered into and declarations were issued in connection with the contribution of 

Porsche SE’s holding company operating business to Volkswagen AG, in particular: 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Porsche  SE  indemnifies  its  contributed  subsidiaries,  Porsche  Holding  Stuttgart,  Porsche  AG  and  their  sub-
sidiaries against certain liabilities to Porsche SE that relate to the period up to and including December 31, 
2011  and  that  exceed  the  obligations  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  of  those  companies  for  that 
period. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) Moreover,  Porsche  SE  indemnifies  Volkswagen AG,  Porsche  Holding  Stuttgart,  Porsche  AG  and  their 
subsidiaries against half of the taxes (other than taxes on income) arising at those companies in conjunction 
with the contribution that would not have been incurred in the event of the exercise of the call option on the 
shares  of  Porsche  Holding  Stuttgart  that  continued  to  be  held  by  Porsche  SE  until  the  contribution. 
Volkswagen AG therefore indemnifies Porsche SE against half of such taxes that it incurs. In addition, Porsche 
Holding Stuttgart is indemnified against half of the land transfer tax and other costs triggered by the merger. 
(cid:33)(cid:3) Additionally, Porsche SE and Porsche AG agreed to allocate any subsequent VAT receivables or liabilities from 
transactions in the period up to December 31, 2009 to the company entitled to the receivable or incurring the 
liability. 

(cid:33)(cid:3) A range of information, conduct and cooperation obligations were agreed by Porsche SE and the Volkswagen 

Group. 

According  to  a  notification  dated  January  2,  2020,  the  State  of  Lower  Saxony  and  Hannoversche 
Beteiligungsgesellschaft  Niedersachsen  mbH,  Hanover,  held  20.00  %  of  the  voting  rights  of  Volkswagen  AG  on 
December  31,  2019.  As  mentioned  above,  the  General  Meeting  of  Volkswagen  AG  on  December  3,  2009  also 
resolved  that  the  State  of  Lower  Saxony  may  appoint  two  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  (right  of 
appointment). 

 
332 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

The following tables present the amounts of supplies and services transacted, as well as outstanding receivables 
and liabilities, between consolidated companies of the Volkswagen Group and related parties: 

R E L AT E D   PA R T I E S  

€ million 

2019

2018

2019

2018

S U P P L I E S   A N D   S E R V I C E S  
R E N D E R E D  

S U P P L I E S   A N D   S E R V I C E S  
R E C E I V E D  

Porsche SE and its majority interests 

Supervisory Board members 

Board of Management members 

Unconsolidated subsidiaries 

Joint ventures and their majority interests 

Associates and their majority interests 

Pension plans 

Other related parties 

State of Lower Saxony, its majority interests and joint ventures 

5

5

0

1,243

16,627

181

1

0

10

3

4

0

1,137

16,724

194

1

0

10

1

1

0

1,597

646

1,312

3

1

4

3

2

0

1,649

491

1,267

2

1

8

€ million 

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

Dec. 31, 2019

Dec. 31, 2018

R E C E I V A B L E S   F R O M  

L I A B I L I T I E S  
( I N C L U D I N G   O B L I G A T I O N S )   T O  

Porsche SE and its majority interests 

Supervisory Board members 

Board of Management members 

Unconsolidated subsidiaries 

Joint ventures and their majority interests 

Associates and their majority interests 

Pension plans 

Other related parties 

State of Lower Saxony, its majority interests and joint ventures 

4

0

0

1,497

12,953

326

1

0

1

4

0

0

1,319

11,989

112

1

–

1

0

170

91

1,667

2,683

1,063

–

264

0

1

205

78

1,869

2,671

487

–

100

2

The tables above do not contain the dividend payments (net of withholding tax) of €3,679 million (previous 
year:  €3,315 million)  received  from  joint  ventures  and  associates  and  dividends  of  €753 million  (previous 
year: €601 million) paid to Porsche SE.  

Receivables from joint ventures are primarily attributable to loans granted in an amount of €8,290 million 
(previous  year:  €7,606 million)  as  well  as  trade  receivables  in  an  amount  of  €4,375 million  (previous  year: 
€4,045 million). Receivables from non-consolidated subsidiaries also result primarily from loans granted in an 
amount of €938 million (previous year: €741 million) as well as trade receivables in an amount of €188 million 
(previous year: €214 million). 

Impairment losses of €56 million (previous year: €56 million) were recognized on the outstanding related 
party receivables. In the fiscal year, expenses of €37 million (previous year: €29 million) were incurred in this 
context. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

333

In addition, the Volkswagen Group has furnished guarantees to external banks on behalf of related parties in 
the amount of €322 million (previous year: €239 million). 

In the reporting period, the Volkswagen Group made capital contributions of €668 million (previous year: 

€298 million) to related parties. 

The  changes  in  supplies  and  services  rendered  to  and  received  from  joint  ventures  and  their  majority 

interests are primarily attributable to supply relationships with the Chinese joint ventures. 

As  in  the  previous  year,  obligations  to  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board  relate  primarily  to  interest-
bearing  bank  balances  of  Supervisory  Board  members  that  were  invested  at  standard  market  terms  and 
conditions at Volkswagen Group companies. 

Obligations to the Board of Management comprise outstanding balances for the annual bonus and the fair 
values  of  the  performance  shares  in  the  amount  of  €50.1 million  (previous  year:  €64.8 million)  granted  to 
Board of Management members. 

In  addition  to  the  amounts  shown  above,  the  following  expenses  were  recognized  for  benefits  and 
remuneration  granted  to  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  and  Supervisory  Board  of  the  Volkswagen 
Group in the course of their activities as members of these bodies: 

€ 

Short-term benefits 

Benefits based on performance shares and virtual shares 

Post-employment benefits 

Termination benefits 

2019

2018

36,307,352

32,417,428

19,606,328

10,022,492

12,901,219

10,519,369

10,100,271

12,994,964

78,915,169

65,954,253

Benefits paid on the basis of performance shares include the cost of €19.5 million (previous year: €10.6 million) 
attributable  to  the  performance  shares  granted  to  Board  of  Management  members  under  the  remuneration 
system  applicable  as  from  2017.  Pursuant  to  the  guidance  of  IFRS 2,  this  requires  inclusion  of  not  only  the 
performance share plan for 2017 and 2018, but also of a pro-rated amount for future share plans to be granted 
during the current employment contract.  

In fiscal year 2019, the share price performance up to the settlement date led to the recognition of expense  

of €0.1 million (previous year: income of €0.6 million) for the phantom shares. 

The employee representatives and the representative of the senior executives on the Supervisory Board are 
also  entitled  to  a  regular  salary  as  set  out  in  their  employment  contracts.  For  members  of  German  works 
councils, this is based on the provisions of the Betriebsverfassungsgesetz (BetrVG – German Works Constitution 
Act). In the previous year, due to investigations by the authorities, a review of the remuneration of some works 
council members were conducted. Prior to this and as a precaution, components of the remuneration of some 
works council members had been retained in this context until the matter was clarified. In fiscal year 2019, the 
matter  was  addressed  and  concluded  as  part  of  an  arbitration  procedure  by  two  former  judges  from  the 
German Federal Labour Court as well as by final settlements before a labor court. The previous remuneration 
was largely confirmed in the process.  

The post-employment benefits relate to additions to pension provisions for current members of the Board of 
Management. The termination benefits relate to the severance payment made to Mr. Schot in connection with 
his early departure from the Board of Management on March 31, 2020.  

Disclosures  on  the  pension  provisions  for  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  and  more  detailed 
explanations of the remuneration of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board can be found in the 
section  entitled  “Remuneration  of  the  Board  of  Management  and  the  Supervisory  Board”  and  in  the 
remuneration report, which is part of the management report. 

 
334 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Consolidated Financial Statements

48. German Corporate Governance Code

On  November  15,  2019,  the  Board  of  Management  and  Supervisory  Board  of  Volkswagen AG  issued  their 
declaration  of  conformity  with  the  German  Corporate  Governance  Code  as  required  by  section  161  of  the 
Aktiengesetz (AktG – German Stock Corporation Act) and made it permanently available to the shareholders of 
the  Company’s  website  at  www.volkswagenag.com/en/InvestorRelations/corporate-
Volkswagen AG  on 
governance/declaration-of-conformity.html. 

On November 20, 2019, the Board of Management and Supervisory Board of AUDI AG likewise issued their 
declaration of conformity with the German Corporate Governance Code and made it permanently available to 
the shareholders at www.audi.com/cgk-declaration. 

In  December  2019,  the  Executive  Board  and  Supervisory  Board  of  TRATON  SE  likewise  issued  their 
declaration of conformity with the German Corporate Governance Code and made it permanently available to 
the shareholders at ir.traton.com/websites/traton/English/5000/corporate-governance.html. 

In  December  2019,  the  Executive  Board  and  Supervisory  Board  of  MAN SE  issued  their  declaration  of 
conformity with the German Corporate Governance Code as required by section 161 of the AktG and made it 
permanently  available 
the  shareholders  at  www.corporate.man.eu/en/investor-relations/corporate-
governance/corporate-governance-at-man/Corporate-Governance-at-MAN.html. 

to 

The  Executive  Board  and  Supervisory  Board  of  RENK  AG  issued  a  declaration  of  conformity  in  December 
the  shareholders  at  www.renk-ag.com/en/investor-

it  permanently  available 

to 

2019  and  made 
relations/financial-reports. 

49. Remuneration of the Board of Management and the Supervisory Board

€ 

2019

2018

Board of Management remuneration 

Non-performance-related remuneration 

Performance-related remuneration 

Long-term incentive component 

Supervisory Board remuneration 

Non-performance-related remuneration 

Performance-related remuneration 

13,332,515

13,051,264

17,647,682

14,827,178

14,414,075

22,457,869

45,394,271

50,336,310

4,547,188

4,004,372

779,967

534,614

5,327,155

4,538,986

N O N - P E R F O R M A N C E - R E L AT E D   R E M U N E R AT I O N   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T  
The  non-performance-related  remuneration  of  the  Board  of  Management  comprises  fixed  remuneration  and 
fringe  benefits.  The  fringe  benefits  relate  to  noncash  benefits  granted  and  include  in  particular  the  use  of 
operating assets such as company cars and the payment of insurance premiums. Taxes due on these noncash 
benefits were mainly borne by Volkswagen AG.  

P E R F O R M A N C E - R E L AT E D   R E M U N E R AT I O N   A N D   L O N G - T E R M   I N C E N T I V E   C O M P O N E N T   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T  
Performance-related  remuneration  includes  the  annual  bonus  with  a  one-year  assessment  period.  The  long-
term incentive component contains the long-term incentive (LTI) in the form of a performance share plan with 
a forward-looking three-year term. For details on performance share plans for current members of the Board of 
Management,  please  refer  to  the  information  in  the  section  entitled “Remuneration  based  on  performance 
shares and phantom shares (share-based payment)”. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

335

At its meeting on April 22, 2016, Volkswagen AG’s Supervisory Board accepted the offer made by the members 
of the Board of Management to withhold 30% of the variable remuneration for fiscal year 2015 for the Board of 
Management  members  active  on  the  date  of  the  resolution  and  to  make  its  disposal  subject  to  future  share 
price  performance  by  means  of  phantom  shares.  The  resulting  effects  on  remuneration  were  reported  as 
appropriate  in  previous  years.  For  further  details  on  the  settlement  of  phantom  shares,  please  refer  to  the 
information in  the  section  entitled “Remuneration  based  on performance  shares  and  phantom  shares  (share-
based payment)”.  

Expenses for performance shares and phantom shares do not represent remuneration under German GAAP 

and are therefore not included in the tables above. 

As in the previous year, no interest-free advances were paid to members of the Board of Management. 

S U P E R V I S O R Y   B O A R D   R E M U N E R AT I O N  
The  remuneration  of  the  members  of  the  Supervisory  Board of  Volkswagen AG  is  comprised  entirely  of non-
performance-related  remuneration  components.  Remuneration  for  supervisory  board  work  at  subsidiaries 
comprises a mix of non-performance-related and performance-related components. 

P E N S I O N   E N T I T L E M E N T S   A N D   B E N E F I T S   TO   R E T I R E D   M E M B E R S   O F   T H E   B O A R D   O F   M A N A G E M E N T  
On  December  31,  2019,  the  pension  provisions  for  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  amounted  to 
€60.5 million  (previous  year:  €55.8 million). Current  pensions  are  index-linked  in  accordance  with  the  index-
linking  of  the  highest  collectively  agreed  salary  insofar  as  the  application  of  section  16  of  the  Gesetz  zur 
Verbesserung der betrieblichen Altersversorgung (BetrAVG – German Company Pension Act) does not lead to a 
higher increase.  

For former members of the Board of Management and their surviving dependents €32.7 million (previous 
year:  €44.0  million)  were  granted.  Pension  provisions  in  accordance  with  IFRSs  for  this  group  of  individuals 
amounted to €373.7 million (previous year: €324.0 million). 

In connection with his departure effective March 31, 2020, Mr. Schot was promised the following amounts:  

(cid:120)
(cid:120)
(cid:120)

a non-performance-related component of €2.4 million (previous year: €– million), 
a performance-related component of €3.8 million (previous year €– million) and 
a long-term incentive component of €3.9 million (previous year: €– million) were recognized.

The  individual  remuneration  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Management  and  the  Supervisory  Board  is 
explained in the remuneration report in the management report on page 70. A comprehensive assessment of 
the individual remuneration components, including the LTI, in the form of the performance share plan can also 
be found there. 

 
336 

Responsibility Statement  

Consolidated Financial Statements

Responsibility Statement 

To  the  best  of  our  knowledge,  and  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  reporting  principles,  the  consolidated 
financial statements give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the 
Group, and the Group management report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the 
business  and  the  position  of  the  Group,  together  with  a  description  of  the  material  opportunities  and  risks 
associated with the expected development of the Group. 

Wolfsburg, February 18, 2020 

Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft 
The Board of Management 

Herbert Diess 

Oliver Blume 

Gunnar Kilian 

Andreas Renschler 

Abraham Schot 

Stefan Sommer 

Hiltrud Dorothea Werner 

Frank Witter 

 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Independent Auditor’s Report

337

Independent Auditor’s Report 

On  completion  of  our  audit,  we  issued  an  unqualified  auditor's  report  dated  February  26,  2020  in  German 
language. The following text is a translation of this auditor’s report. The German text is authoritative: 

To VOLKSWAGEN AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, Wolfsburg  

REPORT  ON  THE  AUDIT  OF  THE  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  OF  THE  GROUP  MANAGEMENT 
REPORT 

A U D I T   O P I N I O N S  
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of VOLKSWAGEN AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, Wolfsburg, and 
its  subsidiaries  (the  Group),  which  comprise  the  balance  sheet  as  at  December  31,  2019,  and  the  income 
statement and the statement of comprehensive income,  the statement of changes in equity and the cash flow 
statement for the financial year from January 1 to December 31, 2019, and notes to the consolidated financial 
statements,  including  a  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies.  In  addition,  we  have  audited  the  group 
management  report  of  VOLKSWAGEN  AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT,  which  is  combined  with  the  Company’s 
management  report,  for  the  financial  year  from  January  1  to  December  31,  2019.  In  accordance  with  the 
German legal requirements, we have not audited the content of those parts of the group management report 
listed in the “Other Information” section of our auditor’s report. 

In our opinion, on the basis of the knowledge obtained in the audit,  
(cid:33)(cid:3) the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  comply,  in  all  material  respects,  with  the  IFRSs  as 
adopted by the EU, and the additional requirements of German commercial law pursuant to § [Article] 315e  
Abs.  [paragraph]  1  HGB  [Handelsgesetzbuch:  German  Commercial  Code]  and,  in  compliance  with  these 
requirements,  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  assets,  liabilities,  and  financial  position  of  the  Group  as  at 
December 31, 2019, and of its financial performance for the financial year from January 1 to December 31, 
2019, and  

(cid:33)(cid:3) the  accompanying  group  management  report  as  a  whole  provides  an  appropriate  view  of  the  Group’s 
position. In all material respects, this group management report is consistent with the consolidated financial 
statements, complies with German legal requirements and appropriately presents the opportunities and risks 
of future development. Our audit opinion on the group management report does not cover the content of those 
parts of the group management report listed in the “Other Information” section of our auditor’s report. 

Pursuant to § 322 Abs. 3 Satz [sentence] 1 HGB, we declare that our audit has not led to any reservations relating 
to the legal compliance of the consolidated financial statements and of the group management report. 

B A S I S   F O R   T H E   A U D I T   O P I N I O N S  
We  conducted  our  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  of  the  group  management  report  in 
accordance with § 317 HGB and the EU Audit Regulation (No. 537/2014, referred to subsequently as “EU Audit 
Regulation”)  and  in  compliance  with  German  Generally  Accepted  Standards  for  Financial  Statement  Audits 
promulgated  by  the  Institut  der  Wirtschaftsprüfer  [Institute  of  Public  Auditors  in  Germany]  (IDW).  Our 
responsibilities  under  those  requirements  and  principles  are  further  described 
in  the  “Auditor’s 
Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements and of the Group Management Report” 
section of our auditor’s report. We are independent of the group entities in accordance with the requirements 
of  European  law  and  German  commercial  and  professional  law,  and  we  have  fulfilled  our  other  German 
professional  responsibilities  in  accordance  with  these  requirements.  In  addition,  in  accordance  with 
Article 10 (2)  point (f)  of  the  EU  Audit  Regulation,  we  declare  that  we  have  not  provided  non-audit  services 
prohibited under Article 5 (1) of the EU Audit Regulation. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient  and appropriate  to  provide  a  basis  for  our  audit  opinions  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
and on the group management report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
338 

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Consolidated Financial Statements

E M P H A S I S   O F   M AT T E R   –   D I E S E L   I S S U E  
We draw attention to the information provided and statements made in section “Key Events“ of the notes to the 
consolidated  financial  statements  and  in  section  “Report  on  Risks  and  Opportunities“  of  the  group 
management  report  with  regard  to  the  diesel  issue  including  information  about  the  allegations  made  and 
claims filed, the underlying causes, the non-involvement of members of the board of management as well as 
the impact on these financial statements. 

Based on the results of the various measures taken to investigate the issue presented so far, which underlie 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  group  management  report,  there  is  still  no  evidence  that 
members  of  the  Company’s  board  of  management  were  aware  of  the  deliberate  manipulation  of  engine 
management software before summer 2015. Nevertheless, should as a result of the ongoing investigation new 
solid knowledge be obtained showing that members of the board of management were informed earlier about 
the  diesel  issue,  this  could  eventually  have  an  impact  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the 
group management report for financial year 2019 and prior years.  

The provisions for warranties and legal risks recorded so far are based on the presented state of knowledge. Due 
to the inevitable uncertainties associated with the current and expected litigation it cannot be excluded that a 
future assessment of the risks may be different. 

Our  opinions  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  on  the  group  management  report  are  not 

modified in respect of this matter. 

K E Y   A U D I T   M AT T E R S   I N   T H E   A U D I T   O F   T H E   C O N S O L I D AT E D   F I N A N C I A L   STAT E M E N T S  
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit 
of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  financial  year  from  January  1  to  December  31,  2019.  These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our audit opinion thereon; we do not provide a separate audit opinion on these matters. 

In our view, the matters of most significance in our audit were as follows: 
(cid:6938)  Accounting treatment of risk provisions for the diesel issue 
(cid:6939)  Recoverability of goodwill and brand names 
(cid:6940)  Recoverability of capitalized development costs 
(cid:6941)  Completeness and measurement of provisions for warranty obligations arising from sales 

Our presentation of these key audit matters has been structured in each case as follows: 
(cid:6917)  Matter and issue 
(cid:6918)  Audit approach and findings 
(cid:6919)  Reference to further information 

Hereinafter we present the key audit matters: 
(cid:3)
(cid:6938)  Accounting treatment of risk provisions for the diesel issue 
(cid:3)
(cid:6917)  Companies  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  are  involved  in  investigations  by  government  authorities  in 
numerous countries (in particular in Europe, the United States and Canada) with respect to irregularities 
in the exhaust gas emissions from diesel engines in certain vehicles of the Volkswagen Group. Different 
measures  are  being  implemented  in  various  countries  for  affected  vehicles.  These  include  hardware 
and/or software solutions, vehicle repurchases or the early termination of leases and, in some cases, cash 
payments to vehicle owners. Furthermore, payments are being made as a result of criminal proceedings 
and  civil  law  settlements  with  various  parties.  In  addition,  there  are  civil  lawsuits  pending  from 
customers,  dealers  and  holders  of  securities.  Further  direct  and  indirect  effects  concern  in  particular 
impairment of assets and customer-specific sales programs. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Independent Auditor’s Report

339

The Volkswagen Group recognizes the expenses directly related to the diesel issue in its operating income. 
The  special  items  expensed  in  financial  year  2019  amount  to  €  2.3  billion.  These  relate  to  fines  paid 
(€ 0.5 billion) and to further additions  to reserves for legal risks (€ 2.1 billion). The  reversal  of  reserves  for 
technical  measures  in  the  amount  of  €  0.3  billion  had  an  inverse  effect.  In  addition  to  provisions, 
contingent liabilities for legal risks in regard to the diesel issue in the amount of € 3.7 billion are reported as 
of December 31, 2019. 

The reported provisions and contingent liabilities are exposed to considerable estimation risk due to 
the  wide-ranging  investigations  and  proceedings  that  are  ongoing,  the  complexity  of  the  various 
negotiations  and  pending  approval  procedures  by  authorities,  and  developments  in  market  conditions. 
This matter was of particular significance for our audit due to the material amounts of the provisions as 
well as the scope of assumptions and discretion on the part of the executive directors. 

(cid:6918) In  order  to  audit  the  recognition  and  measurement  of  provisions  for  field  activities  and  vehicle
repurchases arising as a result of the diesel issue, we critically examined the processes put in place by the
companies  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  to  make  substantive  preparations  to  address  the  diesel  issue,  and
assessed  the  progress  made  in  implementing  the  technical  solutions  developed  to  remedy  it.  We
compared  this  knowledge  with  the  technical  and  legal  substantiations  of  independent  experts,  as
presented  to  us.  We  used  in  particular  an  IT  data  analysis  solution  to  examine  the  quantity  structure
underlying  the  field  activities  and  repurchases.  We  assessed  the  inputs  used  to  measure  the  repair
solutions and the repurchases. We used this as a basis to evaluate the calculation of the provisions. 

In order to audit the recognition and measurement of the provisions for legal risks and the disclosure
of  contingent  liabilities  for  legal  risks  resulting  from  the  diesel  issue,  we  assessed  both  the  available
official  documents  as  well  as  in  particular  the  work  delivered  and  opinions  prepared  by  experts
commissioned  by  the  Volkswagen  Group.  As  part  of  a  targeted  selection  of  key  procedures  and
supplemented by additional  samples, we  inspected  the  correspondence  relating  to  the litigation  and,  in
talks  with  officials  from  the  affected  companies  and  the  lawyers  involved,  and  including  our  own  legal
experts, we discussed the assessments made. 

Taking  into  consideration  the  information  provided  and  statements  made  in  the  section  entitled
"Key events" in the notes to the consolidated financial statements and in the section entitled "Report on
Risks  and  Opportunities"  in  the  group  management  report  with  regard  to  the  diesel  issue  including
information about the underlying causes, the non-involvement of members of the board of management
as well as the impact on these financial statements, we believe that, overall, the assumptions and inputs
underlying the calculation of the risk provisions for the diesel issue are appropriate to properly recognize
and measure the provisions. 

(cid:6919) The  Company's  disclosures  on  the  diesel  issue  are  contained  in  the  sections  entitled  "Key  events"  and
"Litigation" in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and in sections entitled “Report on Risks 
and Opportunities”, sub-section “Legal risks” in the group management report. 

(cid:6939)  Recoverability of goodwill and brand names 

(cid:6917) The 

in 

the  consolidated 

intangible  assets  reported 

financial  statements  of  VOLKSWAGEN
AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT  include  €  23.2  billion  in  goodwill  and  €  16.8  billion  in  purchased  brand  names
(intangible assets with indefinite useful lives). The Company allocates goodwill and brand names to the
subgroups  and  brands,  respectively,  within  the  Volkswagen  Group.  As  part  of  the  regular  impairment
testing of goodwill and brand names, the Company compares the carrying amount of the subgroups and
brands,  respectively,  against  their  respective  recoverable  amount.  In  general,  the  recoverable  amount  is
calculated  on  the  basis  of  the  value  in  use.  The  value  in  use  is  calculated  using  discounted  cash  flow
models  on  the  basis  of  the  Volkswagen  Group's  five-year  operating  plan  prepared  by  the  executive
directors  and  acknowledged  by  the  Supervisory  Board  and  extrapolated  based  on  assumptions  about
long-term  growth  rates.  The  discount  rate  used  is  the  weighted  average  cost  of  capital  for  the  relevant
reporting segment. The result of this measurement depends to a large extent on the executive directors’

 
 
340 

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Consolidated Financial Statements

assessment  with  regard  to  the  future  cash  inflows  of  the  respective  subgroups  and  brands,  respectively, 
and  on  the  discount  rate  used,  and  is  therefore  subject  to  considerable  uncertainty.  Against  this 
background  and  due  to  the  underlying  complexity  of  the  measurement  models,  this  matter  was  of 
particular importance for our audit. 

(cid:6918) As part of our audit, we assessed, among other things, the method used to perform impairment tests and
the calculation of the weighted cost of capital. We evaluated the appropriateness of the future cash inflows 
used in the measurement, including by comparing this data with the five-year operating plan prepared by 
the  executive  directors  and  acknowledged  by  the  Supervisory  Board,  and  through  reconciliation  with
general and sector-specific market expectations. We also evaluated that the costs for Group functions not
recognized in a segment were properly included in the impairment test for the respective subgroup and
brand,  respectively.  With  the  knowledge  that  even  relatively  small  changes  in  the  discount  rate  applied
can have a material impact on the recoverable amounts calculated in this way, we also focused our testing
in  particular  on  the  parameters  used  to  determine  the  discount  rate  applied  and  evaluated  the
measurement  model.  Furthermore,  due  to  the  materiality  of  the  goodwill  and  brand  names,  we  also
performed  our  own  sensitivity  analyses  for  the  subgroups  and  brands,  respectively,  (comparison  of
carrying  amounts  and  recoverable  amounts)  and  determined  that  the  respective  goodwill  and  brand
names  were  sufficiently  covered  by  the  discounted  future  cash  flows.  Overall,  we  consider  the
measurement inputs and assumptions used by the executive directors to be in line with our expectations
and to lie also within a range that we consider reasonable. 

(cid:6919) The  Company's  disclosures  on  goodwill  and  brand  names  are  contained  in  section  entitled  “Intangible

assets” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

(cid:6940)  Recoverability of capitalized development costs 

(cid:6917) 

In the consolidated financial statements of VOLKSWAGEN AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT capitalized development 
costs  amounting  to  €  24.0  billion  are  reported  under  the  "Intangible  assets"  balance  sheet  item.  In
accordance  with  IAS  38,  research  costs  are  treated  as  expenses  incurred,  while  development  costs  for
future  series  products  are  capitalized  provided  in  particular  that  sale  of  these  products  (in  connection
with other assets) is likely to bring an economic benefit. Until amortization begins, developments must be 
tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 at least once a year based on the cash-generating units to 
which they are allocated. To meet this requirement, over the period from capitalization until completion
of development the Company assesses whether the capitalized development costs incurred are covered by 
future cash flows. Once amortization begins, an assessment must be carried out at each reporting date as
to whether there are indications of impairment. If this is the case, an impairment test must be performed
and  any  impairment  loss  recognized.  For  impairment  losses  recognized  in  prior  periods,  an  annual
assessment  must  be  carried  out  as  to whether  there  are  indications  that  the reason  for  the  impairment
has ceased to apply. In the financial year, the Volkswagen Group adjusted the definition of cash-generating 
units for capitalized development costs. While the focus in the Passenger Cars division was previously on
individual  models  or  model  groups,  the  Volkswagen  Group  has  made  the  judgment  that  the  required
degree  of  independence  of  cash  flows  from  models  or  model  groups  is  no  longer  given  due  to  the
increasing  tightening  of  CO2  and  emissions-related  fleet  requirements  and  other  changes  in  the  fourth
quarter  of  2019  and  that  brands  must  therefore  now  be  regarded  as  the  smallest  identifiable  group  of
assets that meet the definition criteria of a cash-generating unit. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Independent Auditor’s Report

341

The Volkswagen Group generally applies the present value of the future cash flows (value in use) from the 
relevant  cash-generating  units  to  test  these  intangible  assets  for  impairment.  The  value  in  use  is 
determined  using  the  discounted  cash  flow  method  based  on  the  Group’s  five-year  financial  planning 
prepared by the executive directors. The discount rate used is the weighted average cost of capital (WACC). 
The weighted average cost of capital applied in the Volkswagen Group includes the weighted average cost 
of equity and debt before taxes.  
  Due  to  the  adjusted  definition  of  the  cash-generating  units  a  one-time  write-up  in  an  amount  of 
€ 1.1 billion resulted in the fourth quarter 2019, thereof € 0.9 billion from prior years that are recognized 
in  the  “other  operating  income”  income  statement  line  item.  Furthermore,  the  “finance  income”  is 
increased by € 0.1 billion due to write-ups at the Chinese joint ventures accounted for at-equity 

The  result  of  this  measurement  depends  to  a  large  extent  on  the  executive  directors’  assessment  of 
future  cash  inflows  and  the  discount  rate  used  and  is  therefore  subject  to  considerable  uncertainty. 
Against  this  background  and  due  to  the  complex  nature  of  the  valuation,  this  matter  was  of  particular 
significance in the context of our audit. 

(cid:6918) As  part  of  our  audit  we  assessed  whether,  overall,  the  assumptions  underlying  the  measurements
particularly in the form of future cash inflows, and the discount rates used provide an appropriate basis
by which to test the individual cash-generating units for impairment. We based our assessment, among
other  things,  on  a  comparison  with  general  and  sector-specific  market  expectations  as  well  as  the
executive directors’ detailed explanations regarding key planning value drivers. We also evaluated that the 
costs  for  Group  functions  were  properly  included  in  the  impairment  tests  of  the  respective  cash-
generating units. With the knowledge that even relatively small changes in the discount rate applied can
in  some  cases  have  material  effects  on  values,  we  also  focused  our  testing  on  the  parameters  used  to
determine  the  discount  rate  applied  and  evaluated  the  measurement  model.  We  also  assessed  the
consistency  of  the  measurement  model  applied  and  evaluated  the  mathematical  accuracy  of  the
calculations. With respect to completed development projects, we inquired the executive directors about
whether or not there were indications of impairment or that reasons for impairment had ceased to apply,
and  critically  examined  these  assumptions  based  on  our  knowledge  of  the  Group's  legal  and  economic
environment.  As  part  of  our  audit,  we  also  assessed  whether  the  adjusted  definition  of  the  cash-
generating units is in line with the relevant requirements of IAS 36. In our view, the measurement inputs
and assumptions used by the executive directors, and the measurement model, were properly derived for
the  purposes  of  conducting  impairment  tests  and  the  adjustment  made  to  the  definition  of  the  cash-
generating units are substantiated and reasonably documented. 

(cid:6919) Company's disclosures on capitalized development costs and the associated impairment testing and the
adjustment  of  the  cash-generating  units  are  contained  in  sections  entitled  “Accounting  policies”  and
“Intangible assets” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

(cid:6941)  Completeness and measurement of provisions for warranty obligations arising from sales 

(cid:6917) In  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Volkswagen  Group  €  27.0  billion  in  provisions  for
obligations  arising  from  sales  are  reported  under  the  "Other  provisions"  balance  sheet  item.  These
obligations primarily relate to warranty claims arising from the sale of vehicles, motorcycles, components 
and genuine parts. Warranty claims are calculated on the basis of losses to date, estimated future losses
and  the  policy  on  ex  gratia  arrangements.  An  estimate  is  also  made  of  the  discount  rate.  In  addition,
assumptions must be made about the nature and extent of future warranty and ex gratia claims. These
assumptions are based on qualified estimates. 

 
 
342 

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Consolidated Financial Statements

From our point of view, this matter was of particular significance for our audit because the recognition 
and measurement of this material item is to a large extent based on estimates and assumptions made by 
the Company's executive directors. 

(cid:6918) With  the  knowledge  that  estimated  values  result  in  an  increased  risk  of  accounting  misstatements  and
that  the  measurement  decisions  made  by  the  executive  directors  have a  direct  and  significant  effect  on
consolidated  net  profit/loss,  we  assessed  the  appropriateness  of  the  carrying  amounts,  including  by
comparing  these  figures  with  historical  data  and  using  the  measurement  bases  presented  to  us.
Furthermore, we assessed that the interest rates with matching terms were properly derived from market
data. We evaluated the entire calculations (including discounting) for the provisions using the applicable
measurement inputs and assessed the planned timetable for utilizing the provisions. 

In doing so, we were able to satisfy ourselves that the estimates applied, and the assumptions made by 
the  executive  directors  were  sufficiently  documented  and  supported  to  justify  the  recognition  and
measurement of the provisions for warranty obligations arising from sales. 

(cid:6919) The Company's disclosures on  other provisions are contained in sections entitled “Accounting policies”
and “Noncurrent and current other provisions” in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

OT H E R   I N F O R M AT I O N    
The  executive  directors  are  responsible  for  the  other  information.  The  other  information  comprises  the 
following non-audited parts of the group management report: 
(cid:120)

the  statement  on  corporate  governance  pursuant  to  §  289f  HGB  and  §  315d  HGB  included  in  section
“Corporate Governance Report” of the group management report 
the corporate governance report pursuant to No. 3.10 of the German Corporate Governance Code 
the separate non-financial report pursuant to § 289b Abs. 3 HGB and § 315b Abs. 3 HGB

(cid:120)
(cid:120)

The  other  information  comprises  further  the  remaining  parts  of  the  annual  report,    – excluding  cross-
references  to  external  information –  with  the  exception  of  the  audited  consolidated  financial  statements,  the 
audited group management report and our auditor’s report. 

Our audit opinions on the consolidated financial statements and on the group management report do not 
cover  the  other  information,  and  consequently  we  do  not  express  an  audit  opinion  or  any  other  form  of 
assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in so doing, to consider 
whether the other information 
(cid:120)

is materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements, with the group management report or 
our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

(cid:120)

Responsibilities of the Executive Directors and the Supervisory Board for the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Group 

Management Report 
The  executive  directors  are  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  that 
comply, in all material respects, with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and the additional requirements of German 
commercial law pursuant to § 315e Abs. 1  HGB and that the consolidated financial statements, in compliance 
with  these  requirements,  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  assets,  liabilities,  financial  position,  and  financial 
performance of the Group. In addition the executive directors are responsible for such internal control as they 
have  determined  necessary  to  enable  the  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements  that  are  free  from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. 

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the executive directors are responsible for assessing the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. They also have the responsibility for disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern. In addition, they are responsible for financial reporting based on the going 
concern basis of accounting unless there is an intention to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or there 
is no realistic alternative but to do so. 

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Independent Auditor’s Report

343

Furthermore, the executive directors are responsible for the preparation of the group management report that, 
as a whole, provides an appropriate view of the Group’s position and is, in all material respects, consistent with 
the  consolidated  financial  statements,  complies  with  German  legal  requirements,  and  appropriately  presents 
the opportunities and risks of future development. In addition, the executive directors are responsible for such 
arrangements and measures (systems) as they have considered necessary to enable the preparation of a group 
management  report  that  is  in  accordance  with  the  applicable  German  legal  requirements,  and  to  be  able  to 
provide sufficient appropriate evidence for the assertions in the group management report. 

The  supervisory  board  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  Group’s  financial  reporting  process  for  the 

preparation of the consolidated financial statements and of the group management report. 

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements and of the Group Management Report 
Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  a 
whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and whether the group management 
report  as  a  whole  provides  an  appropriate  view  of  the  Group’s  position  and,  in  all  material  respects,  is 
consistent with the consolidated financial statements and the knowledge obtained in the audit, complies with 
the German legal requirements and appropriately presents the opportunities and risks of future development, 
as well as to issue an auditor’s report that includes our audit opinions on the consolidated financial statements 
and on the group management report. 

Reasonable  assurance  is  a  high  level  of  assurance,  but  is  not  a  guarantee  that  an  audit  conducted  in 
accordance with § 317 HGB and the EU Audit Regulation and in compliance with German Generally Accepted 
Standards for Financial Statement Audits promulgated by the Institut der Wirtschaftsprüfer (IDW) will always 
detect  a  material  misstatement.  Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered  material  if, 
individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  they  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  influence  the  economic  decisions  of 
users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements and this group management report. 

(cid:120)

We exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:  
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements and of the
group management report, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive
to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit
opinions.  The  risk  of  not  detecting  a  material  misstatement  resulting  from  fraud  is  higher  than  for  one
resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or
the override of internal control.

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

(cid:120) Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit of the consolidated financial statements
and  of  arrangements  and  measures  (systems)  relevant  to  the  audit  of  the  group  management  report  in
order  to  design  audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of
expressing an audit opinion on the effectiveness of these systems.
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used by the executive directors and the reasonableness
of estimates made by the executive directors and related disclosures. 
Conclude  on  the  appropriateness  of  the  executive  directors’  use  of  the  going concern  basis  of  accounting
and,  based  on  the  audit  evidence  obtained,  whether  a  material  uncertainty  exists  related  to  events  or
conditions  that  may  cast  significant  doubt  on  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  If  we
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in the auditor’s report to the
related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements and in the group management report or, if such 
disclosures are inadequate, to modify our respective audit opinions. Our conclusions are based on the audit 
evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause
the Group to cease to be able to continue as a going concern. 

 
344 

Independent Auditor’s Report  

Consolidated Financial Statements

(cid:120)

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including
the disclosures, and whether the consolidated financial statements present the underlying transactions and 
events  in  a  manner  that  the  consolidated  financial  statements  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the  assets,
liabilities, financial position and financial performance of the Group in compliance with IFRSs as adopted
by the EU and the additional requirements of German commercial law pursuant to § 315e Abs. 1 HGB. 
(cid:120) Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business
activities within the Group to express audit opinions on the consolidated financial statements and on the
group management report. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group
audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinions.
Evaluate  the  consistency  of  the  group  management  report  with  the  consolidated  financial statements,  its
conformity with German law, and the view of the Group’s position it provides. 
Perform audit procedures on the prospective information presented by the executive directors in the group
management  report.  On  the  basis  of  sufficient  appropriate  audit  evidence  we  evaluate,  in  particular,  the
significant  assumptions  used  by  the  executive  directors  as  a  basis  for  the  prospective  information,  and
evaluate the proper derivation of the prospective information from these assumptions. We do not express a
separate audit opinion on the prospective information and on the assumptions used as a basis. There is a
substantial unavoidable risk that future events will differ materially from the prospective information. 

(cid:120)

(cid:120)

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and 
timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that 
we identify during our audit. 

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with the relevant 
independence  requirements  and  communicate  with  them  all  relationships  and  other  matters  that  may 
reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, the related safeguards. 

From  the  matters  communicated  with  those  charged  with  governance,  we  determine  those  matters  that 
were  of  most  significance  in  the  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  current  period  and  are 
therefore  the  key  audit  matters.  We  describe  these  matters  in  our  auditor’s  report  unless  law  or  regulation 
precludes public disclosure about the matter.  

 
Consolidated Financial Statements 

Independent Auditor’s Report

345

OT H E R   L E G A L   A N D   R E G U L AT O R Y   R E Q U I R E M E N T S  

Further Information pursuant to Article 10 of the EU Audit Regulation 
We  were  elected  as  group  auditor  by  the  annual  general  meeting  on  May  14,  2019.  We  were  engaged  by  the 
supervisory  board  on  May  20,  2019.  We  have  been  the  group  auditor  of  the  VOLKSWAGEN 
AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, Wolfsburg, without interruption since the financial year 1948/1949. 

We  declare  that  the  audit  opinions  expressed  in  this  auditor’s  report  are  consistent  with  the  additional 

report to the audit committee pursuant to Article 11 of the EU Audit Regulation (long-form audit report). 

G E R M A N   P U B L I C   A U D I TO R   R E S P O N S I B L E   F O R   T H E   E N G A G E M E N T  
The German Public Auditor responsible for the engagement is Frank Hübner. 

Hanover, February 26, 2020 

PricewaterhouseCoopers GmbH 
Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft 

Harald Kayser
Wirtschaftsprüfer
(German Public Auditor) 

Frank Hübner
Wirtschaftsprüfer
(German Public Auditor)  

 
346 

Five-Year Review 

Additional Information

  Five-Year Review 

Volume Data (thousands) 

Vehicle sales (units) 

Germany 

Abroad 

Production (units) 

Germany 

Abroad 

Employees (yearly average) 

Germany 

Abroad 

Financial Data (in € million) 

Income Statement 

Sales revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Distribution expenses 

Administrative expenses 

Net other operating result 

Operating result 

Financial result 

Earnings before tax 

Income tax expense 

Earnings after tax 

Personnel expenses 

Balance Sheet (at December 31) 

Noncurrent assets 

Current assets 

Total assets 

Equity 

of which: noncontrolling interests 

Noncurrent liabilities 

Current liabilities 

Total equity and liabilities 

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

10,956

1,347

9,609

10,823

2,112

8,712

671

297

374

252,632

–203,490

49,142

–20,978

–9,767

–1,437

16,960

1,396

18,356

4,326

14,029

10,900

1,236

9,664

11,018

2,303

8,715

656

291

365

235,849

–189,500

46,350

–20,510

–8,819

–3,100

13,920

1,723

15,643

–3,489

12,153

10,777

1,264

9,513

10,875

2,579

8,296

634

285

350

229,550

–186,001

43,549

–20,859

–8,126

–745

13,818

–146

13,673

–2,210

11,463

10,391

1,257

9,135

10,405

2,685

7,720

619

280

339

217,267

–176,270

40,997

–22,700

–7,336

–3,858

7,103

189

7,292

1,912

5,379

10,010

1,279

8,731

10,017

2,681

7,336

604

276

329

213,292

–179,382

33,911

–23,515

–7,197

–7,267

–4,069

2,767

–1,301

–59

–1,361

42,913

41,158

38,950

37,017

36,268

300,608

187,463

488,071

123,651

1,870

196,497

167,924

488,071

274,620

183,536

458,156

117,342

225

172,846

167,968

458,156

262,081

160,112

422,193

109,077

229

152,726

160,389

422,193

254,010

155,722

409,732

92,910

221

139,306

177,515

409,732

236,548

145,387

381,935

88,270

210

145,175

148,489

381,935

Cash flows from operating activities 

17,983

7,272

–1,185

9,430

13,679

Cash flows from investing activities attributable to operating 
activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 

20,076

–865

19,386

24,566

18,218

17,625

16,797

9,712

15,523

9,068

 
Additional Information 

Financial Key Performance Indicators  

347

Financial Key Performance  
Indicators 

% 

Volkswagen Group 

Gross margin 

Personnel expense ratio 

Operating return on sales 

Return on sales before tax 

Return on sales after tax 

Equity ratio 

Automotive Division1 

Change in unit sales year-on-year2 

Change in sales revenue year-on-year 

Research and development costs as a percentage of sales revenue 

Operating return on sales 

EBITDA (in € million)3 

Return on investment (ROI)4 

Cash flows from operating activities as a percentage of sales 
revenue 

Cash flows from investing activities attributable to operating 
activities as a percentage of sales revenue 

Capex as a percentage of sales revenue 

Net liquidity as a percentage of sales revenue 

Ratio of noncurrent assets to total assets5 

Ratio of current assets to total assets6 

Inventory turnover7 

Equity ratio 

Financial Services Division 

Increase in total assets 

Return on equity before tax8 

Equity ratio 

2019

2018

2017

2016

2015

19.5

17.0

6.7

7.3

5.6

25.3

+ 0.5

+ 5.7

6.7

6.5

29,706

11.2

14.5

9.4

6.6

8.4

26.4

17.0

4.8

37.6

7.9

10.8

12.8

19.7

17.5

5.9

6.6

5.2

25.6

+ 1.1

+ 2.7

6.8

5.5

26,707

11.0

9.2

9.4

6.6

8.2

23.3

17.6

5.0

37.9

11.2

9.9

12.7

19.0

17.0

6.0

6.0

5.0

25.8

+ 3.7

+ 5.3

6.7

5.7

26,094

12.1

6.0

9.0

6.5

9.7

23.7

16.3

5.1

36.9

6.0

9.8

13.7

18.9

17.0

3.3

3.4

2.5

22.7

+ 3.8

+ 1.1

7.3

2.5

18,999

8.2

10.9

8.6

6.9

12.5

23.4

15.9

5.5

31.4

8.3

10.8

12.5

15.9

17.0

–1.9

–0.6

–0.6

23.1

–2.0

+ 3.6

7.4

–3.4

7,212

–0.2

12.9

8.1

6.9

11.5

23.1

15.2

5.8

32.6

13.9

12.2

11.9

1  Including allocation of consolidation adjustments between the Automotive and Financial Services divisions. 
2  Including the Chinese joint ventures. These companies are accounted for using the equity method. 
3  Operating result plus net depreciation/amortization and impairment losses/reversals of impairment losses on property, plant and equipment, capitalized development costs, lease 

assets, goodwill and financial assets as reported in the cash flow statement. 

4  For details, see Value-based management on page 126. 
5  Ratio of property, plant and equipment to total ass. 
6  Ratio of inventories to total assets at the balance sheet date. 
7  Ratio of sales revenue to average monthly inventories. 
8  Earnings before tax as a percentage of average equity. 

 
348 

Glossary 

Additional Information

Glossary  

(cid:54)(cid:72)(cid:79)(cid:72)(cid:70)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:80)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:3)(cid:74)(cid:79)(cid:68)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:3)

Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) 

Test procedure 

LNG is needed so that natural gas engines can be 

Levels  of  fuel  consumption  and  exhaust  gas 

Big Data 

used in long-distance trucks and buses, since this 

emissions  for  vehicles  registered  in  Europe  were 

Big  data  is  a  term  used  to  describe  new  ways  of 

is  the  only  way  of  achieving  the  required  energy 

previously  measured  on  a  chassis  dynamometer 

analyzing  and  evaluating  data  volumes  that  are 

density. 

too  vast  and  too  complex  to  be  processed  using 

with  the  help  of  the  “New  European  Driving 

Cycle  (NEDC)”.  Since  fall  2017,  the  existing  test 

manual or conventional methods. 

Modular Electric  Drive Toolkit (MEB) 

procedure  for  emissions  and  fuel  consumption 

Compliance 

manufacturing  of  electric  vehicles.  The  MEB 

Worldwide  Harmonized  Light-Duty  Vehicles  Test 

Adherence  to  statutory  provisions,  internal  com-

establishes  parameters  for  axles,  drive  systems, 

Procedure (WLTP). This has been in place for new 

pany policies and ethical principles. 

high-voltage  batteries,  wheelbases  and  weight 

vehicle  types  since  fall  2017  and  will  apply  to  all 

The  modular  system  is  being  developed  for  the 

used in the EU is being gradually replaced  by the 

ratios  to  ensure  a  vehicle  optimally  fulfills  the 

new vehicles since fall 2018. The aim of this new 

Corporate Governance 

requirements  of  e-mobility.  The  first  vehicle 

test  cycle  is  to  state  CO2  emissions  and  fuel 

International  term  for  responsible  corporate 

based  on  the  MEB  should  go  into  series  produc-

consumption  in  a  more  practice-oriented  man-

management  and  supervision  driven  by  long-

tion in 2020.  

term value added. 

ner.  A  further  important  European  regulation  is 

the  Real  Driving  Emissions  (RDE)  for  passenger 

Hybrid drive 

As  an  extension  of  the  modular  strategy,  this 

monitors  emissions  using  portable  emission 

Drive  combining  two  different  types  of  engine 

platform  can  be  deployed 

in  vehicles  whose 

measuring technology in real road traffic. 

Modular Transverse Toolkit (MQB) 

cars  and  light  commercial  vehicles,  which  also 

and  energy  storage  systems  (usually  an  internal 

architecture permits a transverse arrangement of 

combustion engine and an electric motor). 

the engine components. The modular perspective 

Turntable concept 

enables  high  synergies  to  be  achieved  between 

Concept  of  flexible  manufacturing  enabling  the 

Hybrid notes 

the  vehicles  in  the  Volkswagen  Passenger  Cars, 

production  of  different  models  in  variable  daily 

Hybrid  notes  issued  by  Volkswagen  are  classified 

Volkswagen Commercial Vehicles, Audi, SEAT and 

volumes within a single plant, as well as offering 

in  their  entirety  as  equity.  The  issuer  has  call 

ŠKODA brands. 

the  facility  to  vary  daily  production  volumes  of 

options  at  defined  dates  during  their  perpetual 

one model between two or more plants. 

maturities.  They  pay  a  fixed  coupon  until  the 

Plug-in hybrid 

first  possible  call  date,  followed  by  a  variable 

Performance  levels  of  hybrid  vehicles.  Plug-in 

Vocational groups 

rate depending on their terms and conditions. 

hybrid  electric  vehicles  (PHEVs)  have  a  larger 

For  example,  electronics,  logistics,  marketing,  or 

battery  with  a  correspondingly  higher  capacity 

finance.  A  new  teaching  and  learning  culture  is 

Industry 4.0 

that  can  be  charged  via  the  combustion  engine, 

gradually  being  established  by  promoting 

Describes  the  fourth  industrial  revolution  and 

the  brake  system,  or  an  electrical  outlet.  This 

training  in  the  vocational  groups.  The  specialists 

the  systematic  development  of  real-time  and 

increases the range of the vehicle. 

are  actively  involved  in  the  teaching  process  by 

intelligent networks between people, objects and 

passing  on  their  skills  and  knowledge  to  their 

systems,  exploiting  all  of  the  opportunities  of 

Rating 

colleagues. 

information  technology  along  the  entire  value 

Systematic  assessment  of  companies  in  terms  of 

added  chain. 

Intelligent  machines, 

inventory 

their  credit  quality.  Ratings  are  expressed  by 

Zero-Emissions Vehicle (ZEV) 

systems  and  operating  equipment  that  inde-

means  of  rating  classes,  which  are  defined 

Vehicles  that  operate  without  exhibiting  any 

pendently  exchange  information,  trigger  actions 

differently by the individual rating agencies. 

harmful  emissions 

from  combustion  gases. 

and  control  each  other  will  be  integrated  into 

production  and  logistics  at  a  technical  level.  This 

offers  tremendous  versatility,  efficient  resource 

utilization,  ergonomics  and  the  integration  of 

customers  and  business  partners  in  operational 

processes throughout the entire value chain. 

Examples  of  zero-emissions  vehicles 

include 

purely  battery-powered  electric  vehicles  (BEV)  or 

fuel cell vehicles. 

 
Additional Information 

Glossary

349

Capitalization ratio 

Return on equity before tax 

The  capitalization  ratio  is  defined  as  the  ratio  of 

The return on equity shows the ratio of profit before 

capitalized  development  costs  to  total  research  and 

tax to average shareholders’ equity of a period, 

development  costs  in  the  Automotive  Division.  It 

expressed as a percentage. It reflects the company’s 

shows  the  proportion  of  primary  research  and  devel-

profitability per share and indicates the interest rate 

opment costs subject to capitalization. 

earned on equity. 

Distribution ratio 

Return on sales before tax 

The  distribution  ratio  is  the  ratio  of  total  dividends 

The return on sales is the ratio of profit before tax to 

attributable  to  ordinary  and  preferred  shares  to 

sales revenue in a period, expressed as a percentage. It 

earnings  after  tax  attributable  to  the  shareholders  of 

shows  the  level  of  profit  generated  for  each  unit  of 

Volkswagen  AG.  The  distribution  ratio  provides  infor-

sales  revenue.  The  return  on  sales  provides  infor-

mation on how earnings are distributed.  

mation  on  the  profitability  of  all  business  activities 

before deducting income tax expense. 

Dividend yield 

The dividend yield is  the ratio of the dividend for  the 

Tax rate 

reporting  year  to  the  closing  price  per  share  class  on 

The  tax  rate  is  the  ratio  of  income  tax  expense  to 

the last trading day of the reporting year; it represents 

profit before tax, expressed in percent. It shows what 

the  interest  rate  earned  per  share.  The  dividend  yield 

percentage of the profit generated has to be paid over 

is  used  in  particular  for  measuring  and  comparing 

as tax. 

shares. 

Equity ratio 

The  equity  ratio  measures  the  percentage  of  total 

assets  attributable  to  shareholders’  equity  as  of  a 

reporting  date.  This  ratio  indicates  the  stability  and 

financial  strength  of  the  company  and  shows  the 

degree of financial independence. 

Gross margin 

Gross  margin  is  the  percentage  of  sales  revenue 

attributable  to  gross  profit  in  a  period.  Gross  margin 

provides  information  on  profitability  net  of  cost  of 

sales.  

Price-earnings ratio 

The  price-earnings  ratio  is  calculated  by  dividing  the 

share  price  per  share  class  at  the  end  of  the  year  by 

the earnings per share. It reflects a company’s profita-

bility per share; a comparison over several years shows 

how its performance has developed over time.  

 
350 

Index 

Additional Information

Index 

A 

G 

Q 

Accounting policies 

221 ff 

Group structure 

196 f 

Quality assurance 

147 ff, 174 f 

B 

I 

Balance sheet 

(cid:973)(cid:974)(cid:974) ff, (cid:973)(cid:974)(cid:981) f, (cid:974)(cid:976)(cid:977) ff 

IFRSs 

R 

(cid:974)(cid:972)(cid:975) ff 

Ratings 

Basis of consolidation 

(cid:974)(cid:972)(cid:980) ff  

Income statement 

(cid:973)(cid:973)(cid:976) ff, (cid:973)(cid:974)(cid:981), (cid:973)(cid:981)(cid:977) 

Refinancing 

(cid:973)(cid:973)(cid:974) 

(cid:973)(cid:973)(cid:973) f 

Board of Management 

(cid:979) ff, (cid:978)(cid:973) ff, (cid:979)(cid:972) ff, (cid:975)(cid:975)(cid:976) f 

Information technology 

(cid:973)(cid:977)(cid:975) f, (cid:973)(cid:979)(cid:977) 

Remuneration 

(cid:978)(cid:975), (cid:979)(cid:972) ff, (cid:975)(cid:974)(cid:980) f 

Brands 

C 

(cid:974)(cid:973) ff 

Investment policy 

(cid:973)(cid:978)(cid:973) f 

Report on post-balance sheet date events 

(cid:973)(cid:977)(cid:978) 

Research and development 

(cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:973), (cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:978) ff, (cid:973)(cid:979)(cid:974) f 

K 

Return on investment (ROI) and  

U(cid:974) 

value contribution 

Risk management 

(cid:977)(cid:978), (cid:973)(cid:974)(cid:977) ff, (cid:973)(cid:978)(cid:975) 

(cid:978)(cid:980), (cid:973)(cid:978)(cid:976) ff 

Cash flow statement 

(cid:973)(cid:973)(cid:981) ff, (cid:974)(cid:972)(cid:974), (cid:974)(cid:981)(cid:973) f 

Key figures 

CO(cid:974) emissions 

(cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:978) f, (cid:973)(cid:979)(cid:978) ff  

Consolidation methods 

Core performance indicators 

(cid:974)(cid:973)(cid:981) 

L 

(cid:977)(cid:978) 

Litigation 

Corporate Governance 

(cid:978)(cid:972) ff, (cid:975)(cid:975)(cid:976)  

(cid:981)(cid:978), (cid:973)(cid:978)(cid:972), (cid:974)(cid:974)(cid:972) 

M 

Currency 

D 

Declaration of conformity 

Deliveries 

Dividend policy, yield 

Dividend proposal 

E 

Earnings per share 

(cid:973)(cid:972)(cid:980), (cid:974)(cid:976)(cid:976) 

Employees 

(cid:977)(cid:975), (cid:973)(cid:972)(cid:978), (cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:973), (cid:973)(cid:976)(cid:981) ff, (cid:973)(cid:978)(cid:975), (cid:973)(cid:979)(cid:978), (cid:974)(cid:979)(cid:974), (cid:975)(cid:974)(cid:980) 

Environmental 

protection 

Environmental strategy 

Equity 

F 

(cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:973), (cid:973)(cid:977)(cid:977) f, (cid:973)(cid:979)(cid:978) ff 

(cid:973)(cid:977)(cid:977) f 

(cid:974)(cid:972)(cid:972) f, (cid:974)(cid:977)(cid:981) f 

Financial data, overview 

Financial risk management 

(cid:975)(cid:976)(cid:978) f 

(cid:974)(cid:981)(cid:975) ff 

(cid:973)(cid:979)(cid:981) ff, (cid:975)(cid:973)(cid:979) ff 

S 

Sales and marketing 

Segment reporting 

(cid:973)(cid:976)(cid:978) f 

(cid:973)(cid:973)(cid:975), (cid:974)(cid:975)(cid:975) ff 

(cid:981)(cid:974) , (cid:973)(cid:972)(cid:981) 

(cid:981)(cid:974) f, (cid:973)(cid:972)(cid:979) ff 

Market development 

Models 

(cid:981)(cid:977) ff, (cid:973)(cid:977)(cid:980) ff 

(cid:981)(cid:980) f, (cid:973)(cid:978)(cid:972) f 

Shareholders 

Shares 

(cid:978)(cid:972) f 

(cid:973)(cid:972)(cid:972) ff 

N 

(cid:973)(cid:972)(cid:980) 

(cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:972), (cid:974)(cid:978)(cid:972) 

Nonfinancial key performance indicators     

   (cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:975) ff 

Statement of comprehensive income 

(cid:973)(cid:981)(cid:978) f 

Strategy 

Summaries 

Supervisory Board 

Sustainability 

(cid:977)(cid:973) ff,  (cid:973)(cid:976)(cid:980) ff, (cid:973)(cid:977)(cid:977) f 

(cid:973)(cid:974)(cid:980), (cid:973)(cid:978)(cid:974) f, (cid:973)(cid:980)(cid:981) 

(cid:977)(cid:979) ff, (cid:980)(cid:978) ff, (cid:975)(cid:975)(cid:976) f 

(cid:973)(cid:973)(cid:974), (cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:975) ff 

O 

Orders received 

P 

Procurement 

Production 

(cid:976)(cid:973), (cid:976)(cid:975), (cid:973)(cid:972)(cid:977) 

T 

(cid:973)(cid:976)(cid:973) ff, (cid:973)(cid:979)(cid:975) 

(cid:974)(cid:977) ff, (cid:973)(cid:972)(cid:978), (cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:973), (cid:973)(cid:976)(cid:975) ff, (cid:973)(cid:979)(cid:975) f  

Proposal on the appropriation of net profit 

Prospects 

(cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:972) 

(cid:973)(cid:981)(cid:972)

Target-performance comparison 

(cid:973)(cid:974)(cid:980) 

Test procedure 

U(cid:974), (cid:973)(cid:975)(cid:978), (cid:973)(cid:979)(cid:979) 

V 

Value added 

Vehicle sales 

60, 133 ff 

23, 106, 131 

 
 
Scheduled Dates 2020

F I N A N C I A L   C A L E N D E R

March 17
Volkswagen AG Annual Media Conference 
and Investor Conference

April 29
Interim Report January – March

May 7
Volkswagen AG Annual General Meeting

Juli 30 
Half-Yearly Financial Report

Oktober 29
Interim Report January – September

Contact Information

PUBLISHED BY
Volkswagen AG
Group Financial Publications, Letterbox 1848-2  
38436 Wolfsburg, Germany 
Phone + 49 (0) 5361 9-0 
Fax + 49 (0) 5361 9-28282

This annual report is published in English and German. 
Both versions of the report are available on the Internet
at www.volkswagenag.com/ir.
The German version is legally binding.

I NV ESTO R  RE L ATI ONS
Volkswagen AG
Investor Relations, Letterbox 1849 
38436 Wolfsburg, Germany 
Phone + 49 (0) 5361 9-0 
Fax + 49 (0) 5361 9-30411 
E-mail investor.relations@volkswagen.de 
Internet www.volkswagenag.com/ir

CONCEP T,  DE SIG N  AN D  R EALI ZAT I O N
C3 Creative Code and Content GmbH

E NG LISH  TRAN SL AT ION
Leinhäuser Language Services GmbH, Unterhaching

FINANCIAL REPORT
Produced in-house with firesys

PHOTO GRAPHY
Volkswagen AG